267 files changed, 39014 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/26653-8.txt b/26653-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b3c46cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12078 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Up The Baltic, by Oliver Optic
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Up The Baltic
+       Young America in Norway, Sweden, and Denmark
+
+Author: Oliver Optic
+
+Release Date: September 18, 2008 [EBook #26653]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK UP THE BALTIC ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by David Edwards, Anne Storer and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
+file was produced from scans of public domain material
+produced by Microsoft for their Live Search Books site.)
+
+
+
+
+
+ Transcribers note:
+ In this text the breve has been rendered as [)a] and the macron [=a]
+
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: YOUNG AMERICA IN NORWAY. Page 159.]
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+ YOUNG AMERICA ABROAD
+
+ UP THE BALTIC
+
+ BOSTON
+ LEE & SHEPARD.
+
+
+
+
+_YOUNG AMERICA ABROAD--SECOND SERIES._
+
+
+ UP THE BALTIC;
+
+ OR,
+
+ YOUNG AMERICA IN NORWAY,
+ SWEDEN, AND DENMARK.
+
+
+ A STORY OF TRAVEL AND ADVENTURE.
+
+ BY
+ WILLIAM T. ADAMS.
+ (_OLIVER OPTIC_),
+
+ AUTHOR OF "OUTWARD BOUND," "SHAMROCK AND THISTLE," "RED CROSS,"
+ "DIKES AND DITCHES," "PALACE AND COTTAGE," "DOWN THE RHINE," ETC.
+
+
+ BOSTON:
+ LEE AND SHEPARD, PUBLISHERS.
+ NEW YORK:
+ LEE, SHEPARD AND DILLINGHAM,
+ NOS. 47 AND 49 GREENE ST.
+ 1875.
+
+
+
+
+ Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1871,
+ BY WILLIAM T. ADAMS,
+ In the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington.
+
+
+ Electrotyped at the Boston Stereotype Foundry,
+ No. 19 Spring Lane.
+
+
+
+
+TO MY EVER-CHEERFUL AND GOOD-NATURED FRIEND
+
+SHEPARD K. MATTISON,
+
+WHOM I MET FOR THE FIRST TIME AT TROLLHÄTTEN, ON THE GÖTA CANAL, AND
+WITH WHOM I JOURNEYED THROUGH SWEDEN, RUSSIA, AUSTRIA, SPAIN, AND
+PORTUGAL,
+
+_This Volume_
+
+IS RESPECTFULLY DEDICATED.
+
+
+
+
+ YOUNG AMERICA ABROAD.
+ BY OLIVER OPTIC.
+
+
+A Library of Travel and Adventure in Foreign Lands. First and Second
+Series; six volumes in each Series. 16mo. Illustrated.
+
+
+_First Series._
+
+   I. _OUTWARD BOUND_; OR, YOUNG AMERICA AFLOAT.
+  II. _SHAMROCK AND THISTLE_; OR, YOUNG AMERICA IN IRELAND AND SCOTLAND.
+ III. _RED CROSS_; OR, YOUNG AMERICA IN ENGLAND AND WALES.
+  IV. _DIKES AND DITCHES_; OR, YOUNG AMERICA IN HOLLAND AND BELGIUM.
+   V. _PALACE AND COTTAGE_; OR, YOUNG AMERICA IN FRANCE AND SWITZERLAND.
+  VI. _DOWN THE RHINE_; OR, YOUNG AMERICA IN GERMANY.
+
+
+_Second Series._
+
+   I. _UP THE BALTIC_; OR, YOUNG AMERICA IN NORWAY, SWEDEN, AND DENMARK.
+  II. _NORTHERN LANDS_; OR, YOUNG AMERICA IN RUSSIA AND PRUSSIA.
+           In preparation.
+ III. _CROSS AND CRESCENT_; OR, YOUNG AMERICA IN TURKEY AND GREECE.
+           In preparation.
+  IV. _SUNNY SHORES_; OR, YOUNG AMERICA IN ITALY AND AUSTRIA.
+           In preparation.
+   V. _VINE AND OLIVE_; OR, YOUNG AMERICA IN SPAIN AND PORTUGAL.
+           In preparation.
+  VI. _ISLES OF THE SEA_; OR, YOUNG AMERICA HOMEWARD BOUND.
+           In preparation.
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE.
+
+
+UP THE BALTIC, the first volume of the second series of "YOUNG AMERICA
+ABROAD," like its predecessors, is a record of what was seen and done
+by the young gentlemen of the Academy Squadron on its second voyage to
+Europe, embracing its stay in the waters of Norway, Sweden, and
+Denmark. Agreeably to the announcement made in the concluding volume
+of the first series, the author spent the greater portion of last year
+in Europe. His sole object in going abroad was to obtain the material
+for the present series of books, and in carrying out his purpose, he
+visited every country to which these volumes relate, and, he hopes,
+properly fitted himself for the work he has undertaken.
+
+In the preparation of UP THE BALTIC, the writer has used, besides his
+own note-books, the most reliable works he could obtain at home and in
+Europe, and he believes his geographical, historical, and political
+matter is correct, and as full as could be embodied in a story. He has
+endeavored to describe the appearance of the country, and the manners
+and customs of the people, so as to make them interesting to young
+readers. For this purpose these descriptions are often interwoven with
+the story, or brought out in the comments of the boys of the squadron.
+
+The story is principally the adventures of the crew of the second
+cutter, who attempted "an independent excursion without running away,"
+which includes the career of a young Englishman, spoiled by his
+mother's indulgence, and of a Norwegian waif, picked up by the
+squadron in the North Sea.
+
+The author is encouraged to enter upon this second series by the
+remarkable and unexpected success which attended the publication
+of the first series. Difficult as it is to work the dry details of
+geography and history into a story, the writer intends to persevere in
+his efforts to make these books instructive, as well as interesting;
+and he is confident that no reader will fail to distinguish the good
+boys from the bad ones of the story, or to give his sympathies to the
+former.
+
+  HARRISON SQUARE, BOSTON,
+    May 10, 1871.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS.
+
+
+                                                  PAGE
+     I.  A WAIF ON THE NORTH SEA                    11
+    II.  OFF THE NAZE OF NORWAY                     27
+   III.  AN ACCIDENT TO THE SECOND CUTTER           43
+    IV.  NORWAY IN THE PAST AND THE PRESENT         59
+     V.  MR. CLYDE BLACKLOCK AND MOTHER             76
+    VI.  A DAY AT CHRISTIANSAND                     92
+   VII.  UP THE CHRISTIANIA FJORD                  110
+  VIII.  SIGHTS OF CHRISTIANIA, AND OTHER MATTERS  128
+    IX.  THE EXCURSION WITHOUT RUNNING AWAY        146
+     X.  GOTTENBURG AND FINKEL                     164
+    XI.  ON THE WAY TO THE RJUKANFOS               181
+   XII.  THE BOATSWAIN AND THE BRITON              201
+  XIII.  THE MEETING OF THE ABSENTEES              218
+   XIV.  THROUGH THE SOUND TO COPENHAGEN           237
+    XV.  COPENHAGEN AND TIVOLI                     255
+   XVI.  EXCURSION TO KLAMPENBORG AND ELSINORE     274
+  XVII.  TO STOCKHOLM BY GÖTA CANAL                292
+ XVIII.  UP THE BALTIC                             310
+   XIX.  THE CRUISE IN THE LITTLE STEAMER          329
+    XX.  STOCKHOLM AND ITS SURROUNDINGS            349
+
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+
+
+ UP THE BALTIC;
+ OR,
+ YOUNG AMERICA IN NORWAY, SWEDEN, AND DENMARK.
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+A WAIF ON THE NORTH SEA.
+
+
+"Boat on the weather bow, sir!" shouted the lookout on the top-gallant
+forecastle of the Young America.
+
+"Starboard!" replied Judson, the officer of the deck, as he discovered
+the boat, which was drifting into the track of the ship.
+
+"Starboard, sir!" responded the quartermaster in charge of the wheel.
+
+"Steady!" added the officer.
+
+"Steady, sir," repeated the quartermaster.
+
+By this time a crowd of young officers and seamen had leaped upon the
+top-gallant forecastle, and into the weather rigging, to obtain a view
+of the little boat, which, like a waif on the ocean, was drifting down
+towards the coast of Norway. It contained only a single person, who
+was either a dwarf or a boy, for he was small in stature. He lay upon
+a seat near the stern of the boat, with his feet on the gunwale. He
+was either asleep or dead, for though the ship had approached within
+hail, he neither moved nor made any sign. The wind was light from the
+southward, and the sea was quite calm.
+
+"What do you make of it, Ryder?" called the officer of the deck to the
+second master, who was on duty forward.
+
+"It is a flat-bottomed boat, half full of water, with a boy in it,"
+answered Ryder.
+
+"Hail him," added the officer of the deck.
+
+"Boat, ahoy!" shouted Ryder, at the top of his lungs.
+
+The person in the boat, boy or man, made no reply. Ryder repeated the
+hail, but with no better success. The officers and seamen held their
+breath with interest and excitement, for most of them had already come
+to the conclusion that the occupant of the boat was dead. A feeling
+akin to horror crept through the minds of the more timid, as they
+gazed upon the immovable body in the dilapidated craft; for they felt
+that they were in the presence of death, and to young people this is
+always an impressive season. By this time the ship was within a short
+distance of the water-logged bateau. As the waif on the ocean
+exhibited no signs of life, the first lieutenant, in charge of the
+vessel, was in doubt as to what he should do.
+
+Though he knew that it was the first duty of a sailor to assist a
+human being in distress, he was not sure that the same effort was
+required in behalf of one who had already ceased to live. Captain
+Cumberland, in command of the ship, who had been in the cabin when
+the excitement commenced, now appeared upon the quarter-deck, and
+relieved the officer of the responsibility of the moment. Judson
+reported the cause of the unwonted scene on deck, and as the captain
+discovered the little boat, just on the weather bow, he promptly
+directed the ship to be hove to.
+
+"Man the main clew-garnets and buntlines!" shouted the first
+lieutenant; and the hands sprang to their several stations. "Stand by
+tack and sheet."
+
+"All ready, sir," reported the first midshipman, who was on duty in
+the waist.
+
+"Let go tack and sheet! Up mainsail!" continued Ryder.
+
+The well-trained crew promptly obeyed the several orders, and the
+mainsail was hauled up in much less time than it takes to describe the
+manoeuvre.
+
+"Man the main braces!" proceeded the officer of the deck.
+
+"Ready, sir," reported the first midshipman.
+
+"Let go and haul."
+
+As the hands executed the last order; all the yards on the mainmast
+swung round towards the wind till the light breeze caught the sails
+aback, and brought them against the mast. The effect was to deaden the
+headway of the ship.
+
+"Avast bracing!" shouted the first lieutenant, when the yards on the
+mainmast were about square.
+
+In a few moments the onward progress of the Young America was entirely
+checked, and she lay motionless on the sea. There were four other
+vessels in the squadron, following the flag-ship, and each of them, in
+its turn, hove to, or came up into the wind.
+
+"Fourth cutters, clear away their boat!" continued the first
+lieutenant, after he had received his order from the captain. "Mr.
+Messenger will take charge of the boat."
+
+The young officer indicated was the first midshipman, whose quarter
+watch was then on duty.
+
+"All the fourth cutters!" piped the boatswain's mate, as Messenger
+crossed the deck to perform the duty assigned to him.
+
+"He's alive!" shouted a dozen of the idlers on the rail, who had not
+removed their gaze from the waif in the small boat.
+
+"He isn't dead any more than I am!" added a juvenile tar, springing
+into the main rigging, as if to demonstrate the amount of his own
+vitality.
+
+The waif in the bateau had produced this sudden change of sentiment,
+and given this welcome relief to the crew of the Young America, by
+rising from his reclining posture, and standing up in the water at the
+bottom of his frail craft. He gazed with astonishment at the ship and
+the other vessels of the squadron, and did not seem to realize where
+he was.
+
+"Avast, fourth cutters!" interposed the first lieutenant. "Belay,
+all!"
+
+If the waif was not dead, it was hardly necessary to lower a boat to
+send to his relief; at least not till it appeared that he needed
+assistance.
+
+"Boat, ahoy!" shouted Ryder.
+
+"On board the ship," replied the waif, in tones not at all sepulchral.
+
+"What are you doing out here?" demanded the first lieutenant.
+
+"Nothing," replied the waif.
+
+"Will you come on board the ship?"
+
+"Yes, if you will let me," added the stranger, as he picked up a
+broken oar, which was floating in the water on the bottom of his boat.
+
+"Yes, come on board," answered the first lieutenant, prompted by
+Captain Cumberland, who was quite as much interested in the adventure
+as any of his shipmates.
+
+The waif, using the broken oar as a paddle, worked his water-logged
+craft slowly towards the ship. The accommodation ladder was lowered
+for his use, and in a few moments, with rather a heavy movement, as
+though he was lame, or much exhausted, he climbed up the ladder, and
+stepped down upon the ship deck.
+
+"Fill away again!" said the captain to the first lieutenant, as a
+curious crowd began to gather around the stranger. Ryder gave the
+necessary orders to brace up the main yards, and set the mainsail
+again, and the ship was soon moving on her course towards the Naze of
+Norway, as though nothing had occurred to interrupt her voyage.
+
+"What are you doing out here, in an open boat, out of sight of land?"
+asked Captain Cumberland, while the watch on deck were bracing up the
+yards.
+
+The waif looked at the commander of the Young America, and carefully
+examined him from head to foot. The elegant uniform of the captain
+seemed to produce a strong impression upon his mind, and he evidently
+regarded him as a person of no small consequence. He did not answer
+the question put to him, seeming to be in doubt whether it was safe
+and proper for him to do so. Captain Cumberland was an exceedingly
+comely-looking young gentleman, tall and well formed in person,
+graceful and dignified in his manners; and if he had been fifty years
+old, the stranger before him could not have been more awed and
+impressed by his bearing. So far as his personal appearance was
+concerned, the waif appeared to have escaped from the rag-bag, and to
+have been out long enough to soil his tatters with oil, tar, pitch,
+and dirt. Though his face and hands, as well as other parts of his
+body, were very dirty, his eye was bright, and, even seen through the
+disguise of filth and rags that covered him, he was rather
+prepossessing.
+
+"What is your name?" asked Captain Cumberland, finding his first
+question was not likely to be answered.
+
+"Ole Amundsen," replied the stranger, pronouncing his first name in
+two syllables.
+
+"Then you are not English."
+
+"No, sir. Be you?"
+
+"I am not; we are all Americans in this ship."
+
+"Americans!" exclaimed Ole, opening his eyes, while a smile beamed
+through the dirt on his face. "Are you going to America now?"
+
+"No; we are going up the Baltic now," replied Captain Cumberland; "but
+we shall return to America in the course of a year or two."
+
+"Take me to America with you--will you?" continued Ole, earnestly. "I
+am a sailor, and I will work for you all the time."
+
+"I don't know about that. You must speak to the principal."
+
+"Who's he?"
+
+"Mr. Lowington. He is in the cabin now. Where do you belong, Ole?"
+
+"I don't belong anywhere," answered the waif, looking doubtfully about
+him.
+
+"Where were you born?"
+
+"In Norway, sir."
+
+"Then you are a Norwegian."
+
+"I reckon I am."
+
+"In what part of Norway were you born?"
+
+"In Bratsberg."
+
+"That's where all the brats come from," suggested Sheridan.
+
+"This one came from there, at any rate," added Mayley. "But where is
+Bratsberg, and what is it?"
+
+"It is an _amt_, or province, in the south-eastern part of Norway."
+
+"I came from the town of Laurdal," said Ole.
+
+"Do the people there speak English as well as you do?" asked the
+captain.
+
+"No, sir. I used to be a _skydskarl_, and--"
+
+"A what?" demanded the crowd.
+
+"A _skydskarl_--a boy that goes on a cariole to take back the horses.
+I learned a little English from the Englishmen I rode with; and then I
+was in England almost a year."
+
+"But how came you out here, alone in an open boat?" asked the captain,
+returning to his first inquiry.
+
+Ole put one of his dirty fingers in his mouth, and looked stupid and
+uncommunicative. He glanced at the young officers around him, and
+then over the rail at the sea.
+
+"Were you wrecked?" inquired the captain.
+
+"No, sir; not wrecked," replied Ole. "I never was wrecked in my life."
+
+"What are you doing out here, out of sight of land, in a boat half
+full of water?" persisted the captain.
+
+"Doing nothing."
+
+"Did you get blown off from the shore?"
+
+"No, sir; a southerly wind wouldn't blow anybody off from the south
+coast of Norway," answered Ole, with a smile which showed that he had
+some perception of things absurd in themselves.
+
+"You are no fool."
+
+"No, sir, I am not; and I don't think you are," added Ole, again
+glancing at Captain Cumberland from head to foot.
+
+The young tars all laughed at the waif's retort, and the captain was
+not a little nettled by the remark. He pressed Ole rather sharply for
+further information in regard to his antecedents; but the youth was
+silent on this point. While the crowd were anxiously waiting for the
+stranger to declare himself more definitely, eight bells sounded at
+the wheel, and were repeated on the large bell forward by the lookout.
+From each vessel of the fleet the bells struck at nearly the same
+moment, and were followed by the pipe of the boatswain's whistle,
+which was the signal for changing the watch. As the officers of the
+ship were obliged to attend to their various duties, Ole Amundsen was
+left alone with the captain. The waif still obstinately refused to
+explain how he happened to be alone in a water-logged boat, asleep,
+and out of sight of land, though he promptly answered all other
+questions which were put to him.
+
+Mr. Lowington, the principal of the Academy Squadron, was in the main
+cabin, though he had been fully informed in regard to the events which
+had transpired on deck. The young commander despaired of his own
+ability to extort an explanation from the waif, and he concluded to
+refer the matter to the principal.
+
+"How long have you been in that boat?" asked Captain Cumberland, as he
+led the way towards the companion ladder.
+
+"Eighteen hours," answered Ole, after some hesitation, which, perhaps,
+was only to enable him to count up the hours.
+
+"Did you have anything to eat?"
+
+"No, sir."
+
+"Nothing?"
+
+"Not a thing."
+
+"Then you are hungry?"
+
+"I had a little supper last night--not much," continued Ole,
+apparently counting the seams in the deck, ashamed to acknowledge his
+human weakness.
+
+"You shall have something to eat at once."
+
+"Thank you, sir."
+
+Captain Cumberland therefore conducted the stranger to the steerage,
+instead of the main cabin, and directed one of the stewards to give
+him his supper. The man set half a cold boiled ham on one of the mess
+tables, with an abundant supply of bread and butter. Cutting off a
+large slice of the ham, he placed it on the plate before Ole, whose
+eyes opened wide with astonishment, and gleamed with pleasure. Without
+paying much attention to the forms of civilization, the boy began to
+devour it, with the zeal of one who had not tasted food for
+twenty-four hours. Captain Cumberland smiled, but with becoming
+dignity, at the greediness of the guest, before whom the whole slice
+of ham and half a brick loaf disappeared almost in a twinkling. The
+steward appeared with a pot of coffee, in time to cut off another
+slice of ham, which the waif attacked with the same voracity as
+before. When it was consumed, and the young Norwegian glanced
+wistfully at the leg before him, as though his capacity for cold ham
+was not yet exhausted, the captain began to consider whether he ought
+not to consult the surgeon of the ship before he permitted the waif to
+eat any more. But the steward, like a generous host, seemed to regard
+the quantity eaten as complimentary testimony to the quality of the
+viands, and helped him to a third slice of the ham. He swallowed a
+pint mug of coffee without stopping to breathe.
+
+As the third slice of ham began to wax small before the voracious
+Norwegian, Captain Cumberland became really alarmed, and determined
+to report at once to the principal and the surgeon for instructions.
+Knocking at the door of the main cabin, he was admitted. Dr. Winstock
+assured him there was no danger to the guest; he had not been without
+food long enough to render it dangerous for him fully to satisfy
+himself. The quantity eaten might make him uncomfortable, and even
+slightly sick, but it would do the gourmand no real injury. The
+captain returned to the steerage, where Ole had broken down on his
+fourth slice of ham; but he regarded it wistfully, and seemed to
+regret his inability to eat any more.
+
+"That's good," said he, with emphasis. "It's the best supper I ever
+ate in my life. I like this ship; I like the grub; and I mean to go to
+America in her."
+
+"We will see about that some other time; but if you don't tell us how
+you happened to be off here, I am afraid we can do nothing for you,"
+replied the captain. "If you feel better now, we will go and see the
+principal."
+
+"Who's he?" asked Ole.
+
+"Mr. Lowington. You must tell him how you happened to be in that leaky
+boat."
+
+"Perhaps I will. I don't know," added Ole, doubtfully, as he followed
+the commander into the main cabin.
+
+Captain Cumberland explained to the principal the circumstances under
+which Ole had come on board, and that he declined to say anything in
+regard to the strange situation in which he had been discovered.
+
+"Is the captain here?" asked the midshipman of the watch, at the
+steerage door.
+
+"Yes," replied Captain Cumberland.
+
+"Mr. Lincoln sent me down to report a light on the lee bow, sir."
+
+"Very well. Where is Mr. Beckwith?"
+
+"In the cabin, sir."
+
+The captain left the main cabin, and entered the after cabin, where he
+found Beckwith, the first master, attended by the second and third,
+examining the large chart of the North Sea.
+
+"Light on the lee bow, sir," said the first master.
+
+"Do you make it out?"
+
+"Yes; we are all right to the breadth of a hair," added the master,
+delighted to find that his calculations had proved to be entirely
+correct. "It is Egero Light, and we are about fifty miles from the
+Naze of Norway. We are making about four knots, and if the breeze
+holds, we ought to see Gunnarshoug Light by one o'clock."
+
+Captain Cumberland went on deck to see the light reported. Though it
+was half past eight, the sun had but just set, and the light, eighteen
+miles distant, could be distinctly seen. It created a great deal of
+excitement and enthusiasm among the young officers and seamen, who had
+read enough about Norway to be desirous of seeing it. For weeks the
+young gentlemen on board the ship had been talking of Norway, and
+reading up all the books in the library relating to the country and
+its people. They had read with interest the accounts of the various
+travellers who had visited it, including Ross Brown, in Harper's
+Monthly, and Bayard Taylor, and had studied Harper, Murray, Bradshaw,
+and other Guides on the subject. The more inquiring students had read
+the history of Norway, and were well prepared to appreciate a short
+visit to this interesting region.
+
+They had just come from the United States, having sailed in the latter
+part of March. The squadron had had a fair passage, and the students
+hoped to be in Christiansand by the first day of May; and now nothing
+less than a dead calm for forty-eight hours could disappoint their
+hopes. Five years before, the Young America and the Josephine, her
+consort, had cruised in the waters of Europe, and returned to America
+in the autumn. It had been the intention of the principal to make
+another voyage the next year, go up the Baltic, and winter in the
+Mediterranean; but the war of 1866 induced him to change his plans.
+Various circumstances had postponed the cruise until 1870, when it was
+actually commenced.
+
+The Young America was the first, and for more than a year the only,
+vessel belonging to the Academy. The Josephine, a topsail schooner,
+had been added the second year; and now the Tritonia, a vessel of the
+same size and rig, was on her first voyage. The three vessels of the
+squadron were officered and manned by the students of the Academy. As
+on the first cruise, the offices were the rewards of merit bestowed
+upon the faithful and energetic pupils. The highest number of merits
+gave the highest office, and so on through the several grades in
+the cabin, and the petty offices in the steerage. The routine and
+discipline of the squadron were substantially the same as described in
+the first series of these volumes, though some changes had been made,
+as further experience suggested. Instead of quarterly, as before, the
+offices were given out every month. Captains were not retired after a
+single term, as formerly, but were obliged to accept whatever rank and
+position they earned, like other students.
+
+There was no change from one vessel to another, except at the end of a
+school year, or with the permission of the principal. The ship had six
+instructors, three of whom, however, lectured to all the students in
+the squadron, and each of the smaller vessels had two teachers.
+Mr. Lowington was still the principal. He was the founder of the
+institution; and his high moral and religious principles, his love of
+justice, as well as his skill, firmness, and prudence, had made it a
+success in spite of the many obstacles which continually confronted
+it. As a considerable portion of the students in the squadron were
+the spoiled sons of rich men, who had set at defiance the rules of
+colleges and academies on shore, it required a remarkable combination
+of attributes to fit a gentleman for the difficult and trying position
+he occupied.
+
+Mr. Fluxion was the first vice-principal in charge of the Josephine.
+He was a thorough seaman, a good disciplinarian, and a capital
+teacher; but he lacked some of the high attributes of character
+which distinguished the principal. If any man was fit to succeed Mr.
+Lowington in his responsible position, it was Mr. Fluxion; but it was
+doubtful whether, under his sole administration, the institution could
+be an entire success. His love of discipline, and his energetic manner
+of dealing with delinquents, would probably have increased the number
+of "rows," mutinies, and runaways.
+
+The second vice-principal, in charge of the Tritonia, was Mr. Tompion,
+who, like his two superiors in rank, had formerly been an officer of
+the navy. Though he was a good sailor, and a good disciplinarian, he
+lacked that which a teacher needs most--a hearty sympathy with young
+people.
+
+The principal and the two vice-principals were instructors in
+mathematics and navigation in their respective vessels. Mr. Lowington
+had undertaken this task himself, because he felt the necessity of
+coming more in contact with the student than his position as mere
+principal required. It tended to promote friendly relations between
+the governor and the governed, by creating a greater sympathy between
+them.
+
+The Rev. Mr. Agneau still served as chaplain. In port, and at sea when
+the weather would permit, two services were held in the steerage every
+Sunday, which were attended, at anchor, by the crew of all the vessels.
+Prayers were said morning and evening, in the ship by the chaplain, in
+the schooners by the vice-principal or one of the instructors.
+
+Dr. Winstock was the instructor in natural philosophy and chemistry,
+as well as surgeon and sanitary director. He was a good and true man,
+and generally popular among the students. Each vessel had an adult
+boatswain and a carpenter, and the ship a sailmaker, to perform such
+work as the students could not do, and to instruct them in the details
+of practical seamanship.
+
+After the lapse of five years, hardly a student remained of those who
+had cruised in the ship or her consort during the first voyage. But in
+addition to the three vessels which properly constituted the squadron,
+there were two yachts, each of one hundred and twenty tons. They were
+fore-and-aft schooners, of beautiful model, and entirely new. The one
+on the weather wing of the fleet was the Grace, Captain Paul Kendall,
+whose lady and two friends were in the cabin. Abreast of her sailed
+the Feodora, Captain Robert Shuffles, whose wife was also with him.
+Each of these yachts had a first and second officer, and a crew of
+twenty men, with the necessary complement of cooks and stewards. They
+were part of the fleet, but not of the Academy Squadron.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+OFF THE NAZE OF NORWAY.
+
+
+Mr. Lowington examined Ole Amundsen very carefully, in order to
+ascertain what disposition should be made of him. He told where he was
+born, how he had learned English, and where he had passed the greater
+portion of his life, just as he had related these particulars to
+Captain Cumberland.
+
+"But how came you out here in an open boat?" asked the principal.
+
+Ole examined the carpet on the floor of the cabin, and made no reply.
+
+"Won't you answer me?" added Mr. Lowington.
+
+The waif was still silent.
+
+"You have been to sea?"
+
+"Yes, sir; I was six months in a steamer, and over two years in
+sailing vessels," answered Ole, readily.
+
+"What steamer were you in?"
+
+"I was in the Drammen steamer a while; and I have been three trips
+down to Copenhagen and Gottenburg, one to Lübeck, one to Stettin, and
+one to Stockholm."
+
+"Have you been in a steamer this season?"
+
+"No, sir."
+
+"Then you were in a sailing vessel."
+
+Ole would not say that he had been in any vessel the present season.
+
+"Where is your home now?" asked the principal, breaking the silence
+again.
+
+"Haven't any."
+
+"Have you a father and mother?"
+
+"Both dead, sir."
+
+"Have you any friends?"
+
+"Friends? I don't believe I have."
+
+"Any one that takes care of you?"
+
+"Takes care of me? No, sir; I'm quite certain I haven't any one that
+takes care of me. I take care of myself, and it's heavy work I find
+it, sometimes, I can tell you."
+
+"Do you ever go fishing?"
+
+"Yes, sir, sometimes."
+
+"Have you been lately?"
+
+Ole was silent again.
+
+"I wish to be your friend, Ole."
+
+"Thank you, sir," added Ole, bowing low.
+
+"But in order to know what to do for you, I must know something about
+your circumstances."
+
+"I haven't any circumstances, sir. I lost 'em all," replied Ole,
+gravely and sadly, as though he had met with a very serious loss.
+
+Dr. Winstock could not help laughing, but it was impossible to decide
+whether the boy was ignorant of the meaning of the word, or was trying
+to perpetrate a joke.
+
+"How did you happen to lose your circumstances, Ole?" asked Mr.
+Lowington.
+
+"When my mother died, Captain Olaf took 'em."
+
+"Indeed; and who is Captain Olaf?"
+
+Ole looked at the principal, and then returned his gaze to the cabin
+floor, evidently not deeming it prudent to answer the question.
+
+"Is he your brother?"
+
+"No, sir."
+
+"Your uncle?"
+
+"No, sir."
+
+Ole could not be induced to say anything more about Captain Olaf,
+and doubtless regretted that he had even mentioned his name. The waif
+plainly confounded "circumstances" and property. Mr. Lowington several
+times returned to the main inquiry, but the young man would not even
+hint at the explanation of the manner in which he had come to be a
+waif on the North Sea, in an open boat, half full of water. He had
+told the captain that he was not wrecked, and had not been blown off
+from the coast. He would make no answer of any kind to any direct
+question relating to the subject.
+
+"Well, Ole, as you will not tell me how you came in the situation in
+which we found you, I do not see that I can do anything for you,"
+continued Mr. Lowington. "The ship is bound to Christiansand, and when
+we arrive we must leave you there."
+
+"Don't leave me in Christiansand, sir. I don't want to be left there."
+
+"Why not?"
+
+Ole was silent again. Both the principal and the surgeon pitied him,
+for he appeared to be a friendless orphan; certainly he had no friends
+to whom he wished to go, and was only anxious to remain in the ship,
+and go to America in her.
+
+"You may go into the steerage now, Ole," said the principal,
+despairing of any further solution of the mystery.
+
+"Thank you, sir," replied Ole, bowing low, and backing out of the
+cabin as a courtier retires from the presence of a sovereign.
+
+"What do you make of him, doctor?" added Mr. Lowington, as the door
+closed upon the waif.
+
+"I don't make anything of him," replied Dr. Winstock. "The young
+rascal evidently don't intend that we should make anything of him.
+He's a young Norwegian, about fifteen years old, with neither father
+nor mother; for I think we may believe what he has said. If he had no
+regard to the truth, it was just as easy for him to lie as it was to
+keep silent, and it would have been more plausible."
+
+"I am inclined to believe that he is a runaway, either from the shore
+or from some vessel," said the principal. "He certainly cannot have
+been well treated, for his filthy rags scarcely cover his body; and he
+says that the supper he had to-night was the best he ever ate in his
+life. It was only coffee, cold ham, and bread and butter; so he cannot
+have been a high liver. He seems to be honest, and I pity him."
+
+"But he is too filthy to remain on board a single hour. I will attend
+to his sanitary condition at once," laughed the doctor. "He will breed
+a leprosy among the boys, if he is not taken care of."
+
+"Let the purser give you a suit of clothes for him, for we can't do
+less than this for him."
+
+The doctor left the cabin, and Ole was taken to the bath-room by one
+of the stewards, and compelled to scrub himself with a brush and soap,
+till he was made into a new creature. He was inclined to rebel at
+first, for he had his national and inborn prejudice against soap
+and water in combination; but the sight of the suit of new clothes
+overcame his constitutional scruples. The steward was faithful to his
+mission, and Ole left dirt enough in the bath-tub to plant half a
+dozen hills of potatoes. He looked like a new being, even before he
+had donned the new clothes. His light hair, cut square across his
+forehead, was three shades lighter when it had been scrubbed, and
+deprived of the black earth, grease, and tar, with which it had been
+matted.
+
+The steward was interested in his work, for it is a pleasure to any
+decent person to transform such a leper of filth into a clean and
+wholesome individual. Ole put on the heavy flannel shirt and the blue
+frock which were handed to him, and smiled with pleasure as he
+observed the effect. He was fitted to a pair of seaman's blue
+trousers, and provided with socks and shoes. Then he actually danced
+with delight, and evidently regarded himself as a finished dandy; for
+never before had he been clothed in a suit half so good. It was the
+regular uniform of the crew of the ship.
+
+"Hold on a moment, my lad," said Muggs, the steward, as he produced a
+pair of barber's shears. "Your barber did not do justice to your
+figure-head, the last time he cut your hair."
+
+"I cut it myself," replied Ole.
+
+"I should think you did, and with a bush scythe."
+
+"I only hacked off a little, to keep it out of my eyes. Captain Olaf
+always used to cut it."
+
+"Who's Captain Olaf?" asked Muggs.
+
+Ole was silent, but permitted the steward to remove at will the long,
+snarly white locks, which covered his head. The operator had been a
+barber once, and received extra pay for his services on board the ship
+in this capacity. He did his work in an artistic manner, parting
+and combing the waif's hair as though he were dressing him for a
+fashionable party. He put a sailor's knot in the black handkerchief
+under the boy's collar, and then placed the blue cap on his head, a
+little on one side, so that he looked as jaunty as a dandy
+man-of-war's-man.
+
+"Now put on this jacket, my lad, and you will be all right," continued
+the steward, as he gazed with pride and pleasure upon the work of his
+hands.
+
+"More clothes!" exclaimed Ole. "I shall be baked. I sweat now with
+what I have on."
+
+"It's hot in here; you will be cool enough when you go on deck. Here's
+a pea-jacket for you, besides the other."
+
+"But that's for winter. I never had so much clothes on before in my
+life."
+
+"You needn't put the pea-jacket on, if you don't want it. Now you look
+like a decent man, and you can go on deck and show yourself."
+
+"Thank you, sir."
+
+"But you must wash yourself clean every morning."
+
+"Do it every day!" exclaimed Ole, opening his eyes with astonishment.
+
+"Why, yes, you heathen," laughed Muggs. "A man isn't fit to live who
+don't keep himself clean. Why, you could have planted potatoes
+anywhere on your hide, before you went into that tub."
+
+"I haven't been washed before since last summer," added Ole.
+
+"You ought to be hung for it."
+
+"You spend half your time washing yourselves--don't you?"
+
+"We spend time enough at it to keep clean. No wonder you Norwegians
+have the leprosy, and the flesh rots off the bones!"
+
+"But I always go into the water every summer," pleaded Ole.
+
+"And don't wash yourself at any other time?"
+
+"I always wash myself once a year, and sometimes more, when I get a
+good chance."
+
+"Don't you wash your face and hands every morning."
+
+"Every morning? No! I haven't done such a thing since last summer."
+
+"Then you are not fit to live. If you stay in this ship, you must wash
+every day, and more than that when you do dirty work."
+
+"Can I stay in the ship if I do that?" asked Ole, earnestly.
+
+"I don't know anything about it."
+
+"I will wash all the time if they will only let me stay in the ship,"
+pleaded the waif.
+
+"You must talk with the principal on that subject. I have nothing to
+do with it. Now, go on deck. Hold up your head, and walk like a man."
+
+Ole left the bath-room, and made his way up the forward ladder. The
+second part of the starboard watch were on duty, but nearly every
+person belonging to the ship was on deck, watching the distant light,
+which assured them they were on the coast of Norway. The waif stepped
+upon deck as lightly as a mountain sylph. The influence of his new
+clothes pervaded his mind, and he was inclined to be a little
+"swellish" in his manner.
+
+"How are you, Norway!" shouted Sanford, one of the crew.
+
+"How are you, America," replied Ole, imitating the slang of the
+speaker.
+
+"What have you done with your dirt?" added Rodman.
+
+"Here is some of it," answered Muggs, the steward, as he came up the
+ladder, with Ole's rags on a dust-pan, and threw them overboard.
+
+"If you throw all his dirt overboard here, we shall get aground,
+sure," added Stockwell, as Ole danced up to the group of students.
+
+"No wonder you feel light after getting rid of such a load of dirt,"
+said Sanford.
+
+"O, I'm all right," laughed Ole, good-naturedly; for he did not seem
+to think that dirt was any disgrace or dishonor to him.
+
+"How came you in that leaky boat, Norway?" demanded Rodman; and the
+entire party gathered around the waif, anxious to hear the story of
+his adventure.
+
+"I went into it."
+
+"Is that so?" added Wilde.
+
+"Yes, sir."
+
+"I say, Norway, you are smart," replied Rodman.
+
+"Smart? Where?"
+
+"All over."
+
+"I don't feel it."
+
+"But, Norway, how came you in that old tub, out of sight of land?"
+persisted Rodman, returning to the charge again.
+
+"I went into it just the same as one of you Americans would have got
+into it," laughed Ole, who did not think it necessary to resort to the
+tactics he had used with the principal and the captain. "You could
+have done it if you had tried as hard as I did."
+
+"After you got in, then, how came the boat out here, so far from
+land?"
+
+"The wind, the tide, and the broken oar brought it out here."
+
+"Indeed! But won't you tell us your story, Ole?"
+
+"A story? O, yes. Once there was a king of Norway whose name was Olaf,
+and half the men of his country were named after him, because--"
+
+"Never mind that story, Ole. We want to hear the story about
+yourself."
+
+"About myself? Well, last year things didn't go very well with me; the
+crop of potatoes was rather short on my farm, and my vessels caught
+but few fish; so I decided to make a voyage up the Mediterranean, to
+spend the winter."
+
+"What did you go in, Norway?" asked Wilde.
+
+"In my boat. We don't make voyages on foot here in Norway."
+
+"What boat?"
+
+"You won't let me tell my story; so I had better finish it at once. I
+got back as far as the North Sea, and almost into the Sleeve, when a
+gale came down upon me, and strained my boat so that she leaked badly.
+I was worn out with fatigue, and dropped asleep one afternoon. I was
+dreaming that the King of Sweden and Norway came off in a big
+man-of-war, to welcome me home again. He hailed me himself, with,
+"Boat, ahoy!" which waked me; and then I saw this ship. You know all
+the rest of it."
+
+"Do you mean to say you went up the Mediterranean in that old craft?"
+
+"I've told my story, and if you don't believe it, you can look in the
+almanac, and see whether it is true or not," laughed Ole. "But I must
+go and show myself to the captain and the big gentleman."
+
+"He's smart--isn't he?" said Sanford, as the young Norwegian went aft
+to exhibit himself to the officers on the quarter deck.
+
+"Yes; but what's the reason he won't tell how he happened out here in
+that leaky tub?" added Rodman.
+
+"I don't know; he wouldn't tell the captain, nor the principal."
+
+"I don't understand it."
+
+"No one understands it. Perhaps he has done something wrong, and is
+afraid of being found out."
+
+"Very likely."
+
+"He's just the fellow for us," said Stockwell, in a low tone, after he
+had glanced around him, to see that no listeners were near. "He speaks
+the lingo of this country. We must buy him up."
+
+"Good!" exclaimed Boyden. "We ought not to have let him go till we had
+fixed his flint."
+
+"I didn't think of it before; but there is time enough. If we can get
+hold of his story we can manage him without any trouble."
+
+"But he won't tell his story. He wouldn't even let on to the
+principal."
+
+"No matter; we must have him, somehow or other. Sanford can handle
+him."
+
+"I don't exactly believe in the scrape," said Burchmore, shaking his
+head dubiously. "We've heard all about the fellows that used to try to
+run away from the ship and from the Josephine. They always got caught,
+and always had the worst of it."
+
+"We are not going to run away, and we are not going to make ourselves
+liable to any punishment," interposed Sanford, rather petulantly. "We
+can have a good time on shore without running away, or anything of
+that sort."
+
+"What's the use?" replied Burchmore.
+
+"The principal isn't going to let us see anything at all of Norway. We
+are going to put in at Christiansand, and then go to Christiania. We
+want to see the interior of Norway, for there's glorious fishing in
+the lakes and rivers--salmon as big as whales."
+
+"I like fishing as well as any fellow, but I don't want to get into a
+scrape, and have to stay on board when the whole crowd go ashore
+afterwards. It won't pay."
+
+"But I tell you again, we are not going to run away."
+
+"I don't see how you can manage it without running away. You are going
+into the interior of Norway on your own hook, without the consent or
+knowledge of the principal. If you don't call this running away, I
+don't know what you can call it."
+
+"No matter what we call it, so long as the principal don't call it
+running away," argued Sanford.
+
+"How can you manage it?" inquired Burchmore.
+
+"I don't know yet; and if I did, I wouldn't tell a fellow who has so
+many doubts."
+
+"I shall not go into anything till I understand it."
+
+"We don't ask you to do so. As soon as we come to anchor, and see the
+lay of the land, we can tell exactly what and how to do it. We have
+plenty of money, and we can have a first-rate time if you only think
+so. Leave it all to me, and I will bring it out right," continued the
+confident Sanford, who appeared to be the leader of the little squad.
+
+The traditions of the various runaways who had, at one time and
+another, attempted to escape from the wholesome discipline and
+restraint of the Academy, were current on board all the vessels of the
+squadron. The capture of the Josephine, and her cruise in the English
+Channel, had been repeated to every new student who joined the fleet,
+till the story was as familiar to the present students as to those of
+five years before. There were just as many wild and reckless boys on
+board now as in the earlier days of the institution, and they were as
+sorely chafed by the necessary restraints of good order as their
+predecessors had been. Perhaps it was natural that, visiting a foreign
+country, they should desire to see all they could of its wonders, and
+even to look upon some things which it was the policy of the principal
+to prevent them from seeing.
+
+Whenever any of the various stories of the runaways were related,
+Sanford, Rodman, Stockwell, and others of similar tendencies, were
+always ready to point out the defects in the plan of the operators.
+They could tell precisely where Wilton, Pelham, and Little had been
+weak, as they termed it, and precisely what they should have done to
+render the enterprise a success. Still, running away, in the abstract,
+was not a popular idea in the squadron at the present time; but
+Sanford believed that he and his companions could enjoy all the
+benefits of an independent excursion without incurring any of its
+perils and penalties. Let him demonstrate his own proposition.
+
+Ole Amundsen walked aft, and was kindly greeted by the officers on
+the quarter-deck, who commented freely upon his improved personal
+appearance, though they did it in more refined terms than their
+shipmates on the forecastle had done. Some of them tried to draw from
+him the explanation of his situation in the leaky boat, but without
+any better success than had attended the efforts of others. He yielded
+an extravagant deference to the gold lace on the uniforms of the
+officers, treating them with the utmost respect.
+
+"Well, Ole, you look better than when I saw you last," said Mr.
+Lowington.
+
+"Yes, sir; and I feel better," replied Ole, bowing low to the "big
+gentleman."
+
+"And you speak English very well, indeed."
+
+"Thank you, sir."
+
+"Can you speak Norwegian as well?"
+
+"Yes, sir; better, I hope."
+
+"Monsieur Badois, will you ask him a question or two in Norwegian,"
+added the principal, turning to the professor of modern languages, who
+prided himself on being able to speak fourteen different tongues; "I
+begin to doubt whether he is a Norwegian."
+
+"I will, sir," replied monsieur, who was always glad of an opportunity
+to exhibit his linguistic powers. "_Hvor staae det til?_" (How do you
+do?)
+
+"_Jeg takker, meget vel._" (Very well, I thank you), replied Ole.
+
+"_Forstaaer De mig?_" (Do you understand me?)
+
+"_Ja, jeg forstaaer Dem meget vel._" (Yes, I understand you very
+well.)
+
+"That will do," interposed Mr. Lowington.
+
+"He speaks Norsk very well," added the professor.
+
+"So do you, sir," said Ole, with a low bow to Monsieur Badois.
+
+"_Meget vel_," laughed the professor.
+
+"I am satisfied, Ole. Now, have you concluded to tell me how you
+happened to be in that boat, so far from the land."
+
+The waif counted the seams in the quarter-deck, but nothing could
+induce him to answer the question.
+
+"I have given you a suit of clothes, and I desire to be of service to
+you."
+
+"I thank you, sir; and a good supper, the best I ever had, though I
+have often fished with English gentlemen, even with lords and sirs."
+
+"If you will tell me who your friends are--"
+
+"I have no friends, sir."
+
+"You lived on shore, or sailed on the sea, with somebody, I suppose."
+
+Ole looked down, and did not deny the proposition.
+
+"Now, if you will tell me whom you lived with, I may be able to do
+something for you."
+
+Still the waif was silent.
+
+"Berth No. 72 in the steerage is vacant, and I will give it to you, if
+I can be sure it is right for me to do so."
+
+But Ole could not, or would not, give any information on this point,
+though he was earnest in his desire to remain in the ship.
+
+"Very well, Ole; as you will not tell me your story, I shall be
+obliged to leave you on shore at Christiansand," said the principal,
+as he walked away.
+
+Dr. Winstock also tried to induce the youth to reveal what he plainly
+regarded as a secret, but with no different result. Ole passed from
+the officers to the crew again, and with the latter his answers were
+like those given to Sanford and his companions. He invented strange
+explanations, and told wild stories, but not a soul on board was the
+wiser for anything he said. The waif was permitted to occupy berth No.
+72, but was distinctly assured that he must leave the ship when she
+arrived at Christiansand.
+
+The wind continued light during the night, but at four o'clock in the
+morning the squadron was off Gunnarshoug Point, and not more than four
+miles from the land. The shore was fringed with innumerable islands,
+which made the coast very picturesque, though it was exceedingly
+barren and desolate. Most of the islands were only bare rocks, the
+long swells rolling completely over some of the smaller ones. The
+students on deck watched the early sunrise, and studied the contour
+of the coast with deep interest, till it became an old story, and then
+whistled for a breeze to take them along more rapidly towards their
+port of destination. The fleet was now fully in the Skager Rack, or
+Sleeve, as it is also called on the British nautical charts.
+
+At eight bells, when, with the forenoon watch, commenced the regular
+routine of study in the steerage, all the students had seen the Naze,
+or Lindersnaes, as the Norwegians call it--the southern cape of
+Norway. It is a reddish headland, beyond which were some hills covered
+with snow in the spring time. Ole Amundsen remained on deck all day,
+and had a name for every island and cliff on the coast. He declared
+that he was competent to pilot the ship into the harbor, for he had
+often been there. But when the fleet was off Ox-Oe, at the entrance
+to the port, a regular pilot was taken, at three o'clock in the
+afternoon. The Josephine and the Tritonia also obtained pilots soon
+after. The recitations were suspended in order to enable the students
+to see the harbor.
+
+Ole was wanted to explain the various objects which were presented to
+the view of the young mariners, but no one had seen him since the
+pilot came on board. All the habitable parts of the vessel were
+searched, and the stewards even examined the hold; but he could not be
+found. Mr. Lowington was anxious to see him, to ascertain whether he
+had changed his mind in regard to his secret; but Ole had disappeared
+as strangely as he had come on board of the ship.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+AN ACCIDENT TO THE SECOND CUTTER.
+
+
+The gentle breeze from the southward enabled the fleet to proceed
+without delay up the fjord to the town of Christiansand; and, as there
+was very little ship's duty to be done under such circumstances, the
+students had an excellent opportunity to examine the islands and the
+main shore. On board the ship and her two consorts the boys swarmed
+like bees in the rigging, eagerly watching every new object that was
+presented to their view. As nautical young gentlemen, they criticised
+the Norwegian boats and vessels that sailed on the bay, comparing them
+with those of their own country. The two yachts, which were not
+restrained by any insurance restrictions, stood boldly up the fjord,
+following closely in the wake of the two schooners.
+
+The course of the vessels up the fjord was through an archipelago, or
+"garden of rocks," as it is styled in the Norwegian language. The
+rocky hills in the vicinity were of a reddish color, with a few fir
+trees upon them. The country was certainly very picturesque, but the
+students did not regard it as a very desirable place of residence. The
+fleet passed between the Island of Dybing and the light on Odderö,
+and came to anchor in the western harbor. For half an hour the several
+crews were occupied in furling sails, squaring yards, hauling taut the
+running rigging, and putting everything in order on board.
+
+The accommodation ladder of the ship, which was a regular flight of
+stairs, had hardly been rigged before a white barge, pulled by four
+men, came alongside. The oarsmen were dressed in blue uniform, and
+wore tarpaulin hats, upon which was painted the word "Grace,"
+indicating the yacht to which they belonged. The bowman fastened his
+boat-hook to the steps, and the rest of the crew tossed their oars in
+man-of-war style. In the stern-sheets, whose seats were cushioned with
+red velvet plush, were three persons, all of whom were old friends of
+our readers. Captain Paul Kendall, the owner and commander of the
+Grace, though he is a few inches taller and a few pounds heavier than
+when we last saw him, was hardly changed in his appearance. Even his
+side whiskers and mustache did not sensibly alter his looks, for his
+bright eye and his pleasant smile were still the key to his
+expression. The Grace carried the American yacht flag, and her
+commander wore the blue uniform of the club to which he belonged.
+
+Three years before, Paul Kendall had experienced a heavy loss in the
+death of his mother. She had inherited a very large fortune, which,
+however, was held in trust for her son, until he reached his majority.
+At the age of twenty-one, therefore, Paul came to an inheritance
+bequeathed by his grandfather, which made him a _millionnaire_. His
+fortune had been carefully invested by the trustees, and now all he
+had to do was to collect and spend his income, of which there was a
+considerable accumulation when he attained his majority. Paul was a
+young man of high moral and religious principle. He had never spent a
+dollar in dissipation of any kind, and though he knew the world, he
+was as child-like and innocent as when he was an infant.
+
+His tastes were decidedly nautical, and the first large expenditure
+from his ample wealth was in the building of the yacht Grace, which
+was now anchored near the Young America. She was a beautiful craft in
+every respect, constructed as strong as wood and iron could make her.
+As her cabin was to be Paul's home during a portion of the year, it
+was fitted up with every appliance of comfort, convenience, and
+luxury. It contained a piano, a large library, and every available
+means of amusement for the hours of a long passage. At the age of
+twenty-one, Paul was more mature in experience and knowledge than many
+young men at twenty-five; and hardly had he been placed in possession
+of his inheritance than he sailed for Europe, and, of course, hastened
+from Queenstown to Belfast, where Mr. Arbuckle, father of the lady who
+occupied the stern-sheets of the barge, resided. Six months later he
+was married to Grace, who still regarded him as "the apple of her
+eye."
+
+On his return to New York his yacht was finished, though too late
+in the season for use that year. Her first voyage in the spring
+was to Brockway, which was the residence of Mr. Lowington, and the
+headquarters of the Academy Squadron. Learning that his old friend the
+principal was about to sail for Europe with his charge, he promptly
+decided to accompany him, and the Grace was one of the fleet that
+crossed the Atlantic in April.
+
+Mrs. Kendall was dressed in a plain travelling suit. She was taller
+and more mature than when she went down the Rhine with the Young
+Americans, but she was not less beautiful and interesting.
+
+If Fortune had been very kind to Paul Kendall, she had not been so
+constant to all who formerly sailed in the Young America, and who had
+then basked in her sunny smile. The third person in the stern-sheets
+of the barge was Mr. Augustus Pelham. He was a fine-looking fellow,
+with a heavy mustache, dressed like his commander, in the uniform
+of the yacht club. By one of those disasters common in American
+mercantile experience, Pelham's father had suddenly been hurled from
+apparent affluence to real poverty. Being well advanced in years, he
+could do nothing better for himself and his family than to accept a
+situation as secretary of an insurance company, which afforded him a
+salary only sufficient to enable him to live in comfort. Augustus
+had completed his course in the Academy ship when the change of
+circumstances compelled him to abandon all luxurious habits, and work
+for his own living. This was by no means a calamity to him, any more
+than to other young men. Doubtless it was annoying to have his
+allowance of pocket money suddenly stopped, and to find himself face
+to face with one of the sternest realities of life. His training in
+the Academy ship had been a blessing to him, for it had reformed his
+life, and elevated his tastes above the low level of dissipation. It
+had made a new man of him, besides preparing him for a useful
+calling. He was competent, so far as nautical skill and knowledge were
+concerned, to command any vessel to any part of the world, though he
+lacked the necessary experience in the management of a miscellaneous
+crew, and in the transaction of business. He was ready to accept a
+situation as chief or second mate of a ship, when he happened to meet
+Paul Kendall, and was immediately engaged as chief officer of the
+Grace, at a salary of one hundred dollars a month. Another ex-student
+of the ship, Bennington, upon whose father fickle Fortune had not
+continued to smile, had been appointed second officer. Pelham had
+shipped the crew of the Grace, and no better set of men ever trod a
+deck.
+
+The barge came up to the steps, and Paul and Pelham assisted Mrs.
+Kendall out of the boat, and the three went upon the deck of the ship.
+Mr. Lowington, who had not seen them, except at a distance, since the
+fleet sailed from Brockway harbor, gave them a warm greeting, shaking
+hands heartily with the lady first, and then with her companions.
+
+"I am glad to see you looking so well, Mrs. Kendall," said the
+principal.
+
+"I have enjoyed myself every moment of the voyage, and have never been
+sick a single hour," she replied.
+
+"We have had a fine passage, and there was no excuse for an old salt
+like you to be sick," laughed the principal.
+
+"But I think we shall go on shore, and stay at a hotel a few days,
+just for a change," added Paul.
+
+"That's a good plan; of course you will see more of the town and the
+people, than if you remain in your yacht."
+
+"I am sure I like the cabin of the yacht better than any hotel I ever
+visited," laughed Mrs. Kendall.
+
+"But a change will do you good, my dear," suggested Paul.
+
+"What did you pick up last evening, when you hove to, Mr. Lowington?"
+
+"We picked up a young Norwegian, about sixteen years old," answered
+the principal, detailing the circumstances under which Ole had been
+taken on board.
+
+"Where is he now?" asked Paul, looking about him to obtain a sight of
+the stranger.
+
+"We clothed and fed him, and had become quite interested in him; but
+just as the pilot came alongside we missed him. I have had the ship
+searched for him, but we have not been able to find him, though he
+must be concealed somewhere on board."
+
+"That's strange!" exclaimed Mrs. Kendall, glancing at her husband.
+
+"Perhaps not very strange," continued the principal. "The boy refused
+to tell us how he came in an open boat, half full of water, and out of
+sight of land. Probably he has run away from his friends, and has
+concealed himself to avoid being recognized by the pilot, or other
+Norwegian people who may come on board. I judged by his appearance
+that he had some reason for running away from his master or his
+friends, for he was only half clothed, in the filthiest rags that ever
+covered a human being."
+
+"I should like a Norwegian in my yacht, to act as interpreter for us,"
+added Paul.
+
+"I intended to keep him for that purpose myself, if I could ascertain
+who his friends were, and make an arrangement with them, for I will
+not encourage any boy in running away from his employers. Very likely
+we shall find him again in the course of the day."
+
+"Very well, sir; if you want him, I will look out for some one on
+shore," added Paul. "At what time do you pipe to lecture, Mr.
+Lowington?"
+
+"Not before to-morrow forenoon, at two bells."
+
+"I want to hear the lecture."
+
+"So do I," laughed Mrs. Kendall. "I think it is a capital idea to have
+a professor tell us all about a country before we attempt to see it. I
+used to read about the Norsemen, but I have forgotten all about them
+now, and I want to refresh my memory."
+
+"I wish all our boys had the same view of the matter," said Mr.
+Lowington.
+
+"We will come on board before nine to-morrow morning, sir," added
+Paul, as he handed his lady up the steps over the rail.
+
+Descending to the boat, the three oarsmen shoved off, and pulled for
+the shore, where they landed. The boat had not reached the land,
+before another barge, the counterpart of the first, and similarly
+manned, left the Feodora, and pulled alongside the ship. Mr. Robert
+Shuffles, the owner and commander of the second yacht, assisted his
+wife up the ladder to the deck of the ship, where they were cordially
+received by the principal. The yacht Feodora was only six months older
+than the Grace, for which she had served as the model. Shuffles had
+not come into possession of any inheritance yet, but his father was
+as liberal as he was wealthy, and gave his son an annual allowance,
+which enabled him to marry and keep a yacht. He and Paul had been
+intimate friends since they were graduated from the Academy ship, and
+they had made their plans in concert. He had married Lady Feodora a
+year before, and she had now dropped her aristocratic title, and
+become a republican lady. Like her husband, she had acquired nautical
+tastes, and was even more enthusiastic than he in anticipating the
+pleasures of a yacht cruise up the Baltic, and up the Mediterranean.
+Shuffles had not been so fortunate as Paul in finding needy graduates
+of the Academy to officer his yacht, and a fat old shipmaster served
+as first officer in the Feodora, while the second mate was a young
+tar, not yet of age. Having paid their respects to the principal, the
+young couple returned to the boat, and followed Paul to the hotel on
+shore.
+
+"That's the way to go about Europe," said Sanford, who was sitting on
+the rail with several of his shipmates.
+
+"What's the way?" asked Stockwell.
+
+"Why, as Kendall and Shuffles do it--in a yacht, with no Latin and
+geometry to bother their heads, and no decks to wash down on a cold
+morning."
+
+"That's so; but those fellows were the lambs of the squadron, we are
+told," laughed Stockwell. "They didn't have black marks; didn't pick
+upon the professors, and didn't run away from the ship."
+
+"What has all that to do with yachting?" asked Rodman.
+
+"They were good boys, and therefore they have yachts as their
+reward," replied Stockwell, laughing.
+
+"Pelham was as good as Shuffles, but he has no yacht, and has to work
+on a salary for his living."
+
+"He has the fun of it all the same, and Paul Kendall will not overwork
+him. But I haven't a word to say against them. They were all good
+fellows, if they were the ship's lambs."
+
+"All the second cutters!" shouted the boatswain's mate, after his pipe
+had sounded through the ship.
+
+"That means us," said Sanford. "Take your money and pea-jackets,
+fellows. Something may turn up before we come back."
+
+"Ay, ay," replied Stockwell. "Pass the word to all our fellows."
+
+In a few moments the fourth cutters appeared in the waist, with
+pea-jackets on their arms, and touched their caps to De Forrest, the
+fourth lieutenant, who appeared as the officer detailed to go in the
+boat, which now, as formally, was called the professors' barge,
+because it was generally appropriated to the use of the instructors.
+It was pulled by eight oarsmen, and Sanford was the coxswain. The
+party who had been considering the plan for an independent excursion
+on shore without incurring the perils and penalties of running away,
+were the crew of the second cutter. The fact of being together so much
+in the boat, had united them so that they acted and plotted in
+concert.
+
+"What are you going to do with those pea-jackets?" asked De Forrest,
+when he saw their extra clothing.
+
+"It's rather chilly up here in the evening, and we thought we might
+want them, while we were waiting," replied Sanford.
+
+"I don't think it is very cold, and as to the evening, the sun don't
+set till about eight o'clock," added the officer, as he went aft to
+the professors who were going on shore, and reported that the boat was
+ready; for it had already been lowered into the water, and made fast
+to the swinging boom.
+
+Her crew went over the side, and seated themselves in the cutter.
+
+"Ready!" said the coxswain, as the stern-sheets of the barge ranged
+alongside the little stage at the foot of the ladder. "Up oars!"
+
+Up went the eight oars to a perpendicular position, where they were
+held till the boat should be ready to go.
+
+"I wonder where Ole is," said Sanford.
+
+"Sh!" whispered Stockwell, who pulled the bow oar, shaking his head
+with energy.
+
+"What do you mean?" demanded the coxswain, in a low tone, for he was
+very much mystified by the pantomime of the bow oarsman.
+
+"Don't say a word."
+
+"Where is he?" persisted Sanford, who was not willing to have a secret
+kept from him even for a moment.
+
+Stockwell pointed into the bottom of the boat, and then looked up at
+the sky, with an affectation of cunning, while the rest of the crew
+smiled as though they were in possession of the secret. Sanford said
+no more, and joined the bowman in studying the aspect of the sky. Ole
+was in the boat to act as guide and interpreter, and if they chose to
+leave without running away, everything seemed to be favorable to the
+enterprise. Mr. Mapps and Dr. Winstock presently descended the steps,
+and seated themselves in the boat, followed by De Forrest.
+
+"All ready, coxswain," said the latter.
+
+"Ready! Let fall!" said Sanford, as he shoved off the stern of the
+cutter. "Give way--together!"
+
+The well-trained crew bent to their oars, and the boat shot away from
+the ship towards the shore. Mr. Mapps was going to the town to obtain
+some additional material for his lecture the following morning, and
+the surgeon intended to call on Paul Kendall and lady at the hotel.
+
+"This is a very picturesque town, doctor," said Mr. Mapps, as he gazed
+at the high, rocky steeps which surround Christiansand.
+
+"Very; and I am rather sorry we are not to see more of the environs of
+the place," replied the surgeon. "I understand we sail to-morrow
+night."
+
+"I dare say the students will see enough of Norway before they leave
+it."
+
+"We want to go into the interior," said De Forrest. "There is fine
+fishing in the streams of Norway."
+
+"Very likely Mr. Lowington will take you into the interior from
+Christiania," suggested Dr. Winstock.
+
+"I don't exactly see how it is possible to do so," added Mr. Mapps.
+"The only conveyance of the country is the cariole, which seats but
+one person--perhaps two boys; and our squadron has nearly two hundred
+students. I am afraid there are not carioles enough in Christiania to
+carry the whole of them."
+
+"I think it's too bad we can't have a trial at the salmon," pouted De
+Forrest.
+
+"Perhaps, if you waited till July, you might catch them," replied Mr.
+Mapps.
+
+"We should be contented with trout, then."
+
+"I have no doubt Mr. Lowington will do the best he can for you," said
+Dr. Winstock, as the boat neared the pier.
+
+"In, bows!" called the coxswain; and the two bowmen tossed and boated
+their oars, taking their stations in the fore-sheets, one of them with
+the boat-hook in his hand. "Way enough!" added Sanford; and the rest
+of the crew tossed their oars, and then dropped them upon the thwarts,
+with a precision which seemed to astonish the group of Norwegians on
+the wharf, who were observing them.
+
+The two gentlemen landed, and walked up to the town together, leaving
+the barge to wait for them.
+
+"Part of you may go on shore for half an hour, if you wish, and walk
+about," said De Forrest to his crew.
+
+"I don't care about going ashore," replied Sanford.
+
+"Nor I either," added Stockwell; and so they all said, very much to
+the astonishment of the fourth lieutenant, who naturally supposed that
+boys who had been at sea about four weeks would like to stretch their
+legs on the solid land for a short time.
+
+"Don't any of you wish to go on shore?" he inquired.
+
+"Not yet," replied Sanford. "If you wish to take a walk, I will push
+off from the shore, and wait till you return," said Sanford, very
+respectfully.
+
+"What's up? You won't go on shore, and you wish me to do so!"
+exclaimed the suspicious officer.
+
+"Nothing, sir," protested Sanford. "We don't intend to run away. We
+think that is played out."
+
+"If you wanted to do so in this desolate country, I would let you do
+it, if I were the principal. But you are up to some trick, I know."
+
+"What trick, sir?" demanded the coxswain, innocently.
+
+"I don't know, but it is your next move," replied De Forrest, as he
+seated himself, and seemed confident of his ability to check any
+mischief which might be in the minds of his crew. "Shove off, bowman!
+Up oars! Let fall! Give way together!"
+
+The oarsmen, rather vexed at the turn of events, obeyed the several
+orders, and the boat was again cutting the still waters of the fjord.
+All around them were rocks, with several large and small islands in
+sight. In various places on the rocks were affixed iron rings, to
+which vessels could make fast in warping out of the bay when the wind
+was light or foul. A portion of the rock to which they were attached
+was whitewashed, so that the rings could easily be found, even in the
+night. To one of these rings, on a small island near Odderö, which
+commanded a full view of the landing-place, De Forrest directed the
+coxswain to steer the boat.
+
+"Make fast to that ring," said the officer.
+
+"Ay, ay, sir," replied the bowman.
+
+"Perhaps you would like to land here," added the lieutenant, in a
+jeering tone, as though he felt that he had checkmated his crew in any
+evil purpose they entertained. "Whether you do or not, I think I shall
+stretch my legs on these rocks."
+
+De Forrest leaped from thwart to thwart, and then over the bow upon
+the island, as though he felt nothing but contempt for the power of
+the boat's crew to do mischief. He walked up the rough rocks to the
+summit of the islet, where he paused, and for the first time glanced
+at his companions, whom he suspected of harboring some design against
+the peace and dignity of the ship. As he did so, he discovered a
+steamer, which had just passed through the narrow opening between
+Odderö and the main land, and whose course lay close to the point of
+the island where the cutter was moored. He saw that the swash of the
+steamer was likely to throw the boat on the rocks, and grind her
+planking upon the sharp points of the island.
+
+"In the boat!" he shouted, lustily. "Shove off!"
+
+Sanford saw the danger which the lieutenant wished to avert, and
+promptly obeyed the orders.
+
+"Shove off, Stockwell!" he promptly shouted. "Up oars! Stern, all!
+Give way!"
+
+Stockwell gave a tremendously hard push when he shoved off, and the
+cutter shot far out upon the still waters; in fact, so far that she
+was forced directly into the way of the approaching steamer.
+
+[Illustration: THE ACCIDENT TO THE SECOND CUTTER. Page 57.]
+
+"Oars!" yelled the coxswain furiously, when he saw that he had
+overdone the matter. "Hold water! Go ahead! Give way!"
+
+The crew, even in this moment of deadly peril,--for it looked as
+though, in another instant, they would all be under the wheels of the
+steamer,--obeyed every command with their wonted precision. But it was
+a second too late to take the back track. If the boat had continued to
+back as at first, she would probably have escaped, for the steamer put
+her helm a-starboard a little, in order to favor her manoeuvre. When
+a collision seemed inevitable, the steamer's bell was rung to stop
+her, and then to back her.
+
+She struck the cutter; but as her progress had been powerfully
+checked, the blow did not carry her under, though it stove in the side
+of the boat. The water poured in through the broken broadside, and the
+crew sprang for their lives. They leaped upon the guys and bob-stays
+of the steamer, and were hauled in by the people on the bow.
+
+"Come out of there, Ole," said Stockwell, as he pulled the boat's sail
+from the extended form of the waif, who was concealed in the bottom of
+the boat.
+
+Ole lost not a moment in following the example of his companions. As
+the steamer's headway had now been entirely checked, Stockwell held
+the wrecked cutter in her position, while Rodman passed the
+pea-jackets up to the forecastle of the steamer. Having done this,
+they abandoned the boat, and followed the example of their companions.
+No one was drowned, or even wet above his knees, for the steamer had
+struck the boat just hard enough to stave in her side, without
+carrying her under.
+
+The Norwegians hooked up the boat's painter, and taking it in tow,
+proceeded on her course; for the captain--as interpreted by
+Ole--declared that his boat carried the mail, and he could not wait
+for anything.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+NORWAY IN THE PAST AND THE PRESENT.
+
+
+"Clear away the first cutter!" shouted the first lieutenant of the
+Young America, from whose deck the catastrophe to the second cutter
+had been observed.
+
+"All the first cutters!" piped the boatswain, with an energy inspired
+by the stirring occasion.
+
+"That was very carelessly done," said Mr. Lowington, whose attention
+had been called to the scene.
+
+"The steamer ran within a couple of rods of the island," added Captain
+Cumberland. "I saw the fourth lieutenant order the boat to shove off;
+I suppose he did it to prevent the swash of the steamer from grinding
+the cutter on the rocks."
+
+"What is he doing among those rocks?" asked the principal.
+
+"I don't know, sir. He landed Mr. Mapps and the doctor, and was
+ordered to wait for them. I don't see why he went over to that
+island."
+
+The second lieutenant was directed to take charge of the first cutter;
+Peaks, the adult boatswain, and Bitts, the carpenter, were ordered to
+go also, to render any assistance which might be required in succoring
+the stove boat. The cutter shoved off, her twelve oars struck the
+water together, and the crew gave way with an energy which caused
+their oars to bend like twigs, while the barge leaped through the
+water as though it was some monster of the deep goaded to his utmost
+to escape the wrath of a more potent pursuer.
+
+"With a will, my lads!" shouted the coxswain. "Steady! Keep the
+stroke, but use your muscle!"
+
+"There's a job for you, Bitts," said the boatswain, as the Norwegian
+took the second cutter in tow.
+
+"And a heavy job it will be, too," replied Bitts. "I wonder there is
+anything left of the boat."
+
+"The steamer stopped her wheels, and backed some time before she
+struck, or there would not have been much left of the boat, or her
+crew," added Peaks. "Thank God, the boys are all safe."
+
+"It's a lucky escape for them."
+
+"So it was; and we needn't say anything about the boat."
+
+"The steamer is going ahead," said the carpenter.
+
+"No matter for that, so long as the boys are all safe," replied Peaks.
+
+The people in the steamer seemed to take no notice of the first
+cutter, appearing not to understand that it had come out for the
+wrecked crew. But as the boat pulled towards her, she cast off the
+cutter in tow.
+
+"Steamer, ahoy!" shouted Norwood, the second lieutenant, as he saw the
+cutter cast adrift.
+
+She made no reply, but hoisted a flag, on which appeared the word
+"Post," with something else which none in the first cutter could
+understand.
+
+"She's a mail boat," said the boatswain; "and I suppose she intends to
+say she is in a hurry."
+
+"Does she mean to carry off the crew of that boat?" demanded the
+second lieutenant, not a little vexed at the conduct of the
+Norwegians.
+
+"She will not carry them far," suggested Dunlap, the coxswain.
+
+"She may take them to Bergen."
+
+"I think not, sir. If she is a mail steamer, she stops at all the
+ports on the coast. I don't think she will carry them far. Very likely
+they will be sent back, on some other steamer, before night," added
+Dunlap, who had studied the coast of Norway more carefully than the
+lieutenant in command.
+
+"First cutter, ahoy!" shouted De Forrest, on the island.
+
+"On shore!" replied Norwood. "We can't catch the steamer--that is
+certain; steer for the island, coxswain."
+
+The first cutter ran up to the rocky island, and as soon as the bow
+touched the rocks, De Forrest leaped into the fore-sheets. He was
+nervous and excited, feeling, perhaps, that he had failed in his duty,
+and was, therefore, responsible for the accident to the second cutter.
+From feeling that he had circumvented his crew in carrying out some
+unexplained trick, he realized that he had led them into a trap, from
+which they had narrowly escaped with their lives.
+
+"What are you doing on this island, De Forrest?" asked Norwood, as the
+discomfited officer took his place in the stern-sheets, and the boat
+shoved off again.
+
+The second lieutenant declared that he had come over to the island to
+prevent his crew from running away, or from carrying out some trick
+whose existence he suspected, but whose nature he could not
+comprehend.
+
+"Sanford wanted I should go ashore at the town, and offered to look
+out for the crew while I did so," he continued. "Of course I wouldn't
+leave my crew; but I told them that half of them might go on shore and
+take a walk. None of them wanted to go, and then I was satisfied they
+were up to something. I went on the island for the sole purpose of
+watching them. I wanted to know what their plan was."
+
+"Well, what did you discover?"
+
+"Nothing at all. I saw that steamer coming, and I ordered Sanford to
+shove off, so that her swash should not damage the boat."
+
+"I don't believe they intended to play any trick," added Norwood. "You
+are too suspicious, De Forrest."
+
+"Perhaps I am; but fellows that have been at sea for a month are
+rather glad of a chance to stretch their legs on shore. They wouldn't
+do so, when I told them they might; and I don't believe such a thing
+was ever heard of before. Besides, they all looked as though they were
+up to something, and just as though they had a big secret in their
+heads."
+
+"Perhaps you were right, but I don't believe you were," said Norwood,
+too bluntly for good manners, and too bluntly for the harmony of the
+officers' mess.
+
+"I suppose I am responsible for the smashing of the second cutter, but
+I was trying to do my duty," replied De Forrest, vexed at the implied
+censure of his superior.
+
+"If you had staid at the pier this could not have happened."
+
+"But something else might have happened; and if my crew had run away,
+I should have been blamed just as much," growled the second
+lieutenant.
+
+"You were too sharp for your own good--that is all. But I don't mean
+to blame you, De Forrest," said Norwood, with a patronizing smile.
+"Perhaps I should have done the same thing if I had been in your
+place."
+
+"Stand by to lay on your oars!" shouted the coxswain, as the boat
+approached the water-logged second cutter. "Oars!"
+
+The crew stopped pulling, and levelled their oars.
+
+"In, bows! Stand by the boat-hooks!" continued the coxswain; and the
+two forward oarsmen grasped the boat-hooks, and took their station in
+the fore-sheets. "Hold water." And the ten oars dropped into the water
+as one, checking the onward progress of the cutter.
+
+The bowmen fastened to the second cutter, and recovering her painter,
+passed it astern to the coxswain, who made it fast to a ring on the
+stern-board. By this time the steamer, with the luckless crew of the
+stove boat, had disappeared behind an island. The first cutter pulled
+back to the ship, and De Forrest immediately reported to the first
+lieutenant, and explained his conduct in presence of the principal and
+the captain. He detailed his reasons for supposing his crew intended
+to run away, or to play some trick upon him.
+
+"I think you have done all that a careful and vigilant officer could,
+De Forrest; and so far as I can see, you are free from blame," replied
+Mr. Lowington.
+
+The fourth lieutenant glanced at Norwood.
+
+"Just what I said," added the latter, in a low tone.
+
+"If you made any mistake, it was in leaving your boat at the island,"
+continued the principal.
+
+"Just exactly my sentiments," whispered Norwood. "I don't blame the
+fourth lieutenant, but I shouldn't have done just as he did."
+
+"Where is that steamer bound?" asked Mr. Lowington of the pilot, who
+had not yet left the ship, and was really waiting to be invited to
+supper.
+
+"To Christiania, sir," replied the pilot, who, like all of his class
+on the coast of Norway, spoke a little English.
+
+"Where does she stop next?"
+
+"At Lillesand."
+
+"How far is that?"
+
+"About two miles."
+
+"Two miles! Why, it is farther than that to the sea," exclaimed Mr.
+Lowington.
+
+"He means Norwegian miles," suggested one of the instructors, who was
+listening with interest to the conversation.
+
+"True; I did not think of that. A Norwegian mile is about seven
+English miles. It is fourteen miles, then, to Lillesand."
+
+With the assistance of Professor Badois, who acted as interpreter, the
+pilot explained that the steamer which had just left was several hours
+late, and would go that night to Frederiksværn, where the steamers
+from Bergen and Christiania made connections with the boat for
+Gottenburg and Copenhagen. The Christiania steamer would reach
+Christiansand the next evening, and the boys who had been carried
+away could return in her.
+
+"Why did she carry them off? It would not have taken five minutes to
+land them," added the principal.
+
+"She was very late, and her passengers for Gottenburg and Copenhagen
+would lose the steamer at Frederiksværn if she does not arrive in
+season," the pilot explained through Professor Badois.
+
+But Mr. Lowington was so grateful that the crew of the second cutter
+had all escaped with their lives, that he was not disposed to be very
+critical over the conduct of the Norwegian steamer. The boys were
+safe, and would return the next night at farthest. The accident was
+talked about, during the rest of the day, on board of all the vessels
+of the squadron. The officers and seamen on board of the ship had
+witnessed the accident, and had seen all the crew of the second cutter
+go over the bows of the steamer. They had not observed, in the
+excitement of the moment, that ten, instead of nine, had left the
+wrecked boat; and as Ole Amundsen was dressed precisely like the crew,
+his presence in the cutter was not even suspected.
+
+The first cutter was sent to the town for Dr. Winstock and Mr. Mapps,
+and in an hour or two the excitement had entirely subsided. The
+routine of the ship went on as before, and as there was little work to
+be done, the absentees were hardly missed.
+
+At half past eight the next morning, the signal, "All hands, attend
+lecture," was flying on board of the Young America. The boats from
+the Josephine and the Tritonia came alongside the ship, bringing all
+the officers and crews of those vessels. Paul Kendall and lady, and
+their friends, were brought off from the shore; Shuffles and his wife
+also appeared, and a further delegation from each of the yachts asked
+admission to the ship to hear the lecture, or rather to attend the
+exercise in geography and history, for the occasion was even less
+formal than on the first cruise of the ship. The steerage was crowded,
+after the boatswain had piped the call, and Mr. Mapps was doubtless
+duly flattered by the number of his audience. On the foremast hung a
+large map of Sweden and Norway.
+
+"If you please, young gentlemen, we will begin with Scandinavia," said
+the professor, taking his place near the foremast, with the pointer in
+his hand. "What was Scandinavia?"
+
+"The ancient name of Norway, Sweden, and Denmark," replied one of the
+students.
+
+"The barbarous tribes from the northern part of Europe at different
+times invaded the southern sections, conquering various other tribes,
+occupying their territory, and thus mingling with all the people from
+whom originated the present nations of Europe. Thus, in remote ages,
+the Scandinavians, among others, by their conquests and their
+emigration, have contributed largely to the modern elements of
+society. With this explanation we will look at Scandinavia in detail,
+beginning with Norway. Between what degrees of latitude does it lie?"
+
+"Between forty and ninety," replied an enthusiastic youth.
+
+"True--quite right; and a safe answer. If you had said between one and
+ninety, the answer would have been just as good for any other country
+as for Norway. I would like to have the jacket fit a little closer."
+
+"Between fifty-eight and seventy-one, north," answered one who was
+better posted.
+
+"Exactly right; about the same latitude as Greenland, and our
+newly-acquired Alaska. Our ship is anchored in the same parallel as
+the northern part of Labrador, and one degree south of the southern
+point of Greenland. But it is not as 'cold as Greenland, here,' the
+temperature being some twelve degrees milder, because the warm waters
+of the Gulf Stream are discharged upon its shores. You know its
+boundaries. It is one thousand and eighty miles from the Naze to the
+North Cape, and varies from forty to two hundred and seventy miles in
+width. How many square miles has it?"
+
+"One hundred and twenty-three thousand square miles."
+
+"Or a little larger than the six New England States, New York, and New
+Jersey united. The country is mountainous, and abounds in picturesque
+scenery. Precipices, cataracts, and rushing torrents are very numerous
+in the central and northern parts. The Vöringfos is a waterfall, and
+the Rjukanfos, near the central part, are cataracts of about nine
+hundred feet perpendicular descent; but of course the volume of water
+is not very large. The highest mountains are between eight and nine
+thousand feet high. Norway has an abundance of rivers, but none of
+them are very long. The coast, as you have seen, is fringed with
+islands, which, with the numerous indentations, form a vast number of
+bays, straits, channels, and sounds, which are called _fjords_ here.
+One of the principal of these is Christiania Fjord, which you will
+ascend in a few days. The country also abounds in lakes, which, as in
+most mountainous regions, are very narrow, being simply the widenings
+of the rivers. The largest of these is Miösen Lake, fifty-five miles
+long, and from one to twelve wide.
+
+"The soil is not very good, and the Norwegians are not progressive
+farmers. They cling to the methods of their sires, and modern
+improvements find but little favor among them. The winter is long, and
+the summer short; but by a provision of provident nature, the crops
+mature more rapidly than in some of the southern climes, as grain has
+been reaped six weeks after it was sowed. The principal crops are the
+grains; but the supply is not equal to the demand, and considerable
+importations are received from Denmark and Russia. In the south the
+farmers devote themselves to stock-raising, while in the north the
+Lapps derive nearly all the comforts of life from the reindeer, the
+care of which is their chief industry.
+
+"The extensive product of pine and fir have created a vast trade in
+lumber, which constitutes three fourths of the exports to the United
+Kingdom, and a considerable portion of the inhabitants in the wooded
+districts are employed in cutting, sawing, and sending to market the
+wealth of the forests. Next in importance to this are the fisheries,
+which yield about five million dollars a year. Cod, haddock, and
+herring are cured for exportation, and are an important source of
+revenue. Besides these, the roe of the cod is sent to France, Italy,
+and Spain, as bait for sardines. Norway supplies London with lobsters.
+Norway iron, as well as Swedish, is very celebrated; but the mines are
+poorly managed, as are those of copper and silver.
+
+"The kingdom of Norway is divided into eighteen provinces, which are
+called Amts. Its population, in 1865, was one million seven hundred
+thousand, showing an increase of about two hundred thousand in ten
+years. The government is a constitutional monarchy."
+
+"I thought it was a part of Sweden," said one of the students.
+
+"Not at all. The King of Sweden is also the King of Norway; but each
+country has its own independent and separate government. Each has its
+own legislature, makes its own laws, and raises and expends its own
+revenues. The king exercises his functions as ruler over both kingdoms
+through a council of state, composed of an equal number of Swedes and
+Norwegians, whose duty it is to advise the sovereign, and, in
+accordance with a peculiar feature of monarchy, to take the
+responsibility when any blunder is made; for "the king can do no
+wrong." If anything is wrong, some one else did it. Having the same
+king, who rules over each nation separately, is the only connection
+between Norway and Sweden. The former pays about one hundred and
+twenty thousand dollars of his civil list, and he is obliged to reside
+in Norway during a small portion of each year.
+
+"The constitution of Norway is one of the most democratic in Europe.
+The legislative and part of the executive power is vested in the
+Storthing, which means the 'great court,' composed of the
+representatives of the people. The king has but little power, though
+he has a limited veto upon the acts passed by the legislative body. He
+can create no order of nobility, or grant any titles or dignities. The
+members of the Storthing are elected indirectly by the people; and
+when they assemble, they divide themselves into two houses,
+corresponding to our Senate and House of Representatives. All acts
+must pass both chambers, and in case of disagreement, the two bodies
+come together, and discuss the subject.
+
+"The religion of Norway is Lutheran, and few of any other sect are to
+be found; formerly, no other was tolerated, but now religious freedom
+prevails, though Jesuits and monks of any order are sternly excluded.
+The clergy, who are generally very well educated, have an average
+income of about a thousand dollars a year, and I think are better paid
+than even in our own country. The people are well instructed, and one
+who cannot read and write is seldom found.
+
+"The early history of Norway is that of most of the countries of
+Europe--a powerful chief subjugated his neighbors, and united the
+tribes into a nation. Harold the Fair-haired, whose father had
+conquered the southern part of the country, fell in love with Gyda,
+the daughter of a petty king, who refused to wed him till he had
+absolute sway over the entire country. Pleased with the lady's spirit,
+he vowed never to cut or comb his hair till all Norway lay at his
+feet. It appears that he eventually had occasion for his barber's
+services, and wedded the lady. This was in the ninth century; and the
+victories of Harold drove many of the Norsemen, or Northmen, to seek
+their fortunes in other lands. They discovered and colonized Greenland
+and Iceland, and even established settlements on the continental
+portion of North America. Traces of them have been found on the Gulf
+of St. Lawrence, and some claim that they founded settlements farther
+south. They figure largely in the early history of England and
+Scotland, and even carried their piratical arms into Russia, Flanders,
+France, Italy, and other territories.
+
+"A son of Harold, who had been educated in England, brought
+Christianity into Norway; but, it was three centuries before the new
+faith had established itself. Like the Hindoos, Greeks, and Romans,
+the ancient Scandinavians had a mythology, upon which their religion
+was based. They believed that in the beginning all was chaos, in which
+was a fountain that sent forth twelve rivers. These streams flowed so
+far from their source that the waters froze, and the ice, defying the
+modern law of nature, sank till the fathomless deep was filled up. Far
+south of the world of mist, in which this miracle was wrought, was a
+world of fire and light, whence proceeded a hot wind that melted the
+ice, from the drops of which came the ice-giant, whose name was Ymir,
+and from whom proceeded a race of ice-giants. From the wedding of the
+ice and heat of the two extremes of the world came a cow, from which
+ran four streams of milk, the food of the ice-giants. While this
+wonderful beast was licking the salt stones in the ice, which formed
+her diet, a quantity of human hair grew out of them, and the next day
+a human head was developed, and then appeared a whole man. Bör, the
+son of this man, married a daughter of one of the ice-giants, and they
+had three children, the oldest of whom was Odin, who became the rulers
+of heaven and earth, because they were all good, while the children of
+Ymir, the ice-giant, were evil. Then, as now, the Good and the Evil
+were at war. Finally the ice-giant was slain, and being thrown into
+space, the world was created from his body; his blood forming the sea
+and the rivers; his flesh the earth; his hair the grass; his bones the
+rocks; his teeth and broken jaws the stones; and of his head the
+heavens, at the four ends of which were placed four dwarfs, called
+North, South, East, and West. Of this giant's brains, thrown into the
+air, they formed the clouds, while of the sparks from the land of fire
+were made the stars.
+
+"As the sons of Bör, who, you must remember, were the gods of heaven
+and earth, were walking on the shore of the sea, they discovered two
+blocks, whereof they created a man and a woman. Odin gave them life
+and souls, while his brothers endowed them with other human faculties
+and powers. Odin was the Jupiter, the chief, of the northern gods. He
+is the god of song and of war, and was the inventor of the Runic
+characters, or alphabet. He was the ruler of Valhalla, the home of
+heroes slain in battle. There is much more that is curious and
+interesting in the mythology of the Scandinavians, which I must ask
+you to read for yourselves.
+
+"Olaf II. propagated Christianity with fire and sword. He demolished
+the temples of paganism, and founded Trondhjem, or Drontheim, as it is
+called on our maps. His successor, St. Olaf, followed his example,
+till his cruelty excited a rebellion, and Canute the Great, of
+Denmark, landing in Norway, was elected king. Olaf fled into Sweden,
+where he organized an army, and attempted to recover his throne; but
+he was defeated and slain in a battle near Trondhjem. His body was
+found, a few years later, in a perfect state of preservation, which
+was regarded as a miracle, and Olaf was canonized as a saint. His
+remains are said to have wrought many miracles, and up to the time of
+the Reformation, thousands of pilgrims annually visited his shrine at
+Trondhjem. Even in London churches were dedicated to this saint.
+
+"Canute gave Norway to his son Sweyn, who, upon the death of his
+father, was dispossessed of the throne by Magnus I., the son of St.
+Olaf. He was succeeded by Harold III., a great warrior, who founded
+Osloe, now Christiania. After Olaf III. and Magnus III. came Sigurd,
+who, in 1107, made a pilgrimage of four years to Jerusalem, with a
+fleet of sixty vessels, and distinguished himself in the holy wars.
+His death was followed by civil dissensions, until Hako IV. obtained
+the throne. He lost his life in an attempt to retain the Hebrides
+Islands, claimed by Scotland. Then war with Denmark, the monopoly of
+trade by the Hanse towns, and a fearful plague, which depopulated
+whole sections, produced a decline in the national prosperity of
+Norway. Hako VI., who died in 1380, had married the daughter of the
+King of Denmark, and the crown of Norway descended to his son, Olaf
+III., of Denmark, in whom the sovereignties of Norway and Denmark were
+united. Olaf was succeeded by his mother Margaret, celebrated in
+history as 'the Semiramis of the North.' She conquered Sweden, and
+annexed it to her own dominions. By the 'Union of Calmar,' signed by
+the principal nobles and prelates of the three Scandinavian kingdoms,
+the three crowns were united in one person, the subjects of each to
+have equal rights. This compact was disregarded, and Norway was
+hopelessly oppressed by the ruler. The Union, however, continued till
+1623; but Norway was subject to Denmark till 1814.
+
+"When the allied powers of Europe, which were engaged in putting down
+the first Napoleon, rearranged the map of Europe, the destiny of
+Norway was changed. Russia wanted Finland, and she offered Norway in
+compensation for it to Sweden, with the further condition that
+Bernadotte should join the allies. He accepted the terms, and the King
+of Denmark was compelled, by force of arms, to cede Norway to Sweden.
+The Norwegians would not submit to the change, and declared their
+independence. Prince Christian, of Denmark, who was then governor
+general of Norway, called a convention of the people at Eidsvold, and
+a new constitution was framed, and the prince elected King of Norway.
+Bernadotte invaded Norway with a Swedish army, while the allies
+blockaded the coast. Resistance was hopeless, and as Sweden offered
+favorable terms, Christian abdicated, and an arrangement was
+immediately effected. The constitution was accepted by the king, and
+Norway became an independent nation, united to Sweden under one king.
+Bernadotte became King of Sweden and Norway under the title of Charles
+XIV., John. He refused the Norwegians a separate national flag; but
+when he attempted to alter the constitution to suit his own views, the
+Storthing resolutely and successfully resisted his interference. This
+body abolished titles of nobility--an act which the king vetoed; but
+three successive Storthings passed the law, and thus, by the
+constitution, made it valid in spite of the veto. The Norwegians were
+not to be intimidated even by the appearance of a military force, and
+have ever been jealous to the last degree of their rights and
+privileges as a nation.
+
+"Bernadotte was succeeded by his son Oscar I., who gave the Norwegians
+a separate national flag; and he flattered the vanity of the people by
+allowing himself to be styled the 'King of Norway and Sweden' in all
+public acts relating to Norway, instead of 'Sweden and Norway.' In
+1859, Oscar was succeeded by his son Charles XV., who is now the King
+of Sweden and Norway. In the history of Denmark and Sweden, more will
+be said of this kingdom.
+
+"In French, Norway is _Norvège_; in German, _Norwegen_; in Spanish,
+_Noruega_; and _Norge_ in the Scandinavian languages. Now, I dare say
+you would like to visit the shore."
+
+The professor closed his remarks, and the several boatswains piped
+away their crews.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+MR. CLYDE BLACKLOCK AND MOTHER.
+
+
+Belonging to the squadron were fourteen boats, ranging from the
+twelve-oar barge down to the four-oar cutter. In the waters of
+Brockway harbor, rowing had been the principal exercise of the
+students, though the daily evolutions in seamanship were well
+calculated to develop the muscles and harden the frame. They had been
+carefully trained in the art, and, enjoying the amusement which it
+afforded, they were apt scholars. As the safety of the squadron and
+the saving of life at sea might often depend upon the skill with which
+the boats were handled, the principal devoted a great deal of
+attention to this branch of nautical education. To give an additional
+zest to the exercise, he had occasionally offered prizes at the
+boat-races which the students were encouraged to pull; and the first
+cutter was now in possession of a beautiful silk flag, won by the
+power of the crew in rowing.
+
+Every boy in the squadron was a swimmer. In the summer season this
+accomplishment had been taught as an art, an hour being devoted to the
+lesson every day, if the weather was suitable. Cleats, the adult
+boatswain of the Josephine, was the "professor" of the art, having
+been selected for the responsible position on account of his
+remarkable skill as a swimmer. The boys were trained in diving,
+floating, swimming under water, and taught to perform various
+evolutions. Not alone in the tranquil bay were they educated to the
+life of the fishes, but also in the surf, and among the great waves.
+They were taught to get into a boat from the water in a heavy sea. A
+worn-out old longboat had done duty during the preceding summer as a
+wreck, in order to familiarize the students with the possibilities of
+their future experience. It was so prepared that a portion of its
+planking could be suddenly knocked out, and the boat almost instantly
+filled with water; and the problem was, to meet this emergency in the
+best manner. Other boats were at hand in case of a real accident, or
+if any naturally timid fellow lost his presence of mind. While the
+"wreck," as the practice boat was called, was moving along over the
+waves, pulled by half a dozen boys, Cleats, without warning or notice
+of his intention, opened the aperture near her keel. Sometimes she was
+loaded with stones, so that she went to the bottom like a rock, though
+this part of the programme was always carried out on a beach, where
+the receding tide would enable the professor to recover the boat. The
+crew were then to save themselves by swimming ashore, or to another
+boat. Sometimes, also, the "wreck" was loaded with broken spars,
+pieces of board, and bits of rope; and the problem was for the crew
+to construct a raft in the water, often in a rough sea. All these
+exercises, and many others, were heartily enjoyed by the boys, and a
+ringing cheer always announced the safety of a crew, either on the
+shore, in a boat, or on the raft.
+
+Many persons, and even those who are tolerable swimmers, have been
+drowned simply by the loss of their presence of mind. The dashing of
+the waves, or the great distance of the land or other place of safety,
+intimidates them, and they are unable to use their powers. But the
+students of the squadron were gradually and carefully accustomed to
+the water, so that they could swim a reasonable distance without
+wearing themselves out, could rest their limbs by floating, and were
+taught to avail themselves of any expedient to secure their safety. If
+a boat was stove on the rocks in a surf, or was run down by a vessel,
+the fact of being in the water did not frighten them out of their
+wits, for they had been trained to feel quite at home, as in their
+native element. They were actually drilled to confront danger in
+every imaginable form. But a gentle and timid boy was not pitched
+into the water, even after he had learned to swim. His constitutional
+shrinking was slowly and skilfully overcome, so that even the most
+delicate--though but few such ever found their way into the ranks of
+the squadron--took to the water as a pastime. Of course the degree of
+proficiency in the art of swimming, and of the acquired ability to
+meet danger in the water, differed very widely in different boys; but
+all were accustomed to the waves, and, in a measure, to leading the
+life of a duck or a fish.
+
+The crews of the several boats piped over the side, and took their
+places, the rest of the students being distributed in the barges and
+cutters, till only the adult officers remained in the ship. Each one,
+as it was loaded, pulled off, and took its station in the order in
+which the boat squadron usually moved. The commodore's barge and the
+ship's first cutter, each twelve oars, led the van, while the other
+boats came in four ranks of three each. All the boats carried the
+American flag at the stern, and each one had its number at the bow.
+All the Young America's boats had their numbers on a white, the
+Josephine's on a green, and the Tritonia's on a blue flag.
+
+The tactics of the boat squadron were many and various, which had
+been adopted more to give interest to the exercise than for any
+inherent utility. These movements were regulated by signals from the
+commodore's barge. Mr. Lowington had decided to make an excursion
+among the islands in the Fjord before dinner, and visit the town in
+the afternoon. A pilot was put in the commodore's barge, and Captain
+Cumberland, as acting flag officer, was in command of the squadron.
+The principal and Professor Badois were passengers in his barge.
+
+The cutters were formed in their usual array, and the two boats
+from the yachts brought up the rear. The signal officer, who was a
+quartermaster from the ship, at the order of the captain, elevated the
+white flag crossed with red, with which all the signals were made. The
+coxswains of the several boats could see this flag, while the oarsmen
+could not, being back to the barge, and not allowed to look behind
+them.
+
+"Oars!" said each coxswain, as soon as the signal appeared.
+
+At this command the several crews, who had been laying on their oars,
+prepared for the stroke. The signal officer dropped the flag to the
+port side of the barge.
+
+"Give way!" added each coxswain; and the boat squadron moved off.
+
+In order to keep the lines full, the larger quarter boat of the Grace
+had been borrowed and manned, and now took the place of the second
+cutter, which had been stove, and upon which the three carpenters of
+the squadron were now at work, making the necessary repairs. The fleet
+made a splendid appearance, with the flags flying, and with the
+officers and crews in their best uniforms. The people on the shore,
+and on board of the various vessels in the harbor, gathered to see the
+brilliant array. The crew of an English steamer cheered lustily, and
+the lady passengers waved their handkerchiefs. Suddenly the signal on
+the commodore's barge went up again.
+
+"Stand by to toss!" said the several coxswains, as the fleet of boats
+came abreast of the steamer, which was the Orlando, bound from Hull to
+Christiania.
+
+The signal went down to the port side.
+
+"Toss!" continued the coxswains, only loud enough to be heard by the
+crews, for they had been taught that the unnecessary screaming of
+orders makes an officer seem ridiculous, and injures the effect of the
+manoeuvre.
+
+At the word every oar went up, and was held perpendicularly in the air
+with the left hand. A bugle blast from the barge at this moment
+brought every student to his feet, with his right hand to his cap.
+
+"One!" said the coxswain of each boat, at a dip of the signal flag.
+
+A rousing cheer, accompanied by a swing of the cap, followed, and
+was twice repeated, making up the complement of the three cheers, in
+return for the salutations of the steamer's people. Her crew returned
+the compliment in like manner. At another blast of the bugle, the
+crews were seated with their oars still up. Again the signal in the
+barge was elevated.
+
+"Stand by!" said the coxswains, which was only a warning to be ready.
+
+The flag dropped to port.
+
+"Let fall!" added the coxswain; and all the oars dropped into the
+water together, while the flag was again elevated. "Give way!" and the
+stroke was resumed.
+
+The passengers of the Orlando clapped their hands vigorously, as they
+witnessed the perfection of the movements. The fleet proceeded up
+the bay towards the west front of the town, where a considerable
+collection of people had assembled to witness the novel parade. The
+barge led the way to the extreme west of the bay, where the signal
+flag was again exhibited, and then swung first to the port and then to
+the starboard. This was the signal for coming into single line, and
+the coxswain of each boat gave the orders necessary to bring it into
+range. It was so managed that each boat came into the new order as it
+turned to pass in front of the town; so that they proceeded in a
+single line before the people, but not more than twenty feet apart.
+Once more the signal flag appeared, with a double motion upwards.
+
+"Stand by to lay on your oars!" said the coxswains. "Oars!" they
+continued, as the flag swung down to starboard. "Hold water!"
+
+These orders soon brought the boats to a stand. The signal flag moved
+in a horizontal circle.
+
+"Pull, starboard; back, port. Give way!" continued the coxswains; and
+the effect of this evolution was to turn the boats as on a pivot.
+"Oars!" and the crew ceased pulling, with their oars all on a level,
+and the blades feathered.
+
+The boats had been turned half round, and each coxswain aligned his
+own by the barge on the right. In this position three cheers were
+given in compliment to the people on the shore, though the Norwegians
+seemed to be too dull and heavy to comprehend the nature of the
+movement. The boats swung again, and continued on their way, in single
+line, through the narrow passage between Odderö and the main land.
+Under the direction of the native pilot, the barge led the way among
+the islands, affording the students an opportunity to see the shores.
+When the fleet came into the broad channel, the order was resumed, as
+at first, and after various manoeuvres, it was dismissed, each boat
+returning to the vessel to which it belonged.
+
+The appearance of the fleet, including the two beautiful yachts, and
+the evolutions of the boats, had created a decided sensation on board
+of the Orlando, which was crowded with passengers, most of them
+tourists on their way to the interior of Norway. The crews of the
+several vessels piped to dinner as soon as they returned from the
+excursion; but the meal was hardly finished before visitors from the
+steamer began to arrive, and the boatmen in the harbor made a good
+harvest on the occasion. Among those who came to the ship was an
+elegantly dressed lady, with her son and daughter, attended by a
+servant man in livery. Mrs. Garberry Blacklock was duly presented to
+the principal by one of the gentlemen who had introduced himself. She
+was evidently a very fine lady; for she was "distinguished" in her
+manners as well as in her dress. And her son, Clyde Blacklock, was as
+evidently a very fine young gentleman, though he was only fourteen
+years of age. It is doubtful whether Miss Celia Blacklock could be
+regarded as a very fine young lady, for she appeared to be very
+pretty, and very modest and retiring, with but a very moderate
+estimate of her own importance.
+
+For the tenth time Mr. Lowington briefly explained the nature of the
+institution over which he presided; and the fine lady listened with
+languishing _ennui_.
+
+"But it is a very rough life for young gentlemen," suggested Mrs.
+Blacklock. "I should fancy they would become very, _very_ rude."
+
+"Not necessarily," replied the principal. "We intend that the students
+shall behave like gentlemen, and we think the discipline of the ship
+has a tendency to promote good manners."
+
+"They must live like sailors, and sailors are very, _very_ rude."
+
+"Not necessarily, madam. There is nothing in the occupation itself
+that--"
+
+"But I wish to know what the fellows do," interposed Mr. Clyde
+Blacklock.
+
+"There is nothing in the occupation itself that begets rudeness,"
+added Mr. Lowington, giving no attention to the young gentleman, who
+had so impolitely broken in upon the conversation of his elders. "I
+see no reason why a young man cannot be a gentleman in a ship as well
+as on shore."
+
+"I dare say you have sailors to do the dirty work."
+
+"No, madam; our students do all the work."
+
+"Do they put their own fingers into the pitch and the tar?" inquired
+the lady, with a curl of the lip which indicated her horror.
+
+"Certainly; but we think pitch and tar are not half so defiling as
+evil thoughts and bad manners."
+
+"They are very, _very_ disagreeable. The odor of tar and pitch is
+intolerable."
+
+"We do not find it so, for--"
+
+"I say, I wish to know what the fellows do."
+
+"We are accustomed to the odor of them," continued the principal. "To
+some people the scent of musk, and even otto of roses, is not
+pleasant; and, for my part, I rather enjoy that of tar and pitch."
+
+"That is very, _very_ singular. But Clyde desires to know what the
+young gentlemen do," added the lady, glancing at her son, behind whom
+stood the man in livery, as though he were the boy's exclusive
+property.
+
+"They have a regular routine of study," replied Mr. Lowington,
+addressing the lady, and declining even to glance at the original
+inquirer, for the rudeness of Mr. Clyde in interrupting the
+conversation seemed to merit a rebuke. "They attend to the studies
+usually pursued in the highest class of academies, including the
+modern languages and navigation, the latter being a speciality in the
+course."
+
+"I don't care what they study," said Clyde. "What do they do in the
+ship?"
+
+"We prepare boys for college, and beyond that pursue a regular college
+course, so far as our facilities will permit. Our students have the
+advantage of travel; for, in the present cruise, we shall visit all
+the principal nations of Europe."
+
+"What do they do in the ship?"
+
+"Clyde desires to know what the boys do in the ship," added the lady.
+
+"They learn good manners, for the first thing, madam. There are
+fifteen officers in this vessel, and nine in each of the others. They
+are all students, who take their rank according to their merit. The
+best scholar in each is the captain, and so on."
+
+"Does the captain manage the ship?" asked Clyde.
+
+"Certainly."
+
+"I should like to be the captain," exclaimed the young gentleman.
+
+"Do you think you could manage the ship?" asked his mother, with a
+smile which expressed the pride she felt in the towering ambition of
+her son.
+
+"I could, if any fellow could."
+
+"Clyde is very fond of the sea; indeed, he worries me sadly by his
+adventurous spirit," said his mother.
+
+"I think it would do him good to go to sea," added the principal,
+rather dryly.
+
+"The students made a beautiful appearance in their boats to-day,"
+continued Mrs. Blacklock. "It was really very, _very_ wonderful."
+
+"They handle the boats very well indeed, but their skill was only
+acquired by long and careful training. As we have a considerable
+number of visitors on board, madam, we will show you a little
+seamanship. Captain Cumberland," he added, turning to the young
+commander, who had been making himself agreeable to Miss Celia
+Blacklock.
+
+The captain asked the young lady to excuse him, and stepping up to the
+principal, bowed gracefully, and raised his cap.
+
+"He's a regular swell," said Clyde to his man.
+
+"He's a young gentleman as is highly polished, which these naval
+officers is generally," replied Jeems.
+
+Mr. Lowington directed the captain to call all hands, and go through
+the evolutions of loosing and furling, for the gratification of the
+guests of the ship. Captain Cumberland bowed and raised his cap again
+as he retired, and the principal hoped that Clyde would take a lesson
+in good manners from him.
+
+"Will you walk to the quarter-deck, Miss Blacklock," said the captain,
+touching his cap to the young lady, to whom he had been formally
+introduced by the principal. "We are going to loose and furl, and you
+can see better there than here."
+
+"With pleasure," replied Miss Celia. "But what did you say you were
+going to do?"
+
+"Loose and furl the sails," replied the captain, as he conducted the
+fair miss to the quarter-deck, where they were followed by Mr.
+Lowington and the rest of the party.
+
+"Mr. Judson," said the commander.
+
+"Here, sir," replied the first lieutenant.
+
+"Call all hands to loose and furl."
+
+"All hands, sir," responded Judson, touching his cap to his superior,
+as all on board were required to do.
+
+"They are all swells," said Clyde to his man.
+
+"All hands, loose sails!" shouted the boatswain, as he blew the proper
+blast on his whistle.
+
+In a few moments every officer and seaman was at his station for the
+manoeuvre indicated by the call. The students, aware that they were
+simply to "show off," were fully determined to astonish the wondering
+crowd on the decks.
+
+"Stand by to lay aloft, the ready-men!" shouted the first lieutenant,
+as he received the order from the captain.
+
+It was repeated by the second lieutenant on the forecastle, the third
+in the waist, and the fourth on the quarter-deck.
+
+"All ready, sir!" reported the several officers.
+
+"Lay aloft!"
+
+At the command those whose duty it was to prepare the sails and
+rigging for the manoeuvre sprang up the rigging, and in three
+minutes the midshipman aloft reported that all was ready.
+
+"Lay aloft, sail-loosers!" continued the first lieutenant.
+
+The seamen, who were arranged in proper order on deck, the royal
+yard men first, then those who belonged on the top-gallant yards, the
+topsail, and the lower yards, placed in succession, so that each could
+reach his station without passing others, leaped into the rigging, and
+went up like so many cats.
+
+"Man the boom tricing-lines!"
+
+These are ropes by which the studding-sail booms, which lie on the
+yards, are hauled up out of the way.
+
+"Trice up!"
+
+The studding-sail booms were drawn up.
+
+"Lay out! Loose sails!"
+
+The hands jumped upon the foot-ropes, and worked themselves out to
+their places on the yards, where they loosed the sails, overhauled the
+rigging, and made everything ready for the final evolution. The
+midshipman in the tops reported to the officers on deck when the
+preparations were completed, and the lieutenants on deck, in their
+turn, reported to the first lieutenant.
+
+"Let fall!" said the executive officer; and all, as one, the sails
+dropped from the yards.
+
+The precision of the movement called forth a demonstration of applause
+from the visitors. Mr. Clyde Blacklock stood with his mouth open,
+looking up at the students on the yards, but occasionally glancing at
+the "swellish" first lieutenant, who seemed to be the master-spirit of
+the occasion, because he spoke in a loud voice, while the captain, who
+really controlled the evolutions, could hardly be heard, except by the
+executive officer, to whom alone his order was given.
+
+"Lay in! Lay down from aloft!" said the first lieutenant; and in a
+moment more all hands were on deck again.
+
+"Do you ever man the yards, sir?" asked a gentleman of the principal.
+
+"Occasionally, sir--not often. You are aware that it requires some
+preparation, for we are obliged to extend life-lines over the yards,"
+replied Mr. Lowington. "We are not in condition to do it now. If we
+should happen to be visited by the king at Copenhagen or Stockholm,
+and had previous notice, we should certainly do it."
+
+The crew were then required to go through the manoeuvre of furling
+sails, which was performed with the same precision as the first
+evolution, and to the great satisfaction of the guests, who were then
+invited to visit the cabins and steerage of the ship.
+
+"Mother, I like this thing," said Mr. Clyde Blacklock.
+
+"It's all very, _very_ fine, Clyde," replied the tender mother.
+
+"And the ship's going up the Baltic, and then up the Mediterranean."
+
+"Yes, Clyde."
+
+"And I want to go in her."
+
+"You, Clyde!"
+
+"Yes, that's what I say."
+
+"And be a sailor?"
+
+"I always told you I wanted to be a sailor. Didn't that head master,
+or whatever he is, say it would do me good to go to sea?"
+
+"Perhaps he did, but I can't go with you, my dear."
+
+"I don't want you to go with me. I'm not a baby!" protested the
+indignant youth.
+
+"But you are my only son, dear."
+
+"If you had forty only sons, it would be all the same to me. I say I
+want to go in this ship, and be a sailor."
+
+Mrs. Blacklock was appalled, and was sorely disturbed by the
+announcement of her son. The young gentleman insisted that he should
+be entered at once as a member of the ship's company. He suggested to
+his anxious mother that she could travel by land while he went by sea,
+and that she could see him every time the ship went into port. The
+lady appeared to see no alternative, but evidently felt compelled to
+yield to her son's demand. It was plain enough, even to a casual
+observer, that Clyde was the head of the family. Mrs. Blacklock
+promised to speak to the principal, but she hoped he would not be
+able to take her son. Before she had an opportunity to make the
+application, the Orlando's bell rang for her passengers to return. The
+sound seemed to be a relief to the lady; but Mr. Clyde put his foot
+down just there, and upset all her hopes.
+
+"Come, Clyde; the Orlando is ready to go," said she.
+
+"Let her go," replied the hopeful son.
+
+"But we must go on board."
+
+"You may go. I'm off to sea in this ship."
+
+"Not now, my dear," pleaded Mrs. Blacklock.
+
+"Now's the time. If you don't speak to that head master yourself, I
+shall do so."
+
+"Not now, my dearest boy. This ship is going to Christiania, and we
+will speak to the gentleman on the subject when she arrives. Come,
+Clyde; the boat is waiting for us, and all the other passengers have
+gone."
+
+"You can't fool me, mother. I'm going to sea now. I like this ship,
+and I rather like those swells of officers."
+
+Clyde positively refused to leave the ship, though his mother, almost
+in tears, begged him to accompany her.
+
+"My son won't go with me," said she, as Mr. Lowington came towards her
+to ascertain the cause of their delay.
+
+"If you desire, madam, the boatswain will put him into the boat for
+you," replied the principal.
+
+"Put me into the boat!" exclaimed the indignant youth. "I should be
+glad to see him do it!"
+
+"Should you? Peaks!"
+
+"On deck, sir," replied the big boatswain, touching his cap to the
+principal.
+
+"Pray, don't, sir--don't!" begged the lady. "Clyde wants to go to sea
+in your ship."
+
+"O, does he, indeed!" exclaimed the principal. "We have a vacant
+place, and he can be accommodated."
+
+The fond mother's heart sank at this announcement. Mr. Lowington,
+though his experience with students of this description had been far
+from satisfactory, felt that his duty to humanity required him to take
+this boy, who was evidently on the high road to ruin through the weak
+indulgence of his mother.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+A DAY AT CHRISTIANSAND.
+
+
+"But, madam, your steamer seems to be on the point of starting,"
+suggested Mr. Lowington, as the Orlando rang her bell, and whistled
+violently.
+
+"I cannot help it," replied the lady, apparently taking no notice of
+the steamer. "I came over here on a pleasure excursion, and now I feel
+as though I had lost my son."
+
+"Lost him, madam! We intend to save him," laughed Mr. Lowington. "But
+we have no claim upon him. If you desire to leave in the steamer, the
+boatswain shall put the boy on board whether he is willing or not."
+
+"No, no; that would be very, _very_ harsh. Let the steamer go. This
+matter is of vastly more consequence than going to Christiania.
+James," she added, turning to the man in livery, "you will take the
+boat, get our baggage from the steamer, and take it to the hotel on
+shore."
+
+"Yes, mem," replied James, as he very deliberately went over the side
+into the boat.
+
+"This will be a sad day to me, sir," continued Mrs. Blacklock, as she
+glanced at her son, who was whistling an air from the last opera, as
+indifferent as though his mother had been at peace in her own
+drawing-room.
+
+"I beg to repeat, madam, that I have not the slightest wish to take
+your son into this institution."
+
+"But Clyde insists upon joining the ship, and what can I do?"
+
+"You can say no, if you please."
+
+"You had better not say it, mother; if you do, I will run away, and go
+to sea in a merchant ship," added Clyde, shaking his head.
+
+"You hear, sir, what he says," replied Mrs. Blacklock, with a long and
+deep sigh.
+
+"That would be the very best thing in the world for a boy troubled
+with his complaint," answered Mr. Lowington.
+
+"I have no complaint; I'm not sick," growled Clyde.
+
+"I'm afraid you are, my boy, though you don't know it. The most
+dangerous maladies often make great progress even before their
+existence is suspected."
+
+"Nothing ails me," added Clyde.
+
+"This seems to be a very nice ship, and you say the students are all
+gentlemen," continued the lady, glancing around her at the ship and
+the crew. "If Clyde must go to sea--"
+
+"I must, mother," interposed the young gentleman, very decidedly.
+
+"If he must go to sea, he had better go with you, sir."
+
+"If you will walk into the cabin, madam, I will show you our
+regulations," said the principal, leading the way down the steps.
+
+Clyde followed, apparently unwilling that a word should be said which
+he could not hear.
+
+"I want to speak with your mother alone," interposed Mr. Lowington.
+
+"I'm going too," persisted Clyde, after Mrs. Blacklock had descended
+the stairs.
+
+"I prefer to see your mother alone," added the principal, firmly.
+
+"You are going to talk about me, and I want to hear what is said,"
+replied the youth, rudely.
+
+"Peaks, remain here," said the principal to the big boatswain, who had
+followed them to the companionway.
+
+Mr. Lowington descended the steps, and Peaks slipped in behind him,
+fully understanding his duty without any explanations. Clyde attempted
+to follow, but the entrance was effectually blockaded by the stalwart
+forward officer.
+
+"Get out of my way; I want to go down there," said Clyde, in no gentle
+tones.
+
+"It can't be done, my hearty," replied Peaks.
+
+"I'm going down, any way."
+
+"I think not, my little gentleman."
+
+"Yes, I am! Get out of my way."
+
+"Ease off, my hearty. Don't get up a squall."
+
+"I want to see my mother," growled Clyde.
+
+"You were not invited to the cabin, and your mother was," answered
+Peaks, very mildly.
+
+"I don't care if I wasn't; I'm going down."
+
+"So you said before;" and the boatswain tried to pacify the youngster,
+and to induce him to be reasonable; but Clyde had always had his own
+way, and was ready to fight for it now, even though he had nothing to
+gain by it.
+
+Captain Cumberland was still walking with Miss Celia, explaining to
+her the nature of the discipline on board, and giving her an account
+of the voyage across the Atlantic. A group of the officers had
+collected on the quarter-deck, and, much amused at the scene, were
+observing the conduct of Clyde. As he became more violent, his sister
+tried to quiet him, and induce him to behave like a gentleman; but he
+replied to her in a tone and with words which made the captain's
+cheeks tinge with indignation.
+
+Finally, when he found that abuse had no effect upon the stout
+boatswain, he drew back, and made a desperate plunge at his heavy
+opponent. Peaks caught him by the shoulders, and lifted him off his
+feet like a baby. Taking him in his arms, with one hand over his
+mouth, to smother his cries, he bore him to the waist, where his yells
+could not be heard by his mother.
+
+"Be quiet, little one," said Peaks, as he seated himself on the
+main-hatch, and twined his long legs around those of the prisoner, so
+that he was held as fast as though he had been in the folds of an
+anaconda. "Hold still, now, and I'll spin you a sea-yarn. Once on a
+time there was a little boy that wanted to go to sea--"
+
+"Let me go, or I'll kill you!" sputtered Clyde; but the boatswain
+covered his mouth again, and silenced him.
+
+"Kill me! That would be wicked. But I'm not a mosquito, to be cracked
+in the fingers of such a dear little boy as you are. But you snapped
+off my yarn; and if you don't hold still, I can't spin it ship-shape."
+
+Clyde had well nigh exhausted his breath in his fruitless struggle,
+and before his sister went far enough forward to see him, he was
+tolerably calm, because he had no more strength to resist. Then the
+boatswain told his story of a boy that wanted to go to sea, but found
+that he could not have his own way on board the ship.
+
+In the cabin, Mrs. Blacklock told a pitiful story of the wilfulness of
+her son; that she was obliged to do just as he said, and if he wanted
+anything, however absurd it might be, she was obliged to give it to
+him, or he made the house too "hot" for her. Her husband had died when
+the children were small, and the whole care of them had devolved on
+her. Clyde had made her miserable for several years. She had sent
+him to several celebrated schools; but he had got into trouble
+immediately, and she had been compelled to take him away, to prevent
+him from killing himself and her, as she expressed it. Her husband had
+left her a handsome property, but she was afraid her son would spend
+it all, or compel her to do so, before he became of age.
+
+Mr. Lowington repeated only what most of her friends had told her
+before--that her weak indulgence would be the ruin of the boy; that he
+needed a strong arm. He was willing to take him into the Academy ship,
+but he must obey all the rules and follow all the regulations. The
+perplexed mother realized the truth of all he said.
+
+"You will take him as an officer--won't you, sir?" she asked, when
+she had in a measure reconciled herself to the discipline proposed.
+
+"Certainly not, madam," replied the principal. "If he ever becomes an
+officer, he must work himself up to that position, as the other
+students do."
+
+"But you could let him have one of the rooms in the cabin. I am
+willing to pay extra for his tuition."
+
+"No, madam; he must go with the other students, and do precisely as
+they do."
+
+"Where will his servant lodge?"
+
+"His servant?"
+
+"Yes, James. He will want a servant, for I don't know that he ever
+dressed himself alone."
+
+"He can have no servant, except those of the ship."
+
+"That's very, _very_ hard."
+
+"Perhaps it is, but if the boy can't dress himself alone, he must lie
+in his berth till he acquires the art by hard thinking. I wish you to
+understand the matter thoroughly before you leave him, madam."
+
+Mrs. Blacklock struggled with the hard terms; but even to her the case
+seemed like a desperate one, and she was willing at last to try the
+experiment, though she intended to follow the ship wherever she went,
+to save him from suicide when his situation became absolutely
+hopeless. The terms arranged, she followed Mr. Lowington on deck,
+where Clyde was discovered in the loving embrace of the big boatswain,
+who released him as soon as he saw the lady.
+
+"Now, Clyde, my dear, we have arranged it all," said Mrs. Blacklock;
+and it ought to be added that such a result would have been utterly
+impossible if the subject of the negotiations had been present.
+
+"I don't care if you have," replied Clyde, bestowing a fiery glance
+upon the boatswain, who was smiling as blandly as though earth had no
+naughty boys.
+
+"Why, what's the matter, Clyde!" demanded the anxious mother.
+
+"I've had enough of this ship," howled the little gentleman, as he
+glanced again at the stout forward officer.
+
+The complacent face of Peaks maddened him, and Clyde felt that,
+perhaps for the first time in his life, he had lost a battle. He could
+not bear the sight of the boatswain's placid features, unruffled by
+anything like anger or malice. He felt that he had not even provoked
+his powerful adversary. He howled in his anger, and then he cried in
+his desperation. Suddenly he seized a wooden belaying-pin from the
+rail, and shied it at the boatswain's head. Peaks caught it in his
+hand, as though he had been playing toss-ball with his victim; but the
+next instant his anaconda fold encircled the youth again. Mrs.
+Blacklock screamed with terror.
+
+"There is no harm done, madam," interposed the principal. "We don't
+allow boys to throw things here."
+
+"You are very, _very_ harsh with the poor boy."
+
+"And the poor boy is very, very harsh with us. He throws belaying-pins
+at our heads."
+
+"He did not mean any harm."
+
+"Perhaps not; but that's an unpleasant way of manifesting his regard."
+
+"I've had enough of this ship! I won't go in her!" howled Clyde,
+struggling to escape from the grasp of the officer.
+
+"Do you hear that, sir? Poor boy!"
+
+"He will soon learn better than to behave in this violent manner. We
+can cure him in ten minutes after you have left the ship."
+
+"What! whip him?" exclaimed the mother, with horror.
+
+"No, madam; we never strike a student under any circumstances, unless
+it be in self-defence; but if a boy won't go when ordered, we carry
+him. We always have force enough to do this without injury to the
+person."
+
+"But see the poor boy struggle!"
+
+"It will do him no harm."
+
+"He says now that he will not go in the ship."
+
+"If I were his parent, it would be as I said, not as he said, after he
+had ceased to be reasonable. I would consult the wishes and opinions
+of a boy of mine, as long as he behaved properly--no longer. You have
+only to leave him, and I assure you he shall be treated as kindly as
+he will permit us to treat him. I do not wish to influence you, but I
+am confident that ruin lies in that boy's path, unless he is
+reformed."
+
+Mrs. Blacklock actually wept. She loved the boy with a blind affection
+in spite of the disrespect and even abuse that he heaped upon her. It
+was a terrible struggle to her, but she finally decided to leave him
+on board of the ship, perhaps satisfied that nothing else could ever
+save him from himself, and her from the misery his reckless conduct
+constantly occasioned her.
+
+"You wished to go to sea, Clyde, and I have decided to leave you in
+this ship," said the poor mother, trembling with emotion.
+
+"But I tell you I won't stay in this ship," roared Clyde, as Peaks, at
+a signal from the principal, released his prisoner.
+
+"I can do nothing with you, my dear boy. You won't obey me, and I must
+leave you to those who can control you. I am going on shore now, but I
+shall see you again at Christiania."
+
+"I won't stay!" howled Clyde.
+
+"Good by, Clyde," said Mrs. Blacklock, desperately, as she folded her
+son in her arms, and kissed him on both cheeks.
+
+"I tell you I won't stay!" cried the angry youth, breaking away from
+his mother's embrace.
+
+"Make it short, madam," suggested Mr. Lowington.
+
+"Do try to be good, Clyde, and then you can come home very, _very_
+soon," added Mrs. Blacklock, as the principal conducted her to the
+accommodation ladder, where the first cutter had been manned to put
+her on shore.
+
+"I tell you again, I won't stay! If you leave me, I'll jump
+overboard."
+
+"O!" groaned the weak mother.
+
+"If you do, young man, we will pick you up with the greatest
+pleasure," said Mr. Lowington, as he hurried the lady to the side.
+
+"O, if he should!" gasped she.
+
+"There is not a particle of danger, madam; Mr. Peaks will take
+excellent care of him," replied her comforter.
+
+The boatswain, at a nod from Mr. Lowington, again embraced Clyde, but
+did not injure him, nor permit him to injure himself. The lady was
+handed into the boat, and Captain Cumberland politely performed this
+service for Miss Blacklock. Of course the poor mother was in an agony
+of doubt and anxiety, but the students in the cutter seemed to be so
+cheerful, contented and gentlemanly, that she hoped for the best.
+
+Clyde was appalled at the situation, and one of the stern realities
+of life seemed suddenly to dawn upon him. As soon as his mother
+disappeared over the side, he ceased to struggle, for he gained
+nothing by it, and the students appeared to be amused by his
+sufferings. Peaks released him, and the victim of wholesome discipline
+looked about him with a wondering stare; but there was no mother to
+cajole or intimidate, and he was thrown entirely upon his own
+resources for the means of resistance, if he purposed to resist. He
+appeared to be stupefied by the situation, and Mr. Lowington, taking
+advantage of his bewilderment, invited him into the main cabin, where
+he kindly but firmly "laid down the law" to him. Clyde was by no means
+conquered, but was rather considering how he should escape from this
+trying position. At the close of the interview, the principal handed
+the patient over to one of the stewards, and requested him to see the
+new comer clothed in the uniform of the ship. Peaks was directed to
+keep an eye on the victim while the crew were on shore.
+
+All hands were soon seated in the boats, and in half an hour all
+the students in the squadron were turned loose in the streets of
+Christiansand. Though the instructors were of the party, they were not
+required to exercise any particular supervision over their pupils.
+There was hardly anything to be seen, and as a large number of the
+students had never crossed the Atlantic before, they wanted to know if
+they had come so far to see such a town. Most of the houses were of
+wood, but they were neat and well kept. As the capital of the province
+of Christiansand, the town was the residence of the Stift Amtmand, or
+governor, and of the bishop of the diocese. It was founded in 1641,
+and having an excellent harbor, it is a place of considerable
+commercial importance, having a population of about ten thousand.
+
+The boys visited the cathedral, which is a fine building of gray
+stone, and being the first which most of them had seen, it had a
+considerable interest to them. They observed the people, and their
+manners and customs, so far as they could, with more interest than the
+buildings, which differed in no important respect from those in the
+United States. Passing across the water front of the town, they came
+to the Torrisdal River, over which there is an excellent bridge. They
+crossed the stream, and walked to an antiquated church. Some of the
+houses on the way were very neat, pretty structures, not unlike the
+one-story dwellings seen all over New England.
+
+"Here's a Runic stone," said Dr. Winstock, as the captain and several
+of the officers followed him into the burying-ground connected with
+the ancient church.
+
+"What is a Runic stone?" asked Lincoln, the third lieutenant.
+
+"A stone with Runic characters upon it."
+
+"I haven't the least idea what the word means, though Poe sings, in
+the 'Bells,'----
+
+    'Keeping time, time, time,
+     In a sort of Runic rhyme!'
+
+Runic is derived from a word which means secret; and a Runic stone
+is any memorial, table, or column, on which Runic characters are
+inscribed, as a tombstone, a boundary mark. There are sixteen of
+these characters, forming an alphabet, which were used by the ancient
+Scandinavians, and were thought by them to possess magical properties,
+and willow wands inscribed with them were used by the pagans of the
+north in their magic rites. Sticks were used as almanacs, to keep the
+account of the days and months, and also constituted the day-books and
+ledgers of the ancients. In Germany, in modern times, the baker, for
+example, and the purchaser of bread, each had a stick, and the number
+of loaves delivered was notched upon both. Scarcely less primitive was
+the custom of some of our American farmers, who kept their accounts on
+the barn door; and I have heard a story of one who, when required to
+produce his books in court at a lawsuit, carried in the barn door, and
+held it up before the judge and jury. In Denmark and Sweden you will
+see more Runic writings, especially in the museum at Copenhagen."
+
+"They seem to bury people here, in about the same manner as with us,"
+said Captain Cumberland.
+
+"There is not half so much difference between things here and those at
+home as I expected to find," added Judson.
+
+"The houses are almost the same, and so are the people," continued
+Norwood.
+
+"People coming to Europe are often disappointed because they find
+almost everything so near like what they have been accustomed to,"
+replied the doctor. "You will find Norway and Sweden more like New
+England than any other countries on the continent. But I think you
+will find differences enough to excite your interest and attention
+before you return."
+
+The students walked back to Christiansand, and having exhausted the
+town, went on board the vessels of the squadron, ready and even
+anxious to continue the voyage. The pilots were on deck, Paul Kendall
+and lady had returned to the Grace, and the principal only waited the
+arrival of the steamer Moss, from Frederiksværn, to give the order to
+get under way. The boats were all hoisted up except the first cutter,
+which was to bring off the unfortunate crew of the professor's barge,
+as soon as they arrived.
+
+At eight o'clock the steamer came in, and the first cutter, with the
+principal on board, hastened to her landing-place, to meet Sanford and
+his companions. To his great astonishment and regret, they were not on
+board of the Moss. The captain, who spoke English very well, knew
+nothing about the absentees, and was quite confident they were not on
+board of the Foldin, the boat which had picked them up. Captain Hoell
+had said nothing to him about the accident, but then the Foldin had
+arrived only that morning, instead of the night before, when she was
+due, and their interview had been very hurried. "Did any person in the
+Moss know anything about the unfortunates?" the captain was kind
+enough to inquire; and a passenger was found who heard some one say
+that a party of young men had been landed by the Foldin at Lillesand.
+But the Moss had left Lillesand at six o'clock, and her captain had
+not seen or heard of the persons described. Mr. Lowington was very
+anxious about the fate of the second cutter's crew, and feared that
+some of them had been injured by the collision, so that they were
+unable to take the steamer back to Christiansand. He returned to the
+cutter and pulled off to the Tritonia, and directed Mr. Tompion, the
+second vice-principal, in charge of her, to run into Lillesand, and
+ascertain what had become of the absentees. Without waiting for the
+signal, the Tritonia got under way, and under full sail, with a fresh
+breeze, stood out of the harbor. The other vessels followed her soon
+after, the principal intending to lay off and on till the Tritonia
+reported.
+
+The ship had been searched from keel to truck for Ole Amundsen on the
+day before. Of course he was not found, and the conclusion was that he
+had dropped into the water and swam ashore, though it was difficult to
+understand how he had accomplished the feat without detection.
+Inquiries in regard to him were made on shore, but if any one knew
+him, application was not made to the right persons.
+
+Mr. Clyde Blacklock had not yet jumped overboard, and during the busy
+scene of getting under way, he stood with his mouth agape, watching
+the proceedings with wondering interest. He was not quite sure, after
+his anger had subsided, that he had made a bad bargain. There was
+something rather pleasant in the motion of the ship, and the zeal and
+precision with which the students worked, showed that they enjoyed
+their occupation. No one noticed Clyde, or even seemed to be aware
+of his presence. Before, when he behaved in an extravagant and
+unreasonable manner, the boys only laughed at him. They did not beg
+him to be pacified, as his mother and James always did; on the
+contrary they seemed to enjoy his chagrin.
+
+As soon as the ship was under way, the new student was informed that
+he belonged to the port watch, second part, and the silver star, which
+designated his watch, was affixed to his left arm. He was told that he
+would be called with the others to take his turn on deck during the
+night.
+
+"What am I to do?" he asked, rather blankly.
+
+"Just the same as the others do?" replied De Forrest, the fourth
+lieutenant, who had the deck with the second part of the port watch.
+"I have your station bill."
+
+"What's that?"
+
+"It is a card on which all your duties are explained. Here it is,"
+added De Forrest, producing the station bill. "You are No. 71; all the
+even numbers belong to the starboard watch, and all the odd numbers to
+the port."
+
+These cards were all printed; for among the various amusements
+provided for the students, a couple of octavo Novelty presses, with
+a sufficient supply of type and other printing material had been
+furnished. All the blanks for use in the ship were printed on board,
+and the Oceanic Enterprise, a weekly Journal, had been regularly
+issued during the voyage across the Atlantic, though a gale of wind,
+which disturbed the equilibrium of the press and the printers, had
+delayed its publication a couple of days on one occasion.
+
+Clyde read the station bill which was handed to him by the officer,
+but it would have been just as intelligible to him if it had been in
+Runic character.
+
+"'Reefing, main-topsail, and main-topsail halyards,'" said Clyde,
+reading from the card. "What does all that mean?"
+
+"You mind only what you have to do yourself, and not trouble your head
+about orders that have nothing to do with your work; for the orders
+come as thick as snow flakes at Christmas. When all hands are called
+to reef topsails, you are one of them, of course. When any thing is
+said about topsails, or topsail-halyards, you are the man."
+
+"Good; I understand that, and I shall make a sailor, I know," added
+Clyde.
+
+"I hope you will. The order will come to 'settle away the topsail
+halyards.' Be ready to help then."
+
+"But I don't know the topsail halyards from a pint of soup."
+
+"Here they are," added the lieutenant, conducting his pupil to the
+rail, and pointing out the main-topsail halyards. "Then, when the
+officer says, 'Aloft, top-men,' you will run up the main rigging here,
+and the midshipman in the top will tell you what to do. At the word,
+you will lay out on the yard, and do as the others do. At the words,
+'Lay down from aloft,' you will come on deck, and hoist up the
+main-topsail. Nearly all your duty is connected with the main-topsail.
+In tacking, you will go to the clew-garnets."
+
+"What are they?"
+
+"These ropes, by which the corners of the mainsail are hauled up,"
+answered De Forrest, pointing out the clew-garnets. "You will also
+let go the main tack. In getting under way, you will help loose the
+main-topsail. In anchoring, you are at the main clew-lines, and the
+main brace. Here they are. In loosing and furling you are on the
+main-topsail. In boat service, you are attached to the third cutter.
+You sleep in berth No. 71, your ship's number, and eat with mess No.
+6."
+
+De Forrest, as instructed by the principal, carefully explained the
+duties of the new comer, indicating every rope as he mentioned it, and
+describing its use. He was prudent in his manner, and tried to give
+the proud youth no offence by making him feel the superiority of an
+officer. The lieutenant then conducted him to his mess room, and
+pointed out his berth.
+
+The wind was still from the southward, and quite fresh; and though the
+squadron went under short sail, it was off Lillesand in a couple of
+hours. The Tritonia, which was a fast vessel, did not detain her
+consorts more than a couple of hours. Mr. Tompion boarded the ship,
+and reported that the crew of the second cutter had landed at
+Lillesand, and fearing that they should miss the ship if they returned
+to Christiansand, had taken carioles, and left early in the morning
+for Christiania. There were ten of the party, and one of them was a
+Norwegian, though he was dressed like the others. Mr. Lowington could
+not imagine who the Norwegian was that wore the Academy's uniform, for
+it did not occur to him that Ole could have joined them. He was glad
+to hear that all of them were well, and able to travel; and had no
+doubt they would arrive in safety at Christiania. He was aware that
+the crew of the second cutter were rather wild boys; but as there were
+no large towns in the interior, he had no fear that they would be led
+astray among the simple Norwegians.
+
+The fleet filled away again, and at eight bells the following morning
+was off Frederiksværn.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+UP THE CHRISTIANIA FJORD.
+
+
+"I should like to know where this place is," said Ryder, the second
+master, as he appeared upon the quarter-deck of the ship, with one of
+the forty bound volumes of Harper's Magazine, which were contained in
+the library.
+
+"What place?" asked Lincoln, the third lieutenant, as he glanced at
+the volume.
+
+"That's more than I know; but here is a picture of a steamer between
+two high bluffs of rock, and under it, she is said to be entering the
+fjord."
+
+"We are just at the mouth of the fjord now, and if there are any such
+rocks as those here, I should like to see them. Why, you see they rise
+above the steamer's main-topmast."
+
+Lincoln took the book, and read the description; but he was none the
+wiser for his labor, for the narrow strait through which the steamer
+in the picture was passing was not particularly described. The book
+was shown to the pilot, who did not know just where the place was; but
+after he had been told that the steamer came from Gottenburg, and was
+on her way to Christiania, he thought that the bold rocks must be in
+the vicinity of Frederiksværn. He offered to take the ship through
+the pass, as the wind was fair, and Mr. Lowington consented that he
+should do so, for in order to enable the students to see the fine
+scenery on the fjord, the studies were to be laid aside for the day.
+
+"I don't see where there can be anything like this," said Ryder, as he
+surveyed the shores.
+
+"There are plenty of islands here, but certainly none of them rise to
+any such heights as those in the picture," replied Lincoln. "They are
+bare rocks out at sea, but some of them are a little green farther in.
+It don't begin to be so wild as I supposed it was in these parts. Why,
+I have read and heard so much about the Christiania Fjord, that I
+supposed it was the grandest scenery in the world."
+
+"It don't look much like the picture--does it?" laughed Ryder.
+
+In a short time the ship was approaching the narrow pass. The cliffs
+on each side were very bold and rugged, and if the students had not
+been feasting themselves with grand anticipations, they would have
+appreciated the scenery much better. Ryder and Lincoln laughed when
+they compared the reality with the pictures they had. The scenery
+could not be called grand, though it was certainly very fine. The
+strait was very narrow, and on each side of it rings were fastened in
+the rocks, which were painted white around them, for the convenience
+of vessels warping out in a calm or against the wind. On the high
+rock,--it could not have been a hundred feet high,--at the right, was
+a small fort, which looked grim and terrible in its way, but which any
+well-ordered man of war, with modern ordnance, could have battered
+down in half an hour.
+
+Passing through the strait, the ship came in sight of the small
+village of Frederiksværn, which is a naval station, where a number of
+gunboats are housed in a series of uniform buildings. The town itself
+is only a hamlet, but as the vessels proceeded, those on board saw
+Laurvig at the head of the bay, which is a place of considerable
+importance.
+
+"Little Foerder," said the pilot, an hour later, as he pointed to a
+tall, red light-house, at the entrance of the fjord.
+
+"Then the land we see beyond must be Sweden," added Ryder.
+
+"_Sverige_," nodded the pilot.
+
+"I suppose that is Sweden, but I don't see the use of having half a
+dozen names to a country."
+
+"And this is _Norge_," added the second master, pointing to the other
+side.
+
+"Yes, _Norge_," answered the pilot, pleased to hear the young officer
+apply the Norwegian name.
+
+On the port hand of the ship was a vast sea of rocky islands, of all
+shapes and sizes. Those farthest from the mainland were entirely
+destitute of soil or verdure; but in the distance a few pines, and the
+fresh tints of the early grass, could be seen.
+
+"Keep her north-north-east," said the pilot.
+
+"Man the weather and stand by the lee braces!" shouted the first
+lieutenant.
+
+Clyde Blacklock took out his station card, and looked to see whether
+the order applied to him.
+
+"You are on the main brace," said Scott, a good-natured young tar,
+who happened to be near the new student. "There you are, on the
+weather side."
+
+"Who spoke to you?" demanded Clyde, dropping his card, and looking
+Scott in the face.
+
+"I haven't been introduced to you, I know; but I thought you wanted to
+know your duty," laughed Scott.
+
+"You take care of yourself, and I'll mind my own duty," growled Clyde.
+
+"All right, my lad," replied the good-natured student, whose station
+was at the weather fore brace.
+
+Clyde walked aft, and placed himself in the line of those who were to
+haul on the weather main brace.
+
+"Slack the lee, and haul on the weather braces," said the first
+lieutenant, and the other officers repeated the order.
+
+"Walk away with it!" shouted the fourth lieutenant to those at the
+main brace.
+
+Clyde took hold, and tugged with all his might; but the brace would
+not come away. To tell the exact truth, there was a disposition among
+the students to haze the new comer, and the main brace men had agreed
+among themselves to let him do the whole of the work. They pretended
+to haul, but not one of them bore a pound upon the brace.
+
+"Pull!" shouted Clyde, at the top of his lungs, as he strained at the
+rope. "Why don't you pull, boys?"
+
+"Silence on the quarter-deck!" cried the executive officer--for all
+work was required to be performed in silence. "Walk away with the main
+brace."
+
+"Come, boys, why don't you pull?" roared Clyde, who was blest with a
+pair of hearty lungs.
+
+"Silence, Blacklock! You mustn't hollo like that when you are on
+duty," interposed De Forrest.
+
+"Who says I mustn't?" demanded Clyde, dropping his hold upon the
+brace, and walking up to the officer who had dared to give him these
+words of counsel, which were uttered in a mild and pleading tone,
+rather than in those of authority.
+
+"Starboard the helm," said the executive officer.
+
+"Starboard, sir," repeated the quartermaster at the wheel.
+
+"Walk away with that main brace!" added the first lieutenant.
+
+The main brace men, finding that Clyde was at issue with the fourth
+lieutenant, applied themselves to their work, and the main yard swung
+round.
+
+"Steady!" said the executive officer.
+
+"Steady, sir."
+
+"Avast hauling! Belay, all."
+
+By these manoeuvres the ship had been kept away, and was now headed
+directly up the fjord.
+
+"I don't allow any fellow to speak to me like that," blustered Clyde.
+"I want you to understand that I am a gentleman."
+
+"Go forward, Blacklock, and don't make a row on the quarter-deck,"
+replied De Forrest, mildly.
+
+"I'll not go forward!"
+
+"Then I must report you to the first lieutenant."
+
+"I'm willing to do my work, but I won't be fagged by any nob in gold
+lace."
+
+"You are making a mistake, Blacklock," said De Forrest, in a low
+tone, as he walked towards the angry Briton, with the intention of
+reasoning with him upon the absurdity of his conduct.
+
+Mr. Lowington had cautioned him and other officers to be very prudent
+in dealing with the new student till he had become accustomed to his
+duty, and certainly De Forrest was prudent in the extreme. Perhaps
+Clyde misunderstood the purpose of this officer when approaching him,
+and suspected that he intended to use violence, for, drawing back, he
+made a pass at De Forrest with his fist. But the latter detected the
+nature of the demonstration in season to ward off the blow, and, still
+in the exercise of the extreme prudence which had before characterized
+his conduct, retreated to the other side of the quarter-deck.
+
+"Enough of that," said Judson, the first lieutenant, as he stepped
+between Clyde and De Forrest.
+
+Clyde was very angry. Though he had made up his mind to perform his
+duty in the beginning, he fancied that no one had the right to command
+him to be silent. In his wrath he pulled off his blue jacket, tossed
+it upon the deck with a flourish, and intimated that if the first
+lieutenant wanted to fight, he was ready for him. Happily the first
+lieutenant did not wish to fight, though he was fully prepared to
+defend himself. At this crisis, the principal observed the hostile
+attitude of the young Briton, and quietly ordered Peaks to interfere.
+
+"Go forward, Blacklock," said Judson, calmly.
+
+"I won't go forward! I have been insulted, and I'll break the sconce
+of the fellow that did it," added Clyde, glancing at the fourth
+lieutenant.
+
+"Come, my hearty, let us go forward, as we are ordered," interposed
+Peaks, as he picked up Clyde in his arms, and in spite of his
+struggles, carried him into the waist.
+
+It was useless to resist the big boatswain, and the pressure of
+Peaks's arms soon crushed out Clyde's anger, and like a little child,
+he was set down upon the deck, amid the laughter of his companions. He
+felt that he was not getting ahead at all; and though he reserved the
+expression of his anger, he determined at the first convenient
+opportunity to thrash both Judson and De Forrest. He had also decided
+to run away at the first chance, even if he had to camp on a desolate
+island in doing so. He regarded Peaks as a horrible ogre, whose only
+mission in the ship was to persecute and circumvent him.
+
+"I'll have it out with those nobs yet," said Clyde, as Peaks left him,
+restored to his senses, so far as outward appearances were concerned.
+
+"Have it out! Have what out?" asked Scott, the good-natured.
+
+"I'll whip that nob who told me to be silent."
+
+"Don't you do it, my jolly Briton," laughed Scott.
+
+"I can do it."
+
+"Do you mean the first lieutenant?"
+
+"Yes, that I do; and I'll teach him better manners."
+
+"I wouldn't hurt him; Judson's a good fellow."
+
+"I don't care if he is; he'll catch it; and De Forrest, too. They
+insulted me."
+
+"I dare say they didn't mean to."
+
+"If they didn't, I'll give them a chance to apologize," added Clyde,
+a little mollified by the mild words of his companion.
+
+"That's very kind of you; but officers don't often apologize to seamen
+for telling them of it when they disobey the rules of the ship."
+
+"Rules or not, I'll hammer them both if they don't apologize."
+
+"Don't be cruel with them," laughed Scott.
+
+"And that big boatswain--I'll be even with him yet," blustered Clyde,
+as he shook his head menacingly.
+
+"Are you going to thrash him too?" asked Scott, opening his eyes.
+
+"I'll take care of him. He don't toss me round in that way without
+suffering for it."
+
+"Well, don't hurt him," suggested the good-natured seaman.
+
+"He'll get a broken head before he grows much older," added Clyde,
+drawing out a belaying-pin from the fife-rail. "I shall not be in this
+ship a great while longer; but I mean to stay long enough to settle my
+accounts with the big boatswain and the two nobs on the quarter-deck."
+
+"How are you going to do it, my dear Albion?"
+
+"Leave that to me. No man can insult me without suffering for it."
+
+"Perhaps the officers will apologize, but I don't believe Peaks will.
+He's an obstinate fellow, and would do just what the principal told
+him to do, even if it was to swallow you and me, and half a dozen
+other fellows. You don't mean to lick the principal too--do you?"
+
+"I haven't had any trouble with him."
+
+"But he is at the bottom of it all. He told Peaks to persecute you.
+I'm not sure that the principal isn't more to blame than all the
+others put together."
+
+"No matter for him; he has done very well."
+
+"Then you mean to let him off?"
+
+"I say I've nothing against the head master."
+
+"Don't be too hard on Peaks," added Scott, as he climbed upon the rail
+to see the scenery of the fjord.
+
+"I suppose all these islands, points, bays, and channels have names,
+just as they do on the other side of the ocean," said Laybold, at
+whose side the good-natured tar seated himself.
+
+"Of course," nodded Scott.
+
+"I wonder what they are."
+
+"Don't you know?"
+
+"Certainly not--how should I?"
+
+"I didn't know but you might have seen the chart," added Scott,
+gravely.
+
+"There's a town!" exclaimed the enthusiastic Laybold, as the progress
+of the ship opened a channel, at the head of which was a village, with
+a church.
+
+"I see; that's Bossenboggenberg," said Scott.
+
+"O, is it? Is that a river?"
+
+"Not at all. That's only a channel, called the Hoppenboggen, which
+extends around the Island of Toppenboggen. That channel is navigable
+for small vessels."
+
+"Where did you learn all those names?" demanded Laybold, amazed at the
+astonishing words which his companion rolled off so glibly.
+
+"My father had to send me to sea to keep me from learning too much.
+My hair all fell off, and the schoolmasters were afraid of me."
+
+"There's another town ahead on the port hand," said Laybold, a little
+later.
+
+"That is Aggerhousenboggen, I think. Let me see; here's Cape
+Tingumboggen, and that must be the opening to the Stoppenboggen Fjord.
+Yes, that must be Aggerhousenboggen."
+
+"Where did you learn to pronounce Norwegian so well, Scott?"
+
+"O, I learned Norwegian when I was an infant. I could speak it first
+rate before I learned to utter my mother tongue."
+
+"Go 'way!" protested Laybold. "Do you know what island that is on the
+starboard hand."
+
+"To be sure I do. Do you think my education has been neglected to that
+extent? That's Steppenfetchenboggen. A very fine island it is, too,"
+continued Scott, rattling off the long names so that they had a
+decidedly foreign ring.
+
+"I don't see how you can pronounce those words," added Laybold. "They
+would choke me to death."
+
+"I don't believe they would," laughed Scott.
+
+The squadron passed through several narrow passages, and then came to
+a broad expanse of water at the mouth of the Drammen River. The
+students were perched on the rail and in the rigging of the various
+vessels, observing with great interest the development of the
+panorama, which seemed to be unrolled before them.
+
+"It is rather fine scenery," said Lincoln, who still carried the book
+in his hand, and occasionally glanced at the pictures; "but I think
+the artist here must have multiplied the height of the cliffs by two,
+and divided the height of houses, men, and masts by the same number."
+
+"It certainly looks like an exaggeration," replied Ryder.
+
+"Look at this," added Lincoln, pointing to a scene on the coast of
+Norway. "There's a large steamer carrying a top-gallant yard on the
+foremast. That mast is probably a hundred and fifty feet high, and
+there are hills and bluffs beyond it--which would lose by the
+perspective--five times as high."
+
+"Still it is very fine scenery."
+
+"So it is; but no finer than we have on the coast of Maine. You
+remember last summer we went through the Reach, down by Machias? That
+was something like this, and quite as pleasant."
+
+"We mustn't be too critical, Lincoln," laughed Ryder.
+
+"I don't intend to be critical; but I had an idea, from the pictures
+I have seen, that Christiania Fjord was something like the Saguenay
+River, where the cliffs rise perpendicularly four or five hundred feet
+high. These pictures would certainly lead one to expect such sights."
+
+"Horton," said the pilot, pointing to a town which now came into view,
+as the vessel passed beyond a point of land.
+
+It was a small place, in appearance not unlike a New England village.
+At the wharf were a couple of small steamers, one of which had come
+down the Drammen, and the entire population of the town seemed to
+have turned out on the occasion, for the shore was covered with
+people. They were all neatly dressed. On the opposite side of the
+fjord was the town of Moss, where the convention by which Norway and
+Sweden were united was drawn up and agreed upon.
+
+The fleet sailed rapidly before the fresh breeze across the broad
+expanse, and then entered a narrow passage. There was a gentle
+declivity on each side of the fjord, which was covered, as far as the
+eye could see, with pines. Dröbak, on the right, is a village of one
+street, on the side of the hill. The houses are mostly of one story,
+painted yellow, with roofs covered with red tile. Before noon the
+passage began to widen, and the fleet entered another broad expanse of
+water, filled with rocky islands, at the head of which stood the city
+of Christiania. Some of the islets were pretty and picturesque, in
+some instances having a single cottage upon them, with a little
+garden. The rocks were often of curious formation, and the shore of
+one island was as regular and smooth as though it had been a piece of
+masonry. After rounding a point of rocks, the fleet came into full
+view of Christiania. The city and its environs are spread out on
+the southern slope of a series of hills, and presents a beautiful
+landscape to the eye. On the left the country was covered with villas,
+prominent among which was Oscarshal, a summer palace of the late king.
+On the right was the castle of Agershuus, rising abruptly from the
+water. At a little distance from the town was a kind of hotel, built
+on a picturesque island, with its pretty landing-place, not unlike
+some similar establishments near the head of Narragansett Bay. At the
+wharf in front of the city, and lying in the bay, was a considerable
+number of steamers, some of them quite large. The fleet ran up to the
+front of the city and anchored.
+
+"This is the end of my voyage," said Clyde Blacklock, when everything
+had been put in order on board of the ship.
+
+"You are not going yet--are you?" laughed Scott.
+
+"Very soon."
+
+"I thought you were going to stop, and whip Peaks and the two
+lieutenants."
+
+"Time enough for that. I suppose the ship will stay here two or three
+days--won't she?"
+
+"Perhaps a week. I suppose we shall go on shore this afternoon, and
+see the sights."
+
+"I say, Scott, if you tell those officers what I've been saying to
+you, I'll serve you in the same way," added Clyde, as for the first
+time it occurred to him that he had been imprudent in developing his
+plans to another.
+
+"No! You won't lick me, too--will you?"
+
+"Not if you behave like a man, and don't peach," answered Clyde, in a
+patronizing tone.
+
+"I will try to be a good boy, then," laughed Scott.
+
+"I only want to catch them on shore, where I can have fair play. I'm
+not to be fagged by any fellow that ever was born."
+
+Clyde walked uneasily about the deck till the crew were piped to
+dinner, evidently thinking how he should carry his big intentions into
+execution. To one less moved by fancied insults and indignities the
+case would have looked hopeless. He devoured his dinner in a much
+shorter period than is usually allotted by well-bred Englishmen to
+that pleasing diversion, and hastened on deck again. Peaks was there,
+acting as ship-keeper, while the carpenter was painting the second
+cutter, the repairs upon which had been completed. The big boatswain
+was seated on one of the cat-heads, where he could see the entire deck
+of the ship, and observe every craft that approached her. The new
+student observed his position, and thought he was seated in a very
+careless manner. A very wicked thought took possession of the Briton's
+mind, and he ascended to the top-gallant forecastle. The boatswain sat
+very composedly on the cat-head, with his feet hanging over the water,
+and was just then studying the beauties of the landscape. A very
+slight exercise of force would displace him, and drop him into the
+water.
+
+"Well, my hearty, you stowed your grub in a hurry," said Peaks, when
+he discovered the new pupil.
+
+"I was not very hungry, and thought I would take another look at the
+town," replied Clyde. "What's that big building off there, near the
+hills?"
+
+"That may be the county jail, the court-house, or the lunatic asylum.
+I haven't the least idea what it is," answered Peaks, indifferently.
+"The professors can tell you all about those things."
+
+"I wonder where that ship came from?" added Clyde, pointing to a
+vessel which was standing in ahead of the Young America.
+
+"That isn't a ship," replied Peaks, as he turned partly round, so that
+he could see the craft. "That's a 'mofferdite brig; or, as bookish
+people would say, an hermaphrodite brig--half brig and half schooner.
+You must call things, especially vessels, by their right names, or you
+will fall in the opinion of--"
+
+At that instant the big boatswain dropped into the deep waters of the
+fjord.
+
+"And you will fall, in my opinion," said Clyde, as, taking advantage
+of his antagonist's attention to the brig, he gave him a smart push,
+which displaced him from the cat-head.
+
+But Peaks, who was half man and half fish, was as much at home in the
+water as on the deck, and struck out for the cable, by which the ship
+was anchored, as the nearest point of support. Clyde walked along the
+rail till he came to the swinging-boom, where the boats which had been
+lowered for use after dinner were fastened. Climbing out on the boom,
+he dropped down by the painter into the third cutter, one of the
+four-oar boats. Bitts, the carpenter, who had been the only person on
+board except the boatswain, was in the waist busily at work upon the
+boat, and did not observe that anything unusual had transpired. Clyde
+had practised gymnastics a great deal, and was an active, agile
+fellow. Casting off the painter of the third cutter, he worked her
+astern, so as to avoid Peaks. Then, shipping a pair of oars, he pulled
+for the shore.
+
+In the mean time, the boatswain, disdaining to call for assistance,
+and not having observed the movements of Clyde, climbed up the cable
+to the hawse-hole, and then, by the bowsprit guys, made his way to the
+top-gallant forecastle, where he discovered the Briton in the cutter,
+pulling with all his might for the shore. Shaking the water from his
+clothes, he hastened to the main cabin, and informed the principal
+that the new scholar had left the ship.
+
+"Left the ship!" exclaimed Mr. Lowington. "Were you not on deck while
+the students were at dinner?"
+
+"Yes, sir, most of the time; but just at the moment when the young
+sculpin left the ship, I happened to be in the water," answered Peaks,
+shrugging his shoulders like a Frenchman, and glancing at his wet
+garments.
+
+"How came you in the water?"
+
+"The little Britisher pushed me overboard, when I was sitting on the
+cat-head."
+
+"I see," added the principal. "We must get him back before his mother
+arrives."
+
+By this time most of the students had come up from the steerage, and
+the order was given to pipe away the first cutter. Peaks was directed
+to change his clothes, and go in her. He was ready by the time the
+crew were in their seats, for, as he was not a fashionable man, his
+toilet was soon made. The boats from the other vessels of the fleet,
+including those of the yachts, were already on their way to the town.
+The first cutter pulled to the shore; but Clyde had already landed,
+and disappeared in the city.
+
+As at Christiansand, Paul Kendall and lady decided to remain on shore
+during the stay of the fleet. They had several pieces of baggage, and
+the custom-house officers on the wharf were obliged to examine them,
+after which they followed a porter to the Victoria Hotel, which was
+said to be the best in the place. Peaks found a man who could speak
+English, and immediately applied himself to the business of finding
+the runaway. Clyde had been seen going up one of the streets, but no
+one knew anything about him.
+
+The fugitive felt that he had achieved a victory. He had "paid off"
+the big boatswain, and no fellow on board of the ship could believe
+that he had not kept his word. He walked up the street till he came to
+Dronningensgaden. People looked at him as though he were a stranger,
+and he became aware that his uniform was exciting attention. In the
+Kirkegade he found a clothing store, in which the shop-keeper spoke
+English. In changing his dress on board of the ship, he had retained
+the contents of his pockets, including a well-filled purse. He
+selected a suit of clothes which pleased him, and immediately put it
+on. At another store he bought a hat, and then he appeared like a new
+being. With the bundle containing his uniform, he walked till he found
+a carriage, in which he seated himself, and ordered the driver to
+leave him at the Victoria Hotel. He thought it would only be necessary
+for him to keep out of sight till evening, when his mother would
+probably arrive in the Foldin, and he was confident he could induce
+her to withdraw him from the Academy. He would stay in his room the
+rest of the day, and by that time the search for him, if any was made,
+would be ended.
+
+"I want a nice room for myself, another for my mother and sister, who
+will arrive this evening, and a place for the man," said Clyde, as the
+porter of the hotel touched his cap, and helped him out of the
+carriage.
+
+The young man was evidently a person of some importance. The porter,
+the clerk, and the head waiter, who came out to receive him, bowed
+low. A man took his bundle, and he was ushered to a room on the ground
+floor. As he crossed the court, he discovered several of the Orlando's
+passengers in the reading-room. He had not entered his chamber before
+there was another arrival,--Paul Kendall and lady,--who were assigned
+to the next room.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+THE SIGHTS OF CHRISTIANIA AND OTHER MATTERS.
+
+
+As there was in Christiania much to be seen that needed explanation,
+the students were required to keep together, and several guides from
+the hotel were obtained, to conduct the party to the various objects
+of interest in the city. A walk through some of the principal streets
+brought them to the new Parliament house, which is called the
+_Storthingsbyggningen_. It is a fine building, but with nothing
+remarkable about it. In the lower house, the students seated
+themselves in the chairs of the members, and Mr. Mapps took the
+speaker's desk.
+
+"Christiania was founded in 1624, on the site of the ancient city of
+Osloe, which was destroyed by fire. It is the residence of the king
+during his sojourn in Norway, and the new palace, which you saw on the
+hill, was completed for his use in 1848. The city, as you have seen,
+is regularly laid out, and the buildings are either of brick or stone.
+Formerly the dwellings were of wood, but the frequent fires caused the
+adoption of a law that no more wooden buildings should be erected
+within the precincts of the city. The place has considerable commerce,
+and now contains nearly sixty thousand inhabitants.
+
+"A street here is called a _gade_, and you observe that the street and
+its name form one word, as Carl-Johansgade, or Charles John Street;
+Kongensgade, or King Street; Kirkegaden, or Church Street. The same
+word is used in German.
+
+"The money of Norway is different from that of Sweden or Denmark. The
+specie dollar, which is generally called a 'specie,' is the unit, and
+contains five marks of twenty-four skillings each. A specie, or
+_specie-daler_, as it is written, is worth about one dollar and eight
+cents of our money. It is near enough for our purpose to say that a
+mark is twenty-two cents, and a skilling one cent. The coins in
+circulation are the mark, the two, the four, and the twelve skilling
+piece. Species and half species are coined, but paper money is
+generally used for large sums, each denomination being printed on a
+particular colored paper.
+
+"It is probable that the French system of weights and measures will
+soon be introduced in Sweden and Norway; but now a Norwegian _pund_ is
+one and one tenth pounds avoirdupois; a _fod_ is twelve and two
+hundredths inches; and a _kande_ is three and three tenths pints."
+
+Mr. Mapps descended from the rostrum, and after the party had looked
+at the chamber of the upper house, and other apartments, they walked
+to the king's palace--the first royal dwelling which most of the
+students ever saw. They passed through the throne room, the court
+saloon, the dining room, and other rooms, and some of them concluded
+that royalty was not half so splendid as they had supposed. But Norway
+is a poor country compared with many others in Europe, and it is a
+pity that she ever thought it necessary to spend a million and a half
+of dollars in a weak attempt to imitate the grandeur of other realms.
+There was nothing in the palace to astonish even our young
+republicans, though the rooms of the queen, on the first floor, were
+pretty and prettily furnished. The building, which is a great,
+overgrown structure, without symmetry or elegance, is in a beautiful
+situation, and surrounded by pleasant grounds, well laid out, from
+which a fine view of the city and fjord is obtained.
+
+Connected with the university are several museums and cabinets, which
+are open to the public, and well worth a visit, though they do not
+compare with those of the great cities of Europe. The party walked
+through all these rooms, one of which contained a small collection of
+northern antiquities. From the university the students went to a kind
+of garden, which is a weak imitation of "Tivoli," in Copenhagen,
+containing promenades, concert room, a small opera house, and a
+drinking saloon. The castle of Agershuus, on a hill at the southern
+side of the city, was next visited. Its guns command the harbor, and
+it is regarded as a place of great strength, for it has successfully
+resisted several sieges. Climbing a long flight of steps, the party
+reached the ramparts, which are laid out in walks, and are much
+resorted to by the citizens, as they command a lovely view of the
+fjord and the surrounding country. A portion of the castle is used as
+a prison, and the convicts work in gangs about the premises.
+
+"This was Robin Hood's prison--wasn't it, Mr. Mapps?" asked Lincoln,
+who had an inquiring mind, after he had enjoyed the prospect from the
+ramparts for a while.
+
+"I think not," replied the instructor. "Höyland, sometimes called the
+Robin Hood, but, I think, more properly the Baron Trenck, of Norway,
+was sentenced to imprisonment for life in this castle."
+
+"What for?" inquired Norwood.
+
+"For robbery and other crimes. Like Robin Hood and Mike Martin, he
+robbed the rich and gave to the poor, which none of you should believe
+makes the crime any less wicked; especially as he did not scruple to
+use violence in accomplishing his purpose. For some small theft he was
+shut up in this prison; but while the overseer was at church, Höyland
+broke into his room, stole some of his clothes, and quietly walked out
+of the castle and out of the town. He was recaptured, but repeatedly
+made his escape. Though he was heavily ironed, this precaution was
+found to be useless, and he was placed in solitary confinement in the
+lowest room of the citadel, where he was kept securely for several
+years. One evening his jailer told him that he could never get out of
+this room, and that he might as well promise not to attempt such an
+impossible feat; but Höyland replied that it was the turnkey's duty to
+keep him in prison if he could, and his to get out if it were
+possible. The next day the prisoner was missing, and the means of his
+escape were not at first apparent; but on further examination it was
+found that he had cut through the thick plank flooring of his cell,
+under the bed, and tunnelled under the wall into the yard of the
+prison. He had replaced the planks when he left, and passing over the
+ramparts without difficulty, dropped into the ditch, and departed
+without bidding any one good by. All attempts to find him were
+unsuccessful, and it was believed that he had left the country.
+
+"A year afterwards the National Bank of Norway was robbed of sixty
+thousand _specie-dalers_, in the most adroit and skilful manner, even
+without leaving any marks of violence on the iron box in which the
+money was kept. Not long after this occurrence, in the person of a
+prisoner who had been committed to the castle for a petty theft, the
+officers recognized Höyland. He was considerate enough to inform the
+authorities that his late escape had been effected, after three years
+of patient labor, with no other tool than a nail, while others slept.
+As a portion of his ill-gotten wealth was concealed in the mountains,
+he had the means of making friends in Christiania, where he had hidden
+himself. Making the acquaintance of the bank watchman, he cunningly
+obtained wax impressions of the key-holes of the locks on the
+money-chest, by which he made keys, opened the box, took the money,
+and locked it after him. But, like all other evil-doers, he came to
+grief at last. Though he was a skilful carver in wood and stone, he
+was not allowed to have tools, of which he made a bad use, and he was
+compelled to amuse himself by knitting socks on wooden pins. Unable to
+escape again, and not having the patience to exist without something
+to do, in utter despair he committed suicide in his prison."
+
+After the visit to the fortress, the boys were allowed to walk about
+the city at their own pleasure; and a few of the officers went with
+Mr. Lowington and the doctor to the establishment of Mr. Bennett, an
+Englishman, who fitted out travellers intending to journey in the
+interior with carioles and all the other requisites. His rooms were
+stored with books and Norwegian curiosities and antiquities. In the
+court-yard of the house was a large number of second-hand carioles,
+which are the sole vehicles used for crossing the country. A
+traveller, wishing to go to Trondhjem or Bergen, would purchase the
+cariole in Christiania, and when he had done with it, dispose of it at
+the other end of his route, horses between being supplied according to
+law at the post stations on the road. Travellers coming from Trondhjem
+or Bergen sell their vehicles to Mr. Bennett. In his rooms are
+miniature models of the cariole for sale, which visitors purchase as
+a memento of their tour; as those who climb Pilatus and Rhigi, in
+Switzerland, buy an alpenstock on which are printed the names of the
+mountains they have ascended with its help.
+
+The principal and his companions walked up to the Victoria Hotel, and
+inquired for Captain Kendall. He had just returned from a ride, and
+while the waiter was taking Mr. Lowington's card to him, Peaks
+presented himself in the court-yard.
+
+"Can't find him, sir," said the boatswain, touching his hat.
+
+"He must be somewhere in the city."
+
+"This man has toted me all over the town, but we can't hear a word of
+him. He wore the uniform of the ship, and people can't tell one
+student from another."
+
+"I am confident he has not left the city."
+
+"Perhaps he has," replied Peaks, as the servant returned, followed by
+Captain Kendall.
+
+"Have you lost anything or anybody?" asked Paul, laughing, after he
+had saluted the principal.
+
+"Yes, we have lost a student; an English boy we shipped at
+Christiansand. Have you seen him?"
+
+"Yes, sir; his room is No. 32--next to mine," replied Paul, still
+laughing, as though he were much amused.
+
+He was much amused; and that others may sympathize with him, let the
+reader return to Clyde Blacklock, who had shut himself up in his room
+to await the arrival of his mother. He had not been in the house ten
+minutes before he began to be impatient and disgusted with his
+self-imposed confinement. He examined himself carefully in the
+looking-glass, and was satisfied that his new clothes disguised him
+from his late shipmates, and also from those whom he had met on board
+of the Orlando. Certainly they had wrought a very great change in
+his appearance, and with the round-top hat on, which was entirely
+different from anything he had worn before, even his mother would not
+recognize him, unless they came near enough together to enable her to
+scrutinize his features. Of course none of the people from the
+squadron would come to the hotel, and he had not yet been called upon
+to register his name.
+
+He unlocked his door, and went into the long entry which opened into
+the court-yard. It was stupid to stay alone in his chamber. It was
+some relief even to promenade the hall, for one so nervous as he was
+at this time. If any of the Orlando's passengers came near him, he
+could retreat into his room. He walked up and down several times, but
+this soon became stale amusement.
+
+"Who's in the next room to mine?" he asked, as one of the waiters
+passed him in his promenade.
+
+"Gentleman and lady from America, sir," replied the man; "an uncommon
+handsome young woman, sir."
+
+Before the waiter could further express his opinion of the guests in
+No. 31, Paul Kendall came out of the room, and, seeing the servant,
+ordered a carriage to be ready in half an hour.
+
+"Is there much to see in this place, sir?" asked Clyde, politely.
+
+"Not much, I think," replied Paul.
+
+"I dare say you are going into the interior, sir."
+
+"Not far."
+
+"There is fine fishing there," persisted Clyde.
+
+"So I am told; but I haven't much time to spend in such sport, and I
+am afraid my wife would not enjoy it as well as I should. Do you go to
+the interior?"
+
+"Yes, sir; I intend to do so when my mother and sister arrive. My
+mother goes a-fishing with me."
+
+"Does she, indeed? You are from England, I suppose," added Paul, who
+suspected that the young man was one of those lonesome travellers
+eager to make a friend, and actually suffering from the want of one.
+
+"Yes; Mockhill Manor, New Forest, Hampshire."
+
+"Are you travelling alone?" asked Paul, who was full of sympathy for
+the apparent loneliness of the young man.
+
+"I am alone just now, but I expect my mother and sister from
+Christiansand to-night," replied Clyde.
+
+"Can I do anything for you?" inquired Paul, who, after this
+explanation, did not regard the young gentleman's situation as so
+hopeless.
+
+In his own travels he had himself experienced that sense of loneliness
+which is a decided misery, and had met others afflicted with it. From
+the manner of Clyde, he concluded he had an attack of it, and he
+desired to alleviate his sufferings; but if the young man's friends
+were coming that night, his case could not be desperate.
+
+"No, sir; I don't know that you can. I thought, as your room is next
+to mine, we might make it jolly for each other. You are an American,
+sir, the waiter says."
+
+"Yes, I am," laughed Paul.
+
+"But you don't talk through the nose."
+
+"Don't I? Well, I don't perceive that you do, either."
+
+"I'm not a Jonathan," protested Clyde. "I dare say you are a fine
+gentleman, but I can't say that of all the Americans."
+
+"Can't you? Well, I'm sorry for them. Can you say it of all the
+Englishmen?"
+
+"Yes, sir; I think I can of all we meet travelling. The Americans are
+big bullies. I settled accounts with one of them this very day,"
+chuckled Clyde.
+
+"Ah! did you, indeed?"
+
+"I think some of them know what it is to bully and insult an
+Englishman by this time," added Clyde, rubbing his hands, as he
+thought of poor Peaks, floundering in the waters of the Fjord.
+"Perhaps you've heard of that American Academy ship that came into
+Christiania to-day."
+
+"Yes, I have heard of her," answered Paul, curiously.
+
+"I saw her first at Christiansand, and went on board of her with my
+mother and sister. I liked the looks of her, and fancied the young
+chaps on board of her were having a nice time. I wanted to ship in
+her, and I did so; but I was never among such a set of tyrants in the
+whole course of my life."
+
+"Then you joined the ship," replied Paul, who had heard of the new
+addition to the Young America's crew, but had not seen him.
+
+"I'm blamed if I didn't; but before my mother left the ship, a big
+bully of a boatswain insulted me, and I changed my mind. Yet the head
+master persuaded my mother to let him keep me in the ship, and I'm
+blamed if she didn't leave me there."
+
+"Left you there," added Paul, when Clyde paused, apparently to give
+his auditor the opportunity to express his sympathy for his
+unfortunate situation.
+
+"Yes, sir; she left me there, and she won't hear the last of it for
+one year," replied Clyde, shaking his head. "It was a mean trick, and
+I'll pay her for it."
+
+"Probably she did it for the best," suggested Paul, disgusted with the
+assurance, and especially with the want of respect for his mother
+which the youth manifested, though he was anxious to hear the
+conclusion of his story.
+
+"I don't care what she did it for; it was a scurvy trick. I told her
+I wouldn't stay in the ship, any how, and she permitted the big
+boatswain to hold me while she went ashore in a boat. But I knew
+myself, if my mother didn't know me, and I determined not to stay in
+her three days; and I didn't," chuckled Clyde, as he thought of what
+he called his own cleverness.
+
+"What did you do?" asked Paul, deeply interested.
+
+"I was willing to bide my time, and so I hauled sheets, and luffed,
+and tacked, and all that sort of thing, till we got to Christiania.
+When I was pulling the main boom, or something of that kind,--I don't
+just know what it was now,--one of the fellows in gold bands insulted
+me."
+
+"What did he say to you?"
+
+"He ordered me to be silent, and another nob did the same thing. I
+offered to fight them both, and I would have liked to show them what
+an English boy's fist is made of; but the cowards set the boatswain on
+me again. I would have licked him if he had fought fair; but he caught
+me foul, and I could do nothing. I meant to be even with that big
+boatswain, and I think I am," said Clyde, rubbing his hands again with
+delight, and laughing heartily when he thought of his brilliant
+achievement.
+
+"Well, what did you do?"
+
+"I just waited till the ship got to Christiania; and then, when all
+the students were at dinner, I found the big boatswain sitting on a
+beam that runs out over the water--I forget what they call the beam,
+but it's at the bow of the ship."
+
+"The bowsprit," suggested Paul.
+
+"No; I know the bowsprit. It wasn't that. There was another beam like
+it on the other side."
+
+"O, the cat-head!"
+
+"That's just it. Well, I went up to the big boatswain, and asked him
+to look at a ship,--or a 'mofferdite brig, he called it. He looked,
+and I just gave him a push, which dropped him off the cat's head into
+the bay," continued Clyde, who told his story with many a chuckle and
+many a laugh, seeming to enjoy it hugely himself, in spite of the want
+of sympathy on the part of his listener.
+
+"You pushed him overboard!" exclaimed Paul.
+
+"That I did, and did it handsomely, too. He never knew what hurt him
+till he struck the water. He swam for the bow, and I dropped into a
+boat, and came ashore. I saw him climb up to the deck, but I was out
+of his way then. Wasn't that cleverly done?"
+
+"Rather," replied Paul, concealing his indignation.
+
+"I think it was very cleverly done," added Clyde, annoyed at the
+coolness of his companion. "You couldn't have done it better yourself,
+sir."
+
+"I don't think I could," replied Paul, dryly. "And you expect your
+mother this evening."
+
+"Yes; and she shall take my name off the books of the ship."
+
+"Perhaps she will not."
+
+"O, but she will. Then the two nobs that insulted me on the ship shall
+hear from me."
+
+"What do you intend to do with them?"
+
+"I'll whip them both; if I don't my name isn't Clyde Blacklock!"
+
+"But they will take you back to the ship before your mother arrives."
+
+"I dare say they will, if they see me; but I don't intend to go out of
+the hotel till my mother comes. I shall stay in my room, or near it,
+the rest of the day."
+
+The conversation was interrupted by the appearance of Mrs. Kendall,
+who had been preparing for a ride about the city. Paul conducted her
+to the carriage, satisfied that the new scholar could be found when
+wanted. During their excursion he told his wife the adventures of
+Clyde.
+
+"But what a simpleton he was to tell you these things!" added Grace.
+
+"He did not suspect me of knowing anything about the ship. He is one
+of those fellows, who, having done what he regards as a good thing,
+cannot help boasting of it. He considers himself a first-class hero."
+
+When Paul returned from the ride, he found Clyde still walking about
+the hall, as uneasy as a fish out of water.
+
+"Did you see anything of the Academy ship, sir?" asked he, after Mrs.
+Kendall had gone to her room.
+
+"I saw her at anchor in the harbor, and all her people are walking
+about the town," replied Paul.
+
+"I've kept clear of them so far; but I want to catch the two fellows
+with the gold bands."
+
+"Perhaps some of them will catch you."
+
+"Not they! I'm too cunning for clumsy fellows like them."
+
+"I see you are," laughed Paul, amused at the assurance of the young
+Briton.
+
+"If I see them, I'll settle the Alabama claims with them on my own
+account. But you ought to have seen the big boatswain floundering in
+the water, sir."
+
+"No doubt it was very funny."
+
+"It was, indeed," added Clyde, as the waiter appeared, and handed a
+card to Captain Kendall.
+
+"In the court yard, sir," said the servant; and Paul followed the man
+to the place where the visitors were waiting.
+
+Peaks, as dry, clean, and good-natured as ever, was talking to Mr.
+Lowington. Paul could not help laughing as he thought of the
+confidence which Clyde had reposed in him, and that the fugitive had
+voluntarily, and without any precautions, told his adventures to one
+who really belonged to the fleet.
+
+"He has told me all about it," said Paul.
+
+"Told you?" exclaimed Mr. Lowington.
+
+"Yes, sir; how he pushed Peaks overboard, and then ran away," laughed
+Paul. "I don't often wear my uniform on shore, for my wife thinks it
+attracts too much attention; so that he did not suspect me of any
+connection with the fleet."
+
+"But where is he now?" asked the principal.
+
+"I left him in the hall only a moment since."
+
+"Show me his room, my hearty," said Peaks to the waiter.
+
+"Call a carriage," added Mr. Lowington. "He will make a disturbance in
+the streets."
+
+The servant led the way to the room of Clyde, followed by the rest of
+the party. All were rather anxious to see the clever Briton, who had
+done such wonders of valor and cunning, captured.
+
+But Clyde had a pair of eyes, and, withal, a pair of ears. From
+the hall where he promenaded were several doors opening into the
+court-yard. Perhaps the youth had a Yankee's curiosity to see who
+called upon his new acquaintance, and he went to one of these doors.
+He saw Paul walk up to the principal, and shake hands with him. There
+was the big boatswain too, and there were two of the nobs with the
+gold bands. It was evident enough to Clyde, then, that he had made a
+blunder in relating his exploits to a stranger. But the battle was not
+lost yet. His chamber was on the ground floor, and had a window which
+opened into Dronningensgaden. Without losing another instant, he
+opened the window, and dropped out into the street. He did not even
+wait to take the bundle which contained his ship's uniform.
+
+When Peaks entered the chamber, the bird had flown, and the open
+window indicated the means by which he had escaped; but Clyde had
+several minutes the start of his pursuers, and had made good use of
+his time. The boatswain dropped out of the window, followed by Norwood
+and Lincoln, while the principal and the doctor went round by the
+doors as the more dignified means of egress. Peaks went one way, and
+the two lieutenants the other way.
+
+Clyde, fearful that haste might look suspicious, walked a short
+distance, till he came to a building on which was a sign, _Hôtel du
+Nord_, and which appeared to be under repairs. He stepped in at the
+open door, and went up stairs. Men were at work in some of the rooms;
+but he avoided them, and appeared to be looking over the building. At
+last he came to an open window on the street from which he had
+entered. He looked out, and in the distance saw his pursuers running
+rapidly in opposite directions. After he had remained in the hotel
+about an hour, he ventured to leave, and walked very cautiously up the
+street. Feeling the need of an overcoat, he entered a store, and
+purchased one, which still further disguised him, so that if he met
+any of his late shipmates, they would be still less likely to
+recognize him. He walked till he came to a carriage stand; where,
+entering a vehicle, he pointed in the direction he wished to go, which
+was towards the king's palace. When the driver stopped at the gate, he
+pointed towards the hills in the rear of the city. The Norwegian
+looked astonished, and could not understand him.
+
+"I want to go out of town."
+
+The driver drove his horse to the other side of the street, and hailed
+a short, stout man, who was passing at the time.
+
+"Do you want a guide, sir?" asked the stranger.
+
+"Yes," promptly replied Clyde.
+
+"Where do wish to go?"
+
+"Over there," replied Clyde, pointing again in the direction he wished
+to go.
+
+"To Sandviken?"
+
+"Yes; that's the place," added the youth, who did not care where he
+went, if he could only get out of the city.
+
+"It is more than eight miles," suggested the guide.
+
+"I don't care if it is eighty; that's where I want to go. Are you a
+_commissionaire_?"
+
+"Yes. I belong to the Victoria Hotel."
+
+"All right; jump in."
+
+The man made a bargain with the driver, and in a few moments Clyde was
+on his way to Sandviken, confident that he had escaped any further
+pursuit. He had already come to the conclusion not to see his mother
+until after the Young America had left Christiania.
+
+In the mean time, Peaks had given up the chase. Paul assured the
+principal that Clyde would come back as soon as his mother arrived.
+Mr. Lowington did not care to have the new scholar see his mother
+again if he was to be a student in the Academy; but as Clyde could not
+be found, there appeared to be no alternative.
+
+In a couple of hours, the fugitive reached Sandviken, where he
+informed his astonished guide that he intended to proceed to
+Christiansand by land. His courier was willing to go with him so long
+as he was paid; and as Clyde had plenty of money, and disbursed it
+freely, there was no difficulty. Though the next day was Sunday, the
+young traveller continued his journey, and on Monday afternoon arrived
+at Apalstö, at the head of one of the inland lakes, where he intended
+to sleep; but the station-house was full. Clyde was tired, and did not
+feel like going any farther. While he was sending his courier to look
+up a bed for him, about a dozen boys wearing the uniform of the
+Academy ship flashed upon his view. He was astonished and alarmed. He
+suspected that this party had been sent to the interior to head him
+off. He was determined not to be an easy victim.
+
+One of the party had a good-sized salmon in his hand, which indicated
+that they had been a-fishing.
+
+They took no notice of him, though they could not help seeing him, and
+Clyde took courage from this circumstance.
+
+The fishing squad was composed of the crew of the second cutter--the
+unfortunates who had been run down by the steamer.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+THE EXCURSION WITHOUT RUNNING AWAY.
+
+
+The second cutter was a wreck on the water, and the crew saved
+themselves by climbing up the bow of the steamer which had run down
+the boat. They received prompt assistance from those on board, and, as
+the cutter did not sink, and would not have done so, having no
+ballast, even if she had been cut in two, the crew were so well
+trained that not one of them was guilty of the absurdity of jumping
+overboard, and therefore no one was even very wet.
+
+It appeared to be one of those cases where both parties had struggled
+to avoid the catastrophe, but the more they struggled the worse was
+the situation. If the cutter, on the one hand, had continued on her
+course, she would have escaped. If the steamer, on the other hand, had
+not changed her course when the calamity was threatened, the boat
+could have avoided her. The change of purpose in each had confused the
+other, and rendered unavailing the attempt to avoid the collision. The
+boat would have gone clear of the steamer if the latter had not put
+her helm to starboard. But the catastrophe was accomplished so quickly
+that there was not much time to philosophize; and as nothing worse
+than a stove boat had resulted from it, there was not much reason to
+complain. We are not aware that any one did complain; and we only
+state the appearances, not the facts.
+
+The steamer started her wheels again after the cutter had been secured
+and made fast astern. The captain spoke only a few words of English,
+and Sanford found it quite impossible to hold a conversation with him.
+But Ole Amundsen was at hand in this emergency.
+
+"Tell him he needn't stop for us, Ole," said the coxswain.
+
+"Don't you want to return to the ship?" asked the astonished waif.
+
+"No, no," replied Sanford, in a low tone, so that some of the doubtful
+members of his crew might not hear him. "Where is the steamer going,
+Ole?"
+
+"To Christiania, stopping at all the ports on the coast," answered
+Ole, when he had obtained the information from the captain.
+
+"All right; we will go to the first place where she stops," added
+Sanford. "Don't say a word to the rest of the fellows, Ole."
+
+"The first port she stops at is Lillesand," said Ole.
+
+"Very well; we will go there."
+
+Ole explained to the captain that the boys he had picked up wished to
+go to Lillesand, where they could join their ship. This plan exactly
+suited the young Norwegian, for he did not like the idea of being
+landed at Christiansand, or taken back to the ship.
+
+"Where are we going? Why don't he put us on shore, or on board of the
+ship?" demanded Burchmore.
+
+"It's a mail steamer; she is very late," replied Ole.
+
+"But is she going to carry us off, because she is in a hurry?"
+
+"Only to a port up here a little ways. We can come right back in
+another steamer," Ole explained; and Burchmore was satisfied.
+
+Now, the captain had certainly declared that he was in a great hurry,
+and was not willing to wait for the boat which had put off from the
+ship; but he proposed to hail a boat which was passing, and send his
+involuntary passengers to the town in her. Ole assured him his
+companions wished to go to Lillesand, and he was too glad to avoid any
+delay. As the first cutter followed the steamer, it was decided, after
+consultation with the captain, to turn the stove boat adrift, so that
+it could be towed back to the ship by the first cutters. Sanford cast
+off the painter, and the pliant master of the steamer was glad to get
+rid of this check upon the speed of his boat. The boys watched the
+water-logged craft till it was picked up by the first cutter, and then
+passing behind an island, the squadron was out of view.
+
+"How came you here, Ole?" asked Rodman.
+
+"Came in the boat; but I didn't think you were going to smash her. I
+thought I was killed that time, sure," laughed the waif.
+
+"But how came you in the boat?" inquired Wilde.
+
+"I got in, of course; nobody put me in."
+
+"When?"
+
+"When it hung at the davits in the ship, just before the pilot came on
+board."
+
+"What do you get in there for?"
+
+"My education has been neglected, and I have to do a great deal of
+thinking to make up for it. I don't like to be disturbed when I'm
+thinking; so I got into the boat, and covered myself with the sail."
+
+"Tell that to the fishes," snuffed Wilde.
+
+"You can, if you wish; I don't speak their language," laughed Ole.
+
+"But really, Norway, what did you get into the second cutter for?"
+said Sanford.
+
+"The pilot was a first cousin of mine, and I was afraid he would whip
+me for making faces at him when I was a baby. He never forgets
+anything."
+
+"Nonsense!"
+
+"Well, if you know better than I, don't ask me any more about it."
+
+Ole was no more inclined to explain how he came in the second cutter
+than he had been to solve the mystery of being in a water-logged
+bateau, out of sight of land. It only appeared that while the students
+covered the rail and crowded the rigging to see the land, he had put
+himself into the boat. When the hands were called to man the braces,
+he, having no duty to perform, had not answered the call, and was left
+alone in the cutter. At sea, every precaution was taken to provide for
+the safety of the crew in case of any calamity. Each boat was provided
+with a sail, a mast, a compass, and several breakers of water, and a
+quantity of provisions was ready to be put in when needed. Ole stowed
+himself beneath the sail, which lay under the middle board, extending
+fore and aft. Before De Forrest took his place in the stern-sheets,
+Stockwell had discovered the absentee, and communicated the fact of
+his presence to those near him. The crew of the second cutter were
+entirely willing to keep his secret, as they were that of any one who
+needed their help. Among such boys it was regarded as dishonorable in
+the highest degree to betray any one; and, indeed, the principal
+discountenanced anything like "tale-bearing," to which the students
+gave a very liberal construction. Sanford had proposed that De Forrest
+should take a walk on shore, in order to give Ole an opportunity to
+escape from his confinement, which, on account of the singular
+obstinacy and suspicion of that officer, had threatened to be
+indefinitely continued, till the collision came to his aid.
+
+"How's this?" said Stockwell, as he seated himself by the side of the
+coxswain, on one of the settees on the quarter-deck of the steamer.
+
+"How's what?" asked Sanford.
+
+"It seems to me that we are clear of the ship, and without running
+away."
+
+"Don't say a word. We got spilled out the boat, and it was not our
+doing. We obeyed De Forrest's orders to the very letter, so that no
+fault can be found with us."
+
+"Of course not."
+
+"If De Forrest had not ordered me to shove off, I shouldn't have done
+so."
+
+"Then the boat might have been ground up on the rocks."
+
+"Do you see anything green in my eye?" replied Sanford, suggestively.
+
+"You don't mean to say that you smashed the boat on purpose?"
+
+"Certainly I don't mean to _say_ anything of the sort. I obey orders
+if I break owners, or boats either, for that matter."
+
+"What are you going to do next?"
+
+"I don't know. The programme is to go back in the steamer that returns
+to Christiansand to-morrow night."
+
+"O, then you mean to go back."
+
+"Your head's as thick as the broadside of an iron-clad. Of course I
+mean to go back."
+
+"Immediately?"
+
+"In the next boat."
+
+Stockwell did not exactly like the sharp way with which Sanford dealt
+with his innocence. Certainly the coxswain and himself had talked
+about an excursion to the interior of Norway without running away; but
+now, though the circumstances favored the plan, his friend plainly
+announced his intention to return to Christiansand and join the ship.
+But it could be said of the coxswain that his ways were dark, and
+Stockwell was more inclined to wait than to question him. In two hours
+the steamer arrived at Lillesand, and the party went on shore. The
+place was only a small village, but they found accommodations for the
+night.
+
+"What time does the steamer for Christiansand leave this place?" asked
+Sanford, as the party gathered at the station-house, which is the
+hotel, post-office, and establishment for furnishing horses to
+travellers.
+
+"To-morrow evening," replied Ole.
+
+"To-morrow evening!" exclaimed the coxswain. "That will never do! What
+time?"
+
+"About eight o'clock," answered the waif, whose devotion to the truth
+did not prevent him from stating the time two hours later than the
+fact warranted. "She may be two or three hours later."
+
+"The squadron sails for Christiania to-morrow afternoon," added
+Sanford. "The ship will be gone before we can get there."
+
+"She will not go without us," suggested Burchmore.
+
+"Yes, she will," said Stockwell, who was beginning to fathom the dark
+ways of the coxswain. "The principal will suppose we have gone on to
+Christiania."
+
+"That's so."
+
+"But what are we to do?" demanded Tinckner.
+
+"That's the question," added Sanford, with a blank look, as though he
+considered the situation as utterly hopeless.
+
+"We are not so badly off as we might be," said Boyden.
+
+"I don't see how it could be any worse," replied Sanford. "But I don't
+know that it is our fault. The captain of the steamer would not stop,
+after he had picked us up; at least, I don't know anything about it;
+but Ole said he wouldn't stop."
+
+"He could not stop," protested the waif, vehemently. "He had only just
+time enough to reach Frederiksværn in season for the other steamer. If
+he lost her, he would be turned off. He wouldn't stop for love or
+money."
+
+"No matter, for that; here we are, and what are we going to do? It's
+no use to cry for spilled milk," continued Stockwell. "The ship will
+go to Christiania, and won't come near this place. Mr. Lowington will
+expect to find us there when he arrives, and all we have to do is to
+make good his calculation. We have plenty of money, and we can get
+there somehow or other."
+
+Involuntarily, every fellow put his hands into his pocket; and then,
+if not before, they recalled the suggestion of the coxswain, made
+before they took their places in the cutter, that they should bring
+their money and their pea-jackets; but then, it seemed simply absurd
+that the boat had been smashed by his contrivance.
+
+"Was it for this, Sanford, that you told us to bring our money?" said
+Burchmore.
+
+"I should say a fellow ought always to carry his money with him. No
+one can tell what will happen to him when he goes away from the ship,"
+replied the coxswain. "You can see that it's lucky you have it with
+you. We might have to spend the summer here if we had no money. When
+will a steamer go from here to Christiania, Norway?"
+
+"Next Friday--just a week from to-day," replied the Norwegian, very
+seriously.
+
+"A week!" exclaimed Burchmore.
+
+"That is not long; a week is soon gone."
+
+"But we can't stay here a week," protested Tinckner.
+
+"I don't want to do it," added Sanford; "but if we have to do it, I
+suppose I can stand it as well as the rest of you."
+
+"We can't any of us stand it," said Wilde. "Who's going to stay a week
+in such a place as this? I'm not, for one. I'll swim up to
+Christiansand first."
+
+"Can't we hire a boat, and go back to Christiansand?" Burchmore
+proposed. "It is not more than twenty miles, and it would be a fine
+sail among these beautiful islands."
+
+"All right; look up a boat, Norway," replied Sanford, as though
+entirely willing to adopt this plan.
+
+Ole walked about the place for half an hour, accompanied by three of
+the boys. Perhaps he was careful not to find what he wanted; at any
+rate, no boat seemed to be available for the purpose desired, and when
+the excursionists met again, it was reported that no boat suitable for
+the accommodation of the party could be found.
+
+"Then can't we engage horses, and go round to Christiansand by land?"
+inquired Burchmore.
+
+"In carioles?" queried Ole, with an odd smile.
+
+"Carioles or wagons; anything we can find."
+
+"You can, but it will take you a day and a half," replied Ole.
+
+"A day and a half to go twenty miles."
+
+"About seventy miles by land," added Ole. "You must go almost up to
+the north pole before you can cross the river."
+
+"O, nonsense!" exclaimed Burchmore, who could not help feeling that
+Ole was not altogether reliable on his figures and facts.
+
+"If you don't believe it, go and ask the postmaster, or any one in the
+town," continued the waif.
+
+"That's all very well to talk about asking any one, when no one speaks
+a syllable of English."
+
+"I will do the talking for you."
+
+"Of course you will; you have done it all thus far."
+
+"I don't mean to say that you must really double the north pole, or
+that it is just seventy miles by land; but it's a long distance," Ole
+explained.
+
+"No matter how far it is; we will go," added the pliant coxswain. "I'm
+willing to do whatever the fellows wish. It shall not be said that I
+was mulish."
+
+"But if it is seventy miles, or anything like it, we couldn't get to
+Christiansand before the ship left."
+
+"That's just what I was thinking," answered Sanford, with a puzzled
+expression on his face. "Ole says it is a long way, and I have been
+told that these Norwegians are very honest, and will not lie; so I
+suppose he has told the truth."
+
+It was barely possible that the waif had learned to lie in England,
+where he had acquired his English.
+
+"I suppose we must give up the idea of going in a boat, or going by
+land. We can only wait till the steamer comes," continued Burchmore,
+putting on a very long face.
+
+"We can't stand that," protested Wilde.
+
+"Well, what are you going to do?" demanded Burchmore.
+
+"Can't you tell us, Norway?" said Tinckner.
+
+"I know what I should do if I were in your situation, and wanted to
+make a sure thing of it."
+
+"Well, what?" asked Burchmore, gathering a hope from the words of the
+waif.
+
+"I should go to Christiania."
+
+"But how?"
+
+"By land, of course."
+
+"It's up by the north pole."
+
+"It is about a hundred and fifty miles from here by water, and it
+can't be any more by land," said Sanford. "But I don't care what you
+do; I will do as the others say."
+
+"I like the idea," added Stockwell. "It is the only safe thing we can
+do. If we go back to Christiansand, we shall be too late for the ship.
+If we wait for a steamer to Christiania, she will be gone when we get
+there."
+
+"How much will it cost to go to Christiania in this way?" inquired
+Wilde, who did not feel quite sure that his funds would stand such a
+drain.
+
+"Here are the prices in the post-house," said Ole, as he led the way
+to a partition on which the posting was put up. "For one mile, one
+mark six skillings."
+
+"We know all about it now," laughed Rodman. "What's a mark, and what's
+a skilling?"
+
+"Twenty-four skillings make a mark, and a skilling is about a
+halfpenny English," Ole explained.
+
+"About a cent of our money," continued Rodman. "One mark and six
+skillings would be thirty skillings, or about thirty cents."
+
+"That will never do," interposed Wilde, shaking his head. "One hundred
+and fifty miles, at thirty cents a mile, would be forty-five dollars;
+and I suppose we have to pay for our grub besides."
+
+"It would come to ten or twelve pounds, and Wilde has only ten
+pounds," added Rodman.
+
+"No, no; you are all wrong. That means a Norwegian mile--about seven
+of ours. It would be only four and two sevenths cents a mile; say, six
+or seven dollars to Christiania; and the grub would cost as much
+more," said Stockwell. "Three pounds will cover the whole expense,
+and that won't break any body."
+
+After considerable discussion, it was agreed to adopt the plan
+proposed, and Ole was instructed to make the necessary arrangements
+with the station-master. The party went out to the stable to examine
+the carioles. They were a kind of gig, without any hood or top, with a
+small board behind, on which stands or sits the boy who drives the
+team back to the station after it has left the passenger. Tourists
+generally purchase the carioles in which they ride, and are not
+bothered with the boys. The students were not very nice about their
+accommodations; and finding that when two persons went in the same
+vehicle only half a fare extra was charged, they decided to engage but
+five carioles. As the law did not require the station-master to keep
+this number of horses in waiting, it was necessary to send "forbud"
+before the party started. This was an order to all the stations on the
+road to have five horses ready, and may be forwarded by mail or by
+special messenger, the expense of which was paid by the young
+tourists.
+
+It was solemnly agreed that the expense should be equally divided, and
+Burchmore was elected cashier and paymaster. With the assistance of
+Ole, he changed twelve pounds into Norwegian money, and found himself
+heavily loaded with the small coins of the country, which would be
+needed in making change at the stations. After all this important
+business had been disposed of, the party walked all over the town and
+its suburbs, and were duly stared at by the astonished people.
+
+"We ought to write a letter to Mr. Lowington, and tell him how we are
+situated," suggested Churchill, as they were returning to the station.
+
+"Exactly so; and carry it to him ourselves," replied Stockwell. "I
+move you that Burchmore be appointed bearer of despatches."
+
+"I mean to have the letter sent by mail," added Churchill.
+
+"We shall be in Christiania as soon as any mail, if there is no
+steamer for a week," said Sanford.
+
+"True; I didn't think of that," continued the proposer of this
+precaution. "The principal will be worried about us."
+
+"Let him worry," replied the coxswain; "that is, we can't do anything
+to relieve his mind."
+
+"I don't see that we can," added Churchill.
+
+For the want of something better to do, the students turned in at an
+early hour in the evening, and turned out at an early hour in the
+morning. They all slept in the same room, some of them in beds, and
+the rest on the floor; but those who slept on the floor were just as
+well satisfied as those who slept in the beds. After a breakfast
+consisting mainly of fish, they piled into the carioles. They were
+all in exceedingly jolly humor, and seated themselves in and on the
+vehicles in various uncouth postures. One boy in each cariole was to
+drive the horse, and he was carefully instructed to do nothing but
+simply hold the reins, and let the well-informed animal have his own
+way. The horses were rather small, and very shaggy beasts; but they
+went off at a lively pace. At the first hill they insisted upon
+walking up, and most of the boys followed their example. Behind three
+of the carioles were the small boys who were to bring the teams back.
+These juvenile Norwegians were as sober and dignified as though they
+had been members of the Storthing, refusing to laugh at any of the
+wild tantrums of the crazy students.
+
+At the first station, where the road from Lillesand joins that from
+Christiansand to the north, the horses ordered by "forbud" were in
+readiness, and the party had only to pass from one set of carioles to
+another. The grim post-boys did smile faintly when they received their
+perquisites, and others, just as immovable, took their places for the
+next post. The road now lay along the banks of a considerable river,
+and the scenery was rather interesting, though by no means grand. They
+passed an occasional farm; but generally the buildings were of the
+rudest and shabbiest description, though occasionally there was a neat
+residence, painted white or yellow, with roof of red tile. The boys
+walked up all the hills, leaving the sagacious horses to take care of
+themselves. All the students voted that it was jolly to travel in this
+manner, and there was no end to the sky-larking and racing on the
+road. At noon, they stopped long enough to dine, and at night found
+themselves at Tvetsund, at the foot of Nisser Lake, where they lodged.
+As this was as far as they had sent their "forbud," they decided to
+proceed by boat through the lake, a distance of about twenty miles.
+
+The next day was Sunday, which was always observed with great
+strictness on board of the ship, no play and no unnecessary work being
+permitted. There was a little church in the village, but none but Ole
+could understand a word of the preacher's prayer or sermon; so that
+the students voted it would be useless for them to go there. Four of
+the party, still controlled by the influences which prevailed on board
+of the ship, did not wish to travel on Sunday; but when it was
+represented that the ship might leave Christiania before the party
+arrived, they yielded to the wishes of the other five, and procuring
+boats, they proceeded on their way. At the head of the lake they took
+the road, and walked about seven miles to Apalstö.
+
+"We are stuck here," said Sanford, after they had taken supper at the
+station-house. "This posting is a first-class fraud."
+
+"Why, what's the matter?" demanded Burchmore, alarmed by the manner of
+the coxswain.
+
+"No horses to be had till Tuesday morning."
+
+"That's a fraud."
+
+"Well, it can't be helped," added Sanford, philosophically. "I'm
+willing to walk, if the rest of the fellows say so."
+
+"We can't walk to Christiania."
+
+"That's so; and we should not find any more horses at the next station
+than here. Norway says we didn't send 'forbud,' which must be done
+when more than three horses are wanted."
+
+"Why didn't Ole send 'forbud,' then?"
+
+"He said we had better go by boat part of the way; it would be easier.
+But part of us can take the three horses that are ready, and go on
+with them."
+
+"I don't believe in separating."
+
+"We are only a day and a half from Christiania, and we shall arrive by
+Wednesday noon. The ship won't leave before that time."
+
+So Burchmore was persuaded to submit to his fate like a philosopher,
+which, however, was not considered very hard, when it was announced
+that there was excellent fishing in the vicinity. It is to be feared
+that Ole and the coxswain had created this hinderance themselves, for
+the law of the country allows only three hours' delay in the
+furnishing of horses. The farmers are compelled to supply them, and
+doubtless twenty could have been provided in the time allowed, though
+the young tourists were able to give twelve hours' notice. This,
+however, did not suit the coxswain's purposes, and as he and Ole had
+occupied the same cariole, there was no want of concert in their words
+and actions. On Monday the students went a-fishing, paying a small sum
+for a license to do so, though this is not necessary in all parts of
+Norway. The united catch of the whole party was one salmon, taken by
+Burchmore, and weighing about eight pounds. It was voted by the party,
+before this result was reached, in the middle of the afternoon, that
+fishing in Norway was "a first-class fraud." We heard of a party of
+three, who fished two weeks, and caught eight salmon, though this want
+of luck is the exception, rather than the rule, in the north.
+
+As the party returned from their excursion, bearing the single trophy
+of their patience, Clyde Blacklock discovered them. He was alarmed at
+first, but when he recognized no one among them whom he had seen on
+board of the ship, he concluded they did not belong to her.
+
+"Good evening, sir," said he, addressing Sanford, who seemed to be the
+chief of the excursionists. "You have been a-fishing?"
+
+"Yes; and ten of us have one fish to show for a whole day's work,"
+laughed the coxswain.
+
+"Poor luck; but you seem to be sailors," continued the Briton.
+
+"We belong to the ship Young America."
+
+"Ah, indeed!"
+
+"That's so."
+
+In half an hour Clyde and Sanford were on excellent terms. The former,
+when he learned that his new acquaintance had not been sent after him,
+was quite communicative, and even told the story of his experience on
+board of the ship, and of his escape from bondage. Sanford laughed,
+and seemed to enjoy the narrative; but straightway the coxswain began
+to tremble when he learned that Clyde had with him a Norwegian who
+spoke English. It was necessary to get rid of so dangerous a person
+without any delay. The Briton liked Sanford so well that he was not
+willing to leave him; and, indeed, the whole party were so jolly that
+he desired to join his fortunes with theirs. Sanford wrote a brief
+letter to Mr. Lowington, stating the misfortunes of the party, and
+that they expected to arrive in Christiania on Wednesday or Thursday.
+
+"Now, Mr. ----, I don't know your name," said Sanford, when he
+found Clyde, after he had written the epistle.
+
+"Blacklock," replied the Briton--"Clyde Blacklock."
+
+"Well, Blacklock, if you want an up-and-down good time, come with us."
+
+"Where? To Christiania? into the lion's den?"
+
+"Not yet, but--don't open your mouth; don't let on for the world,"
+whispered the coxswain, glancing at his companions.
+
+"Not a word," added Clyde, satisfied he had found the right friend.
+
+"We are going to the Rjukanfos to-morrow, but only one or two of us
+know it yet. Your man will spoil all. Send him back to Christiania
+this very afternoon. Here's a blind for him; let him take this
+letter."
+
+Clyde liked plotting and mischief, and as soon as his guide had eaten
+his supper, he was started for his home in the capital, glad enough to
+go, for he had been paid for all the time agreed upon; and Sanford
+ceased to tremble lest he should expose to his companions the mistake
+in regard to horses, or another blunder which was to be made the next
+morning.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+GOTTENBURG AND FINKEL.
+
+
+On Saturday night, as Clyde had anticipated, his mother arrived at
+Christiania; and the people at the Victoria informed her of the
+disappearance of her son. The next morning she hastened on board of
+the ship, and heard the principal's story. Mrs. Blacklock wept
+bitterly, and was fearful that her darling boy was forever lost; but
+Mr. Lowington assured her that no serious harm could befall him. He
+spoke very plainly to her in regard to Clyde's character and his
+ungovernable passions, assuring her that he must certainly come to an
+evil end within a few years, if he was not restrained and controlled.
+The poor mother felt the truth of all he said, and was willing that he
+should continue the beneficent work upon which he had commenced. She
+spent the forenoon on board, and was introduced to Kendall and
+Shuffles and their ladies. The principal illustrated what he had said
+about Clyde by relating the history of the present captain and owner
+of the Feodora, and Mrs. Blacklock went away even hopeful that her boy
+might yet be saved to her.
+
+On Monday, the first secular day of the month, the new list of
+officers was announced in each vessel of the squadron. The changes on
+board of the ship were not very violent, though the third lieutenant
+became captain, while Cumberland became the commodore.
+
+"I congratulate you, Captain Lincoln," said Dr. Winstock to the new
+commander, when he appeared in the uniform of his new rank.
+
+"Thank you, sir," replied Lincoln.
+
+"I have been satisfied for some time that you would attain this
+position."
+
+"I am only sorry to be promoted over Judson and Norwood, for they have
+always been good friends of mine."
+
+"If they are good and true friends they will rejoice at your success,
+though it places you over them. You have worked very hard, and you are
+fully entitled to your rank."
+
+"Thank you, sir. I have tried to do my duty," replied Lincoln,
+modestly.
+
+"When I see a young gentleman use the library as freely as you do, I
+am always tolerably confident that he will attain a high rank. We go
+on shore this forenoon, I believe."
+
+"I heard we were to make an excursion to-day, and another to-morrow."
+
+"You will see something of the interior of Norway, after all, though
+it is not quite possible to transport two hundred boys over a country
+where the facilities for travel are so meagre," added the surgeon.
+
+"For my part, I should like to walk, even a hundred miles."
+
+"That is not practicable. How could such a crowd be lodged and fed, in
+some of the small villages where you would be compelled to pass the
+night?"
+
+"I suppose it would not be possible, and I shall be satisfied with
+whatever the principal thinks best," replied the captain.
+
+The students were called to muster, and Mr. Lowington explained that
+he proposed to spend the day, in picnic style, at Frogner Sæter, and
+that the party would walk. The boats were then prepared, and the crews
+of the several vessels went on shore. Captains Kendall and Shuffles
+procured carriages, for the ladies were not able to walk so far.
+Passing out of the more densely settled portions of the city, the
+excursionists came to a delightful region, abounding in pleasant
+residences, some of which were grand and lofty. For a time the
+landscape was covered with small cottages, painted white or yellow;
+but as they proceeded they came to a country very sparsely settled,
+and very similar to that of New England. The road lay through woods of
+pine and fir, and had been constructed by Mr. Heftye, a
+public-spirited citizen, who owned a large estate at the summit of the
+hill.
+
+"This looks just like Maine," said Captain Lincoln, who walked at the
+side of Dr. Winstock.
+
+"Exactly like it. There is a house, however, which is hardly so good
+as those you see in Maine," replied the doctor.
+
+"It isn't any better than a shanty, and the barn is as good as the
+house. I wonder what that is for;" and Lincoln pointed to a bunch of
+straw, on the top of a pole, at the entrance of the barn. "I have seen
+two or three of those here, and near Christiansand."
+
+"It was grain placed there for the birds during the winter."
+
+"That's very kind of the people, I must say."
+
+"They are very kind to all their animals."
+
+Near the summit of the hill, the party came to the summer-house of Mr.
+Heftye, a very neat structure of wood, with a piazza, from which is
+obtained a beautiful view of the surrounding country. Another half
+hour brought them to the top of the hill, where the proprietor had
+erected a wooden tower, or observatory. It was some sixty or seventy
+feet high, and was stayed with rope guys, extending to the trees on
+four sides, to prevent it from being blown over. Only twenty of the
+boys were permitted to go up at one time, for the wind was tolerably
+fresh, and the structure swayed to and fro like the mast of a ship in
+a sea. From the top, mountains fifty miles distant could be seen.
+Christiania Fjord lay like a panorama in the distance, stretching as
+far as the eye could reach. To the west the country looked wild and
+desolate, and was covered with wood-crowned mountains, though none of
+any considerable height could be seen. It was a magnificent view, and
+some of the most enthusiastic of the students declared that it was
+worth a voyage to Norway; but boys are proverbially extravagant.
+
+A couple of hours were spent on the hill, the lunch was eaten, and the
+boys declared that they were well rested. The return walk was not so
+pleasant, for the novelties of the region had been exhausted. The road
+passed through private property, where there were at least a dozen
+gates across it in different places; and as the party approached, a
+woman, a boy, or a girl appeared, to open them. Kendall or Shuffles
+rewarded each of them with a few skillings for the service. When
+their two and four skilling pieces were exhausted, they were obliged
+to use larger coins, rather than be mean; but it was observed that the
+Norwegians themselves, though able to ride in a carriage, never gave
+anything. It was amusing to see the astonishment of the boys and girls
+when they received an eight skilling piece, and the haste with which
+they ran to their parents to exhibit the prize.
+
+The party reached the vessels at five o'clock, and after supper the
+boats were again in demand for a visit to Oscarshal, the white summer
+palace, which could be seen from the ship. Mr. Bennett had provided
+the necessary tickets, and made the arrangements for the excursion. It
+is certainly a very pretty place, but there are a hundred country
+residences in the vicinity of New York, Boston, or any other large
+city of the United States, which excel it in beauty and elegance, as
+well as in the expense lavished upon them. Before returning to the
+anchorage, the boat squadron pulled about for a couple of hours among
+the beautiful islands, and when the students returned to the fleet,
+they felt that they had about exhausted Christiania and its environs.
+
+The next day they went by the railroad train to Eidsvold, and there
+embarked in the steamer Kong Oscar for a voyage of sixty-five miles up
+the Mjosen Lake to Lillehammer, where they arrived at half past five
+in the afternoon. The scenery of the lake is pleasant, but not grand,
+the slope of the hills being covered with farms. Near the upper end,
+the hills are higher, and the aspect is more picturesque. Some of the
+western boys thought it looked like the shores of the Ohio River,
+others compared it with the Delaware, and a New Hampshire youth
+considered it more like Lake Winnipiseogee.
+
+Lillehammer is a small town of seventeen hundred inhabitants. M.
+Hammer's and Madame Ormsrud's hotel were not large enough to
+accommodate the party, and they began to experience some of the
+difficulties of travelling in such large numbers; but Mr. Bennett had
+done his work well, and sleeping-rooms were provided in other houses
+for the rest. The tourists rambled all over the town and its vicinity,
+looked into the saw-mills, visited the farms, and compared the
+agriculture with that of their own country; and it must be added that
+Norway suffered very much in the comparison, for the people are slow
+to adopt innovations upon the methods of their fathers.
+
+Early in the morning--for steamers in Norway and Sweden have a
+villanous practice of starting at unseemly hours--the students
+embarked for Eidsvold, and were on board the vessels long before the
+late sunset. On the quarter, waiting for the principal, was Clyde's
+courier, who had arrived that morning, after the departure of the
+excursionists. He evidently had not hurried his journey, though he had
+been told to do so. He delivered Sanford's brief note, which was
+written in pencil, and Mr. Lowington read it. The absentees were safe
+and well, and would arrive by Thursday. He was glad to hear of their
+safety, but as the squadron was now ready to sail, he regretted the
+delay.
+
+"Where did you leave the boys?" asked the principal of the courier.
+
+"At Apalstö," replied the guide, whose name was Poulsen.
+
+"Do you belong there?"
+
+"No, sir; I live in Christiania. I went down there with a young
+gentleman last Saturday."
+
+"Who was he?"
+
+"Mr. Blacklock, sir; a young English gentleman."
+
+"Ah! did you? And where is Mr. Blacklock now?"
+
+"I left him at Apalstö with a party of young gentlemen who were
+dressed like the people here; and he sent me back with this letter,"
+replied Poulsen, who proceeded to explain that Clyde had engaged him
+as courier for Christiansand, but had changed his mind when he met the
+party belonging to the ship, and had concluded to return to
+Christiania with them.
+
+This was precisely what he had been told to say by the young Briton,
+and probably he believed that it was a correct statement. The
+principal saw no reason to doubt the truth of it, for Clyde must be
+satisfied that his mother was in Christiania by this time, and would
+naturally wish to join her. Anxious to console Mrs. Blacklock, Mr.
+Lowington called for a boat, and hastened on shore to see her. He
+found her, her daughter, and Paul Kendall and lady, in the
+reading-room at the Victoria--a unique apartment, with a fountain in
+the centre, a glass gallery over the court-yard, and lighted with
+many-colored lamps. The principal communicated the intelligence he had
+received of her son to Mrs. Blacklock, whose face lighted up at the
+news.
+
+"Then you have heard from the absentees, Mr. Lowington," said Paul
+Kendall.
+
+"Yes; they are on their way to Christiania, and Sanford says they will
+arrive to-morrow, at farthest; but they may be delayed," replied the
+principal.
+
+"No one need worry about them if they are safe and well," added Paul,
+glancing at Clyde's mother.
+
+"They are safe and well, but I intended to sail for Gottenburg
+to-morrow morning. I have almost concluded to do so, and leave some
+one to accompany the boys to Gottenburg in the steamer. I do not like
+to delay the whole fleet for them."
+
+"It would take a long time to beat out of the fjord against a head
+wind," added Paul.
+
+"If the wind is fair to-morrow morning, I shall sail, whether they
+arrive or not."
+
+"A steamer leaves for Gottenburg on Saturday morning, and she may
+arrive as soon as your ship," added Paul.
+
+"Very true. I think I will leave Peaks to look out for the absentees.
+Are you sure the steamer goes on Saturday?"
+
+"Yes, sir; here is the time table," replied Paul, producing a paper he
+had obtained at Mr. Bennett's. "Dampskibet Kronprindsesse Louise."
+
+"That's Norwegian, Paul. Can you read it?" laughed Mr. Lowington.
+
+"A little. 'Hver Löverday;' that means on Saturday; 'at 6 fm.,' which
+is early in the morning. She arrives at Gottenburg about midnight."
+
+"That will answer our purpose very well. We shall get under way early
+in the morning, Paul."
+
+"Then I will go on board of the yacht to-night, sir; but you need not
+wait for me, for I think I can catch you if you should get two or
+three hours the start of me. I haven't used my balloon jib yet, and am
+rather anxious to do so."
+
+"I shall not wait for you, then, Paul."
+
+After a long conversation with Mrs. Blacklock, in which he assured her
+again that nothing but firmness on her part could save her son from
+ruin, the principal left the hotel, and returned to the ship. In the
+evening Mr. and Mrs. Kendall went on board of the Grace. On the
+following morning, the wind being a little north of west, the signal
+for sailing was displayed on board of the Young America, and at six
+o'clock the fleet were under way. The weather was beautiful, and the
+fresh breeze enabled all the vessels to log eight knots an hour, which
+brought them fairly into the Skager Rack early in the afternoon.
+
+"I suppose we are off the coast of Sweden now," said Norwood, as he
+glanced at the distant hills on the left.
+
+"The pilot said Frederikshald was in this direction," replied Captain
+Lincoln, pointing to the shore. "It is at the head of a small fjord,
+and is near the line between Norway and Sweden."
+
+"Charles XII. was killed there--wasn't he?"
+
+"That's the place. The fortress of Frederiksteen is there, on a
+perpendicular rock four hundred feet high."
+
+"I wish we went nearer to the Swedish coast," added Norwood.
+
+"We shall see enough of it before we leave the Baltic," said Lincoln.
+
+"Probably we shall not care to see it after we have been looking at it
+a week."
+
+"According to the chart, this part of the coast is fringed with
+islands, but they don't look so bare and desolate as those of Norway.
+I had an idea that everything on this side of the ocean was entirely
+different from what we see on our side," added the captain.
+
+"That was just my idea."
+
+"But it isn't so. It is almost the same thing here as the coast of
+Maine. The shore here is hilly, and through the glass it looks as
+though it was covered with pine forests."
+
+"I expect to see something different before we return."
+
+"Not in the Baltic; for I fancy most of the southern coast looks like
+that of our Middle and Southern States."
+
+"Up here, even the houses look just as they do at home."
+
+"I don't believe we shall find it so in Denmark."
+
+As there was little to be seen, the regular routine of the squadron
+was followed, and those who were in the steerage, attending to their
+recitations, did not feel that they were losing anything. Later in the
+day, the wind was light, and the vessels made very little progress,
+though the course brought them nearer to the coast, where on the port
+bow appeared a high promontory, extending far out into the sea. The
+wind died out entirely just before sunset, and the sails hung
+motionless from the spars; for there was no swell to make them thrash
+about, as at sea. It was utter silence, and it was hard to believe
+that very ugly storms often made sad havoc in this channel.
+
+When the sun rose the next morning it brought with it a light breeze
+from the west, and the fleet again skimmed merrily along over the
+water. Its course was near the town of Marstrand, a noted Swedish
+watering-place, situated on an island. Soon after, pilots were taken,
+and the vessels stood into the harbor of Gottenburg, which is formed
+by the mouth of Göta River. Along the sides of the channel were posts
+set in the water, for the convenience of vessels hauling in or out of
+the harbor. The fleet came to anchor in a convenient part of the port,
+and those on board proceeded to take a leisurely survey of the city.
+The portion of the town nearest to them was built on low, flat land,
+and they could see the entrances of various canals. Farther back was a
+series of rugged hills, which were covered with pleasant residences
+and beautiful gardens. After dinner the students were mustered on
+deck, to listen to a few particulars in regard to the city, though it
+was understood that the general lecture on Sweden would be reserved
+until the arrival of the squadron at Stockholm.
+
+"What city is this?" asked Mr. Mapps.
+
+"Gottenburg," replied a hundred of the students.
+
+"That is plain English. What do the Swedes call it?"
+
+"G-ö-t-e-b-o-r-g," answered Captain Lincoln, spelling the word.
+
+"Perhaps I had better call on Professor Badois to pronounce it for
+you."
+
+"Y[=a]t-a-borg," said the instructor in languages, repeating the
+pronunciation several times, which, however, cannot be very accurately
+expressed with English characters. "And the river here is Ya-tah."
+
+"The French call the city _Gothembourg_. It is five miles from the
+sea, and is connected with Stockholm by the Göta Canal, which is a
+wonderful piece of engineering. Steamboats ply regularly between
+Gottenburg and the capital through this canal, the voyage occupying
+three or four days."
+
+"I intend to make a trip up this canal as far as the Wenern Lake, with
+the students," said Mr. Lowington.
+
+A cheer greeted this announcement, and then the professor described
+the canal minutely.
+
+"The principal street of Gottenburg," he continued, "is on the canal,
+extending through the centre of the city. There are no remarkable
+buildings, however, for the city is a commercial place. It was founded
+by Gustavus Adolphus, and, like many other cities of the north, being
+built of wood, it has several times been nearly destroyed by fire. The
+buildings now are mostly of stone, or of brick covered with plaster.
+The environs of the city, as you may see from the ship, are very
+pleasant. Now a word about the money of Sweden. The government has
+adopted a decimal system, of which the unit is the _riksdaler_,
+containing one hundred _öre_. The currency in circulation is almost
+entirely paper, though no bills smaller than one riksdaler are issued.
+The silver coins in use are the half and the quarter riksdaler, and
+the ten-öre piece; the latter being a very small coin. On the coppers,
+the value in öre is marked. A riksdaler is worth about twenty-seven
+cents of our money. Sweden is a cheap country."
+
+The signal was made for embarking in the boats, and in a few moments
+the Gottenburgers, as well as the people on board of the foreign
+vessels in the harbor, were astonished by the evolutions of the
+squadron. The students landed, and dividing into parties, explored the
+city. Their first care was to examine the canal, and the various craft
+that floated upon it; but the latter, consisting mainly of schooners,
+were not different from those they saw at home. They visited the
+exchange, the cathedral, the residence of the governor of the
+province, and other principal edifices.
+
+"How do you feel, Scott?" asked Laybold, after they had walked till
+they were tired out, and it was nearly time to go to the
+landing-place.
+
+"Tired and hungry," replied the wag. "I wonder if these Swedishers
+have anything to eat."
+
+"Probably they do; here's a place which looks like a restaurant."
+
+"I feel as though I hadn't tasted food for four months. Let's go in."
+
+They entered the store, which was near the _Bourse_. A neatly-dressed
+waiter bowed to them, and Scott intimated that they wanted a lunch.
+The man who understood English, conducted them to a table, on which a
+variety of eatables was displayed, some of which had a familiar look,
+and others were utterly new and strange. The waiter filled a couple of
+wine-glasses from a decanter containing a light-colored fluid, and
+placed them before the boys.
+
+"What's that?" asked Scott, glancing suspiciously at the wine-glass.
+
+"_Finkel_," replied the man.
+
+"Exactly so; that's what I thought it was," replied Scott, who had
+never heard of the stuff before. "Is it strong?"
+
+"No," answered the waiter, shaking his head with a laugh. "Everybody
+drinks it in Sweden."
+
+"Then we must, Laybold, for we are somebody."
+
+Scott raised the glass. The fluid had the odor of anise-seed, and was
+not at all disagreeable. The taste, too, was rather pleasant at first,
+and Scott drank it off. Laybold followed his example. We must do them
+the justice to say that neither of them knew what "finkel" was.
+Something like strangulation followed the swallowing of the fluid.
+
+"That's not bad," said Scott, trying to make the best of it.
+
+"No, not bad, Scott; but what are you crying about?" replied the
+other, when he recovered the use of his tongue.
+
+"I happened to think of an old aunt of mine, who died and left me all
+her money," added Scott, wiping his eyes. "But you needn't cry; she
+didn't leave any of the money to you."
+
+"What are you going to eat?"
+
+"I generally eat victuals," replied Scott, picking up a slice of bread
+on which was laid a very thin slice of smoked salmon. "That's not
+bad."
+
+The waiter passed to Laybold a small plate of sandwiches, filled with
+a kind of fish-spawn, black and shining. The student took a huge bite
+of one of them, but a moment elapsed before he realized the taste of
+the interior of the sandwich; then, with the ugliest face a boy could
+assume, he rushed to the door, and violently ejected the contents of
+his mouth into the street.
+
+"What's the matter?" demanded the waiter, struggling to keep from
+laughing.
+
+"What abominably nasty stuff!" exclaimed Laybold. "It's just like fish
+slime."
+
+"Don't you like it, Laybold?" asked Scott, coolly.
+
+"Like it? I don't like it."
+
+"Everybody in Sweden eats it," said the waiter.
+
+"What's the matter with it? Is it like defunct cat?" asked Scott.
+
+"More like defunct fish. Try it."
+
+"I will, my lad," added Scott, taking a liberal bite of one of the
+sandwiches.
+
+"How is it?" inquired Laybold.
+
+"First rate; that's the diet for me."
+
+"Very good," said the waiter.
+
+"You don't mean to say you like that stuff, Scott."
+
+"The proof of the pudding is the eating of the bag. I do like it, even
+better than 'finkel.'"
+
+"I don't believe it. No one with a Christian stomach could eat such
+stuff."
+
+"You judge by your own experience. I say it is good. Yours isn't a
+Christian stomach, and that's the reason you don't like it."
+
+"You are a heathen, Scott."
+
+"Heathen enough to know what's good."
+
+"Some more finkel, sir?" suggested the waiter.
+
+"No more finkel for me," replied Scott, whose head was beginning to
+whirl like a top.
+
+"Better take some more," laughed Laybold, who was in the same
+condition.
+
+"I can't stop to take any more; I'm hungry," replied Scott, who
+continued to devour the various viands on the table, till his
+companion's patience was exhausted.
+
+"Come, Scott, we shall be late at the landing."
+
+"We won't go home till morning," chanted the boozy student.
+
+"I will go now;" and Laybold stood up, and tried to walk to the
+door--a feat which he accomplished with no little difficulty.
+
+"Don't be in a hurry, my boy. Come and take some finkel."
+
+"I don't want any finkel."
+
+"Then come and pay the bill. I shall clean out this concern if I stay
+any longer."
+
+"How much, waiter?" stammered Laybold.
+
+"One riksdaler."
+
+"Cheap enough. I should have been broken if they charged by the pound
+for what I ate."
+
+"That's so," added Laybold, as he gave the waiter an English
+sovereign, and received his change in paper.
+
+"Now, my boy, we'll go to sea again," said Scott, as he staggered
+towards the door. "See here, Laybold."
+
+"Well, what do you want?" snarled the latter.
+
+"I'll tell you something, if you won't say anything about it to any
+one."
+
+"I won't."
+
+"Don't tell the principal."
+
+"No."
+
+"Well, then, we're drunk," added Scott, with a tipsy grin.
+
+"You are."
+
+"I am, my boy; I don't know a bob-stay from a bowling hitch. And you
+are as drunk as I am, Laybold."
+
+"I know what I am about."
+
+"So do I know what you are about. You are making a fool of yourself.
+Hold on a minute," added Scott, as he seated himself on a bench before
+a shop.
+
+"Come along, Scott."
+
+"Not for Joseph."
+
+"We shall be left."
+
+"That's just what I want. I'm not going to present myself before the
+principal in this condition--not if I know it."
+
+Laybold, finding that it was not convenient to stand, seated himself
+by the side of his companion. Presently they discovered a party of
+officers on their way to the boats, and they staggered into a lane to
+escape observation. The two students, utterly vanquished by "finkel,"
+did not appear at the landing, and the boats left without them.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+ON THE WAY TO THE RJUKANFOS.
+
+
+"What may the Rjukanfos be?" asked Clyde Blacklock, after his courier
+had started on his return to Christiania.
+
+"O, it's a big thing," replied Sanford. "You can bet high on it."
+
+"Doubtless I can; but is it a mountain, a river, or a lake?"
+
+"'Pon my word, I don't know. Here, Norway!" he shouted to Ole, who was
+with the rest of the party.
+
+"I'm here, Mr. Coxswain," replied the waif.
+
+"What's the Rjukanfos? You told me we ought to go there; but I'll be
+hanged if I know whether it's a lake or a river."
+
+"Neither a lake nor a river," replied Ole. "It's a big waterfall.
+_Fos_, on the end of a word, always makes a waterfall of it. There's
+another, the Vöringfos; but that's too far away."
+
+"How far is it?"
+
+"I don't know; but it's a long distance," added Ole. "All the other
+fellows think we are going to Christiania in the morning."
+
+"All but Stockwell and Rodman," answered Sanford, who had told Ole
+about the new recruit.
+
+"So you are going to play it upon them--are you?" laughed Clyde.
+
+"Just a little. We don't want to leave Norway without seeing something
+of the country, and the rest of the fellows won't go. So we are going
+to take them along with us."
+
+"Excellent! That will be a magnificent joke," exclaimed Clyde. "I'm
+with you. I suppose you all ran away from the ship when you found the
+tyranny was too much for you."
+
+"O, no! We didn't run away. We wouldn't do that. Somehow, by an
+accident, our boat was stove, and we were carried off by a steamer.
+Then we couldn't get back to Christiansand before the ship sailed, and
+we were obliged to come across the country to Christiania, you see."
+
+"I see," replied Clyde, knowingly. "But you don't mean to go back to
+the ship--do you?"
+
+"Certainly we do," protested Sanford.
+
+"Then you are bigger spoonies than I thought you were."
+
+"But we are afraid the ship will be gone before we can reach
+Christiania."
+
+"O, you are afraid of it."
+
+"Very much afraid of it."
+
+"You wouldn't cry if you found she had gone--would you?"
+
+"Well, perhaps we should not cry, for we think we ought to be manly,
+and not be babies; but, of course, we should feel very bad about it."
+
+"O, you would!"
+
+"Certainly we should; for if we were caught running away, staying
+away longer than is necessary, or anything of that sort, our liberty
+would be stopped, and we should not be allowed to go on shore with the
+rest of the fellows."
+
+"You are a deep one, Mr. Coxswain," added Clyde.
+
+"O, no! I'm only a simple-minded young man, that always strives to do
+his duty as well as he knows how."
+
+"I dare say you think it is your duty to visit
+the--what-ye-call-it?--the waterfall."
+
+"You see it is just as near to go that way as the other."
+
+"Is it?"
+
+"Well, if it isn't, we shall not know the fact till after we have been
+there."
+
+"I think I understand you perfectly, Mr. Coxswain; but I don't intend
+to return to the ship under any circumstances."
+
+"You can do as you please, but if we should happen to miss the ship,
+why, we shall be obliged to travel till we find her."
+
+"Exactly so," laughed Clyde.
+
+"But don't understand me that we mean to run away, or to keep away
+from the ship any longer than is absolutely necessary; for we are all
+good boys, and always mean to obey our officers."
+
+"I don't mean to do any such thing. After I hear that the ship has
+left Christiania, I shall go there, find my mother, and travel where I
+please."
+
+The next morning the party started on their journey, and by the middle
+of the afternoon arrived at a station between Lysthus and Tinoset,
+where the road to the Rjukanfos branched off from that to the
+capital. They were compelled to wait an hour here for a change of
+horses. Rogues rarely believe that they are suspected, and Sanford
+was confident that his companions, with the exception of Rodman and
+Stockwell, had no idea of his intentions. Burchmore had not failed to
+notice the repeated conferences between those who were plotting the
+mischief. He was not quite satisfied with the delay which had enabled
+the party to catch that solitary salmon at Apalstö. He was one of the
+first to enter the station-house where the carioles stopped. On the
+table he found "The Hand-book of Norway," which contained a large map.
+He was anxious to possess this book.
+
+"_Hvor_?" said he, using a word he had learned of Ole, which meant
+"how much," at the same time holding up the book, and exhibiting his
+money.
+
+"_Tre_," replied the woman in the room; by which he understood her to
+mean three marks, for at the same time she laughingly held up three
+fingers.
+
+Burchmore paid the money, and put the book into his pocket. Retreating
+behind the stable with Churchill, who rode in the cariole with him, he
+produced the volume, and spread out the map. Without much difficulty
+he found the road by which the party had come. Everything was right so
+far, and he was satisfied that they should arrive at Kongsberg that
+night.
+
+"Can you make out what's up, Burchmore?" asked Churchill, with whom
+the former had discussed his doubts and fears.
+
+"No; everything is right. Here we are, at the branching off of these
+two roads," replied Burchmore, indicating the locality with the point
+of his knife.
+
+"But Sanford is up to something. He, and Ole, and Stockwell are
+whispering together half the time. Perhaps they mean to leave us
+somewhere on the road."
+
+"They can, if they like," added Burchmore. "I am cashier, you know.
+Each fellow has paid me seven pounds, which I have changed into
+species and marks. No other one has any Norwegian money, or, at least,
+not more than a specie or two. They won't leave me."
+
+"They wouldn't make anything by it."
+
+"And Sanford runs with that English fellow, who seems to be a little
+fast."
+
+"He's a hard one," added Churchill, shaking his head.
+
+"Let them go it; I can keep the run of them now," said Burchmore, as
+he folded up the map, and put the Hand-book in his pocket. "Don't say
+anything about this book, Churchy."
+
+"Not a word."
+
+"I know where we are now, and I think I shall know better than to wait
+a whole day for horses again. That was a sell."
+
+"Do you think so?"
+
+"I thought so at the time, but I didn't want to make a fuss. I changed
+a sovereign for Ole yesterday, and I believe Sanford has bought him
+up. Never mind; we take the right hand road here, and as long as we
+keep moving I haven't a word to say."
+
+In less than an hour the horses were ready, and the procession of
+carioles moved off. Ole and Sanford led the way, and turned to the
+left, instead of the right.
+
+"That's wrong," said Burchmore, very much excited.
+
+"But what do they mean by going this way?" added Churchill.
+
+"I don't know, and I don't care; I only know it is the wrong way.
+Hallo!" he shouted to Sanford, and stopped his pony, which compelled
+three others behind him to stop also.
+
+"What's the matter?" called Sanford.
+
+"You are going the wrong way," replied the cashier.
+
+"No, this is right; come along;" and the coxswain started his team
+again.
+
+But Burchmore refused to follow him, and continued to block the way
+against those behind him.
+
+"Out of the way!" cried Clyde, who was in the rear.
+
+"This is not the right way to Kongsberg," said Burchmore.
+
+"Out of the way, or I'll smash you!" added the imperious Briton.
+
+The cashier was a peaceable young gentleman, and turned his horse out
+of the road. The cariole of Sanford was now out of sight.
+
+"Why don't you go ahead?" demanded Tinckner. "How do you know it is
+the wrong road?"
+
+"I am certain of it. Those fellows are up to some trick."
+
+As a portion of the procession did not follow its leader, Sanford and
+his companions turned back.
+
+"What's the matter, Burchmore? Why don't you come along?" cried the
+coxswain, angrily.
+
+"This is not the right road."
+
+"Isn't it, Ole?" added the coxswain, turning to his companion in the
+cariole.
+
+"Certainly it is."
+
+"I know it isn't," protested the cashier, vehemently. "You are up to
+some trick."
+
+"What trick?" asked Sanford, mildly, as he put on his look of injured
+innocence.
+
+"I don't know what; but I know this is not the right road to
+Kongsberg."
+
+"Who said anything about Kongsberg? We intend to go by the shortest
+way. Don't we, Ole?"
+
+"To be sure we do," replied the ready waif. "We are not going way
+round by Kongsberg."
+
+"You can't bluff me."
+
+"Don't want to bluff you. Go whichever way you like; and the one who
+gets to Christiania first is the best fellow. That's all I have to
+say."
+
+Sanford turned his pony, and drove off again, followed by Clyde,
+Stockwell, and Rodman.
+
+"How do you know this isn't the right way?" inquired Tinckner.
+
+"I'll tell you," replied the cashier, jumping out of the cariole, and
+taking the Hand-book from his pocket.
+
+The others soon joined him, and exhibiting the map, he explained his
+position to his friends.
+
+"Here's another road to Kongsberg," said Summers, indicating its
+direction on the map. "They may be going that way."
+
+"It is possible," added Burchmore, puzzled by this discovery. "It is
+farther that way than by Lysthus."
+
+"Not much; there's hardly any difference. I'm in favor of following
+Sanford."
+
+So were nearly all of them, and the cashier finally yielded. The
+tourists resumed their seats, and soon overtook the coxswain, who
+had evidently expected to be followed. Burchmore was annoyed by the
+discovery he had made, but as the pony attached to the cariole slowly
+climbed the hills, he studied the map and the text of the book he had
+bought.
+
+"We can't go much farther on this tack," said he, as he folded up his
+map.
+
+"What's to prevent us from keeping on to the north pole?" asked
+Churchill.
+
+"It is almost night, in the first place, and in the second, we shall
+come to a lake in the course of an hour, where we must take boats."
+
+"I don't believe anything is wrong about the matter."
+
+"Don't you? Then what are we doing up here?"
+
+"Never mind; we shall soon come to that other road, and then we shall
+know whether Sanford means to go to Kongsberg or not."
+
+"He has stopped ahead of us. He is waiting for us to come up," added
+Burchmore.
+
+"Yes; and there is the road which turns off to the right."
+
+"Why don't he go ahead?"
+
+Sanford and those who had arrived with him left the carioles, and
+gathered at the junction of the two roads. Burchmore followed their
+example.
+
+"What's the matter? What are you stopping here for?" demanded Clyde
+Blacklock, rather imperiously.
+
+"Some of the fellows think we are going to play them a trick," said
+Sanford, with his sweet and innocent smile.
+
+"Who thinks so?" asked Clyde.
+
+"Burchmore."
+
+"Which is Burchmore?"
+
+"That's my name," replied the cashier, rather indifferently.
+
+"Are you the fellow that wants to break up the party?" blustered
+Clyde.
+
+"No, I'm not. I'm the fellow that wants to go to Christiania. We ought
+to have kept to the right at the last station."
+
+"I insist on going this way."
+
+"I don't object; you can go whichever way you please," added the
+cashier, very gently.
+
+"But we mean to keep the party together; and we might as well fight it
+out here as in any other place."
+
+Clyde threw off his overcoat, as though he intended to give a literal
+demonstration of his remark.
+
+"I don't consider you as one of the party," added Burchmore.
+
+"Don't you?"
+
+"No, I do not. You don't belong to our ship, and I don't pay your
+bills."
+
+"No matter for that. If you are not willing to go the way the rest of
+us wish to go, I'll pound you till you are willing."
+
+"No, no, Old England; we don't want anything of that sort. Burchmore
+is a first-rate fellow," interposed the politic Sanford.
+
+"You leave this fellow to me; I'll take care of him. I can whip him
+out of his boots."
+
+"I shall stick to my boots for the present," replied Burchmore, who
+did not seem to be intimidated by the sharp conduct of the Briton. "I
+am willing to listen to reason, but I shall not be bullied into
+anything."
+
+"What do you mean by bullied? Do you call me a bully?" foamed Clyde.
+
+"You can draw your own inferences."
+
+"Do you call me a bully?" demanded Clyde, doubling his fists, and
+walking up to the cashier.
+
+"Enough of this," said Sanford, stepping between the Briton and his
+intended victim. "We shall not allow anybody to lick Burchmore, for he
+is a good fellow, and always means right."
+
+"I don't allow any fellow to call me a bully," replied Clyde.
+
+"He didn't call you a bully. He only said he would not be bullied into
+anything."
+
+"It's the same thing."
+
+"No matter if it is, Old England. You volunteered to pound him if he
+wouldn't go with us; and it strikes me that this is something like
+bullying," added the coxswain, with a cheerful smile.
+
+"I shall thrash him for his impudence, at any rate."
+
+"It isn't exactly civil to tell a fellow you will pound him if he
+won't go with us; and who shall thrash you for your impudence, eh, Old
+England?"
+
+"I mean what I say."
+
+"We shall allow no fight on this question, my gentle Britisher. If you
+should happen to hit Burchmore, I have no doubt he would wallop you
+soundly for your impudence."
+
+"I should like to see him do it," cried Clyde, pulling off his coat,
+and throwing himself into the attitude of the pugilist.
+
+"No, you wouldn't, Albion; and if you would you can't have that
+pleasure. There will be no fight to-day."
+
+"Yes, there will," shouted Clyde.
+
+"Not much;" and Sanford, Rodman, and Stockwell placed themselves
+between Burchmore and Clyde.
+
+"Dry up, Great Britain!" added Wilde.
+
+"We have a point to settle here," continued Sanford, taking no further
+notice of the belligerent Briton. "The right hand road goes to
+Kongsberg; but there is no hotel in that direction where we could
+sleep to-night. I propose, therefore, that we go on to--what's the
+name of the place, Norway?"
+
+"Tinoset," replied Ole.
+
+"To Tinoset, where there is a big hotel."
+
+"How far is it?" asked Churchill.
+
+"Only two or three miles. Then to-morrow we can go on to Kongsberg,
+unless you prefer to go a better way. I'm always ready to do just what
+the rest of the fellows say," added Sanford.
+
+The matter was discussed in all its bearings, and even Burchmore
+thought it better to sleep at Tinoset.
+
+"All right," said Sanford, as he moved off towards his cariole.
+
+"Not yet," interposed Clyde, who still stood with his coat off. "I
+haven't settled my affair with this spoony."
+
+Burchmore and Churchill walked leisurely towards their vehicle, while
+Rodman and Stockwell covered the retreat.
+
+"If you thrash him, you thrash the whole of us, Great Britain," said
+Rodman.
+
+"What kind of a way is that?" demanded the disgusted Briton.
+
+"We won't have any fight over this matter," added Stockwell. "Jump in,
+and let us be off."
+
+"We'll settle it when we get to that place," replied Clyde, seeing
+that this opportunity was lost.
+
+The procession resumed its journey, and in half an hour arrived at
+Tinoset. As it was early in the season, the hotel was not crowded, as
+it sometimes is. The town is at the foot of Lake Tins, upon which the
+little steamer Rjukan made three trips a week each way. The boat was
+to depart the next morning for Ornæs, which is only a few miles from
+the Rjukanfos. Sanford declared that the most direct route to
+Christiania was by steamer through this lake, and then by cariole the
+rest of the journey. Ole, of course, backed up all he said, and most
+of the boys wished to go that way. For some reason or other, Burchmore
+kept still, though he did not assent to the coxswain's plan, and the
+question was still open when the tourists were called to supper.
+
+"Ole, I want to see you alone," said the cashier, after the meal was
+finished.
+
+"What for?" asked Ole.
+
+"I have some money for you."
+
+"For me?"
+
+"Come along."
+
+Burchmore led the way to the lake, where they found a retired place.
+
+"What money have you for me?" demanded the astonished Norwegian.
+
+"How much did Sanford give you for humbugging us?"
+
+"For what?"
+
+"For playing this trick on us?"
+
+"I don't know what you mean."
+
+"The coxswain gave you a sovereign for fooling us. I'll give you five
+species, which is more than a sovereign, if you do what I want."
+
+"I will," replied Ole, promptly.
+
+"In the first place, where are you taking us?"
+
+"To Christiania."
+
+"Nonsense!" exclaimed the cashier, producing his book. "I know all
+about it. You ought to have gone to Lysthus, instead of taking the
+left hand road. We are two Norwegian miles out of our way now. Sanford
+has paid you a sovereign to lead us to some place he wishes to visit.
+Where is it?"
+
+"I only do what's right," protested Ole.
+
+"Bah! I know better! The story that no horses could be had at Apalstö
+was a humbug. I'll give you five species if you will do as I tell
+you."
+
+Ole looked complacent, and held out his hand for the money.
+
+"I don't pay till the work is done; but my word is as good as my
+bond."
+
+The waif had an "itching palm," and, after considerable discussion,
+the terms of payment were settled.
+
+"Now, where are we going?" asked the cashier.
+
+"To the Rjukanfos. It is a big waterfall, with high mountains--one of
+the finest places in Norway."
+
+"Exactly so; but we are not going there," added Burchmore, decidedly.
+"You will engage the carioles for to-morrow morning, and we must be in
+Kongsberg by noon, and near Christiania by night."
+
+"Sanford will kill me," replied Ole.
+
+"No, he won't; we will take care of him."
+
+"I can manage it, first rate. I will tell Sanford that we can go up
+quicker on the other side of the lake, and then cross over."
+
+"Tell him what you please, but my plan must be carried out," answered
+Burchmore, who, perhaps, believed that he should be justified in
+fighting the coxswain with his own weapons.
+
+"Here you are; I've been looking for you," said Clyde, presenting
+himself sooner than he was wanted. "You thought you would keep out of
+my way--did you?"
+
+"I have not given that subject any attention," replied Burchmore,
+coolly.
+
+"Yes, you have; you sneaked off here to keep out of my way."
+
+"As you please," replied Burchmore, who began to walk slowly towards
+the road.
+
+"You don't escape me this time," added Clyde, placing himself in front
+of the cashier.
+
+"I have no wish to escape you."
+
+"Yes, you have; you are a Yankee coward!"
+
+"Perhaps I am; but I'm not afraid of a British bully."
+
+"Do you call me a bully?"
+
+"Most distinctly I do, and I can prove my words."
+
+Clyde was rather startled by this exhibition of pluck, which he had
+not expected.
+
+"You call me a bully--do you?"
+
+"I do."
+
+"Then we'll settle it here. Off with your coat," blustered Clyde, as
+he divested himself.
+
+"I never fight if I can help it; but I always defend myself," replied
+Burchmore, resuming his walk towards the road.
+
+"Do you mean to run away?" demanded Clyde.
+
+"No; I mean to walk very leisurely back to the station-house."
+
+"No, you don't!" said the Briton, again placing himself before the
+cashier.
+
+Ole, who did not care, under the circumstances, to be seen with
+Burchmore by any one of the party, had disappeared by this time; but
+meeting Sanford near the lake, he had informed him what Clyde was
+doing. The coxswain hastened to the spot, with Stockwell and two or
+three others. But they were a little too late; for Clyde, feeling that
+he had gone too far to recede with honor, had struck Burchmore. When
+Sanford and the rest of the party reached the place, the belligerent
+Briton lay on the ground, where, after a sharp set-to and a black eye,
+he had been thrown by his cool opponent. He picked himself up, and was
+preparing for another onslaught, when the coxswain stepped between the
+combatants.
+
+"Enough of that, Albion," said he.
+
+Clyde made a rush towards Burchmore, but the others interfered, and
+held him back. In vain he struggled in his wrath, but the stout
+coxswain and his companions threw him upon the ground, and held him
+there till his anger had in a measure subsided.
+
+"Be off, Burchmore," said Sanford. "We will take care of him."
+
+"I am not afraid of him," replied the cashier.
+
+"Of course you are not; but clear out, and let us have peace."
+
+"He is afraid of me!" roared Clyde.
+
+"Nonsense, Great Britain! He would have mauled you to death if we
+hadn't interfered. He can whip his weight in wildcats."
+
+Burchmore walked away, and soon disappeared beyond the houses. Clyde
+foamed in his wrath for a while, but finally consented to be pacified,
+promising, very faithfully, to whip the cashier the next time he
+caught him alone.
+
+"Don't you do it, Albion. You never will see your mother again if you
+attempt it. Wait a few days, and then, if you insist upon it, we will
+let Burchmore thrash you all you want," replied Sanford, as they
+walked back to the station-house.
+
+Clyde had a bad-looking eye, and perhaps believed that he had had a
+narrow escape; but he still maintained his credit as a bully. At the
+hotel, the question of the route for the next day came up. Burchmore
+insisted upon going to Christiania by the way of Kongsberg, and
+Sanford, who had consulted Ole again, assented. The waif had assured
+him that they could reach the Rjukanfos quicker and better by the
+road than by the lake.
+
+The next morning the carioles were ready, and the tourists renewed
+their journey, and went back on the road by which they had come, till
+they came to that which led to Kongsberg. The "forbud" had been duly
+forwarded, and there were no delays or interruptions.
+
+"Where's the lake?" asked Sanford, when they had been riding about two
+hours.
+
+"O, the road don't go near the lake, till we get to the place where we
+cross," replied Ole, who was carrying out in good faith the
+arrangement he had made with the cashier.
+
+"How shall we cross the lake?"
+
+"In a steamer which goes at seven o'clock in the morning."
+
+"All right," replied the unsuspecting Sanford.
+
+"We shall come to a large town at noon; and we musn't stop a minute
+there, or those fellows will find where they are. We can tell them it
+is Kongsberg, you know," added the wily waif.
+
+"Just so," laughed Sanford; "we'll tell them it is Kongsberg, and they
+won't know the difference."
+
+"I don't think they will."
+
+At noon, agreeably to the promise of Ole, the travellers arrived at
+the large town, where they were obliged to change horses.
+
+"This is Kongsberg, Burchmore," said the coxswain.
+
+"Is it, really? or are you playing some trick upon us?" replied the
+cashier.
+
+"'Pon my word this is Kongsberg. Isn't it, Ole?"
+
+"Yes, certainly," answered the waif, winking slyly to Burchmore.
+
+"All right, Sanford; if you are satisfied, I am."
+
+"I know it is Kongsberg. I have been here before," added Clyde,
+wishing to give his testimony in carrying out the deception.
+
+It was quite true that he had been in Kongsberg, but Ole took care
+that he should not go to the part of the town he had visited before.
+The road looked familiar to him; but as he rode alone, he had no
+opportunity to state the fact to others. Before night the party
+arrived at Drammen, where a regular line of steamers runs to
+Christiania.
+
+"That's the lake--is it?" said Sanford, pointing to the Drammen River,
+which, below the town, is nearly two miles wide.
+
+"That's it."
+
+"What does Burchmore say? Does he know where he is?"
+
+"Not yet; I shall tell him this is Drammen, and he will believe me."
+
+"Good! and we will all stick to it that this is Drammen," added
+Sanford.
+
+"But suppose we should meet some one here who knows about the ship?
+This is a large town--bigger than that other which we called
+Kongsberg."
+
+"Whom can we meet?"
+
+"I don't know."
+
+"I should hate to have any one tell the principal that we have been to
+the Rjukanfos."
+
+"Some of the officers may come up here."
+
+"We must keep out of sight, then."
+
+Others thought this would be good policy in a large town. As they were
+fatigued, they retired early, and did not come down the next morning
+till it was nearly time to leave in the steamer. They all went on
+board, and were soon moving down the river.
+
+"Are we going across the lake, Ole?" asked Sanford.
+
+"This is a kind of arm of the lake, about a dozen miles long. We shall
+come to the lake in a couple of hours," replied the waif.
+
+"All right; but it must be a very large lake."
+
+"The biggest in Norway."
+
+In a couple of hours the steamer arrived at Holmsbo, on the
+Christiania Fjord.
+
+"Now you can see that this is a large lake," said Ole.
+
+"But where are we?" demanded Burchmore. "Is this the way to
+Christiania?"
+
+"Certainly it is," replied Sanford, who did not yet recognize the
+fjord, though the truth could not be much longer concealed. "Don't you
+know this water?"
+
+"No, I don't."
+
+"This is Christiania Fjord."
+
+"Is it, really?"
+
+"Yes, it is; you can bet your life upon it."
+
+"I am satisfied then."
+
+In another hour the steamer was fairly in the fjord; Sanford and
+Stockwell began to rub their eyes; for the scenery looked strangely
+familiar, though they could not fully identify anything.
+
+"What place is that ahead?" asked Sanford. "I am almost sure I have
+seen it before."
+
+"So am I," replied Stockwell.
+
+"That place?" added the cashier.
+
+"Yes; what is it?"
+
+"If this is Christiania Fjord, that must be Dröbak. I have a map
+here," said Burchmore, producing his book, and displaying the map.
+"Here we are; there's Holmsbo, and this must be Dröbak."
+
+"I don't understand it," replied the perplexed coxswain.
+
+"Don't you? Why, I think it is as clear as mud," laughed Burchmore.
+"We shall be in Christiania in a couple of hours. I thought you were
+playing some trick upon us, Sanford; but I see now that you were all
+right. There's the captain; he speaks English."
+
+"What town is that, captain?" asked the coxswain.
+
+"Dröbak; we shall be in Christiania in about two hours," answered the
+master.
+
+"Where's Ole?" demanded the coxswain, much excited.
+
+"What does it mean?" said Clyde.
+
+"I don't know. Where's Ole?"
+
+The waif evidently considered discretion the better part of valor, for
+he could not be found; and the coxswain and those in his confidence
+realized that they had been "sold" in their own coin.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+THE BOATSWAIN AND THE BRITON.
+
+
+"Where's Ole? I don't understand it," repeated Sanford, after he had
+made another ineffectual search for the missing waif.
+
+"We have been sold, instead of selling those fellows," added
+Stockwell.
+
+"That's so; and I should rather like to know how it was done. Ole has
+sold us out."
+
+"Is this your Rjukanfos?" demanded Clyde Blacklock, who had been
+looking for some one upon whom to pour out his wrath.
+
+"Not exactly," answered Sanford, indifferently, for he did not
+particularly enjoy the airs of the Briton.
+
+"But what do you mean by bringing me here?" added Clyde.
+
+"I didn't bring you here. You came of your own free will and accord."
+
+"No, I didn't; you said we were going to the waterfall."
+
+"We thought so ourselves; but we have been deceived. Ole has sold out
+and made fools of us. You are no worse off than the rest of us."
+
+"To whom did he sell out?" asked Clyde, appeased when he learned that
+he was not the only sufferer.
+
+"I don't know. I don't understand it at all. We have been cheated out
+of the Rjukanfos, and brought to Christiania."
+
+"Well, what are you going to do about it?" inquired Stockwell.
+
+"We can't do anything about it. I suppose we shall be on board of the
+ship in an hour or two, telling the principal how hard we tried to be
+here before."
+
+"But I'm not going back to Christiania," protested Clyde.
+
+"I don't see how you can help yourself. This boat don't stop again
+till she arrives there."
+
+"I will not go to the ship again, at any rate," added Clyde.
+
+"Do as you like about that; it isn't our business."
+
+Clyde was much disturbed by the situation. As he always regarded
+himself as the central figure of the group, he began to suspect that
+the apparent miscarriage of the plan was a trick to lure him back to
+the ship; but Sanford seemed to be honest, and to be entirely
+discomfited by the discovery. Burchmore and Churchill were highly
+elated at the success attending their scheme, which had, indeed,
+exceeded their expectations; but they were as much mystified by the
+disappearance of Ole as the victims of the trick. Being unable to
+speak the language, they could not inquire for the absentee; but they
+made a very diligent search for him. They were more successful than
+Sanford's party had been, for, in going forward, they heard some high
+words in the quarters of the steamer's crew, in the forecastle.
+Listening for a moment, they heard the voice of Ole, who appeared to
+have concealed himself in that part of the vessel, and was properly
+regarded as an intruder by the rightful occupants thereof.
+
+"Come out here, Ole," shouted Burchmore. "We want you."
+
+Ole turned from the Norwegian sailors, who were scolding at him for
+taking possession of their quarters, to his friends and allies.
+
+"Where's Sanford?" he asked, rather timidly.
+
+"On deck."
+
+"He'll kill me."
+
+"Nonsense! We will take care of you against any odds," said the
+cashier, laughing heartily at the fears of the waif. "They have only
+just ascertained where they are. Come up, Ole."
+
+Thus assured, the young Norwegian climbed up the ladder, much to the
+satisfaction of the sailors. Burchmore was too well pleased with the
+trick he had played upon the conspirators to confine the knowledge of
+it to Churchill and himself, and had explained it to all who were not
+actually in the confidence of the coxswain. A majority of the party
+were thus arrayed on his side, though two or three of them would as
+readily have chosen the other side. The cashier was evidently the
+safer leader.
+
+"Sanford and that Englishman will pound me for the trick," repeated
+Ole, as he glanced at the quarter-deck, where his victims were
+considering the situation.
+
+"No, they won't; we are able and willing to protect you," replied
+Burchmore. "Come, we will go aft, and hear what they have to say."
+
+The cashier led the way, and the waif reluctantly followed him.
+
+"I believe you wanted to see Ole," said Burchmore, who could hardly
+look sober, he was so pleased with the result of his operations.
+
+"Yes; I did wish to see him," answered Sanford, rather coldly. "I will
+see him some other time."
+
+"O, I thought you wanted him now," laughed Burchmore. "I am satisfied
+that this is really Christiania Fjord."
+
+"So am I," added the coxswain, with a sickly smile.
+
+"And you were quite right, too, in saying that large place was
+Drammen," chuckled Burchmore.
+
+"Certainly I was."
+
+"Neither were you mistaken in regard to Kongsberg."
+
+"I find that I was not."
+
+"I suppose you remember the Irishman's turtle, that swallowed his own
+head, Sanford?"
+
+"Of course."
+
+"I don't mean to say that you swallowed your own head; but you found
+it just where you didn't expect to find it. Isn't that so?"
+
+"We are going to talk the matter over with Ole by and by."
+
+"Do it now. I know all about it. You and Ole arranged the first part
+of our journey, including the day's fishing we had at Apalstö; and Ole
+and I arranged the last part of it. It is an even thing now, and if
+you won't complain of the last part, I won't say a word about the
+first."
+
+"I don't understand it."
+
+"Don't you! Well, you gave Ole a sovereign to arrange things for you
+in the beginning, and I gave him five species to arrange them for me
+afterwards. You can't complain of a fellow, who sells himself at all,
+for making as much money as he can. Ole only did that."
+
+"He sold us out," growled Sanford.
+
+"Of course he did; if you buy a man, you mustn't grumble when he does
+a second time what you encouraged him to do in the first instance. But
+you were going to take us off to the Rjukanfos, fifty or sixty miles
+out of our way, without our knowledge or consent. I smelt a mice, and
+turned the tables," laughed the cashier.
+
+"Yes, and you cheated me," interposed Clyde.
+
+"I had nothing whatever to do with you," answered Burchmore, mildly.
+
+"You led me here when I wanted to go another way."
+
+"You went where you pleased, so far as I was concerned. I never
+invited you to come with me, or even consented to your doing so."
+
+"Did you say the place we came to yesterday was Kongsberg?"
+
+"I did, and so it was. But I think it was Sanford who first proclaimed
+the fact, and I cheerfully assented to its correctness," chuckled
+Burchmore.
+
+"But you deceived me, and I'll have it out with you," continued Clyde.
+
+"Just as you please about that; but you had better let that black eye
+bleach out before you begin again."
+
+"I can whip you!" blustered Clyde. "I'll meet you anywhere."
+
+"No, I thank you. If we meet for any such purpose as you suggest, it
+will be by accident."
+
+"See here, Great Britain; you needn't make another row," said Sanford.
+
+"I'm going to whip this fellow for what he has done, and for calling
+me a bully."
+
+"You are a bully," added Sanford.
+
+"That's so," exclaimed Stockwell.
+
+"Now you can lick the whole of us, if you insist upon it," continued
+the coxswain.
+
+"Perhaps I will," retorted Clyde, shaking his head fiercely. "You have
+got me into a pretty scrape."
+
+"You are in the same boat as the rest of us."
+
+"The squadron isn't here," shouted Wilde; for the steamer had by this
+time arrived within sight of the harbor.
+
+"Can the ship have sailed?" asked Sanford, after the party had
+satisfied themselves that not one of the vessels of the little fleet
+was there.
+
+"I suppose she has," replied Burchmore. "To-day is Friday, and she
+didn't intend to lie here all summer."
+
+"Good!" exclaimed Clyde. "That makes everything all right for me. I'm
+satisfied now."
+
+Indeed, he was so delighted with the discovery that the ship had
+sailed, as to be even willing to forego the pleasure of thrashing his
+companions. The steamer went up to the wharf, and the party landed.
+Sanford and his friends appeared to be willing to take a reasonable
+view of the situation, and to accept it without grumbling, satisfied
+that they had been beaten with their own weapons. They were not sorry
+that the squadron had departed, for this circumstance gave them a new
+respite from the discipline of the ship, and enabled them to prolong
+"the trip without running away."
+
+"What are you going to do now?" asked Clyde, as they landed.
+
+"We shall follow the ship, and try to join her," replied Sanford.
+"That's what we've been trying to do ever since we left
+Christiansand--isn't it, Burchmore?"
+
+"Certainly it is," replied the cashier; "though we were detained one
+day at Apalstö, and narrowly escaped being carried by accident to the
+Rjukanfos."
+
+"Are you going to blow upon us, Burch?" demanded Stockwell, warmly.
+
+"Am I? Did you ever know me to do such a thing?" added Burchmore,
+earnestly.
+
+"No! no!" replied the whole party.
+
+"I don't think it was just the thing to cheat some of us as you did;
+but I believe we are about even on that now."
+
+"Of course we all want to get back to the ship as soon as possible,"
+added Sanford, rubbing his chin, significantly.
+
+"Certainly. She has gone to Gottenburg, and all we have to do is to
+follow her," said Churchill.
+
+"But if you want to go there by the way of the Cape of Good Hope,
+Sanford, it will be better to have the matter understood so in the
+beginning," added Burchmore. "I, for one, don't like to be
+bamboozled."
+
+"I won't try it on again," said Sanford.
+
+"All right, then; if you do, you may fetch up at Cape Horn."
+
+"Where shall we go now?" asked Sanford.
+
+"To the Victoria Hotel. It is the best in the place," replied Clyde.
+
+"That's the very reason why we don't want to go there. We are not made
+of money, and we may run out before we are able, with our utmost
+exertions, to reach the ship," added the cashier.
+
+"But my mother is there," continued Clyde.
+
+"Go to your mother, Great Britain, if you like. We shall stay at some
+cheap hotel," added Sanford.
+
+Clyde protested in vain against this arrangement, and the Americans,
+with the aid of Ole, found a small hotel, suited to their views of
+economy. The Briton went with them; but when they were installed in
+their new quarters, he left them to find his mother, at the Victoria.
+After dinner, the coxswain and his party wandered all over the city.
+At the Castle of Agerhaus, they saw an English steamer receiving
+freight. They ascertained that she was bound to Gottenburg, and would
+sail at seven o'clock that evening. They immediately decided, as
+they had seen enough of Christiania, to take passage in her. The
+arrangement was speedily made, and they went on board, without
+troubling themselves to inform Clyde of what they intended to do. When
+the sun went down that evening the party were far down the fjord.
+
+Sanford had ascertained that the ship sailed early on Thursday
+morning, and the steamer on which they had taken passage could not
+arrive at Gottenburg till nearly noon on Saturday. It was understood
+that the squadron would remain but a short time at this port, and it
+was possible that it would have departed for Copenhagen before the
+steamer arrived. He hoped this would prove to be the case; but he
+studied a plan by which the excursion of the party could be prolonged,
+if the hope should not be realized. He did not wish to return to the
+ship, because he thought it was pleasanter to travel without the
+restraints of discipline. Perhaps most of his party sympathized with
+him, and thought they could have a better time by themselves. Sanford
+desired to inform Clyde of the intention of the party to leave in the
+English steamer, and to take him along with them; but his companions
+overruled him unanimously, for they were too glad to get rid of an
+impudent, overbearing, and conceited puppy, as he had proved himself
+to be. The coxswain had no better opinion of him than his friends; but
+as Clyde was a runaway, according to his own confession, it might
+smooth their own way, in returning to their duty, if they could
+deliver him up to the principal. He was even willing to resort to
+strategy to accomplish this end; but Clyde was so disagreeable that he
+was saved from this trap.
+
+The ship had gone, and every vessel of the squadron had departed with
+her. Clyde felt that all his trials were ended, and he had nothing
+more to fear from the big boatswain. He walked confidently to the
+Victoria Hotel, where he was sure to find his mother. He had even
+arranged in his mind the reproaches with which he intended to greet
+her for delivering him over to the savage discipline of the Young
+America, as he regarded it, and as, doubtless, it was for evil-doers.
+He passed into the passage-way which led to the court-yard. As he
+entered the office on the right to inquire for Mrs. Blacklock, he
+encountered Peaks, who no sooner saw him than he laid violent hands
+upon him.
+
+"Let me alone!" shouted Clyde, struggling to escape from the grasp of
+his powerful antagonist.
+
+"Not yet, my beauty," replied the boatswain, as he dragged his victim
+into his own room, which was near the office. "I've been looking for
+you."
+
+"I want to see my mother," growled Clyde, when he had exhausted his
+strength in the fruitless struggle to escape.
+
+"I dare say you do; babies always want to see their mothers."
+
+"I'm not a baby."
+
+"Then behave like a man."
+
+Peaks deposited him on a chair, and permitted him to recover his
+breath.
+
+"Where is my mother?" demanded Clyde.
+
+"She is safe and well, and you needn't bother your head to know
+anything more about her," answered Peaks. "She has turned over a new
+leaf, so far as you are concerned, youngster, and is going to have us
+make a man of you."
+
+"Where is she?"
+
+"No matter where she is."
+
+"Can't I see her?"
+
+"No, sir."
+
+"I must see her."
+
+"Perhaps you must, my hearty; but I don't think she wants to see you
+till you are a decent young gentleman. She told me to be sure and put
+you on board of the ship, and I'm going to do it."
+
+"Where is the ship?"
+
+"She sailed for Gottenburg yesterday morning; but we shall find her in
+good time," replied Peaks, taking a bundle from the bureau, which
+contained the young Briton's uniform. "Now, my bantam, you don't look
+like a gentleman in that rig you've got on. Here's your gear; put it
+on, and look like a man again, whether you are one or not. Those long
+togs don't become you."
+
+The boatswain unfolded the uniform of Clyde, which he had left in his
+chamber when he leaped out of the window.
+
+"I'm not going to put on those clothes," protested the unhappy youth.
+
+"No?"
+
+"I'm not!"
+
+"Then I'm going to put them on for you."
+
+"I'll cry murder."
+
+"If you cry anything, I shall put a dirty handkerchief in your mouth.
+Look here, my chicken; don't you know that you are making a fool of
+yourself? You mean to strain your own timbers for nothing. You'll put
+this rig on anyhow, and it depends on yourself whether you will do it
+with or without a broken head."
+
+Clyde looked at the clothes and then at the brawny boatswain. It was
+foolish to resist, and he yielded to the force of circumstances. He
+put on the ship's uniform, and threw himself into a chair to await the
+further pleasure of his tyrant.
+
+"Now you look like a respectable young gentleman, my lad," said Peaks.
+
+"What are you going to do with me?" demanded Clyde, in a surly tone.
+
+"I'm going to keep my eye on you every moment of the time till you are
+on board of the ship again."
+
+"I want to see my mother before I go."
+
+"It can't be done."
+
+Clyde relapsed into silence. He had never before been subjected to
+such unheard-of tyranny. It was useless to resist, and the future
+looked as dark as the present. Probably his mother was in the hotel,
+but he was not permitted even to see her. Though the boatswain seemed
+to have it all his own way, he was not at all satisfied with the
+situation. Mrs. Blacklock and her daughter had gone to ride, but in
+the course of an hour or two they would return. The waiters would
+inform her that Clyde had arrived, and she would insist on seeing him.
+Though she had fully given up the control of him to the ship, the
+weakness of the mother might induce her to change her mind. Peaks only
+desired to discharge the duty with which he had been intrusted. The
+crew of the second cutter had not yet arrived, and he could not depart
+with his prisoner before they came. He was perplexed; but being a man
+of expedients, he decided upon his course in a short time. It was
+absolutely necessary to seek another hotel, where the dangerous
+proximity of Mrs. Blacklock might be avoided. The boatswain rang his
+bell, and sent for the _commissionnaire_ whom he had employed while
+prosecuting his search for the runaway. When this man came, he ordered
+a carriage, and paid his bill.
+
+"Now, youngster, we are going to take a ride," said Peaks to his
+victim.
+
+"Where are you going?"
+
+"That's my affair. If you make a row in the street, I shall just hand
+you over to the police, who will lock you up in that stone castle over
+there. You must understand that you are a deserter from your ship, and
+will be treated so, if you don't behave like a man. Now come with me."
+
+As a deserter from his ship! The boatswain certainly had the
+weather-gage of him, and the idea of being thrown into prison was
+absolutely startling to Clyde. He had no doubt the savage boatswain
+would do all he threatened, and, almost for the first time in his
+life, he felt no inclination to bully. He stepped quietly into the
+carriage with Peaks and the _commissionnaire_. The driver was directed
+to convey the party to the landing-place. The steamer would sail the
+next morning; but unless the absent crew of the cutter arrived before
+that time, he could not go in her. Remaining in Christiania, he feared
+to encounter Mrs. Blacklock, for the honest tar dreaded a lady's power
+more than the whole battery of a ship of the line. He was fully
+resolved, if he passed through fire and water in doing it, to
+discharge the duty intrusted to him by the principal. The lady was in
+the city, and the problem was to keep his charge out of sight of her
+during the rest of his stay. He might meet her; some one at the hotel
+might, and probably would, inform her of the arrival of Clyde.
+
+After deliberating for some time, he directed his _commissionnaire_ to
+procure a boat, in which he embarked with his prisoner and
+interpreter. By his order the two oarsmen pulled over to the hotel
+which was located so picturesquely on the island. Taking a room, he
+ordered dinner for his little party, and contrived to pass away the
+afternoon till sunset, when he returned to the city. His man, at his
+request, conducted him to an obscure hotel, which happened to be the
+one which Sanford and his friends had just left, to depart by the
+English steamer. The landlord recognized the uniform which Clyde wore.
+
+"We had more of the young gentleman here," said he, in broken English.
+
+"More of them!" exclaimed Peaks, interested in the intelligence.
+
+"Yes; more as ten of them," added the landlord.
+
+"Arn't they here now?" asked Clyde, who had felt a ray of hope when
+Peaks brought him to the hotel where he had left his late companions.
+
+"All gone; no more here."
+
+"Where have they gone?" asked the boatswain.
+
+"To Gottenburg. They eat some dinner in my hotel, and at seven o'clock
+they go in the steamer."
+
+"I saw that steamer go out, but I didn't think the cutter's crew were
+in her. I'm sorry I didn't know it before," said Peaks, chagrined by
+this tardy discovery. "How many were there of them?"
+
+"Ten."
+
+"That couldn't be; there were only nine of the crew."
+
+"There was more as ten, but one of them went away."
+
+"I went away," said Clyde.
+
+"You! Were you with them?" demanded Peaks.
+
+"I was."
+
+"Why didn't you say so before?"
+
+"You didn't ask me; and as you were not remarkably civil to me, I
+didn't feel obliged to tell you the news."
+
+"But there were not ten of them."
+
+"Yes, ten," said Clyde.
+
+"There were only nine when they left the ship."
+
+"I know there were ten with me. One of them was a Norwegian, and a
+rascal; but he wore the same uniform as the rest of them."
+
+"What was his name?"
+
+"Ole."
+
+"Ole! Why, he's the fellow we picked up out at sea," exclaimed the
+astonished boatswain. "Where have they been all this time?"
+
+But Clyde suddenly bethought himself that he was altogether too
+communicative, considering the relations that subsisted between
+himself and his great enemy and persecutor, and he decided to answer
+no more questions.
+
+"All right, my hearty," laughed the boatswain, when the Briton
+declined to answer. "They are on their way to the ship, and you will
+be very soon."
+
+Peaks was cunning enough to detain his interpreter so that he should
+not return to the Victoria and inform Mrs. Blacklock where her son
+was. The way was clear now, for he had no further responsibility in
+regard to the cutter's crew, and his spirits rose accordingly. He sent
+his man to engage a "hütte," or state-room, in the steamer, and then,
+at a late hour in the evening, paid and discharged him. He compelled
+Clyde to sleep in the same chamber with him, for it contained three
+beds, and it is probable that the boatswain kept one eye open during
+the night, for every time the prisoner moved, his tyrant was on his
+feet. The Kronprindsesse Louise sailed at six o'clock in the morning,
+and Peaks and his victim were betimes on board. The boatswain was a
+happy man when the boat was clear of the wharf, and on her way to
+Gottenburg. He flattered himself that he had managed the affair very
+well indeed, for he was not above the vanities of the flesh.
+
+It was midnight when the Kronprindsesse arrived at her destination.
+Peaks had kept one eye on Clyde all the time, and brought him in
+safety to his journey's end. Late as was the hour, the first person he
+saw at the landing was Mr. Blaine, the chief steward of the ship.
+
+"I'm glad to see you, Blaine," shouted the boatswain when he
+identified his shipmate, and grasped his hand. "Shiver my timbers if
+I'm not rejoiced to see a man that speaks plain English! Where's the
+ship?"
+
+"She sailed for Copenhagen this evening."
+
+"No; you don't say so!"
+
+"It's a fact. The students went up the canal as far as the falls, and
+returned about dark. The squadron got under way at once. I suppose you
+have the cutter's crew with you, Peaks?"
+
+"No; arn't they on board yet?"
+
+"I haven't seen them."
+
+"But they came down on an English steamer that left Christiania last
+night."
+
+"An English steamer came in this forenoon, but we haven't seen the
+cutter's crew."
+
+"That's strange. I shouldn't wonder if those fellows were cutting up a
+little."
+
+"But we lost two students yesterday, Scott and Laybold. I suppose they
+ran away."
+
+"There's a screw loose somewhere. These boys have too much money,"
+added Peaks. "But what are you going to do, and what am I to do?"
+
+"I was left here to look out for Scott and Laybold, and meet you when
+you came. Now, it seems that about a dozen of the rascals are
+missing."
+
+"I have the Briton here."
+
+"If I were you, Peaks, I should go right on to Copenhagen in this
+steamer, and you can report the facts to the principal."
+
+The boatswain decided to do this, while the head steward remained to
+search for the absentees; and in due time Peaks delivered his prisoner
+on board of the ship in the harbor of Copenhagen.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+
+THE MEETING OF THE ABSENTEES.
+
+
+Scott and Laybold, after imbibing a single glass of "finkel" each,
+which proved to be more than they could carry, retreated into a narrow
+lane, to escape the observation of a party of officers who were on
+their way to the landing. Neither of them had any inclination for
+intoxicating drinks, and had taken the stuff without knowing what it
+was. But they were conscious that everything was not right with them.
+They found it quite impossible to walk in a straight line, and even
+the problem of standing up was not demonstrated to the entire
+satisfaction of either of them. Talking was not without its
+difficulties, for their tongues seemed to be double their ordinary
+thickness, and their lips and other organs of speech were not as
+manageable as usual. For a time the effects of the potent liquor
+increased upon them, and as they had taken it in a hungry condition,
+they realized its full power.
+
+They staggered up the lane, conscious that they were making a
+ridiculous figure, though the solemn Swedes hardly smiled as they
+observed the effects of the national beverage. They dreaded an
+encounter with any of the officers, or others connected with the
+squadron; but in this unfrequented lane they were not likely to meet
+any of their shipmates. As there is more power in four legs than in
+two, however weak in detail they may be, the tipsy students locked
+arms, and leaned on each other, one attempting to counteract the
+obliquities of the other. They wandered along without knowing whither
+they were going, till they came to a small public house, which had a
+bench in front of it for the accommodation of the topers who
+frequented the bar-room. By mutual consent, and without argument, the
+unfortunate couple aimed for this seat as soon as they saw it, for it
+promised a grateful respite from the perils of locomotion. The
+"finkel" was now doing its utmost upon them. Their heads were dizzy,
+and everything was wofully uncertain; still they knew what they were
+about, and had sense enough left to dread the consequences of their
+indiscretion. After they had seated themselves, they glanced at each
+other, as if to ascertain the condition one of the other.
+
+"Lay--bold," said Scott.
+
+"Well, old fellow," replied the other, with a desperate attempt to
+stiffen his muscles.
+
+"We're zrunk," added Scott, trying to laugh.
+
+"I know that."
+
+"We're very zrunk."
+
+"I'm not zbad zyou."
+
+"I don't zknow."
+
+The conversation extended no further then, for speech required an
+effort they were incapable of making. Scott gaped violently, and
+seemed to be sick; but his contortions ended in his falling asleep,
+with his head tipped back against the wall. Laybold, more nice in the
+disposition of his helpless body, stretched himself on the bench, and
+was soon lost to all consciousness of the outer world. The publican
+who kept the house came out and looked at the juvenile tipplers.
+Doubtless he had seen too many drunken sailors to misapprehend their
+condition. He understood the matter perfectly, and being a thrifty
+Swede, he was disposed to turn their condition to his own emolument.
+He had sundry vacant chambers in his hotel, whose revenues swelled the
+sum total of his annual profits, and it hurt his feelings to have them
+remain unoccupied. Besides, the air was chilly, and the young
+strangers might take cold, and contract a severe illness by such
+exposure. But whether he was a publican or a Samaritan in his
+intentions, he decided to remove the strangers to the rooms beneath
+his hospitable roof. Summoning the porter to his aid, they jointly
+bore Laybold to his apartment, and laid him on the bed, which, in
+spite of the low character of the house, was a model of Swedish
+neatness. When Scott's turn came, he offered some resistance to the
+good intentions of the publican; but his head was too thoroughly
+muddled for successful opposition. Between the effects of sleep and
+"finkel" he could not obtain a very clear idea of what was going on.
+He was placed on another bed in the room with his shipmate. They were
+both comfortably disposed on their clean couches, the pillows nicely
+adjusted beneath their heads, and their bodies covered with blankets.
+
+The two students were very tired as well as very tipsy, and their
+slumbers were deep and heavy. It was after nine o'clock, though it was
+still light in the chamber, and the young tars usually retired, when
+not on watch, before this seemly hour. "Finkel" and fatigue did the
+rest, and they slept, without rocking, till long after the early sun
+broke into the windows of their apartment. We have seen the effect of
+"finkel" upon one unaccustomed to the use of liquor, and upon boys of
+fifteen or sixteen it could not but be entirely overpowering. It is a
+dangerous fluid, and is taken by the Swedes at all times, being the
+first thing at meals, and especially at the inevitable "snack" that
+precedes a regular dinner. There is, doubtless, good ground for the
+fear which has been expressed that the people of Sweden are in danger
+of becoming "a nation of drunkards."
+
+Scott was the first to open his eyes and come to his senses. He raised
+himself in the bed, shook off the blanket, and then jumped out upon
+the floor. He did not comprehend the situation, and was unable, in his
+own words, to "figure up how he happened to be in that room."
+
+"Laybold, ahoy!" shouted he, after he had examined the apartment, and
+mentally confessed his inability to solve the problem. "Laybold! All
+hands on deck!"
+
+"What is the matter?" cried Laybold, springing up, only half awake.
+
+"I'll be muzzled if I know what the matter is, but I believe that the
+Norway god--what's his name?--Odin, came aboard the ship last night,
+and turned her into a country tavern," replied Scott, going to the
+window, and looking down into the lane below.
+
+"How came we here?" asked Laybold, rubbing his eyes.
+
+"That's more than I know; but I think we have been transplanted by the
+spirits."
+
+"The spirits?" gaped Laybold.
+
+"Yes; I believe they call them 'finkel.' We were tight last night, my
+boy."
+
+"I remember all about it now. I dreamed that somebody lugged me in
+here."
+
+"You didn't exactly dream it, for here we are. We are in a pretty
+scrape."
+
+"That's so," added Laybold, shaking his head. "We didn't mean to run
+away, but that's just what we have done."
+
+"We didn't run a great way; for, if I remember rightly, running wasn't
+our _forte_ last evening. Who runs may reel, if he can't read, and I
+reckon we did more reeling than running. But what's to be done?"
+
+"I don't know."
+
+"In the first place, where are we? It's no use to lay out a course
+till we know the ship's position."
+
+They were utterly unable to determine this question. Each of them had
+a tolerably vivid recollection of their unfortunate condition on the
+preceding evening, and even that he had been carried by a couple of
+men; but they had no idea of time or locality. They washed themselves
+at the sink in the room, combed their hair with their pocket-combs,
+and looked then as though nothing had happened. Their heads were a
+little light, but they did not absolutely ache, and they realized but
+a small portion of the after effects of a regular "spree." Having made
+their simple toilet, they decided to explore the premises, and make
+their way back to the ship. Leaving the chamber, they descended a
+flight of steps, and, in the hall below, encountered the Samaritan
+landlord.
+
+"_God morgon_," said the latter, with a jolly smile on his face; and
+it was probable that he had taken his morning dose of "finkel." "_Hur
+star det till?_" (How are you?)
+
+"Nix," replied Scott, shrugging his shoulders.
+
+"You are English," added the landlord, a large portion of whose
+customers were foreign sailors.
+
+"No; Americans."
+
+"I'm glad to see you."
+
+"I'm glad to see you, too, if you can tell us how we happen to be
+here."
+
+"Too much 'finkel,'" laughed the publican, as he proceeded to explain
+the situation, and to enlarge upon the fatherly interest which had
+induced him to take them in for the night.
+
+"All right, my hearty. I see you can keep a hotel," added Scott. "How
+much have we to pay?"
+
+"Two rigsdalers; but you want some breakfast."
+
+"I do, for one," replied Scott.
+
+"So do I," said Laybold. "We only had a little lunch last night, and
+that 'finkel' spoiled my appetite--or the fish spawn. I don't know
+which."
+
+About five o'clock they sat down to breakfast, which consisted of a
+great variety of little things, such as the small fishes, herrings,
+smoked salmon, sausages. The coffee was magnificent, as it generally
+is in Sweden, even on board of steamers, where, in our own country, it
+is least expected to be good.
+
+"What is this?" said Scott, taking up half a great brown biscuit.
+
+"That's Swedish bread. We bake it once in six months," replied the
+landlord.
+
+"Not bad," added Scott, as he tasted the article.
+
+"This is Graham bread, I suppose," said Laybold, as he took a slice of
+the coarse brown bread. "Bah! it's sour."
+
+It always is; and both the students rejected it, though they ate a
+hearty meal of white bread, herring, salmon, and sausage.
+
+"Now, how much?" asked Scott, when they were ready to go.
+
+"One rigsdaler and fifty öre each--three rigsdalers in all."
+
+"Cheap enough," said Scott. "Two lodgings and two breakfasts for
+eighty-one cents."
+
+The students walked through the lane in which they had made their
+devious way the night before, to the main street on the canal. At the
+landing-place there were no boats belonging to the squadron, and
+everything looked exceedingly quiet on board of the ship. Seating
+themselves on the pier, with their legs hanging over the water, they
+decided to wait till a boat came to the shore.
+
+"We shall catch it for this," said Laybold.
+
+"No more liberty for a month at least," said Scott, shrugging his
+shoulders after his fashion.
+
+"I don't think it's fair. We didn't mean to get drunk, and didn't know
+what 'finkel' was," added Laybold. "I don't half like to go on board
+again."
+
+"Nor I; but I suppose we must face the music," answered Scott,
+dubiously. "I'm glad we didn't go on board while we were boozy. The
+fellows would have laughed at us for a year, if we had."
+
+"That's so; and Lowington would have put us in the brig."
+
+"I don't exactly like to explain the reason why we didn't go on board
+last night; I always was a bashful fellow."
+
+"You didn't go with the others," said a man, coming up to them at this
+moment, and speaking in broken English.
+
+"What others? Where?" replied Scott.
+
+"The other students. They took the steamer up the canal at two o'clock
+this morning."
+
+"Whew!" whistled Scott. "We have lost Göta Canal and the falls."
+
+"They will return to-night by the railroad from Wenersberg," added the
+man, who was an agent of the canal steamers.
+
+"That's too bad!" exclaimed Laybold, as the man walked away.
+
+"I don't know that it is too bad. Our leave would have been stopped if
+we had gone on board," laughed Scott, who generally took the most
+cheerful view of any disagreeable subject. "Why can't we go on our own
+hook?"
+
+"I like that idea," added Laybold.
+
+But inquiring of the agent, they learned that the canal steamers left
+only at two o'clock in the morning.
+
+"There's a railroad, or the fellows couldn't come back that way,"
+suggested Laybold.
+
+"That's so; you have more wisdom than a Duxbury clam."
+
+They ascertained that a train left Gottenburg at noon, by which they
+could reach Wenersberg the same day. They knew nothing of the plan of
+the principal, which included a special train from the canal to the
+main line of railway; but they desired to see more of the interior of
+Sweden, and they were confident they should see the excursionists
+either at Wenersberg or on the way. It suited them better to make a
+trip even for a few hours, than to wander about a city which they had
+already exhausted. But they were obliged to wait some time for the
+train, and, after a couple of hours of "heavy loafing" about the
+streets, they returned to the pier. An English steamer had just
+arrived, and a boat was landing her passengers.
+
+"Who are those fellows?" said Laybold, pointing to the steamer's boat.
+"They wear the ship's uniform."
+
+"Right; they do, and they came from that steamer," replied Scott.
+
+"There's Sanford! I should know him a mile off. They are the second
+cutters, or I am a Dutchman."
+
+"Right again," added Scott, as the passengers landed.
+
+The steamer was the one in which Sanford and his companions had taken
+passage at Christiania the evening before. The absentees, "on a cruise
+without running away," were sorry to see the ship at anchor in the
+harbor, for some of them had hoped to be too late for her. When they
+landed, the first persons they encountered were Scott and Laybold, who
+gave them a very cordial greeting. Each party had a story to tell of
+its own adventures, and Scott knew Sanford and his associates too well
+to think it necessary to conceal from them the fact that he and
+Laybold had been the sad victims of "finkel."
+
+"But why don't you go on board?" asked Burchmore.
+
+"What's the use? All the fellows have gone up to Wobblewopkins, or
+some other place, to see the falls, and take an inside view of
+Sweden," replied Scott. "We intend to go and do likewise."
+
+"Won't you go with us?" added Laybold.
+
+The intentions of the two were explained to the others, and they
+all decided to join the party. Sanford was not without a hope that
+something would occur to prolong the "independent trip without running
+away."
+
+"How are you off for stamps?" asked Burchmore of the two who were by
+this arrangement added to his party, for which he had thus far done
+the financiering.
+
+"We have a little Swedish money, and some sovereigns," replied Scott.
+
+"But how many sovereigns? We may be prevented from joining the ship
+for a few days, and we want to know where we are in money matters,"
+interposed Sanford.
+
+"We have enough to buy out one or two of these one-horse kingdoms,
+like Denmark and Sweden. I have twenty sovereigns, and Laybold has
+about a thousand," answered Scott.
+
+"No I haven't," protested Laybold, laughing at the extravagance of his
+friend. "I have only twenty-five sovereigns."
+
+"And a letter of credit for a thousand more; so it's the same thing."
+
+"No, no; knock off one cipher, Scott."
+
+"Well, seeing it's you, I'll knock off just one; but not another to
+please any fellow, even if he were my grandmother's first cousin,"
+added Scott.
+
+"There's some difference between a hundred and a thousand pounds,"
+suggested Sanford.
+
+"A slight difference," said Laybold.
+
+"I don't expect any of us will live long enough to spend a hundred
+pounds in this country, which is about eighteen hundred of these
+tricks-bunker dollars, to say nothing of a thousand. Why, we paid only
+three bunkers for two lodgings and two breakfasts. How's a fellow ever
+to spend eighteen hundred bunkers? For my part, I think I'm lucky in
+having less than four hundred of the things to get rid of."
+
+"But you needn't feel under the necessity of spending all your money
+in this country," laughed the cashier.
+
+"My father promised to send me some more; but I hope he won't do it
+till I get out of Sweden. If he does I shall be ruined. Here's poor
+Laybold, with a letter of credit for a hundred pounds, besides
+twenty-five in cash. I pity the poor fellow. It wouldn't be so bad in
+London, where it costs a fellow from ten to twenty shillings a day to
+breathe."
+
+"I think I shall be able to survive," added Laybold.
+
+"I hope so; but you ought to hear him talk about his bankers. Topsails
+and topping-lifts! His bankers! Messrs. Pitchers Brothers & Co."
+
+"No! Bowles Brothers & Co," interposed Laybold.
+
+"It's all the same thing; there isn't much difference between bowls
+and pitchers. One breaks as easy as the other."
+
+"But my bankers don't break."
+
+"His bankers! Do you hear that? Well, I don't believe they'll break,
+for all my folks, when they travel in Europe, carry the same letter of
+credit in their trousers pocket. I had to write to my paternal parent
+all last year, care of Bowles Brothers & Co., 449 Strand, Charing
+Cross, W. C. London, England. You see I've learned my lesson."
+
+"My letters from home come through the same house," said Laybold, "and
+so do those of fifty other fellows."
+
+"About the money matters," interposed Burchmore. "Shall I act for the
+crowd, as I did in Norway?"
+
+"For me, yes; and I hope you'll help Laybold out on the big financial
+job he has on his hands," said Scott.
+
+"All right," added Laybold.
+
+"I have settled up for the fellows on the Norway trip. Now, each of
+you give me a couple of sovereigns, which I will change into Swedish
+money."
+
+This arrangement was made to the satisfaction of all, and the cashier
+went to an exchange office, where he procured Swedish paper for the
+gold.
+
+"Scott, I shouldn't wonder if the principal saved you the trouble of
+spending your twenty pounds before we go much farther," said Sanford.
+
+"I shall thank him with tears in my eyes if he does," replied Scott,
+with a solemn look.
+
+"I don't believe you will. When the ship came over before, every
+fellow had to give up his money, and the purser doled it out to the
+fellows in shillings or sixpences when they went ashore."
+
+"I'm sure it was very kind of him to take so much trouble."
+
+"You don't think so."
+
+"Of course I do. Only think of poor Laybold, with a letter of credit
+for a hundred pounds on his hands! I'm thankful I haven't the
+responsibility of spending so much money on my conscience. I should
+apply for admission to the first lunatic asylum, if I had to spend so
+much."
+
+"Nonsense! I made up my mind not to give up my money," said the
+coxswain. "That rule made plenty of rows on the other cruise, and I
+expect the fellows on this cruise will be called upon to give up their
+stamps very soon."
+
+"I was going to say we could get even with the principal by spending
+it all before we go on board again; but we are in Sweden, and it is
+quite impossible. They won't let you pay more than seventy-five cents
+or a dollar for a day's board in this country."
+
+"You went to a sailor's boarding-house, Scott. When you are at a
+first-class hotel, you will find that they bleed you enough."
+
+"I hope they do better than the landlord where we staid last night; if
+they don't I shall make money in Sweden. Why, they wouldn't even pick
+our pockets when we were boozy on 'finkel.' I'm sure they are a great
+deal more accommodating at sailors' boarding-houses in Boston and New
+York."
+
+"Come, be serious, Scott. Shall you give up your money when you return
+to the ship?"
+
+"Cheerfully, for there is no chance to get rid of it in this country."
+
+"But you will want some in Russia, where everything is dear."
+
+"I'm afraid my letter of credit will arrive by that time, and I shall
+be burdened with new trials."
+
+"Poor fellow!"
+
+The old rule of the ship had not been enforced on the present cruise,
+and the principal did not intend to renew it until it was absolutely
+necessary. It had caused much complaint among the wealthy parents of
+the former students, while it had wonderfully improved the discipline;
+but Mr. Lowington consented to make the experiment of permitting every
+boy to manage his own finances.
+
+At noon the party took their places in a second-class compartment of
+the carriage on the railway, and started for Wenersberg. Ole spoke
+Swedish as well as Norwegian, and acted as interpreter. Sanford had
+made peace with the waif, who was now as popular as ever with all the
+party. Each of them, in turn, had tried to induce Ole to tell how he
+happened to be in that boat at sea; but he still refused to explain.
+
+The train moved off, and the tourists observed the country through
+which it passed; but Scott could not help grumbling because the fare
+was only about a dollar and a quarter for fifty miles, declaring that
+he should never be able to get rid of his twenty sovereigns at this
+rate, and that he was threatened with a letter of credit for a hundred
+more at St. Petersburg. At Herrljunga, the junction of the branch to
+Wenersberg and the main line, the guard insisted that the tourists
+should leave the carriage.
+
+"How's this, Ole?" asked Sanford.
+
+"Change for Wenersberg; but the train don't start till five o'clock.
+We must wait two hours."
+
+"But what time does it get to Wenersberg?"
+
+"About half past eight."
+
+"That's a pretty go!" exclaimed the coxswain. "You made a beautiful
+arrangement for this trip, Scott."
+
+"What's the matter now?"
+
+"We cannot get to Wenersberg till half past eight; and of course that
+will be too late to join the ship's company there."
+
+"It isn't necessary to join them there. We shall meet them on the way,
+and go back with them. They will be at this place some time this
+afternoon."
+
+"What did we come up here for?" asked Sanford.
+
+"In the first place, to get rid of four or five rix-bunkers; and in
+the second, to see something of this part of Sweden. We have done
+both, and ought to be satisfied."
+
+"O, I'm satisfied!"
+
+"You ought to be; you have four and a half bunkers less to spend. We
+will loaf about this place till the principal comes with the crowd,
+and when he sees what good boys we have been to look him up, and see
+that he didn't get lost, he'll forgive Laybold and me for drinking
+'finkel.'"
+
+"All right. What time does the train leave for Gottenburg, Ole?" added
+the coxswain, turning to the interpreter.
+
+"Half past five," replied the waif.
+
+No one took the trouble to examine the time-table in the
+station-house, which, though in Swedish, was perfectly intelligible so
+far as it related to hours and towns.
+
+The tourists decided to improve the time they were obliged to wait
+by taking a walk about the country, examining Swedish houses and
+investigating Swedish agriculture. Doubtless this was a very
+interesting amusement; but at quarter past five, the party returned to
+the station. A long train was just departing in the direction of
+Gottenburg.
+
+"What train's that?" demanded Sanford.
+
+"I don't know," replied Ole, with a look of alarm.
+
+"Inquire, then," added the excited coxswain.
+
+The party hastened into the little station. It was the regular train
+for Gottenburg.
+
+"But how's that?" cried Sanford. "You said it left at half past five."
+
+"Yes; I looked at the time-table in Gottenburg, and it said half past
+five," replied Ole. "Here is one, and I will look again."
+
+"Better wait till morning before you look again," said Scott.
+
+"Here it is; five--"
+
+"That's all, Norway."
+
+"I'm sure it was half past five in Gottenburg," pleaded Ole, whom the
+coxswain had privately requested to make this blunder.
+
+"What sort of chowder do you call this, son of Odin?" demanded Scott.
+
+"He has made a blunder; that's all," laughed Burchmore, who, though
+not in the confidence of the coxswain, at once suspected the trick,
+and, to tell the truth, was not sorry for the mistake.
+
+The mishap was discussed for an hour, and poor Ole was severely
+blamed, especially by Sanford, for his carelessness; but he bore the
+censure with becoming meekness.
+
+"What's to be done?" inquired Scott, at last.
+
+"Here's another train at 8.56," replied Ole, pointing to the
+time-table. "We can return to Gottenburg in that."
+
+"Right, Norway," added Scott.
+
+They found a small hotel in the place, where they obtained a supper,
+and at the time indicated returned to Gottenburg, where they arrived
+at about one in the morning. It was too late to go on board of the
+ship, and they went directly to the little hotel in the lane, where
+Scott and Laybold had passed the preceding night. It was closed, but
+they easily roused the landlord.
+
+"So you have again come," said the good-natured host.
+
+"Yes; we have again come. It is too late to go on board of the ship,"
+replied Scott.
+
+"Your ship have sail to-night to Copenhagen."
+
+"No! Impossible!"
+
+"I have seen her sail," persisted the landlord. "I have make no
+mistake."
+
+"We are dished!" exclaimed Sanford.
+
+"The young gentleman come down at seven o'clock, and the ship have
+sail at nine o'clock. I know it so well as I know how to speak the
+English."
+
+"It must be so, then," laughed Scott; "for you have spoke the English
+more better as nice."
+
+"What shall we do?" continued Sanford, who seemed to be positively
+distressed at the unfortunate circumstance.
+
+"Do? Go to bed, and go to sleep. What else can we do? You are too big
+a boy to cry over your misfortunes," replied Scott.
+
+"I don't intend to cry; but I feel very bad about it."
+
+"Dry your tears," said Burchmore. "We may as well take a biscuit, turn
+in, and call it half a day."
+
+"But when will there be a steamer to Copenhagen?" asked Sanford.
+
+"The Najaden must go Monday afternoon," answered the landlord, who,
+for some reason best known to himself, did not deem it prudent to
+mention the fact that the Kronprindsesse Louise would sail within half
+an hour.
+
+"This will never do," interposed Rodman. "We have been chasing the
+ship now for a week, and by the time we get to Copenhagen she will be
+gone. I move we go to Stockholm. We shall be sure to catch her there."
+
+"Good!" exclaimed Wilde.
+
+The proposition was fully discussed, and when a majority favored the
+movement, the others, among whom was Sanford, yielded an apparently
+reluctant assent. The Wadstena would start at two o'clock, and there
+was not a moment to lose. The landlord was astonished at the decision,
+and his hotel was not filled that night, as he intended it should be.
+Just as the canal steamer was starting, the young tourists hurried on
+board, and were soon on their way to Stockholm.
+
+Not a quarter of a mile distant at this moment were Peaks and his
+prisoner, and Blaine, the head steward, who was on the lookout for
+them.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV.
+
+THROUGH THE SOUND TO COPENHAGEN.
+
+
+Mr. Lowington was almost forced to the conclusion that the experiment
+of permitting the students to manage their own finances was a failure.
+If it could be a success anywhere, it must be in the northern
+countries, where none of the boys spoke the language, and where
+the lighter intoxicants were not so common as in the more southern
+portions of Europe. Though he was not aware that any pupils had made
+an improper use of their money, the non-arrival of the crew of the
+second cutter, and the disappearance of Scott and Laybold in
+Gottenburg, seemed to have some relation to the condition of
+their funds. But he was willing to carry the experiment as far as
+practicable, and to restore the obnoxious rule only when it was
+absolutely necessary to do so. Two thirds of the students could be
+safely trusted to manage their money matters, and it was not pleasant
+to restrain the whole for the benefit of the minority.
+
+After the boys had walked all over Gottenburg, they were weary enough
+to retire at eight bells in the evening, especially as they were to
+turn out at two o'clock the next morning, for the trip up the Göta
+Canal. At the appointed time, the steamer came alongside the ship,
+where she took the excursionists on board, the boats of the other
+vessels conveying their crews to the Young America. As it was still
+dark, not a few of the boys finished their nap in the little steamer.
+About eight o'clock, she reached the long series of locks by which the
+canal passes the Falls of Trollhätten, and the excursionists walked
+for a couple of hours through the beautiful scenery, and embarking
+again in the steamer, arrived at Wenersberg, where they obtained a
+view of the Wenern Lake, and proceeded by special train to Herrljunga,
+and thence, by regular train, to Gottenburg, where they arrived before
+eight in the evening. The wind was fair, and the squadron immediately
+sailed to the southward.
+
+The principal was annoyed by the absence of not less than a dozen of
+the students; but he had every confidence in the zeal and discretion
+of Peaks, who was to take charge of the cutter's crew, and he left the
+head steward at Gottenburg to find Scott and Laybold. He feared that
+the success of these wanderers would encourage others to follow their
+example, and increased vigilance seemed to be necessary on the part of
+the instructors. The next day was Sunday, and it was doubly a season
+of rest. The breeze was fair, but very light, so that the squadron
+made only about four knots an hour; but on Monday morning she was
+fairly in the Sound, which is about three miles in width. On the left
+was the town of Helsingborg, in Sweden, and on the right Kronberg
+Castle, with Elsinore, on a kind of land-locked basin, behind it. The
+vessels continued on their course, keeping within a short distance of
+the shore, so that those on board could distinctly see the towns and
+villages. The houses were neat, with red roofs, each one having its
+little garden. There were plenty of groves and forests, and the trees
+were oaks and beeches, instead of pines and firs which the voyagers
+had seen in Norway and Sweden. The country was flat, with nothing like
+a hill to be seen.
+
+The breeze freshening, the squadron hastened its pace, and in the
+middle of the forenoon the spires of Copenhagen were in plain sight.
+Off in the water were several detached forts, built on small islands.
+The Young America led the way, and soon dropped her anchor off the
+citadel of Frederikshavn, and near the landing-place, where a crowd of
+small steamers were lying at the wharf.
+
+"Have you been here before, Dr. Winstock?" asked Captain Lincoln, as
+he saw the surgeon examining the aspect of the city.
+
+"Yes; several years ago. I have been in every country in Europe."
+
+"Copenhagen don't look just as I expected it would," added the
+commander. "I thought it must be a very old, black, and musty-looking
+place."
+
+"You see that it is not,--at least not from the water; but you will
+find plenty of dismal and gloomy-looking buildings in it. The fact is,
+Denmark is too small a kingdom to support all the show and expense of
+royalty: its palaces are too large and costly to be retained as such,
+and many of them have been permitted to fall into partial decay. But I
+will not anticipate Mr. Mapps' lecture, for I see the signal is
+flying."
+
+"She makes a tremendous display of forts and guns," added Lincoln,
+glancing from the batteries of Trekroner and Lynetten to the
+bristling guns of Frederikshavn.
+
+"Doubtless it is a strong place, but the English have twice captured
+the city. Here are the boats from the other vessels. I suppose we
+shall go ashore after dinner."
+
+The steerage was soon crowded with students, and Mr. Mapps took his
+usual position at the foremast, on which appeared the map of Denmark.
+
+"In English this country is called Denmark," said the professor; "but
+it has this name in no other language. The Danes call it _Danmark_,
+the adjective of which is _Danske_; and the country is also called the
+_Danske Stat_, or Danish States. In German it is _Dänemark_; in
+French, _Danemark_; in Italian, _Danimarca_. It is bounded on the
+north by the Skager Rack, or Sleeve; on the east by the Cattegat, the
+Sound, and the Baltic Sea; on the south by the Duchy of Schleswig and
+the Baltic; and on the west by the North Sea. When this ship was in
+Europe before, Schleswig-Holstein and Lauenburg belonged to Denmark;
+but now they belong to Prussia, and Jutland is all that remains of
+continental Denmark. This peninsula has an area of nine thousand six
+hundred square miles, or about the size of the State of New Hampshire.
+With the several islands, the entire area of Denmark is fourteen
+thousand five hundred square miles. Greenland, Iceland, the Faroe
+Islands, and several small islands in the West Indies, belong to her.
+The population is nearly one million eight hundred thousand--about
+equal to that of Massachusetts and New Hampshire united.
+
+"The country is flat, or gently undulating, and the highest hill is
+only five hundred and fifty feet high. The soil is sandy on the
+peninsula, and not very fertile, but very rich on some of the islands.
+It is indented to a remarkable degree with bays and inlets, and the
+whole interior is dotted with small lakes, usually connected by a
+river, like a number of eggs on a string. The Lim Fjord, which you see
+in the north, formerly only extended to within a short distance of the
+North Sea; but in 1825 a tempest broke through the narrow neck of
+land, and opened a passage for small vessels. These inland lakes are
+full of fish, and salmon was once so plenty that householders were
+forbidden by law to feed their servants with this food more than once
+a week.
+
+"The two largest islands are Fünen and Seeland, which are separated by
+the Great Belt, and the former from the main land by the Little Belt.
+In winter these are frozen over, as is the Sound in the severer
+seasons, and have been crossed by armies engaged in military
+operations. The country is well wooded, and you will find plenty
+of large oaks and beeches. This morning you passed Elsinore, where
+Shakespeare locates Hamlet; but you cannot find where 'the morn walks
+o'er the dew of yon high eastern hill,' for there are no hills there;
+nor 'the dreadful summit of the cliff, that beetles o'er his base into
+the sea.' It is a flat region, with only a low cliff to border the
+sea; certainly with no such tremendous steeps as the poet describes.
+Besides, Hamlet lived and died in Jutland. But Shakespeare used the
+poet's license.
+
+"Nearly all of Denmark lies between latitude fifty-five and
+fifty-eight; but, though the thermometer sometimes falls to twenty-two
+degrees below zero in winter, the average temperature is mild. The
+climate does not materially differ from the eastern coast of
+Massachusetts. The air is so humid that the grass and trees have a
+livelier green than the countries farther south, and droughts are
+almost unknown. When France and Germany are parched and dry, Denmark
+is fresh and green. The people are engaged principally in agriculture
+and commerce. The chief exports are grain, cattle, and horses.
+
+"The government is a constitutional monarchy. The king is assisted in
+the executive department by a 'Royal Privy Council' of seven
+ministers. The legislature is called the Rigsdag, and consists of the
+Landsthing, or upper house, and the Folkething, or lower house. Of the
+former, twelve are nominated for life, by the king, from the present
+or past members of the lower house, and the remaining fifty-four are
+elected, in four classes, by the largest tax-payers in country
+districts, in towns, in cities, and by deputies representing the
+ordinary voters. The members of the lower house are chosen directly by
+the people. All male citizens of twenty-five, except paupers, and
+servants who are not householders, are voters.
+
+"The established religion of the state is Lutheran, and the king must
+be of this church. He nominates the bishops, who have no political
+power, as in England. They have the general supervision and management
+of all the affairs of the church in the kingdom. Although there are
+only about thirteen thousand non-Lutherans in Denmark, entire
+religious toleration prevails, and no man can be deprived of his
+civil and political rights on account of his creed.
+
+"Free education is provided by the government for all children whose
+parents cannot afford to pay for tuition, and attendance at school,
+between the ages of seven and fourteen, is compulsory. All the people,
+therefore, are instructed in the elementary branches; and, besides
+the University of Copenhagen, there is a system of high and middle
+schools, available for the children of merchants, mechanics, and the
+more prosperous of the laboring classes.
+
+"Every able-bodied man in Denmark, who has attained the age of
+twenty-one, is liable to serve as a soldier for eight years in
+the regular army, and eight more in the army of the reserve. In
+preparation for this duty, every man is enrolled, and required to
+drill for a period of from four to six months, according to the arm
+of the service in which he is placed; and those who do not become
+proficient in this time are required to drill for another and longer
+period. The kingdom is divided into military districts, and all the
+soldiers are required to drill from thirty to forty-five days every
+year. The navy of Denmark consists of thirty-one steamers of all
+classes, six of which are iron-clads, carrying three hundred and
+twelve guns, and manned by nine hundred men.
+
+"Little is known of the history of this country before the eighth
+century, but the Cimbri occupied it before the time of Christ. The
+Danes conquered portions of England, and in the eleventh century,
+Canute, who introduced Christianity into his realm, completed the
+conquest. Norway was also included in his kingdom, and under him and
+his successors, during the next two hundred years, Denmark attained
+the summit of her power and glory. Holstein, Lauenburg, and several
+other of the northern provinces of Germany, and even a portion of
+Prussia, were subjected to her sway. Waldemar II., a successor of
+Canute, with his eldest son, was daringly captured, while resting from
+the fatigues of the chase, one evening, by Count Schwerin, whom the
+king had provoked to wrath by some flagrant injustice. This bold act
+of retaliation was carried to a successful issue, and the king and his
+son were transported by water to Castle Schwerin, in Mecklenburg,
+where they were kept as prisoners for three years--a most remarkable
+instance of retribution, if we consider that Waldemar was the most
+powerful sovereign of the north. By threats and bribes his release was
+procured; but during his confinement the conquered provinces had
+revolted, and the king was unable to recover his lost possessions.
+Denmark was thus reduced from her lofty position by the injustice of
+her king.
+
+"Towards the close of the fourteenth century, Margaret--the Semiramis
+of the North--succeeded to the thrones of Norway and Denmark, and
+added Sweden to her dominions by conquest, in the compact of Calmar.
+The Swedes, under Gustavus Vasa, established their independence after
+the union had existed for one hundred and twenty-five years. At the
+death of the last of Margaret's line, in 1439, the states of Denmark
+elected the count of Oldenburg their king, who reigned as Christian I.
+He was made duke of Schleswig and count of Holstein, and thus the
+sovereign of Denmark became the ruler of these duchies, about which
+there has been so much trouble within the last ten years, and which
+caused the war of 1866 between Prussia and Austria. He was followed by
+his son Hans, or John, whose heir was Christian II., deposed in 1523.
+This prince was a tyrant, and was kept a prisoner for twenty-seven
+years. His crown was given to Frederick, Duke of Schleswig and
+Holstein, in whose reign Sweden established her independence. His son
+Christian III. succeeded him. In the great wars which followed the
+Reformation, the kings of Denmark took the Protestant side. In
+repeated conflicts with the Swedes, Denmark lost much of her
+territory. After Christian III. came Frederick II., and then Christian
+IV., who was followed by Frederick III., in whose reign the crown,
+which had been nominally elective, was made hereditary in the
+Oldenburg line. Under Christian V. the country was at peace; but
+Frederick IV., who came after him, brought on a war with Sweden by
+invading the territory of the Duke of Holstein, an ally of the King of
+Sweden, which continued till 1718. Under Christian VI. and Frederick
+V. the country was at peace. Christian VII. married the sister of
+George III. of England, and was followed, in 1808, by Frederick VI.,
+their son.
+
+"In 1780, Russia, Sweden, and Denmark, under the influence of France,
+established a new code of maritime laws, which operated against the
+interests of England. This action in convention was called 'Armed
+Neutrality,' and in 1800, during the reign of Christian VII., its
+principles were revived, and a new agreement was signed by Russia,
+Prussia, Denmark, and Sweden. It declared that arms and ammunition
+alone were contraband of war, that merchandise of belligerents, except
+contraband of war, was to be protected by a neutral flag, and that
+'paper blockades' should be regarded as ineffectual. England
+immediately laid an embargo on the vessels of the powers signing it.
+In 1801, a British fleet under Sir Hyde Parker, with Nelson as second
+in command, bombarded Copenhagen. Again, in 1807, England, fearing
+that Denmark would be compelled by Napoleon to take part against her,
+bombarded Copenhagen, and compelled the government to give up its
+entire fleet, which was sent to England. This ended the armed
+neutrality. At the final treaty of peace, in 1814, Norway was ceded to
+Sweden, which, in return, gave to Denmark Pomerania, and the Island of
+Rügen; but the next year Pomerania was passed over to Prussia, in
+exchange for the Duchy of Lauenburg.
+
+"Frederick VI. reigned till 1839, when he was followed by Christian
+VIII. The two Duchies of Schleswig and Holstein were still subjects of
+dispute. The king claimed them, but the people of Holstein were German
+in sentiment, and objected to the incorporation of their country in
+the Kingdom of Denmark, to which the continued efforts of the latter
+were directed. The Danish language was required to be used to the
+exclusion of the German. In 1848, Frederick VII. came to the throne,
+and was more energetic in pushing his claims to the duchies than some
+of his predecessors had been. The people of Holstein, which was a
+member of the German Confederation, were in a state of insurrection,
+when the King of Denmark virtually annexed both duchies to his
+kingdom. War ensued, and continued for three years. The interference
+of some of the great powers restored peace, but left the question in
+dispute unsettled."
+
+"What was the question in dispute?" asked Captain Lincoln.
+
+"I will explain it, though there are so many complications to it, that
+only a general view of the subject can be given. For four hundred
+years the line of Oldenburg has occupied the throne of Denmark.
+Schleswig and Holstein were governed by the same rulers, though each
+country was separately organized. But the law of succession was
+different. In Denmark a female could rule, while in the duchies the
+line was limited to males. Frederick VII. had no children, and it was
+seen that the direct line of the house of Oldenburg would be extinct
+at his death. A treaty made by the several powers interested gave the
+succession to Prince Christian, whose wife was entitled to the throne
+by right of her descent from Christian III., who died in 1559; but she
+yielded her right to her husband, who ascended the throne in 1863, as
+Christian IX., and is the present king. At the death of Frederick
+VII., the Duke of Augustenburg claimed the duchies. Germany desired to
+separate Schleswig-Holstein from Denmark. The German troops entered
+Holstein, which was a member of the Confederation, and entitled to its
+protection. Denmark refused to yield her title to the duchies, and war
+ensued. The Danes were overwhelmed, and repeatedly defeated. England
+declined to assist Denmark, as had been expected by the latter, and
+Denmark was compelled to renounce all her claims to Schleswig-Holstein
+and Lauenburg, in favor of Prussia and Austria. The main question in
+regard to the final disposition of the duchies was left open for
+future adjustment, and Prussia took temporary possession of Schleswig,
+and Austria of Holstein. The Duke of Augustenburg was permitted to
+remain in the latter, but forbidden to get up any demonstration in aid
+of his own claims.
+
+"Austria favored the claim of the duke, while Prussia denied it, and
+accused her then powerful rival of encouraging revolutionary movements
+in Holstein dangerous to the thrones of Europe. Then followed the
+great war of 1866, which resulted in the utter humiliation of Austria,
+and the annexation of all the disputed territories to Prussia.
+Denmark, thus shorn of her territories and her power, has become an
+insignificant kingdom. With less than two million inhabitants, she
+supports all the costly trappings of royalty, and keeps an army and
+navy. The king has a civil list of nearly three hundred thousand
+dollars, and the heir apparent has an allowance exceeding the salary
+of the President of the United States, while the entire revenue of the
+nation is only about thirteen million dollars. Prince Frederick, the
+king's oldest son, who succeeds to the throne, married the daughter of
+the King of Sweden and Norway. The princess Alexandra, the oldest
+daughter, is the wife of the Prince of Wales. Prince Wilhelm, the
+second son, was elected King of Greece, under the title of Georgios I.
+in 1863. The Princess Dagmar is the wife of the Grand Duke Alexander,
+of Russia, heir of the throne. By their connections two of the sons
+are, or will be, kings, one daughter Queen of England, and another
+Empress of Russia.
+
+"In 1348, the King of Denmark levied duties on all vessels passing
+through the Sound, at the Fortress of Kronberg, which were applied to
+the expenses of the light-houses, and the protection of shipping from
+pirates. The United States first objected to the payment of this tax,
+and called the attention of the commercial nations of Europe to the
+annoyance. All vessels were obliged to anchor, and submit to vexatious
+delays; but none doubted the right to levy the dues, which had been
+formally regulated by treaties. Denmark consented to abandon her
+claims on the payment of about fifteen millions of dollars by the
+nations of Europe, and about four hundred thousand on the part of the
+United States."
+
+The professor completed his lecture, and the students separated. Most
+of them climbed into the rigging, or seated themselves on the rail,
+where they could see the city and the various objects of interest in
+the harbor. The view shoreward from the ship was very unsatisfactory,
+for the city, built on a dead level, presented but little to challenge
+the attention of the voyager. While they were observing the
+surroundings, a shore boat approached the vessel, in which were two
+persons wearing the uniform of the squadron. One of them was a stout
+man, in whom the students soon recognized Peaks.
+
+"But who is that with him?" asked Norwood.
+
+"It's one of the second cutter's crew, I suppose," replied De Forrest.
+"I didn't think, when I went ashore with them, that I shouldn't see
+any of them again for so long a time. I wonder where the rest of them
+are."
+
+"That's not one of the second cutters," added Judson. "It is the
+English fellow."
+
+"So it is."
+
+Peaks came alongside, and directed Clyde Blacklock to mount the
+accommodation ladder, which he did without making any objection. They
+had arrived the day before. The prisoner seemed to have lost some
+portion of his stubborn spirit. The boatswain followed him to the
+deck, and touching his cap to the captain and other officers on the
+quarter-deck, went aft, where the principal was talking with the
+surgeon.
+
+"We have come on board, sir," said the boatswain, as he took off his
+cap and pointed to Clyde.
+
+"I see you have," replied Mr. Lowington. "I'm glad to see you again,
+Clyde."
+
+The young Briton nodded his head with a jerk, but made no reply.
+
+"Have you seen Mr. Blaine, Peaks?" asked the principal.
+
+"Yes, sir; I met him on the wharf night before last at Gottenburg."
+
+"But where are the crew of the second cutter? I expected you to bring
+them."
+
+"They came back to Christiania on Friday, and took the steamer for
+Gottenburg the same evening; but Mr. Blaine had not seen them. Their
+steamer arrived in the forenoon, and the ship did not sail till
+night."
+
+"I am afraid there is something wrong about it."
+
+"I left Mr. Blaine in Gottenburg. I suppose he will find them."
+
+Peaks reported in detail the result of his mission on shore. So far as
+Clyde was concerned it was entirely satisfactory; but the continued
+absence of the second cutter's crew was very annoying to the
+principal.
+
+"How do you feel, Clyde?" asked Mr. Lowington, turning to the new
+student.
+
+"I feel well enough," replied the runaway, roughly.
+
+"I am glad you do. I hope you feel better than when you left the
+ship."
+
+"I don't."
+
+"While you were on board before, I neglected to explain to you the
+consequences of leaving the ship without permission."
+
+"It wouldn't have made any difference. I should have gone just the
+same," answered Clyde, doggedly.
+
+"The less trouble you make, the better it will be for you."
+
+"Perhaps it will; but I don't intend to stay in this ship a great
+while."
+
+"I intend that you shall stay here; and since you avow your purpose to
+run away again, I must see that you are put in a safe place. Peaks,
+the brig."
+
+"The brig? What's that?" demanded Clyde, who was very suspicious of
+the calm, unmoved tones of the principal.
+
+"Come with me, my lad, and I will show you," replied the boatswain.
+
+The Briton knew by sad experience how useless it was to contend
+against this tyrant, who, however, always used him well when he
+behaved in a reasonable manner. He followed the boatswain into the
+steerage, and the door of the brig, which was a small prison formed
+of plank slats, set upright under the steps, about three inches apart,
+was opened.
+
+"That's the brig, my boy," said Peaks. "It's a regular institution on
+board a man-of-war; but this one has not been opened for months."
+
+"Well, what's it for?" asked Clyde, who even yet did not seem to
+comprehend its use.
+
+"Walk in, and I will make it all plain to you in a moment."
+
+"I don't know what you mean."
+
+"Sail in!" shouted a student, who, with others, was observing the
+treatment.
+
+"On deck, sir!" said the boatswain, sternly, to the speaker. "Report
+yourself."
+
+It was a principle in the discipline of the ship that no person should
+say or do anything to irritate a student undergoing punishment, and no
+one was permitted, on such occasions, to take part on either side,
+unless called upon by the officer or instructor to do so. In ordinary
+cases no boy was required, or permitted, to be a "tell-tale," and all
+were expected to remain neutral. The student who had spoken left the
+steerage, and went on deck, before Clyde had time to "open upon him,"
+as he intended to do.
+
+"Step in, my lad," added Peaks.
+
+"What for?" asked the Briton, as he obeyed the order, but not without
+a suspicion that he was to step upon a red-hot gridiron, or be
+precipitated through some opening in the deck into the dark depths
+beneath.
+
+No such calamity happened to him, and he was rather astonished to find
+that no harsher punishment was used for the flagrant offence he had
+committed. He had pushed the boatswain overboard, and then run away.
+Peaks had never manifested any resentment towards him on account of
+his cowardly trick; but he anticipated some severe discipline on board
+of the ship. The boatswain closed and locked the door of the brig, and
+then looked in at the prisoner through the slats.
+
+"Do you understand what the brig is for now?" asked Peaks.
+
+"You have locked me in--that's all."
+
+"That's all, my lad."
+
+"How long am I to stay here?"
+
+"Till you make up your mind not to run away."
+
+"This isn't a bad place, and I shall stay here till I grow gray before
+I promise not to be off when I get a chance."
+
+"All right, my hearty. Think of it a few weeks."
+
+To one who had expected some horrible punishment for his misdemeanors,
+the brig seemed like very mild discipline. Clyde seated himself on the
+stool in his prison, and leisurely surveyed the surroundings. He was
+an enterprising youth, and the bars of his cage looked small and weak.
+At dinner time, the meal was handed in to him, and he ate with an
+excellent appetite. Soon after, he heard the call for all hands, and
+then the waiter in the steerage told him they had gone on shore to see
+the city. Everything was quiet and still, and he devoted himself to a
+more particular examination of the bars of the brig. They were two
+inches thick, but the case looked hopeful. Pursuing his investigations
+still farther, he found, under the steps, a saw, a hammer, a chisel,
+and some other tools, which Bitts, the carpenter, had placed there a
+few days before, and forgotten to remove. Clyde took up the saw; but
+just then, Peaks, with a book in his hand, seated himself at a table
+near the brig, and began to read.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV.
+
+COPENHAGEN AND TIVOLI.
+
+
+All the boats of the squadron came into line, each with the flag in
+the bow and stern. They pulled along the water front of the city,
+around a couple of Danish men-of-war, and of course created a
+sensation. One by one the boats rowed up to the landing, and the
+students went on shore, each crew securing its cutter at the wharf,
+near the steps. The custom-house officers were on the alert; but as no
+one had parcels of any kind, the students were not detained. Mr. and
+Mrs. Kendall landed, and as they intended to spend a few days in the
+city, they had a couple of valises, which the porters, who are always
+in waiting at all the ports in Europe, conveyed into the custom-house.
+The Toldbod, as this edifice is called by the Danes, is surrounded by
+a high wall, which also encloses the entire landing-place, so that
+none can visit the city from the sea without passing through its
+gates.
+
+One of the officers spoke English very well, and evidently took pride
+in doing so, for he asked a great many questions so pleasantly, that
+it was impossible to explain his object in any other way. He wished to
+know whether the travellers had any clothing they had not worn, and
+whether Mrs. Kendall had any tobacco or liquor. She protested that
+she did not use tobacco or liquor; and the actual examination of the
+baggage was a mere form. The man was so polite, that Paul at once
+concluded he was only practising his English. A carriage was procured,
+and Dr. Winstock and Captain Lincoln were invited to join the party.
+The inquiring students deemed it a great privilege to be permitted to
+go with the surgeon, for he was a walking encyclopædia of every city
+and country in Europe. As Paul Kendall had been before, Captain
+Lincoln was now, the favorite of the doctor, and the little party were
+to see the city together.
+
+The carriage went out at the gate, and passed into Amaliegade. The
+houses were plain and substantial, without much ornament. They were of
+brick, but most of them were covered with stucco.
+
+"What's this?" asked Paul, as the carriage entered an open space, with
+an equestrian statue in the centre.
+
+"Frederiksplads," replied the doctor; "and that is the statue of
+Frederik V., who came to the throne in 1746, and in whose reign this
+palace was erected."
+
+The place was an octagon, surrounded on all sides by public buildings.
+
+"This is the residence of the king on the left. On the other side is
+the palace of the crown prince. There is the foreign office, and on
+the other side lives the queen dowager."
+
+"They are not very elegant buildings," said Captain Lincoln.
+
+"No; there are no very fine buildings in Copenhagen, though the
+Exchange is a very curious structure, and some are very large and
+unwieldy. There's the Casino," added the doctor.
+
+"What's a casino?" inquired the captain.
+
+"Here it is a building for dancing, concerts, theatrical performances,
+and similar amusements in the winter season. Everything is cheap here,
+and the price of admission to the Casino, where one joins the dance or
+sees a play, is two or three marks."
+
+"How much is that? I haven't looked up the money yet," said Paul.
+
+"A rigsbank dollar is the unit, worth about fifty-four cents of our
+money. It is divided into six marks, of nine cents each, and a mark
+into sixteen skillings, of about half a cent each. When the Italian
+opera is at the Casino, the prices are only three or four marks. This
+is Gothersgade," added Dr. Winstock, as the carriage turned into
+another street. "In plain English, Gothic street."
+
+"There's another equestrian statue," added Captain Lincoln, pointing
+to a large, irregular space, surrounded by public buildings.
+
+"The statue of Christian V. This is Kongens, or King's Square. There
+are the Academy of Arts, the Royal Theatre, the Guard House, the New
+Market--none of them very fine, as you can see for yourselves."
+
+The carriage crossed this square, and came out at a canal, on the
+other side of which was the vast palace of Christiansborg. A short
+distance farther brought the party to the Royal Hotel. The carriage
+stopped at the door in the arch, and the two landlords, the porter,
+the waiters, and the clerk, half a score strong, turned out to
+receive its occupants. All of them bowed low, and all of them led the
+way up stairs. Paul took a parlor and chamber for himself and lady.
+
+"Now, where's Joseph?" asked Dr. Winstock.
+
+"Who's Joseph?" inquired the captain.
+
+"He is the guide at this hotel, if he is still living."
+
+Joseph was sent for, and soon made his appearance. He was an elderly
+man, with gray hair and whiskers, neatly dressed in black. His manners
+were very agreeable, and he exhibited a lively zeal to serve the
+tourists. Mr. Lowington had been courteously waited upon by an officer
+of the government, who had volunteered to have the various palaces,
+museums, and other places of interest, opened during the afternoon and
+the next day. Joseph had procured a two-horse carriage, and the party
+at the hotel seated themselves in it, with the guide on the box with
+the driver.
+
+"That's the Slot," said Joseph, pointing across the canal.
+
+"The what?" exclaimed Captain Lincoln.
+
+"The Slot, or Palace of Christiansborg."
+
+"Slot! What a name!"
+
+"But not any worse than the German word _Schloss_," added Joseph,
+laughing. "Do you speak German, sir?"
+
+"Not much."
+
+The guide uttered a few sentences in German, evidently for the purpose
+of demonstrating that he spoke the language.
+
+"The palace is on an island called Slotsholm, and is as big as it is
+ugly. Shall we go there now?"
+
+"No; we want a general view of the city first," replied Dr. Winstock.
+"I think we had better ascend to the top of the Round Tower."
+
+Joseph gave the order, and the carriage proceeded to the tower. The
+canal in front of the hotel was filled with small craft, which had
+brought pottery and various wares from other parts of Denmark, to
+sell. The goods were arranged on the decks and on the shore of the
+canal. Near were groups of women, who were selling fish, vegetables,
+and other articles, around whom was a crowd of purchasers.
+
+"I suppose you have heard of Andersen?" said Joseph to the captain.
+
+"Heard of him! I have read all his books which have been translated
+into English," replied Captain Lincoln.
+
+"He has rooms in that building some of the time. Do you see that
+sign--Melchoir?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+"This Melchoir is a very dear friend of Andersen, who lives with him a
+portion of the time."
+
+"Is it possible to see Hans Christian Andersen?" asked Mrs. Kendall.
+
+"Quite possible, madam. I will see about it to-day. He is a very
+agreeable man, and willing to meet all who wish to see him," answered
+Joseph. "There's the Town Hall," he added, as the carriage passed a
+large building, with an extensive colonnade in front.
+
+"'_Med Lov skal man Land bygge_,'" said Lincoln, reading an
+inscription on the front. "Those are my sentiments exactly."
+
+"'With law must the land be built' is the English of that," laughed
+Joseph. "All the Jutland laws begin with this phrase, which was
+spoken by Waldemar II. We Danes believe in law, and everything that is
+good. Copenhagen is a very fine city, and everything is remarkably
+cheap here."
+
+"What do you call your city in your own lingo, Joseph?"
+
+"Kjöbenhavn; pronounce it Chép-en-ahn."
+
+"Chepenahn," repeated Lincoln.
+
+"Speak it a little quicker, and you will have it right. It was first
+called simply the Haven; then in Danish, when many merchants carried
+on business here, _Kaupmannahöfn_, or merchants' haven, from which it
+was shortened into _chepenahn_. Here is the Round Tower," added
+Joseph, as the carriage stopped.
+
+The party alighted and entered the structure, which was the tower of
+the Church of the Trinity.
+
+"This used to be the watch tower, where men were kept to give the
+alarm in case of fire; but the observatory has been moved to the tower
+of St. Nicholas, and now we have a telegraphic fire alarm. Won't you
+walk up to the top of this tower, where you can have a fine view of
+the whole city? The ascent is very easy," continued Joseph.
+
+There were no stairs, but an inclined plane, gradual in its rise,
+permitted the tourists to ascend to the summit with very little labor.
+
+"We might have driven up in the carriage," said Captain Lincoln.
+
+"There would be no difficulty at all in doing so. In fact, Peter the
+Great, when he was in Copenhagen, in 1716, drove to the top with the
+Empress Catharine, in a coach and four."
+
+"Is that so?" asked the captain.
+
+"I can't remember so far back myself," chuckled Joseph, "for I'm not
+much over a hundred years old; but everybody says it is true, and I
+see no reason to doubt the story. Peter the Great liked to do strange
+things, and you can see for yourself that a carriage would run very
+well here."
+
+"If he went up with a coach and four, of course he must have come
+down, unless the carriage and horses are up there now. How did he turn
+his team?"
+
+"It is easier to ask some questions than to answer them," replied
+Joseph. "History does not say that he drove down, only that he drove
+up."
+
+"Perhaps he backed down, which kings and emperors are sometimes
+obliged to do, as well as common people," suggested Paul Kendall.
+
+"Very likely he did; I don't see any other way for the team to
+descend," added Joseph. "This tower was begun in 1639."
+
+At the top of the structure the travellers took a general survey of
+the city, and then proceeded to examine it in detail.
+
+"Do you remember the latitude of Copenhagen, Captain Lincoln?" asked
+Dr. Winstock.
+
+"About fifty-five and a half."
+
+"The same as the middle of Labrador. Quebec is about forty-seven, and
+this is a long way farther north. What is the population of this city,
+Joseph?" asked the doctor.
+
+"One hundred and eighty-one thousand," replied the guide, giving the
+census of 1870. "Formerly the city was a walled town, with ramparts
+and moats. It was built partly on Seeland, and partly on the small
+island of Amager. The channel between them is the harbor. You can see
+where the old line of fortifications was. The old town lies nearest to
+the sea, but the city is now spreading rapidly out into the country."
+
+"What is that broad sheet of water, with two bridges over it?" asked
+Lincoln, pointing to the land side.
+
+"That is the reservoir. Formerly the water in the city was bad, but
+now it has an excellent system of water-works. The water comes in from
+the country, and is pumped up by steam before it is distributed.
+Beyond that, for miles, the country is covered with beautiful villas
+and country residences. You must ride out there, for the environs of
+Copenhagen are as fine as anything in Europe."
+
+"You are right, Joseph," added the doctor. "Some parts of the city are
+not unlike Holland, you see. The Slotsholm canal gives that part of
+the town a decidedly Dutch look."
+
+"The part on Amager, called Christianshavn, is all cut up by canals,"
+added the guide.
+
+"Now, we will take a ride around the city," said Paul Kendall.
+
+The party descended, and having driven through some of the principal
+streets, and obtained a very good idea of the city, returned to the
+hotel.
+
+"Now you can dismiss the carriage, and we will go to some of the
+museums and churches," suggested Joseph.
+
+"We don't care to walk far; we will retain the carriage," replied
+Paul.
+
+"It will be much cheaper to walk, as you have to pay four marks an
+hour for the carriage," pleaded the economical guide. "Thorwaldsen's
+Museum and the Northern Antiquities are only a few steps from here."
+
+"Very well; we will walk, then, if you insist upon it," laughed Paul.
+
+"I thought these guides made you spend as much money as possible,"
+said Captain Lincoln to the surgeon.
+
+"I never found it so. I think they are a very useful class of men.
+They charge here about two rigsdalers a day, and I remember that
+Joseph would not let me throw away a single mark. They know the prices
+for carriages and everything else, and it is for their interest not to
+let any one cheat their employers. Perhaps it is not well to make
+purchases with them, for they compel the merchant to pay them a
+commission, which increases the price charged for the articles. But I
+think, in many places, I have done better with a _commissionnaire_
+than without one, in making purchases."
+
+Joseph led the way across the bridge to Slotsholm, which was nearly
+covered by the immense palace of Christiansborg and its dependencies.
+The first building was Thorwaldsen's Museum, the outer walls of which
+were covered with an Etruscan fresco of the arrival and debarkation of
+the great sculptor and his goods, mostly works of art. The figures are
+about life size, and the situation in which the pictures are placed is
+novel and quaint. The work was done by inlaying cement of different
+colors in the wall. Joseph described the various scenes. Thorwaldsen
+is still held in the highest regard and veneration by all Denmark,
+and especially by all Copenhagen; indeed, he seems to be the great
+genius of the country. He was born in 1770, near the city. His father
+was an Icelander, and a carver in wood--a calling in which the son
+assisted him when he was only a dozen years old. At seventeen he
+received the prize of a silver medal from the Academy of Arts, and at
+twenty-three the grand prize, which carried with it a royal pension,
+that enabled him to go abroad for the study of his art. He went to
+Rome in 1796, where he had but little success, and was reduced almost
+to despair, when his model of Jason and the Golden Fleece attracted
+the attention of an English gentleman, who commissioned him to
+complete the work in marble. This event was the dawn of success, and
+orders continued to pour in upon him from the rich and the powerful,
+including kings and emperors, until his fortune was made. His works
+adorn many of the great cities of Europe, and Canova was his only
+actual rival. His fame extended to every nation, and a visit to his
+native land in 1819 was a triumphal progress through Italy and
+Germany. In 1838 he returned to Copenhagen, to pass the remainder
+of his days, in a frigate sent to Italy for his use by the Danish
+government. On one side of his museum are depicted his arrival in this
+ship, and his reception by the citizens; and on the other side, the
+conveyance of his works from the ship to their final destination.
+Thorwaldsen went to Rome again on a visit for his health, and died in
+Copenhagen in 1844. He was a modest, generous, and amiable man. The
+museum was erected by subscription, though the sculptor gave a
+fourth part of the sum necessary for its erection, and in his will
+bequeathed to it the works of art from his cunning brain, of which its
+contents are almost entirely composed. His biography has been written
+by Hans Christian Andersen.
+
+After examining the frescoes on the outer wall, the party entered the
+building. It is an oblong structure, with a court-yard in the middle.
+It is two stories in height, with connected rooms extending entirely
+around it. The works of art, and memorials of the sculptor, are
+classified in these apartments, forty-two in number.
+
+"That is the grave of Thorwaldsen," said Joseph, leading the way into
+the court-yard. "His body lies there, surrounded by his works, as he
+requested."
+
+The grave is an oblong enclosure of polished granite, raised a few
+inches above the ground, and covered over with ivy. At the foot of it
+is a black cross, with the date of his death inscribed upon it.
+
+The tourists walked through the various rooms, and examined the works
+of the immortal genius, most of which were in plaster, being the
+models of all his great achievements set up in marble in various parts
+of Europe. His pictures, his library, his collections of coins, vases,
+and antiquities, are placed in the museum. One room is fitted up with
+his furniture, precisely as he used it, and various interesting
+mementos of the man are to be seen there. Among the pictures are
+some mere daubs, which are preserved only because they belonged to
+Thorwaldsen; but they have an interest as an illustration of the
+benevolent character of the great sculptor, who ordered many of them
+merely to save the artists from starvation.
+
+"Did you ever see Thorwaldsen?" asked Lincoln, as Joseph conducted
+his charge from the building.
+
+"Often," replied the guide. "He was a venerable-looking old man, with
+long, white hair. He made a statue of himself, which is very like him.
+He died suddenly in the theatre, and the king and royal family
+followed his remains to the church."
+
+The Museum of Northern Antiquities was in the old palace of a prince,
+on the other side of the canal. On the front of the building were some
+quaint carvings, which gave it a picturesque appearance. Joseph seemed
+to be in his element at this museum. He spoke glibly and learnedly of
+"the stone age," "the bronze age," and "the iron age," each designated
+by the material of which the implements used for domestic purposes, in
+war and agriculture, were composed. Numberless utensils of all kinds
+are contained in the cabinets, classified with rare skill, and
+arranged with excellent taste. All these objects were found below
+ground, in various parts of Scandinavia. In Denmark the law requires
+that all antiquities of metal shall belong to the government, which,
+however, pays the full value of the articles to the finder. In 1847 a
+pair of solid gold bracelets, very heavy, and elegantly wrought, were
+dug up from the earth, and added to this collection. There is a great
+variety of ornaments, in gold and silver, consisting of necklaces,
+rings, bracelets, and similar trinkets. One necklace contains three
+pounds of pure gold.
+
+There are plenty of knives, arrow-heads, hatchets, hammers, chisels,
+and other implements, skilfully made of stone. Runic writings, the
+most valuable in the world, are collected here. Joseph said that
+certain long pieces of wood, with signs carved upon them, were
+Icelandic Calendars. The remains of a warrior, who had fought and died
+in the ancient time, with the iron mail of his day, were examined with
+interest, as were also a number of altars, coffers containing relics,
+and some gold crosses, one of which is said to contain a splinter from
+the true cross, which were exhibited as specimens of the Catholic form
+of worship in remote times.
+
+Recrossing the bridge over the canal, the party entered the great,
+barn-like palace of Christiansborg. It consists of several connected
+buildings, containing a theatre, riding-school, stables, coach-houses,
+bake-house, and the usual royal apartments. In 1168 a castle was
+erected on this spot, as a protection against pirates, which was
+repeatedly demolished, rebuilt, altered, and enlarged, till it was
+levelled to the ground in 1732, and a new palace erected, but was
+destroyed by fire in 1784. It was rebuilt, in its present cumbrous
+proportions, in 1828. The visitors entered the large court-yard,
+passed through the picture gallery, the "Hall of the Knights," the
+throne-room, looked into the riding-school,--which is a large, oblong
+room, with an earth floor, where the royal family may practise
+equestrianism,--the arsenal, the legislative chambers, and other
+rooms, none of which were very striking to those who had visited the
+palaces of Paris, London, Berlin, and St. Petersburg.
+
+In front of the palace is a beautiful green, beyond which is the
+Exchange, or Börsen, built by Christian IV. It is the most picturesque
+edifice in the city, though the interior is entirely commonplace. It
+is long and very narrow, and ornamented with a vast number of figures
+cut in the stone, with elegantly-wrought portals at the entrances. But
+the spire is the most remarkable portion of the building, and consists
+of four dragons, the heads at the apex looking towards the four points
+of the compass.
+
+From the Exchange the party walked to the Fruekirke, or Church of our
+Lady, which is interesting only on account of the works of Thorwaldsen
+which it contains. Behind the altar is the majestic and beautiful
+statue of Christ, which stretches out its wounded hands, as if he were
+saying, "Come unto me, ye that labor and are heavy-laden, and I will
+give you rest." On each side of the church are the figures of the
+twelve apostles, placed against the walls at equal distances, so as to
+include the whole extent. In the middle of the choir, in front of the
+altar, is the figure of an angel, holding a baptismal font, in the
+shape of a shell, which some call Thorwaldsen's masterpiece. In the
+sacristy of the church are several other works of the great sculptor,
+who was first interred in this place, before the museum was ready to
+receive his remains.
+
+Mrs. Kendall declared she had seen enough for one day, for
+sight-seeing is the hardest work one can do when it is overdone. After
+supper, when the lady was rested, she consented to visit Tivoli, where
+the students were to spend the evening. This celebrated resort of the
+Copenhageners is situated just outside of the old walls of the city,
+near the arm of the sea which divides Amager from Seeland. One of the
+two horse-railways, which the people in Europe generally persist in
+calling "tramways," extends through the city, passing the gates of
+this garden. Several of the officers and seamen of the ship came by
+the cars, which hardly differ from those in use in the principal
+cities of the United States; but all of them have accommodations for
+passengers on the top.
+
+Captain Lincoln--who had been on board of the ship since he left the
+party with whom he had spent the afternoon--and Norwood were
+passengers in a car; but though they could not speak a word of Norsk,
+they were not disturbed by the situation. Presently the conductor
+presented himself, which caused a general sounding of pockets among
+the occupants of the car. He had a tin box, suspended by a strap,
+which passed around his neck, to contain the money he received. In his
+hand he held a compact little roll of yellow paper, an inch and a half
+in width, across which was printed a succession of little tickets,
+each with a number. The fare was four skillings, or two and one fourth
+cents, and, as each person paid, the conductor handed him one of these
+papers, torn from the roll. Captain Lincoln gave him a piece of money,
+and held up two fingers, pointing to his companion at the same time,
+to indicate that he paid for both. The man gave him his change, and
+two of the yellow tickets.
+
+ [Illustration: Kjobenhavns
+                Sporvei.
+                4 Skilling.
+                904]
+
+"What are these for?" asked Lincoln, glancing at the little papers.
+
+"They are tickets, of course," replied Norwood.
+
+"I don't think so," added the captain. "All the people seem to throw
+them away, and the floor of the car is covered with them."
+
+"O, I know now what they are!" exclaimed Norwood. "I have heard of
+such things."
+
+"I never did."
+
+"I suppose you know what 'knocking down' means--don't you?" laughed
+the second lieutenant.
+
+"It means stealing."
+
+"Precisely so. It is said that conductors and omnibus drivers at home
+'knock down' a good deal, which is the technical name for taking a
+portion of the fares. They use 'spotters' in our country to keep the
+conductors and drivers honest."
+
+"Spotters?"
+
+"Yes, that's the name of them. They are men and women, whom the
+conductors cannot distinguish from other passengers, employed by the
+railway companies to ride in the cars, and report the number of
+passengers on certain trips, so that the agents can tell whether the
+fares are all paid over. These tickets are used for the same purpose."
+
+"I don't see what good they do. They certainly can't keep the men
+honest, for almost everybody throws away his ticket."
+
+"They are called control-marks," said a gentleman next to the captain,
+who had been listening with interest to the conversation, and who
+spoke good English. "The man has to tear one of them off every time a
+passenger pays him."
+
+"They are all numbered, I see; mine is nine hundred and four," added
+Lincoln.
+
+"When the man gives up this roll at night, the next number will show
+how many he has torn off. If he began at No. 200 this morning, he has
+taken seven hundred and four fares."
+
+"But he might neglect to tear off fifty or a hundred in the course of
+a day," suggested Lincoln, "and put the money for them in his pocket."
+
+"If he does so, everybody is watching him, and anybody may report him
+to the agent. I am a share-owner of the company, and for aught the
+conductor knows, there may be one in every car. If the man neglects
+his duty, my interest would prompt me to look after him."
+
+"I see; thank you, sir."
+
+"Here is Tivoli," added the gentleman. "I suppose you are going
+there."
+
+"Yes, sir."
+
+"It is a fine garden, and very cheap."
+
+The young officers left the car, and bought tickets at the gate, for
+which they paid one mark, or nine cents, each. Near the entrance they
+found a man selling programmes of the evening's entertainment, at two
+skillings each. Captain Lincoln bought one, for he carefully preserved
+every handbill, ticket, or programme for future reference. He could
+read a little of it. The performances were varied, and covered the
+time from six o'clock till midnight. But the young officers preferred
+to take a general view of the premises. It was an extensive garden,
+prettily and tastefully laid out, with accommodations for concerts,
+circus, and theatrical performances. In the centre was a "beer
+garden," with table and seats, for little parties, who drank their
+beer and chatted, while a band played in a kiosk. Near it was a
+bazaar, where all kinds of fancy articles were arranged for sale, with
+the attendant raffles and lotteries. Farther removed from the centre
+was a theatre, consisting, however, of only the stage, the audience
+seating themselves in the open air. The performance, from six to
+seven, as the captain read in his programme, was
+
+    R1. 6. Entrée gymnastique af Brodrene Hermann.
+
+Or, in plain English, a gymnastic exhibition by the brothers Hermann.
+
+In the circus there was a performance at half past seven, such as one
+sees in the United States, and "Hr. Wallet" was clown. At half past
+nine o'clock, another exhibition was given in an enclosed building, to
+which an extra admission fee was charged. At the theatre, dancing by
+some "celebrated sisters" was in progress at nine o'clock. A Russian
+mountain was in operation during the whole evening. It was a railroad
+down one inclined plane, and up another, and back over the same track,
+a ride costing a few skillings. The concert was continued at intervals
+during the entire evening. The "_café chantant_" was in full blast
+after nine o'clock, in two places, one of which was a small hall, with
+a bar, and the other the interior of a Swiss cottage, with a gallery
+surrounding it. In each of these were tables, where the audience
+seated themselves, and drank brandy, wine, beer, and milder beverages.
+The singers, who are all females, stood upon a stage, and were
+accompanied by a piano. After one or two songs had been sung, one of
+the singers passed around among the audience with a plate to receive
+their contributions, each person generally giving a small copper coin.
+This order was continually repeated, and the money thus received is
+the only salary of the performers, whose singing is villanously vile,
+and whose character is worse than their singing. A canal, extending
+from the sea, comes up to Tivoli, and passes around an island. Boats
+are to let here; and, indeed, there is no end to the variety of
+amusements, and "all for nine cents," as Joseph had said half a dozen
+times during the afternoon to his party, and a dozen times more during
+the evening. At half past ten the students returned to the squadron,
+for by that time they had seen all they desired.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI.
+
+AN EXCURSION TO KLAMPENBORG AND ELSINORE.
+
+
+Peaks sat near the brig and read his book, which he had procured from
+the librarian in anticipation of a dull and heavy afternoon. Clyde sat
+in his cage, watching the boatswain. The book was evidently a very
+interesting one, for the reader hardly raised his eyes from it for a
+full hour, and then only to bestow a single glance upon the occupant
+of the ship's prison. The volume was Peter Simple, and the boatswain
+relished the adventures of the hero. Once in a while his stalwart
+frame was shaken by an earthquake of laughter, for he had a certain
+sense of dignity which did not permit him to laugh outright all alone
+by himself, and so the shock was diffused through all his members, and
+his body quaked like that of a man in the incipient throes of a fever
+and ague fit. The magnanimous conduct of O'Brien, who flogged Peter
+for seasickness, simply because he loved him, proved to be almost too
+much for the settled plan of the boatswain, and it was with the utmost
+difficulty that he restrained an outbreak of laughter.
+
+For a full quarter of an hour Clyde convinced himself that he was
+entirely satisfied with the situation. The brig was not a bad place,
+or, at least, it would not be, if the boatswain would only leave the
+steerage and allow the prisoner to be by himself. He wished very much
+to try the carpenter's saw upon the slats of his prison. At the end of
+the second quarter of an hour, the Briton was slightly nervous; the
+close of the third found him rather impatient, and at the expiration
+of an hour, he was decidedly provoked with Peaks for staying where he
+was so long. When the stout sentinel glanced at him, he flattered
+himself with a transitory hope; but the boatswain only changed his
+position slightly, and still appeared to be as deeply absorbed as ever
+in the book.
+
+Clyde was disgusted, and emphatically angry at the end of another half
+hour. The brig was a vile place, and putting a free-born Briton into
+such a den was the greatest indignity which had yet been offered to
+him. It was even worse than ordering him to be silent, or to go
+forward. It was an insult which required both redress and vengeance.
+He rose from his seat, and walked to the door of his prison, but with
+his gaze still fixed upon his jailer. He had come to the conclusion
+that, if he moved, Peaks would, at least, look at him; but that worthy
+did not raise his eyes from his book. Clyde took hold of the barred
+door and began to shake it, making considerable noise by the act.
+Peaks took no notice whatever of him, and it seemed just as though the
+boatswain intended to insult him by thus disregarding him. He shook
+the door again with more violence, but did not succeed in attracting
+the attention of his custodian. Then he began to kick the door. Making
+a run of the length of the brig, he threw himself against it with all
+the force he could, hoping to break it down; but he might as well
+have butted against the side of the ship. It yielded a little, and
+rattled a great deal; but it was too strong to be knocked down in any
+such manner.
+
+The prisoner was boiling over with wrath, as much because Peaks did
+not notice him, as on account of the indignity of his confinement.
+He kicked, wrenched, and twisted at the door, till he had nearly
+exhausted his own strength, apparently without affecting that of
+the door. The boatswain still read, and still shook with suppressed
+laughter at the funny blunders and situations of Peter Simple. He had
+seen just such fellows as Clyde in the brig; had seen them behave just
+as the present prisoner did; and he had learned that it was better to
+let them have their own way till they were satisfied, for boys are
+always better satisfied when they solve such problems for themselves.
+
+"I'm not going to stay in this place!" howled Clyde, when he had
+wasted all his powers upon the obstinate door.
+
+"No?"
+
+The boatswain happened to be at the end of a chapter in his book, and
+he closed the volume, uttering only the single negative participle,
+with the interrogative inflection, as he glanced at his charge in the
+brig.
+
+"No, I'm not!" roared Clyde, rousing from his seat, upon which he had
+dropped in sheer exhaustion, and throwing himself desperately against
+the unyielding door. "I won't stay in here any longer!"
+
+"Well, now, I thought you would," added Peaks, with the most provoking
+calmness.
+
+"I won't!"
+
+"But it seems to me that you do stay there."
+
+"I won't any longer."
+
+"Well?"
+
+"I'll send for the British minister."
+
+"Do."
+
+"I won't stand it any longer."
+
+"Sit down, then."
+
+Clyde dashed himself against the door again with all the remaining
+force he had; but the boatswain, apparently unmoved, opened his book
+again. It was terribly lacerating to the feelings of the Briton to be
+so coolly disregarded and ignored. Clyde had the saw, but he had sense
+enough left to know that any attempt to use it would attract the
+attention of his jailer, and end in the loss of the implement, with
+which he could remove a couple of the slats when left alone, or when
+all hands were asleep at night. Finding that violence accomplished
+nothing, he seated himself on his stool,--which, however, was far from
+being the stool of repentance,--and considered the situation more
+calmly. He was in a profuse perspiration from the energy of his
+useless exertions. Perhaps he was conscious that he had made a fool of
+himself, and that his violence was as impolitic as it was useless. In
+a few moments he was as quiet as a lamb, and remained so for half an
+hour, though his bondage was no less galling than before.
+
+"Mr. Peaks," said he, in the gentlest of tones.
+
+"Well, my lad, what shall I do for you?" replied the boatswain,
+closing his book, and going to the door of the brig.
+
+"I'm very thirsty, and want a glass of water. Will you give me one?"
+
+"Certainly, my boy."
+
+The boatswain passed a mug of water through the bars, and Clyde drank
+as though he was really thirsty.
+
+"You have worked hard, and it makes you dry," said Peaks. "You can
+keep a mug of water in the brig if you like."
+
+"I will," replied Clyde, as he placed the mug on the deck, after the
+boatswain had filled it. "Can't you let me out, Mr. Peaks?"
+
+"Certainly I can."
+
+"You will--won't you?"
+
+"With all my heart."
+
+"Do, if you please."
+
+"On certain conditions, you know."
+
+"What conditions?"
+
+"That you won't attempt to run away. But, my lad, it is only a few
+hours since you said the brig was a very nice place, and you would
+grow gray in it before you would promise not to leave when you got a
+good chance."
+
+"I hadn't tried it, then. But I think it is an insult to a fellow to
+put him in here. I would rather be flogged outright."
+
+"We don't flog the boys."
+
+"I would rather take a flogging, and have it done with."
+
+"That's one of the reasons why we don't do it. We don't want to have
+it done with till the boy means to do about right. You are a smart
+boy, my lad; but you have got a heap of bad blood in your veins,
+which ought to be worked off. If you would only do your duty like a
+man, you would be comfortable and happy."
+
+"I never can stay in this ship."
+
+"Why not?"
+
+"I don't understand the duty."
+
+"You will soon learn all the ropes in the ship, and they will all come
+as handy to you as the key of your own watch."
+
+Clyde pulled out his watch, and glanced at the boatswain.
+
+"That's a nice time-keeper you have, my lad; gold, I suppose."
+
+"Yes; it cost thirty pounds. Wouldn't you like it?"
+
+"I?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+"Well, I have a pretty good silver one, which answers my purpose very
+well," replied Peaks, smiling.
+
+"I'll give it to you, if you will let me out, and permit me to go on
+shore," added Clyde, in an insinuating tone.
+
+"Thank you, my lad, I don't want it bad enough to do that."
+
+"You can sell it, you know. Or I will give you thirty pounds in cash,
+if you prefer."
+
+"I can't afford to do it for that," laughed the boatswain.
+
+"I'll give you fifty pounds then," persisted Clyde.
+
+"Can't afford to do it for that, either."
+
+"Say sixty, then."
+
+"Say a hundred, if you like, my lad; and then say a thousand. I can't
+afford to do it for all the money your mother is worth. You are on
+the wrong tack, my lad. I can't be bought at any price."
+
+"I won't ask you to let me out. If you will only go on deck, and keep
+out of the way, I will manage it all myself."
+
+"No, no; sheer off, my hearty. When I have a duty to do, I always mean
+to do it; and if it isn't done, it isn't my fault. You can't leave the
+ship with my consent."
+
+"I can't stay here, I say. I should die in a month."
+
+"Very well, die like a man, then," said Peaks, good-naturedly; for,
+though he could not be bought at any price, he did not indulge in any
+righteous indignation against his victim. "Learn your duty, and then
+do it. There is plenty of fun going on in the ship, and you will enjoy
+yourself as soon as you get on the right tack. That's the up and down
+of the whole matter."
+
+"I can't take off my cap to these young squirts of officers, and be
+ordered around by them. It isn't in an Englishman to do anything of
+the sort."
+
+"Upon my word, I think it is in them. They make first-rate sailors,
+and always obey their officers."
+
+"Common sailors do; but I'm a gentleman."
+
+"So am I; but I always obey orders," replied the democratic Peaks,
+warmly. "The officers of this ship are required to behave like
+gentlemen, and give their orders in a gentlemanly manner. If they
+don't do it, they are liable to be reduced. Do your duty, and you may
+be an officer yourself."
+
+Peaks continued for some time to give the prisoner good advice,
+assuring him that he was no better than the rest of the crew, and
+that it would not hurt him any more than others to obey the orders of
+the officers. But it was sowing seed in stony ground, and Clyde,
+finding he could make nothing out of the honest boatswain, decided to
+await his time with what patience he could command, which, however,
+was not much. Peaks was permitted to follow Peter Simple in his
+stirring career during the rest of the afternoon. The crew returned
+from Tivoli at eleven in the evening, and soon the ship was quiet,
+with only an anchor watch, consisting of an officer on the
+quarter-deck, and two seamen on the forecastle.
+
+Clyde's supper was given to him in his prison, and a bed made up for
+his use. He kept awake till all the students came on board, and while
+he was waiting for the crew to slumber, he dropped asleep himself, and
+did not wake till all hands were called in the morning. He was vexed
+with himself for his neglect, and afraid that the carpenter would miss
+the saw, and remember where he had left it. He was determined to keep
+awake the next night, and make his escape, even if he was obliged to
+swim to the land.
+
+After breakfast, all the students went on shore for an excursion to
+Klampenborg and Elsinore. In the custom-house enclosure, a procession
+of four in a rank was formed, to march to the railroad station, which
+was near the Tivoli Garden. The students were generally rather fond of
+processions, not at home, but in the streets of foreign cities. The
+parade was quite imposing, when every officer and seaman wore his best
+uniform. They had been carefully taught to march, and Professor Badois
+had organized a band of eight pieces, which performed a few tunes
+very well. Unfortunately, on the present occasion, the band was not
+available, for Stockwell, the cornet player, and Boyden, the bass
+drummer, belonged to the absent crew of the second cutter, and the
+procession moved to the sterling notes of the drum and fife.
+
+On parades of this kind, the first and second pursers acted as the
+fleet staff of the commodore, who would otherwise have been "alone in
+his glory," and these two useful officers seemed like "odds and ends"
+in any other position. As this procession was frequently formed, and
+marched through the streets of various cities, the order is given to
+satisfy the reasonable curiosity of the reader.
+
+                      Music.
+                 The Commodore,
+             And Staff of the Fleet.
+        The Captain of the Young America.
+                The Four Masters.
+              The Four Midshipmen.
+             The First Lieutenant.
+     The First Part of the Starboard Watch,
+         Consisting of Eighteen Seamen.
+             The Second Lieutenant.
+    The Second Part of the Starboard Watch.
+             The Third Lieutenant.
+       The First Part of the Port Watch.
+             The Fourth Lieutenant.
+       The Second Part of the Port Watch.
+         The Captain of the Josephine.
+                The Four Masters.
+              The First Lieutenant.
+     The First Part of the Starboard Watch,
+           Consisting of Eight Seamen.
+             The Second Lieutenant.
+     The Second Part of the Starboard Watch.
+             The Third Lieutenant.
+        The First Part of the Port Watch.
+             The Fourth Lieutenant.
+       The Second Part of the Port Watch.
+          The Captain of the Tritonia.
+               The Four Masters.
+             The First Lieutenant.
+    The First Part of the Starboard Watch,
+          Consisting of Eight Seamen.
+            The Second Lieutenant.
+    The Second Part of the Starboard Watch.
+            The Third Lieutenant.
+       The First Part of the Port Watch.
+            The Fourth Lieutenant.
+       The Second Part of the Port Watch.
+
+Sometimes the order was varied by placing all the officers at the head
+of the procession, except the lieutenants in command of sections,
+as,--
+
+           The Commodore and Staff.
+             The three Captains.
+           Three ranks of Masters.
+           One rank of Midshipmen.
+
+But keeping all the officers and seamen of each vessel together, as in
+the first order, was generally preferred. Of course the ranks were not
+always full, as on the present occasion; but even when the full band
+was at the head of the column, there were enough for four full ranks
+in each half-watch of the ship, and two ranks in those of the other
+vessels. The students had practised so much that they marched
+exceedingly well, and being aligned according to their height, the
+effect was very fine. The Copenhageners left their occupations, and
+hastened to the doors and windows of their houses and shops to see the
+procession; and even the king and royal family were spectators at the
+palace windows, as the column moved through Frederiksplads. As it
+passed the Royal Hotel, Mr. and Mrs. Kendall, with Dr. Winstock and
+Joseph, were entering a carriage, in which they intended to ride to
+Klampenborg, in order to see more of the country. At the railroad
+station, the officers and seamen took seats in the third-class
+carriages, which were two stories high, the upper as well as the lower
+one having a roof. The distance to Klampenborg is eight and a half
+English miles, and the fare is sixteen skillings, or nine cents, third
+class; twenty-four skillings, or thirteen and a half cents, second
+class; and thirty-two skillings, or eighteen cents, first class. The
+third-class compartments are clean and neat, but there are no cushions
+on the seats. An aisle extends through the middle of them, but the
+seats are placed in pairs, on each side, so that half the passengers
+are compelled to ride backwards. In about half an hour the train
+arrived at Klampenborg.
+
+Paul Kendall's party drove first to the summer residence of Mr.
+Melchoir, which was in the suburbs of the city, near the sea-shore.
+The house was a very pretty one, with a neat garden, not unlike the
+little country places one sees in the vicinity of the large cities of
+the United States. Joseph rang the bell, and stated the errand of the
+party to the servant. They were shown up one flight of stairs, where
+the girl knocked at the door, which was immediately opened by
+Hans Christian Andersen, and the tourists were ushered into a
+plainly-furnished room, with a few engravings on the walls. On a table
+were the writing-materials of the great author, and Paul looked with
+interest at the little pile of letter sheets, closely written over,
+and the unfinished one, on which the ink was not yet dry.
+
+Mr. Andersen's face was covered with a smile as he greeted the party.
+Dr. Winstock had met him before, and stated the fact.
+
+"O, I'm very glad to see you again," said the author, grasping the
+doctor's hand with both of his own.
+
+"My young friend here, and his lady, have both read all your books,
+and desired to see you even more than to look upon the beautiful works
+of your great sculptor."
+
+"Ah, you are very kind," added Mr. Andersen, again grasping the
+doctor's hand with both of his own.
+
+Then, darting nervously to Paul, he seized his hand in the same
+manner.
+
+"This is Captain Paul Kendall, commander of the yacht Grace," added
+Dr. Winstock.
+
+"I am so pleased to see you!" said Mr. Andersen.
+
+"I have read all your books with the most intense pleasure."
+
+"O, you are too kind, Captain Kendall," replied the genial author,
+smiling all over his face, and once more grasping his hand as before.
+
+"Mrs. Kendall," added Paul, presenting Grace.
+
+"I am so pleased to see you! You are very kind to take so much trouble
+to visit me."
+
+"Indeed, sir, you are very kind to permit us to trouble you, when you
+are so busy," continued Paul.
+
+"O, I have plenty of time to see my good friends."
+
+"In America we love your books, and they are in all our libraries and
+most of our houses."
+
+"You are so kind to speak so pleasantly of my works!" replied Mr.
+Andersen, grasping Paul's hand again.
+
+"We value them very highly."
+
+The conversation continued for a few moments, in which Paul and the
+doctor expressed the high appreciation of the reading public of the
+great writer's works. At least a dozen times more he grasped the hand
+of the speaker with both his. Mr. Andersen is a tall gentleman, with
+a thin face,--the features of which are far from handsome,--and
+iron-gray hair. His countenance is always covered with smiles when he
+speaks, and his whole manner is child-like and simple. He is full of
+the love of God and of man, which seems to shine out in his face, and
+to be the interpretation of his ever-present smile. His dress was
+scrupulously neat and nice in every detail.
+
+The doctor told him about the Academy squadron, of which he had read a
+brief notice in the newspapers, and invited him to visit the ship,
+which he promised to do, on the following day. The party took their
+leave of him, and continued on the way to Klampenborg. The road was
+on the margin of the sea, and was lined with small country houses,
+with pleasant gardens. It was a lovely region, with an occasional
+large villa, and even a summer palace or two. All along this road,
+called the Strandway, are small and large houses of entertainment, on
+the sea-side, each one of which has a bathing establishment on a very
+small and simple scale.
+
+"Here is Charlottelund Castle, in this park," said Joseph, as they
+passed what seemed to be merely a grove, with a rather dilapidated
+fence.
+
+"It was formerly the country-seat of the Landgrave of Hesse, I
+believe," added Dr. Winstock.
+
+"Yes, sir; but it is now the summer residence of the crown prince. He
+comes out here in June."
+
+"These carriages are called 'privateers,'" continued the guide,
+pointing to several vehicles like a small omnibus with no top. "They
+formerly went by the name of 'coffee-mills,' because they made a noise
+like those machines."
+
+Constantia Tea-Garden, where the Copenhageners go to spend the evening
+in hot weather, and several fishing villages, were passed, and then
+the carriage reached the Deer Park, where the students had already
+arrived, which is a very extensive enclosure, with a few roads
+extending through it. A portion of it is covered with groves, and
+it contains about a thousand deer, which are quite tame, and may
+be seen grazing in herds on the gentle slopes. There is nothing very
+attractive in the park, though it is much frequented by the people
+from the city. Neither the roads nor the grounds are well kept, and
+the government "turns an honest penny" by the letting of it out for
+the pasturage of horses. On some rising ground, which Denmarkers
+call a hill, is a large, square, barn-like building, known as the
+"Hermitage," which was built by Christian VI. for a hunting lodge.
+This park and that at Charlottelund contain thousands of acres of
+excellent land, which is almost useless, and which the government
+cannot afford to keep in condition as pleasure-grounds. They would
+make thousands of farms, and thus increase the productive industry and
+the revenues of the nation, if they could be cut up and sold. Royalty
+is an expensive luxury, which a small kingdom like Denmark cannot
+afford to support.
+
+Near the entrance to the park is the garden proper of Klampenborg,
+where music is provided on summer evenings, and refreshments sold.
+What is called a Norwegian house is erected in the middle of the
+grounds, which contains a bar and private rooms, and is surrounded
+by tables and chairs, where the pleasure-seekers may sit and enjoy
+their beer and the music. A small fee for admission is paid at the
+gate, where the ticket-seller is kept honest by the aid of the
+"control-mark." Near this garden is a hotel built for a water-cure
+establishment, though it is now mainly used as a summer
+boarding-house. Close by it is a village of small cottages, devoted to
+the same use, with concert-rooms and bathing-houses in abundance. This
+place is a favorite resort of the Copenhageners in summer,--in fact,
+their Newport or Long Branch. For a couple of hours the students
+wandered through the park and gardens. The railroad station is very
+near the entrance, where, indeed, the whole beauty of the place is
+concentrated.
+
+The railway to Klampenborg is a branch of the one which extends from
+Copenhagen to Elsinore, and in another hour the entire party were
+transported to the latter place. This town has nine or ten thousand
+inhabitants, and is located on a basin of the Sound, nearly
+land-locked by natural and artificial dikes. The Danish name of the
+place is Helsingör, and is the scene of Shakespeare's tragedy of
+Hamlet. The excursionists visited the cathedral, which is the
+principal object of interest in Elsinore, and contains several very
+old tombs. Near the town, and on the shore of the Sound, is the Castle
+of Kronberg, erected in 1580. It is a large, oblong, Gothic structure,
+built of a whitish stone. It contains a chapel and other apartments.
+Those occupied by the commandant were the prison of Caroline Matilda,
+who was confined here for a high crime, of which she is now
+universally believed to be innocent.
+
+Under the castle are casemates for a thousand men, one of which is
+said to be the abode of _Holger Danske_, who was the Cid Campeador of
+Denmark, and the hero of a thousand legends. When the state is in
+peril, he is supposed to march at the head of the armies, but never
+shows himself at any other time. A farmer, says the story, happened
+into his gloomy retreat by accident, and found him seated at a stone
+table, to which his long white beard had grown. The mystic hero
+demanded the hand of his visitor, who was afraid to trust flesh and
+blood in the grasp of one so mighty, and offered the iron bar used to
+fasten the door. Holger Danske seized it, and squeezed it so hard that
+he left the print of his fingers on the iron.
+
+"Ha, I see there are still _men_ in Denmark!" said he, with a grim
+smile of satisfaction.
+
+Near the castle are a couple of natural ponds, small and round, which
+are called "Holger Danske's Spectacles."
+
+"This is where Hamlet lived, I suppose," said Captain Lincoln.
+
+"Where Shakespeare says he lived," replied Dr. Winstock.
+
+"But I was told his grave was here."
+
+"Perhaps Hamlet divided himself up, and occupied a dozen graves, for I
+think you may find a dozen of them here," laughed the doctor. "A
+resident of this vicinity had what was called the grave of Hamlet in
+his grounds, which proved to be a nuisance to him, on account of the
+great number of visitors who came to see it. In order to relieve
+himself of this injury to his garden, he got up another 'grave of
+Hamlet,' in another place, which he proved to be the authentic one."
+
+"It is too bad to trifle with history in that manner," protested the
+captain.
+
+"There is no history about it, Lincoln. His residence in this part of
+Denmark is all a fiction. Shakespeare makes terrible blunders in his
+allusions to this place; for there is no 'eastern hill,' no 'dreadful
+summit of the cliff,' or anything of the sort. Hamlet lived in
+Jutland, not in Seeland, about four centuries before Christ, and was
+the son of a pirate chief, instead of a king, who, with his brother,
+was governor of the province. He married the daughter of the king,
+who was Hamlet's mother. The chief was murdered by his brother, who
+married the widow, and was then the sole governor. Hamlet, in order to
+avenge his father's death, feigned madness; but his uncle, suspecting
+the trick, sent him to England, with a message carved in wood,
+requesting the king to destroy him. During the voyage, he obtained the
+wooden letter, and altered it so as to make it ask for the killing of
+the two men, creatures of his uncle, who had charge of him, which was
+done on their arrival. According to the style of romances, he married
+the king's daughter, and afterwards returned to Jutland, where, still
+pretending insanity, he contrived to surprise and slay his uncle. He
+succeeded his victim as governor, and married a second time, to a
+queen of Scotland, and was finally killed in battle. The main features
+of the tragedy correspond with the incidents of the story, but the
+locality is not correct."
+
+The party walked to Marienlyst, a pleasant watering-place, which
+contains a small royal chateau. The view from this place, as from the
+tower of Kronberg, is very beautiful. At four o'clock the party took
+the steamer, and arrived at Copenhagen before dark.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII.
+
+TO STOCKHOLM BY GÖTA CANAL.
+
+
+The Wadstena, in which the absentees had taken passage at Gottenburg,
+was a small steamer, but very well fitted up for one of her size.
+Forward was the saloon, in which meals were taken, and saloon
+passengers slept. Aft was the cabin, on each side of which were
+state-rooms, called "hütte." They were not made with regular berths,
+but had a sofa on each side of the door, on which the beds were made
+up at night, with a wash-stand between them. Between this cabin and
+the forward saloon the main deck was raised about three feet, so as to
+cover the engine and boilers. On each side of this higher deck were
+more "hütte," which were the best rooms on board. The hurricane-deck,
+over the after cabin, was the favorite resort of the passengers.
+
+It was two o'clock in the morning, and the independent excursionists
+were tired and sleepy. They had taken first-class tickets, and two of
+them had been assigned to each "hütte." As soon as they went on board,
+therefore, they retired, and most of them slept, in spite of the fleas
+and other vermin that revelled in their banquet of blood. None but
+very tired boys could have slumbered under such unfavorable
+circumstances, and it is a great pity that a steamer otherwise so
+neat and comfortable should be given up to the dominion of these
+sleep-destroying insects.
+
+At seven the party turned out, anxious to see the scenery on the banks
+of the canal. The steamer was still in the river, a stream not more
+than a hundred and fifty feet wide, with occasional rapids, which are
+passed by canals, with locks in them. The scenery was pleasant, with
+rocky hills on each side. Schooners and other craft were continually
+met, loaded with lumber and other articles from the lakes. The scene
+was novel and interesting, and though the boys gaped fearfully, they
+enjoyed the view.
+
+Presently one of the women, who do all the work of stewards and
+waiters, appeared with coffee on deck, passing the cups to the
+passengers first, and then filling them. The coffee was delicious,
+served with the whitest of sugar and the richest of cream, with some
+little biscuits. It waked the boys up, and seemed to make new beings
+of them.
+
+"How's this, Sanford?" said Scott.
+
+"First rate! That's the best coffee I ever drank in my life," replied
+the coxswain.
+
+"Is it a free blow?"
+
+"I don't know. How is it, Ole?"
+
+"No; you pay at the end of the trip for all you have had," replied the
+waif.
+
+"But who keeps the account?" asked Scott.
+
+"Nobody," laughed Ole. "On the boats from Christiania every passenger
+tells what he has had, and pays for it."
+
+"Do they think everybody is honest?"
+
+"Certainly; everybody is honest."
+
+"Not much," added Sanford, shaking his head. "Of course you don't
+pretend to be honest, Norway."
+
+"But I do."
+
+"You didn't take a sovereign from me, and another from Burchmore--did
+you?"
+
+"I take what you give me."
+
+"It may be honest, but I don't see it in that light, Norway."
+
+"Never mind that now, Sanford," interposed Burchmore. "He sold out the
+last time for the public good."
+
+"Do you expect to find the ship in Stockholm when we get there?" asked
+Scott.
+
+"Of course I do," replied Sanford. "We shall not get there till
+Tuesday."
+
+"Then our cruise is almost ended."
+
+"I suppose so. I have been trying hard to join the ship ever since we
+left her at Christiansand," continued the coxswain, solemnly.
+
+"Over the left," chuckled Scott.
+
+"Honor bright! I don't believe in running away."
+
+"Nor I; but Laybold and I have put our foot into it. I suppose we
+shall have to spend a week in the brig, and make love to Peaks while
+the rest of the fellows are seeing Russia."
+
+"You will find some way to get out of the scrape."
+
+"I don't know. We have lost Copenhagen and Denmark already, and I
+suppose we shall not see much of Russia."
+
+"We will help you out."
+
+"I don't think you can do it," added Scott, who had evidently come to
+the conclusion that running away "did not pay."
+
+The steamer stopped, and the captain informed the party that
+passengers usually walked three miles around the series of locks, by
+which they were enabled to see the Falls of Trollhätten. The carrying
+of the canal around these falls was the most difficult problem in
+engineering in the construction of the work. It is cut through the
+solid rock, and contains sixteen locks. The passage of the steamer
+occupies an hour and a half, which affords ample time for the voyagers
+to see the falls. The party immediately landed, and were promptly
+beset by a dozen ragged boys, who desired to act as guides, where no
+such persons are needed. Not one of them spoke a word of English; but
+they led the way to the path, each one selecting his own victims, and
+trusting to the magnanimity of the passengers for their pay. A walk,
+covered with saw-dust, has been made by some public-spirited persons,
+and the excursion is a very pleasant one.
+
+The entire fall of the river is one hundred and twelve feet; but it is
+made in four principal cataracts, and three smaller ones. The scenery
+in the vicinity is rather picturesque, and at one point the path goes
+through a grove, on the banks of a rivulet, where the water dashes
+over large cobble-stones, with an occasional pretty cascade. The walk
+leads to various eligible spots for examining the falls and the
+rapids. On the way, the tourist passes _Kungsgrottan_, or King's
+Grotto. It is a hole in the solid rock, in the shape of half a
+globe, on the sides of which are inscribed the names of the various
+sovereigns of Sweden, and other distinguished persons who have visited
+the spot. Near the village of Trollhätten, which contains several
+founderies and saw-mills, the finest part of the falls is seen by
+crossing an iron foot-bridge, at the gate of which stands a woman, who
+collects a toll of fifty öre for the passage to the little island.
+
+"I don't think much of these falls," said Scott, as he returned from
+the island.
+
+"I think they are rather fine," replied Laybold.
+
+"You could cut up the rapids of Niagara into about two hundred just
+such falls, to say nothing of the big cataract itself," added Scott.
+"It is pleasant, this walk along the river, but you can't call the
+Falls of Trollhätten a big thing."
+
+"Of course they don't compare with Niagara."
+
+"Certainly not."
+
+The party walked through the yards of the manufactories, and came to a
+small hotel on the bank of the canal. The place looked very much like
+many American villages. The canal steamer did not appear for half an
+hour, and some of the boys strolled about the place. The regiment of
+ragged boys who had followed the tourists, or led the way, pointing
+out the various falls and other points of interest in an unknown
+tongue, begged lustily for the payment for their services. One of
+them, who had taken Scott and Laybold under his protection, was
+particularly urgent in his demands.
+
+"Not a red, my hearty," replied Scott. "I didn't engage you, and I
+shall not pay you."
+
+The boy still held out his hand, and said something which no one of
+the party could understand.
+
+"Exactly so," replied Scott. "You told me the names of all the places,
+but I did not understand a word you said. I say, my lad, when did you
+escape from the rag-bag?"
+
+The boy uttered a few words in Swedish.
+
+"Is that so?"
+
+The boy spoke again.
+
+"Stick to it, my hearty; but I don't believe a word of it."
+
+"What does he say, Scott?"
+
+"He says the moon is made of green cheese. Didn't you, my lad?"
+
+The boy nodded, and spoke again.
+
+"It is a hard case, Young Sweden; but I can't do anything for you."
+
+"What's a hard case, Scott?" asked Laybold.
+
+"Why, he says he has six fathers and five mothers, and he has to
+support them all by guiding tourists round the falls."
+
+"Get out!"
+
+"I am afraid they don't have roast beef for dinner every day."
+
+"Here's the steamer," added Laybold.
+
+The boy became more importunate as the time came to go on board, but
+Scott was obstinate.
+
+"Now, out of my way, my lad. Give my regards to your six fathers and
+five mothers, and I'll remember you in my will; but I won't give you a
+solitary red now, because I don't like the principle of the thing. I
+didn't employ you, and I didn't want you. I told you so, and shook my
+head at you, and told you to get behind me, Satan, and all that sort
+of thing; and now I'm not going to pay you for making a nuisance of
+yourself. On the naked question of charity, I could do something for
+you, on account of your numerous fathers and mothers. As it is, good
+by, Sweden;" and Scott went on board of the steamer.
+
+The boat started again, and soon the bell rang for breakfast. The boys
+hastened to the forward saloon, where they found two tables spread. At
+a sideboard was the Swedish lunch, or snack, of herring, sliced
+salmon, various little fishes, sausage, and similar delicacies, with
+the universal decanter of "finkel," flanked with a circle of wine
+glasses. The tourists partook of the eatables, but most of them were
+wise enough to avoid the drinkable. The Swedish bread, which is a
+great brown cracker, about seven inches in diameter, was considered
+very palatable. Ordinary white bread is served on steamers and at
+hotels, and also a dark-colored bread, which looks like rye, and is
+generally too sour for the taste of a foreigner. The breakfast at the
+tables consisted of fried veal, and fish, with vegetables, and all the
+elements of the snack. When the boys had finished, one of the women
+handed Scott a long narrow blank book.
+
+"Thank you, marm; I am much obliged to you," said he. "Will you have
+the kindness to inform me what this is for?"
+
+The woman laughed, and answered him in her native tongue.
+
+"Precisely so," added Scott.
+
+"What does she say?" asked Sanford.
+
+"She wants me to write a love letter in this book to her; but as she
+is rather ancient, I shall decline in your favor, Sanford."
+
+"Don't do it, old fellow! Face the music."
+
+"Not for Joseph!"
+
+"What did she say, Ole?" inquired Sanford.
+
+"She said you were to keep your account in that book," replied the
+interpreter.
+
+"Are we to keep our own reckoning?"
+
+"Yes; every one puts down in this book what he has had."
+
+"That means you, Burchmore. You are the cashier for the party."
+
+"How many fellows had coffee this morning?" asked the cashier, as he
+took the book.
+
+"All of them, of course."
+
+Burchmore made the entries for the coffee and the breakfasts of the
+whole party.
+
+"Well, that's one way to do the thing," said Scott. "Every man his own
+book-keeper. I'll bet everybody doesn't charge what he has had."
+
+Ole was requested to ask the woman about the matter. She said the
+Swedes were honest, but the waiters were required to see that
+everybody paid for what he had had before leaving the steamer. The
+having of this book is certainly a better plan than that of the
+Norwegian steamers, by which the passenger, if he means to be honest,
+is compelled to recollect all he has had in a passage of thirty hours.
+
+The Wadstena continued on her course through a rather flat country,
+just coming into the greenness and beauty of the spring time, till she
+came to Wenersberg, a town of five thousand inhabitants, which is
+largely engaged in the lumber and iron trade. The boat stopped there
+a short time, and the party had an opportunity to examine the lake
+craft at the wharves; but, after seeing them, it was difficult to
+believe they were not in some New England coast town. The steamers,
+however, were very different, all of them being very short, to enable
+them to pass through the locks in the canal, and most of them having
+the hurricane deck forward and aft, to afford sufficient space for the
+cabins. All of them were propellers.
+
+The Wadstena started again, the bridges opening to permit her passage.
+The great Wenern Lake lay before them, which is the third in size in
+Europe, Onega and Ladoga alone exceeding it in extent. It is about a
+hundred miles long by fifty in breadth, very irregular in shape, and
+portions of it are densely crowded with islands. Its greatest depth
+is three hundred and sixty feet near the Island of Lurö, but a
+considerable part of it is very shallow, and difficult of navigation.
+It is one hundred and forty-five feet above the level of the Baltic.
+Thirty rivers flow into it, and sometimes cause it to rise ten feet
+above its ordinary level. But the Göta River is its only outlet, and
+is always supplied with an abundant volume of water. The wind was
+fresh when the Wadstena steamed out upon the broad expanse, and the
+lake had a decidedly stormy aspect.
+
+"Will you be seasick?" asked the captain, as the little steamer began
+to bob up and down with a very uncomfortable jerk.
+
+"Seasick!" laughed Scott. "We are all sailors, sir, and we don't
+intend to cave in on a fresh-water pond."
+
+"But the lake is very rough to-day."
+
+"If your little tub can stand it, captain, we can."
+
+"I am very glad, for some people are very sick on this part of the
+passage. It is sometimes very bad, the worst we have in the whole
+trip."
+
+"How long are we on the lake?" asked Scott.
+
+"About seven hours; but not all of it is so bad as this. We go among
+the islands by and by."
+
+Doubtless the Wenern Lake fully maintained its reputation on the
+present occasion, though none of the young salts were sick. The boat
+stood to the northward, and the short steamer and the short chop sea
+would have made the passage very trying to landsmen. Nothing but the
+distant shores were to be seen, and the monotony of the passage was
+the only disagreeable circumstance to our tourists. For the want of
+something better to do, they went below, and, lying down on the sofas
+in their state-rooms, went to sleep without much difficulty, for
+the red-backs and fleas kept shady in the daytime. The boys were
+accustomed to being "rocked in the cradle of the deep;" but at the
+expiration of three hours, the heavy motion ceased, and the change
+waked them. Going on the hurricane deck again, they found the steamer
+was among the islands, which were generally low, rocky, and covered
+with firs and pines. A crooked channel was carefully buoyed off, and
+the boat was threading its tortuous way with no little difficulty.
+
+Presently the Wadstena made a landing at a rude pier on an island
+where only a rough shanty was in sight. Several row-boats at the wharf
+indicated that passengers came to this station from other islands.
+Again the steamer went out upon the open lake, and soon after entered
+another group of islands, among which she made a landing at a small
+town. Passing over another open space, the entrance to the canal was
+discovered, marked by two low light-houses, in the form of the frustum
+of a pyramid. As the Wadstena entered a lock, the captain told the
+party they might take a walk if they pleased, as there were several
+locks to pass in the next three miles. This was a grateful relief to
+the voyagers, and they gladly availed themselves of the opportunity.
+The country was a dead level, with an occasional small farm-house, and
+with many groves and forests. But the walk was interesting, and the
+boys would gladly have continued it longer; but at the last lock of
+the series, the gate-man told them, through Ole, that they must wait
+here in order to go on board, for the steamer could not make a landing
+again for several miles. The party remained on the hurricane deck till
+the cold and the darkness drove them below. Turning in at an early
+hour, they slept as well as the vermin would allow, until six o'clock
+the next morning, when the steamer was approaching the Wettern Lake,
+the second in size in Sweden. The boat was on a broad arm of the lake,
+called the Viken, for the canal is built only across the narrowest
+section of country, between two natural bodies of water.
+
+The Wettern Lake is ninety miles long and fifteen miles wide,
+surrounded by hills, from which sudden gusts of wind come, producing
+violent squalls on the water. This lake is noted for big trout. After
+crossing the Wettern, the steamer approached Wadstena, which contains
+an ancient church and convent, and a castle built by Gustavus Vasa,
+and often occupied by his family. Ten miles farther brought the
+steamer to Motala, which contains several iron founderies and
+manufactories. Many iron steamers and steam engines are built at this
+place. The scenery on this portion of the canal is very beautiful,
+though not grand. Going through another portion of the artificial
+canal, the boat enters the Roxen Lake, perhaps the most beautiful in
+Sweden, and makes a landing at Linköping. There are half a dozen towns
+with this termination in the country, as Norrköping, Söderköping,
+Jönköping, the last two syllables being pronounced like _chepping_;
+as, Lin-chep-ping.
+
+Leaving the Roxen Lake, the steamer passes through more canals into an
+arm of the Baltic, and then into the sea itself, voyaging among a
+thousand small islands, stopping at Söderköping and Nyköping,
+important commercial and manufacturing towns. Night came, and our
+tourists did not stay up to see the lights on the way. The steamer
+leaves the Baltic, and passing another piece of canal, enters the
+waters of the Mäler Lake, seventy-five miles long, and containing
+fourteen hundred islands. The boys were up in season to see the
+beauties of this lake. Many of the islands rise to a considerable
+height above the water, and are so thick that one hardly believes he
+is sailing on a large lake. For quiet beauty and "eternal stillness,"
+the Mäler can hardly be surpassed. In the middle of the forenoon,
+the spires of Stockholm were to be seen, and the tourists were all
+attention. From the lake the city presents a fine appearance. Indeed,
+Stockholm, seen from either of its water approaches, is hardly
+excelled in beauty by any city in Europe.
+
+The Wadstena made her landing at the Island of Riddarholm. As the
+party were not burdened with any baggage, they decided to walk to the
+hotel. Ole inquired the way to the Hotel Rydberg, where they had
+agreed to go; and crossing a bridge to the largest of the three
+islands of the city, called Stadeholm, they arrived at the palace,
+beyond which is the quay. Between this island and the main land, on
+which the greater portion of the town is built, is the passage from
+the Baltic to the Mäler Lake, and in the middle of it is the Island of
+Helgeandsholm, or Holy Ghost's Island, with two bridges connecting it
+with either side. On it are the king's stables, and a semicircular
+garden, improved as a _café_, with a handsome face wall on the water
+side.
+
+"This isn't bad," said Scott, as the party paused to look down into
+the garden.
+
+"Not at all," replied Sanford. "I suppose they have music here in the
+evening, and it would be a capital place to loaf."
+
+"See the steamers!" exclaimed Laybold, as a couple of the miniature
+craft, which abound in the waters of Stockholm, whisked up to the
+quay.
+
+"A fellow could put half a dozen of them into his trousers pocket,"
+laughed Scott. "We must go on a cruise in some of them, as soon as we
+get settled."
+
+"Well, where's the hotel?" asked Sanford.
+
+It was in plain sight from the bridge, which they crossed to the
+Square of Gustavus Adolphus, on which the hotel faced.
+
+"Good morning, young gentlemen. I am happy to see you," said Mr.
+Blaine, the head steward of the ship, who was the first person to
+greet them as they entered the hotel.
+
+"Ah, Mr. Blaine!" exclaimed Sanford, his face glowing with apparent
+satisfaction. "I am delighted to see you; for I was afraid we should
+never find the ship."
+
+"Were you, indeed? Well, I had the same fear myself. I have been
+looking for you ever since the ship sailed."
+
+"We have done our best to find the ship, Mr. Blaine," added Sanford.
+
+"O, of course you have; but of course, as you didn't find her, you
+were not so babyish as to sit down and cry about it."
+
+"Certainly not; still we were very anxious to find her."
+
+"Mr. Peaks says you came down from Christiania before he did."
+
+"Yes, sir."
+
+"And you were so anxious to find the ship, that you took a train to
+the interior of the country, expecting, no doubt, to come across her
+on some hill, or possibly on some of these inland lakes," continued
+Mr. Blaine.
+
+"We were looking for the ship's company. We met Scott and Laybold, who
+were going into the interior, and we concluded to join them, as they
+wanted to find their shipmates," replied Sanford, who was now not
+entirely confident that "the independent excursion without running
+away" was a success.
+
+"Ah! so you have picked up those two young gentlemen, who ran away,"
+added the head steward, glancing at Scott and Laybold.
+
+"Not exactly, sir; they picked us up," answered the coxswain.
+
+"I think it was a mutual picking up, and we picked each other up,"
+laughed Scott. "We knew that Sanford and his crew were extremely
+anxious to find the ship's company, and if we joined them we should be
+sure to come out right."
+
+"Exactly so," laughed Mr. Blaine. "Let me see; after our first day's
+run on shore, by some mistake you neglected to come on board at night,
+with the others."
+
+"That was the case exactly. The fact is, we were too drunk to go on
+board with the others."
+
+"Drunk!" exclaimed Mr. Blaine.
+
+"Such was our melancholy condition, sir," added Scott, shaking his
+head. "We were invited, in a restaurant, to drink 'finkel,' and not
+knowing what finkel was, we did drink; and it boozed us exceedingly."
+
+"You are very honest about it, Scott."
+
+"We are about everything, sir. We slept at a hotel, and when we went
+down to the wharf to go on board, we learned that the ship's company
+had gone to Trolldoldiddledy Falls. As we felt pretty well, we thought
+we would take a train, see a little of the inside of Sweden, and meet
+the ship's company at Squozzlebogchepping."
+
+"Where's that?" asked Mr. Blaine.
+
+"I can't give you the latitude and longitude of the jaw-breaker, but
+it was at the junction of the two railways, where the party came down
+from the canal. We were sure we should find our fellows there, but
+the Swedish figures bothered us, and we made a mistake in the hour the
+train was due."
+
+"But the Swedish figures are the same as ours," suggested the head
+steward.
+
+"Are they? Well, I don't know what the matter was, except that we were
+five minutes too late for the train. That's what's the matter."
+
+"How very unfortunate it was you lost that train!"
+
+"It was, indeed; I couldn't have felt any worse if I had lost my
+great-grandmother, who died fifty years before I was born. These
+honest fellows felt bad, too."
+
+"Of course they did."
+
+"We took the next train to Gottenburg; but when we arrived, the ship
+had sailed for Copenhagen, which I was more anxious to see than any
+other place in Northern Europe."
+
+"And for that reason you came on to Stockholm."
+
+"No, sir; you are too fast, Mr. Blaine. Your consequent does not agree
+with the antecedent. There was no steamer for Copenhagen for a couple
+of days."
+
+"There was a steamer within an hour after you reached Gottenburg in
+that train, and an hour before the sailing of the canal steamer; and
+Mr. Peaks went down in her," said Mr. Blaine.
+
+"We didn't know it."
+
+"Certainly you did not."
+
+"We knew of no steamer till Monday, and we were afraid, if we went in
+her, that we should be too late to join the ship in Copenhagen; and
+with heroic self-denial, we abandoned our fondly-cherished hope of
+seeing the capital of Denmark, and hastened on to Stockholm, so as
+to be sure and not miss the ship again. These honest fellows," said
+Scott, pointing to Sanford and his companions, "agreed with us that
+this was the only safe course to take."
+
+"I see that you struggled very violently to join your ship, and I only
+wonder that such superhuman efforts should have failed."
+
+"They have not failed, sir," protested Scott. "The ship will come
+here, and we will join her then, or perish in the attempt."
+
+"Are you not afraid some untoward event will defeat your honest
+intentions?"
+
+"If they are defeated it will not be our fault."
+
+"No, I suppose not; but whom have you there?" inquired the head
+steward, for the first time observing Ole, who had pressed forward to
+hear Scott's remarks. "Ole?"
+
+"Yes, sir; that's the valiant Ole, of Norway," replied the joker.
+
+His presence was satisfactorily explained by the coxswain.
+
+"Why did you desire to leave the ship, Ole? Didn't we use you well?"
+asked Mr. Blaine.
+
+"Very well indeed, sir; but I was bashful, and did not wish to see
+some people in Christiansand," replied the waif.
+
+"What people?"
+
+Ole evaded all inquiries, as he had a dozen times before, and declined
+to explain anything relating to his past history. Mr. Blaine said he
+had heard the party had taken the canal steamer, and he immediately
+proceeded to Stockholm by railroad. He at once telegraphed to Mr.
+Lowington at Copenhagen, that he had found all the absentees, and
+asked for instructions.
+
+"Here's a go, and the game is up," said Sanford, in a whisper, when he
+met Stockwell alone.
+
+"That's so; what will he do with us?"
+
+"I don't know; I rather like this mode of travelling. But we are
+caught now."
+
+"Perhaps not; we may find some way out of it. According to Blaine's
+cue we are to be regarded as runaways. If that is the case, I don't
+join the ship this summer," said Stockwell, very decidedly.
+
+"Nor I either," added Sanford.
+
+Before dark, Mr. Blaine received a despatch from the principal,
+directing him to take the next train to Malmö, which is the town in
+Sweden opposite Copenhagen. The head steward did not communicate its
+contents to his charge that night, but he called all of them at four
+o'clock the next morning, and by good management on his part, they
+were on the train which left Stockholm at six o'clock. At
+Katherineholm, where the party ate an excellent breakfast, Mr. Blaine
+unhappily missed three of his company.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII.
+
+UP THE BALTIC.
+
+
+The excursionists of the squadron slept soundly after their trip to
+Elsinore, and Clyde Blacklock, true to the promise he had made to
+himself, kept awake to watch his chances to escape. Not a sound was to
+be heard in the ship, and the intense silence was even more trying to
+the prisoner in the brig than the noise and bustle of the whole crew
+when awake. Ryder, the fourth lieutenant, and two seamen had the
+anchor watch on deck. Each officer served two hours, and was required
+at the stroke of the bell, every half hour, to walk through the
+steerage, where no light was permitted after nine o'clock.
+
+Clyde took the saw from its hiding-place under the stairs, and
+commenced work on one of the slats. The instrument was very sharp, but
+the noise it made promised to betray him, and he was obliged to use it
+with extreme caution. Bracing the slat with one shoulder, he worked
+the saw very slowly, so that the wood should not vibrate. The process
+was very slow, and twice he was obliged to conceal his saw and lie
+down on the bed at the approach of the officer of the watch. After
+working more than an hour, he succeeded in cutting off one of the
+slats, just far enough above the deck to avoid the nails with which
+it was secured. But it was fastened at the top as well as at the
+bottom, and when he pulled it in to wrench it from its position, it
+creaked horribly, and he was obliged to labor with it another half
+hour, before he could pull it in far enough to permit his exit. In the
+middle of the operation he was obliged to restore it partly to its
+position, and lie down again, to escape the observation of the officer
+of the anchor watch.
+
+His care and patience were finally successful, though, if the sleepers
+around him had not been very tired, some of them must have been
+disturbed even by the little noise he made. The removal of the single
+slat gave him an opening of about nine inches, which was narrow even
+for him; but he contrived to work himself through it. Putting the slat
+back into its original position, and wedging it down with a copper, so
+that the means of his escape might not readily be seen, he crept
+carefully forward to the ladder under the forecastle, where he paused
+to consider the means by which he should escape from the vessel. He
+began to realize that this was a more difficult matter than getting
+out of the brig. He knew that the anchor watch consisted of an officer
+and two seamen.
+
+While he was thinking of the matter, eight bells struck; and he was
+aware that the watch was changed at this hour. Retiring to the kitchen
+to wait for a more favorable moment, he heard the two seamen come down
+the ladder to call the relief. As they entered one of the mess-rooms,
+he ran up the ladder, and concealed himself under the top-gallant
+forecastle. In a few moments he heard the relief on deck, and from
+his hiding-place saw the officer on the quarter-deck with a lantern in
+his hand. The two seamen took their places on the top-gallant
+forecastle, where they could see the entire deck, and any boat or
+vessel that approached the ship.
+
+Clyde did not regard the situation as very hopeful. The night was
+chilly, and he did not feel at all inclined to swim ashore, which he
+had intended to do, as a last resort. The boats were all hoisted up
+at the davits, as if to provide for just such cases as his own. He
+listened with interest to the conversation of the watch above him;
+but he could not identify their voices, and was unable to determine
+whether it was safe for him to address them. In fact he was unable to
+determine upon anything, and bell after bell struck without finding
+him any better prepared to make a move. At four bells, or two o'clock
+in the morning, the watch was relieved again, and Clyde remained in
+the same unsettled state of mind. But when the two seamen went below
+to call the relief, he changed his position, crawling into the waist,
+where he disposed himself under the lee of the rail. Over his head was
+the fourth cutter, one of the smallest of the boats.
+
+Clyde could see the dark form of the officer walking to and fro on the
+quarter-deck, and his presence was not favorable to any movement. He
+found the cleats where the falls of the boat were made fast, and he
+was considering the practicability of casting them off, letting the
+cutter drop into the water, and then sliding down on a rope. The
+officer of the anchor watch seemed to be the only obstacle in his way.
+He began to experiment with the falls. Casting off one of them, he
+carefully let the rope slip over the cleat till he had lowered the bow
+of the cutter about two feet. He repeated the operation upon the stern
+fall. He let off the rope so gradually that the noise did not attract
+the attention of any of the watch.
+
+Five bells struck, and the officer descended to the steerage. While he
+was absent, Clyde dropped each end of the boat about four feet more,
+and then coiled himself away until the officer had returned to his
+station. But it was nearly daylight, and he was compelled to hurry on
+with his work. Little by little he let out the falls, till the fourth
+cutter floated in the water. When the officer went below, at six
+bells, he climbed upon the rail, and slid down on the bow fall into
+the boat. Casting off the falls, he pushed the cutter astern of the
+ship, and for the first time began to feel as though he were free. He
+was afraid to use an oar, lest the noise should attract the attention
+of the watch on deck. He felt that he had managed his escape with
+exceeding cleverness, and was unwilling to risk anything now in the
+moment of success. The wind carried the boat clear of the ship, and
+he lay down in the stern sheets, so that if the officer on the
+quarter-deck discovered the cutter, he might suppose no one was in
+her.
+
+He had occupied this position but a moment before he heard a rushing
+noise near him, and, raising his head, discovered a small schooner,
+under full sail, headed directly upon him. He had hardly time to stand
+up before the bow of the vessel was within his reach.
+
+"Hallo!" shouted he, in terror, for the thought of being carried under
+the keel of the schooner was appalling.
+
+But the cutter was crowded aside by the vessel, and Clyde sprang upon
+her deck, while his boat went astern of her.
+
+Too late, the schooner luffed up, and Clyde seated himself on the rail
+to catch his breath. Two men came to him, and spoke in Norwegian.
+
+"I speak English," replied Clyde.
+
+"You are English?" said the captain.
+
+"Yes; I don't speak anything else."
+
+"I speak English," replied the skipper, as he went back to the helm,
+and Clyde followed him.
+
+"Where are you bound?" asked the runaway.
+
+"To Stockholm."
+
+"You are Danish, I suppose."
+
+"No, Norwegian."
+
+"All the same."
+
+"What shall I do with you?"
+
+"I will go to Stockholm with you, and pay my passage, if you like,"
+added Clyde, who wished to get as far as possible from the ship.
+
+"You shall, if you like; or you shall work, if you please. I lose a
+young sailor, and I want another, to work in his place."
+
+"No; I will go as a passenger, or not at all," replied Clyde, very
+decidedly.
+
+"What you do in a boat so late in the night?" asked the skipper.
+
+"I was going on shore to find a steamer for Stockholm. I will pay you
+twenty species for my passage," added the runaway.
+
+"You are very kind to pay so much. You shall have my berth; but it
+will be long time to Stockholm in my vessel."
+
+"No matter; I am satisfied."
+
+"I shall pick up the boat you lose?"
+
+"No; never mind the boat," answered Clyde, impatiently, as he glanced
+at the ship.
+
+The captain questioned him about the boat more particularly; but the
+fugitive gave such answers as he pleased. Though the skipper was very
+rough and savage to the two men who formed his crew, he treated his
+passenger at first with much consideration. The little cabin of the
+schooner was a nasty hole, and if Clyde had not been very sleepy, he
+could hardly have closed his eyes there; but before the vessel was out
+of sight of Copenhagen, his slumber was deep and heavy.
+
+The shout of the fugitive when he was in danger of being run down had
+been heard by the officer on the quarter-deck of the Young America. He
+saw the collision, and discovered the cutter when it went astern of
+the vessel; but he did not suspect that it belonged to the ship. The
+schooner filled away on her course again, after she had luffed up, and
+the boat was adrift. He deemed it his duty to secure it before it was
+stove by some early steamer from Malmö, or elsewhere, and calling the
+two seamen, he directed them to lower the fourth cutter. But the
+fourth cutter was already lowered, and the officer began to think that
+the boat adrift was the missing one. The third cutter, therefore, was
+used, and when the two seamen had pulled off in her, the officer went
+below and called Peaks.
+
+The boatswain took his lantern, and went to the brig, as soon as he
+was told that the fourth cutter was adrift. The bird had flown. The
+door was secure, and all the slats were apparently in their place;
+but the appearance of a small quantity of saw-dust indicated where the
+breach had been made. A little pressure forced in the sawn slat, and
+Peaks understood why the prisoner had only desired to be left alone.
+
+"Were you all asleep on deck?" asked Peaks of the officer.
+
+"No, sir; I have not been asleep on duty," replied Beckwith, the
+officer.
+
+"Didn't you see him lower the boat?"
+
+"Of course I did not."
+
+"I don't see how it was done, then," added Peaks. "But where is the
+prisoner?"
+
+"I don't know. I suppose he went on board that small schooner that run
+down the cutter."
+
+"Where is she?"
+
+Beckwith pointed to a sail headed to the south-east, which was just
+visible in the faint light of the early morning.
+
+"He is out of our reach for the present," said Peaks, in utter
+disgust, as he descended the steps to the main cabin.
+
+Mr. Lowington was informed of the escape of Clyde, but no steamer
+could be obtained at that early hour to chase the schooner, and the
+matter was permitted to rest as it was. When all hands turned out in
+the morning, a strict investigation was made; but no one who had
+served on the anchor watch was able to give any information. No one
+had seen the boat lowered, and no one had heard the saw. Peaks went on
+shore, and ascertained that the Norwegian schooner Rensdyr had sailed
+at an early hour. She had cleared for Stockholm, and was doubtless on
+her way there. The principal was so much interested in the fate of
+Clyde, or rather in his reformation, that he determined to follow up
+the fugitive. The English steamer Newsky, from London to Stockholm,
+was then in port, and when she sailed that day, Peaks was sent in her
+to intercept the runaway on his arrival at Stockholm.
+
+After breakfast, Mr. Andersen came on board, inspected the ship, and
+witnessed some of the evolutions in seamanship, which included the
+manning of the yards in honor of his visit. At the invitation of Paul
+Kendall he went on board of the Grace, and took a sail up the Sound,
+dining on board, and returning in the afternoon. The students again
+went on shore, and visited the Rosenberg Palace, an irregular
+structure of red brick, with a high peaked roof and four towers.
+Connected with it is an extensive and beautiful garden, adorned with
+statues. The palace was built for Christian IV., in 1604, but is no
+longer a royal residence, being filled with various national
+collections of arms, medals, and antiquities, including many
+historical mementos of kings and other great men of Denmark. Among
+them are the saddle, bridle, and caparisons, the sword and pistols,
+presented by King Christian IV. to his eldest son at his marriage.
+They are adorned with diamonds, pearls, and gold, and cost a million
+francs in Paris.
+
+In the afternoon the students marched to the Palace of Frederiksberg,
+whose park is a favorite resort of the people of the city. The
+building contains nothing worth seeing; indeed, portions of it have
+been rented for the use of private families; but the garden is
+beautifully laid out with kiosks, bridges over the winding canal,
+on which float a great number of white swans, with little islands,
+studded with groves and pleasant grassy slopes. The palace stands on
+the only eminence near Copenhagen. On pleasant days, especially on
+Sundays, this park is filled with family picnics, little parties
+bringing their own lunch, and spending the day in these delightful
+groves.
+
+During the remainder of the day the students wandered over the city,
+each seeking what pleased him most. When they went on board the
+vessels, they were entirely satisfied with what they had seen of
+Copenhagen, and were ready to visit some other city. Very early the
+next morning, Mr. Blaine, with all but three of the absentees, came on
+board. The head steward told his story, and Scott and Laybold told
+their story; the former, as usual, being the spokesman. The wag told
+the whole truth, exactly as it was; that they were ashamed to come on
+board while so tipsy, and had missed the train at the junction.
+
+"Have you drank any finkel since?" asked the principal.
+
+"No, sir; not a drop. One glass was enough for me," replied Scott.
+
+"And you, Laybold?"
+
+"No, sir."
+
+"You may both return to your duty," added the principal.
+
+Both were astonished at being let off so easily; but Mr. Lowington was
+satisfied that they spoke the truth, and had not intended to run away.
+The others were also ordered to attend to their duty, but with the
+intimation that their conduct would be investigated at the return of
+Sanford and Stockwell, who, with Ole, had left the party at
+Katherineholm.
+
+The signal for sailing was flying on board of the Young America, and
+at seven o'clock the squadron was under way, continuing the voyage "up
+the Baltic." No notice seemed to be taken of the absence of Sanford
+and Stockwell, but everybody believed that the principal knew what he
+was about. The wind was tolerably fresh from the west-south-west, and
+the squadron made rapid progress through the water, logging ten knots
+all day. The students watched with interest the villages on the coast
+of Denmark, with their sharp, red roofs, and the swarms of
+fishing-boats moored in front of them. The shores of Sweden were in
+sight all the time, and at three o'clock in the afternoon land was
+also seen on the starboard bow. But the masters, who were constantly
+watching the chart, were not at all astonished, though the seamen
+were.
+
+"What land is that, Scott?" asked Laybold.
+
+"That? Why, don't you know?"
+
+"I'm sure I don't. I know Germany is over there somewhere, but I
+didn't expect to run into it so near Sweden."
+
+"That's Gabogginholm."
+
+"Is it in Germany?"
+
+"No; it's an island, at least a hundred and fifty miles from Germany.
+The Baltic is rather a big thing out here."
+
+"How do you remember those long names, Scott?"
+
+"What long names?"
+
+"Such as the name of that island. I couldn't recollect such a word ten
+minutes."
+
+"Nor I either. I know them by instinct."
+
+"What did you say the name of the island is?"
+
+"Gastringumboggin."
+
+"That isn't what you said before."
+
+"I've forgotten what I did say it was. You musn't ask me twice about a
+name, for I say I can't remember," laughed Scott.
+
+"You are selling me."
+
+"Of course I am; and you go off cheaper than any fellow I ever saw
+before. I haven't the least idea what the land is, except that it must
+be an island not less than a hundred and fifty miles from Prussia."
+
+"That's Bornholm," said Walker, a seamen, who had heard the name from
+the officers. "It's an island twenty-six miles long and fifteen wide,
+belongs to Denmark, and has thirty-two thousand inhabitants, and a lot
+of round churches on it. That's what the fellows on the quarter-deck
+say."
+
+"Precisely so," replied Scott. "You have learned your lesson well.
+What is the principal town on that island?"
+
+"I don't know," answered Walker.
+
+"Stubbenboggin," said Scott.
+
+"Who told you so?"
+
+"My grandmother," laughed the wag, as he turned on his heel, and
+walked away.
+
+Towards night the wind subsided, and the squadron was almost becalmed;
+but a light breeze sprang up after dark, and in the morning the ship
+was off the southern point of Oland, an island ninety miles long by
+ten wide, and well covered with forests. On the narrow strait which
+separates it from the main land is Calmar, a town of historic
+interest, in Sweden. At noon the southern point of Gottland was seen,
+and Scott insisted upon calling it "Gabungenboggin," though the real
+name was soon circulated. It is eighty miles long by thirty-three
+wide, and contains fifty-four thousand inhabitants. Wisby is the only
+town. The island is noted for its beautiful climate, which makes it a
+pleasant resort for summer tourists.
+
+At sunrise on the following morning, the ship leading the squadron was
+approaching the islands which cover the entrance to the harbor of
+Stockholm. Pilots were taken by the several vessels, and the fleet
+entered the archipelago, through which it was to sail for thirty
+miles. At first the openings were very wide, and not much of the shore
+could be seen; but soon the distances grew less, and the shores were
+studded with villages and fine residences. The little steamers--some
+of them not so large as the ship's first cutter--began to appear; and
+at eight o'clock the Young America let go her anchor between Staden
+and Skeppsholm, off the quay near the palace, which was crowded with
+steamers.
+
+"Here we are, Laybold," said Scott, when the sails had been furled,
+and every rope coiled away in its place.
+
+"That's so. What's that big building on the shore?"
+
+"That's the Slottenboggin," laughed Scott.
+
+"No, you don't! You can't sell me again with your boggins."
+
+"I'll bet half a pint of salt water it is the king's palace."
+
+"Very likely it is; and here is a fine building on the other side."
+
+"That must be the Wobbleboggin."
+
+"No, it isn't."
+
+"Perhaps it isn't; but twig these little steamers," added Scott,
+pointing to one of the snorting miniature boats that plied across the
+arm of the sea opposite the quay. "The pilot and engineer, and a boy
+to take the fares, seem to be the officers, crew, and all hands."
+
+"And in some of them all hands are boys."
+
+The boats seemed to contain nothing but the engine and boiler, which
+were in a compact mass, without covering. All around them were seats.
+Forward of the engine was a little steering-wheel, hardly more than a
+foot in diameter, at which the pilot--often a boy--was seated.
+
+"I want a complete view of the city," said Captain Lincoln, at this
+moment coming into the waist with the surgeon and Norwood. "I think I
+can get it from the main cross-trees."
+
+"I am too stiff to go aloft," replied Dr. Winstock; "but I commend
+your plan."
+
+"I'm with you," added Norwood, as he followed the captain up the main
+rigging.
+
+From this lofty position on the cross-trees the two officers obtained
+a good idea of the situation of the city. The three islands which form
+the central portion of the city lay in the strait leading to the Mäler
+Lake. The north and south suburbs were on each side of it. Skeppsholm,
+Castellholm, and the Djurg[)a]rden--Deer Garden--were other islands,
+lying nearer the Baltic. The finest portion of the city seemed to be
+the northern suburbs. While they were studying the panorama of the
+place, all hands were called to lecture, and they hastened to their
+places in the steerage. Professor Mapps was at his post, with the map
+on the foremast.
+
+"Sweden is called _Sverige_ by the natives; La_ Suède_ by the French;
+_Schweden_ by the Germans; _La Svezia_ by the Italians; and _Suecia_
+by the Spaniards. It contains one hundred and sixty-eight thousand
+square miles--a territory equal in extent to the six New England
+States, New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, and Delaware united. Its
+population is a little over four millions--about the same as that of
+the State of New York. It is nearly a thousand miles long from north
+to south, with an average breadth of two hundred miles. By far the
+greater portion of it is very sparsely settled, for it extends from
+fifty-five degrees of north latitude up to the arctic regions. It
+contains no important rivers, though its large lakes and arms of the
+sea are valuable as avenues of navigation. Over eighty lakes are
+mentioned."
+
+The instructer described the Wenern and Wettern Lakes, and the Göta
+Canal, which passes through them.
+
+"Sweden is an agricultural country, and its principal manufactures are
+lumber and iron. It has six hundred and thirty-eight miles of railway,
+and the steamers which you see at the quay, mostly of iron, and built
+in Sweden, ply to all parts of the country.
+
+"The average of the temperature in Stockholm is forty-two degrees, or
+twenty-five degrees for winter, and sixty-two degrees for summer. From
+what you have already seen of Sweden, I think you will consider it
+very like New England. The interior has about the same physical
+features, and you will see there similar houses, barns, and fences.
+
+"The government is a limited monarchy, based on the constitution of
+1809, and since amended. The king must be a Lutheran. He has an
+absolute veto on the acts of the legislature. The Diet, or Parliament,
+consists of two houses, the upper of which is composed of one hundred
+and twenty-seven members, or one for every thirty thousand
+inhabitants. The lower house consists of one hundred and eighty-eight
+members, fifty-five of whom are elected by the towns, and the rest by
+the rural districts, at the rate of one for every forty thousand
+people. Property qualifications are required for either house, and all
+members must be Protestants. They are paid a salary of three hundred
+and thirty-five dollars of our money, and their travelling expenses,
+for the session of four months.
+
+"I have incidentally spoken of the history of Sweden in connection
+with that of Norway and Denmark. The kingdom was founded by Odin, and
+for a long period the history of the country is a record of the wars
+with Norway and Denmark, and it was finally conquered by Margaret, and
+by the Union of Calmar the three kingdoms were consolidated in 1397.
+It became a Christian nation early in the eleventh century. Sweden was
+doubtless the first anti-slavery power; for, during the reign of
+Birger II., about 1300, a law against the sale of slaves was enacted,
+with the declaration that it was 'in the highest degree criminal for
+Christians to sell men whom Christ had redeemed by his blood.'
+
+"In 1520 Gustavus Ericsson excited a rebellion against Christian II.,
+of Denmark, who had murdered his father and many other Swedes. This
+revolution was successful three years later, and its leader made king,
+under the title of Gustaf I., often called Gustavus Vasa, or Wasa. He
+was succeeded by his son, and the throne continued in his family; but
+the next notable sovereign was Gustaf II., or Gustavus Adolphus. His
+grandfather, Gustavus Vasa, had established the Protestant religion
+in Sweden; but his nephew, Sigismond, who had been elected king of
+Poland, and had become a Catholic, succeeded to the throne.
+Endeavoring to change the established religion, he was deposed, and
+the succession changed. This caused a war between Sweden, and Russia,
+and Poland. Gustavus was only eighteen when he came to the throne,
+with this war bequeathed to him. He was full of energy, and defeated
+his enemies on all sides. Austria was the leader of the Catholic party
+in Europe, which was striving to restore the papal supremacy. Gustavus
+Adolphus held a similar relation to the Protestant party. He was
+engaged in the Thirty Years' War, and won many decisive victories. He
+captured Munich, and overran Bavaria, but was finally killed in the
+battle of Lützen, in 1632. By his prowess and skill he raised Sweden
+to the rank of one of the first kingdoms of Europe.
+
+"He was succeeded by his daughter, Christina, then only six years old.
+She reigned but seven years after she became of age, abdicating in
+favor of her cousin Charles X. She died in Rome, after a dissolute
+and shameful life, and was interred in St. Peter's Church. Charles was
+at war with the Danes during his brief reign, and achieved the daring
+military feat of crossing the Great and Little Belts on the ice, which
+enabled him to dictate his own terms of peace with the Danes. The
+Swedes consider him one of their greatest kings. His son, Charles XI.,
+followed him, and ruled for thirty-seven years. After a brief period
+of peace, another war with Denmark ensued, which resulted to the
+ultimate advantage of Sweden. This king contrived to obtain from the
+Diet the gift of absolute power, which, in the hands of his son and
+successor, Charles XII., nearly ruined the nation. Russia, Poland, and
+Denmark combined to rob him of a considerable portion of his kingdom,
+and Charles XII., at the age of sixteen, displayed an energy and a
+skill far beyond his years. He conquered a peace with Denmark first,
+and then turned his attention to the rest of his enemies, whom he
+overwhelmed and subdued. With nine thousand men he defeated a Russian
+army of forty thousand, under Peter the Great, at Narva. He vanquished
+the armies of Poland and Saxony, and attempted the conquest of Russia,
+but was utterly defeated in the battle of Pultowa, and escaped into
+Turkish territory, where he remained for five years. Here he brought
+about a war between Turkey and Russia, and the army of the former shut
+up that of Peter the Great in the Crimea. The lady who was afterwards
+Catharine I. bribed the grand vizier with all her jewels to allow the
+Russians to escape, and this event utterly ruined the hopes of the
+monarch of Sweden. Finally the Turks drove him from their country,
+and, after various vicissitudes, he arrived in his own, and was
+killed, in 1718, at Frederikhald, in Norway. While he was away, his
+enemies had been appropriating his territory, and Sweden was reduced
+to a second-class power.
+
+"The Diet elected Ulrica Eleonora, sister of Charles, queen, who
+resigned in favor of her husband, Fredrik I. Another war with Russia
+followed, and Sweden lost more of her territory. Adolf Fredrik
+succeeded to the throne in 1751, who was elected by the Diet. Still
+another war with Russia was carried on during his reign. His son,
+Gustaf III., with the aid of his soldiers, increased the powers of the
+crown; but he was assassinated at a ball, in 1792, and his son, Gustaf
+Adolf IV., came to the throne. His policy involved the nation in a
+war with the allies, and he lost Finland and Pomerania. He was so
+unpopular that he was compelled to abdicate, and his uncle, Charles
+XIII., was raised to the throne in 1809. He had no children, and the
+Prince of Holstein-Augustenburg was elected as his successor; but he
+was assassinated, and one of Napoleon's generals, Bernadotte, was
+chosen crown prince, and in 1818 he succeeded to the throne as Charles
+XIV. His reign was a successful one, and his efforts to secure Norway
+to his adopted country made him popular even before he was king. He
+espoused the cause of the allies against Napoleon, and was well cared
+for by them when the affairs of Europe were finally settled.
+
+"His son Oscar was his heir, and came to the throne at the death of
+his father in 1844. He was followed by his son, Charles XV., the
+present king, in 1859.
+
+"The army organization is similar to that of Denmark, and about one
+hundred and fifty thousand men are available for service. The navy
+contains four monitors on the American plan, which were invented by
+John Ericsson, a Swede, two iron-clad gunboats, twenty-one steamers,
+and sixteen sailing vessels, besides a great number of floating
+batteries, and other stationary craft. Although only about six
+thousand sailors are actually in the navy, nearly thirty thousand can
+be had in case of war."
+
+The professor finished his lecture, and the students hastened on deck,
+to see more of the sights which surrounded them.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX.
+
+THE CRUISE IN THE LITTLE STEAMER.
+
+
+"What's the use, Stockwell?" said Sanford, as the absentees seated
+themselves on the train for Malmö, under the charge of the head
+steward. "Blaine got his despatch from the principal last night, but
+he didn't say a word to us till this morning. He's playing a sharp
+game."
+
+"That's so," replied Stockwell. "He don't mean to trust us out of
+sight again."
+
+"Don't say a word to any fellow," whispered the coxswain. "You and I
+will fight it out on our own hook."
+
+"I understand. It is plain enough that Blaine regards us as runaways,
+and I suppose the principal will do the same."
+
+"Very likely; and when we get to Russia, all we shall have to do will
+be to count our fingers in the steerage, while the rest of the fellows
+are seeing the Russians," continued Sanford, who now appeared to
+regard "the independent excursion without running away" as a failure.
+"We shall not even see anything more of Stockholm. I don't like the
+idea."
+
+"Well, what are you going to do about it?" asked Stockwell.
+
+"At the first chance we will leave this train, and make our way back
+to Stockholm," whispered Sanford. "There is a steamer to St.
+Petersburg twice a week, and we have money enough to carry us
+through."
+
+"Right; I am with you."
+
+"We will take Ole, if you like, to do the talking for us."
+
+"I don't object."
+
+The train stopped at Katherineholm about half past nine. The boys had
+taken nothing but the Swedish early breakfast of coffee and a biscuit,
+and the head steward allowed them to have a more substantial meal,
+each paying for himself. They entered the restaurant, where, on a
+large table in the centre of the room, were great dishes of broiled
+salmon and veal cutlets, with high piles of plates near them. Each
+passenger helped himself at these dishes, and then seated himself at
+one of the little tables. When he had finished his salmon, he helped
+himself to veal cutlets; beer and coffee were served by the waiters.
+Sanford and Stockwell hurried through the meal, and went to the
+counter where the woman received payment. She asked them some question
+and they were obliged to call Ole, to know what she said. She asked if
+they had had beer or coffee, which was extra, the meal being one and a
+half rix dalers. She gave them a tin check; for at this place they
+seemed to be sharper than the Swedes usually are, and the check was to
+enable them to get out of the restaurant. A man at the door received
+it, and no one was allowed to pass without it; and thus none could
+leave without paying for the meal.
+
+"Finished your breakfast, Ole?" said Sanford, carelessly.
+
+"Yes; and that salmon was very good."
+
+"First rate. Come with us, Ole," added the coxswain, as he led the way
+out of the restaurant.
+
+The trio entered the station, and as no one followed them, they left
+by the front door. Dodging behind the buildings, they soon cleared the
+station. Taking the public road, they walked for half an hour at a
+rapid pace, and then halted to consider the situation. The train had
+gone, for they had heard its departure; but whether Mr. Blaine had
+gone or not was an open question.
+
+"What next?" said Sanford, as he seated himself at the side of the
+road.
+
+"Take the train back to Stockholm," replied Stockwell.
+
+"Perhaps Blaine did not go on, after he missed us."
+
+"Of course he did. But whether he did or not, the train has gone, and
+he cannot take us to Copenhagen. If we find him at the station, why,
+we took a little walk, and lost the train, you know."
+
+"That's played out," replied Sanford. "We have missed the train too
+many times, already. What time does the next one return to Stockholm?"
+
+"I don't know. Let's go back to the station."
+
+This course was adopted, and on their arrival they learned that they
+could return to Stockholm at half past two in the afternoon. The man
+in charge said that the gentleman with the young men had been looking
+for them. Sanford replied, through Ole, that they had lost the train,
+but would return to Stockholm, and start again the next morning.
+After dining in the restaurant, the runaways--as they certainly were
+now, if not before--departed, and arrived at their destination in
+about three hours. They immediately went to the office on the quay,
+and learned that a steamer would leave for St. Petersburg at two
+o'clock on Friday morning.
+
+"Can we engage places now?" asked Sanford,--for the clerk in charge
+spoke English.
+
+"Certainly."
+
+"We will take three places in one room," added the coxswain.
+
+"Have you passports?" asked the clerk.
+
+"No, sir."
+
+"We cannot sell you tickets then."
+
+"Not without passports?" exclaimed Sanford, appalled at this new
+difficulty.
+
+"No; and passports must be _visé_ by the Russian consul before we can
+issue a ticket."
+
+"We are down then," added the coxswain. "My passport is on board of
+the ship."
+
+"So is mine," added Stockwell.
+
+"And I never had any," said Ole.
+
+The party left the steamer's office, and were unable to devise any
+means of overcoming the obstacle. They went to the Hotel Rydberg
+again, and consulted the porter, who had been very kind to them
+before. This functionary is entirely different in European hotels
+from those of the same name in the United States. He stands at the
+entrance, usually dressed in uniform, to answer all inquiries of
+guests, and to do all that is required of the clerks in American
+hotels. He assured the anxious inquirers that, even if they got into
+Russia, their passports would be immediately demanded, and that no one
+could remain in any city there over night without one. The American
+minister in Stockholm would give them the required documents.
+
+"But Ole, here, is a Norwegian," suggested Sanford.
+
+"No matter. Have him put into your passport as your courier or
+servant."
+
+"All right; we will see him to-morrow," replied the coxswain; and the
+problem seemed to be solved.
+
+The next day they went to the American legation, but the minister had
+gone to Upsala for a week, and the secretary declined to issue the
+passports, because the boys could not prove that they were citizens of
+the United States. Vexed and discouraged, they wandered about the city
+till Friday noon, when an English steamer came into port. They stood
+on the quay, watching the movements of the passengers as they landed.
+They had almost concluded to take a steamer to Stettin, Lübeck, or
+some other port in Germany; but Russia was a strange land, and they
+were not willing to abandon the idea of seeing its sights.
+
+"I wonder whether this steamer goes any farther," said Stockwell.
+
+"I don't know," added Sanford.
+
+"Perhaps she goes to St. Petersburg. It may be her officers are not so
+particular about the confounded passports."
+
+"But you can't stay in Russia over night without one, even if you get
+there."
+
+"The American minister will fit us out with them. I expect to find a
+letter of credit in St. Petersburg, and that will prove that I am an
+American."
+
+"Let us go on board of the steamer and ascertain where she is going,"
+continued Sanford, as he led the way across the plank, which had been
+extended from the deck to the stone pier.
+
+The boys went upon the hurricane deck, where they had seen an officer
+who looked as though he might be the captain.
+
+"Do you go to St. Petersburg, captain?" asked the coxswain.
+
+"No; we return to London, touching only at Copenhagen," replied the
+officer.
+
+"That's too bad!" exclaimed Stockwell.
+
+"So it is," said a tall man, who had followed the runaways up the
+steps from the lower deck. "But you are not going to St. Petersburg
+without the rest of us--are you?"
+
+Sanford was startled, and turning sharp around, saw Peaks, who had
+come out of the cabin as the boys stepped on board. He had followed
+them to the hurricane deck, and suspecting that something was wrong,
+he had waited till the coxswain's question betrayed their intention.
+
+"No, we are not going to St. Petersburg; we are waiting for the ship,"
+replied Sanford, recovering his self-possession in an instant.
+
+"O, you are? All right, then. But the last I heard of you was, that
+you were all on your way to Copenhagen to join the ship," added the
+boatswain.
+
+"So we were, Mr. Peaks; but after we had taken breakfast at a station
+on the railroad, we went to have a little walk, and see something of
+the country. We thought we had time enough, but the train--confound
+it!--went off without us. We were terribly provoked, but we couldn't
+help ourselves, you know; so we made our way back to this city."
+
+"I think you must have been very badly provoked," said Peaks.
+
+"O, we were,--honor bright."
+
+"But you thought you would go over to St. Petersburg before the ship
+arrived?"
+
+"Certainly not; we had no idea of going to St. Petersburg."
+
+"And that's the reason you asked whether this steamer was going
+there,--because you hadn't any idea of going."
+
+"We know very well that we can't go to St. Petersburg without our
+passports, which are on board of the ship," protested Sanford.
+
+"Yes, I understand; but who is this?" asked Peaks, as he glanced at
+Ole.
+
+"That's Ole Amundsen; don't you remember him?"
+
+"I think I do. And he is on a lark with you."
+
+"We are not on a lark. We have been trying with all our might to find
+the ship, for the last fortnight; and we are bound to do so, or die in
+the attempt," said Stockwell.
+
+"And Ole has been with you all the time?"
+
+"Yes, sir; we couldn't have done anything without him."
+
+"And would have been on board the ship long ago, if you hadn't had
+him to speak the lingo for you."
+
+"When we tell you our story, you will see that we have done our best
+to find the ship."
+
+"I don't know that I care to hear any more of your story; it's too
+much story for me, and you can tell it to Mr. Lowington, who will be
+here by to-morrow, I think. Very likely you can take me to a good
+hotel."
+
+"Yes, sir; we are staying at the Hotel Rydberg, which is the best in
+Stockholm."
+
+"Heave ahead, then."
+
+The runaways led the way.
+
+"Do you talk the Swedish lingo, Ole?" asked the boatswain.
+
+"Yes, sir."
+
+"Where did you stow yourself, when we went into Christiansand?"
+
+"In the second cutter, sir," replied the waif, laughing.
+
+"Exactly so; you were to go with her crew when they left."
+
+"No, sir; I didn't know a single one of them."
+
+"What did you hide for, then?"
+
+"Because I didn't want the pilot to see me."
+
+"Why not?" asked the boatswain.
+
+But this was as far as Ole would go in that direction. Neither man nor
+boy could extort from him the secret he so persistently retained. A
+short walk brought the party to the Hotel Rydberg.
+
+"This gentleman wants a room," said Sanford to the porter.
+
+"No. 29," said the man, calling a servant. "Did you get your
+passports, young men?"
+
+Sanford drew back, and made energetic signs to the porter to keep
+still; but the official failed to understand him.
+
+"No; they haven't got them yet," replied Peaks. "The fact is, all the
+passports are on board the ship."
+
+"But the young gentlemen were very anxious to obtain new ones, so that
+they could go to St. Petersburg. They intended to leave by this
+morning's steamer, but no tickets can be had without passports."
+
+Both Sanford and Stockwell shook their heads to the stupid porter, who
+was remarkably intelligent on all other points; but somehow he did not
+see them, or could not comprehend them.
+
+"It's too bad about those passports--isn't it, my lads?" laughed
+Peaks, turning to the runaways. "Here's more proof that you hadn't the
+least idea of going to St. Petersburg."
+
+"I was very sorry for the young gentlemen, and did the best I could
+for them," added the gentlemanly porter.
+
+"No doubt you did; and I'm very much obliged to you for the trouble
+you took," replied the good-natured boatswain.
+
+"No. 29, sir?" interposed the servant, with the key in his hand.
+
+"Ay, ay, my hearty. But, young gentlemen, I want to save you from any
+more terrible disappointments and awful vexations in finding the ship.
+I'm going up to my bunk, and if I don't find you here when I come
+down, I shall call on the American consul, and ask him to put the
+police on your track. You shall find the ship this time, or perish in
+the attempt, sure."
+
+"Here's a go!" exclaimed Stockwell, as the servant conducted the
+boatswain up the stairs to his chamber.
+
+"What did you say anything to him about the passports for?" snapped
+Sanford to the porter.
+
+The official in uniform by this time understood the matter, and
+apologized, promising to make it all right with the tall gentleman,
+and to swear that not a word had been said to him or any one else
+about passports. It was his business to please everybody, and his
+perquisites depended upon his skill in doing so.
+
+"What did Peaks mean about police?" said Sanford, as the trio seated
+themselves near the front door of the hotel.
+
+"He means what he says; confound him, he always does!" replied
+Stockwell. "He intends to treat us as runaway seamen, and have us
+arrested if we attempt to leave."
+
+"We are trapped," muttered Sanford. "What's Peaks doing up here?"
+
+"I don't know, unless he is looking for us."
+
+"It makes no difference now. We are caught, and we may as well make
+the best of it."
+
+"It's all up with us," added the coxswain. "Peaks knows what he is
+about, and there isn't much chance of getting the weather-gage of
+him."
+
+The boatswain came down in a short time. He was cool and good-natured,
+and knew exactly how to deal with the parties in hand.
+
+"Now, young gentlemen, if you are going to Russia, don't let me
+detain you. If you wish to go any where else, I shall not meddle
+myself. I shall let the American consul attend to the matter. I have
+business here, and I can't keep an eye on you. But if you want to be
+fair and square, and not break your hearts because you can't find the
+ship, just be in sight when I want to know where you are."
+
+"We shall be right on your heels all the time, Mr. Peaks. If you don't
+object, we will go with you. We know the way round Stockholm, and will
+help you all we can," said Stockwell.
+
+"That's sensible."
+
+"We will show you out to the Djurgarden," added Sanford.
+
+"Never mind the shows. I want Ole to talk for me, and I don't object
+to your company," replied the boatswain.
+
+"I beg your pardon, sir," said the porter, presenting himself to Peaks
+at this moment. "I made a bad mistake. It was not these young
+gentlemen who wanted the passports. It was another party."
+
+"Exactly. I understand," replied the boatswain, turning to the boys
+with a significant smile on his bronzed face.
+
+"They were waiting for you, and were very anxious to join their ship."
+
+"It was very kind of them to wait for me, when they hadn't the least
+idea I was coming. All right, my hearty; you needn't trouble yourself
+to smooth it over. How much did you pay him for those lies, Sanford?"
+
+"Not a cent, sir!"
+
+"Never mind; don't bother your heads any more about it. I understand
+the matter now as well as I shall after you have explained it for a
+week," answered Peaks, as he left the hotel, followed by the
+discomfited trio.
+
+The boatswain did not deem it expedient to explain to them his
+business in Stockholm. He found people enough who spoke English, so
+that he was able to dispense with the services of Ole as interpreter.
+He ascertained that no such vessel as the Rensdyr had yet arrived, and
+satisfied with this information, he went out to the Djurgarden with
+his charge, dined at Hasselbacken, and made himself quite comfortable.
+
+After breakfast the next morning, with Ole's assistance, he chartered
+one of the little steamers, which was about the size of the ship's
+second cutter, and, taking the trio with him, sailed out towards the
+Baltic.
+
+"Where are you going, Mr. Peaks?" asked Sanford, deeply mystified by
+the movements of the boatswain.
+
+"I'm going to make a trip down to the Baltic, to see what I can see,"
+replied Peaks.
+
+"Are you going for the fun of it?"
+
+"Well, that depends upon how you view it. I suppose you are going for
+the fun of it, whether I am or not."
+
+"But we would like to know what is up," added Sanford.
+
+"Young gentlemen should not be inquisitive," laughed the old salt.
+
+"Because, if you are going out to meet the ship, in order to put us on
+board--"
+
+"I'm not going for any such purpose," interposed the boatswain. "I
+shouldn't take all that trouble on your account."
+
+"But where are you going?"
+
+"That's my affair, my lad."
+
+"We don't mean to give you any trouble on our account," said Sanford,
+who could not readily dispossess himself of the belief that the
+expedition was to put his party on board of the ship when she hove in
+sight.
+
+"Of course you don't, my tender lambs. You have been so anxious to
+find the ship, and get on board, it would be cruel to suspect you of
+any mischief," laughed Peaks.
+
+"But, honor bright, Mr. Peaks, whatever we intended, we are ready now
+to do just what you say, and return to the ship as soon as we can."
+
+"You are all nice boys. You have had a good time, and I think you
+ought to be satisfied."
+
+"We are satisfied; but I suppose we shall have no liberty again, after
+we go on board."
+
+"Perhaps you will; the principal isn't hard with the boys when they
+come right square up to the mark; but you can't humbug him."
+
+"But, honestly, Mr. Peaks, we tried to find the ship, and--"
+
+"There, there, lads," interposed the boatswain, "I don't believe you
+will have any liberty."
+
+"Why not?"
+
+"Because you want to humbug the principal; and me, too--but that's no
+account. If you want to make the best of it, toe the mark. Don't have
+any lies in your heart or on your tongue. Tell the whole truth, and
+you will make more by it; but tell the truth whether you make anything
+or not."
+
+"You won't believe anything we say," protested Sanford.
+
+"Of course I won't, when you are lying. I call things by their right
+names."
+
+"We didn't stave the boat at Christiansand."
+
+"Yes, you did," replied Peaks, plumply.
+
+"If you think so, it's no use talking."
+
+"Certainly not; don't talk, then."
+
+Sanford was not prepared for so grave a charge as that of causing the
+accident to the second cutter; and if the principal was of the same
+mind as the boatswain, the case would go hard with the runaways. The
+coxswain and Stockwell went into the bow of the little steamer to
+discuss their situation, which they did very earnestly for a couple of
+hours.
+
+"There's the ship!" exclaimed Sanford, as he identified the Young
+America, half a mile distant, leading the squadron into the harbor of
+Stockholm.
+
+"So it is; now we are in for it. Peaks has come out here with us to
+make sure that we don't get away from him," added Stockwell.
+
+"If I had known as much last night as I know now, I would have cleared
+out, in spite of consul and police. If we are to be charged with
+smashing the second cutter, we shall not go on shore again this
+summer."
+
+"That's so. But this boat is not headed for the ship. Peaks don't see
+her."
+
+"Yes, he does; there isn't a craft of any sort within five miles of us
+that he don't see."
+
+"There's the ship, Mr. Peaks," shouted Stockwell.
+
+"I see her."
+
+But the boatswain continued on his course, paying no attention to the
+ship. The squadron disappeared among the islands, and the steamer went
+out into the Baltic, keeping well in towards the shore. When any small
+schooner appeared, he ran up and examined her very carefully,
+overhauling three in this manner in the course of the forenoon. At
+noon the boatswain piped all hands to dinner, for he had procured a
+supply of provisions at the hotel. Though he had chartered the steamer
+with Ole acting as an interpreter, he gave no hint of his plans or
+purposes. He made signs to the helmsman where to go, and occasionally
+gave directions through Ole.
+
+The fourth small schooner that he examined proved to be the Rensdyr,
+and Peaks identified her by seeing Clyde Blacklock, who stood on the
+forecastle, looking out for the approaches to Stockholm. Possibly he
+had seen the Young America, which passed the schooner, though a mile
+distant.
+
+"Lay her alongside that small vessel," said Peaks to Ole.
+
+"That one!" exclaimed Ole, whose brown face seemed to grow pale, as he
+looked at the Rensdyr.
+
+"That's what I say, my lad."
+
+The waif actually trembled; but he spoke to the helmsman, who
+immediately put the boat about, and headed her towards Stockholm.
+
+"No," said Peaks, sternly. "That vessel."
+
+He pointed to her, and Ole spoke again to the steersman, but without
+any better result. The boatswain was not to be thwarted. Going
+forward, he took the little wheel into his own hands, and headed the
+steamer towards the Rensdyr. Indicating by his signs what he wanted,
+the man at the helm seemed to be quite willing to obey orders when he
+knew what was wanted.
+
+"Don't go to that vessel, Mr. Peaks," cried Ole, in an agony of
+terror.
+
+"Why, my lad, what's the matter with you?"
+
+"That's the Rensdyr!"
+
+"I know it."
+
+"He will kill me," groaned Ole.
+
+"Who will?"
+
+"Captain Olaf."
+
+"Well, who's he?"
+
+"He is the captain of the Rensdyr. He will kill me."
+
+"No, he won't, my hearty. You shall have fair play. Who is he?"
+
+"My step-father, Olaf Petersen. He beat me and starved me, and I ran
+away from the Rensdyr in the boat."
+
+"O, ho! The story is out--is it?"
+
+"That's the whole truth, sir; it is, Mr. Peaks," protested Ole. "Don't
+go to her!"
+
+"Don't you be alarmed. You shall have fair play," added the stout
+boatswain, as the steamer ran alongside the schooner, and the man at
+the bow made her fast.
+
+[Illustration: BOARDING THE RENSDYR. Page 344.]
+
+Peaks was on her deck in another instant, and had Clyde by the collar.
+
+"I want you, my lad," said he.
+
+"Let me alone!" cried the Briton, who had not recognized his tyrant
+till he was in his grasp, for the simple reason that he did not expect
+to see him at that time and place.
+
+"No use to kick or yell, my jolly Briton. I never let go," added the
+boatswain.
+
+At this moment there was a yell from the steamer. Captain Olaf no
+sooner discovered his lost step-son, than he sprang upon him like a
+tiger. Ole howled in his terror. Peaks dragged Clyde on board the
+steamer, and tossing him on the seat at the stern, turned his
+attention to the skipper of the schooner.
+
+"Steady! hold up, my hearty," said he, pulling the old Norwegian from
+his prey.
+
+"My boy! My son! He steal my boat, and leave me," said Olaf,
+furiously.
+
+"He says you didn't treat him well; that you starved and beat him."
+
+"I'll bet Ole told the truth," interposed Clyde, who seemed suddenly
+to have laid aside his wrath. "Captain Olaf is a brute."
+
+"How's that, my lad? Do you know anything about it?" asked Peaks.
+
+"I know the skipper is the ugliest man I ever met in my life,"
+answered Clyde.
+
+"Won't you except me, my bold Briton?"
+
+"No; I paid my passage, and haven't had enough to eat to keep soul and
+body together. Besides that, he tried to make me work, and I did do
+some things. If I had been obliged to stay on board another day, I
+should have jumped overboard," continued Clyde. "I begin to think I
+was a fool for leaving the ship."
+
+"I began to think so at the first of it," added Peaks.
+
+"Ole is my son; I must have him," growled the skipper.
+
+"I have nothing to do with Ole; he may go where he pleases," said the
+boatswain.
+
+Olaf spoke to his step-son in his own language, and for a few moments
+the dialogue between them was very violent.
+
+"Cast off, forward, there; give them the Swedish of that, Ole,"
+shouted Peaks.
+
+"Must I go on board of the Rensdyr?" asked the trembling waif.
+
+"Do just as you please."
+
+"Then I shall stay, and go to the ship."
+
+"No, he shall not; he shall come with me," said Olaf, making a spring
+at Ole.
+
+But Peaks, who had promised to see fair play, interfered, and with no
+more force than was necessary, compelled the skipper to return to the
+schooner. The steamer shoved off, and amid the fierce yells of Olaf,
+steamed towards Stockholm. As she went on her way, Ole told his story.
+At the death of his father, who was the master of a small vessel, he
+had gone to England with a gentleman who had taken a fancy to him, and
+worked there a year. The next summer he had accompanied his employer
+in an excursion through Norway, and found his mother had married Olaf
+Petersen. She prevailed upon him to leave his master, and he went to
+sea with her husband. Then his mother died, and the skipper abused
+him to such a degree, that he determined to leave the vessel. Olaf had
+twice brought him back, and then watched him so closely, that he could
+find no opportunity to repeat the attempt when the Rensdyr was in
+port.
+
+On the day before the ship had picked him up, Olaf had thrashed him
+soundly, and had refused to let him have his supper. Olaf and his man
+drank too much finkel that night, and left Ole at the helm. Early in
+the evening, he lashed the tiller, and taking to the boat, with the
+north star for his guide, pulled towards the coast of Norway. Before
+morning he was exhausted with hunger and fatigue. He had lost one oar
+while asleep, and the other was a broken one. At daylight he saw
+nothing of the Rensdyr, and feeling tolerably safe, had gone to sleep
+again, when he was awakened by the hail from the ship.
+
+"But why did you leave the ship?" asked Peaks.
+
+"Because I was afraid of the pilot. I thought he and other people
+would make me go back to Olaf."
+
+"Olaf has no claim upon you. He is neither your father nor your
+guardian."
+
+"I was afraid."
+
+"Where was your vessel bound?"
+
+"To Bremen, where she expected to get a cargo for Copenhagen. I
+suppose she found another cargo there for Stockholm."
+
+"I don't blame you, Ole, for leaving him," said Clyde. "Olaf is the
+worst man I ever saw. When he got drunk, he abused me and the men. I
+had to keep out of his way, or I believe he would have killed me,
+though I was a passenger, and paid my fare."
+
+At three o'clock in the afternoon, the little steamer ran alongside
+the ship, and the party went on board, though the principal and all
+the officers and crew were on shore.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX.
+
+STOCKHOLM AND ITS SURROUNDINGS.
+
+
+After the professor's lecture on board of the ship, the students were
+piped to dinner. According to his usual custom, Paul Kendall, with his
+lady, took rooms at the hotel, and in this instance his example was
+followed by Shuffles. Dr. Winstock and Captain Lincoln had already
+accepted an invitation from Paul to spend the afternoon with him in a
+ride through the city; and as soon as the boats landed at the quay,
+they hastened to keep the appointment, while the students scattered
+all over the city to take a general view.
+
+"Well, Paul, how do you find the hotel?" asked the doctor, when the
+party were seated in the carriage.
+
+"Very good; it is one of the best hotels I have seen in Europe."
+
+"It has an excellent location, but I think there was no such hotel
+when I was here before, and I staid at the Hötel Kung Carl."
+
+"This is a bath-house," said the _commissionnaire_, as the carriage
+turned the corner at the hotel, and he pointed to a large, square
+building, with a court-yard in the middle.
+
+"That looks well for the cleanliness of the people, if they support
+such fine establishments as that."
+
+"Three classes of baths, sir," added Möller, the guide. "In the first
+class you have a dressing-room, and an attendant to scrub you, and
+showers, douches, and everything of the sort. This is Drottninggatan,
+the principal street of the city," added the man, as the carriage
+turned into another street.
+
+"In other words, Queen Street," explained the surgeon.
+
+"It is rather a narrow street for the principal one," said Paul.
+
+"All the streets of Stockholm are narrow, or nearly all; and very few
+of them have sidewalks."
+
+"This street looks very much like the streets at home. The shops are
+about the same thing. There's a woman in a queer dress," added Captain
+Lincoln.
+
+"That's a Dalecarlian woman. They used to row the boats about the
+waters of the city, coming down from Dalecarlia to spend the summer
+here; but the little steamers have taken the business all away from
+them. They hired a boat for the season, and paid the owner one half of
+the fares."
+
+"Their costume is rather picturesque," added Paul.
+
+"But that woman is far from handsome," laughed Mrs. Kendall.
+
+"None of them are pretty," replied the doctor.
+
+The dress was a rather short petticoat, with a fanciful bodice, in
+which red predominated. Quite a number of them were seen by the party
+during their stay in Stockholm, but all of them had coarse features
+and clumsy forms.
+
+The carriage returned to the centre of the city by another street,
+passing through Carl XIII. Torg, or square, where stands the statue of
+that king.
+
+"There is the Café Blanche, where they have music every afternoon in
+summer, with beer, coffee, and other refreshments. The Swedes are very
+fond of these gardens," said Möller. "Here is the Hotel Rydberg. This
+is Gustaf Adolf Torget, and that is his statue."
+
+Crossing the bridge to the little island in the stream, the carriage
+stopped, to enable the party to look down into the garden, which is
+called Strömparterren, where a band plays, and refreshments are
+dispensed in the warm evenings of summer. Passing the immense
+palace, the tourists drove along the Skeppsbron, or quay, which is the
+principal landing-place of the steamers. Crossing another bridge over
+the south stream, or outlet of Lake Mäler, they entered the southern
+suburb of the city, called Södermalm. Ascending to the highest point
+of land, the party were conducted to the roof of a house, where a
+magnificent view of the city and its surroundings was obtained.
+
+"We will sit down here and rest a while," said the doctor, suiting the
+action to the words. "This promontory, or some other one near it, was
+formerly called Agne's Rock, and there is a story connected with it.
+Agne was the king of Sweden about 220 B.C. In a war with the Finns, he
+killed their king, and captured his daughter Skiolfa. The princess,
+according to the custom of those days, became the wife, but
+practically the slave, of her captor. She was brought to Sweden, where
+Agne and his retainers got beastly drunk on the occasion of
+celebrating the memorial rites of her father. Skiolfa, with the
+assistance of her Finnish companions, passed a rope through the
+massive gold chain on the neck of the king, and hung him to a tree,
+beneath which their tent was pitched. Having avenged the death of her
+father, the princess and her friends embarked in their boats, and
+escaped to Finland."
+
+"They finished him, then," laughed Captain Lincoln. "But what sort of
+boats had they?"
+
+"I don't know," replied Dr. Winstock.
+
+"Could they cross the Baltic in boats?"
+
+"Yes. When you go to Finland you will find that the course will be
+through islands nearly all the way. There is no difficulty in crossing
+in an open boat."
+
+"What is the population of Stockholm?" asked Paul.
+
+"One hundred and thirty-five thousand," replied Möller. "It was
+founded by King Birger in 1250."
+
+"There is a monitor," said Paul, pointing to the waters near
+Castelholmen, not far from the anchorage of the squadron.
+
+"We have four in the Swedish navy, and Russia has plenty of them.
+Ericsson, who invented them, was a Swede, you know."
+
+After the tourists had surveyed the panorama to their satisfaction,
+they descended, and entering the carriage, drove over to the
+Riddarholm, where the guide pointed out the church, the statue of
+Gustavus Vasa, the house of the Nobles, and other objects of interest.
+Returning to the quay, they stopped to look at the little steamers
+which were whisking about in every direction.
+
+"That is the National Museum," said Möller, pointing to a large and
+elegant building across the stream.
+
+"I should like to sail in one of those little boats," said Mrs.
+Kendall.
+
+"We can go over and back in ten minutes, if you like," added the
+guide.
+
+"Let us go."
+
+The party alighted from the carriage, and entered the little boat.
+
+"How much did you pay, Paul?" asked Grace.
+
+"The fare is no larger than the boat. It is three öre each person."
+
+"How much is that?"
+
+"Let me see; eight tenths of a cent, or less than a halfpenny,
+English."
+
+The excursionists returned without landing.
+
+"I should like to go again," said Grace. "It is delightful sailing in
+such dear little steamers."
+
+"If you please, we will ride over to the Djurgarden, and return by the
+steamer, which will land us at the Strömparterre," said the guide.
+
+This proposition was accepted, and by a circuitous route they reached
+the place indicated, which, in English, is the Deer Garden. It is on
+an island, separated from the main land by a channel. The southern
+portion of it is a thickly-populated village, but the principal part
+of the island is laid out as a park, of which the people of Stockholm
+are justly proud. It was originally a sterile tract of land: the first
+improvements converted it into a deer park for the royal use; but
+Gustaf III. and Charles (XIV.) John, as Bernadotte was styled,
+turned it into a public park. It is laid out in walks and avenues
+beautifully shaded with oaks and other trees. The land is undulating,
+and parts of it command splendid views of the islands and watercourses
+in the vicinity. On the outskirts is an asylum for the blind and for
+deaf mutes. Rosendahl, a country house, built by Charles John in 1830,
+and often occupied by him, is quite near the park.
+
+The party drove through the principal avenues of the garden, and
+stopped at the bust of Bellman, the great poet of Sweden, whose
+birthday is annually celebrated here with music and festivities.
+Around the park are various tea-gardens, cafés, and other places of
+amusement, including a theatre, circus, and opera-house for summer
+use. There is an Alhambra, with a restaurant; a Tivoli, with a
+concert-room; a Novilla, with a winter garden, and a concert hall for
+summer. The tourists stopped at Hasselbacken, which is celebrated for
+its good dinners at moderate prices. The visitors seated themselves in
+a broad veranda, overlooking a garden filled with little tables, in
+the centre of which was a kiosk for the music. The viands, especially
+the salmon, were very nice, and the coffee, as usual, was excellent.
+After dinner a short walk brought the party to the landing-place of
+the little steamers, where, paying eight öre, or about two cents,
+each, they embarked. The boat flew along at great speed for such a
+small craft, whisked under the Skeppsholm bridge, and in a few moments
+landed the tourists at the circular stone quay, which surrounds the
+Strömparterre. Paul and his lady walked to the hotel, and the doctor
+and the captain went to the Skeppsbron, where a boat soon conveyed
+them to the ship.
+
+Sanford and Stockwell had been on board several hours, and had had
+time to make up their minds in regard to their future course. They had
+considered the advice of the boatswain, and finally concluded to adopt
+it. Clyde Blacklock was as tame as a parlor poodle. His experience in
+running away, especially after his three days on board of the Rensdyr,
+was far from satisfactory.
+
+"I suppose I must go into that cage again," said he, when he went on
+board.
+
+"That depends on yourself," replied Peaks. "If you say that you don't
+intend to run away again, we shall not put you in the brig."
+
+"I think I won't," added Clyde.
+
+"You think?"
+
+"Well, I know I won't. I will try to do the best I can."
+
+"That's all we ask," said Peaks. "You can say all this to the
+principal."
+
+Mr. Lowington returned earlier than most of the ship's company, and
+Peaks reported to him immediately. The coxswain and his associate were
+called up first.
+
+"We have come on board, sir," said Sanford, touching his cap.
+
+"I see you have. You have been gone a long time, and I have been told
+that you had some difficulty in finding the ship," added the
+principal.
+
+"We have concluded to tell the whole truth, sir," said Sanford,
+hanging his head.
+
+"I am very glad to hear that."
+
+"We didn't wish to find the ship."
+
+"Can you explain the accident by which the second cutter was stove at
+Christiansand?"
+
+"I did it on purpose; but no other fellow was to blame, or knew
+anything about it."
+
+"I am astonished to think you should expose the lives of your crew, by
+pushing your boat right into the path of a steamer."
+
+"I didn't do it, sir, till the steamer had stopped her wheels. I
+wanted to get on board of her, and leave the ship. In Norway, I
+cheated the rest of the party, and led them out of the way."
+
+"How could you do that?"
+
+"I told Ole what to say."
+
+"Then you wished to travel alone?"
+
+"Yes, sir."
+
+Sanford and Stockwell made a clean breast of it, explaining how they
+had lost trains and steamers, and thus avoided returning to the ship.
+
+"Then Ole is a rogue as well as the rest of you, it seems."
+
+"He did what I told him to do, and paid him for doing," replied
+Sanford.
+
+"He is a runaway, too," interposed the boatswain, who proceeded to
+tell the story of the waif. "The boy has suffered a good deal from the
+ill-treatment of his step-father."
+
+"I am sorry for him; but his character does not seem to be up to the
+average of that of his countrymen. I don't think we want him on
+board," replied Mr. Lowington. "As you say this Olaf has no claim for
+his services, we will see about him."
+
+The Rensdyr had by this time arrived at the quay, and it was not
+believed that Captain Olaf would permit his step-son, whose services
+seemed to be of so much value to him, to escape without making an
+effort to reclaim him. After all hands had returned from the shore, he
+put in an appearance, and seeing Peaks in the waist, directed his
+steps towards him. The profusion of fine uniforms, the order and
+discipline that reigned on deck, and the dignified mien of the
+instructors who were walking back and forth, seemed to produce an
+impression upon the mind of the rough skipper, for he took off his
+hat, and appeared to be as timid as though he had come into the
+presence of the king.
+
+"Good evening, Captain Olaf," said the boatswain.
+
+"I want the boy Ole," replied the skipper, bowing, and returning the
+salutation.
+
+"You must talk with the principal about that."
+
+"I don't understand."
+
+Peaks conducted Olaf to the quarter-deck, where Mr. Lowington was
+conversing with Mr. and Mrs. Kendall, who had come on board to visit
+their old friends.
+
+"This is the man that claims Ole," said the boatswain.
+
+"I want the boy, sir," added Captain Olaf, bowing as gracefully as he
+knew how.
+
+"If Ole chooses to go with you, he may go," replied the principal.
+
+"He does not choose to go."
+
+"I certainly shall not compel him to go," continued Mr. Lowington.
+
+"I will make him go."
+
+"I shall allow no violence on board of this ship."
+
+"But he is my boy; the son of my wife that is dead."
+
+"He is not your son, and you have no more claim on him than I have.
+The boy is an orphan. Have you been appointed his guardian?"
+
+This question was out of Olaf's depth in the English language; but it
+was translated into Danish by Professor Badois, and the skipper did
+not pretend that he had any legal authority over the boy.
+
+"But I have fed and clothed him, and he must work for me," said he.
+
+"Ole says you did not feed him, and he had nothing but a few dirty
+rags on when we picked him up. I have nothing to do with the matter.
+Ole is free to go or stay, just as he pleases," replied the principal,
+turning away from the skipper, to intimate that he wished to say
+nothing more about the matter.
+
+"The boy is here, and I shall make him go with me," said Olaf, looking
+ugly enough to do anything.
+
+Mr. Lowington glanced at Peaks, and appeared to be satisfied that no
+harm would come to Ole. Olaf walked back into the waist, and then to
+the forecastle, glancing at every student he met, in order to identify
+his boy.
+
+"See here, Norway; there comes your guardian genius," said Scott,
+who, with a dozen others, had gathered around the trembling waif,
+determined to protect him if their services were needed. "Bear a hand,
+and tumble down the fore-hatch. Herr Skippenboggin is after you."
+
+Ole heeded this good advice, and followed by his supporters, he
+descended to the steerage. Olaf saw him, and was about to descend the
+ladder, when Peaks interfered.
+
+"You can't go down there," said he, decidedly.
+
+"I want the boy," replied Olaf.
+
+"No visitors in the steerage without an invitation."
+
+"I will have Ole;" and the skipper began to descend.
+
+"Avast, my hearty," interposed the boatswain, laying violent hands on
+Olaf, and dragging him to the deck.
+
+Bitts, the carpenter, and Leach, the sailmaker, placed themselves
+beside the boatswain, as the Norwegian picked himself up.
+
+"You may leave the ship, now," said Peaks, pointing to the
+accommodation stairs.
+
+Olaf looked at the three stout men before him, and prudence triumphed
+over his angry passions.
+
+"I will have the boy yet," said he, as he walked to the stairs,
+closely attended by the three forward officers.
+
+He went down into his boat, declaring that he would seize upon Ole the
+first time he caught him on shore.
+
+"Where is Clyde?" asked Mr. Lowington, as soon as the savage skipper
+had gone.
+
+"He is forward, sir; he behaves like a new man, and says he will not
+run away," replied Peaks.
+
+"Send him aft."
+
+"Ay, ay, sir."
+
+Clyde went aft. He was a boy of quick impulses and violent temper. He
+had been accustomed to have his own way; and this had done more to
+spoil him than anything else. He had to learn that there was a power
+greater than himself, to which he must submit. He had twice run away,
+and failed both times. Three days of fear and absolute misery on board
+of the Rensdyr had given him time to think. He determined, when he
+reached Stockholm, to return to his mother, and try to be a better
+boy. Peaks, in the little steamer, had come upon him like a ghost. He
+had expected never again to see the ship, or his particular tormentor;
+and to have the latter appear to him in such an extraordinary manner
+was very impressive, to say the least. He realized that he must
+submit; but this thought, like that of resistance before, was only an
+impulse.
+
+Clyde submitted, and was even candid enough to say so to the
+principal, who talked to him very gently and kindly for an hour,
+pointing out to him the ruin which he was seeking.
+
+"We will try you again, Clyde," said Mr. Lowington. "We will wipe out
+the past, and begin again. You may go forward."
+
+The next day was Sunday, and for a change, the officers and crews of
+the several vessels were permitted to land, and march to the English
+church in Stockholm. The neat and pleasant little church was crowded
+to its utmost capacity by the attendance of such a large number. Mr.
+Agneau, the chaplain, was invited to take a part in the service, and
+as Mrs. Kendall, Mrs. Shuffles, and many of the ship's company were
+good singers, the vocal music was better than usual.
+
+On Monday morning commenced the serious business of sight-seeing in
+Stockholm. The royal palace, one of the largest and finest in Europe,
+and the most prominent building in the city, was the first place to be
+visited. It is four hundred and eighteen feet long, by three hundred
+and ninety-one wide, with a large court-yard in the middle, from which
+are the principal entrances. The lower story is of granite; the rest
+of brick, covered with stucco. The students walked through the vast
+number of apartments it contains; through red chambers, green
+chambers, blue chambers, and yellow chambers, as they are designated,
+through the royal chapel, which is as large as a good-sized church,
+and through the throne-room, where the king opens the sessions of the
+Diet. Several were devoted to the Swedish orders of knighthood. The
+ceilings and walls of the state apartments are beautifully adorned
+with allegorical and mythological paintings.
+
+The chamber of Bernadotte, or Charles John, remains just as it was
+during his last sickness. On the bed lies his military cloak, which
+he wore in his great campaigns. His cane, the gift of Charles XIII.,
+stands in the room. The walls are covered with green silk, and adorned
+with portraits of the royal family. The apartments actually occupied
+by the present king were found to be far inferior in elegance to many
+republican rooms. His chamber has a pine floor, with no carpet; but
+it looked more home-like than the great barn-like state-rooms. In a
+series of small and rather low apartments are several collections of
+curious and antique articles, such as a collection of arms, including
+a pair of pistols presented to the king by President Lincoln; and of
+pipes, containing every variety in use, in the smoking-room. The
+king's library looks like business, for its volumes seemed to be for
+use rather than ornament. The billiard-room is quite cosy, and his
+chamber contains photographs of various royal personages, as the
+Prince of Wales, the Queen of England, and others, which look as
+though the king had friends, and valued them like common people. His
+majesty paints very well for a king, and the red cabinet contains
+pictures by him, and by Oscar I. The queen's apartments, as well as
+the king's, seemed to the boys like a mockery of royalty, for they
+were quite plain and comfortable. The entire palace contains five
+hundred and eighty-three rooms.
+
+The whole forenoon was employed in visiting the palace, and the
+students went on board the vessels to dinner. As the day was pleasant,
+a boat excursion to Drottningholm was planned, and the fourteen boats
+of the squadron were soon in line. A pilot was in the commodore's
+barge, to indicate the course. Passing under the North Bridge, the
+excursion entered the waters of the Mäler Lake. A pull of two hours
+among beautiful islands, covered with the fresh green of spring,
+through narrow and romantic passages, brought them to their
+destination. In some places, within five miles of Stockholm, the
+scene was so quiet, and nature so primitive, that the excursionists
+could have believed they were hundreds of miles from the homes of
+civilization. Two or three of the islands had a house or two upon
+them; but generally they seemed to be unimproved. The boats varied
+their order at the command of Commodore Cumberland, and when there
+were any spectators, nothing could exceed their astonishment at the
+display.
+
+At Drottningholm, or Queen's Island, there is a fine palace, built by
+the widow of Charles X., and afterwards improved and embellished by
+the kings of Sweden. Attached to it is a beautiful garden, adorned
+with fountains and statues. The party went through the palace, which
+contains a great many historical paintings, and some rooms fitted up
+in Chinese style. As the students were about to embark, a char-a-banc,
+a kind of open omnibus, drawn by four horses, drove up to the palace,
+and a plainly-dressed lady alighted. She stood on the portico, looking
+at the students; and the pilot said she was the Queen Dowager, wife of
+Oscar I. Of course the boys looked at her with quite as much interest
+as she regarded them. The commodore called for three cheers for the
+royal lady, who was the daughter of Eugene Beauharnais, and
+granddaughter of the Empress Josephine. She waved her handkerchief in
+return for the salute, and the students were soon pulling down the
+lake towards Stockholm.
+
+The next forenoon was devoted to the Royal Museum, which has been
+recently erected. It contains a vast quantity of Swedish antiquities
+and curiosities, with illustrations of national manners and customs.
+It contains specimens of the various implements used in the ages of
+wood, stone, bronze, and iron, collections of coins and medals, armor,
+engravings, sculptures, and paintings, including a few works of
+the great masters of every school in Europe. The students were
+particularly interested in what Scott irreverently called the "Old
+Clothes Room," in which were deposited in glass cases the garments and
+other articles belonging to the Swedish kings and queens, such as the
+cradle and toys of Charles XII., and the huge sword with which he
+defended himself against the Turks at Bender; the sword of Gustavus
+Vasa; the costume of Gustaf III., which he wore when he was shot in
+the opera-house by Ankarström; the baton of Gustaf Adolf, and the
+watch of Queen Christina.
+
+In the afternoon the students made an excursion by steamer to
+Ulriksdal, the summer residence of Bernadotte, Oscar I., and of the
+present king. It is a beautiful place, and is filled with objects of
+historical interest. The furniture is neat, pretty, and comfortable.
+The chamber of the king is the plainest of all, but the bed was used
+by Gustaf II. in Germany. Every chair, table, and mirror has its
+history. There is a collection of beer mugs in one chamber, and of
+pipes in another. The place is full of interest to the curious. In the
+water in front of the palace were several gilded pleasure-boats, and a
+fanciful steamer for the use of the royal family.
+
+The steamer in which the party had gone to Ulriksdal was one of the
+larger class, though the company was all she could carry. She made her
+way through the several arms of the sea, between the islands, passing
+through two drawbridges. For the return trip four of the smaller
+steamers had been engaged, each of which would carry about fifty
+boys. A short distance from the palace, the boats turned into a narrow
+stream, passing under bridges, in places so contracted that the engine
+had to be stopped, and the banks were thoroughly washed. Then they
+entered a lagoon, bordered with villas, and surrounded by pleasant
+scenery. Landing at a point in the northern suburb, most of the
+students walked through the city to the quay, though several omnibuses
+ply between this point and the centre of the city.
+
+The next day opened with a visit to Riddarholm. The church, or
+Riddarholmskyrkan, on this island, was formerly a convent, but is now
+the mausoleum of the most celebrated kings of Sweden. It was once a
+Gothic structure; but the addition of several chapels on the sides,
+for monuments, has completely changed the appearance of the structure.
+It is remarkable for nothing except the tombs within it. Formerly it
+contained a number of equestrian figures, clothed in armor, which was
+valued as relics of the ancient time, including that of Birger Jarl,
+the founder of the city, and of Charles IX.; but all these have been
+removed to the National Museum, which is certainly a more appropriate
+place for them. On each side of the church are the sepulchral chapels
+of Gustavus Adolphus, Charles XII., Bernadotte, and Oscar I. The Queen
+Désirée, wife of Bernadotte, and sister-in-law of Joseph Bonaparte,
+with others of the royal family, and some of the great captains of the
+Thirty Years' War, are buried here. In the chapels of Gustavus and
+Charles XII. are placed many of the trophies of their victories, such
+as flags, drums, swords, and keys.
+
+The party then visited the Riddarhus, where the nobles meet, which is
+the scene of several great historical events, and contains the shields
+of three thousand Swedish nobles. From this point the tourists went to
+Mosebacke, a celebrated tea garden, on the high land in the southern
+suburb, where they ascended to the roof of the theatre in order to
+obtain a view of the city and its surroundings.
+
+On Thursday, the students made an excursion to Upsala, the ancient
+capital of Sweden, which contains a fine old cathedral, where Gustavus
+Vasa and two of his wives are buried. His tomb was hardly more
+interesting to the Americans than that of Linnæus, the great botanist,
+who was born in Upsala, and buried in this church. Other Swedish kings
+are also buried here. The party visited the university, which contains
+some curious old books and manuscripts, such as an old Icelandic Edda;
+the Bible, with written notes by Luther and Melanchthon; the Journal
+of Linnæus, and the first book ever printed in Sweden, in 1483. The
+house of the great botanist and the botanical garden were not
+neglected. The tourists returned to Stockholm in a special steamer,
+through an arm of Lake Mäler, and landed at the Riddarholm. On Friday
+some of the students went to the Navy Yard, and on board of a monitor,
+while others wandered about the city and its suburbs.
+
+After spending a week in the harbor, the voyagers felt that they had
+seen enough of Sweden; and early on Saturday morning, with a pilot on
+board of each vessel, the squadron sailed for the Aland Islands, in
+the Baltic, where the principal decided to pass a week. The vessels
+lay in the channels between the islands, and the students attended to
+the regular routine of study and seamanship. Occasional excursions
+were made on shore, mostly at the uninhabited islands. Journals of
+what had been seen in Norway, Denmark, and Sweden were written up; but
+the students were very anxious to visit Russia.
+
+Ole Amundsen was very careful to avoid his step-father while he
+remained in Stockholm. He hardly went on shore, so great was his dread
+of the cruel skipper of the Rensdyr; and no one rejoiced more heartily
+than he to leave the Swedish waters. Mr. Lowington did not desire to
+retain him on board; but the waif begged so hard to remain, and the
+students liked him so well, that he was finally engaged as an
+assistant steward in the steerage, at twelve dollars a month; but he
+made double this sum, besides, out of the boys, by the exercise of his
+genius in mending clothes, cleaning shoes, and similar services, which
+the students preferred to pay for, rather than do themselves.
+
+Clyde Blacklock kept his promise as well as he could, and soon learned
+his duty as a seaman. Though he certainly improved, his violent temper
+and imperious manners kept him continually in hot water. He could not
+forget his old grudge against Burchmore, and during an excursion on
+one of the Aland Islands, he attacked him, but was soundly thrashed
+for his trouble, and punished on board when his black eye betrayed
+him. While he is improving there is hope for him.
+
+The runaways promised so much and behaved so well, that none of them
+were punished as yet, though Sanford was deprived of his position as
+coxswain of the second cutter; but whether they were to be allowed any
+liberty in Russia, they were not informed.
+
+At the close of the week among the islands, the squadron was headed
+for Abo, in Finland, which is now a province of Russia; and what they
+saw and did there, and in other parts of the vast empire, will be
+related in NORTHERN LANDS, OR YOUNG AMERICA IN RUSSIA AND PRUSSIA.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Up The Baltic, by Oliver Optic
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK UP THE BALTIC ***
+
+***** This file should be named 26653-8.txt or 26653-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/2/6/6/5/26653/
+
+Produced by David Edwards, Anne Storer and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
+file was produced from scans of public domain material
+produced by Microsoft for their Live Search Books site.)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/26653-8.zip b/26653-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb24230
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-8.zip
diff --git a/26653-h.zip b/26653-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b1c067b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-h.zip
diff --git a/26653-h/26653-h.htm b/26653-h/26653-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c28afd4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-h/26653-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,14842 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+    "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+  <head>
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" />
+    <title>
+      The Project Gutenberg eBook of Up The Baltic, by William T. Adams (Oliver Optic).
+    </title>
+    <style type="text/css">
+/*<![CDATA[  XML blockout */
+<!--
+    p {  margin-top: .75em;
+         text-align: justify;
+         margin-bottom: .75em;
+         }
+    h1,h2,h3 {
+         text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
+         clear: both;
+         }
+    hr { width: 33%;
+	 margin-top: 2em;
+	 margin-bottom: 2em;
+         margin-left: auto;
+         margin-right: auto;
+         clear: both;
+       }
+
+    table {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
+    .tdp {padding: 10px;}
+    .tdp1 {padding: 4px;}
+
+    body{margin-left: 10%;
+         margin-right: 10%;
+        }
+
+    .box { width: 700px;
+           margin: 0 auto;
+           text-align: center;
+           padding: 1em;
+           border-style: none; }
+
+    a { text-decoration: none; }
+
+    .pagenum  { visibility: hidden;
+                position: absolute;
+                left: 92%;
+                font-size: smaller;
+                text-align: right;
+              } /* page numbers */
+
+    .center   {text-align: center;}
+    .smcap    {font-variant: small-caps;}
+
+    .caption  {font-weight: bold; font-variant: small-caps; }
+
+    .figcenter   {margin: auto; text-align: center;}
+
+    .figright    {float: right; clear: right; margin-left: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em;
+                 margin-top: 1em; margin-right: 0; padding: 0; text-align: center;}
+
+    // -->
+    /* XML end  ]]>*/
+    </style>
+  </head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Up The Baltic, by Oliver Optic
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Up The Baltic
+       Young America in Norway, Sweden, and Denmark
+
+Author: Oliver Optic
+
+Release Date: September 18, 2008 [EBook #26653]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK UP THE BALTIC ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by David Edwards, Anne Storer and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
+file was produced from scans of public domain material
+produced by Microsoft for their Live Search Books site.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<img src="images/imgfrontis.jpg" width="600" height="372" alt="image" title="" />
+<span class="caption">Young America in Norway.</span> Page <a href="#Page_159">159</a>.
+</div>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 380px;">
+<img src="images/imgtitle.jpg" width="380" height="600" alt="Up the Baltic" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1">[Pg 1]</a></span></p>
+
+<h3><em>YOUNG AMERICA ABROAD&mdash;SECOND SERIES.</em></h3>
+
+<hr style="width: 25%;" />
+
+<h1>UP THE BALTIC;</h1>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">or,</span></p>
+
+<h2>YOUNG AMERICA IN NORWAY,<br />
+SWEDEN, AND DENMARK.</h2>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap"><strong>A Story of Travel and Adventure.</strong></span></p>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">by</span></p>
+<h2>WILLIAM T. ADAMS.</h2>
+<p style="margin-top: -1em;" class="center">(<em>OLIVER OPTIC</em>),</p>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">author of &ldquo;outward bound,&rdquo; &ldquo;shamrock and thistle,&rdquo; &ldquo;red cross,&rdquo;<br />
+&ldquo;dikes and ditches,&rdquo; &ldquo;palace and cottage,&rdquo;<br />
+&ldquo;down the rhine,&rdquo; etc.</span></p>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<p class="center">BOSTON:<br />
+LEE AND SHEPARD, PUBLISHERS.<br />
+<span class="smcap">New York</span>:<br />
+<span class="smcap">lee, shepard and dillingham,</span><br />
+<span style="font-size: smaller;" class="smcap">Nos. 47 And 49 Greene St.</span><br />
+1875.</p>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2">[Pg 2]</a></span></p>
+
+<p class="center">
+Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1871,<br />
+<span class="smcap">By</span> WILLIAM T. ADAMS,<br />
+In the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington.</p>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p><p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<p class="center">Electrotyped at the Boston Stereotype Foundry,<br />
+No. 19 Spring Lane.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">[Pg 3]</a></span></p>
+
+<p class="center">TO</p>
+
+<p class="center">MY EVER-CHEERFUL AND GOOD-NATURED FRIEND</p>
+
+<p class="center"><strong>SHEPARD K. MATTISON,</strong></p>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">whom i met for the first time at trollh&auml;tten, on the<br />
+g&ouml;ta canal, and with whom i journeyed through<br />
+sweden, russia, austria, spain, and portugal,</span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 107px;">
+<img src="images/volume.jpg" width="107" height="20" alt="This Volume" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="center">IS RESPECTFULLY DEDICATED.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[Pg 5]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2>YOUNG AMERICA ABROAD.</h2>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">By</span> OLIVER OPTIC.</p>
+
+<div class="box">
+<p style="margin-left: 12em; text-indent: -1em;">
+A Library of Travel and Adventure in Foreign Lands. First<br />
+and Second Series; six volumes in each Series. 16mo.<br />
+Illustrated.</p></div>
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+
+<tr>  <th colspan="2"><em>First Series.</em></th>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td align='right'>I.</td>  <td align='left'><em>OUTWARD BOUND</em>; <span class="smcap">or, Young America Afloat</span>.</td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td align='right'>II.</td>  <td align='left'><em>SHAMROCK AND THISTLE</em>; <span class="smcap">or, Young America in Ireland and Scotland</span>.</td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td align='right'>III.</td>  <td align='left'><em>RED CROSS</em>; <span class="smcap">or, Young America in England and Wales</span>.</td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td align='right'>IV.</td>  <td align='left'><em>DIKES AND DITCHES</em>; <span class="smcap">or, Young America in Holland and Belgium</span>.</td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td align='right'>V.</td>  <td align='left'><em>PALACE AND COTTAGE</em>; <span class="smcap">or, Young America in France and Switzerland</span>.</td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td align='right'>VI.</td>  <td align='left'><em>DOWN THE RHINE</em>; <span class="smcap">or, Young America in Germany</span>.</td>  </tr>
+
+<tr>  <td align='right'>&nbsp;</td>  <td align='left'></td>  </tr>
+
+<tr>  <th colspan="2"><em>Second Series.</em></th>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td align='right'>I.</td>  <td align='left'><em>UP THE BALTIC</em>; <span class="smcap">or, Young America in Norway, Sweden, and Denmark</span>.</td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td align='right'>II.</td>  <td align='left'><em>NORTHERN LANDS</em>; <span class="smcap">or, Young America in Russia and Prussia</span>. In preparation.</td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td align='right'>III.</td>  <td align='left'><em>CROSS AND CRESCENT</em>; <span class="smcap">or, Young America in Turkey and Greece</span>. In preparation.</td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td align='right'>IV.</td>  <td align='left'><em>SUNNY SHORES</em>; <span class="smcap">or, Young America in Italy and Austria</span>. In preparation.</td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td align='right'>V.</td>  <td align='left'><em>VINE AND OLIVE</em>; <span class="smcap">or, Young America in Spain and Portugal</span>. In preparation.</td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td align='right'>VI.</td>  <td align='left'><em>ISLES OF THE SEA</em>; <span class="smcap">or, Young America Homeward Bound</span>. In preparation.</td>  </tr>
+
+</table></div>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[Pg 7]</a></span></p>
+<h2>PREFACE.</h2>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Up the Baltic</span>,
+the first volume of the second series of
+&ldquo;<span class="smcap">Young America Abroad</span>,&rdquo;
+like its predecessors, is a record
+of what was seen and done by the young gentlemen of the
+Academy Squadron on its second voyage to Europe, embracing
+its stay in the waters of Norway, Sweden, and Denmark.
+Agreeably to the announcement made in the concluding volume
+of the first series, the author spent the greater portion
+of last year in Europe. His sole object in going abroad was
+to obtain the material for the present series of books, and in
+carrying out his purpose, he visited every country to which
+these volumes relate, and, he hopes, properly fitted himself
+for the work he has undertaken.</p>
+
+<p>In the preparation of <span class="smcap">Up the Baltic</span>,
+the writer has used,
+besides his own note-books, the most reliable works he could
+obtain at home and in Europe, and he believes his geographical,
+historical, and political matter is correct, and as
+full as could be embodied in a story. He has endeavored to
+describe the appearance of the country, and the manners and
+customs of the people, so as to make them interesting to
+young readers. For this purpose these descriptions are often
+interwoven with the story, or brought out in the comments
+of the boys of the squadron.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[Pg 8]</a></span>
+The story is principally the adventures of the crew of the
+second cutter, who attempted &ldquo;an independent excursion
+without running away,&rdquo; which includes the career of a young
+Englishman, spoiled by his mother&#8217;s indulgence, and of a
+Norwegian waif, picked up by the squadron in the North
+Sea.</p>
+
+<p>The author is encouraged to enter upon this second series
+by the remarkable and unexpected success which attended
+the publication of the first series. Difficult as it is to work
+the dry details of geography and history into a story, the
+writer intends to persevere in his efforts to make these books
+instructive, as well as interesting; and he is confident that no
+reader will fail to distinguish the good boys from the bad ones
+of the story, or to give his sympathies to the former.</p>
+
+<p><span style="margin-left: 1em;" class="smcap">Harrison Square, Boston</span>,<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 3em;">May 10, 1871.</span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[Pg 9]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CONTENTS.</h2>
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+
+<tr>  <td align='right'></td>  <td align='left'></td>  <td align='right'><span class="smcap">page</span></td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td align='right'>I.</td>  <td align='left'><a href="#Page_11"><span class="smcap">A Waif on the North Sea</span></a></td>  <td align='right'>11</td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td align='right'>II.</td>  <td align='left'><a href="#Page_27"><span class="smcap">Off the Naze of Norway</span></a></td>  <td align='right'>27</td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td align='right'>III.</td>  <td align='left'><a href="#Page_43"><span class="smcap">An Accident to the Second Cutter</span></a></td>  <td align='right'>43</td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td align='right'>IV.</td>  <td align='left'><a href="#Page_59"><span class="smcap">Norway in the Past and the Present</span></a></td>  <td align='right'>59</td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td align='right'>V.</td>  <td align='left'><a href="#Page_76"><span class="smcap">Mr. Clyde Blacklock and Mother</span></a></td>  <td align='right'>76</td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td align='right'>VI.</td>  <td align='left'><a href="#Page_92"><span class="smcap">A Day at Christiansand</span></a></td>  <td align='right'>92</td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td align='right'>VII.</td>  <td align='left'><a href="#Page_110"><span class="smcap">Up the Christiania Fjord</span></a></td>  <td align='right'>110</td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td align='right'>VIII.</td>  <td align='left'><a href="#Page_128"><span class="smcap">Sights of Christiania, and other Matters</span></a></td>  <td align='right'>128</td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td align='right'>IX.</td>  <td align='left'><a href="#Page_146"><span class="smcap">The Excursion without Running away</span></a></td>  <td align='right'>146</td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td align='right'>X.</td>  <td align='left'><a href="#Page_164"><span class="smcap">Gottenburg and Finkel</span></a></td>  <td align='right'>164</td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td align='right'>XI.</td>  <td align='left'><a href="#Page_181"><span class="smcap">On the Way to the Rjukanfos</span></a></td>  <td align='right'>181</td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td align='right'>XII.</td>  <td align='left'><a href="#Page_201"><span class="smcap">The Boatswain and the Briton</span></a></td>  <td align='right'>201</td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td align='right'>XIII.</td>  <td align='left'><a href="#Page_218"><span class="smcap">The Meeting of the Absentees</span></a></td>  <td align='right'>218</td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td align='right'>XIV.</td>  <td align='left'><a href="#Page_237"><span class="smcap">Through the Sound to Copenhagen</span></a></td>  <td align='right'>237</td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td align='right'>XV.</td>  <td align='left'><a href="#Page_255"><span class="smcap">Copenhagen and Tivoli</span></a></td>  <td align='right'>255</td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td align='right'>XVI.</td>  <td align='left'><a href="#Page_274"><span class="smcap">Excursion to Klampenborg and Elsinore</span></a></td>  <td align='right'>274</td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td align='right'>XVII.</td>  <td align='left'><a href="#Page_292"><span class="smcap">To Stockholm by G&ouml;ta Canal</span></a></td>  <td align='right'>292</td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td align='right'>XVIII.</td>  <td align='left'><a href="#Page_310"><span class="smcap">Up the Baltic</span></a></td>  <td align='right'>310</td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td align='right'>XIX.</td>  <td align='left'><a href="#Page_329"><span class="smcap">The Cruise in the Little Steamer</span></a></td>  <td align='right'>329</td>  </tr>
+<tr>  <td align='right'>XX.</td>  <td align='left'><a href="#Page_349"><span class="smcap">Stockholm and its Surroundings</span></a></td>  <td align='right'>349</td>  </tr>
+</table></div>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[Pg 11]</a></span></p>
+<h1>UP THE BALTIC;</h1>
+<p class="center">OR,</p>
+<h2>YOUNG AMERICA IN NORWAY, SWEDEN,<br />
+AND DENMARK.</h2>
+
+<hr style="width: 25%;" />
+
+<h2>CHAPTER I.</h2>
+
+<p class="center"><strong>A WAIF ON THE NORTH SEA.</strong></p>
+
+
+<p>&ldquo;Boat on the weather bow, sir!&rdquo; shouted the
+lookout on the top-gallant forecastle of the
+Young America.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Starboard!&rdquo; replied Judson, the officer of the
+deck, as he discovered the boat, which was drifting
+into the track of the ship.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Starboard, sir!&rdquo; responded the quartermaster
+in charge of the wheel.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Steady!&rdquo; added the officer.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Steady, sir,&rdquo; repeated the quartermaster.</p>
+
+<p>By this time a crowd of young officers and seamen
+had leaped upon the top-gallant forecastle, and into
+the weather rigging, to obtain a view of the little boat,
+which, like a waif on the ocean, was drifting down
+towards the coast of Norway. It contained only a
+single person, who was either a dwarf or a boy, for
+he was small in stature. He lay upon a seat near
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[Pg 12]</a></span>
+the stern of the boat, with his feet on the gunwale.
+He was either asleep or dead, for though the ship
+had approached within hail, he neither moved nor
+made any sign. The wind was light from the southward,
+and the sea was quite calm.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What do you make of it, Ryder?&rdquo; called the
+officer of the deck to the second master, who was on
+duty forward.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is a flat-bottomed boat, half full of water, with
+a boy in it,&rdquo; answered Ryder.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Hail him,&rdquo; added the officer of the deck.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Boat, ahoy!&rdquo; shouted Ryder, at the top of his
+lungs.</p>
+
+<p>The person in the boat, boy or man, made no
+reply. Ryder repeated the hail, but with no better
+success. The officers and seamen held their breath
+with interest and excitement, for most of them had
+already come to the conclusion that the occupant of
+the boat was dead. A feeling akin to horror crept
+through the minds of the more timid, as they gazed
+upon the immovable body in the dilapidated craft; for
+they felt that they were in the presence of death, and
+to young people this is always an impressive season.
+By this time the ship was within a short distance of
+the water-logged bateau. As the waif on the ocean
+exhibited no signs of life, the first lieutenant, in charge
+of the vessel, was in doubt as to what he should do.</p>
+
+<p>Though he knew that it was the first duty of a
+sailor to assist a human being in distress, he was not
+sure that the same effort was required in behalf of one
+who had already ceased to live. Captain Cumberland,
+in command of the ship, who had been in the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[Pg 13]</a></span>
+cabin when the excitement commenced, now appeared
+upon the quarter-deck, and relieved the officer of the
+responsibility of the moment. Judson reported the
+cause of the unwonted scene on deck, and as the captain
+discovered the little boat, just on the weather bow,
+he promptly directed the ship to be hove to.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Man the main clew-garnets and buntlines!&rdquo;
+shouted the first lieutenant; and the hands sprang to
+their several stations. &ldquo;Stand by tack and sheet.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All ready, sir,&rdquo; reported the first midshipman,
+who was on duty in the waist.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let go tack and sheet! Up mainsail!&rdquo; continued
+Ryder.</p>
+
+<p>The well-trained crew promptly obeyed the several
+orders, and the mainsail was hauled up in much less
+time than it takes to describe the man&oelig;uvre.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Man the main braces!&rdquo; proceeded the officer of
+the deck.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ready, sir,&rdquo; reported the first midshipman.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let go and haul.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>As the hands executed the last order; all the yards
+on the mainmast swung round towards the wind till
+the light breeze caught the sails aback, and brought
+them against the mast. The effect was to deaden the
+headway of the ship.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Avast bracing!&rdquo; shouted the first lieutenant, when
+the yards on the mainmast were about square.</p>
+
+<p>In a few moments the onward progress of the
+Young America was entirely checked, and she lay
+motionless on the sea. There were four other vessels
+in the squadron, following the flag-ship, and each of
+them, in its turn, hove to, or came up into the wind.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Fourth cutters, clear away their boat!&rdquo; continued
+the first lieutenant, after he had received his order
+from the captain. &ldquo;Mr. Messenger will take charge
+of the boat.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The young officer indicated was the first midshipman,
+whose quarter watch was then on duty.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All the fourth cutters!&rdquo; piped the boatswain&#8217;s
+mate, as Messenger crossed the deck to perform the
+duty assigned to him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He&#8217;s alive!&rdquo; shouted a dozen of the idlers on the
+rail, who had not removed their gaze from the waif in
+the small boat.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He isn&#8217;t dead any more than I am!&rdquo; added a
+juvenile tar, springing into the main rigging, as if to
+demonstrate the amount of his own vitality.</p>
+
+<p>The waif in the bateau had produced this sudden
+change of sentiment, and given this welcome relief
+to the crew of the Young America, by rising from
+his reclining posture, and standing up in the water at
+the bottom of his frail craft. He gazed with astonishment
+at the ship and the other vessels of the squadron,
+and did not seem to realize where he was.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Avast, fourth cutters!&rdquo; interposed the first lieutenant.
+&ldquo;Belay, all!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>If the waif was not dead, it was hardly necessary to
+lower a boat to send to his relief; at least not till it
+appeared that he needed assistance.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Boat, ahoy!&rdquo; shouted Ryder.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;On board the ship,&rdquo; replied the waif, in tones not
+at all sepulchral.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What are you doing out here?&rdquo; demanded the
+first lieutenant.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Nothing,&rdquo; replied the waif.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Will you come on board the ship?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, if you will let me,&rdquo; added the stranger, as he
+picked up a broken oar, which was floating in the
+water on the bottom of his boat.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, come on board,&rdquo; answered the first lieutenant,
+prompted by Captain Cumberland, who was
+quite as much interested in the adventure as any of his
+shipmates.</p>
+
+<p>The waif, using the broken oar as a paddle, worked
+his water-logged craft slowly towards the ship. The
+accommodation ladder was lowered for his use, and
+in a few moments, with rather a heavy movement, as
+though he was lame, or much exhausted, he climbed
+up the ladder, and stepped down upon the ship deck.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Fill away again!&rdquo; said the captain to the first lieutenant,
+as a curious crowd began to gather around the
+stranger. Ryder gave the necessary orders to brace
+up the main yards, and set the mainsail again, and the
+ship was soon moving on her course towards the Naze
+of Norway, as though nothing had occurred to interrupt
+her voyage.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What are you doing out here, in an open boat,
+out of sight of land?&rdquo; asked Captain Cumberland,
+while the watch on deck were bracing up the yards.</p>
+
+<p>The waif looked at the commander of the Young
+America, and carefully examined him from head to
+foot. The elegant uniform of the captain seemed to
+produce a strong impression upon his mind, and he
+evidently regarded him as a person of no small consequence.
+He did not answer the question put to
+him, seeming to be in doubt whether it was safe and
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</a></span>
+proper for him to do so. Captain Cumberland was
+an exceedingly comely-looking young gentleman, tall
+and well formed in person, graceful and dignified in
+his manners; and if he had been fifty years old, the
+stranger before him could not have been more awed
+and impressed by his bearing. So far as his personal
+appearance was concerned, the waif appeared to have
+escaped from the rag-bag, and to have been out long
+enough to soil his tatters with oil, tar, pitch, and dirt.
+Though his face and hands, as well as other parts of
+his body, were very dirty, his eye was bright, and,
+even seen through the disguise of filth and rags that
+covered him, he was rather prepossessing.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What is your name?&rdquo; asked Captain Cumberland,
+finding his first question was not likely to be
+answered.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ole Amundsen,&rdquo; replied the stranger, pronouncing
+his first name in two syllables.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then you are not English.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, sir. Be you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am not; we are all Americans in this ship.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Americans!&rdquo; exclaimed Ole, opening his eyes,
+while a smile beamed through the dirt on his face.
+&ldquo;Are you going to America now?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No; we are going up the Baltic now,&rdquo; replied
+Captain Cumberland; &ldquo;but we shall return to America
+in the course of a year or two.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Take me to America with you&mdash;will you?&rdquo; continued
+Ole, earnestly. &ldquo;I am a sailor, and I will
+work for you all the time.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t know about that. You must speak to the
+principal.&rdquo;
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who&#8217;s he?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Mr. Lowington. He is in the cabin now.
+Where do you belong, Ole?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t belong anywhere,&rdquo; answered the waif,
+looking doubtfully about him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where were you born?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In Norway, sir.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then you are a Norwegian.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I reckon I am.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In what part of Norway were you born?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In Bratsberg.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s where all the brats come from,&rdquo; suggested
+Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This one came from there, at any rate,&rdquo; added
+Mayley. &ldquo;But where is Bratsberg, and what is it?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is an <em>amt</em>, or province, in the south-eastern part
+of Norway.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I came from the town of Laurdal,&rdquo; said Ole.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do the people there speak English as well as you
+do?&rdquo; asked the captain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, sir. I used to be a <em>skydskarl</em>, and&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A what?&rdquo; demanded the crowd.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A <em>skydskarl</em>&mdash;a boy that goes on a cariole to
+take back the horses. I learned a little English from
+the Englishmen I rode with; and then I was in England
+almost a year.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But how came you out here, alone in an open
+boat?&rdquo; asked the captain, returning to his first
+inquiry.</p>
+
+<p>Ole put one of his dirty fingers in his mouth, and
+looked stupid and uncommunicative. He glanced at
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</a></span>
+the young officers around him, and then over the rail
+at the sea.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Were you wrecked?&rdquo; inquired the captain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, sir; not wrecked,&rdquo; replied Ole. &ldquo;I never
+was wrecked in my life.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What are you doing out here, out of sight of land,
+in a boat half full of water?&rdquo; persisted the captain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Doing nothing.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Did you get blown off from the shore?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, sir; a southerly wind wouldn&#8217;t blow anybody
+off from the south coast of Norway,&rdquo; answered
+Ole, with a smile which showed that he had some
+perception of things absurd in themselves.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are no fool.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, sir, I am not; and I don&#8217;t think you are,&rdquo;
+added Ole, again glancing at Captain Cumberland
+from head to foot.</p>
+
+<p>The young tars all laughed at the waif&#8217;s retort, and
+the captain was not a little nettled by the remark.
+He pressed Ole rather sharply for further information
+in regard to his antecedents; but the youth was silent
+on this point. While the crowd were anxiously waiting
+for the stranger to declare himself more definitely,
+eight bells sounded at the wheel, and were repeated
+on the large bell forward by the lookout. From each
+vessel of the fleet the bells struck at nearly the same
+moment, and were followed by the pipe of the boatswain&#8217;s
+whistle, which was the signal for changing
+the watch. As the officers of the ship were obliged
+to attend to their various duties, Ole Amundsen was
+left alone with the captain. The waif still obstinately
+refused to explain how he happened to be alone in a
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</a></span>
+water-logged boat, asleep, and out of sight of land,
+though he promptly answered all other questions
+which were put to him.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Lowington, the principal of the Academy
+Squadron, was in the main cabin, though he had
+been fully informed in regard to the events which
+had transpired on deck. The young commander despaired
+of his own ability to extort an explanation
+from the waif, and he concluded to refer the matter
+to the principal.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How long have you been in that boat?&rdquo; asked
+Captain Cumberland, as he led the way towards the
+companion ladder.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Eighteen hours,&rdquo; answered Ole, after some hesitation,
+which, perhaps, was only to enable him to count
+up the hours.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Did you have anything to eat?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, sir.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nothing?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Not a thing.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then you are hungry?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I had a little supper last night&mdash;not much,&rdquo; continued
+Ole, apparently counting the seams in the deck,
+ashamed to acknowledge his human weakness.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You shall have something to eat at once.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Thank you, sir.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Captain Cumberland therefore conducted the stranger
+to the steerage, instead of the main cabin, and
+directed one of the stewards to give him his supper.
+The man set half a cold boiled ham on one of the
+mess tables, with an abundant supply of bread and
+butter. Cutting off a large slice of the ham, he placed
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</a></span>
+it on the plate before Ole, whose eyes opened wide
+with astonishment, and gleamed with pleasure. Without
+paying much attention to the forms of civilization,
+the boy began to devour it, with the zeal of one who
+had not tasted food for twenty-four hours. Captain
+Cumberland smiled, but with becoming dignity, at the
+greediness of the guest, before whom the whole slice
+of ham and half a brick loaf disappeared almost in a
+twinkling. The steward appeared with a pot of coffee,
+in time to cut off another slice of ham, which the
+waif attacked with the same voracity as before. When
+it was consumed, and the young Norwegian glanced
+wistfully at the leg before him, as though his capacity
+for cold ham was not yet exhausted, the captain began
+to consider whether he ought not to consult the
+surgeon of the ship before he permitted the waif to
+eat any more. But the steward, like a generous host,
+seemed to regard the quantity eaten as complimentary
+testimony to the quality of the viands, and helped
+him to a third slice of the ham. He swallowed a
+pint mug of coffee without stopping to breathe.</p>
+
+<p>As the third slice of ham began to wax small before
+the voracious Norwegian, Captain Cumberland became
+really alarmed, and determined to report at
+once to the principal and the surgeon for instructions.
+Knocking at the door of the main cabin, he was admitted.
+Dr. Winstock assured him there was no danger
+to the guest; he had not been without food long enough
+to render it dangerous for him fully to satisfy himself.
+The quantity eaten might make him uncomfortable,
+and even slightly sick, but it would do the gourmand
+no real injury. The captain returned to the steerage,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</a></span>
+where Ole had broken down on his fourth slice of
+ham; but he regarded it wistfully, and seemed to regret
+his inability to eat any more.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s good,&rdquo; said he, with emphasis. &ldquo;It&#8217;s the
+best supper I ever ate in my life. I like this ship; I
+like the grub; and I mean to go to America in her.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We will see about that some other time; but if
+you don&#8217;t tell us how you happened to be off here, I
+am afraid we can do nothing for you,&rdquo; replied the captain.
+&ldquo;If you feel better now, we will go and see the
+principal.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who&#8217;s he?&rdquo; asked Ole.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Mr. Lowington. You must tell him how you happened
+to be in that leaky boat.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Perhaps I will. I don&#8217;t know,&rdquo; added Ole, doubtfully,
+as he followed the commander into the main
+cabin.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Cumberland explained to the principal the
+circumstances under which Ole had come on board,
+and that he declined to say anything in regard to the
+strange situation in which he had been discovered.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Is the captain here?&rdquo; asked the midshipman of
+the watch, at the steerage door.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; replied Captain Cumberland.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Mr. Lincoln sent me down to report a light on
+the lee bow, sir.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Very well. Where is Mr. Beckwith?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In the cabin, sir.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The captain left the main cabin, and entered the after
+cabin, where he found Beckwith, the first master,
+attended by the second and third, examining the large
+chart of the North Sea.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Light on the lee bow, sir,&rdquo; said the first master.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you make it out?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes; we are all right to the breadth of a hair,&rdquo;
+added the master, delighted to find that his calculations
+had proved to be entirely correct. &ldquo;It is Egero Light,
+and we are about fifty miles from the Naze of Norway.
+We are making about four knots, and if the
+breeze holds, we ought to see Gunnarshoug Light by
+one o&#8217;clock.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Captain Cumberland went on deck to see the light
+reported. Though it was half past eight, the sun had
+but just set, and the light, eighteen miles distant, could
+be distinctly seen. It created a great deal of excitement
+and enthusiasm among the young officers and
+seamen, who had read enough about Norway to be
+desirous of seeing it. For weeks the young gentlemen
+on board the ship had been talking of Norway, and
+reading up all the books in the library relating to the
+country and its people. They had read with interest
+the accounts of the various travellers who had visited
+it, including Ross Brown, in Harper&#8217;s Monthly, and
+Bayard Taylor, and had studied Harper, Murray,
+Bradshaw, and other Guides on the subject. The
+more inquiring students had read the history of Norway,
+and were well prepared to appreciate a short
+visit to this interesting region.</p>
+
+<p>They had just come from the United States, having
+sailed in the latter part of March. The squadron had
+had a fair passage, and the students hoped to be in
+Christiansand by the first day of May; and now nothing
+less than a dead calm for forty-eight hours could
+disappoint their hopes. Five years before, the Young
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</a></span>
+America and the Josephine, her consort, had cruised
+in the waters of Europe, and returned to America
+in the autumn. It had been the intention of the principal
+to make another voyage the next year, go up the
+Baltic, and winter in the Mediterranean; but the war
+of 1866 induced him to change his plans. Various
+circumstances had postponed the cruise until 1870,
+when it was actually commenced.</p>
+
+<p>The Young America was the first, and for more
+than a year the only, vessel belonging to the Academy.
+The Josephine, a topsail schooner, had been
+added the second year; and now the Tritonia, a vessel
+of the same size and rig, was on her first voyage.
+The three vessels of the squadron were officered and
+manned by the students of the Academy. As on the
+first cruise, the offices were the rewards of merit bestowed
+upon the faithful and energetic pupils. The
+highest number of merits gave the highest office, and
+so on through the several grades in the cabin, and the
+petty offices in the steerage. The routine and discipline
+of the squadron were substantially the same as
+described in the first series of these volumes, though
+some changes had been made, as further experience
+suggested. Instead of quarterly, as before, the offices
+were given out every month. Captains were not retired
+after a single term, as formerly, but were obliged
+to accept whatever rank and position they earned, like
+other students.</p>
+
+<p>There was no change from one vessel to another,
+except at the end of a school year, or with the permission
+of the principal. The ship had six instructors,
+three of whom, however, lectured to all the students
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</a></span>
+in the squadron, and each of the smaller vessels had
+two teachers. Mr. Lowington was still the principal.
+He was the founder of the institution; and his high
+moral and religious principles, his love of justice, as
+well as his skill, firmness, and prudence, had made it
+a success in spite of the many obstacles which continually
+confronted it. As a considerable portion of the
+students in the squadron were the spoiled sons of rich
+men, who had set at defiance the rules of colleges and
+academies on shore, it required a remarkable combination
+of attributes to fit a gentleman for the difficult and
+trying position he occupied.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Fluxion was the first vice-principal in charge
+of the Josephine. He was a thorough seaman, a good
+disciplinarian, and a capital teacher; but he lacked
+some of the high attributes of character which distinguished
+the principal. If any man was fit to succeed
+Mr. Lowington in his responsible position, it was Mr.
+Fluxion; but it was doubtful whether, under his sole
+administration, the institution could be an entire success.
+His love of discipline, and his energetic manner
+of dealing with delinquents, would probably have
+increased the number of &ldquo;rows,&rdquo; mutinies, and runaways.</p>
+
+<p>The second vice-principal, in charge of the Tritonia,
+was Mr. Tompion, who, like his two superiors
+in rank, had formerly been an officer of the navy.
+Though he was a good sailor, and a good disciplinarian,
+he lacked that which a teacher needs most&mdash;a
+hearty sympathy with young people.</p>
+
+<p>The principal and the two vice-principals were instructors
+in mathematics and navigation in their respective
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</a></span>
+vessels. Mr. Lowington had undertaken this
+task himself, because he felt the necessity of coming
+more in contact with the student than his position as
+mere principal required. It tended to promote friendly
+relations between the governor and the governed,
+by creating a greater sympathy between them.</p>
+
+<p>The Rev. Mr. Agneau still served as chaplain. In
+port, and at sea when the weather would permit, two
+services were held in the steerage every Sunday, which
+were attended, at anchor, by the crew of all the vessels.
+Prayers were said morning and evening, in the
+ship by the chaplain, in the schooners by the vice-principal
+or one of the instructors.</p>
+
+<p>Dr. Winstock was the instructor in natural philosophy
+and chemistry, as well as surgeon and sanitary
+director. He was a good and true man, and generally
+popular among the students. Each vessel had an
+adult boatswain and a carpenter, and the ship a sailmaker,
+to perform such work as the students could not
+do, and to instruct them in the details of practical seamanship.</p>
+
+<p>After the lapse of five years, hardly a student remained
+of those who had cruised in the ship or her
+consort during the first voyage. But in addition to
+the three vessels which properly constituted the squadron,
+there were two yachts, each of one hundred and
+twenty tons. They were fore-and-aft schooners, of
+beautiful model, and entirely new. The one on the
+weather wing of the fleet was the Grace, Captain Paul
+Kendall, whose lady and two friends were in the
+cabin. Abreast of her sailed the Feodora, Captain
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</a></span>
+Robert Shuffles, whose wife was also with him. Each
+of these yachts had a first and second officer, and a
+crew of twenty men, with the necessary complement
+of cooks and stewards. They were part of the fleet,
+but not of the Academy Squadron.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER II.</h2>
+
+<p class="center"><strong>OFF THE NAZE OF NORWAY.</strong></p>
+
+
+<p>Mr. Lowington examined Ole Amundsen
+very carefully, in order to ascertain what disposition
+should be made of him. He told where he
+was born, how he had learned English, and where
+he had passed the greater portion of his life, just as
+he had related these particulars to Captain Cumberland.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But how came you out here in an open boat?&rdquo;
+asked the principal.</p>
+
+<p>Ole examined the carpet on the floor of the cabin,
+and made no reply.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Won&#8217;t you answer me?&rdquo; added Mr. Lowington.</p>
+
+<p>The waif was still silent.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You have been to sea?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, sir; I was six months in a steamer, and over
+two years in sailing vessels,&rdquo; answered Ole, readily.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What steamer were you in?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I was in the Drammen steamer a while; and I
+have been three trips down to Copenhagen and Gottenburg,
+one to L&uuml;beck, one to Stettin, and one to
+Stockholm.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Have you been in a steamer this season?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, sir.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Then you were in a sailing vessel.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ole would not say that he had been in any vessel
+the present season.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where is your home now?&rdquo; asked the principal,
+breaking the silence again.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Haven&#8217;t any.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Have you a father and mother?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Both dead, sir.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Have you any friends?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Friends? I don&#8217;t believe I have.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Any one that takes care of you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Takes care of me? No, sir; I&#8217;m quite certain I
+haven&#8217;t any one that takes care of me. I take care of
+myself, and it&#8217;s heavy work I find it, sometimes, I can
+tell you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you ever go fishing?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, sir, sometimes.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Have you been lately?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ole was silent again.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I wish to be your friend, Ole.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Thank you, sir,&rdquo; added Ole, bowing low.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But in order to know what to do for you, I must
+know something about your circumstances.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I haven&#8217;t any circumstances, sir. I lost &#8217;em all,&rdquo;
+replied Ole, gravely and sadly, as though he had met
+with a very serious loss.</p>
+
+<p>Dr. Winstock could not help laughing, but it was
+impossible to decide whether the boy was ignorant of
+the meaning of the word, or was trying to perpetrate
+a joke.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How did you happen to lose your circumstances,
+Ole?&rdquo; asked Mr. Lowington.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</a></span>
+&ldquo;When my mother died, Captain Olaf took &#8217;em.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Indeed; and who is Captain Olaf?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ole looked at the principal, and then returned his
+gaze to the cabin floor, evidently not deeming it prudent
+to answer the question.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Is he your brother?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, sir.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Your uncle?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, sir.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ole could not be induced to say anything more
+about Captain Olaf, and doubtless regretted that he
+had even mentioned his name. The waif plainly confounded
+&ldquo;circumstances&rdquo; and property. Mr. Lowington
+several times returned to the main inquiry, but
+the young man would not even hint at the explanation
+of the manner in which he had come to be a waif on
+the North Sea, in an open boat, half full of water.
+He had told the captain that he was not wrecked, and
+had not been blown off from the coast. He would
+make no answer of any kind to any direct question
+relating to the subject.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, Ole, as you will not tell me how you came
+in the situation in which we found you, I do not see
+that I can do anything for you,&rdquo; continued Mr. Lowington.
+&ldquo;The ship is bound to Christiansand, and
+when we arrive we must leave you there.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&#8217;t leave me in Christiansand, sir. I don&#8217;t
+want to be left there.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why not?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ole was silent again. Both the principal and the
+surgeon pitied him, for he appeared to be a friendless
+orphan; certainly he had no friends to whom he
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</a></span>
+wished to go, and was only anxious to remain in the
+ship, and go to America in her.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You may go into the steerage now, Ole,&rdquo; said the
+principal, despairing of any further solution of the
+mystery.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Thank you, sir,&rdquo; replied Ole, bowing low, and
+backing out of the cabin as a courtier retires from
+the presence of a sovereign.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What do you make of him, doctor?&rdquo; added Mr.
+Lowington, as the door closed upon the waif.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t make anything of him,&rdquo; replied Dr. Winstock.
+&ldquo;The young rascal evidently don&#8217;t intend that
+we should make anything of him. He&#8217;s a young
+Norwegian, about fifteen years old, with neither father
+nor mother; for I think we may believe what he has
+said. If he had no regard to the truth, it was just as
+easy for him to lie as it was to keep silent, and it would
+have been more plausible.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am inclined to believe that he is a runaway,
+either from the shore or from some vessel,&rdquo; said the
+principal. &ldquo;He certainly cannot have been well
+treated, for his filthy rags scarcely cover his body;
+and he says that the supper he had to-night was the
+best he ever ate in his life. It was only coffee, cold
+ham, and bread and butter; so he cannot have been a
+high liver. He seems to be honest, and I pity him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But he is too filthy to remain on board a single
+hour. I will attend to his sanitary condition at once,&rdquo;
+laughed the doctor. &ldquo;He will breed a leprosy among
+the boys, if he is not taken care of.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let the purser give you a suit of clothes for him,
+for we can&#8217;t do less than this for him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</a></span>
+The doctor left the cabin, and Ole was taken to the
+bath-room by one of the stewards, and compelled to
+scrub himself with a brush and soap, till he was made
+into a new creature. He was inclined to rebel at first,
+for he had his national and inborn prejudice against
+soap and water in combination; but the sight of the
+suit of new clothes overcame his constitutional scruples.
+The steward was faithful to his mission, and
+Ole left dirt enough in the bath-tub to plant half a
+dozen hills of potatoes. He looked like a new being,
+even before he had donned the new clothes. His light
+hair, cut square across his forehead, was three shades
+lighter when it had been scrubbed, and deprived of
+the black earth, grease, and tar, with which it had
+been matted.</p>
+
+<p>The steward was interested in his work, for it is a
+pleasure to any decent person to transform such a
+leper of filth into a clean and wholesome individual.
+Ole put on the heavy flannel shirt and the blue frock
+which were handed to him, and smiled with pleasure
+as he observed the effect. He was fitted to a pair of
+seaman&#8217;s blue trousers, and provided with socks and
+shoes. Then he actually danced with delight, and evidently
+regarded himself as a finished dandy; for never
+before had he been clothed in a suit half so good. It
+was the regular uniform of the crew of the ship.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Hold on a moment, my lad,&rdquo; said Muggs, the
+steward, as he produced a pair of barber&#8217;s shears.
+&ldquo;Your barber did not do justice to your figure-head,
+the last time he cut your hair.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I cut it myself,&rdquo; replied Ole.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I should think you did, and with a bush scythe.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</a></span>
+&ldquo;I only hacked off a little, to keep it out of my
+eyes. Captain Olaf always used to cut it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who&#8217;s Captain Olaf?&rdquo; asked Muggs.</p>
+
+<p>Ole was silent, but permitted the steward to remove
+at will the long, snarly white locks, which covered his
+head. The operator had been a barber once, and received
+extra pay for his services on board the ship in
+this capacity. He did his work in an artistic manner,
+parting and combing the waif&#8217;s hair as though he were
+dressing him for a fashionable party. He put a sailor&#8217;s
+knot in the black handkerchief under the boy&#8217;s collar,
+and then placed the blue cap on his head, a little on
+one side, so that he looked as jaunty as a dandy man-of-war&#8217;s-man.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Now put on this jacket, my lad, and you will be
+all right,&rdquo; continued the steward, as he gazed with
+pride and pleasure upon the work of his hands.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;More clothes!&rdquo; exclaimed Ole. &ldquo;I shall be baked.
+I sweat now with what I have on.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It&#8217;s hot in here; you will be cool enough when
+you go on deck. Here&#8217;s a pea-jacket for you, besides
+the other.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But that&#8217;s for winter. I never had so much clothes
+on before in my life.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You needn&#8217;t put the pea-jacket on, if you don&#8217;t
+want it. Now you look like a decent man, and you
+can go on deck and show yourself.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Thank you, sir.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But you must wash yourself clean every morning.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do it every day!&rdquo; exclaimed Ole, opening his
+eyes with astonishment.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why, yes, you heathen,&rdquo; laughed Muggs. &ldquo;A
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</a></span>
+man isn&#8217;t fit to live who don&#8217;t keep himself clean.
+Why, you could have planted potatoes anywhere on
+your hide, before you went into that tub.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I haven&#8217;t been washed before since last summer,&rdquo;
+added Ole.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You ought to be hung for it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You spend half your time washing yourselves&mdash;don&#8217;t
+you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We spend time enough at it to keep clean. No
+wonder you Norwegians have the leprosy, and the
+flesh rots off the bones!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But I always go into the water every summer,&rdquo;
+pleaded Ole.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And don&#8217;t wash yourself at any other time?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I always wash myself once a year, and sometimes
+more, when I get a good chance.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&#8217;t you wash your face and hands every morning.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Every morning? No! I haven&#8217;t done such a
+thing since last summer.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then you are not fit to live. If you stay in this
+ship, you must wash every day, and more than that
+when you do dirty work.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Can I stay in the ship if I do that?&rdquo; asked Ole,
+earnestly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t know anything about it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I will wash all the time if they will only let me
+stay in the ship,&rdquo; pleaded the waif.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You must talk with the principal on that subject.
+I have nothing to do with it. Now, go on deck. Hold
+up your head, and walk like a man.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ole left the bath-room, and made his way up the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</a></span>
+forward ladder. The second part of the starboard
+watch were on duty, but nearly every person belonging
+to the ship was on deck, watching the distant light,
+which assured them they were on the coast of Norway.
+The waif stepped upon deck as lightly as a
+mountain sylph. The influence of his new clothes
+pervaded his mind, and he was inclined to be a little
+&ldquo;swellish&rdquo; in his manner.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How are you, Norway!&rdquo; shouted Sanford, one of
+the crew.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How are you, America,&rdquo; replied Ole, imitating
+the slang of the speaker.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What have you done with your dirt?&rdquo; added Rodman.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Here is some of it,&rdquo; answered Muggs, the steward,
+as he came up the ladder, with Ole&#8217;s rags on a
+dust-pan, and threw them overboard.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If you throw all his dirt overboard here, we shall
+get aground, sure,&rdquo; added Stockwell, as Ole danced
+up to the group of students.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No wonder you feel light after getting rid of such
+a load of dirt,&rdquo; said Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;O, I&#8217;m all right,&rdquo; laughed Ole, good-naturedly; for
+he did not seem to think that dirt was any disgrace or
+dishonor to him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How came you in that leaky boat, Norway?&rdquo; demanded
+Rodman; and the entire party gathered around
+the waif, anxious to hear the story of his adventure.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I went into it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Is that so?&rdquo; added Wilde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, sir.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I say, Norway, you are smart,&rdquo; replied Rodman.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Smart? Where?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All over.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t feel it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But, Norway, how came you in that old tub, out
+of sight of land?&rdquo; persisted Rodman, returning to the
+charge again.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I went into it just the same as one of you Americans
+would have got into it,&rdquo; laughed Ole, who did
+not think it necessary to resort to the tactics he had
+used with the principal and the captain. &ldquo;You could
+have done it if you had tried as hard as I did.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;After you got in, then, how came the boat out
+here, so far from land?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The wind, the tide, and the broken oar brought it
+out here.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Indeed! But won&#8217;t you tell us your story, Ole?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A story? O, yes. Once there was a king of Norway
+whose name was Olaf, and half the men of his
+country were named after him, because&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Never mind that story, Ole. We want to hear
+the story about yourself.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;About myself? Well, last year things didn&#8217;t go
+very well with me; the crop of potatoes was rather
+short on my farm, and my vessels caught but few fish;
+so I decided to make a voyage up the Mediterranean,
+to spend the winter.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What did you go in, Norway?&rdquo; asked Wilde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In my boat. We don&#8217;t make voyages on foot
+here in Norway.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What boat?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You won&#8217;t let me tell my story; so I had better
+finish it at once. I got back as far as the North Sea,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</a></span>
+and almost into the Sleeve, when a gale came down
+upon me, and strained my boat so that she leaked
+badly. I was worn out with fatigue, and dropped
+asleep one afternoon. I was dreaming that the King
+of Sweden and Norway came off in a big man-of-war,
+to welcome me home again. He hailed me himself,
+with, &ldquo;Boat, ahoy!&rdquo; which waked me; and then I
+saw this ship. You know all the rest of it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you mean to say you went up the Mediterranean
+in that old craft?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;ve told my story, and if you don&#8217;t believe it, you
+can look in the almanac, and see whether it is true or
+not,&rdquo; laughed Ole. &ldquo;But I must go and show myself
+to the captain and the big gentleman.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He&#8217;s smart&mdash;isn&#8217;t he?&rdquo; said Sanford, as the
+young Norwegian went aft to exhibit himself to the
+officers on the quarter deck.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes; but what&#8217;s the reason he won&#8217;t tell how
+he happened out here in that leaky tub?&rdquo; added
+Rodman.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t know; he wouldn&#8217;t tell the captain, nor
+the principal.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t understand it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No one understands it. Perhaps he has done
+something wrong, and is afraid of being found out.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Very likely.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He&#8217;s just the fellow for us,&rdquo; said Stockwell, in a
+low tone, after he had glanced around him, to see that
+no listeners were near. &ldquo;He speaks the lingo of this
+country. We must buy him up.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Good!&rdquo; exclaimed Boyden. &ldquo;We ought not to
+have let him go till we had fixed his flint.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</a></span>
+&ldquo;I didn&#8217;t think of it before; but there is time
+enough. If we can get hold of his story we can manage
+him without any trouble.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But he won&#8217;t tell his story. He wouldn&#8217;t even
+let on to the principal.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No matter; we must have him, somehow or
+other. Sanford can handle him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t exactly believe in the scrape,&rdquo; said Burchmore,
+shaking his head dubiously. &ldquo;We&#8217;ve heard all
+about the fellows that used to try to run away from
+the ship and from the Josephine. They always got
+caught, and always had the worst of it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We are not going to run away, and we are not
+going to make ourselves liable to any punishment,&rdquo;
+interposed Sanford, rather petulantly. &ldquo;We can have
+a good time on shore without running away, or anything
+of that sort.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What&#8217;s the use?&rdquo; replied Burchmore.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The principal isn&#8217;t going to let us see anything at
+all of Norway. We are going to put in at Christiansand,
+and then go to Christiania. We want to see the
+interior of Norway, for there&#8217;s glorious fishing in the
+lakes and rivers&mdash;salmon as big as whales.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I like fishing as well as any fellow, but I don&#8217;t
+want to get into a scrape, and have to stay on board
+when the whole crowd go ashore afterwards. It
+won&#8217;t pay.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But I tell you again, we are not going to run
+away.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t see how you can manage it without running
+away. You are going into the interior of Norway
+on your own hook, without the consent or knowledge
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</a></span>
+of the principal. If you don&#8217;t call this running
+away, I don&#8217;t know what you can call it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No matter what we call it, so long as the principal
+don&#8217;t call it running away,&rdquo; argued Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How can you manage it?&rdquo; inquired Burchmore.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t know yet; and if I did, I wouldn&#8217;t tell a
+fellow who has so many doubts.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I shall not go into anything till I understand it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We don&#8217;t ask you to do so. As soon as we come
+to anchor, and see the lay of the land, we can tell
+exactly what and how to do it. We have plenty of
+money, and we can have a first-rate time if you only
+think so. Leave it all to me, and I will bring it out
+right,&rdquo; continued the confident Sanford, who appeared
+to be the leader of the little squad.</p>
+
+<p>The traditions of the various runaways who had, at
+one time and another, attempted to escape from the
+wholesome discipline and restraint of the Academy,
+were current on board all the vessels of the squadron.
+The capture of the Josephine, and her cruise in the
+English Channel, had been repeated to every new
+student who joined the fleet, till the story was as
+familiar to the present students as to those of five
+years before. There were just as many wild and
+reckless boys on board now as in the earlier days of
+the institution, and they were as sorely chafed by the
+necessary restraints of good order as their predecessors
+had been. Perhaps it was natural that, visiting a
+foreign country, they should desire to see all they
+could of its wonders, and even to look upon some
+things which it was the policy of the principal to prevent
+them from seeing.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</a></span>
+Whenever any of the various stories of the runaways
+were related, Sanford, Rodman, Stockwell, and
+others of similar tendencies, were always ready to
+point out the defects in the plan of the operators.
+They could tell precisely where Wilton, Pelham, and
+Little had been weak, as they termed it, and precisely
+what they should have done to render the enterprise a
+success. Still, running away, in the abstract, was not
+a popular idea in the squadron at the present time;
+but Sanford believed that he and his companions
+could enjoy all the benefits of an independent excursion
+without incurring any of its perils and penalties.
+Let him demonstrate his own proposition.</p>
+
+<p>Ole Amundsen walked aft, and was kindly greeted
+by the officers on the quarter-deck, who commented
+freely upon his improved personal appearance, though
+they did it in more refined terms than their shipmates
+on the forecastle had done. Some of them tried to
+draw from him the explanation of his situation in the
+leaky boat, but without any better success than had
+attended the efforts of others. He yielded an extravagant
+deference to the gold lace on the uniforms of the
+officers, treating them with the utmost respect.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, Ole, you look better than when I saw you
+last,&rdquo; said Mr. Lowington.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, sir; and I feel better,&rdquo; replied Ole, bowing
+low to the &ldquo;big gentleman.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And you speak English very well, indeed.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Thank you, sir.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Can you speak Norwegian as well?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, sir; better, I hope.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Monsieur Badois, will you ask him a question or
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</a></span>
+two in Norwegian,&rdquo; added the principal, turning to
+the professor of modern languages, who prided himself
+on being able to speak fourteen different tongues;
+&ldquo;I begin to doubt whether he is a Norwegian.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I will, sir,&rdquo; replied monsieur, who was always
+glad of an opportunity to exhibit his linguistic powers.
+&ldquo;<em>Hvor staae det til?</em>&rdquo; (How do you do?)</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<em>Jeg takker, meget vel.</em>&rdquo; (Very well, I thank you),
+replied Ole.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<em>Forstaaer De mig?</em>&rdquo; (Do you understand me?)</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<em>Ja, jeg forstaaer Dem meget vel.</em>&rdquo; (Yes, I understand
+you very well.)</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That will do,&rdquo; interposed Mr. Lowington.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He speaks Norsk very well,&rdquo; added the professor.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;So do you, sir,&rdquo; said Ole, with a low bow to
+Monsieur Badois.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<em>Meget vel</em>,&rdquo; laughed the professor.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am satisfied, Ole. Now, have you concluded to
+tell me how you happened to be in that boat, so far
+from the land.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The waif counted the seams in the quarter-deck,
+but nothing could induce him to answer the question.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have given you a suit of clothes, and I desire to
+be of service to you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I thank you, sir; and a good supper, the best I
+ever had, though I have often fished with English
+gentlemen, even with lords and sirs.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If you will tell me who your friends are&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have no friends, sir.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You lived on shore, or sailed on the sea, with
+somebody, I suppose.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ole looked down, and did not deny the proposition.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Now, if you will tell me whom you lived with, I
+may be able to do something for you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Still the waif was silent.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Berth No. 72 in the steerage is vacant, and I will
+give it to you, if I can be sure it is right for me to
+do so.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>But Ole could not, or would not, give any information
+on this point, though he was earnest in his desire
+to remain in the ship.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Very well, Ole; as you will not tell me your
+story, I shall be obliged to leave you on shore at
+Christiansand,&rdquo; said the principal, as he walked
+away.</p>
+
+<p>Dr. Winstock also tried to induce the youth to
+reveal what he plainly regarded as a secret, but with
+no different result. Ole passed from the officers to
+the crew again, and with the latter his answers were
+like those given to Sanford and his companions. He
+invented strange explanations, and told wild stories,
+but not a soul on board was the wiser for anything
+he said. The waif was permitted to occupy berth
+No. 72, but was distinctly assured that he must leave
+the ship when she arrived at Christiansand.</p>
+
+<p>The wind continued light during the night, but at
+four o&#8217;clock in the morning the squadron was off Gunnarshoug
+Point, and not more than four miles from
+the land. The shore was fringed with innumerable
+islands, which made the coast very picturesque,
+though it was exceedingly barren and desolate. Most
+of the islands were only bare rocks, the long swells
+rolling completely over some of the smaller ones.
+The students on deck watched the early sunrise, and
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</a></span>
+studied the contour of the coast with deep interest,
+till it became an old story, and then whistled for a
+breeze to take them along more rapidly towards their
+port of destination. The fleet was now fully in the
+Skager Rack, or Sleeve, as it is also called on the
+British nautical charts.</p>
+
+<p>At eight bells, when, with the forenoon watch, commenced
+the regular routine of study in the steerage,
+all the students had seen the Naze, or Lindersnaes, as
+the Norwegians call it&mdash;the southern cape of Norway.
+It is a reddish headland, beyond which were
+some hills covered with snow in the spring time. Ole
+Amundsen remained on deck all day, and had a name
+for every island and cliff on the coast. He declared
+that he was competent to pilot the ship into the
+harbor, for he had often been there. But when the
+fleet was off Ox-Oe, at the entrance to the port, a regular
+pilot was taken, at three o&#8217;clock in the afternoon.
+The Josephine and the Tritonia also obtained pilots
+soon after. The recitations were suspended in order
+to enable the students to see the harbor.</p>
+
+<p>Ole was wanted to explain the various objects
+which were presented to the view of the young mariners,
+but no one had seen him since the pilot came on
+board. All the habitable parts of the vessel were
+searched, and the stewards even examined the hold;
+but he could not be found. Mr. Lowington was
+anxious to see him, to ascertain whether he had
+changed his mind in regard to his secret; but Ole had
+disappeared as strangely as he had come on board of
+the ship.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER III.</h2>
+
+<p class="center"><strong>AN ACCIDENT TO THE SECOND CUTTER.</strong></p>
+
+
+<p>The gentle breeze from the southward enabled
+the fleet to proceed without delay up the fjord
+to the town of Christiansand; and, as there was very
+little ship&#8217;s duty to be done under such circumstances,
+the students had an excellent opportunity to examine
+the islands and the main shore. On board the ship
+and her two consorts the boys swarmed like bees in
+the rigging, eagerly watching every new object that
+was presented to their view. As nautical young gentlemen,
+they criticised the Norwegian boats and vessels
+that sailed on the bay, comparing them with those of
+their own country. The two yachts, which were not
+restrained by any insurance restrictions, stood boldly
+up the fjord, following closely in the wake of the
+two schooners.</p>
+
+<p>The course of the vessels up the fjord was through
+an archipelago, or &ldquo;garden of rocks,&rdquo; as it is styled
+in the Norwegian language. The rocky hills in the
+vicinity were of a reddish color, with a few fir trees
+upon them. The country was certainly very picturesque,
+but the students did not regard it as a very
+desirable place of residence. The fleet passed between
+the Island of Dybing and the light on Odder&ouml;,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</a></span>
+and came to anchor in the western harbor. For half
+an hour the several crews were occupied in furling
+sails, squaring yards, hauling taut the running rigging,
+and putting everything in order on board.</p>
+
+<p>The accommodation ladder of the ship, which was
+a regular flight of stairs, had hardly been rigged before
+a white barge, pulled by four men, came alongside.
+The oarsmen were dressed in blue uniform, and
+wore tarpaulin hats, upon which was painted the
+word &ldquo;Grace,&rdquo; indicating the yacht to which they
+belonged. The bowman fastened his boat-hook to the
+steps, and the rest of the crew tossed their oars in
+man-of-war style. In the stern-sheets, whose seats
+were cushioned with red velvet plush, were three
+persons, all of whom were old friends of our readers.
+Captain Paul Kendall, the owner and commander of
+the Grace, though he is a few inches taller and a few
+pounds heavier than when we last saw him, was
+hardly changed in his appearance. Even his side
+whiskers and mustache did not sensibly alter his
+looks, for his bright eye and his pleasant smile were
+still the key to his expression. The Grace carried
+the American yacht flag, and her commander wore the
+blue uniform of the club to which he belonged.</p>
+
+<p>Three years before, Paul Kendall had experienced
+a heavy loss in the death of his mother. She had
+inherited a very large fortune, which, however, was
+held in trust for her son, until he reached his majority.
+At the age of twenty-one, therefore, Paul came to an
+inheritance bequeathed by his grandfather, which made
+him a <em>millionnaire</em>. His fortune had been carefully
+invested by the trustees, and now all he had to do was
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</a></span>
+to collect and spend his income, of which there was a
+considerable accumulation when he attained his majority.
+Paul was a young man of high moral and
+religious principle. He had never spent a dollar in
+dissipation of any kind, and though he knew the
+world, he was as child-like and innocent as when he
+was an infant.</p>
+
+<p>His tastes were decidedly nautical, and the first
+large expenditure from his ample wealth was in the
+building of the yacht Grace, which was now anchored
+near the Young America. She was a beautiful craft in
+every respect, constructed as strong as wood and iron
+could make her. As her cabin was to be Paul&#8217;s home
+during a portion of the year, it was fitted up with every
+appliance of comfort, convenience, and luxury. It
+contained a piano, a large library, and every available
+means of amusement for the hours of a long passage.
+At the age of twenty-one, Paul was more mature in
+experience and knowledge than many young men at
+twenty-five; and hardly had he been placed in possession
+of his inheritance than he sailed for Europe,
+and, of course, hastened from Queenstown to Belfast,
+where Mr. Arbuckle, father of the lady who occupied
+the stern-sheets of the barge, resided. Six months
+later he was married to Grace, who still regarded him
+as &ldquo;the apple of her eye.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>On his return to New York his yacht was finished,
+though too late in the season for use that year. Her
+first voyage in the spring was to Brockway, which
+was the residence of Mr. Lowington, and the headquarters
+of the Academy Squadron. Learning that
+his old friend the principal was about to sail for
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</a></span>
+Europe with his charge, he promptly decided to accompany
+him, and the Grace was one of the fleet that
+crossed the Atlantic in April.</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Kendall was dressed in a plain travelling suit.
+She was taller and more mature than when she went
+down the Rhine with the Young Americans, but she
+was not less beautiful and interesting.</p>
+
+<p>If Fortune had been very kind to Paul Kendall, she
+had not been so constant to all who formerly sailed in
+the Young America, and who had then basked in her
+sunny smile. The third person in the stern-sheets of
+the barge was Mr. Augustus Pelham. He was a fine-looking
+fellow, with a heavy mustache, dressed like
+his commander, in the uniform of the yacht club.
+By one of those disasters common in American mercantile
+experience, Pelham&#8217;s father had suddenly been
+hurled from apparent affluence to real poverty. Being
+well advanced in years, he could do nothing better
+for himself and his family than to accept a situation as
+secretary of an insurance company, which afforded
+him a salary only sufficient to enable him to live in
+comfort. Augustus had completed his course in the
+Academy ship when the change of circumstances compelled
+him to abandon all luxurious habits, and work
+for his own living. This was by no means a calamity
+to him, any more than to other young men. Doubtless
+it was annoying to have his allowance of pocket
+money suddenly stopped, and to find himself face to
+face with one of the sternest realities of life. His
+training in the Academy ship had been a blessing to
+him, for it had reformed his life, and elevated his
+tastes above the low level of dissipation. It had made
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</a></span>
+a new man of him, besides preparing him for a useful
+calling. He was competent, so far as nautical skill
+and knowledge were concerned, to command any
+vessel to any part of the world, though he lacked the
+necessary experience in the management of a miscellaneous
+crew, and in the transaction of business. He
+was ready to accept a situation as chief or second
+mate of a ship, when he happened to meet Paul
+Kendall, and was immediately engaged as chief officer
+of the Grace, at a salary of one hundred dollars a
+month. Another ex-student of the ship, Bennington,
+upon whose father fickle Fortune had not continued to
+smile, had been appointed second officer. Pelham
+had shipped the crew of the Grace, and no better set
+of men ever trod a deck.</p>
+
+<p>The barge came up to the steps, and Paul and Pelham
+assisted Mrs. Kendall out of the boat, and the
+three went upon the deck of the ship. Mr. Lowington,
+who had not seen them, except at a distance,
+since the fleet sailed from Brockway harbor, gave them
+a warm greeting, shaking hands heartily with the
+lady first, and then with her companions.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am glad to see you looking so well, Mrs. Kendall,&rdquo;
+said the principal.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have enjoyed myself every moment of the voyage,
+and have never been sick a single hour,&rdquo; she
+replied.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We have had a fine passage, and there was no
+excuse for an old salt like you to be sick,&rdquo; laughed the
+principal.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But I think we shall go on shore, and stay at a
+hotel a few days, just for a change,&rdquo; added Paul.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</a></span>
+&ldquo;That&#8217;s a good plan; of course you will see more
+of the town and the people, than if you remain in
+your yacht.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am sure I like the cabin of the yacht better than
+any hotel I ever visited,&rdquo; laughed Mrs. Kendall.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But a change will do you good, my dear,&rdquo; suggested
+Paul.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What did you pick up last evening, when you
+hove to, Mr. Lowington?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We picked up a young Norwegian, about sixteen
+years old,&rdquo; answered the principal, detailing the circumstances
+under which Ole had been taken on board.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where is he now?&rdquo; asked Paul, looking about
+him to obtain a sight of the stranger.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We clothed and fed him, and had become quite
+interested in him; but just as the pilot came alongside
+we missed him. I have had the ship searched for
+him, but we have not been able to find him, though
+he must be concealed somewhere on board.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s strange!&rdquo; exclaimed Mrs. Kendall, glancing
+at her husband.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Perhaps not very strange,&rdquo; continued the principal.
+&ldquo;The boy refused to tell us how he came in an
+open boat, half full of water, and out of sight of land.
+Probably he has run away from his friends, and has
+concealed himself to avoid being recognized by the
+pilot, or other Norwegian people who may come on
+board. I judged by his appearance that he had some
+reason for running away from his master or his friends,
+for he was only half clothed, in the filthiest rags that
+ever covered a human being.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I should like a Norwegian in my yacht, to act as
+interpreter for us,&rdquo; added Paul.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</a></span>
+&ldquo;I intended to keep him for that purpose myself, if
+I could ascertain who his friends were, and make an
+arrangement with them, for I will not encourage any
+boy in running away from his employers. Very likely
+we shall find him again in the course of the day.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Very well, sir; if you want him, I will look out
+for some one on shore,&rdquo; added Paul. &ldquo;At what time
+do you pipe to lecture, Mr. Lowington?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Not before to-morrow forenoon, at two bells.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I want to hear the lecture.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;So do I,&rdquo; laughed Mrs. Kendall. &ldquo;I think it is
+a capital idea to have a professor tell us all about a
+country before we attempt to see it. I used to read
+about the Norsemen, but I have forgotten all about
+them now, and I want to refresh my memory.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I wish all our boys had the same view of the
+matter,&rdquo; said Mr. Lowington.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We will come on board before nine to-morrow
+morning, sir,&rdquo; added Paul, as he handed his lady up
+the steps over the rail.</p>
+
+<p>Descending to the boat, the three oarsmen shoved
+off, and pulled for the shore, where they landed.
+The boat had not reached the land, before another
+barge, the counterpart of the first, and similarly
+manned, left the Feodora, and pulled alongside the ship.
+Mr. Robert Shuffles, the owner and commander of
+the second yacht, assisted his wife up the ladder to the
+deck of the ship, where they were cordially received
+by the principal. The yacht Feodora was only six
+months older than the Grace, for which she had
+served as the model. Shuffles had not come into
+possession of any inheritance yet, but his father was
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</a></span>
+as liberal as he was wealthy, and gave his son an annual
+allowance, which enabled him to marry and keep
+a yacht. He and Paul had been intimate friends since
+they were graduated from the Academy ship, and
+they had made their plans in concert. He had married
+Lady Feodora a year before, and she had now
+dropped her aristocratic title, and become a republican
+lady. Like her husband, she had acquired nautical
+tastes, and was even more enthusiastic than he in
+anticipating the pleasures of a yacht cruise up the
+Baltic, and up the Mediterranean. Shuffles had not
+been so fortunate as Paul in finding needy graduates
+of the Academy to officer his yacht, and a fat old shipmaster
+served as first officer in the Feodora, while the
+second mate was a young tar, not yet of age. Having
+paid their respects to the principal, the young couple
+returned to the boat, and followed Paul to the hotel on
+shore.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s the way to go about Europe,&rdquo; said Sanford,
+who was sitting on the rail with several of his
+shipmates.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What&#8217;s the way?&rdquo; asked Stockwell.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why, as Kendall and Shuffles do it&mdash;in a yacht,
+with no Latin and geometry to bother their heads, and
+no decks to wash down on a cold morning.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s so; but those fellows were the lambs of
+the squadron, we are told,&rdquo; laughed Stockwell. &ldquo;They
+didn&#8217;t have black marks; didn&#8217;t pick upon the professors,
+and didn&#8217;t run away from the ship.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What has all that to do with yachting?&rdquo; asked
+Rodman.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They were good boys, and therefore they have
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</a></span>
+yachts as their reward,&rdquo; replied Stockwell, laughing.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Pelham was as good as Shuffles, but he has no
+yacht, and has to work on a salary for his living.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He has the fun of it all the same, and Paul Kendall
+will not overwork him. But I haven&#8217;t a word to
+say against them. They were all good fellows, if they
+were the ship&#8217;s lambs.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All the second cutters!&rdquo; shouted the boatswain&#8217;s
+mate, after his pipe had sounded through the ship.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That means us,&rdquo; said Sanford. &ldquo;Take your
+money and pea-jackets, fellows. Something may turn
+up before we come back.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ay, ay,&rdquo; replied Stockwell. &ldquo;Pass the word to
+all our fellows.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>In a few moments the fourth cutters appeared in the
+waist, with pea-jackets on their arms, and touched
+their caps to De Forrest, the fourth lieutenant, who
+appeared as the officer detailed to go in the boat,
+which now, as formally, was called the professors&#8217;
+barge, because it was generally appropriated to the
+use of the instructors. It was pulled by eight oarsmen,
+and Sanford was the coxswain. The party who
+had been considering the plan for an independent excursion
+on shore without incurring the perils and penalties
+of running away, were the crew of the second
+cutter. The fact of being together so much in the
+boat, had united them so that they acted and plotted
+in concert.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What are you going to do with those pea-jackets?&rdquo;
+asked De Forrest, when he saw their extra
+clothing.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</a></span>
+&ldquo;It&#8217;s rather chilly up here in the evening, and we
+thought we might want them, while we were waiting,&rdquo;
+replied Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t think it is very cold, and as to the evening,
+the sun don&#8217;t set till about eight o&#8217;clock,&rdquo; added the
+officer, as he went aft to the professors who were going
+on shore, and reported that the boat was ready;
+for it had already been lowered into the water, and
+made fast to the swinging boom.</p>
+
+<p>Her crew went over the side, and seated themselves
+in the cutter.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ready!&rdquo; said the coxswain, as the stern-sheets of
+the barge ranged alongside the little stage at the foot
+of the ladder. &ldquo;Up oars!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Up went the eight oars to a perpendicular position,
+where they were held till the boat should be ready
+to go.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I wonder where Ole is,&rdquo; said Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Sh!&rdquo; whispered Stockwell, who pulled the bow
+oar, shaking his head with energy.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What do you mean?&rdquo; demanded the coxswain, in
+a low tone, for he was very much mystified by the
+pantomime of the bow oarsman.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&#8217;t say a word.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where is he?&rdquo; persisted Sanford, who was not
+willing to have a secret kept from him even for a moment.</p>
+
+<p>Stockwell pointed into the bottom of the boat, and
+then looked up at the sky, with an affectation of
+cunning, while the rest of the crew smiled as though
+they were in possession of the secret. Sanford said no
+more, and joined the bowman in studying the aspect
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</a></span>
+of the sky. Ole was in the boat to act as guide and
+interpreter, and if they chose to leave without running
+away, everything seemed to be favorable to the enterprise.
+Mr. Mapps and Dr. Winstock presently descended
+the steps, and seated themselves in the boat,
+followed by De Forrest.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All ready, coxswain,&rdquo; said the latter.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ready! Let fall!&rdquo; said Sanford, as he shoved off
+the stern of the cutter. &ldquo;Give way&mdash;together!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The well-trained crew bent to their oars, and the
+boat shot away from the ship towards the shore. Mr.
+Mapps was going to the town to obtain some additional
+material for his lecture the following morning,
+and the surgeon intended to call on Paul Kendall and
+lady at the hotel.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This is a very picturesque town, doctor,&rdquo; said Mr.
+Mapps, as he gazed at the high, rocky steeps which
+surround Christiansand.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Very; and I am rather sorry we are not to see
+more of the environs of the place,&rdquo; replied the surgeon.
+&ldquo;I understand we sail to-morrow night.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I dare say the students will see enough of Norway
+before they leave it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We want to go into the interior,&rdquo; said De Forrest.
+&ldquo;There is fine fishing in the streams of Norway.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Very likely Mr. Lowington will take you into
+the interior from Christiania,&rdquo; suggested Dr. Winstock.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t exactly see how it is possible to do so,&rdquo;
+added Mr. Mapps. &ldquo;The only conveyance of the
+country is the cariole, which seats but one person&mdash;perhaps
+two boys; and our squadron has nearly
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[Pg 54]</a></span>
+two hundred students. I am afraid there are not
+carioles enough in Christiania to carry the whole of
+them.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I think it&#8217;s too bad we can&#8217;t have a trial at the
+salmon,&rdquo; pouted De Forrest.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Perhaps, if you waited till July, you might catch
+them,&rdquo; replied Mr. Mapps.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We should be contented with trout, then.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have no doubt Mr. Lowington will do the best
+he can for you,&rdquo; said Dr. Winstock, as the boat neared
+the pier.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In, bows!&rdquo; called the coxswain; and the two bowmen
+tossed and boated their oars, taking their stations
+in the fore-sheets, one of them with the boat-hook in
+his hand. &ldquo;Way enough!&rdquo; added Sanford; and the
+rest of the crew tossed their oars, and then dropped
+them upon the thwarts, with a precision which seemed
+to astonish the group of Norwegians on the wharf,
+who were observing them.</p>
+
+<p>The two gentlemen landed, and walked up to the
+town together, leaving the barge to wait for them.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Part of you may go on shore for half an hour, if
+you wish, and walk about,&rdquo; said De Forrest to his
+crew.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t care about going ashore,&rdquo; replied Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nor I either,&rdquo; added Stockwell; and so they all
+said, very much to the astonishment of the fourth lieutenant,
+who naturally supposed that boys who had
+been at sea about four weeks would like to stretch
+their legs on the solid land for a short time.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&#8217;t any of you wish to go on shore?&rdquo; he inquired.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[Pg 55]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Not yet,&rdquo; replied Sanford. &ldquo;If you wish to take a
+walk, I will push off from the shore, and wait till you
+return,&rdquo; said Sanford, very respectfully.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What&#8217;s up? You won&#8217;t go on shore, and you
+wish me to do so!&rdquo; exclaimed the suspicious officer.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nothing, sir,&rdquo; protested Sanford. &ldquo;We don&#8217;t
+intend to run away. We think that is played out.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If you wanted to do so in this desolate country, I
+would let you do it, if I were the principal. But you
+are up to some trick, I know.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What trick, sir?&rdquo; demanded the coxswain, innocently.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t know, but it is your next move,&rdquo; replied
+De Forrest, as he seated himself, and seemed confident
+of his ability to check any mischief which might
+be in the minds of his crew. &ldquo;Shove off, bowman!
+Up oars! Let fall! Give way together!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The oarsmen, rather vexed at the turn of events,
+obeyed the several orders, and the boat was again cutting
+the still waters of the fjord. All around them were
+rocks, with several large and small islands in sight.
+In various places on the rocks were affixed iron rings,
+to which vessels could make fast in warping out of the
+bay when the wind was light or foul. A portion of
+the rock to which they were attached was whitewashed,
+so that the rings could easily be found, even
+in the night. To one of these rings, on a small island
+near Odder&ouml;, which commanded a full view of the
+landing-place, De Forrest directed the coxswain to
+steer the boat.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Make fast to that ring,&rdquo; said the officer.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Ay, ay, sir,&rdquo; replied the bowman.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Perhaps you would like to land here,&rdquo; added the
+lieutenant, in a jeering tone, as though he felt that he
+had checkmated his crew in any evil purpose they entertained.
+&ldquo;Whether you do or not, I think I shall
+stretch my legs on these rocks.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>De Forrest leaped from thwart to thwart, and then
+over the bow upon the island, as though he felt nothing
+but contempt for the power of the boat&#8217;s crew to
+do mischief. He walked up the rough rocks to the
+summit of the islet, where he paused, and for the
+first time glanced at his companions, whom he suspected
+of harboring some design against the peace
+and dignity of the ship. As he did so, he discovered
+a steamer, which had just passed through the narrow
+opening between Odder&ouml; and the main land, and whose
+course lay close to the point of the island where the
+cutter was moored. He saw that the swash of the
+steamer was likely to throw the boat on the rocks,
+and grind her planking upon the sharp points of the
+island.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In the boat!&rdquo; he shouted, lustily. &ldquo;Shove
+off!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Sanford saw the danger which the lieutenant wished
+to avert, and promptly obeyed the orders.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Shove off, Stockwell!&rdquo; he promptly shouted.
+&ldquo;Up oars! Stern, all! Give way!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Stockwell gave a tremendously hard push when he
+shoved off, and the cutter shot far out upon the still
+waters; in fact, so far that she was forced directly into
+the way of the approaching steamer.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<img src="images/img001.jpg" width="600" height="384" alt="image" title="" />
+<span class="caption">The Accident to the Second Cutter.</span> Page <a href="#Page_57">57</a>.
+</div>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Oars!&rdquo; yelled the coxswain furiously, when he
+saw that he had overdone the matter. &ldquo;Hold water!
+Go ahead! Give way!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The crew, even in this moment of deadly peril,&mdash;for
+it looked as though, in another instant, they would all
+be under the wheels of the steamer,&mdash;obeyed every
+command with their wonted precision. But it was a
+second too late to take the back track. If the boat had
+continued to back as at first, she would probably have
+escaped, for the steamer put her helm a-starboard a
+little, in order to favor her man&oelig;uvre. When a collision
+seemed inevitable, the steamer&#8217;s bell was rung
+to stop her, and then to back her.</p>
+
+<p>She struck the cutter; but as her progress had been
+powerfully checked, the blow did not carry her under,
+though it stove in the side of the boat. The water
+poured in through the broken broadside, and the crew
+sprang for their lives. They leaped upon the guys
+and bob-stays of the steamer, and were hauled in by
+the people on the bow.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Come out of there, Ole,&rdquo; said Stockwell, as
+he pulled the boat&#8217;s sail from the extended form of
+the waif, who was concealed in the bottom of the
+boat.</p>
+
+<p>Ole lost not a moment in following the example of
+his companions. As the steamer&#8217;s headway had now
+been entirely checked, Stockwell held the wrecked
+cutter in her position, while Rodman passed the pea-jackets
+up to the forecastle of the steamer. Having
+done this, they abandoned the boat, and followed the
+example of their companions. No one was drowned,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[Pg 58]</a></span>
+or even wet above his knees, for the steamer had
+struck the boat just hard enough to stave in her side,
+without carrying her under.</p>
+
+<p>The Norwegians hooked up the boat&#8217;s painter, and
+taking it in tow, proceeded on her course; for the
+captain&mdash;as interpreted by Ole&mdash;declared that his
+boat carried the mail, and he could not wait for anything.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[Pg 59]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER IV.</h2>
+
+<p class="center"><strong>NORWAY IN THE PAST AND THE PRESENT.</strong></p>
+
+
+<p>&ldquo;Clear away the first cutter!&rdquo; shouted the
+first lieutenant of the Young America, from
+whose deck the catastrophe to the second cutter had
+been observed.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All the first cutters!&rdquo; piped the boatswain, with
+an energy inspired by the stirring occasion.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That was very carelessly done,&rdquo; said Mr. Lowington,
+whose attention had been called to the scene.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The steamer ran within a couple of rods of the
+island,&rdquo; added Captain Cumberland. &ldquo;I saw the
+fourth lieutenant order the boat to shove off; I suppose
+he did it to prevent the swash of the steamer
+from grinding the cutter on the rocks.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What is he doing among those rocks?&rdquo; asked
+the principal.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t know, sir. He landed Mr. Mapps and
+the doctor, and was ordered to wait for them. I don&#8217;t
+see why he went over to that island.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The second lieutenant was directed to take charge
+of the first cutter; Peaks, the adult boatswain, and
+Bitts, the carpenter, were ordered to go also, to render
+any assistance which might be required in succoring
+the stove boat. The cutter shoved off, her twelve
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[Pg 60]</a></span>
+oars struck the water together, and the crew gave
+way with an energy which caused their oars to bend
+like twigs, while the barge leaped through the water
+as though it was some monster of the deep goaded to
+his utmost to escape the wrath of a more potent
+pursuer.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;With a will, my lads!&rdquo; shouted the coxswain.
+&ldquo;Steady! Keep the stroke, but use your muscle!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There&#8217;s a job for you, Bitts,&rdquo; said the boatswain,
+as the Norwegian took the second cutter in
+tow.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And a heavy job it will be, too,&rdquo; replied Bitts.
+&ldquo;I wonder there is anything left of the boat.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The steamer stopped her wheels, and backed
+some time before she struck, or there would not have
+been much left of the boat, or her crew,&rdquo; added Peaks.
+&ldquo;Thank God, the boys are all safe.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It&#8217;s a lucky escape for them.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;So it was; and we needn&#8217;t say anything about the
+boat.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The steamer is going ahead,&rdquo; said the carpenter.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No matter for that, so long as the boys are all
+safe,&rdquo; replied Peaks.</p>
+
+<p>The people in the steamer seemed to take no notice
+of the first cutter, appearing not to understand that it
+had come out for the wrecked crew. But as the boat
+pulled towards her, she cast off the cutter in tow.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Steamer, ahoy!&rdquo; shouted Norwood, the second
+lieutenant, as he saw the cutter cast adrift.</p>
+
+<p>She made no reply, but hoisted a flag, on which
+appeared the word &ldquo;Post,&rdquo; with something else which
+none in the first cutter could understand.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[Pg 61]</a></span>
+&ldquo;She&#8217;s a mail boat,&rdquo; said the boatswain; &ldquo;and I
+suppose she intends to say she is in a hurry.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Does she mean to carry off the crew of that boat?&rdquo;
+demanded the second lieutenant, not a little vexed at
+the conduct of the Norwegians.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;She will not carry them far,&rdquo; suggested Dunlap,
+the coxswain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;She may take them to Bergen.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I think not, sir. If she is a mail steamer, she
+stops at all the ports on the coast. I don&#8217;t think she
+will carry them far. Very likely they will be sent
+back, on some other steamer, before night,&rdquo; added
+Dunlap, who had studied the coast of Norway more
+carefully than the lieutenant in command.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;First cutter, ahoy!&rdquo; shouted De Forrest, on the
+island.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;On shore!&rdquo; replied Norwood. &ldquo;We can&#8217;t catch
+the steamer&mdash;that is certain; steer for the island,
+coxswain.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The first cutter ran up to the rocky island, and as
+soon as the bow touched the rocks, De Forrest leaped
+into the fore-sheets. He was nervous and excited,
+feeling, perhaps, that he had failed in his duty, and
+was, therefore, responsible for the accident to the
+second cutter. From feeling that he had circumvented
+his crew in carrying out some unexplained trick,
+he realized that he had led them into a trap, from
+which they had narrowly escaped with their lives.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What are you doing on this island, De Forrest?&rdquo;
+asked Norwood, as the discomfited officer took his
+place in the stern-sheets, and the boat shoved off again.</p>
+
+<p>The second lieutenant declared that he had come over
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[Pg 62]</a></span>
+to the island to prevent his crew from running away,
+or from carrying out some trick whose existence he
+suspected, but whose nature he could not comprehend.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Sanford wanted I should go ashore at the town,
+and offered to look out for the crew while I did so,&rdquo;
+he continued. &ldquo;Of course I wouldn&#8217;t leave my crew;
+but I told them that half of them might go on shore and
+take a walk. None of them wanted to go, and then I
+was satisfied they were up to something. I went on
+the island for the sole purpose of watching them. I
+wanted to know what their plan was.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, what did you discover?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nothing at all. I saw that steamer coming, and I
+ordered Sanford to shove off, so that her swash should
+not damage the boat.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t believe they intended to play any trick,&rdquo;
+added Norwood. &ldquo;You are too suspicious, De Forrest.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Perhaps I am; but fellows that have been at sea
+for a month are rather glad of a chance to stretch
+their legs on shore. They wouldn&#8217;t do so, when I
+told them they might; and I don&#8217;t believe such a
+thing was ever heard of before. Besides, they all
+looked as though they were up to something, and
+just as though they had a big secret in their heads.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Perhaps you were right, but I don&#8217;t believe you
+were,&rdquo; said Norwood, too bluntly for good manners,
+and too bluntly for the harmony of the officers&#8217; mess.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I suppose I am responsible for the smashing of
+the second cutter, but I was trying to do my duty,&rdquo;
+replied De Forrest, vexed at the implied censure of his
+superior.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[Pg 63]</a></span>
+&ldquo;If you had staid at the pier this could not have
+happened.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But something else might have happened; and if
+my crew had run away, I should have been blamed
+just as much,&rdquo; growled the second lieutenant.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You were too sharp for your own good&mdash;that is
+all. But I don&#8217;t mean to blame you, De Forrest,&rdquo;
+said Norwood, with a patronizing smile. &ldquo;Perhaps I
+should have done the same thing if I had been in your
+place.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Stand by to lay on your oars!&rdquo; shouted the coxswain,
+as the boat approached the water-logged second
+cutter. &ldquo;Oars!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The crew stopped pulling, and levelled their oars.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In, bows! Stand by the boat-hooks!&rdquo; continued
+the coxswain; and the two forward oarsmen grasped
+the boat-hooks, and took their station in the fore-sheets.
+&ldquo;Hold water.&rdquo; And the ten oars dropped into the
+water as one, checking the onward progress of the
+cutter.</p>
+
+<p>The bowmen fastened to the second cutter, and
+recovering her painter, passed it astern to the coxswain,
+who made it fast to a ring on the stern-board.
+By this time the steamer, with the luckless crew of
+the stove boat, had disappeared behind an island.
+The first cutter pulled back to the ship, and De Forrest
+immediately reported to the first lieutenant, and
+explained his conduct in presence of the principal and
+the captain. He detailed his reasons for supposing
+his crew intended to run away, or to play some trick
+upon him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I think you have done all that a careful and vigilant
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[Pg 64]</a></span>
+officer could, De Forrest; and so far as I can see,
+you are free from blame,&rdquo; replied Mr. Lowington.</p>
+
+<p>The fourth lieutenant glanced at Norwood.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Just what I said,&rdquo; added the latter, in a low tone.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If you made any mistake, it was in leaving your
+boat at the island,&rdquo; continued the principal.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Just exactly my sentiments,&rdquo; whispered Norwood.
+&ldquo;I don&#8217;t blame the fourth lieutenant, but I shouldn&#8217;t
+have done just as he did.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where is that steamer bound?&rdquo; asked Mr. Lowington
+of the pilot, who had not yet left the ship, and
+was really waiting to be invited to supper.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To Christiania, sir,&rdquo; replied the pilot, who, like
+all of his class on the coast of Norway, spoke a little
+English.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where does she stop next?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;At Lillesand.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How far is that?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;About two miles.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Two miles! Why, it is farther than that to the
+sea,&rdquo; exclaimed Mr. Lowington.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He means Norwegian miles,&rdquo; suggested one of
+the instructors, who was listening with interest to the
+conversation.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;True; I did not think of that. A Norwegian
+mile is about seven English miles. It is fourteen
+miles, then, to Lillesand.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>With the assistance of Professor Badois, who acted
+as interpreter, the pilot explained that the steamer
+which had just left was several hours late, and would
+go that night to Frederiksv&aelig;rn, where the steamers
+from Bergen and Christiania made connections with
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[Pg 65]</a></span>
+the boat for Gottenburg and Copenhagen. The Christiania
+steamer would reach Christiansand the next
+evening, and the boys who had been carried away
+could return in her.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why did she carry them off? It would not have
+taken five minutes to land them,&rdquo; added the principal.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;She was very late, and her passengers for Gottenburg
+and Copenhagen would lose the steamer at Frederiksv&aelig;rn
+if she does not arrive in season,&rdquo; the pilot
+explained through Professor Badois.</p>
+
+<p>But Mr. Lowington was so grateful that the crew
+of the second cutter had all escaped with their lives,
+that he was not disposed to be very critical over the
+conduct of the Norwegian steamer. The boys were
+safe, and would return the next night at farthest.
+The accident was talked about, during the rest of the
+day, on board of all the vessels of the squadron. The
+officers and seamen on board of the ship had witnessed
+the accident, and had seen all the crew of the
+second cutter go over the bows of the steamer. They
+had not observed, in the excitement of the moment,
+that ten, instead of nine, had left the wrecked boat;
+and as Ole Amundsen was dressed precisely like the
+crew, his presence in the cutter was not even suspected.</p>
+
+<p>The first cutter was sent to the town for Dr. Winstock
+and Mr. Mapps, and in an hour or two the
+excitement had entirely subsided. The routine of the
+ship went on as before, and as there was little work
+to be done, the absentees were hardly missed.</p>
+
+<p>At half past eight the next morning, the signal,
+&ldquo;All hands, attend lecture,&rdquo; was flying on board of the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[Pg 66]</a></span>
+Young America. The boats from the Josephine and
+the Tritonia came alongside the ship, bringing all the
+officers and crews of those vessels. Paul Kendall and
+lady, and their friends, were brought off from the
+shore; Shuffles and his wife also appeared, and a further
+delegation from each of the yachts asked admission
+to the ship to hear the lecture, or rather to attend
+the exercise in geography and history, for the occasion
+was even less formal than on the first cruise of the
+ship. The steerage was crowded, after the boatswain
+had piped the call, and Mr. Mapps was doubtless duly
+flattered by the number of his audience. On the foremast
+hung a large map of Sweden and Norway.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If you please, young gentlemen, we will begin
+with Scandinavia,&rdquo; said the professor, taking his place
+near the foremast, with the pointer in his hand. &ldquo;What
+was Scandinavia?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The ancient name of Norway, Sweden, and Denmark,&rdquo;
+replied one of the students.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The barbarous tribes from the northern part of
+Europe at different times invaded the southern sections,
+conquering various other tribes, occupying their
+territory, and thus mingling with all the people from
+whom originated the present nations of Europe.
+Thus, in remote ages, the Scandinavians, among
+others, by their conquests and their emigration, have
+contributed largely to the modern elements of society.
+With this explanation we will look at Scandinavia in
+detail, beginning with Norway. Between what degrees
+of latitude does it lie?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Between forty and ninety,&rdquo; replied an enthusiastic
+youth.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[Pg 67]</a></span>
+&ldquo;True&mdash;quite right; and a safe answer. If you
+had said between one and ninety, the answer would
+have been just as good for any other country as for
+Norway. I would like to have the jacket fit a little
+closer.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Between fifty-eight and seventy-one, north,&rdquo; answered
+one who was better posted.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Exactly right; about the same latitude as Greenland,
+and our newly-acquired Alaska. Our ship is
+anchored in the same parallel as the northern part of
+Labrador, and one degree south of the southern point
+of Greenland. But it is not as &lsquo;cold as Greenland,
+here,&rsquo; the temperature being some twelve degrees
+milder, because the warm waters of the Gulf Stream
+are discharged upon its shores. You know its boundaries.
+It is one thousand and eighty miles from the
+Naze to the North Cape, and varies from forty to two
+hundred and seventy miles in width. How many
+square miles has it?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;One hundred and twenty-three thousand square
+miles.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Or a little larger than the six New England States,
+New York, and New Jersey united. The country is
+mountainous, and abounds in picturesque scenery.
+Precipices, cataracts, and rushing torrents are very
+numerous in the central and northern parts. The
+V&ouml;ringfos is a waterfall, and the Rjukanfos, near
+the central part, are cataracts of about nine hundred
+feet perpendicular descent; but of course the volume
+of water is not very large. The highest mountains
+are between eight and nine thousand feet high. Norway
+has an abundance of rivers, but none of them are
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[Pg 68]</a></span>
+very long. The coast, as you have seen, is fringed
+with islands, which, with the numerous indentations,
+form a vast number of bays, straits, channels, and
+sounds, which are called <em>fjords</em> here. One of the
+principal of these is Christiania Fjord, which you will
+ascend in a few days. The country also abounds in
+lakes, which, as in most mountainous regions, are
+very narrow, being simply the widenings of the rivers.
+The largest of these is Mi&ouml;sen Lake, fifty-five miles
+long, and from one to twelve wide.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The soil is not very good, and the Norwegians
+are not progressive farmers. They cling to the
+methods of their sires, and modern improvements
+find but little favor among them. The winter is long,
+and the summer short; but by a provision of provident
+nature, the crops mature more rapidly than in some
+of the southern climes, as grain has been reaped six
+weeks after it was sowed. The principal crops are
+the grains; but the supply is not equal to the demand,
+and considerable importations are received from Denmark
+and Russia. In the south the farmers devote
+themselves to stock-raising, while in the north the
+Lapps derive nearly all the comforts of life from the
+reindeer, the care of which is their chief industry.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The extensive product of pine and fir have created
+a vast trade in lumber, which constitutes three
+fourths of the exports to the United Kingdom, and a
+considerable portion of the inhabitants in the wooded
+districts are employed in cutting, sawing, and sending
+to market the wealth of the forests. Next in importance
+to this are the fisheries, which yield about five
+million dollars a year. Cod, haddock, and herring
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[Pg 69]</a></span>
+are cured for exportation, and are an important source
+of revenue. Besides these, the roe of the cod is sent
+to France, Italy, and Spain, as bait for sardines.
+Norway supplies London with lobsters. Norway
+iron, as well as Swedish, is very celebrated; but the
+mines are poorly managed, as are those of copper and
+silver.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The kingdom of Norway is divided into eighteen
+provinces, which are called Amts. Its population, in
+1865, was one million seven hundred thousand, showing
+an increase of about two hundred thousand in
+ten years. The government is a constitutional monarchy.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I thought it was a part of Sweden,&rdquo; said one of
+the students.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Not at all. The King of Sweden is also the King
+of Norway; but each country has its own independent
+and separate government. Each has its own
+legislature, makes its own laws, and raises and expends
+its own revenues. The king exercises his
+functions as ruler over both kingdoms through a
+council of state, composed of an equal number of
+Swedes and Norwegians, whose duty it is to advise
+the sovereign, and, in accordance with a peculiar feature
+of monarchy, to take the responsibility when any
+blunder is made; for &ldquo;the king can do no wrong.&rdquo; If
+anything is wrong, some one else did it. Having
+the same king, who rules over each nation separately,
+is the only connection between Norway and Sweden.
+The former pays about one hundred and twenty thousand
+dollars of his civil list, and he is obliged to reside
+in Norway during a small portion of each year.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[Pg 70]</a></span>
+&ldquo;The constitution of Norway is one of the most
+democratic in Europe. The legislative and part of
+the executive power is vested in the Storthing, which
+means the &lsquo;great court,&rsquo; composed of the representatives
+of the people. The king has but little power,
+though he has a limited veto upon the acts passed by
+the legislative body. He can create no order of nobility,
+or grant any titles or dignities. The members of
+the Storthing are elected indirectly by the people; and
+when they assemble, they divide themselves into two
+houses, corresponding to our Senate and House of Representatives.
+All acts must pass both chambers, and
+in case of disagreement, the two bodies come together,
+and discuss the subject.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The religion of Norway is Lutheran, and few of
+any other sect are to be found; formerly, no other was
+tolerated, but now religious freedom prevails, though
+Jesuits and monks of any order are sternly excluded.
+The clergy, who are generally very well educated,
+have an average income of about a thousand dollars
+a year, and I think are better paid than even in our
+own country. The people are well instructed, and
+one who cannot read and write is seldom found.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The early history of Norway is that of most of
+the countries of Europe&mdash;a powerful chief subjugated
+his neighbors, and united the tribes into a nation.
+Harold the Fair-haired, whose father had conquered
+the southern part of the country, fell in love with
+Gyda, the daughter of a petty king, who refused to
+wed him till he had absolute sway over the entire
+country. Pleased with the lady&#8217;s spirit, he vowed
+never to cut or comb his hair till all Norway lay at
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[Pg 71]</a></span>
+his feet. It appears that he eventually had occasion
+for his barber&#8217;s services, and wedded the lady. This
+was in the ninth century; and the victories of Harold
+drove many of the Norsemen, or Northmen, to seek
+their fortunes in other lands. They discovered and
+colonized Greenland and Iceland, and even established
+settlements on the continental portion of North America.
+Traces of them have been found on the Gulf of
+St. Lawrence, and some claim that they founded settlements
+farther south. They figure largely in the early
+history of England and Scotland, and even carried
+their piratical arms into Russia, Flanders, France,
+Italy, and other territories.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A son of Harold, who had been educated in England,
+brought Christianity into Norway; but, it was
+three centuries before the new faith had established
+itself. Like the Hindoos, Greeks, and Romans, the
+ancient Scandinavians had a mythology, upon which
+their religion was based. They believed that in the
+beginning all was chaos, in which was a fountain that
+sent forth twelve rivers. These streams flowed so far
+from their source that the waters froze, and the ice,
+defying the modern law of nature, sank till the fathomless
+deep was filled up. Far south of the world of
+mist, in which this miracle was wrought, was a world
+of fire and light, whence proceeded a hot wind that
+melted the ice, from the drops of which came the ice-giant,
+whose name was Ymir, and from whom proceeded
+a race of ice-giants. From the wedding of the
+ice and heat of the two extremes of the world came a
+cow, from which ran four streams of milk, the food
+of the ice-giants. While this wonderful beast was
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[Pg 72]</a></span>
+licking the salt stones in the ice, which formed her
+diet, a quantity of human hair grew out of them, and
+the next day a human head was developed, and then
+appeared a whole man. B&ouml;r, the son of this man,
+married a daughter of one of the ice-giants, and they
+had three children, the oldest of whom was Odin,
+who became the rulers of heaven and earth, because
+they were all good, while the children of Ymir, the
+ice-giant, were evil. Then, as now, the Good and the
+Evil were at war. Finally the ice-giant was slain, and
+being thrown into space, the world was created from
+his body; his blood forming the sea and the rivers;
+his flesh the earth; his hair the grass; his bones the
+rocks; his teeth and broken jaws the stones; and of
+his head the heavens, at the four ends of which were
+placed four dwarfs, called North, South, East, and
+West. Of this giant&#8217;s brains, thrown into the air,
+they formed the clouds, while of the sparks from the
+land of fire were made the stars.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;As the sons of B&ouml;r, who, you must remember,
+were the gods of heaven and earth, were walking on
+the shore of the sea, they discovered two blocks,
+whereof they created a man and a woman. Odin
+gave them life and souls, while his brothers endowed
+them with other human faculties and powers. Odin
+was the Jupiter, the chief, of the northern gods. He
+is the god of song and of war, and was the inventor
+of the Runic characters, or alphabet. He was the
+ruler of Valhalla, the home of heroes slain in battle.
+There is much more that is curious and interesting in
+the mythology of the Scandinavians, which I must
+ask you to read for yourselves.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[Pg 73]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Olaf II. propagated Christianity with fire and
+sword. He demolished the temples of paganism, and
+founded Trondhjem, or Drontheim, as it is called on our
+maps. His successor, St. Olaf, followed his example, till
+his cruelty excited a rebellion, and Canute the Great,
+of Denmark, landing in Norway, was elected king.
+Olaf fled into Sweden, where he organized an army,
+and attempted to recover his throne; but he was defeated
+and slain in a battle near Trondhjem. His body
+was found, a few years later, in a perfect state of preservation,
+which was regarded as a miracle, and Olaf
+was canonized as a saint. His remains are said to
+have wrought many miracles, and up to the time of the
+Reformation, thousands of pilgrims annually visited his
+shrine at Trondhjem. Even in London churches were
+dedicated to this saint.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Canute gave Norway to his son Sweyn, who, upon
+the death of his father, was dispossessed of the throne
+by Magnus I., the son of St. Olaf. He was succeeded
+by Harold III., a great warrior, who founded Osloe,
+now Christiania. After Olaf III. and Magnus III.
+came Sigurd, who, in 1107, made a pilgrimage of four
+years to Jerusalem, with a fleet of sixty vessels, and
+distinguished himself in the holy wars. His death was
+followed by civil dissensions, until Hako IV. obtained
+the throne. He lost his life in an attempt to retain
+the Hebrides Islands, claimed by Scotland. Then
+war with Denmark, the monopoly of trade by the
+Hanse towns, and a fearful plague, which depopulated
+whole sections, produced a decline in the national
+prosperity of Norway. Hako VI., who died in 1380,
+had married the daughter of the King of Denmark,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[Pg 74]</a></span>
+and the crown of Norway descended to his son, Olaf
+III., of Denmark, in whom the sovereignties of Norway
+and Denmark were united. Olaf was succeeded
+by his mother Margaret, celebrated in history as &lsquo;the
+Semiramis of the North.&rsquo; She conquered Sweden,
+and annexed it to her own dominions. By the &lsquo;Union
+of Calmar,&rsquo; signed by the principal nobles and prelates
+of the three Scandinavian kingdoms, the three
+crowns were united in one person, the subjects of each
+to have equal rights. This compact was disregarded,
+and Norway was hopelessly oppressed by the ruler.
+The Union, however, continued till 1623; but Norway
+was subject to Denmark till 1814.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;When the allied powers of Europe, which were
+engaged in putting down the first Napoleon, rearranged
+the map of Europe, the destiny of Norway
+was changed. Russia wanted Finland, and she offered
+Norway in compensation for it to Sweden, with the
+further condition that Bernadotte should join the allies.
+He accepted the terms, and the King of Denmark was
+compelled, by force of arms, to cede Norway to
+Sweden. The Norwegians would not submit to the
+change, and declared their independence. Prince
+Christian, of Denmark, who was then governor general
+of Norway, called a convention of the people at
+Eidsvold, and a new constitution was framed, and
+the prince elected King of Norway. Bernadotte
+invaded Norway with a Swedish army, while the
+allies blockaded the coast. Resistance was hopeless,
+and as Sweden offered favorable terms, Christian abdicated,
+and an arrangement was immediately effected.
+The constitution was accepted by the king, and Norway
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[Pg 75]</a></span>
+became an independent nation, united to Sweden
+under one king. Bernadotte became King of Sweden
+and Norway under the title of Charles XIV., John.
+He refused the Norwegians a separate national flag;
+but when he attempted to alter the constitution to suit
+his own views, the Storthing resolutely and successfully
+resisted his interference. This body abolished
+titles of nobility&mdash;an act which the king vetoed; but
+three successive Storthings passed the law, and thus, by
+the constitution, made it valid in spite of the veto. The
+Norwegians were not to be intimidated even by the
+appearance of a military force, and have ever been
+jealous to the last degree of their rights and privileges
+as a nation.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Bernadotte was succeeded by his son Oscar I.,
+who gave the Norwegians a separate national flag; and
+he flattered the vanity of the people by allowing himself
+to be styled the &lsquo;King of Norway and Sweden&rsquo; in
+all public acts relating to Norway, instead of &lsquo;Sweden
+and Norway.&rsquo; In 1859, Oscar was succeeded by his
+son Charles XV., who is now the King of Sweden and
+Norway. In the history of Denmark and Sweden,
+more will be said of this kingdom.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In French, Norway is <em>Norv&egrave;ge</em>; in German, <em>Norwegen</em>;
+in Spanish, <em>Noruega</em>; and <em>Norge</em> in the Scandinavian
+languages. Now, I dare say you would like
+to visit the shore.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The professor closed his remarks, and the several
+boatswains piped away their crews.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[Pg 76]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER V.</h2>
+
+<p class="center"><strong>MR. CLYDE BLACKLOCK AND MOTHER.</strong></p>
+
+
+<p>Belonging to the squadron were fourteen
+boats, ranging from the twelve-oar barge down
+to the four-oar cutter. In the waters of Brockway
+harbor, rowing had been the principal exercise of the
+students, though the daily evolutions in seamanship
+were well calculated to develop the muscles and harden
+the frame. They had been carefully trained in
+the art, and, enjoying the amusement which it afforded,
+they were apt scholars. As the safety of the squadron
+and the saving of life at sea might often depend upon
+the skill with which the boats were handled, the principal
+devoted a great deal of attention to this branch
+of nautical education. To give an additional zest to
+the exercise, he had occasionally offered prizes at the
+boat-races which the students were encouraged to
+pull; and the first cutter was now in possession of
+a beautiful silk flag, won by the power of the crew in
+rowing.</p>
+
+<p>Every boy in the squadron was a swimmer. In the
+summer season this accomplishment had been taught
+as an art, an hour being devoted to the lesson every
+day, if the weather was suitable. Cleats, the adult
+boatswain of the Josephine, was the &ldquo;professor&rdquo; of
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[Pg 77]</a></span>
+the art, having been selected for the responsible position
+on account of his remarkable skill as a swimmer.
+The boys were trained in diving, floating, swimming
+under water, and taught to perform various evolutions.
+Not alone in the tranquil bay were they educated to
+the life of the fishes, but also in the surf, and among
+the great waves. They were taught to get into a boat
+from the water in a heavy sea. A worn-out old longboat
+had done duty during the preceding summer as a
+wreck, in order to familiarize the students with the
+possibilities of their future experience. It was so prepared
+that a portion of its planking could be suddenly
+knocked out, and the boat almost instantly filled with
+water; and the problem was, to meet this emergency
+in the best manner. Other boats were at hand in case
+of a real accident, or if any naturally timid fellow lost
+his presence of mind. While the &ldquo;wreck,&rdquo; as the
+practice boat was called, was moving along over the
+waves, pulled by half a dozen boys, Cleats, without
+warning or notice of his intention, opened the aperture
+near her keel. Sometimes she was loaded with
+stones, so that she went to the bottom like a rock,
+though this part of the programme was always carried
+out on a beach, where the receding tide would enable
+the professor to recover the boat. The crew were then
+to save themselves by swimming ashore, or to another
+boat. Sometimes, also, the &ldquo;wreck&rdquo; was loaded with
+broken spars, pieces of board, and bits of rope; and
+the problem was for the crew to construct a raft in the
+water, often in a rough sea. All these exercises, and
+many others, were heartily enjoyed by the boys, and a
+ringing cheer always announced the safety of a crew,
+either on the shore, in a boat, or on the raft.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[Pg 78]</a></span>
+Many persons, and even those who are tolerable
+swimmers, have been drowned simply by the loss of
+their presence of mind. The dashing of the waves,
+or the great distance of the land or other place of
+safety, intimidates them, and they are unable to use
+their powers. But the students of the squadron were
+gradually and carefully accustomed to the water, so
+that they could swim a reasonable distance without
+wearing themselves out, could rest their limbs by
+floating, and were taught to avail themselves of any
+expedient to secure their safety. If a boat was stove
+on the rocks in a surf, or was run down by a vessel,
+the fact of being in the water did not frighten them
+out of their wits, for they had been trained to feel quite
+at home, as in their native element. They were actually
+drilled to confront danger in every imaginable
+form. But a gentle and timid boy was not pitched
+into the water, even after he had learned to swim. His
+constitutional shrinking was slowly and skilfully overcome,
+so that even the most delicate&mdash;though but few
+such ever found their way into the ranks of the squadron&mdash;took
+to the water as a pastime. Of course the
+degree of proficiency in the art of swimming, and of
+the acquired ability to meet danger in the water, differed
+very widely in different boys; but all were accustomed
+to the waves, and, in a measure, to leading
+the life of a duck or a fish.</p>
+
+<p>The crews of the several boats piped over the side,
+and took their places, the rest of the students being
+distributed in the barges and cutters, till only the adult
+officers remained in the ship. Each one, as it was
+loaded, pulled off, and took its station in the order in
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[Pg 79]</a></span>
+which the boat squadron usually moved. The commodore&#8217;s
+barge and the ship&#8217;s first cutter, each twelve
+oars, led the van, while the other boats came in four
+ranks of three each. All the boats carried the American
+flag at the stern, and each one had its number at
+the bow. All the Young America&#8217;s boats had their
+numbers on a white, the Josephine&#8217;s on a green, and
+the Tritonia&#8217;s on a blue flag.</p>
+
+<p>The tactics of the boat squadron were many and
+various, which had been adopted more to give interest
+to the exercise than for any inherent utility.
+These movements were regulated by signals from the
+commodore&#8217;s barge. Mr. Lowington had decided to
+make an excursion among the islands in the Fjord before
+dinner, and visit the town in the afternoon. A
+pilot was put in the commodore&#8217;s barge, and Captain
+Cumberland, as acting flag officer, was in command
+of the squadron. The principal and Professor Badois
+were passengers in his barge.</p>
+
+<p>The cutters were formed in their usual array, and
+the two boats from the yachts brought up the rear.
+The signal officer, who was a quartermaster from the
+ship, at the order of the captain, elevated the white
+flag crossed with red, with which all the signals were
+made. The coxswains of the several boats could
+see this flag, while the oarsmen could not, being
+back to the barge, and not allowed to look behind
+them.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Oars!&rdquo; said each coxswain, as soon as the signal
+appeared.</p>
+
+<p>At this command the several crews, who had been
+laying on their oars, prepared for the stroke. The
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[Pg 80]</a></span>
+signal officer dropped the flag to the port side of the
+barge.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Give way!&rdquo; added each coxswain; and the boat
+squadron moved off.</p>
+
+<p>In order to keep the lines full, the larger quarter
+boat of the Grace had been borrowed and manned,
+and now took the place of the second cutter, which
+had been stove, and upon which the three carpenters
+of the squadron were now at work, making the necessary
+repairs. The fleet made a splendid appearance,
+with the flags flying, and with the officers and crews
+in their best uniforms. The people on the shore, and
+on board of the various vessels in the harbor, gathered
+to see the brilliant array. The crew of an English
+steamer cheered lustily, and the lady passengers waved
+their handkerchiefs. Suddenly the signal on the commodore&#8217;s
+barge went up again.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Stand by to toss!&rdquo; said the several coxswains, as
+the fleet of boats came abreast of the steamer, which
+was the Orlando, bound from Hull to Christiania.</p>
+
+<p>The signal went down to the port side.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Toss!&rdquo; continued the coxswains, only loud
+enough to be heard by the crews, for they had been
+taught that the unnecessary screaming of orders makes
+an officer seem ridiculous, and injures the effect of the
+man&oelig;uvre.</p>
+
+<p>At the word every oar went up, and was held perpendicularly
+in the air with the left hand. A bugle
+blast from the barge at this moment brought every student
+to his feet, with his right hand to his cap.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;One!&rdquo; said the coxswain of each boat, at a dip of
+the signal flag.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[Pg 81]</a></span>
+A rousing cheer, accompanied by a swing of the
+cap, followed, and was twice repeated, making up the
+complement of the three cheers, in return for the salutations
+of the steamer&#8217;s people. Her crew returned
+the compliment in like manner. At another blast of
+the bugle, the crews were seated with their oars still
+up. Again the signal in the barge was elevated.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Stand by!&rdquo; said the coxswains, which was only a
+warning to be ready.</p>
+
+<p>The flag dropped to port.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let fall!&rdquo; added the coxswain; and all the oars
+dropped into the water together, while the flag was again
+elevated. &ldquo;Give way!&rdquo; and the stroke was resumed.</p>
+
+<p>The passengers of the Orlando clapped their hands
+vigorously, as they witnessed the perfection of the
+movements. The fleet proceeded up the bay towards
+the west front of the town, where a considerable collection
+of people had assembled to witness the novel
+parade. The barge led the way to the extreme west
+of the bay, where the signal flag was again exhibited,
+and then swung first to the port and then to the starboard.
+This was the signal for coming into single
+line, and the coxswain of each boat gave the orders
+necessary to bring it into range. It was so managed
+that each boat came into the new order as it turned to
+pass in front of the town; so that they proceeded in
+a single line before the people, but not more than
+twenty feet apart. Once more the signal flag appeared,
+with a double motion upwards.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Stand by to lay on your oars!&rdquo; said the coxswains.
+&ldquo;Oars!&rdquo; they continued, as the flag swung
+down to starboard. &ldquo;Hold water!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[Pg 82]</a></span>
+These orders soon brought the boats to a stand.
+The signal flag moved in a horizontal circle.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Pull, starboard; back, port. Give way!&rdquo; continued
+the coxswains; and the effect of this evolution was
+to turn the boats as on a pivot. &ldquo;Oars!&rdquo; and the crew
+ceased pulling, with their oars all on a level, and the
+blades feathered.</p>
+
+<p>The boats had been turned half round, and each
+coxswain aligned his own by the barge on the right.
+In this position three cheers were given in compliment
+to the people on the shore, though the Norwegians
+seemed to be too dull and heavy to comprehend
+the nature of the movement. The boats swung again,
+and continued on their way, in single line, through
+the narrow passage between Odder&ouml; and the main
+land. Under the direction of the native pilot, the
+barge led the way among the islands, affording the
+students an opportunity to see the shores. When the
+fleet came into the broad channel, the order was resumed,
+as at first, and after various man&oelig;uvres, it was
+dismissed, each boat returning to the vessel to which
+it belonged.</p>
+
+<p>The appearance of the fleet, including the two beautiful
+yachts, and the evolutions of the boats, had created
+a decided sensation on board of the Orlando,
+which was crowded with passengers, most of them
+tourists on their way to the interior of Norway. The
+crews of the several vessels piped to dinner as soon
+as they returned from the excursion; but the meal was
+hardly finished before visitors from the steamer began
+to arrive, and the boatmen in the harbor made a good
+harvest on the occasion. Among those who came to
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[Pg 83]</a></span>
+the ship was an elegantly dressed lady, with her son
+and daughter, attended by a servant man in livery.
+Mrs. Garberry Blacklock was duly presented to the
+principal by one of the gentlemen who had introduced
+himself. She was evidently a very fine lady; for she
+was &ldquo;distinguished&rdquo; in her manners as well as in
+her dress. And her son, Clyde Blacklock, was as evidently
+a very fine young gentleman, though he was
+only fourteen years of age. It is doubtful whether
+Miss Celia Blacklock could be regarded as a very fine
+young lady, for she appeared to be very pretty, and
+very modest and retiring, with but a very moderate
+estimate of her own importance.</p>
+
+<p>For the tenth time Mr. Lowington briefly explained
+the nature of the institution over which he presided;
+and the fine lady listened with languishing <em>ennui</em>.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But it is a very rough life for young gentlemen,&rdquo;
+suggested Mrs. Blacklock. &ldquo;I should fancy they
+would become very, <em>very</em> rude.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Not necessarily,&rdquo; replied the principal. &ldquo;We
+intend that the students shall behave like gentlemen,
+and we think the discipline of the ship has a tendency
+to promote good manners.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They must live like sailors, and sailors are very,
+<em>very</em> rude.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Not necessarily, madam. There is nothing in the
+occupation itself that&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But I wish to know what the fellows do,&rdquo; interposed
+Mr. Clyde Blacklock.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There is nothing in the occupation itself that
+begets rudeness,&rdquo; added Mr. Lowington, giving no
+attention to the young gentleman, who had so impolitely
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[Pg 84]</a></span>
+broken in upon the conversation of his elders.
+&ldquo;I see no reason why a young man cannot be a gentleman
+in a ship as well as on shore.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I dare say you have sailors to do the dirty work.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, madam; our students do all the work.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do they put their own fingers into the pitch and
+the tar?&rdquo; inquired the lady, with a curl of the lip
+which indicated her horror.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Certainly; but we think pitch and tar are not half
+so defiling as evil thoughts and bad manners.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They are very, <em>very</em> disagreeable. The odor of
+tar and pitch is intolerable.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We do not find it so, for&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I say, I wish to know what the fellows do.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We are accustomed to the odor of them,&rdquo; continued
+the principal. &ldquo;To some people the scent of
+musk, and even otto of roses, is not pleasant; and,
+for my part, I rather enjoy that of tar and pitch.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That is very, <em>very</em> singular. But Clyde desires to
+know what the young gentlemen do,&rdquo; added the lady,
+glancing at her son, behind whom stood the man in
+livery, as though he were the boy&#8217;s exclusive property.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They have a regular routine of study,&rdquo; replied
+Mr. Lowington, addressing the lady, and declining
+even to glance at the original inquirer, for the rudeness
+of Mr. Clyde in interrupting the conversation
+seemed to merit a rebuke. &ldquo;They attend to the
+studies usually pursued in the highest class of academies,
+including the modern languages and navigation,
+the latter being a speciality in the course.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t care what they study,&rdquo; said Clyde. &ldquo;What
+do they do in the ship?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[Pg 85]</a></span>
+&ldquo;We prepare boys for college, and beyond that
+pursue a regular college course, so far as our facilities
+will permit. Our students have the advantage of
+travel; for, in the present cruise, we shall visit all the
+principal nations of Europe.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What do they do in the ship?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Clyde desires to know what the boys do in the
+ship,&rdquo; added the lady.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They learn good manners, for the first thing,
+madam. There are fifteen officers in this vessel, and
+nine in each of the others. They are all students, who
+take their rank according to their merit. The best
+scholar in each is the captain, and so on.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Does the captain manage the ship?&rdquo; asked Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Certainly.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I should like to be the captain,&rdquo; exclaimed the
+young gentleman.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you think you could manage the ship?&rdquo;
+asked his mother, with a smile which expressed the
+pride she felt in the towering ambition of her son.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I could, if any fellow could.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Clyde is very fond of the sea; indeed, he worries
+me sadly by his adventurous spirit,&rdquo; said his mother.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I think it would do him good to go to sea,&rdquo; added
+the principal, rather dryly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The students made a beautiful appearance in their
+boats to-day,&rdquo; continued Mrs. Blacklock. &ldquo;It was
+really very, <em>very</em> wonderful.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They handle the boats very well indeed, but their
+skill was only acquired by long and careful training.
+As we have a considerable number of visitors on
+board, madam, we will show you a little seamanship.
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[Pg 86]</a></span>
+Captain Cumberland,&rdquo; he added, turning to the young
+commander, who had been making himself agreeable
+to Miss Celia Blacklock.</p>
+
+<p>The captain asked the young lady to excuse him,
+and stepping up to the principal, bowed gracefully,
+and raised his cap.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He&#8217;s a regular swell,&rdquo; said Clyde to his man.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He&#8217;s a young gentleman as is highly polished,
+which these naval officers is generally,&rdquo; replied Jeems.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Lowington directed the captain to call all
+hands, and go through the evolutions of loosing and
+furling, for the gratification of the guests of the ship.
+Captain Cumberland bowed and raised his cap again
+as he retired, and the principal hoped that Clyde
+would take a lesson in good manners from him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Will you walk to the quarter-deck, Miss Blacklock,&rdquo;
+said the captain, touching his cap to the young
+lady, to whom he had been formally introduced by the
+principal. &ldquo;We are going to loose and furl, and you
+can see better there than here.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;With pleasure,&rdquo; replied Miss Celia. &ldquo;But what
+did you say you were going to do?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Loose and furl the sails,&rdquo; replied the captain, as
+he conducted the fair miss to the quarter-deck, where
+they were followed by Mr. Lowington and the rest of
+the party.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Mr. Judson,&rdquo; said the commander.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Here, sir,&rdquo; replied the first lieutenant.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Call all hands to loose and furl.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All hands, sir,&rdquo; responded Judson, touching his
+cap to his superior, as all on board were required
+to do.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[Pg 87]</a></span>
+&ldquo;They are all swells,&rdquo; said Clyde to his man.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All hands, loose sails!&rdquo; shouted the boatswain, as
+he blew the proper blast on his whistle.</p>
+
+<p>In a few moments every officer and seaman was
+at his station for the man&oelig;uvre indicated by the call.
+The students, aware that they were simply to &ldquo;show
+off,&rdquo; were fully determined to astonish the wondering
+crowd on the decks.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Stand by to lay aloft, the ready-men!&rdquo; shouted
+the first lieutenant, as he received the order from the
+captain.</p>
+
+<p>It was repeated by the second lieutenant on the
+forecastle, the third in the waist, and the fourth on the
+quarter-deck.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All ready, sir!&rdquo; reported the several officers.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Lay aloft!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>At the command those whose duty it was to prepare
+the sails and rigging for the man&oelig;uvre sprang
+up the rigging, and in three minutes the midshipman
+aloft reported that all was ready.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Lay aloft, sail-loosers!&rdquo; continued the first lieutenant.</p>
+
+<p>The seamen, who were arranged in proper order on
+deck, the royal yard men first, then those who belonged
+on the top-gallant yards, the topsail, and the
+lower yards, placed in succession, so that each could
+reach his station without passing others, leaped into
+the rigging, and went up like so many cats.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Man the boom tricing-lines!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>These are ropes by which the studding-sail booms,
+which lie on the yards, are hauled up out of the way.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Trice up!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[Pg 88]</a></span>
+The studding-sail booms were drawn up.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Lay out! Loose sails!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The hands jumped upon the foot-ropes, and worked
+themselves out to their places on the yards, where
+they loosed the sails, overhauled the rigging, and made
+everything ready for the final evolution. The midshipman
+in the tops reported to the officers on deck
+when the preparations were completed, and the lieutenants
+on deck, in their turn, reported to the first
+lieutenant.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let fall!&rdquo; said the executive officer; and all, as
+one, the sails dropped from the yards.</p>
+
+<p>The precision of the movement called forth a
+demonstration of applause from the visitors. Mr.
+Clyde Blacklock stood with his mouth open, looking
+up at the students on the yards, but occasionally
+glancing at the &ldquo;swellish&rdquo; first lieutenant, who seemed
+to be the master-spirit of the occasion, because he
+spoke in a loud voice, while the captain, who really
+controlled the evolutions, could hardly be heard, except
+by the executive officer, to whom alone his order
+was given.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Lay in! Lay down from aloft!&rdquo; said the first
+lieutenant; and in a moment more all hands were on
+deck again.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you ever man the yards, sir?&rdquo; asked a gentleman
+of the principal.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Occasionally, sir&mdash;not often. You are aware that
+it requires some preparation, for we are obliged to
+extend life-lines over the yards,&rdquo; replied Mr. Lowington.
+&ldquo;We are not in condition to do it now. If we
+should happen to be visited by the king at Copenhagen
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[Pg 89]</a></span>
+or Stockholm, and had previous notice, we
+should certainly do it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The crew were then required to go through the
+man&oelig;uvre of furling sails, which was performed with
+the same precision as the first evolution, and to the
+great satisfaction of the guests, who were then invited
+to visit the cabins and steerage of the ship.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Mother, I like this thing,&rdquo; said Mr. Clyde Blacklock.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It&#8217;s all very, <em>very</em> fine, Clyde,&rdquo; replied the tender
+mother.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And the ship&#8217;s going up the Baltic, and then up
+the Mediterranean.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, Clyde.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And I want to go in her.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You, Clyde!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, that&#8217;s what I say.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And be a sailor?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I always told you I wanted to be a sailor. Didn&#8217;t
+that head master, or whatever he is, say it would do
+me good to go to sea?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Perhaps he did, but I can&#8217;t go with you, my
+dear.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t want you to go with me. I&#8217;m not a
+baby!&rdquo; protested the indignant youth.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But you are my only son, dear.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If you had forty only sons, it would be all the
+same to me. I say I want to go in this ship, and be
+a sailor.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Blacklock was appalled, and was sorely disturbed
+by the announcement of her son. The young
+gentleman insisted that he should be entered at once
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[Pg 90]</a></span>
+as a member of the ship&#8217;s company. He suggested
+to his anxious mother that she could travel by land
+while he went by sea, and that she could see him
+every time the ship went into port. The lady appeared
+to see no alternative, but evidently felt compelled
+to yield to her son&#8217;s demand. It was plain
+enough, even to a casual observer, that Clyde was
+the head of the family. Mrs. Blacklock promised to
+speak to the principal, but she hoped he would not be
+able to take her son. Before she had an opportunity
+to make the application, the Orlando&#8217;s bell rang for
+her passengers to return. The sound seemed to be a
+relief to the lady; but Mr. Clyde put his foot down just
+there, and upset all her hopes.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Come, Clyde; the Orlando is ready to go,&rdquo; said she.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let her go,&rdquo; replied the hopeful son.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But we must go on board.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You may go. I&#8217;m off to sea in this ship.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Not now, my dear,&rdquo; pleaded Mrs. Blacklock.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Now&#8217;s the time. If you don&#8217;t speak to that head
+master yourself, I shall do so.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Not now, my dearest boy. This ship is going to
+Christiania, and we will speak to the gentleman on the
+subject when she arrives. Come, Clyde; the boat is
+waiting for us, and all the other passengers have
+gone.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You can&#8217;t fool me, mother. I&#8217;m going to sea
+now. I like this ship, and I rather like those swells
+of officers.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Clyde positively refused to leave the ship, though
+his mother, almost in tears, begged him to accompany
+her.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[Pg 91]</a></span>
+&ldquo;My son won&#8217;t go with me,&rdquo; said she, as Mr. Lowington
+came towards her to ascertain the cause of
+their delay.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If you desire, madam, the boatswain will put him
+into the boat for you,&rdquo; replied the principal.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Put me into the boat!&rdquo; exclaimed the indignant
+youth. &ldquo;I should be glad to see him do it!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Should you? Peaks!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;On deck, sir,&rdquo; replied the big boatswain, touching
+his cap to the principal.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Pray, don&#8217;t, sir&mdash;don&#8217;t!&rdquo; begged the lady. &ldquo;Clyde
+wants to go to sea in your ship.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;O, does he, indeed!&rdquo; exclaimed the principal.
+&ldquo;We have a vacant place, and he can be accommodated.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The fond mother&#8217;s heart sank at this announcement.
+Mr. Lowington, though his experience with
+students of this description had been far from satisfactory,
+felt that his duty to humanity required him to
+take this boy, who was evidently on the high road to
+ruin through the weak indulgence of his mother.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[Pg 92]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER VI.</h2>
+
+<p class="center"><strong>A DAY AT CHRISTIANSAND.</strong></p>
+
+
+<p>&ldquo;But, madam, your steamer seems to be on the
+point of starting,&rdquo; suggested Mr. Lowington,
+as the Orlando rang her bell, and whistled violently.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I cannot help it,&rdquo; replied the lady, apparently taking
+no notice of the steamer. &ldquo;I came over here on
+a pleasure excursion, and now I feel as though I had
+lost my son.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Lost him, madam! We intend to save him,&rdquo;
+laughed Mr. Lowington. &ldquo;But we have no claim upon
+him. If you desire to leave in the steamer, the boatswain
+shall put the boy on board whether he is willing
+or not.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, no; that would be very, <em>very</em> harsh. Let the
+steamer go. This matter is of vastly more consequence
+than going to Christiania. James,&rdquo; she added,
+turning to the man in livery, &ldquo;you will take the boat,
+get our baggage from the steamer, and take it to the
+hotel on shore.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, mem,&rdquo; replied James, as he very deliberately
+went over the side into the boat.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This will be a sad day to me, sir,&rdquo; continued Mrs.
+Blacklock, as she glanced at her son, who was whistling
+an air from the last opera, as indifferent as though
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[Pg 93]</a></span>
+his mother had been at peace in her own drawing-room.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I beg to repeat, madam, that I have not the slightest
+wish to take your son into this institution.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But Clyde insists upon joining the ship, and what
+can I do?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You can say no, if you please.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You had better not say it, mother; if you do, I
+will run away, and go to sea in a merchant ship,&rdquo;
+added Clyde, shaking his head.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You hear, sir, what he says,&rdquo; replied Mrs. Blacklock,
+with a long and deep sigh.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That would be the very best thing in the world for
+a boy troubled with his complaint,&rdquo; answered Mr.
+Lowington.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have no complaint; I&#8217;m not sick,&rdquo; growled
+Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;m afraid you are, my boy, though you don&#8217;t know
+it. The most dangerous maladies often make great
+progress even before their existence is suspected.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nothing ails me,&rdquo; added Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This seems to be a very nice ship, and you say the
+students are all gentlemen,&rdquo; continued the lady, glancing
+around her at the ship and the crew. &ldquo;If Clyde
+must go to sea&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I must, mother,&rdquo; interposed the young gentleman,
+very decidedly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If he must go to sea, he had better go with you,
+sir.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If you will walk into the cabin, madam, I will
+show you our regulations,&rdquo; said the principal, leading
+the way down the steps.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[Pg 94]</a></span>
+Clyde followed, apparently unwilling that a word
+should be said which he could not hear.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I want to speak with your mother alone,&rdquo; interposed
+Mr. Lowington.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;m going too,&rdquo; persisted Clyde, after Mrs. Blacklock
+had descended the stairs.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I prefer to see your mother alone,&rdquo; added the
+principal, firmly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are going to talk about me, and I want to hear
+what is said,&rdquo; replied the youth, rudely.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Peaks, remain here,&rdquo; said the principal to the big
+boatswain, who had followed them to the companionway.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Lowington descended the steps, and Peaks
+slipped in behind him, fully understanding his duty
+without any explanations. Clyde attempted to follow,
+but the entrance was effectually blockaded by the stalwart
+forward officer.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Get out of my way; I want to go down there,&rdquo;
+said Clyde, in no gentle tones.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It can&#8217;t be done, my hearty,&rdquo; replied Peaks.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;m going down, any way.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I think not, my little gentleman.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, I am! Get out of my way.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ease off, my hearty. Don&#8217;t get up a squall.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I want to see my mother,&rdquo; growled Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You were not invited to the cabin, and your mother
+was,&rdquo; answered Peaks, very mildly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t care if I wasn&#8217;t; I&#8217;m going down.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;So you said before;&rdquo; and the boatswain tried to
+pacify the youngster, and to induce him to be reasonable;
+but Clyde had always had his own way, and
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[Pg 95]</a></span>
+was ready to fight for it now, even though he had
+nothing to gain by it.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Cumberland was still walking with Miss
+Celia, explaining to her the nature of the discipline on
+board, and giving her an account of the voyage across
+the Atlantic. A group of the officers had collected
+on the quarter-deck, and, much amused at the scene,
+were observing the conduct of Clyde. As he became
+more violent, his sister tried to quiet him, and induce
+him to behave like a gentleman; but he replied to her
+in a tone and with words which made the captain&#8217;s
+cheeks tinge with indignation.</p>
+
+<p>Finally, when he found that abuse had no effect
+upon the stout boatswain, he drew back, and made a
+desperate plunge at his heavy opponent. Peaks caught
+him by the shoulders, and lifted him off his feet like a
+baby. Taking him in his arms, with one hand over
+his mouth, to smother his cries, he bore him to the
+waist, where his yells could not be heard by his
+mother.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Be quiet, little one,&rdquo; said Peaks, as he seated himself
+on the main-hatch, and twined his long legs
+around those of the prisoner, so that he was held as
+fast as though he had been in the folds of an anaconda.
+&ldquo;Hold still, now, and I&#8217;ll spin you a sea-yarn. Once
+on a time there was a little boy that wanted to go to
+sea&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let me go, or I&#8217;ll kill you!&rdquo; sputtered Clyde; but
+the boatswain covered his mouth again, and silenced
+him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Kill me! That would be wicked. But I&#8217;m not
+a mosquito, to be cracked in the fingers of such a dear
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[Pg 96]</a></span>
+little boy as you are. But you snapped off my yarn;
+and if you don&#8217;t hold still, I can&#8217;t spin it ship-shape.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Clyde had well nigh exhausted his breath in his
+fruitless struggle, and before his sister went far enough
+forward to see him, he was tolerably calm, because he
+had no more strength to resist. Then the boatswain
+told his story of a boy that wanted to go to sea, but
+found that he could not have his own way on board
+the ship.</p>
+
+<p>In the cabin, Mrs. Blacklock told a pitiful story of
+the wilfulness of her son; that she was obliged to do
+just as he said, and if he wanted anything, however
+absurd it might be, she was obliged to give it to him,
+or he made the house too &ldquo;hot&rdquo; for her. Her husband
+had died when the children were small, and the
+whole care of them had devolved on her. Clyde had
+made her miserable for several years. She had sent
+him to several celebrated schools; but he had got into
+trouble immediately, and she had been compelled to
+take him away, to prevent him from killing himself
+and her, as she expressed it. Her husband had left
+her a handsome property, but she was afraid her son
+would spend it all, or compel her to do so, before he
+became of age.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Lowington repeated only what most of her
+friends had told her before&mdash;that her weak indulgence
+would be the ruin of the boy; that he needed a strong
+arm. He was willing to take him into the Academy
+ship, but he must obey all the rules and follow all the
+regulations. The perplexed mother realized the truth
+of all he said.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You will take him as an officer&mdash;won&#8217;t you, sir?&rdquo;
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[Pg 97]</a></span>
+she asked, when she had in a measure reconciled herself
+to the discipline proposed.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Certainly not, madam,&rdquo; replied the principal.
+&ldquo;If he ever becomes an officer, he must work himself
+up to that position, as the other students do.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But you could let him have one of the rooms in
+the cabin. I am willing to pay extra for his tuition.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, madam; he must go with the other students,
+and do precisely as they do.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where will his servant lodge?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;His servant?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, James. He will want a servant, for I don&#8217;t
+know that he ever dressed himself alone.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He can have no servant, except those of the ship.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s very, <em>very</em> hard.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Perhaps it is, but if the boy can&#8217;t dress himself
+alone, he must lie in his berth till he acquires the art
+by hard thinking. I wish you to understand the matter
+thoroughly before you leave him, madam.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Blacklock struggled with the hard terms; but
+even to her the case seemed like a desperate one, and
+she was willing at last to try the experiment, though
+she intended to follow the ship wherever she went, to
+save him from suicide when his situation became absolutely
+hopeless. The terms arranged, she followed
+Mr. Lowington on deck, where Clyde was discovered
+in the loving embrace of the big boatswain, who released
+him as soon as he saw the lady.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Now, Clyde, my dear, we have arranged it all,&rdquo;
+said Mrs. Blacklock; and it ought to be added that such
+a result would have been utterly impossible if the subject
+of the negotiations had been present.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[Pg 98]</a></span>
+&ldquo;I don&#8217;t care if you have,&rdquo; replied Clyde, bestowing
+a fiery glance upon the boatswain, who was smiling
+as blandly as though earth had no naughty boys.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why, what&#8217;s the matter, Clyde!&rdquo; demanded the
+anxious mother.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;ve had enough of this ship,&rdquo; howled the little
+gentleman, as he glanced again at the stout forward
+officer.</p>
+
+<p>The complacent face of Peaks maddened him,
+and Clyde felt that, perhaps for the first time in his
+life, he had lost a battle. He could not bear the sight
+of the boatswain&#8217;s placid features, unruffled by anything
+like anger or malice. He felt that he had not
+even provoked his powerful adversary. He howled in
+his anger, and then he cried in his desperation. Suddenly
+he seized a wooden belaying-pin from the rail,
+and shied it at the boatswain&#8217;s head. Peaks caught
+it in his hand, as though he had been playing toss-ball
+with his victim; but the next instant his anaconda fold
+encircled the youth again. Mrs. Blacklock screamed
+with terror.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There is no harm done, madam,&rdquo; interposed the
+principal. &ldquo;We don&#8217;t allow boys to throw things
+here.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are very, <em>very</em> harsh with the poor boy.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And the poor boy is very, very harsh with us. He
+throws belaying-pins at our heads.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He did not mean any harm.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Perhaps not; but that&#8217;s an unpleasant way of
+manifesting his regard.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;ve had enough of this ship! I won&#8217;t go in her!&rdquo;
+howled Clyde, struggling to escape from the grasp of
+the officer.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[Pg 99]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Do you hear that, sir? Poor boy!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He will soon learn better than to behave in this
+violent manner. We can cure him in ten minutes after
+you have left the ship.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What! whip him?&rdquo; exclaimed the mother, with
+horror.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, madam; we never strike a student under any
+circumstances, unless it be in self-defence; but if a
+boy won&#8217;t go when ordered, we carry him. We always
+have force enough to do this without injury to
+the person.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But see the poor boy struggle!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It will do him no harm.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He says now that he will not go in the ship.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If I were his parent, it would be as I said, not as
+he said, after he had ceased to be reasonable. I would
+consult the wishes and opinions of a boy of mine, as
+long as he behaved properly&mdash;no longer. You have
+only to leave him, and I assure you he shall be treated
+as kindly as he will permit us to treat him. I do not
+wish to influence you, but I am confident that ruin lies
+in that boy&#8217;s path, unless he is reformed.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Blacklock actually wept. She loved the boy
+with a blind affection in spite of the disrespect and
+even abuse that he heaped upon her. It was a terrible
+struggle to her, but she finally decided to leave
+him on board of the ship, perhaps satisfied that nothing
+else could ever save him from himself, and her
+from the misery his reckless conduct constantly occasioned
+her.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You wished to go to sea, Clyde, and I have decided
+to leave you in this ship,&rdquo; said the poor mother,
+trembling with emotion.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[Pg 100]</a></span>
+&ldquo;But I tell you I won&#8217;t stay in this ship,&rdquo; roared
+Clyde, as Peaks, at a signal from the principal, released
+his prisoner.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I can do nothing with you, my dear boy. You
+won&#8217;t obey me, and I must leave you to those who can
+control you. I am going on shore now, but I shall
+see you again at Christiania.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I won&#8217;t stay!&rdquo; howled Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Good by, Clyde,&rdquo; said Mrs. Blacklock, desperately,
+as she folded her son in her arms, and kissed him
+on both cheeks.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I tell you I won&#8217;t stay!&rdquo; cried the angry youth,
+breaking away from his mother&#8217;s embrace.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Make it short, madam,&rdquo; suggested Mr. Lowington.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do try to be good, Clyde, and then you can come
+home very, <em>very</em> soon,&rdquo; added Mrs. Blacklock, as the
+principal conducted her to the accommodation ladder,
+where the first cutter had been manned to put her on
+shore.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I tell you again, I won&#8217;t stay! If you leave me,
+I&#8217;ll jump overboard.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;O!&rdquo; groaned the weak mother.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If you do, young man, we will pick you up with
+the greatest pleasure,&rdquo; said Mr. Lowington, as he hurried
+the lady to the side.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;O, if he should!&rdquo; gasped she.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There is not a particle of danger, madam; Mr.
+Peaks will take excellent care of him,&rdquo; replied her
+comforter.</p>
+
+<p>The boatswain, at a nod from Mr. Lowington,
+again embraced Clyde, but did not injure him, nor permit
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[Pg 101]</a></span>
+him to injure himself. The lady was handed into
+the boat, and Captain Cumberland politely performed
+this service for Miss Blacklock. Of course the poor
+mother was in an agony of doubt and anxiety, but the
+students in the cutter seemed to be so cheerful, contented
+and gentlemanly, that she hoped for the best.</p>
+
+<p>Clyde was appalled at the situation, and one of the
+stern realities of life seemed suddenly to dawn upon
+him. As soon as his mother disappeared over the
+side, he ceased to struggle, for he gained nothing by
+it, and the students appeared to be amused by his sufferings.
+Peaks released him, and the victim of wholesome
+discipline looked about him with a wondering
+stare; but there was no mother to cajole or intimidate,
+and he was thrown entirely upon his own resources
+for the means of resistance, if he purposed to resist.
+He appeared to be stupefied by the situation, and Mr.
+Lowington, taking advantage of his bewilderment,
+invited him into the main cabin, where he kindly but
+firmly &ldquo;laid down the law&rdquo; to him. Clyde was by
+no means conquered, but was rather considering how
+he should escape from this trying position. At the
+close of the interview, the principal handed the patient
+over to one of the stewards, and requested him to see
+the new comer clothed in the uniform of the ship.
+Peaks was directed to keep an eye on the victim while
+the crew were on shore.</p>
+
+<p>All hands were soon seated in the boats, and in half
+an hour all the students in the squadron were turned
+loose in the streets of Christiansand. Though the instructors
+were of the party, they were not required to
+exercise any particular supervision over their pupils.
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[Pg 102]</a></span>
+There was hardly anything to be seen, and as a large
+number of the students had never crossed the Atlantic
+before, they wanted to know if they had come so far
+to see such a town. Most of the houses were of wood,
+but they were neat and well kept. As the capital of
+the province of Christiansand, the town was the residence
+of the Stift Amtmand, or governor, and of the
+bishop of the diocese. It was founded in 1641, and
+having an excellent harbor, it is a place of considerable
+commercial importance, having a population of
+about ten thousand.</p>
+
+<p>The boys visited the cathedral, which is a fine
+building of gray stone, and being the first which most
+of them had seen, it had a considerable interest to
+them. They observed the people, and their manners
+and customs, so far as they could, with more interest
+than the buildings, which differed in no important
+respect from those in the United States. Passing
+across the water front of the town, they came to the
+Torrisdal River, over which there is an excellent
+bridge. They crossed the stream, and walked to an
+antiquated church. Some of the houses on the way
+were very neat, pretty structures, not unlike the one-story
+dwellings seen all over New England.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Here&#8217;s a Runic stone,&rdquo; said Dr. Winstock, as the
+captain and several of the officers followed him into
+the burying-ground connected with the ancient church.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What is a Runic stone?&rdquo; asked Lincoln, the third
+lieutenant.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A stone with Runic characters upon it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I haven&#8217;t the least idea what the word means,
+though Poe sings, in the &lsquo;Bells,&rsquo;&mdash;&mdash;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[Pg 103]</a></span></p>
+<p style="margin-left: 10em;">
+ &lsquo;Keeping time, time, time,<br />
+  <span style="margin-left: .4em;">In a sort of Runic rhyme!&rsquo;</span></p>
+
+<p>Runic is derived from a word which means secret;
+and a Runic stone is any memorial, table, or column,
+on which Runic characters are inscribed, as a tombstone,
+a boundary mark. There are sixteen of these
+characters, forming an alphabet, which were used by
+the ancient Scandinavians, and were thought by them
+to possess magical properties, and willow wands inscribed
+with them were used by the pagans of the north
+in their magic rites. Sticks were used as almanacs, to
+keep the account of the days and months, and also
+constituted the day-books and ledgers of the ancients.
+In Germany, in modern times, the baker, for example,
+and the purchaser of bread, each had a stick, and
+the number of loaves delivered was notched upon
+both. Scarcely less primitive was the custom of some
+of our American farmers, who kept their accounts on
+the barn door; and I have heard a story of one who,
+when required to produce his books in court at a
+lawsuit, carried in the barn door, and held it up before
+the judge and jury. In Denmark and Sweden you will
+see more Runic writings, especially in the museum at
+Copenhagen.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They seem to bury people here, in about the same
+manner as with us,&rdquo; said Captain Cumberland.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There is not half so much difference between
+things here and those at home as I expected to find,&rdquo;
+added Judson.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The houses are almost the same, and so are the
+people,&rdquo; continued Norwood.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;People coming to Europe are often disappointed
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[Pg 104]</a></span>
+because they find almost everything so near like what
+they have been accustomed to,&rdquo; replied the doctor.
+&ldquo;You will find Norway and Sweden more like New
+England than any other countries on the continent.
+But I think you will find differences enough to excite
+your interest and attention before you return.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The students walked back to Christiansand, and
+having exhausted the town, went on board the vessels
+of the squadron, ready and even anxious to continue
+the voyage. The pilots were on deck, Paul Kendall
+and lady had returned to the Grace, and the principal
+only waited the arrival of the steamer Moss, from
+Frederiksv&aelig;rn, to give the order to get under way.
+The boats were all hoisted up except the first cutter,
+which was to bring off the unfortunate crew of the
+professor&#8217;s barge, as soon as they arrived.</p>
+
+<p>At eight o&#8217;clock the steamer came in, and the first
+cutter, with the principal on board, hastened to her
+landing-place, to meet Sanford and his companions.
+To his great astonishment and regret, they were not on
+board of the Moss. The captain, who spoke English
+very well, knew nothing about the absentees, and was
+quite confident they were not on board of the Foldin,
+the boat which had picked them up. Captain Hoell
+had said nothing to him about the accident, but then
+the Foldin had arrived only that morning, instead of
+the night before, when she was due, and their interview
+had been very hurried. &ldquo;Did any person in the
+Moss know anything about the unfortunates?&rdquo; the
+captain was kind enough to inquire; and a passenger
+was found who heard some one say that a party of
+young men had been landed by the Foldin at Lillesand.
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[Pg 105]</a></span>
+But the Moss had left Lillesand at six o&#8217;clock,
+and her captain had not seen or heard of the persons
+described. Mr. Lowington was very anxious about
+the fate of the second cutter&#8217;s crew, and feared that
+some of them had been injured by the collision, so
+that they were unable to take the steamer back to
+Christiansand. He returned to the cutter and pulled
+off to the Tritonia, and directed Mr. Tompion, the
+second vice-principal, in charge of her, to run into
+Lillesand, and ascertain what had become of the
+absentees. Without waiting for the signal, the Tritonia
+got under way, and under full sail, with a fresh
+breeze, stood out of the harbor. The other vessels
+followed her soon after, the principal intending to lay
+off and on till the Tritonia reported.</p>
+
+<p>The ship had been searched from keel to truck for
+Ole Amundsen on the day before. Of course he was
+not found, and the conclusion was that he had dropped
+into the water and swam ashore, though it was difficult
+to understand how he had accomplished the feat
+without detection. Inquiries in regard to him were
+made on shore, but if any one knew him, application
+was not made to the right persons.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Clyde Blacklock had not yet jumped overboard,
+and during the busy scene of getting under way, he
+stood with his mouth agape, watching the proceedings
+with wondering interest. He was not quite sure, after
+his anger had subsided, that he had made a bad bargain.
+There was something rather pleasant in the
+motion of the ship, and the zeal and precision with
+which the students worked, showed that they enjoyed
+their occupation. No one noticed Clyde, or even
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[Pg 106]</a></span>
+seemed to be aware of his presence. Before, when
+he behaved in an extravagant and unreasonable manner,
+the boys only laughed at him. They did not beg
+him to be pacified, as his mother and James always
+did; on the contrary they seemed to enjoy his chagrin.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as the ship was under way, the new student
+was informed that he belonged to the port watch,
+second part, and the silver star, which designated his
+watch, was affixed to his left arm. He was told that
+he would be called with the others to take his turn on
+deck during the night.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What am I to do?&rdquo; he asked, rather blankly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Just the same as the others do?&rdquo; replied De Forrest,
+the fourth lieutenant, who had the deck with the
+second part of the port watch. &ldquo;I have your station
+bill.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What&#8217;s that?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is a card on which all your duties are explained.
+Here it is,&rdquo; added De Forrest, producing the station
+bill. &ldquo;You are No. 71; all the even numbers belong
+to the starboard watch, and all the odd numbers to
+the port.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>These cards were all printed; for among the various
+amusements provided for the students, a couple
+of octavo Novelty presses, with a sufficient supply of
+type and other printing material had been furnished.
+All the blanks for use in the ship were printed on
+board, and the Oceanic Enterprise, a weekly Journal,
+had been regularly issued during the voyage across
+the Atlantic, though a gale of wind, which disturbed
+the equilibrium of the press and the printers, had
+delayed its publication a couple of days on one occasion.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[Pg 107]</a></span>
+Clyde read the station bill which was handed to him
+by the officer, but it would have been just as intelligible
+to him if it had been in Runic character.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;&lsquo;Reefing, main-topsail, and main-topsail halyards,&rsquo;&rdquo;
+said Clyde, reading from the card. &ldquo;What
+does all that mean?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You mind only what you have to do yourself, and
+not trouble your head about orders that have nothing
+to do with your work; for the orders come as thick as
+snow flakes at Christmas. When all hands are called
+to reef topsails, you are one of them, of course. When
+any thing is said about topsails, or topsail-halyards,
+you are the man.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Good; I understand that, and I shall make a
+sailor, I know,&rdquo; added Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I hope you will. The order will come to &lsquo;settle
+away the topsail halyards.&rsquo; Be ready to help then.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But I don&#8217;t know the topsail halyards from a pint
+of soup.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Here they are,&rdquo; added the lieutenant, conducting
+his pupil to the rail, and pointing out the main-topsail
+halyards. &ldquo;Then, when the officer says, &lsquo;Aloft, top-men,&rsquo;
+you will run up the main rigging here, and the
+midshipman in the top will tell you what to do. At
+the word, you will lay out on the yard, and do as the
+others do. At the words, &lsquo;Lay down from aloft,&rsquo;
+you will come on deck, and hoist up the main-topsail.
+Nearly all your duty is connected with the main-topsail.
+In tacking, you will go to the clew-garnets.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What are they?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;These ropes, by which the corners of the mainsail
+are hauled up,&rdquo; answered De Forrest, pointing out the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[Pg 108]</a></span>
+clew-garnets. &ldquo;You will also let go the main tack.
+In getting under way, you will help loose the main-topsail.
+In anchoring, you are at the main clew-lines,
+and the main brace. Here they are. In loosing and
+furling you are on the main-topsail. In boat service,
+you are attached to the third cutter. You sleep in
+berth No. 71, your ship&#8217;s number, and eat with mess
+No. 6.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>De Forrest, as instructed by the principal, carefully
+explained the duties of the new comer, indicating
+every rope as he mentioned it, and describing its use.
+He was prudent in his manner, and tried to give the
+proud youth no offence by making him feel the superiority
+of an officer. The lieutenant then conducted
+him to his mess room, and pointed out his berth.</p>
+
+<p>The wind was still from the southward, and quite
+fresh; and though the squadron went under short sail,
+it was off Lillesand in a couple of hours. The Tritonia,
+which was a fast vessel, did not detain her consorts
+more than a couple of hours. Mr. Tompion
+boarded the ship, and reported that the crew of the
+second cutter had landed at Lillesand, and fearing that
+they should miss the ship if they returned to Christiansand,
+had taken carioles, and left early in the morning
+for Christiania. There were ten of the party, and
+one of them was a Norwegian, though he was dressed
+like the others. Mr. Lowington could not imagine
+who the Norwegian was that wore the Academy&#8217;s
+uniform, for it did not occur to him that Ole could
+have joined them. He was glad to hear that all of
+them were well, and able to travel; and had no doubt
+they would arrive in safety at Christiania. He was
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[Pg 109]</a></span>
+aware that the crew of the second cutter were rather
+wild boys; but as there were no large towns in the
+interior, he had no fear that they would be led astray
+among the simple Norwegians.</p>
+
+<p>The fleet filled away again, and at eight bells the
+following morning was off Frederiksv&aelig;rn.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[Pg 110]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER VII.</h2>
+
+<p class="center"><strong>UP THE CHRISTIANIA FJORD.</strong></p>
+
+
+<p>&ldquo;I should like to know where this place is,&rdquo;
+said Ryder, the second master, as he appeared
+upon the quarter-deck of the ship, with one of the
+forty bound volumes of Harper&#8217;s Magazine, which
+were contained in the library.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What place?&rdquo; asked Lincoln, the third lieutenant,
+as he glanced at the volume.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s more than I know; but here is a picture of
+a steamer between two high bluffs of rock, and under
+it, she is said to be entering the fjord.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We are just at the mouth of the fjord now, and
+if there are any such rocks as those here, I should like
+to see them. Why, you see they rise above the
+steamer&#8217;s main-topmast.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Lincoln took the book, and read the description;
+but he was none the wiser for his labor, for the narrow
+strait through which the steamer in the picture
+was passing was not particularly described. The
+book was shown to the pilot, who did not know just
+where the place was; but after he had been told that
+the steamer came from Gottenburg, and was on her
+way to Christiania, he thought that the bold rocks
+must be in the vicinity of Frederiksv&aelig;rn. He offered
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[Pg 111]</a></span>
+to take the ship through the pass, as the wind was
+fair, and Mr. Lowington consented that he should do
+so, for in order to enable the students to see the fine
+scenery on the fjord, the studies were to be laid aside
+for the day.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t see where there can be anything like this,&rdquo;
+said Ryder, as he surveyed the shores.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There are plenty of islands here, but certainly
+none of them rise to any such heights as those in the
+picture,&rdquo; replied Lincoln. &ldquo;They are bare rocks out
+at sea, but some of them are a little green farther in.
+It don&#8217;t begin to be so wild as I supposed it was in
+these parts. Why, I have read and heard so much
+about the Christiania Fjord, that I supposed it was the
+grandest scenery in the world.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It don&#8217;t look much like the picture&mdash;does it?&rdquo;
+laughed Ryder.</p>
+
+<p>In a short time the ship was approaching the narrow
+pass. The cliffs on each side were very bold
+and rugged, and if the students had not been feasting
+themselves with grand anticipations, they would have
+appreciated the scenery much better. Ryder and
+Lincoln laughed when they compared the reality
+with the pictures they had. The scenery could not
+be called grand, though it was certainly very fine.
+The strait was very narrow, and on each side of it
+rings were fastened in the rocks, which were painted
+white around them, for the convenience of vessels
+warping out in a calm or against the wind. On the
+high rock,&mdash;it could not have been a hundred feet
+high,&mdash;at the right, was a small fort, which looked
+grim and terrible in its way, but which any well-ordered
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[Pg 112]</a></span>
+man of war, with modern ordnance, could
+have battered down in half an hour.</p>
+
+<p>Passing through the strait, the ship came in sight of
+the small village of Frederiksv&aelig;rn, which is a naval
+station, where a number of gunboats are housed in a
+series of uniform buildings. The town itself is only
+a hamlet, but as the vessels proceeded, those on board
+saw Laurvig at the head of the bay, which is a place
+of considerable importance.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Little F&oelig;rder,&rdquo; said the pilot, an hour later, as he
+pointed to a tall, red light-house, at the entrance of
+the fjord.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then the land we see beyond must be Sweden,&rdquo;
+added Ryder.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<em>Sverige</em>,&rdquo; nodded the pilot.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I suppose that is Sweden, but I don&#8217;t see the use
+of having half a dozen names to a country.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And this is <em>Norge</em>,&rdquo; added the second master,
+pointing to the other side.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, <em>Norge</em>,&rdquo; answered the pilot, pleased to hear
+the young officer apply the Norwegian name.</p>
+
+<p>On the port hand of the ship was a vast sea of
+rocky islands, of all shapes and sizes. Those farthest
+from the mainland were entirely destitute of soil or
+verdure; but in the distance a few pines, and the fresh
+tints of the early grass, could be seen.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Keep her north-north-east,&rdquo; said the pilot.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Man the weather and stand by the lee braces!&rdquo;
+shouted the first lieutenant.</p>
+
+<p>Clyde Blacklock took out his station card, and
+looked to see whether the order applied to him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are on the main brace,&rdquo; said Scott, a good-natured
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[Pg 113]</a></span>
+young tar, who happened to be near the new
+student. &ldquo;There you are, on the weather side.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who spoke to you?&rdquo; demanded Clyde, dropping
+his card, and looking Scott in the face.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I haven&#8217;t been introduced to you, I know; but I
+thought you wanted to know your duty,&rdquo; laughed
+Scott.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You take care of yourself, and I&#8217;ll mind my own
+duty,&rdquo; growled Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All right, my lad,&rdquo; replied the good-natured student,
+whose station was at the weather fore brace.</p>
+
+<p>Clyde walked aft, and placed himself in the line
+of those who were to haul on the weather main
+brace.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Slack the lee, and haul on the weather braces,&rdquo;
+said the first lieutenant, and the other officers repeated
+the order.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Walk away with it!&rdquo; shouted the fourth lieutenant
+to those at the main brace.</p>
+
+<p>Clyde took hold, and tugged with all his might;
+but the brace would not come away. To tell the
+exact truth, there was a disposition among the students
+to haze the new comer, and the main brace men
+had agreed among themselves to let him do the whole
+of the work. They pretended to haul, but not one of
+them bore a pound upon the brace.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Pull!&rdquo; shouted Clyde, at the top of his lungs,
+as he strained at the rope. &ldquo;Why don&#8217;t you pull,
+boys?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Silence on the quarter-deck!&rdquo; cried the executive
+officer&mdash;for all work was required to be performed in
+silence. &ldquo;Walk away with the main brace.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[Pg 114]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Come, boys, why don&#8217;t you pull?&rdquo; roared Clyde,
+who was blest with a pair of hearty lungs.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Silence, Blacklock! You mustn&#8217;t hollo like that
+when you are on duty,&rdquo; interposed De Forrest.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who says I mustn&#8217;t?&rdquo; demanded Clyde, dropping
+his hold upon the brace, and walking up to the officer
+who had dared to give him these words of counsel,
+which were uttered in a mild and pleading tone, rather
+than in those of authority.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Starboard the helm,&rdquo; said the executive officer.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Starboard, sir,&rdquo; repeated the quartermaster at the
+wheel.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Walk away with that main brace!&rdquo; added the
+first lieutenant.</p>
+
+<p>The main brace men, finding that Clyde was at
+issue with the fourth lieutenant, applied themselves to
+their work, and the main yard swung round.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Steady!&rdquo; said the executive officer.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Steady, sir.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Avast hauling! Belay, all.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>By these man&oelig;uvres the ship had been kept away,
+and was now headed directly up the fjord.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t allow any fellow to speak to me like that,&rdquo;
+blustered Clyde. &ldquo;I want you to understand that I
+am a gentleman.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Go forward, Blacklock, and don&#8217;t make a row
+on the quarter-deck,&rdquo; replied De Forrest, mildly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;ll not go forward!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then I must report you to the first lieutenant.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;m willing to do my work, but I won&#8217;t be fagged
+by any nob in gold lace.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are making a mistake, Blacklock,&rdquo; said De
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[Pg 115]</a></span>
+Forrest, in a low tone, as he walked towards the angry
+Briton, with the intention of reasoning with him upon
+the absurdity of his conduct.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Lowington had cautioned him and other officers
+to be very prudent in dealing with the new student till
+he had become accustomed to his duty, and certainly
+De Forrest was prudent in the extreme. Perhaps
+Clyde misunderstood the purpose of this officer when
+approaching him, and suspected that he intended to
+use violence, for, drawing back, he made a pass at De
+Forrest with his fist. But the latter detected the nature
+of the demonstration in season to ward off the
+blow, and, still in the exercise of the extreme prudence
+which had before characterized his conduct, retreated
+to the other side of the quarter-deck.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Enough of that,&rdquo; said Judson, the first lieutenant,
+as he stepped between Clyde and De Forrest.</p>
+
+<p>Clyde was very angry. Though he had made up
+his mind to perform his duty in the beginning, he
+fancied that no one had the right to command him to
+be silent. In his wrath he pulled off his blue jacket,
+tossed it upon the deck with a flourish, and intimated
+that if the first lieutenant wanted to fight, he was
+ready for him. Happily the first lieutenant did not
+wish to fight, though he was fully prepared to defend
+himself. At this crisis, the principal observed the
+hostile attitude of the young Briton, and quietly ordered
+Peaks to interfere.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Go forward, Blacklock,&rdquo; said Judson, calmly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I won&#8217;t go forward! I have been insulted, and
+I&#8217;ll break the sconce of the fellow that did it,&rdquo; added
+Clyde, glancing at the fourth lieutenant.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[Pg 116]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Come, my hearty, let us go forward, as we are
+ordered,&rdquo; interposed Peaks, as he picked up Clyde in
+his arms, and in spite of his struggles, carried him
+into the waist.</p>
+
+<p>It was useless to resist the big boatswain, and the
+pressure of Peaks&#8217;s arms soon crushed out Clyde&#8217;s anger,
+and like a little child, he was set down upon the
+deck, amid the laughter of his companions. He felt
+that he was not getting ahead at all; and though he
+reserved the expression of his anger, he determined at
+the first convenient opportunity to thrash both Judson
+and De Forrest. He had also decided to run away at
+the first chance, even if he had to camp on a desolate
+island in doing so. He regarded Peaks as a horrible
+ogre, whose only mission in the ship was to persecute
+and circumvent him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;ll have it out with those nobs yet,&rdquo; said Clyde,
+as Peaks left him, restored to his senses, so far as outward
+appearances were concerned.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Have it out! Have what out?&rdquo; asked Scott, the
+good-natured.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;ll whip that nob who told me to be silent.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&#8217;t you do it, my jolly Briton,&rdquo; laughed Scott.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I can do it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you mean the first lieutenant?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, that I do; and I&#8217;ll teach him better manners.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I wouldn&#8217;t hurt him; Judson&#8217;s a good fellow.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t care if he is; he&#8217;ll catch it; and De Forrest,
+too. They insulted me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I dare say they didn&#8217;t mean to.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If they didn&#8217;t, I&#8217;ll give them a chance to apologize,&rdquo;
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[Pg 117]</a></span>
+added Clyde, a little mollified by the mild words
+of his companion.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s very kind of you; but officers don&#8217;t often
+apologize to seamen for telling them of it when they
+disobey the rules of the ship.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Rules or not, I&#8217;ll hammer them both if they don&#8217;t
+apologize.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&#8217;t be cruel with them,&rdquo; laughed Scott.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And that big boatswain&mdash;I&#8217;ll be even with
+him yet,&rdquo; blustered Clyde, as he shook his head
+menacingly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Are you going to thrash him too?&rdquo; asked Scott,
+opening his eyes.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;ll take care of him. He don&#8217;t toss me round in
+that way without suffering for it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, don&#8217;t hurt him,&rdquo; suggested the good-natured
+seaman.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He&#8217;ll get a broken head before he grows much
+older,&rdquo; added Clyde, drawing out a belaying-pin from
+the fife-rail. &ldquo;I shall not be in this ship a great while
+longer; but I mean to stay long enough to settle my
+accounts with the big boatswain and the two nobs on
+the quarter-deck.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How are you going to do it, my dear Albion?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Leave that to me. No man can insult me without
+suffering for it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Perhaps the officers will apologize, but I don&#8217;t believe
+Peaks will. He&#8217;s an obstinate fellow, and would
+do just what the principal told him to do, even if it
+was to swallow you and me, and half a dozen other
+fellows. You don&#8217;t mean to lick the principal too&mdash;do
+you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[Pg 118]</a></span>
+&ldquo;I haven&#8217;t had any trouble with him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But he is at the bottom of it all. He told Peaks
+to persecute you. I&#8217;m not sure that the principal isn&#8217;t
+more to blame than all the others put together.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No matter for him; he has done very well.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then you mean to let him off?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I say I&#8217;ve nothing against the head master.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&#8217;t be too hard on Peaks,&rdquo; added Scott, as he
+climbed upon the rail to see the scenery of the fjord.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I suppose all these islands, points, bays, and channels
+have names, just as they do on the other side of
+the ocean,&rdquo; said Laybold, at whose side the good-natured
+tar seated himself.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Of course,&rdquo; nodded Scott.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I wonder what they are.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&#8217;t you know?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Certainly not&mdash;how should I?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I didn&#8217;t know but you might have seen the chart,&rdquo;
+added Scott, gravely.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There&#8217;s a town!&rdquo; exclaimed the enthusiastic Laybold,
+as the progress of the ship opened a channel,
+at the head of which was a village, with a church.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I see; that&#8217;s Bossenboggenberg,&rdquo; said Scott.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;O, is it? Is that a river?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Not at all. That&#8217;s only a channel, called the Hoppenboggen,
+which extends around the Island of Toppenboggen.
+That channel is navigable for small vessels.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where did you learn all those names?&rdquo; demanded
+Laybold, amazed at the astonishing words which his
+companion rolled off so glibly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My father had to send me to sea to keep me from
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[Pg 119]</a></span>
+learning too much. My hair all fell off, and the
+schoolmasters were afraid of me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There&#8217;s another town ahead on the port hand,&rdquo;
+said Laybold, a little later.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That is Aggerhousenboggen, I think. Let me
+see; here&#8217;s Cape Tingumboggen, and that must be the
+opening to the Stoppenboggen Fjord. Yes, that must
+be Aggerhousenboggen.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where did you learn to pronounce Norwegian so
+well, Scott?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;O, I learned Norwegian when I was an infant. I
+could speak it first rate before I learned to utter my
+mother tongue.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Go &#8217;way!&rdquo; protested Laybold. &ldquo;Do you know
+what island that is on the starboard hand.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To be sure I do. Do you think my education has
+been neglected to that extent? That&#8217;s Steppenfetchenboggen.
+A very fine island it is, too,&rdquo; continued
+Scott, rattling off the long names so that they had a
+decidedly foreign ring.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t see how you can pronounce those words,&rdquo;
+added Laybold. &ldquo;They would choke me to death.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t believe they would,&rdquo; laughed Scott.</p>
+
+<p>The squadron passed through several narrow passages,
+and then came to a broad expanse of water at
+the mouth of the Drammen River. The students
+were perched on the rail and in the rigging of the
+various vessels, observing with great interest the development
+of the panorama, which seemed to be unrolled
+before them.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is rather fine scenery,&rdquo; said Lincoln, who still
+carried the book in his hand, and occasionally glanced
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[Pg 120]</a></span>
+at the pictures; &ldquo;but I think the artist here must have
+multiplied the height of the cliffs by two, and divided
+the height of houses, men, and masts by the same
+number.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It certainly looks like an exaggeration,&rdquo; replied
+Ryder.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Look at this,&rdquo; added Lincoln, pointing to a scene
+on the coast of Norway. &ldquo;There&#8217;s a large steamer carrying
+a top-gallant yard on the foremast. That mast
+is probably a hundred and fifty feet high, and there
+are hills and bluffs beyond it&mdash;which would lose by
+the perspective&mdash;five times as high.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Still it is very fine scenery.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;So it is; but no finer than we have on the coast of
+Maine. You remember last summer we went through
+the Reach, down by Machias? That was something
+like this, and quite as pleasant.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We mustn&#8217;t be too critical, Lincoln,&rdquo; laughed
+Ryder.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t intend to be critical; but I had an idea,
+from the pictures I have seen, that Christiania Fjord
+was something like the Saguenay River, where the
+cliffs rise perpendicularly four or five hundred feet
+high. These pictures would certainly lead one to expect
+such sights.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Horton,&rdquo; said the pilot, pointing to a town which
+now came into view, as the vessel passed beyond a
+point of land.</p>
+
+<p>It was a small place, in appearance not unlike a
+New England village. At the wharf were a couple
+of small steamers, one of which had come down the
+Drammen, and the entire population of the town
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[Pg 121]</a></span>
+seemed to have turned out on the occasion, for the
+shore was covered with people. They were all neatly
+dressed. On the opposite side of the fjord was the
+town of Moss, where the convention by which Norway
+and Sweden were united was drawn up and agreed
+upon.</p>
+
+<p>The fleet sailed rapidly before the fresh breeze
+across the broad expanse, and then entered a narrow
+passage. There was a gentle declivity on each side
+of the fjord, which was covered, as far as the eye
+could see, with pines. Dr&ouml;bak, on the right, is a village
+of one street, on the side of the hill. The houses
+are mostly of one story, painted yellow, with roofs
+covered with red tile. Before noon the passage began
+to widen, and the fleet entered another broad expanse
+of water, filled with rocky islands, at the head of
+which stood the city of Christiania. Some of the islets
+were pretty and picturesque, in some instances having
+a single cottage upon them, with a little garden.
+The rocks were often of curious formation, and the
+shore of one island was as regular and smooth as
+though it had been a piece of masonry. After rounding
+a point of rocks, the fleet came into full view of
+Christiania. The city and its environs are spread out
+on the southern slope of a series of hills, and presents
+a beautiful landscape to the eye. On the left the country
+was covered with villas, prominent among which
+was Oscarshal, a summer palace of the late king.
+On the right was the castle of Agershuus, rising abruptly
+from the water. At a little distance from the town
+was a kind of hotel, built on a picturesque island, with
+its pretty landing-place, not unlike some similar establishments
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[Pg 122]</a></span>
+near the head of Narragansett Bay. At the
+wharf in front of the city, and lying in the bay, was a
+considerable number of steamers, some of them quite
+large. The fleet ran up to the front of the city and
+anchored.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This is the end of my voyage,&rdquo; said Clyde Blacklock,
+when everything had been put in order on board
+of the ship.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are not going yet&mdash;are you?&rdquo; laughed Scott.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Very soon.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I thought you were going to stop, and whip Peaks
+and the two lieutenants.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Time enough for that. I suppose the ship will
+stay here two or three days&mdash;won&#8217;t she?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Perhaps a week. I suppose we shall go on shore
+this afternoon, and see the sights.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I say, Scott, if you tell those officers what I&#8217;ve
+been saying to you, I&#8217;ll serve you in the same way,&rdquo;
+added Clyde, as for the first time it occurred to him
+that he had been imprudent in developing his plans
+to another.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No! You won&#8217;t lick me, too&mdash;will you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Not if you behave like a man, and don&#8217;t peach,&rdquo;
+answered Clyde, in a patronizing tone.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I will try to be a good boy, then,&rdquo; laughed Scott.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I only want to catch them on shore, where I can
+have fair play. I&#8217;m not to be fagged by any fellow
+that ever was born.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Clyde walked uneasily about the deck till the crew
+were piped to dinner, evidently thinking how he should
+carry his big intentions into execution. To one less
+moved by fancied insults and indignities the case
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[Pg 123]</a></span>
+would have looked hopeless. He devoured his dinner
+in a much shorter period than is usually allotted by
+well-bred Englishmen to that pleasing diversion, and
+hastened on deck again. Peaks was there, acting as
+ship-keeper, while the carpenter was painting the
+second cutter, the repairs upon which had been completed.
+The big boatswain was seated on one of the
+cat-heads, where he could see the entire deck of the
+ship, and observe every craft that approached her.
+The new student observed his position, and thought
+he was seated in a very careless manner. A very
+wicked thought took possession of the Briton&#8217;s mind,
+and he ascended to the top-gallant forecastle. The
+boatswain sat very composedly on the cat-head, with
+his feet hanging over the water, and was just then
+studying the beauties of the landscape. A very slight
+exercise of force would displace him, and drop him
+into the water.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, my hearty, you stowed your grub in a hurry,&rdquo;
+said Peaks, when he discovered the new pupil.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I was not very hungry, and thought I would take
+another look at the town,&rdquo; replied Clyde. &ldquo;What&#8217;s
+that big building off there, near the hills?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That may be the county jail, the court-house, or
+the lunatic asylum. I haven&#8217;t the least idea what it is,&rdquo;
+answered Peaks, indifferently. &ldquo;The professors can
+tell you all about those things.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I wonder where that ship came from?&rdquo; added
+Clyde, pointing to a vessel which was standing in
+ahead of the Young America.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That isn&#8217;t a ship,&rdquo; replied Peaks, as he turned
+partly round, so that he could see the craft. &ldquo;That&#8217;s a
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[Pg 124]</a></span>
+&#8217;mofferdite brig; or, as bookish people would say, an
+hermaphrodite brig&mdash;half brig and half schooner.
+You must call things, especially vessels, by their right
+names, or you will fall in the opinion of&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>At that instant the big boatswain dropped into the
+deep waters of the fjord.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And you will fall, in my opinion,&rdquo; said Clyde, as,
+taking advantage of his antagonist&#8217;s attention to the
+brig, he gave him a smart push, which displaced him
+from the cat-head.</p>
+
+<p>But Peaks, who was half man and half fish, was as
+much at home in the water as on the deck, and struck
+out for the cable, by which the ship was anchored, as
+the nearest point of support. Clyde walked along
+the rail till he came to the swinging-boom, where the
+boats which had been lowered for use after dinner
+were fastened. Climbing out on the boom, he dropped
+down by the painter into the third cutter, one of the
+four-oar boats. Bitts, the carpenter, who had been the
+only person on board except the boatswain, was in the
+waist busily at work upon the boat, and did not observe
+that anything unusual had transpired. Clyde
+had practised gymnastics a great deal, and was an active,
+agile fellow. Casting off the painter of the third
+cutter, he worked her astern, so as to avoid Peaks.
+Then, shipping a pair of oars, he pulled for the shore.</p>
+
+<p>In the mean time, the boatswain, disdaining to call
+for assistance, and not having observed the movements
+of Clyde, climbed up the cable to the hawse-hole, and
+then, by the bowsprit guys, made his way to the top-gallant
+forecastle, where he discovered the Briton in
+the cutter, pulling with all his might for the shore.
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[Pg 125]</a></span>
+Shaking the water from his clothes, he hastened to the
+main cabin, and informed the principal that the new
+scholar had left the ship.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Left the ship!&rdquo; exclaimed Mr. Lowington. &ldquo;Were
+you not on deck while the students were at dinner?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, sir, most of the time; but just at the moment
+when the young sculpin left the ship, I happened to
+be in the water,&rdquo; answered Peaks, shrugging his
+shoulders like a Frenchman, and glancing at his wet
+garments.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How came you in the water?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The little Britisher pushed me overboard, when I
+was sitting on the cat-head.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I see,&rdquo; added the principal. &ldquo;We must get him
+back before his mother arrives.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>By this time most of the students had come up from
+the steerage, and the order was given to pipe away
+the first cutter. Peaks was directed to change his
+clothes, and go in her. He was ready by the time the
+crew were in their seats, for, as he was not a fashionable
+man, his toilet was soon made. The boats from
+the other vessels of the fleet, including those of the
+yachts, were already on their way to the town. The
+first cutter pulled to the shore; but Clyde had already
+landed, and disappeared in the city.</p>
+
+<p>As at Christiansand, Paul Kendall and lady decided
+to remain on shore during the stay of the fleet. They
+had several pieces of baggage, and the custom-house
+officers on the wharf were obliged to examine them,
+after which they followed a porter to the Victoria
+Hotel, which was said to be the best in the place.
+Peaks found a man who could speak English, and immediately
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[Pg 126]</a></span>
+applied himself to the business of finding
+the runaway. Clyde had been seen going up one of
+the streets, but no one knew anything about him.</p>
+
+<p>The fugitive felt that he had achieved a victory. He
+had &ldquo;paid off&rdquo; the big boatswain, and no fellow on
+board of the ship could believe that he had not kept
+his word. He walked up the street till he came to
+Dronningensgaden. People looked at him as though
+he were a stranger, and he became aware that his uniform
+was exciting attention. In the Kirkegade he
+found a clothing store, in which the shop-keeper spoke
+English. In changing his dress on board of the ship,
+he had retained the contents of his pockets, including
+a well-filled purse. He selected a suit of clothes
+which pleased him, and immediately put it on. At
+another store he bought a hat, and then he appeared
+like a new being. With the bundle containing his uniform,
+he walked till he found a carriage, in which he
+seated himself, and ordered the driver to leave him at
+the Victoria Hotel. He thought it would only be necessary
+for him to keep out of sight till evening, when
+his mother would probably arrive in the Foldin, and
+he was confident he could induce her to withdraw him
+from the Academy. He would stay in his room the
+rest of the day, and by that time the search for him,
+if any was made, would be ended.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I want a nice room for myself, another for my
+mother and sister, who will arrive this evening, and a
+place for the man,&rdquo; said Clyde, as the porter of the
+hotel touched his cap, and helped him out of the carriage.</p>
+
+<p>The young man was evidently a person of some importance.
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[Pg 127]</a></span>
+The porter, the clerk, and the head waiter,
+who came out to receive him, bowed low. A man
+took his bundle, and he was ushered to a room on the
+ground floor. As he crossed the court, he discovered
+several of the Orlando&#8217;s passengers in the reading-room.
+He had not entered his chamber before there
+was another arrival,&mdash;Paul Kendall and lady,&mdash;who
+were assigned to the next room.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[Pg 128]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER VIII.</h2>
+
+<p class="center"><strong>THE SIGHTS OF CHRISTIANIA AND OTHER MATTERS.</strong></p>
+
+
+<p>As there was in Christiania much to be seen that
+needed explanation, the students were required
+to keep together, and several guides from the hotel
+were obtained, to conduct the party to the various
+objects of interest in the city. A walk through some
+of the principal streets brought them to the new Parliament
+house, which is called the <em>Storthingsbyggningen</em>.
+It is a fine building, but with nothing remarkable
+about it. In the lower house, the students
+seated themselves in the chairs of the members, and
+Mr. Mapps took the speaker&#8217;s desk.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Christiania was founded in 1624, on the site of
+the ancient city of Osloe, which was destroyed by fire.
+It is the residence of the king during his sojourn in
+Norway, and the new palace, which you saw on the
+hill, was completed for his use in 1848. The city, as
+you have seen, is regularly laid out, and the buildings
+are either of brick or stone. Formerly the dwellings
+were of wood, but the frequent fires caused the adoption
+of a law that no more wooden buildings should
+be erected within the precincts of the city. The place
+has considerable commerce, and now contains nearly
+sixty thousand inhabitants.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[Pg 129]</a></span>
+&ldquo;A street here is called a <em>gade</em>, and you observe
+that the street and its name form one word, as Carl-Johansgade,
+or Charles John Street; Kongensgade, or
+King Street; Kirkegaden, or Church Street. The
+same word is used in German.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The money of Norway is different from that of
+Sweden or Denmark. The specie dollar, which is
+generally called a &lsquo;specie,&rsquo; is the unit, and contains
+five marks of twenty-four skillings each. A specie, or
+<em>specie-daler</em>, as it is written, is worth about one dollar
+and eight cents of our money. It is near enough for
+our purpose to say that a mark is twenty-two cents, and
+a skilling one cent. The coins in circulation are the
+mark, the two, the four, and the twelve skilling piece.
+Species and half species are coined, but paper money
+is generally used for large sums, each denomination
+being printed on a particular colored paper.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is probable that the French system of weights
+and measures will soon be introduced in Sweden and
+Norway; but now a Norwegian <em>pund</em> is one and one
+tenth pounds avoirdupois; a <em>fod</em> is twelve and two
+hundredths inches; and a <em>kande</em> is three and three
+tenths pints.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Mapps descended from the rostrum, and after
+the party had looked at the chamber of the upper
+house, and other apartments, they walked to the
+king&#8217;s palace&mdash;the first royal dwelling which most
+of the students ever saw. They passed through the
+throne room, the court saloon, the dining room, and
+other rooms, and some of them concluded that royalty
+was not half so splendid as they had supposed. But
+Norway is a poor country compared with many others
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[Pg 130]</a></span>
+in Europe, and it is a pity that she ever thought it
+necessary to spend a million and a half of dollars in a
+weak attempt to imitate the grandeur of other realms.
+There was nothing in the palace to astonish even our
+young republicans, though the rooms of the queen,
+on the first floor, were pretty and prettily furnished.
+The building, which is a great, overgrown structure,
+without symmetry or elegance, is in a beautiful situation,
+and surrounded by pleasant grounds, well laid
+out, from which a fine view of the city and fjord is
+obtained.</p>
+
+<p>Connected with the university are several museums
+and cabinets, which are open to the public, and well
+worth a visit, though they do not compare with those of
+the great cities of Europe. The party walked through
+all these rooms, one of which contained a small collection
+of northern antiquities. From the university the
+students went to a kind of garden, which is a weak
+imitation of &ldquo;Tivoli,&rdquo; in Copenhagen, containing
+promenades, concert room, a small opera house, and
+a drinking saloon. The castle of Agershuus, on a hill
+at the southern side of the city, was next visited. Its
+guns command the harbor, and it is regarded as a
+place of great strength, for it has successfully resisted
+several sieges. Climbing a long flight of steps, the
+party reached the ramparts, which are laid out in
+walks, and are much resorted to by the citizens, as
+they command a lovely view of the fjord and the surrounding
+country. A portion of the castle is used as
+a prison, and the convicts work in gangs about the
+premises.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This was Robin Hood&#8217;s prison&mdash;wasn&#8217;t it, Mr.
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[Pg 131]</a></span>
+Mapps?&rdquo; asked Lincoln, who had an inquiring mind,
+after he had enjoyed the prospect from the ramparts
+for a while.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I think not,&rdquo; replied the instructor. &ldquo;H&ouml;yland,
+sometimes called the Robin Hood, but, I think, more
+properly the Baron Trenck, of Norway, was sentenced
+to imprisonment for life in this castle.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What for?&rdquo; inquired Norwood.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;For robbery and other crimes. Like Robin Hood
+and Mike Martin, he robbed the rich and gave to the
+poor, which none of you should believe makes the
+crime any less wicked; especially as he did not scruple
+to use violence in accomplishing his purpose.
+For some small theft he was shut up in this prison;
+but while the overseer was at church, H&ouml;yland broke
+into his room, stole some of his clothes, and quietly
+walked out of the castle and out of the town. He
+was recaptured, but repeatedly made his escape.
+Though he was heavily ironed, this precaution was
+found to be useless, and he was placed in solitary confinement
+in the lowest room of the citadel, where he
+was kept securely for several years. One evening his
+jailer told him that he could never get out of this
+room, and that he might as well promise not to attempt
+such an impossible feat; but H&ouml;yland replied
+that it was the turnkey&#8217;s duty to keep him in prison if
+he could, and his to get out if it were possible. The
+next day the prisoner was missing, and the means of
+his escape were not at first apparent; but on further
+examination it was found that he had cut through the
+thick plank flooring of his cell, under the bed, and
+tunnelled under the wall into the yard of the prison.
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[Pg 132]</a></span>
+He had replaced the planks when he left, and passing
+over the ramparts without difficulty, dropped into the
+ditch, and departed without bidding any one good by.
+All attempts to find him were unsuccessful, and it
+was believed that he had left the country.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A year afterwards the National Bank of Norway
+was robbed of sixty thousand <em>specie-dalers</em>, in the most
+adroit and skilful manner, even without leaving any
+marks of violence on the iron box in which the money
+was kept. Not long after this occurrence, in the person
+of a prisoner who had been committed to the castle for
+a petty theft, the officers recognized H&ouml;yland. He was
+considerate enough to inform the authorities that his
+late escape had been effected, after three years of patient
+labor, with no other tool than a nail, while others
+slept. As a portion of his ill-gotten wealth was concealed
+in the mountains, he had the means of making
+friends in Christiania, where he had hidden himself.
+Making the acquaintance of the bank watchman, he
+cunningly obtained wax impressions of the key-holes
+of the locks on the money-chest, by which he made
+keys, opened the box, took the money, and locked
+it after him. But, like all other evil-doers, he came to
+grief at last. Though he was a skilful carver in
+wood and stone, he was not allowed to have tools, of
+which he made a bad use, and he was compelled to
+amuse himself by knitting socks on wooden pins.
+Unable to escape again, and not having the patience
+to exist without something to do, in utter despair he
+committed suicide in his prison.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>After the visit to the fortress, the boys were allowed
+to walk about the city at their own pleasure; and a
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[Pg 133]</a></span>
+few of the officers went with Mr. Lowington and the
+doctor to the establishment of Mr. Bennett, an Englishman,
+who fitted out travellers intending to journey in
+the interior with carioles and all the other requisites.
+His rooms were stored with books and Norwegian
+curiosities and antiquities. In the court-yard of the
+house was a large number of second-hand carioles,
+which are the sole vehicles used for crossing the country.
+A traveller, wishing to go to Trondhjem or Bergen,
+would purchase the cariole in Christiania, and
+when he had done with it, dispose of it at the other
+end of his route, horses between being supplied according
+to law at the post stations on the road. Travellers
+coming from Trondhjem or Bergen sell their vehicles
+to Mr. Bennett. In his rooms are miniature
+models of the cariole for sale, which visitors purchase
+as a memento of their tour; as those who climb Pilatus
+and Rhigi, in Switzerland, buy an alpenstock on
+which are printed the names of the mountains they
+have ascended with its help.</p>
+
+<p>The principal and his companions walked up to the
+Victoria Hotel, and inquired for Captain Kendall.
+He had just returned from a ride, and while the
+waiter was taking Mr. Lowington&#8217;s card to him,
+Peaks presented himself in the court-yard.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Can&#8217;t find him, sir,&rdquo; said the boatswain, touching
+his hat.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He must be somewhere in the city.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This man has toted me all over the town, but we
+can&#8217;t hear a word of him. He wore the uniform of
+the ship, and people can&#8217;t tell one student from another.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[Pg 134]</a></span>
+&ldquo;I am confident he has not left the city.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Perhaps he has,&rdquo; replied Peaks, as the servant
+returned, followed by Captain Kendall.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Have you lost anything or anybody?&rdquo; asked Paul,
+laughing, after he had saluted the principal.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, we have lost a student; an English boy we
+shipped at Christiansand. Have you seen him?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, sir; his room is No. 32&mdash;next to mine,&rdquo;
+replied Paul, still laughing, as though he were much
+amused.</p>
+
+<p>He was much amused; and that others may sympathize
+with him, let the reader return to Clyde Blacklock,
+who had shut himself up in his room to await the
+arrival of his mother. He had not been in the house
+ten minutes before he began to be impatient and disgusted
+with his self-imposed confinement. He examined
+himself carefully in the looking-glass, and was satisfied
+that his new clothes disguised him from his late
+shipmates, and also from those whom he had met on
+board of the Orlando. Certainly they had wrought
+a very great change in his appearance, and with the
+round-top hat on, which was entirely different from
+anything he had worn before, even his mother would
+not recognize him, unless they came near enough
+together to enable her to scrutinize his features. Of
+course none of the people from the squadron would
+come to the hotel, and he had not yet been called
+upon to register his name.</p>
+
+<p>He unlocked his door, and went into the long entry
+which opened into the court-yard. It was stupid to
+stay alone in his chamber. It was some relief even to
+promenade the hall, for one so nervous as he was at
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[Pg 135]</a></span>
+this time. If any of the Orlando&#8217;s passengers came
+near him, he could retreat into his room. He walked
+up and down several times, but this soon became stale
+amusement.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who&#8217;s in the next room to mine?&rdquo; he asked, as
+one of the waiters passed him in his promenade.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Gentleman and lady from America, sir,&rdquo; replied the
+man; &ldquo;an uncommon handsome young woman, sir.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Before the waiter could further express his opinion
+of the guests in No. 31, Paul Kendall came out of the
+room, and, seeing the servant, ordered a carriage to be
+ready in half an hour.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Is there much to see in this place, sir?&rdquo; asked
+Clyde, politely.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Not much, I think,&rdquo; replied Paul.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I dare say you are going into the interior, sir.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Not far.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There is fine fishing there,&rdquo; persisted Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;So I am told; but I haven&#8217;t much time to spend
+in such sport, and I am afraid my wife would not
+enjoy it as well as I should. Do you go to the interior?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, sir; I intend to do so when my mother
+and sister arrive. My mother goes a-fishing with
+me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Does she, indeed? You are from England, I suppose,&rdquo;
+added Paul, who suspected that the young
+man was one of those lonesome travellers eager to
+make a friend, and actually suffering from the want
+of one.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes; Mockhill Manor, New Forest, Hampshire.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Are you travelling alone?&rdquo; asked Paul, who was
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[Pg 136]</a></span>
+full of sympathy for the apparent loneliness of the
+young man.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am alone just now, but I expect my mother and
+sister from Christiansand to-night,&rdquo; replied Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Can I do anything for you?&rdquo; inquired Paul, who,
+after this explanation, did not regard the young gentleman&#8217;s
+situation as so hopeless.</p>
+
+<p>In his own travels he had himself experienced that
+sense of loneliness which is a decided misery, and
+had met others afflicted with it. From the manner of
+Clyde, he concluded he had an attack of it, and he
+desired to alleviate his sufferings; but if the young
+man&#8217;s friends were coming that night, his case could
+not be desperate.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, sir; I don&#8217;t know that you can. I thought, as
+your room is next to mine, we might make it jolly for
+each other. You are an American, sir, the waiter
+says.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, I am,&rdquo; laughed Paul.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But you don&#8217;t talk through the nose.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&#8217;t I? Well, I don&#8217;t perceive that you do,
+either.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;m not a Jonathan,&rdquo; protested Clyde. &ldquo;I dare
+say you are a fine gentleman, but I can&#8217;t say that
+of all the Americans.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Can&#8217;t you? Well, I&#8217;m sorry for them. Can you
+say it of all the Englishmen?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, sir; I think I can of all we meet travelling.
+The Americans are big bullies. I settled accounts
+with one of them this very day,&rdquo; chuckled Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah! did you, indeed?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I think some of them know what it is to bully and
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[Pg 137]</a></span>
+insult an Englishman by this time,&rdquo; added Clyde, rubbing
+his hands, as he thought of poor Peaks, floundering
+in the waters of the Fjord. &ldquo;Perhaps you&#8217;ve heard
+of that American Academy ship that came into Christiania
+to-day.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, I have heard of her,&rdquo; answered Paul, curiously.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I saw her first at Christiansand, and went on
+board of her with my mother and sister. I liked the
+looks of her, and fancied the young chaps on board of
+her were having a nice time. I wanted to ship in her,
+and I did so; but I was never among such a set of
+tyrants in the whole course of my life.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then you joined the ship,&rdquo; replied Paul, who had
+heard of the new addition to the Young America&#8217;s
+crew, but had not seen him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;m blamed if I didn&#8217;t; but before my mother left
+the ship, a big bully of a boatswain insulted me, and I
+changed my mind. Yet the head master persuaded
+my mother to let him keep me in the ship, and I&#8217;m
+blamed if she didn&#8217;t leave me there.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Left you there,&rdquo; added Paul, when Clyde paused,
+apparently to give his auditor the opportunity to express
+his sympathy for his unfortunate situation.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, sir; she left me there, and she won&#8217;t hear the
+last of it for one year,&rdquo; replied Clyde, shaking his
+head. &ldquo;It was a mean trick, and I&#8217;ll pay her for it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Probably she did it for the best,&rdquo; suggested Paul,
+disgusted with the assurance, and especially with the
+want of respect for his mother which the youth manifested,
+though he was anxious to hear the conclusion
+of his story.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[Pg 138]</a></span>
+&ldquo;I don&#8217;t care what she did it for; it was a scurvy
+trick. I told her I wouldn&#8217;t stay in the ship, any how,
+and she permitted the big boatswain to hold me while
+she went ashore in a boat. But I knew myself, if my
+mother didn&#8217;t know me, and I determined not to stay
+in her three days; and I didn&#8217;t,&rdquo; chuckled Clyde, as he
+thought of what he called his own cleverness.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What did you do?&rdquo; asked Paul, deeply interested.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I was willing to bide my time, and so I hauled
+sheets, and luffed, and tacked, and all that sort of thing,
+till we got to Christiania. When I was pulling the
+main boom, or something of that kind,&mdash;I don&#8217;t just
+know what it was now,&mdash;one of the fellows in gold
+bands insulted me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What did he say to you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He ordered me to be silent, and another nob did
+the same thing. I offered to fight them both, and I
+would have liked to show them what an English boy&#8217;s
+fist is made of; but the cowards set the boatswain on
+me again. I would have licked him if he had fought
+fair; but he caught me foul, and I could do nothing.
+I meant to be even with that big boatswain, and I think
+I am,&rdquo; said Clyde, rubbing his hands again with delight,
+and laughing heartily when he thought of his
+brilliant achievement.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, what did you do?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I just waited till the ship got to Christiania; and
+then, when all the students were at dinner, I found the
+big boatswain sitting on a beam that runs out over the
+water&mdash;I forget what they call the beam, but it&#8217;s at
+the bow of the ship.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The bowsprit,&rdquo; suggested Paul.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[Pg 139]</a></span>
+&ldquo;No; I know the bowsprit. It wasn&#8217;t that. There
+was another beam like it on the other side.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;O, the cat-head!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s just it. Well, I went up to the big boatswain,
+and asked him to look at a ship,&mdash;or a &#8217;mofferdite
+brig, he called it. He looked, and I just gave him
+a push, which dropped him off the cat&#8217;s head into
+the bay,&rdquo; continued Clyde, who told his story with
+many a chuckle and many a laugh, seeming to enjoy
+it hugely himself, in spite of the want of sympathy
+on the part of his listener.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You pushed him overboard!&rdquo; exclaimed Paul.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That I did, and did it handsomely, too. He never
+knew what hurt him till he struck the water. He
+swam for the bow, and I dropped into a boat, and
+came ashore. I saw him climb up to the deck, but
+I was out of his way then. Wasn&#8217;t that cleverly
+done?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Rather,&rdquo; replied Paul, concealing his indignation.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I think it was very cleverly done,&rdquo; added Clyde,
+annoyed at the coolness of his companion. &ldquo;You
+couldn&#8217;t have done it better yourself, sir.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t think I could,&rdquo; replied Paul, dryly. &ldquo;And
+you expect your mother this evening.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes; and she shall take my name off the books
+of the ship.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Perhaps she will not.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;O, but she will. Then the two nobs that insulted
+me on the ship shall hear from me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What do you intend to do with them?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;ll whip them both; if I don&#8217;t my name isn&#8217;t
+Clyde Blacklock!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[Pg 140]</a></span>
+&ldquo;But they will take you back to the ship before
+your mother arrives.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I dare say they will, if they see me; but I don&#8217;t
+intend to go out of the hotel till my mother comes. I
+shall stay in my room, or near it, the rest of the day.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The conversation was interrupted by the appearance
+of Mrs. Kendall, who had been preparing for a ride
+about the city. Paul conducted her to the carriage,
+satisfied that the new scholar could be found when
+wanted. During their excursion he told his wife the
+adventures of Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But what a simpleton he was to tell you these
+things!&rdquo; added Grace.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He did not suspect me of knowing anything about
+the ship. He is one of those fellows, who, having done
+what he regards as a good thing, cannot help boasting
+of it. He considers himself a first-class hero.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>When Paul returned from the ride, he found Clyde
+still walking about the hall, as uneasy as a fish out of
+water.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Did you see anything of the Academy ship, sir?&rdquo;
+asked he, after Mrs. Kendall had gone to her room.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I saw her at anchor in the harbor, and all her people
+are walking about the town,&rdquo; replied Paul.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;ve kept clear of them so far; but I want to catch
+the two fellows with the gold bands.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Perhaps some of them will catch you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Not they! I&#8217;m too cunning for clumsy fellows
+like them.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I see you are,&rdquo; laughed Paul, amused at the assurance
+of the young Briton.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If I see them, I&#8217;ll settle the Alabama claims with
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[Pg 141]</a></span>
+them on my own account. But you ought to have
+seen the big boatswain floundering in the water, sir.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No doubt it was very funny.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It was, indeed,&rdquo; added Clyde, as the waiter appeared,
+and handed a card to Captain Kendall.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In the court yard, sir,&rdquo; said the servant; and Paul
+followed the man to the place where the visitors were
+waiting.</p>
+
+<p>Peaks, as dry, clean, and good-natured as ever, was
+talking to Mr. Lowington. Paul could not help laughing
+as he thought of the confidence which Clyde had
+reposed in him, and that the fugitive had voluntarily,
+and without any precautions, told his adventures to
+one who really belonged to the fleet.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He has told me all about it,&rdquo; said Paul.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Told you?&rdquo; exclaimed Mr. Lowington.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, sir; how he pushed Peaks overboard, and
+then ran away,&rdquo; laughed Paul. &ldquo;I don&#8217;t often wear
+my uniform on shore, for my wife thinks it attracts too
+much attention; so that he did not suspect me of any
+connection with the fleet.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But where is he now?&rdquo; asked the principal.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I left him in the hall only a moment since.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Show me his room, my hearty,&rdquo; said Peaks to the
+waiter.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Call a carriage,&rdquo; added Mr. Lowington. &ldquo;He will
+make a disturbance in the streets.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The servant led the way to the room of Clyde, followed
+by the rest of the party. All were rather anxious
+to see the clever Briton, who had done such wonders
+of valor and cunning, captured.</p>
+
+<p>But Clyde had a pair of eyes, and, withal, a pair of
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[Pg 142]</a></span>
+ears. From the hall where he promenaded were several
+doors opening into the court-yard. Perhaps the
+youth had a Yankee&#8217;s curiosity to see who called upon
+his new acquaintance, and he went to one of these
+doors. He saw Paul walk up to the principal, and
+shake hands with him. There was the big boatswain
+too, and there were two of the nobs with the gold
+bands. It was evident enough to Clyde, then, that
+he had made a blunder in relating his exploits to a
+stranger. But the battle was not lost yet. His chamber
+was on the ground floor, and had a window which
+opened into Dronningensgaden. Without losing another
+instant, he opened the window, and dropped out
+into the street. He did not even wait to take the bundle
+which contained his ship&#8217;s uniform.</p>
+
+<p>When Peaks entered the chamber, the bird had
+flown, and the open window indicated the means by
+which he had escaped; but Clyde had several minutes
+the start of his pursuers, and had made good use
+of his time. The boatswain dropped out of the window,
+followed by Norwood and Lincoln, while the
+principal and the doctor went round by the doors as
+the more dignified means of egress. Peaks went one
+way, and the two lieutenants the other way.</p>
+
+<p>Clyde, fearful that haste might look suspicious,
+walked a short distance, till he came to a building on
+which was a sign, <em>H&ocirc;tel du Nord</em>, and which appeared
+to be under repairs. He stepped in at the open
+door, and went up stairs. Men were at work in some
+of the rooms; but he avoided them, and appeared to be
+looking over the building. At last he came to an open
+window on the street from which he had entered. He
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[Pg 143]</a></span>
+looked out, and in the distance saw his pursuers running
+rapidly in opposite directions. After he had remained
+in the hotel about an hour, he ventured to
+leave, and walked very cautiously up the street. Feeling
+the need of an overcoat, he entered a store, and
+purchased one, which still further disguised him, so
+that if he met any of his late shipmates, they would
+be still less likely to recognize him. He walked till
+he came to a carriage stand; where, entering a vehicle,
+he pointed in the direction he wished to go, which
+was towards the king&#8217;s palace. When the driver
+stopped at the gate, he pointed towards the hills in
+the rear of the city. The Norwegian looked astonished,
+and could not understand him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I want to go out of town.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The driver drove his horse to the other side of the
+street, and hailed a short, stout man, who was passing
+at the time.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you want a guide, sir?&rdquo; asked the stranger.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; promptly replied Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where do wish to go?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Over there,&rdquo; replied Clyde, pointing again in the
+direction he wished to go.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To Sandviken?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes; that&#8217;s the place,&rdquo; added the youth, who did
+not care where he went, if he could only get out of
+the city.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is more than eight miles,&rdquo; suggested the guide.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t care if it is eighty; that&#8217;s where I want to
+go. Are you a <em>commissionaire</em>?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes. I belong to the Victoria Hotel.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All right; jump in.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[Pg 144]</a></span>
+The man made a bargain with the driver, and in a
+few moments Clyde was on his way to Sandviken,
+confident that he had escaped any further pursuit. He
+had already come to the conclusion not to see his
+mother until after the Young America had left Christiania.</p>
+
+<p>In the mean time, Peaks had given up the chase.
+Paul assured the principal that Clyde would come back
+as soon as his mother arrived. Mr. Lowington did
+not care to have the new scholar see his mother again
+if he was to be a student in the Academy; but as
+Clyde could not be found, there appeared to be no
+alternative.</p>
+
+<p>In a couple of hours, the fugitive reached Sandviken,
+where he informed his astonished guide that he
+intended to proceed to Christiansand by land. His
+courier was willing to go with him so long as he was
+paid; and as Clyde had plenty of money, and disbursed
+it freely, there was no difficulty. Though the next day
+was Sunday, the young traveller continued his journey,
+and on Monday afternoon arrived at Apalst&ouml;, at
+the head of one of the inland lakes, where he intended
+to sleep; but the station-house was full. Clyde was
+tired, and did not feel like going any farther. While he
+was sending his courier to look up a bed for him,
+about a dozen boys wearing the uniform of the Academy
+ship flashed upon his view. He was astonished
+and alarmed. He suspected that this party had been
+sent to the interior to head him off. He was determined
+not to be an easy victim.</p>
+
+<p>One of the party had a good-sized salmon in his
+hand, which indicated that they had been a-fishing.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[Pg 145]</a></span>
+They took no notice of him, though they could not
+help seeing him, and Clyde took courage from this circumstance.</p>
+
+<p>The fishing squad was composed of the crew of the
+second cutter&mdash;the unfortunates who had been run
+down by the steamer.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[Pg 146]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER IX.</h2>
+
+<p class="center"><strong>THE EXCURSION WITHOUT RUNNING AWAY.</strong></p>
+
+
+<p>The second cutter was a wreck on the water,
+and the crew saved themselves by climbing up
+the bow of the steamer which had run down the boat.
+They received prompt assistance from those on board,
+and, as the cutter did not sink, and would not have
+done so, having no ballast, even if she had been cut
+in two, the crew were so well trained that not one
+of them was guilty of the absurdity of jumping overboard,
+and therefore no one was even very wet.</p>
+
+<p>It appeared to be one of those cases where both
+parties had struggled to avoid the catastrophe, but
+the more they struggled the worse was the situation.
+If the cutter, on the one hand, had continued on her
+course, she would have escaped. If the steamer, on
+the other hand, had not changed her course when the
+calamity was threatened, the boat could have avoided
+her. The change of purpose in each had confused
+the other, and rendered unavailing the attempt to
+avoid the collision. The boat would have gone clear
+of the steamer if the latter had not put her helm to
+starboard. But the catastrophe was accomplished so
+quickly that there was not much time to philosophize;
+and as nothing worse than a stove boat had resulted
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[Pg 147]</a></span>
+from it, there was not much reason to complain. We
+are not aware that any one did complain; and we
+only state the appearances, not the facts.</p>
+
+<p>The steamer started her wheels again after the
+cutter had been secured and made fast astern. The
+captain spoke only a few words of English, and Sanford
+found it quite impossible to hold a conversation
+with him. But Ole Amundsen was at hand in this
+emergency.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Tell him he needn&#8217;t stop for us, Ole,&rdquo; said the
+coxswain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&#8217;t you want to return to the ship?&rdquo; asked the
+astonished waif.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, no,&rdquo; replied Sanford, in a low tone, so that
+some of the doubtful members of his crew might not
+hear him. &ldquo;Where is the steamer going, Ole?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To Christiania, stopping at all the ports on the
+coast,&rdquo; answered Ole, when he had obtained the information
+from the captain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All right; we will go to the first place where she
+stops,&rdquo; added Sanford. &ldquo;Don&#8217;t say a word to the rest
+of the fellows, Ole.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The first port she stops at is Lillesand,&rdquo; said Ole.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Very well; we will go there.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ole explained to the captain that the boys he had
+picked up wished to go to Lillesand, where they could
+join their ship. This plan exactly suited the young
+Norwegian, for he did not like the idea of being landed
+at Christiansand, or taken back to the ship.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where are we going? Why don&#8217;t he put us on
+shore, or on board of the ship?&rdquo; demanded Burchmore.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It&#8217;s a mail steamer; she is very late,&rdquo; replied Ole.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[Pg 148]</a></span>
+&ldquo;But is she going to carry us off, because she is in
+a hurry?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Only to a port up here a little ways. We can
+come right back in another steamer,&rdquo; Ole explained;
+and Burchmore was satisfied.</p>
+
+<p>Now, the captain had certainly declared that he was
+in a great hurry, and was not willing to wait for the
+boat which had put off from the ship; but he proposed
+to hail a boat which was passing, and send his
+involuntary passengers to the town in her. Ole assured
+him his companions wished to go to Lillesand,
+and he was too glad to avoid any delay. As the first
+cutter followed the steamer, it was decided, after consultation
+with the captain, to turn the stove boat adrift,
+so that it could be towed back to the ship by the first
+cutters. Sanford cast off the painter, and the pliant
+master of the steamer was glad to get rid of this check
+upon the speed of his boat. The boys watched the
+water-logged craft till it was picked up by the first
+cutter, and then passing behind an island, the squadron
+was out of view.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How came you here, Ole?&rdquo; asked Rodman.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Came in the boat; but I didn&#8217;t think you were
+going to smash her. I thought I was killed that time,
+sure,&rdquo; laughed the waif.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But how came you in the boat?&rdquo; inquired Wilde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I got in, of course; nobody put me in.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;When?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;When it hung at the davits in the ship, just before
+the pilot came on board.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What do you get in there for?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My education has been neglected, and I have to
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[Pg 149]</a></span>
+do a great deal of thinking to make up for it. I don&#8217;t
+like to be disturbed when I&#8217;m thinking; so I got into
+the boat, and covered myself with the sail.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Tell that to the fishes,&rdquo; snuffed Wilde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You can, if you wish; I don&#8217;t speak their language,&rdquo;
+laughed Ole.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But really, Norway, what did you get into the
+second cutter for?&rdquo; said Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The pilot was a first cousin of mine, and I was
+afraid he would whip me for making faces at him
+when I was a baby. He never forgets anything.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nonsense!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, if you know better than I, don&#8217;t ask me
+any more about it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ole was no more inclined to explain how he came
+in the second cutter than he had been to solve the
+mystery of being in a water-logged bateau, out of sight
+of land. It only appeared that while the students
+covered the rail and crowded the rigging to see the
+land, he had put himself into the boat. When the
+hands were called to man the braces, he, having no
+duty to perform, had not answered the call, and was
+left alone in the cutter. At sea, every precaution was
+taken to provide for the safety of the crew in case of
+any calamity. Each boat was provided with a sail, a
+mast, a compass, and several breakers of water, and
+a quantity of provisions was ready to be put in when
+needed. Ole stowed himself beneath the sail, which
+lay under the middle board, extending fore and aft.
+Before De Forrest took his place in the stern-sheets,
+Stockwell had discovered the absentee, and communicated
+the fact of his presence to those near him. The
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[Pg 150]</a></span>
+crew of the second cutter were entirely willing to
+keep his secret, as they were that of any one who
+needed their help. Among such boys it was regarded
+as dishonorable in the highest degree to betray any
+one; and, indeed, the principal discountenanced anything
+like &ldquo;tale-bearing,&rdquo; to which the students gave
+a very liberal construction. Sanford had proposed
+that De Forrest should take a walk on shore, in order
+to give Ole an opportunity to escape from his confinement,
+which, on account of the singular obstinacy
+and suspicion of that officer, had threatened to be indefinitely
+continued, till the collision came to his aid.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How&#8217;s this?&rdquo; said Stockwell, as he seated himself
+by the side of the coxswain, on one of the settees
+on the quarter-deck of the steamer.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How&#8217;s what?&rdquo; asked Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It seems to me that we are clear of the ship, and
+without running away.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&#8217;t say a word. We got spilled out the boat,
+and it was not our doing. We obeyed De Forrest&#8217;s
+orders to the very letter, so that no fault can be found
+with us.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Of course not.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If De Forrest had not ordered me to shove off, I
+shouldn&#8217;t have done so.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then the boat might have been ground up on the
+rocks.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you see anything green in my eye?&rdquo; replied
+Sanford, suggestively.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You don&#8217;t mean to say that you smashed the boat
+on purpose?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Certainly I don&#8217;t mean to <em>say</em> anything of the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[Pg 151]</a></span>
+sort. I obey orders if I break owners, or boats either,
+for that matter.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What are you going to do next?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t know. The programme is to go back in
+the steamer that returns to Christiansand to-morrow
+night.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;O, then you mean to go back.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Your head&#8217;s as thick as the broadside of an iron-clad.
+Of course I mean to go back.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Immediately?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In the next boat.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Stockwell did not exactly like the sharp way with
+which Sanford dealt with his innocence. Certainly
+the coxswain and himself had talked about an excursion
+to the interior of Norway without running away;
+but now, though the circumstances favored the plan,
+his friend plainly announced his intention to return to
+Christiansand and join the ship. But it could be said
+of the coxswain that his ways were dark, and Stockwell
+was more inclined to wait than to question him.
+In two hours the steamer arrived at Lillesand, and the
+party went on shore. The place was only a small
+village, but they found accommodations for the night.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What time does the steamer for Christiansand
+leave this place?&rdquo; asked Sanford, as the party gathered
+at the station-house, which is the hotel, post-office,
+and establishment for furnishing horses to
+travellers.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To-morrow evening,&rdquo; replied Ole.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To-morrow evening!&rdquo; exclaimed the coxswain.
+&ldquo;That will never do! What time?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;About eight o&#8217;clock,&rdquo; answered the waif, whose
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[Pg 152]</a></span>
+devotion to the truth did not prevent him from stating
+the time two hours later than the fact warranted.
+&ldquo;She may be two or three hours later.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The squadron sails for Christiania to-morrow afternoon,&rdquo;
+added Sanford. &ldquo;The ship will be gone before
+we can get there.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;She will not go without us,&rdquo; suggested Burchmore.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, she will,&rdquo; said Stockwell, who was beginning
+to fathom the dark ways of the coxswain. &ldquo;The
+principal will suppose we have gone on to Christiania.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s so.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But what are we to do?&rdquo; demanded Tinckner.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s the question,&rdquo; added Sanford, with a blank
+look, as though he considered the situation as utterly
+hopeless.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We are not so badly off as we might be,&rdquo; said
+Boyden.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t see how it could be any worse,&rdquo; replied
+Sanford. &ldquo;But I don&#8217;t know that it is our fault.
+The captain of the steamer would not stop, after he
+had picked us up; at least, I don&#8217;t know anything
+about it; but Ole said he wouldn&#8217;t stop.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He could not stop,&rdquo; protested the waif, vehemently.
+&ldquo;He had only just time enough to reach Frederiksv&aelig;rn
+in season for the other steamer. If he lost
+her, he would be turned off. He wouldn&#8217;t stop for
+love or money.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No matter, for that; here we are, and what are we
+going to do? It&#8217;s no use to cry for spilled milk,&rdquo; continued
+Stockwell. &ldquo;The ship will go to Christiania,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[Pg 153]</a></span>
+and won&#8217;t come near this place. Mr. Lowington will
+expect to find us there when he arrives, and all we
+have to do is to make good his calculation. We have
+plenty of money, and we can get there somehow or
+other.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Involuntarily, every fellow put his hands into his
+pocket; and then, if not before, they recalled the
+suggestion of the coxswain, made before they took
+their places in the cutter, that they should bring their
+money and their pea-jackets; but then, it seemed
+simply absurd that the boat had been smashed by his
+contrivance.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Was it for this, Sanford, that you told us to bring
+our money?&rdquo; said Burchmore.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I should say a fellow ought always to carry his
+money with him. No one can tell what will happen
+to him when he goes away from the ship,&rdquo; replied the
+coxswain. &ldquo;You can see that it&#8217;s lucky you have it
+with you. We might have to spend the summer here
+if we had no money. When will a steamer go from
+here to Christiania, Norway?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Next Friday&mdash;just a week from to-day,&rdquo; replied
+the Norwegian, very seriously.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A week!&rdquo; exclaimed Burchmore.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That is not long; a week is soon gone.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But we can&#8217;t stay here a week,&rdquo; protested Tinckner.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t want to do it,&rdquo; added Sanford; &ldquo;but if we
+have to do it, I suppose I can stand it as well as the
+rest of you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We can&#8217;t any of us stand it,&rdquo; said Wilde. &ldquo;Who&#8217;s
+going to stay a week in such a place as this? I&#8217;m
+not, for one. I&#8217;ll swim up to Christiansand first.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[Pg 154]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Can&#8217;t we hire a boat, and go back to Christiansand?&rdquo;
+Burchmore proposed. &ldquo;It is not more than
+twenty miles, and it would be a fine sail among these
+beautiful islands.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All right; look up a boat, Norway,&rdquo; replied Sanford,
+as though entirely willing to adopt this plan.</p>
+
+<p>Ole walked about the place for half an hour, accompanied
+by three of the boys. Perhaps he was
+careful not to find what he wanted; at any rate, no
+boat seemed to be available for the purpose desired,
+and when the excursionists met again, it was reported
+that no boat suitable for the accommodation of the
+party could be found.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then can&#8217;t we engage horses, and go round to
+Christiansand by land?&rdquo; inquired Burchmore.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In carioles?&rdquo; queried Ole, with an odd smile.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Carioles or wagons; anything we can find.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You can, but it will take you a day and a half,&rdquo;
+replied Ole.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A day and a half to go twenty miles.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;About seventy miles by land,&rdquo; added Ole. &ldquo;You
+must go almost up to the north pole before you can
+cross the river.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;O, nonsense!&rdquo; exclaimed Burchmore, who could
+not help feeling that Ole was not altogether reliable
+on his figures and facts.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If you don&#8217;t believe it, go and ask the postmaster,
+or any one in the town,&rdquo; continued the waif.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s all very well to talk about asking any one,
+when no one speaks a syllable of English.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I will do the talking for you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Of course you will; you have done it all thus far.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[Pg 155]</a></span>
+&ldquo;I don&#8217;t mean to say that you must really double
+the north pole, or that it is just seventy miles by land;
+but it&#8217;s a long distance,&rdquo; Ole explained.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No matter how far it is; we will go,&rdquo; added the
+pliant coxswain. &ldquo;I&#8217;m willing to do whatever the
+fellows wish. It shall not be said that I was mulish.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But if it is seventy miles, or anything like it, we
+couldn&#8217;t get to Christiansand before the ship left.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s just what I was thinking,&rdquo; answered Sanford,
+with a puzzled expression on his face. &ldquo;Ole
+says it is a long way, and I have been told that these
+Norwegians are very honest, and will not lie; so I
+suppose he has told the truth.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>It was barely possible that the waif had learned to
+lie in England, where he had acquired his English.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I suppose we must give up the idea of going in a
+boat, or going by land. We can only wait till the
+steamer comes,&rdquo; continued Burchmore, putting on a
+very long face.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We can&#8217;t stand that,&rdquo; protested Wilde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, what are you going to do?&rdquo; demanded
+Burchmore.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Can&#8217;t you tell us, Norway?&rdquo; said Tinckner.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I know what I should do if I were in your situation,
+and wanted to make a sure thing of it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, what?&rdquo; asked Burchmore, gathering a
+hope from the words of the waif.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I should go to Christiania.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But how?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;By land, of course.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It&#8217;s up by the north pole.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is about a hundred and fifty miles from here by
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[Pg 156]</a></span>
+water, and it can&#8217;t be any more by land,&rdquo; said Sanford.
+&ldquo;But I don&#8217;t care what you do; I will do as the others
+say.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I like the idea,&rdquo; added Stockwell. &ldquo;It is the only
+safe thing we can do. If we go back to Christiansand,
+we shall be too late for the ship. If we wait for
+a steamer to Christiania, she will be gone when we
+get there.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How much will it cost to go to Christiania in this
+way?&rdquo; inquired Wilde, who did not feel quite sure
+that his funds would stand such a drain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Here are the prices in the post-house,&rdquo; said Ole,
+as he led the way to a partition on which the posting
+was put up. &ldquo;For one mile, one mark six skillings.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We know all about it now,&rdquo; laughed Rodman.
+&ldquo;What&#8217;s a mark, and what&#8217;s a skilling?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Twenty-four skillings make a mark, and a skilling
+is about a halfpenny English,&rdquo; Ole explained.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;About a cent of our money,&rdquo; continued Rodman.
+&ldquo;One mark and six skillings would be thirty skillings,
+or about thirty cents.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That will never do,&rdquo; interposed Wilde, shaking
+his head. &ldquo;One hundred and fifty miles, at thirty
+cents a mile, would be forty-five dollars; and I suppose
+we have to pay for our grub besides.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It would come to ten or twelve pounds, and
+Wilde has only ten pounds,&rdquo; added Rodman.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, no; you are all wrong. That means a
+Norwegian mile&mdash;about seven of ours. It would be
+only four and two sevenths cents a mile; say, six or
+seven dollars to Christiania; and the grub would cost
+as much more,&rdquo; said Stockwell. &ldquo;Three pounds will
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[Pg 157]</a></span>
+cover the whole expense, and that won&#8217;t break any
+body.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>After considerable discussion, it was agreed to adopt
+the plan proposed, and Ole was instructed to make
+the necessary arrangements with the station-master.
+The party went out to the stable to examine the carioles.
+They were a kind of gig, without any hood or
+top, with a small board behind, on which stands or
+sits the boy who drives the team back to the station
+after it has left the passenger. Tourists generally purchase
+the carioles in which they ride, and are not bothered
+with the boys. The students were not very nice
+about their accommodations; and finding that when
+two persons went in the same vehicle only half a fare
+extra was charged, they decided to engage but five carioles.
+As the law did not require the station-master to
+keep this number of horses in waiting, it was necessary
+to send &ldquo;forbud&rdquo; before the party started. This
+was an order to all the stations on the road to have
+five horses ready, and may be forwarded by mail or
+by special messenger, the expense of which was paid
+by the young tourists.</p>
+
+<p>It was solemnly agreed that the expense should be
+equally divided, and Burchmore was elected cashier
+and paymaster. With the assistance of Ole, he
+changed twelve pounds into Norwegian money, and
+found himself heavily loaded with the small coins of the
+country, which would be needed in making change at
+the stations. After all this important business had
+been disposed of, the party walked all over the town
+and its suburbs, and were duly stared at by the astonished
+people.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[Pg 158]</a></span>
+&ldquo;We ought to write a letter to Mr. Lowington, and
+tell him how we are situated,&rdquo; suggested Churchill, as
+they were returning to the station.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Exactly so; and carry it to him ourselves,&rdquo; replied
+Stockwell. &ldquo;I move you that Burchmore be
+appointed bearer of despatches.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I mean to have the letter sent by mail,&rdquo; added
+Churchill.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We shall be in Christiania as soon as any mail, if
+there is no steamer for a week,&rdquo; said Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;True; I didn&#8217;t think of that,&rdquo; continued the proposer
+of this precaution. &ldquo;The principal will be
+worried about us.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let him worry,&rdquo; replied the coxswain; &ldquo;that is,
+we can&#8217;t do anything to relieve his mind.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t see that we can,&rdquo; added Churchill.</p>
+
+<p>For the want of something better to do, the students
+turned in at an early hour in the evening, and turned
+out at an early hour in the morning. They all slept
+in the same room, some of them in beds, and the rest
+on the floor; but those who slept on the floor were just
+as well satisfied as those who slept in the beds. After
+a breakfast consisting mainly of fish, they piled
+into the carioles. They were all in exceedingly jolly
+humor, and seated themselves in and on the vehicles in
+various uncouth postures. One boy in each cariole
+was to drive the horse, and he was carefully instructed
+to do nothing but simply hold the reins, and let the
+well-informed animal have his own way. The horses
+were rather small, and very shaggy beasts; but
+they went off at a lively pace. At the first hill they
+insisted upon walking up, and most of the boys followed
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[Pg 159]</a></span>
+their example. Behind three of the carioles
+were the small boys who were to bring the teams back.
+These juvenile Norwegians were as sober and dignified
+as though they had been members of the Storthing,
+refusing to laugh at any of the wild tantrums
+of the crazy students.</p>
+
+<p>At the first station, where the road from Lillesand
+joins that from Christiansand to the north, the horses
+ordered by &ldquo;forbud&rdquo; were in readiness, and the party
+had only to pass from one set of carioles to another.
+The grim post-boys did smile faintly when they received
+their perquisites, and others, just as immovable,
+took their places for the next post. The road now lay
+along the banks of a considerable river, and the scenery
+was rather interesting, though by no means grand.
+They passed an occasional farm; but generally the
+buildings were of the rudest and shabbiest description,
+though occasionally there was a neat residence,
+painted white or yellow, with roof of red tile. The
+boys walked up all the hills, leaving the sagacious
+horses to take care of themselves. All the students
+voted that it was jolly to travel in this manner, and
+there was no end to the sky-larking and racing on
+the road. At noon, they stopped long enough to
+dine, and at night found themselves at Tvetsund, at
+the foot of Nisser Lake, where they lodged. As this
+was as far as they had sent their &ldquo;forbud,&rdquo; they decided
+to proceed by boat through the lake, a distance
+of about twenty miles.</p>
+
+<p>The next day was Sunday, which was always observed
+with great strictness on board of the ship,
+no play and no unnecessary work being permitted.
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[Pg 160]</a></span>
+There was a little church in the village, but none but
+Ole could understand a word of the preacher&#8217;s prayer
+or sermon; so that the students voted it would be useless
+for them to go there. Four of the party, still controlled
+by the influences which prevailed on board of
+the ship, did not wish to travel on Sunday; but when
+it was represented that the ship might leave Christiania
+before the party arrived, they yielded to the
+wishes of the other five, and procuring boats, they proceeded
+on their way. At the head of the lake they
+took the road, and walked about seven miles to
+Apalst&ouml;.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We are stuck here,&rdquo; said Sanford, after they had
+taken supper at the station-house. &ldquo;This posting is a
+first-class fraud.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why, what&#8217;s the matter?&rdquo; demanded Burchmore,
+alarmed by the manner of the coxswain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No horses to be had till Tuesday morning.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s a fraud.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, it can&#8217;t be helped,&rdquo; added Sanford, philosophically.
+&ldquo;I&#8217;m willing to walk, if the rest of the
+fellows say so.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We can&#8217;t walk to Christiania.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s so; and we should not find any more horses
+at the next station than here. Norway says we didn&#8217;t
+send &lsquo;forbud,&rsquo; which must be done when more than
+three horses are wanted.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why didn&#8217;t Ole send &lsquo;forbud,&rsquo; then?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He said we had better go by boat part of the way;
+it would be easier. But part of us can take the three
+horses that are ready, and go on with them.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t believe in separating.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">[Pg 161]</a></span>
+&ldquo;We are only a day and a half from Christiania,
+and we shall arrive by Wednesday noon. The ship
+won&#8217;t leave before that time.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>So Burchmore was persuaded to submit to his fate
+like a philosopher, which, however, was not considered
+very hard, when it was announced that there was
+excellent fishing in the vicinity. It is to be feared that
+Ole and the coxswain had created this hinderance themselves,
+for the law of the country allows only three
+hours&#8217; delay in the furnishing of horses. The farmers
+are compelled to supply them, and doubtless twenty
+could have been provided in the time allowed, though
+the young tourists were able to give twelve hours&#8217; notice.
+This, however, did not suit the coxswain&#8217;s purposes,
+and as he and Ole had occupied the same cariole,
+there was no want of concert in their words and
+actions. On Monday the students went a-fishing,
+paying a small sum for a license to do so, though this
+is not necessary in all parts of Norway. The united
+catch of the whole party was one salmon, taken by
+Burchmore, and weighing about eight pounds. It was
+voted by the party, before this result was reached, in
+the middle of the afternoon, that fishing in Norway
+was &ldquo;a first-class fraud.&rdquo; We heard of a party of
+three, who fished two weeks, and caught eight salmon,
+though this want of luck is the exception, rather than
+the rule, in the north.</p>
+
+<p>As the party returned from their excursion, bearing
+the single trophy of their patience, Clyde Blacklock
+discovered them. He was alarmed at first, but when
+he recognized no one among them whom he had seen
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">[Pg 162]</a></span>
+on board of the ship, he concluded they did not belong
+to her.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Good evening, sir,&rdquo; said he, addressing Sanford,
+who seemed to be the chief of the excursionists.
+&ldquo;You have been a-fishing?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes; and ten of us have one fish to show for a
+whole day&#8217;s work,&rdquo; laughed the coxswain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Poor luck; but you seem to be sailors,&rdquo; continued
+the Briton.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We belong to the ship Young America.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah, indeed!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s so.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>In half an hour Clyde and Sanford were on excellent
+terms. The former, when he learned that his
+new acquaintance had not been sent after him, was
+quite communicative, and even told the story of his
+experience on board of the ship, and of his escape
+from bondage. Sanford laughed, and seemed to enjoy
+the narrative; but straightway the coxswain began
+to tremble when he learned that Clyde had with
+him a Norwegian who spoke English. It was necessary
+to get rid of so dangerous a person without any
+delay. The Briton liked Sanford so well that he was
+not willing to leave him; and, indeed, the whole party
+were so jolly that he desired to join his fortunes with
+theirs. Sanford wrote a brief letter to Mr. Lowington,
+stating the misfortunes of the party, and that they
+expected to arrive in Christiania on Wednesday or
+Thursday.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Now, Mr.&nbsp;&mdash;&mdash;, I don&#8217;t know your name,&rdquo; said
+Sanford, when he found Clyde, after he had written
+the epistle.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">[Pg 163]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Blacklock,&rdquo; replied the Briton&mdash;&ldquo;Clyde Blacklock.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, Blacklock, if you want an up-and-down good
+time, come with us.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where? To Christiania? into the lion&#8217;s den?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Not yet, but&mdash;don&#8217;t open your mouth; don&#8217;t let
+on for the world,&rdquo; whispered the coxswain, glancing
+at his companions.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Not a word,&rdquo; added Clyde, satisfied he had found
+the right friend.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We are going to the Rjukanfos to-morrow, but
+only one or two of us know it yet. Your man will
+spoil all. Send him back to Christiania this very afternoon.
+Here&#8217;s a blind for him; let him take this
+letter.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Clyde liked plotting and mischief, and as soon as
+his guide had eaten his supper, he was started for
+his home in the capital, glad enough to go, for he had been
+paid for all the time agreed upon; and Sanford
+ceased to tremble lest he should expose to his companions
+the mistake in regard to horses, or another
+blunder which was to be made the next morning.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">[Pg 164]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER X.</h2>
+
+<p class="center"><strong>GOTTENBURG AND FINKEL.</strong></p>
+
+
+<p>On Saturday night, as Clyde had anticipated, his
+mother arrived at Christiania; and the people
+at the Victoria informed her of the disappearance of
+her son. The next morning she hastened on board of
+the ship, and heard the principal&#8217;s story. Mrs. Blacklock
+wept bitterly, and was fearful that her darling
+boy was forever lost; but Mr. Lowington assured her
+that no serious harm could befall him. He spoke very
+plainly to her in regard to Clyde&#8217;s character and his
+ungovernable passions, assuring her that he must certainly
+come to an evil end within a few years, if he
+was not restrained and controlled. The poor mother
+felt the truth of all he said, and was willing that he
+should continue the beneficent work upon which he
+had commenced. She spent the forenoon on board,
+and was introduced to Kendall and Shuffles and their
+ladies. The principal illustrated what he had said
+about Clyde by relating the history of the present
+captain and owner of the Feodora, and Mrs. Blacklock
+went away even hopeful that her boy might yet be
+saved to her.</p>
+
+<p>On Monday, the first secular day of the month, the
+new list of officers was announced in each vessel of
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">[Pg 165]</a></span>
+the squadron. The changes on board of the ship were
+not very violent, though the third lieutenant became
+captain, while Cumberland became the commodore.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I congratulate you, Captain Lincoln,&rdquo; said Dr.
+Winstock to the new commander, when he appeared
+in the uniform of his new rank.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Thank you, sir,&rdquo; replied Lincoln.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have been satisfied for some time that you would
+attain this position.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am only sorry to be promoted over Judson and
+Norwood, for they have always been good friends of
+mine.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If they are good and true friends they will rejoice
+at your success, though it places you over them. You
+have worked very hard, and you are fully entitled to
+your rank.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Thank you, sir. I have tried to do my duty,&rdquo;
+replied Lincoln, modestly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;When I see a young gentleman use the library as
+freely as you do, I am always tolerably confident that
+he will attain a high rank. We go on shore this forenoon,
+I believe.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I heard we were to make an excursion to-day,
+and another to-morrow.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You will see something of the interior of Norway,
+after all, though it is not quite possible to transport
+two hundred boys over a country where the facilities
+for travel are so meagre,&rdquo; added the surgeon.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;For my part, I should like to walk, even a hundred
+miles.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That is not practicable. How could such a crowd
+be lodged and fed, in some of the small villages where
+you would be compelled to pass the night?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">[Pg 166]</a></span>
+&ldquo;I suppose it would not be possible, and I shall be
+satisfied with whatever the principal thinks best,&rdquo;
+replied the captain.</p>
+
+<p>The students were called to muster, and Mr. Lowington
+explained that he proposed to spend the day,
+in picnic style, at Frogner S&aelig;ter, and that the party
+would walk. The boats were then prepared, and the
+crews of the several vessels went on shore. Captains
+Kendall and Shuffles procured carriages, for the ladies
+were not able to walk so far. Passing out of the
+more densely settled portions of the city, the excursionists
+came to a delightful region, abounding in
+pleasant residences, some of which were grand and
+lofty. For a time the landscape was covered with
+small cottages, painted white or yellow; but as they
+proceeded they came to a country very sparsely settled,
+and very similar to that of New England. The
+road lay through woods of pine and fir, and had been
+constructed by Mr. Heftye, a public-spirited citizen,
+who owned a large estate at the summit of the hill.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This looks just like Maine,&rdquo; said Captain Lincoln,
+who walked at the side of Dr. Winstock.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Exactly like it. There is a house, however, which
+is hardly so good as those you see in Maine,&rdquo; replied
+the doctor.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It isn&#8217;t any better than a shanty, and the barn is
+as good as the house. I wonder what that is for;&rdquo;
+and Lincoln pointed to a bunch of straw, on the top
+of a pole, at the entrance of the barn. &ldquo;I have seen
+two or three of those here, and near Christiansand.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It was grain placed there for the birds during the
+winter.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">[Pg 167]</a></span>
+&ldquo;That&#8217;s very kind of the people, I must say.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They are very kind to all their animals.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Near the summit of the hill, the party came to the
+summer-house of Mr. Heftye, a very neat structure of
+wood, with a piazza, from which is obtained a beautiful
+view of the surrounding country. Another half
+hour brought them to the top of the hill, where the
+proprietor had erected a wooden tower, or observatory.
+It was some sixty or seventy feet high, and was
+stayed with rope guys, extending to the trees on four
+sides, to prevent it from being blown over. Only
+twenty of the boys were permitted to go up at one
+time, for the wind was tolerably fresh, and the structure
+swayed to and fro like the mast of a ship in a sea.
+From the top, mountains fifty miles distant could be
+seen. Christiania Fjord lay like a panorama in the
+distance, stretching as far as the eye could reach. To
+the west the country looked wild and desolate, and
+was covered with wood-crowned mountains, though
+none of any considerable height could be seen. It
+was a magnificent view, and some of the most enthusiastic
+of the students declared that it was worth a
+voyage to Norway; but boys are proverbially extravagant.</p>
+
+<p>A couple of hours were spent on the hill, the lunch
+was eaten, and the boys declared that they were well
+rested. The return walk was not so pleasant, for the
+novelties of the region had been exhausted. The road
+passed through private property, where there were at
+least a dozen gates across it in different places; and
+as the party approached, a woman, a boy, or a girl
+appeared, to open them. Kendall or Shuffles rewarded
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168">[Pg 168]</a></span>
+each of them with a few skillings for the service.
+When their two and four skilling pieces were exhausted,
+they were obliged to use larger coins, rather
+than be mean; but it was observed that the Norwegians
+themselves, though able to ride in a carriage,
+never gave anything. It was amusing to see the astonishment
+of the boys and girls when they received
+an eight skilling piece, and the haste with which they
+ran to their parents to exhibit the prize.</p>
+
+<p>The party reached the vessels at five o&#8217;clock, and
+after supper the boats were again in demand for a
+visit to Oscarshal, the white summer palace, which
+could be seen from the ship. Mr. Bennett had provided
+the necessary tickets, and made the arrangements
+for the excursion. It is certainly a very pretty
+place, but there are a hundred country residences in
+the vicinity of New York, Boston, or any other large
+city of the United States, which excel it in beauty
+and elegance, as well as in the expense lavished upon
+them. Before returning to the anchorage, the boat
+squadron pulled about for a couple of hours among
+the beautiful islands, and when the students returned
+to the fleet, they felt that they had about exhausted
+Christiania and its environs.</p>
+
+<p>The next day they went by the railroad train to
+Eidsvold, and there embarked in the steamer Kong
+Oscar for a voyage of sixty-five miles up the Mjosen
+Lake to Lillehammer, where they arrived at half past
+five in the afternoon. The scenery of the lake is
+pleasant, but not grand, the slope of the hills being
+covered with farms. Near the upper end, the hills
+are higher, and the aspect is more picturesque. Some
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">[Pg 169]</a></span>
+of the western boys thought it looked like the shores
+of the Ohio River, others compared it with the Delaware,
+and a New Hampshire youth considered it
+more like Lake Winnipiseogee.</p>
+
+<p>Lillehammer is a small town of seventeen hundred
+inhabitants. M. Hammer&#8217;s and Madame Ormsrud&#8217;s
+hotel were not large enough to accommodate the
+party, and they began to experience some of the difficulties
+of travelling in such large numbers; but Mr.
+Bennett had done his work well, and sleeping-rooms
+were provided in other houses for the rest. The
+tourists rambled all over the town and its vicinity,
+looked into the saw-mills, visited the farms, and compared
+the agriculture with that of their own country;
+and it must be added that Norway suffered very much
+in the comparison, for the people are slow to adopt
+innovations upon the methods of their fathers.</p>
+
+<p>Early in the morning&mdash;for steamers in Norway
+and Sweden have a villanous practice of starting at
+unseemly hours&mdash;the students embarked for Eidsvold,
+and were on board the vessels long before the late
+sunset. On the quarter, waiting for the principal,
+was Clyde&#8217;s courier, who had arrived that morning,
+after the departure of the excursionists. He evidently
+had not hurried his journey, though he had been told
+to do so. He delivered Sanford&#8217;s brief note, which
+was written in pencil, and Mr. Lowington read it.
+The absentees were safe and well, and would arrive
+by Thursday. He was glad to hear of their safety,
+but as the squadron was now ready to sail, he regretted
+the delay.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where did you leave the boys?&rdquo; asked the principal
+of the courier.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">[Pg 170]</a></span>
+&ldquo;At Apalst&ouml;,&rdquo; replied the guide, whose name was
+Poulsen.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you belong there?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, sir; I live in Christiania. I went down there
+with a young gentleman last Saturday.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who was he?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Mr. Blacklock, sir; a young English gentleman.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah! did you? And where is Mr. Blacklock
+now?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I left him at Apalst&ouml; with a party of young gentlemen
+who were dressed like the people here; and
+he sent me back with this letter,&rdquo; replied Poulsen,
+who proceeded to explain that Clyde had engaged
+him as courier for Christiansand, but had changed his
+mind when he met the party belonging to the ship,
+and had concluded to return to Christiania with them.</p>
+
+<p>This was precisely what he had been told to say by
+the young Briton, and probably he believed that it was
+a correct statement. The principal saw no reason to
+doubt the truth of it, for Clyde must be satisfied that
+his mother was in Christiania by this time, and would
+naturally wish to join her. Anxious to console Mrs.
+Blacklock, Mr. Lowington called for a boat, and hastened
+on shore to see her. He found her, her daughter,
+and Paul Kendall and lady, in the reading-room at the
+Victoria&mdash;a unique apartment, with a fountain in the
+centre, a glass gallery over the court-yard, and lighted
+with many-colored lamps. The principal communicated
+the intelligence he had received of her son to
+Mrs. Blacklock, whose face lighted up at the news.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then you have heard from the absentees, Mr.
+Lowington,&rdquo; said Paul Kendall.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">[Pg 171]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Yes; they are on their way to Christiania, and
+Sanford says they will arrive to-morrow, at farthest;
+but they may be delayed,&rdquo; replied the principal.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No one need worry about them if they are safe
+and well,&rdquo; added Paul, glancing at Clyde&#8217;s mother.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They are safe and well, but I intended to sail for
+Gottenburg to-morrow morning. I have almost concluded
+to do so, and leave some one to accompany the
+boys to Gottenburg in the steamer. I do not like to
+delay the whole fleet for them.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It would take a long time to beat out of the fjord
+against a head wind,&rdquo; added Paul.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If the wind is fair to-morrow morning, I shall
+sail, whether they arrive or not.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A steamer leaves for Gottenburg on Saturday
+morning, and she may arrive as soon as your ship,&rdquo;
+added Paul.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Very true. I think I will leave Peaks to look
+out for the absentees. Are you sure the steamer
+goes on Saturday?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, sir; here is the time table,&rdquo; replied Paul,
+producing a paper he had obtained at Mr. Bennett&#8217;s.
+&ldquo;Dampskibet Kronprindsesse Louise.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s Norwegian, Paul. Can you read it?&rdquo;
+laughed Mr. Lowington.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A little. &lsquo;Hver L&ouml;verday;&rsquo; that means on Saturday;
+&lsquo;at 6 fm.,&rsquo; which is early in the morning. She
+arrives at Gottenburg about midnight.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That will answer our purpose very well. We
+shall get under way early in the morning, Paul.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then I will go on board of the yacht to-night, sir;
+but you need not wait for me, for I think I can catch
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">[Pg 172]</a></span>
+you if you should get two or three hours the start of
+me. I haven&#8217;t used my balloon jib yet, and am rather
+anxious to do so.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I shall not wait for you, then, Paul.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>After a long conversation with Mrs. Blacklock, in
+which he assured her again that nothing but firmness
+on her part could save her son from ruin, the principal
+left the hotel, and returned to the ship. In the evening
+Mr. and Mrs. Kendall went on board of the Grace.
+On the following morning, the wind being a little
+north of west, the signal for sailing was displayed on
+board of the Young America, and at six o&#8217;clock the
+fleet were under way. The weather was beautiful,
+and the fresh breeze enabled all the vessels to log
+eight knots an hour, which brought them fairly into
+the Skager Rack early in the afternoon.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I suppose we are off the coast of Sweden now,&rdquo;
+said Norwood, as he glanced at the distant hills on
+the left.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The pilot said Frederikshald was in this direction,&rdquo;
+replied Captain Lincoln, pointing to the shore.
+&ldquo;It is at the head of a small fjord, and is near the
+line between Norway and Sweden.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Charles XII. was killed there&mdash;wasn&#8217;t he?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s the place. The fortress of Frederiksteen is
+there, on a perpendicular rock four hundred feet high.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I wish we went nearer to the Swedish coast,&rdquo;
+added Norwood.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We shall see enough of it before we leave the
+Baltic,&rdquo; said Lincoln.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Probably we shall not care to see it after we have
+been looking at it a week.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">[Pg 173]</a></span>
+&ldquo;According to the chart, this part of the coast is
+fringed with islands, but they don&#8217;t look so bare and
+desolate as those of Norway. I had an idea that
+everything on this side of the ocean was entirely different
+from what we see on our side,&rdquo; added the
+captain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That was just my idea.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But it isn&#8217;t so. It is almost the same thing here
+as the coast of Maine. The shore here is hilly, and
+through the glass it looks as though it was covered
+with pine forests.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I expect to see something different before we
+return.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Not in the Baltic; for I fancy most of the southern
+coast looks like that of our Middle and Southern
+States.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Up here, even the houses look just as they do at
+home.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t believe we shall find it so in Denmark.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>As there was little to be seen, the regular routine
+of the squadron was followed, and those who were in
+the steerage, attending to their recitations, did not feel
+that they were losing anything. Later in the day, the
+wind was light, and the vessels made very little progress,
+though the course brought them nearer to the
+coast, where on the port bow appeared a high promontory,
+extending far out into the sea. The wind died
+out entirely just before sunset, and the sails hung
+motionless from the spars; for there was no swell to
+make them thrash about, as at sea. It was utter
+silence, and it was hard to believe that very ugly
+storms often made sad havoc in this channel.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">[Pg 174]</a></span>
+When the sun rose the next morning it brought
+with it a light breeze from the west, and the fleet
+again skimmed merrily along over the water. Its
+course was near the town of Marstrand, a noted
+Swedish watering-place, situated on an island. Soon
+after, pilots were taken, and the vessels stood into the
+harbor of Gottenburg, which is formed by the mouth
+of G&ouml;ta River. Along the sides of the channel were
+posts set in the water, for the convenience of vessels
+hauling in or out of the harbor. The fleet came to
+anchor in a convenient part of the port, and those on
+board proceeded to take a leisurely survey of the city.
+The portion of the town nearest to them was built on
+low, flat land, and they could see the entrances of various
+canals. Farther back was a series of rugged
+hills, which were covered with pleasant residences
+and beautiful gardens. After dinner the students
+were mustered on deck, to listen to a few particulars
+in regard to the city, though it was understood that
+the general lecture on Sweden would be reserved until
+the arrival of the squadron at Stockholm.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What city is this?&rdquo; asked Mr. Mapps.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Gottenburg,&rdquo; replied a hundred of the students.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That is plain English. What do the Swedes call
+it?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;G-&ouml;-t-e-b-o-r-g,&rdquo; answered Captain Lincoln, spelling
+the word.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Perhaps I had better call on Professor Badois to
+pronounce it for you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Y&#257;t-a-borg,&rdquo; said the instructor in languages, repeating
+the pronunciation several times, which, however,
+cannot be very accurately expressed with English
+characters. &ldquo;And the river here is Ya-tah.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175">[Pg 175]</a></span>
+&ldquo;The French call the city <em>Gothembourg</em>. It is five
+miles from the sea, and is connected with Stockholm
+by the G&ouml;ta Canal, which is a wonderful piece of
+engineering. Steamboats ply regularly between Gottenburg
+and the capital through this canal, the voyage
+occupying three or four days.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I intend to make a trip up this canal as far as the
+Wenern Lake, with the students,&rdquo; said Mr. Lowington.</p>
+
+<p>A cheer greeted this announcement, and then the
+professor described the canal minutely.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The principal street of Gottenburg,&rdquo; he continued,
+&ldquo;is on the canal, extending through the centre of the
+city. There are no remarkable buildings, however,
+for the city is a commercial place. It was founded by
+Gustavus Adolphus, and, like many other cities of the
+north, being built of wood, it has several times been
+nearly destroyed by fire. The buildings now are
+mostly of stone, or of brick covered with plaster. The
+environs of the city, as you may see from the ship, are
+very pleasant. Now a word about the money of
+Sweden. The government has adopted a decimal
+system, of which the unit is the <em>riksdaler</em>, containing
+one hundred <em>&ouml;re</em>. The currency in circulation is
+almost entirely paper, though no bills smaller than
+one riksdaler are issued. The silver coins in use are
+the half and the quarter riksdaler, and the ten-&ouml;re
+piece; the latter being a very small coin. On the
+coppers, the value in &ouml;re is marked. A riksdaler is
+worth about twenty-seven cents of our money. Sweden
+is a cheap country.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The signal was made for embarking in the boats,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176">[Pg 176]</a></span>
+and in a few moments the Gottenburgers, as well as
+the people on board of the foreign vessels in the harbor,
+were astonished by the evolutions of the squadron.
+The students landed, and dividing into parties,
+explored the city. Their first care was to examine
+the canal, and the various craft that floated upon it;
+but the latter, consisting mainly of schooners, were not
+different from those they saw at home. They visited
+the exchange, the cathedral, the residence of the governor
+of the province, and other principal edifices.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How do you feel, Scott?&rdquo; asked Laybold, after
+they had walked till they were tired out, and it was
+nearly time to go to the landing-place.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Tired and hungry,&rdquo; replied the wag. &ldquo;I wonder
+if these Swedishers have anything to eat.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Probably they do; here&#8217;s a place which looks like
+a restaurant.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I feel as though I hadn&#8217;t tasted food for four
+months. Let&#8217;s go in.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>They entered the store, which was near the <em>Bourse</em>.
+A neatly-dressed waiter bowed to them, and Scott
+intimated that they wanted a lunch. The man who
+understood English, conducted them to a table, on
+which a variety of eatables was displayed, some of
+which had a familiar look, and others were utterly
+new and strange. The waiter filled a couple of wine-glasses
+from a decanter containing a light-colored
+fluid, and placed them before the boys.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What&#8217;s that?&rdquo; asked Scott, glancing suspiciously
+at the wine-glass.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<em>Finkel</em>,&rdquo; replied the man.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Exactly so; that&#8217;s what I thought it was,&rdquo; replied
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">[Pg 177]</a></span>
+Scott, who had never heard of the stuff before. &ldquo;Is it
+strong?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No,&rdquo; answered the waiter, shaking his head with
+a laugh. &ldquo;Everybody drinks it in Sweden.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then we must, Laybold, for we are somebody.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Scott raised the glass. The fluid had the odor of
+anise-seed, and was not at all disagreeable. The
+taste, too, was rather pleasant at first, and Scott
+drank it off. Laybold followed his example. We
+must do them the justice to say that neither of them
+knew what &ldquo;finkel&rdquo; was. Something like strangulation
+followed the swallowing of the fluid.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s not bad,&rdquo; said Scott, trying to make the
+best of it.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, not bad, Scott; but what are you crying
+about?&rdquo; replied the other, when he recovered the use
+of his tongue.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I happened to think of an old aunt of mine, who
+died and left me all her money,&rdquo; added Scott, wiping
+his eyes. &ldquo;But you needn&#8217;t cry; she didn&#8217;t leave any
+of the money to you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What are you going to eat?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I generally eat victuals,&rdquo; replied Scott, picking up
+a slice of bread on which was laid a very thin slice of
+smoked salmon. &ldquo;That&#8217;s not bad.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The waiter passed to Laybold a small plate of sandwiches,
+filled with a kind of fish-spawn, black and
+shining. The student took a huge bite of one of them,
+but a moment elapsed before he realized the taste of
+the interior of the sandwich; then, with the ugliest
+face a boy could assume, he rushed to the door, and
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178">[Pg 178]</a></span>
+violently ejected the contents of his mouth into the
+street.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What&#8217;s the matter?&rdquo; demanded the waiter, struggling
+to keep from laughing.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What abominably nasty stuff!&rdquo; exclaimed Laybold.
+&ldquo;It&#8217;s just like fish slime.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&#8217;t you like it, Laybold?&rdquo; asked Scott, coolly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Like it? I don&#8217;t like it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Everybody in Sweden eats it,&rdquo; said the waiter.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What&#8217;s the matter with it? Is it like defunct
+cat?&rdquo; asked Scott.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;More like defunct fish. Try it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I will, my lad,&rdquo; added Scott, taking a liberal bite
+of one of the sandwiches.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How is it?&rdquo; inquired Laybold.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;First rate; that&#8217;s the diet for me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Very good,&rdquo; said the waiter.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You don&#8217;t mean to say you like that stuff, Scott.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The proof of the pudding is the eating of the bag.
+I do like it, even better than &lsquo;finkel.&rsquo;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t believe it. No one with a Christian stomach
+could eat such stuff.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You judge by your own experience. I say it is
+good. Yours isn&#8217;t a Christian stomach, and that&#8217;s the
+reason you don&#8217;t like it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are a heathen, Scott.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Heathen enough to know what&#8217;s good.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Some more finkel, sir?&rdquo; suggested the waiter.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No more finkel for me,&rdquo; replied Scott, whose head
+was beginning to whirl like a top.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Better take some more,&rdquo; laughed Laybold, who
+was in the same condition.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">[Pg 179]</a></span>
+&ldquo;I can&#8217;t stop to take any more; I&#8217;m hungry,&rdquo;
+replied Scott, who continued to devour the various
+viands on the table, till his companion&#8217;s patience was
+exhausted.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Come, Scott, we shall be late at the landing.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We won&#8217;t go home till morning,&rdquo; chanted the
+boozy student.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I will go now;&rdquo; and Laybold stood up, and tried
+to walk to the door&mdash;a feat which he accomplished
+with no little difficulty.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&#8217;t be in a hurry, my boy. Come and take
+some finkel.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t want any finkel.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then come and pay the bill. I shall clean out
+this concern if I stay any longer.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How much, waiter?&rdquo; stammered Laybold.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;One riksdaler.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Cheap enough. I should have been broken if they
+charged by the pound for what I ate.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s so,&rdquo; added Laybold, as he gave the waiter
+an English sovereign, and received his change in
+paper.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Now, my boy, we&#8217;ll go to sea again,&rdquo; said Scott,
+as he staggered towards the door. &ldquo;See here, Laybold.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, what do you want?&rdquo; snarled the latter.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;ll tell you something, if you won&#8217;t say anything
+about it to any one.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I won&#8217;t.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&#8217;t tell the principal.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, then, we&#8217;re drunk,&rdquo; added Scott, with a
+tipsy grin.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">[Pg 180]</a></span>
+&ldquo;You are.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am, my boy; I don&#8217;t know a bob-stay from a
+bowling hitch. And you are as drunk as I am,
+Laybold.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I know what I am about.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;So do I know what you are about. You are
+making a fool of yourself. Hold on a minute,&rdquo; added
+Scott, as he seated himself on a bench before a shop.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Come along, Scott.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Not for Joseph.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We shall be left.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s just what I want. I&#8217;m not going to present
+myself before the principal in this condition&mdash;not
+if I know it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Laybold, finding that it was not convenient to stand,
+seated himself by the side of his companion. Presently
+they discovered a party of officers on their way
+to the boats, and they staggered into a lane to escape
+observation. The two students, utterly vanquished by
+&ldquo;finkel,&rdquo; did not appear at the landing, and the boats
+left without them.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">[Pg 181]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER XI.</h2>
+
+<p class="center"><strong>ON THE WAY TO THE RJUKANFOS.</strong></p>
+
+
+<p>&ldquo;What may the Rjukanfos be?&rdquo; asked Clyde
+Blacklock, after his courier had started on
+his return to Christiania.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;O, it&#8217;s a big thing,&rdquo; replied Sanford. &ldquo;You can
+bet high on it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Doubtless I can; but is it a mountain, a river, or
+a lake?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;&#8217;Pon my word, I don&#8217;t know. Here, Norway!&rdquo;
+he shouted to Ole, who was with the rest of the party.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;m here, Mr. Coxswain,&rdquo; replied the waif.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What&#8217;s the Rjukanfos? You told me we ought
+to go there; but I&#8217;ll be hanged if I know whether it&#8217;s
+a lake or a river.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Neither a lake nor a river,&rdquo; replied Ole. &ldquo;It&#8217;s a
+big waterfall. <em>Fos</em>, on the end of a word, always
+makes a waterfall of it. There&#8217;s another, the V&ouml;ringfos;
+but that&#8217;s too far away.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How far is it?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t know; but it&#8217;s a long distance,&rdquo; added
+Ole. &ldquo;All the other fellows think we are going to
+Christiania in the morning.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All but Stockwell and Rodman,&rdquo; answered Sanford,
+who had told Ole about the new recruit.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">[Pg 182]</a></span>
+&ldquo;So you are going to play it upon them&mdash;are
+you?&rdquo; laughed Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Just a little. We don&#8217;t want to leave Norway
+without seeing something of the country, and the rest
+of the fellows won&#8217;t go. So we are going to take them
+along with us.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Excellent! That will be a magnificent joke,&rdquo; exclaimed
+Clyde. &ldquo;I&#8217;m with you. I suppose you all
+ran away from the ship when you found the tyranny
+was too much for you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;O, no! We didn&#8217;t run away. We wouldn&#8217;t do
+that. Somehow, by an accident, our boat was stove,
+and we were carried off by a steamer. Then we
+couldn&#8217;t get back to Christiansand before the ship
+sailed, and we were obliged to come across the country
+to Christiania, you see.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I see,&rdquo; replied Clyde, knowingly. &ldquo;But you
+don&#8217;t mean to go back to the ship&mdash;do you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Certainly we do,&rdquo; protested Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then you are bigger spoonies than I thought you
+were.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But we are afraid the ship will be gone before we
+can reach Christiania.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;O, you are afraid of it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Very much afraid of it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You wouldn&#8217;t cry if you found she had gone&mdash;would
+you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, perhaps we should not cry, for we think we
+ought to be manly, and not be babies; but, of course,
+we should feel very bad about it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;O, you would!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Certainly we should; for if we were caught running
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">[Pg 183]</a></span>
+away, staying away longer than is necessary, or
+anything of that sort, our liberty would be stopped,
+and we should not be allowed to go on shore with the
+rest of the fellows.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are a deep one, Mr. Coxswain,&rdquo; added Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;O, no! I&#8217;m only a simple-minded young man,
+that always strives to do his duty as well as he knows
+how.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I dare say you think it is your duty to visit the&mdash;what-ye-call-it?&mdash;the
+waterfall.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You see it is just as near to go that way as the
+other.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Is it?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, if it isn&#8217;t, we shall not know the fact till
+after we have been there.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I think I understand you perfectly, Mr. Coxswain;
+but I don&#8217;t intend to return to the ship under any circumstances.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You can do as you please, but if we should
+happen to miss the ship, why, we shall be obliged
+to travel till we find her.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Exactly so,&rdquo; laughed Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But don&#8217;t understand me that we mean to run
+away, or to keep away from the ship any longer than
+is absolutely necessary; for we are all good boys, and
+always mean to obey our officers.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t mean to do any such thing. After I hear
+that the ship has left Christiania, I shall go there, find
+my mother, and travel where I please.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The next morning the party started on their journey,
+and by the middle of the afternoon arrived at a
+station between Lysthus and Tinoset, where the road
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">[Pg 184]</a></span>
+to the Rjukanfos branched off from that to the capital.
+They were compelled to wait an hour here for a
+change of horses. Rogues rarely believe that they are
+suspected, and Sanford was confident that his companions,
+with the exception of Rodman and Stockwell,
+had no idea of his intentions. Burchmore had
+not failed to notice the repeated conferences between
+those who were plotting the mischief. He was not
+quite satisfied with the delay which had enabled the
+party to catch that solitary salmon at Apalst&ouml;. He
+was one of the first to enter the station-house where
+the carioles stopped. On the table he found &ldquo;The
+Hand-book of Norway,&rdquo; which contained a large
+map. He was anxious to possess this book.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<em>Hvor</em>?&rdquo; said he, using a word he had learned
+of Ole, which meant &ldquo;how much,&rdquo; at the same time
+holding up the book, and exhibiting his money.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<em>Tre</em>,&rdquo; replied the woman in the room; by which
+he understood her to mean three marks, for at the
+same time she laughingly held up three fingers.</p>
+
+<p>Burchmore paid the money, and put the book into
+his pocket. Retreating behind the stable with Churchill,
+who rode in the cariole with him, he produced
+the volume, and spread out the map. Without much
+difficulty he found the road by which the party had
+come. Everything was right so far, and he was
+satisfied that they should arrive at Kongsberg that
+night.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Can you make out what&#8217;s up, Burchmore?&rdquo; asked
+Churchill, with whom the former had discussed his
+doubts and fears.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No; everything is right. Here we are, at the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">[Pg 185]</a></span>
+branching off of these two roads,&rdquo; replied Burchmore,
+indicating the locality with the point of his knife.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But Sanford is up to something. He, and Ole,
+and Stockwell are whispering together half the time.
+Perhaps they mean to leave us somewhere on the
+road.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They can, if they like,&rdquo; added Burchmore. &ldquo;I
+am cashier, you know. Each fellow has paid me
+seven pounds, which I have changed into species and
+marks. No other one has any Norwegian money, or,
+at least, not more than a specie or two. They won&#8217;t
+leave me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They wouldn&#8217;t make anything by it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And Sanford runs with that English fellow, who
+seems to be a little fast.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He&#8217;s a hard one,&rdquo; added Churchill, shaking his
+head.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let them go it; I can keep the run of them now,&rdquo;
+said Burchmore, as he folded up the map, and put the
+Hand-book in his pocket. &ldquo;Don&#8217;t say anything about
+this book, Churchy.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Not a word.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I know where we are now, and I think I shall
+know better than to wait a whole day for horses again.
+That was a sell.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you think so?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I thought so at the time, but I didn&#8217;t want to
+make a fuss. I changed a sovereign for Ole yesterday,
+and I believe Sanford has bought him up. Never
+mind; we take the right hand road here, and as long
+as we keep moving I haven&#8217;t a word to say.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>In less than an hour the horses were ready, and the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">[Pg 186]</a></span>
+procession of carioles moved off. Ole and Sanford
+led the way, and turned to the left, instead of the
+right.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s wrong,&rdquo; said Burchmore, very much excited.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But what do they mean by going this way?&rdquo; added
+Churchill.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t know, and I don&#8217;t care; I only know it is
+the wrong way. Hallo!&rdquo; he shouted to Sanford,
+and stopped his pony, which compelled three others
+behind him to stop also.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What&#8217;s the matter?&rdquo; called Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are going the wrong way,&rdquo; replied the cashier.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, this is right; come along;&rdquo; and the coxswain
+started his team again.</p>
+
+<p>But Burchmore refused to follow him, and continued
+to block the way against those behind him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Out of the way!&rdquo; cried Clyde, who was in the
+rear.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This is not the right way to Kongsberg,&rdquo; said
+Burchmore.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Out of the way, or I&#8217;ll smash you!&rdquo; added the
+imperious Briton.</p>
+
+<p>The cashier was a peaceable young gentleman, and
+turned his horse out of the road. The cariole of
+Sanford was now out of sight.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why don&#8217;t you go ahead?&rdquo; demanded Tinckner.
+&ldquo;How do you know it is the wrong road?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am certain of it. Those fellows are up to some
+trick.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>As a portion of the procession did not follow its
+leader, Sanford and his companions turned back.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">[Pg 187]</a></span>
+&ldquo;What&#8217;s the matter, Burchmore? Why don&#8217;t you
+come along?&rdquo; cried the coxswain, angrily.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This is not the right road.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Isn&#8217;t it, Ole?&rdquo; added the coxswain, turning to his
+companion in the cariole.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Certainly it is.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I know it isn&#8217;t,&rdquo; protested the cashier, vehemently.
+&ldquo;You are up to some trick.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What trick?&rdquo; asked Sanford, mildly, as he put
+on his look of injured innocence.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t know what; but I know this is not the
+right road to Kongsberg.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who said anything about Kongsberg? We intend
+to go by the shortest way. Don&#8217;t we, Ole?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To be sure we do,&rdquo; replied the ready waif. &ldquo;We
+are not going way round by Kongsberg.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You can&#8217;t bluff me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&#8217;t want to bluff you. Go whichever way you
+like; and the one who gets to Christiania first is the
+best fellow. That&#8217;s all I have to say.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Sanford turned his pony, and drove off again, followed
+by Clyde, Stockwell, and Rodman.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How do you know this isn&#8217;t the right way?&rdquo; inquired
+Tinckner.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;ll tell you,&rdquo; replied the cashier, jumping out
+of the cariole, and taking the Hand-book from his
+pocket.</p>
+
+<p>The others soon joined him, and exhibiting the map,
+he explained his position to his friends.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Here&#8217;s another road to Kongsberg,&rdquo; said Summers,
+indicating its direction on the map. &ldquo;They
+may be going that way.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">[Pg 188]</a></span>
+&ldquo;It is possible,&rdquo; added Burchmore, puzzled by this
+discovery. &ldquo;It is farther that way than by Lysthus.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Not much; there&#8217;s hardly any difference. I&#8217;m in
+favor of following Sanford.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>So were nearly all of them, and the cashier finally
+yielded. The tourists resumed their seats, and soon
+overtook the coxswain, who had evidently expected to
+be followed. Burchmore was annoyed by the discovery
+he had made, but as the pony attached to the cariole
+slowly climbed the hills, he studied the map and
+the text of the book he had bought.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We can&#8217;t go much farther on this tack,&rdquo; said he,
+as he folded up his map.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What&#8217;s to prevent us from keeping on to the north
+pole?&rdquo; asked Churchill.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is almost night, in the first place, and in the
+second, we shall come to a lake in the course of an
+hour, where we must take boats.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t believe anything is wrong about the matter.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&#8217;t you? Then what are we doing up here?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Never mind; we shall soon come to that other
+road, and then we shall know whether Sanford means
+to go to Kongsberg or not.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He has stopped ahead of us. He is waiting for
+us to come up,&rdquo; added Burchmore.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes; and there is the road which turns off to the
+right.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why don&#8217;t he go ahead?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Sanford and those who had arrived with him left
+the carioles, and gathered at the junction of the two
+roads. Burchmore followed their example.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">[Pg 189]</a></span>
+&ldquo;What&#8217;s the matter? What are you stopping here
+for?&rdquo; demanded Clyde Blacklock, rather imperiously.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Some of the fellows think we are going to play
+them a trick,&rdquo; said Sanford, with his sweet and innocent
+smile.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who thinks so?&rdquo; asked Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Burchmore.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Which is Burchmore?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s my name,&rdquo; replied the cashier, rather indifferently.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Are you the fellow that wants to break up the
+party?&rdquo; blustered Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, I&#8217;m not. I&#8217;m the fellow that wants to go to
+Christiania. We ought to have kept to the right at
+the last station.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I insist on going this way.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t object; you can go whichever way you
+please,&rdquo; added the cashier, very gently.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But we mean to keep the party together; and
+we might as well fight it out here as in any other
+place.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Clyde threw off his overcoat, as though he intended
+to give a literal demonstration of his remark.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t consider you as one of the party,&rdquo; added
+Burchmore.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&#8217;t you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, I do not. You don&#8217;t belong to our ship, and
+I don&#8217;t pay your bills.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No matter for that. If you are not willing to go
+the way the rest of us wish to go, I&#8217;ll pound you till
+you are willing.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, no, Old England; we don&#8217;t want anything
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">[Pg 190]</a></span>
+of that sort. Burchmore is a first-rate fellow,&rdquo; interposed
+the politic Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You leave this fellow to me; I&#8217;ll take care of him.
+I can whip him out of his boots.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I shall stick to my boots for the present,&rdquo; replied
+Burchmore, who did not seem to be intimidated by
+the sharp conduct of the Briton. &ldquo;I am willing to
+listen to reason, but I shall not be bullied into anything.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What do you mean by bullied? Do you call me
+a bully?&rdquo; foamed Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You can draw your own inferences.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you call me a bully?&rdquo; demanded Clyde, doubling
+his fists, and walking up to the cashier.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Enough of this,&rdquo; said Sanford, stepping between
+the Briton and his intended victim. &ldquo;We shall not
+allow anybody to lick Burchmore, for he is a good
+fellow, and always means right.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t allow any fellow to call me a bully,&rdquo; replied
+Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He didn&#8217;t call you a bully. He only said he would
+not be bullied into anything.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It&#8217;s the same thing.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No matter if it is, Old England. You volunteered
+to pound him if he wouldn&#8217;t go with us; and it strikes
+me that this is something like bullying,&rdquo; added the
+coxswain, with a cheerful smile.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I shall thrash him for his impudence, at any rate.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It isn&#8217;t exactly civil to tell a fellow you will pound
+him if he won&#8217;t go with us; and who shall thrash you
+for your impudence, eh, Old England?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I mean what I say.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">[Pg 191]</a></span>
+&ldquo;We shall allow no fight on this question, my gentle
+Britisher. If you should happen to hit Burchmore,
+I have no doubt he would wallop you soundly
+for your impudence.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I should like to see him do it,&rdquo; cried Clyde, pulling
+off his coat, and throwing himself into the attitude of
+the pugilist.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, you wouldn&#8217;t, Albion; and if you would you
+can&#8217;t have that pleasure. There will be no fight to-day.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, there will,&rdquo; shouted Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Not much;&rdquo; and Sanford, Rodman, and Stockwell
+placed themselves between Burchmore and Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Dry up, Great Britain!&rdquo; added Wilde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We have a point to settle here,&rdquo; continued Sanford,
+taking no further notice of the belligerent Briton. &ldquo;The
+right hand road goes to Kongsberg; but there is no
+hotel in that direction where we could sleep to-night.
+I propose, therefore, that we go on to&mdash;what&#8217;s the
+name of the place, Norway?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Tinoset,&rdquo; replied Ole.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To Tinoset, where there is a big hotel.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How far is it?&rdquo; asked Churchill.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Only two or three miles. Then to-morrow we
+can go on to Kongsberg, unless you prefer to go a
+better way. I&#8217;m always ready to do just what the rest
+of the fellows say,&rdquo; added Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>The matter was discussed in all its bearings, and
+even Burchmore thought it better to sleep at Tinoset.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All right,&rdquo; said Sanford, as he moved off towards
+his cariole.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Not yet,&rdquo; interposed Clyde, who still stood with
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">[Pg 192]</a></span>
+his coat off. &ldquo;I haven&#8217;t settled my affair with this
+spoony.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Burchmore and Churchill walked leisurely towards
+their vehicle, while Rodman and Stockwell covered
+the retreat.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If you thrash him, you thrash the whole of us,
+Great Britain,&rdquo; said Rodman.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What kind of a way is that?&rdquo; demanded the disgusted
+Briton.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We won&#8217;t have any fight over this matter,&rdquo; added
+Stockwell. &ldquo;Jump in, and let us be off.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We&#8217;ll settle it when we get to that place,&rdquo; replied
+Clyde, seeing that this opportunity was lost.</p>
+
+<p>The procession resumed its journey, and in half an
+hour arrived at Tinoset. As it was early in the season,
+the hotel was not crowded, as it sometimes is.
+The town is at the foot of Lake Tins, upon which the
+little steamer Rjukan made three trips a week each
+way. The boat was to depart the next morning for
+Orn&aelig;s, which is only a few miles from the Rjukanfos.
+Sanford declared that the most direct route to Christiania
+was by steamer through this lake, and then by
+cariole the rest of the journey. Ole, of course, backed
+up all he said, and most of the boys wished to go that
+way. For some reason or other, Burchmore kept still,
+though he did not assent to the coxswain&#8217;s plan, and
+the question was still open when the tourists were
+called to supper.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ole, I want to see you alone,&rdquo; said the cashier,
+after the meal was finished.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What for?&rdquo; asked Ole.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have some money for you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193">[Pg 193]</a></span>
+&ldquo;For me?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Come along.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Burchmore led the way to the lake, where they
+found a retired place.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What money have you for me?&rdquo; demanded the
+astonished Norwegian.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How much did Sanford give you for humbugging
+us?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;For what?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;For playing this trick on us?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t know what you mean.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The coxswain gave you a sovereign for fooling us.
+I&#8217;ll give you five species, which is more than a sovereign,
+if you do what I want.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I will,&rdquo; replied Ole, promptly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In the first place, where are you taking us?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To Christiania.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nonsense!&rdquo; exclaimed the cashier, producing his
+book. &ldquo;I know all about it. You ought to have gone
+to Lysthus, instead of taking the left hand road. We
+are two Norwegian miles out of our way now. Sanford
+has paid you a sovereign to lead us to some
+place he wishes to visit. Where is it?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I only do what&#8217;s right,&rdquo; protested Ole.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Bah! I know better! The story that no horses
+could be had at Apalst&ouml; was a humbug. I&#8217;ll give you
+five species if you will do as I tell you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ole looked complacent, and held out his hand for
+the money.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t pay till the work is done; but my word is
+as good as my bond.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The waif had an &ldquo;itching palm,&rdquo; and, after considerable
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194">[Pg 194]</a></span>
+discussion, the terms of payment were
+settled.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Now, where are we going?&rdquo; asked the cashier.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To the Rjukanfos. It is a big waterfall, with
+high mountains&mdash;one of the finest places in Norway.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Exactly so; but we are not going there,&rdquo; added
+Burchmore, decidedly. &ldquo;You will engage the carioles
+for to-morrow morning, and we must be in
+Kongsberg by noon, and near Christiania by night.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Sanford will kill me,&rdquo; replied Ole.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, he won&#8217;t; we will take care of him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I can manage it, first rate. I will tell Sanford
+that we can go up quicker on the other side of the
+lake, and then cross over.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Tell him what you please, but my plan must be
+carried out,&rdquo; answered Burchmore, who, perhaps, believed
+that he should be justified in fighting the coxswain
+with his own weapons.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Here you are; I&#8217;ve been looking for you,&rdquo; said
+Clyde, presenting himself sooner than he was wanted.
+&ldquo;You thought you would keep out of my way&mdash;did
+you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have not given that subject any attention,&rdquo; replied
+Burchmore, coolly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, you have; you sneaked off here to keep out
+of my way.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;As you please,&rdquo; replied Burchmore, who began
+to walk slowly towards the road.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You don&#8217;t escape me this time,&rdquo; added Clyde,
+placing himself in front of the cashier.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have no wish to escape you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, you have; you are a Yankee coward!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195">[Pg 195]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Perhaps I am; but I&#8217;m not afraid of a British
+bully.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you call me a bully?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Most distinctly I do, and I can prove my words.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Clyde was rather startled by this exhibition of
+pluck, which he had not expected.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You call me a bully&mdash;do you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I do.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then we&#8217;ll settle it here. Off with your coat,&rdquo;
+blustered Clyde, as he divested himself.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I never fight if I can help it; but I always defend
+myself,&rdquo; replied Burchmore, resuming his walk towards
+the road.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you mean to run away?&rdquo; demanded Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No; I mean to walk very leisurely back to the
+station-house.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, you don&#8217;t!&rdquo; said the Briton, again placing
+himself before the cashier.</p>
+
+<p>Ole, who did not care, under the circumstances, to
+be seen with Burchmore by any one of the party, had
+disappeared by this time; but meeting Sanford near
+the lake, he had informed him what Clyde was doing.
+The coxswain hastened to the spot, with Stockwell
+and two or three others. But they were a little too
+late; for Clyde, feeling that he had gone too far to
+recede with honor, had struck Burchmore. When
+Sanford and the rest of the party reached the place,
+the belligerent Briton lay on the ground, where, after
+a sharp set-to and a black eye, he had been thrown
+by his cool opponent. He picked himself up, and was
+preparing for another onslaught, when the coxswain
+stepped between the combatants.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196">[Pg 196]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Enough of that, Albion,&rdquo; said he.</p>
+
+<p>Clyde made a rush towards Burchmore, but the
+others interfered, and held him back. In vain he
+struggled in his wrath, but the stout coxswain and his
+companions threw him upon the ground, and held
+him there till his anger had in a measure subsided.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Be off, Burchmore,&rdquo; said Sanford. &ldquo;We will
+take care of him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am not afraid of him,&rdquo; replied the cashier.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Of course you are not; but clear out, and let us
+have peace.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He is afraid of me!&rdquo; roared Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nonsense, Great Britain! He would have mauled
+you to death if we hadn&#8217;t interfered. He can whip
+his weight in wildcats.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Burchmore walked away, and soon disappeared
+beyond the houses. Clyde foamed in his wrath for a
+while, but finally consented to be pacified, promising,
+very faithfully, to whip the cashier the next time he
+caught him alone.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&#8217;t you do it, Albion. You never will see
+your mother again if you attempt it. Wait a few
+days, and then, if you insist upon it, we will let Burchmore
+thrash you all you want,&rdquo; replied Sanford, as
+they walked back to the station-house.</p>
+
+<p>Clyde had a bad-looking eye, and perhaps believed
+that he had had a narrow escape; but he still maintained
+his credit as a bully. At the hotel, the question
+of the route for the next day came up. Burchmore
+insisted upon going to Christiania by the way of
+Kongsberg, and Sanford, who had consulted Ole
+again, assented. The waif had assured him that they
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197">[Pg 197]</a></span>
+could reach the Rjukanfos quicker and better by the
+road than by the lake.</p>
+
+<p>The next morning the carioles were ready, and the
+tourists renewed their journey, and went back on the
+road by which they had come, till they came to that
+which led to Kongsberg. The &ldquo;forbud&rdquo; had been
+duly forwarded, and there were no delays or interruptions.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where&#8217;s the lake?&rdquo; asked Sanford, when they
+had been riding about two hours.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;O, the road don&#8217;t go near the lake, till we get to
+the place where we cross,&rdquo; replied Ole, who was
+carrying out in good faith the arrangement he had
+made with the cashier.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How shall we cross the lake?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In a steamer which goes at seven o&#8217;clock in the
+morning.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All right,&rdquo; replied the unsuspecting Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We shall come to a large town at noon; and we
+musn&#8217;t stop a minute there, or those fellows will find
+where they are. We can tell them it is Kongsberg,
+you know,&rdquo; added the wily waif.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Just so,&rdquo; laughed Sanford; &ldquo;we&#8217;ll tell them it
+is Kongsberg, and they won&#8217;t know the difference.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t think they will.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>At noon, agreeably to the promise of Ole, the travellers
+arrived at the large town, where they were
+obliged to change horses.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This is Kongsberg, Burchmore,&rdquo; said the coxswain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Is it, really? or are you playing some trick upon
+us?&rdquo; replied the cashier.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_198" id="Page_198">[Pg 198]</a></span>
+&ldquo;&#8217;Pon my word this is Kongsberg. Isn&#8217;t it, Ole?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, certainly,&rdquo; answered the waif, winking slyly
+to Burchmore.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All right, Sanford; if you are satisfied, I am.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I know it is Kongsberg. I have been here before,&rdquo;
+added Clyde, wishing to give his testimony in
+carrying out the deception.</p>
+
+<p>It was quite true that he had been in Kongsberg, but
+Ole took care that he should not go to the part of the
+town he had visited before. The road looked familiar
+to him; but as he rode alone, he had no opportunity to
+state the fact to others. Before night the party arrived
+at Drammen, where a regular line of steamers runs to
+Christiania.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s the lake&mdash;is it?&rdquo; said Sanford, pointing
+to the Drammen River, which, below the town, is
+nearly two miles wide.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What does Burchmore say? Does he know where
+he is?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Not yet; I shall tell him this is Drammen, and he
+will believe me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Good! and we will all stick to it that this is Drammen,&rdquo;
+added Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But suppose we should meet some one here who
+knows about the ship? This is a large town&mdash;bigger
+than that other which we called Kongsberg.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Whom can we meet?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t know.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I should hate to have any one tell the principal
+that we have been to the Rjukanfos.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Some of the officers may come up here.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199">[Pg 199]</a></span>
+&ldquo;We must keep out of sight, then.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Others thought this would be good policy in a large
+town. As they were fatigued, they retired early, and
+did not come down the next morning till it was nearly
+time to leave in the steamer. They all went on board,
+and were soon moving down the river.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Are we going across the lake, Ole?&rdquo; asked Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This is a kind of arm of the lake, about a dozen
+miles long. We shall come to the lake in a couple of
+hours,&rdquo; replied the waif.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All right; but it must be a very large lake.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The biggest in Norway.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>In a couple of hours the steamer arrived at Holmsbo,
+on the Christiania Fjord.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Now you can see that this is a large lake,&rdquo; said
+Ole.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But where are we?&rdquo; demanded Burchmore. &ldquo;Is
+this the way to Christiania?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Certainly it is,&rdquo; replied Sanford, who did not yet
+recognize the fjord, though the truth could not
+be much longer concealed. &ldquo;Don&#8217;t you know this
+water?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, I don&#8217;t.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This is Christiania Fjord.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Is it, really?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, it is; you can bet your life upon it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am satisfied then.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>In another hour the steamer was fairly in the fjord;
+Sanford and Stockwell began to rub their eyes; for
+the scenery looked strangely familiar, though they
+could not fully identify anything.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What place is that ahead?&rdquo; asked Sanford. &ldquo;I
+am almost sure I have seen it before.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200">[Pg 200]</a></span>
+&ldquo;So am I,&rdquo; replied Stockwell.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That place?&rdquo; added the cashier.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes; what is it?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If this is Christiania Fjord, that must be Dr&ouml;bak.
+I have a map here,&rdquo; said Burchmore, producing his
+book, and displaying the map. &ldquo;Here we are; there&#8217;s
+Holmsbo, and this must be Dr&ouml;bak.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t understand it,&rdquo; replied the perplexed coxswain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&#8217;t you? Why, I think it is as clear as mud,&rdquo;
+laughed Burchmore. &ldquo;We shall be in Christiania in
+a couple of hours. I thought you were playing some
+trick upon us, Sanford; but I see now that you were
+all right. There&#8217;s the captain; he speaks English.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What town is that, captain?&rdquo; asked the coxswain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Dr&ouml;bak; we shall be in Christiania in about two
+hours,&rdquo; answered the master.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where&#8217;s Ole?&rdquo; demanded the coxswain, much
+excited.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What does it mean?&rdquo; said Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t know. Where&#8217;s Ole?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The waif evidently considered discretion the better
+part of valor, for he could not be found; and the
+coxswain and those in his confidence realized that
+they had been &ldquo;sold&rdquo; in their own coin.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201">[Pg 201]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER XII.</h2>
+
+<p class="center"><strong>THE BOATSWAIN AND THE BRITON.</strong></p>
+
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where&#8217;s Ole? I don&#8217;t understand it,&rdquo; repeated
+Sanford, after he had made another
+ineffectual search for the missing waif.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We have been sold, instead of selling those fellows,&rdquo;
+added Stockwell.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s so; and I should rather like to know how
+it was done. Ole has sold us out.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Is this your Rjukanfos?&rdquo; demanded Clyde Blacklock,
+who had been looking for some one upon whom
+to pour out his wrath.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Not exactly,&rdquo; answered Sanford, indifferently, for
+he did not particularly enjoy the airs of the Briton.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But what do you mean by bringing me here?&rdquo;
+added Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I didn&#8217;t bring you here. You came of your own
+free will and accord.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, I didn&#8217;t; you said we were going to the
+waterfall.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We thought so ourselves; but we have been deceived.
+Ole has sold out and made fools of us. You
+are no worse off than the rest of us.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To whom did he sell out?&rdquo; asked Clyde, appeased
+when he learned that he was not the only sufferer.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202">[Pg 202]</a></span>
+&ldquo;I don&#8217;t know. I don&#8217;t understand it at all. We
+have been cheated out of the Rjukanfos, and brought
+to Christiania.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, what are you going to do about it?&rdquo; inquired
+Stockwell.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We can&#8217;t do anything about it. I suppose we
+shall be on board of the ship in an hour or two, telling
+the principal how hard we tried to be here before.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But I&#8217;m not going back to Christiania,&rdquo; protested
+Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t see how you can help yourself. This boat
+don&#8217;t stop again till she arrives there.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I will not go to the ship again, at any rate,&rdquo; added
+Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do as you like about that; it isn&#8217;t our business.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Clyde was much disturbed by the situation. As he
+always regarded himself as the central figure of the
+group, he began to suspect that the apparent miscarriage
+of the plan was a trick to lure him back to the
+ship; but Sanford seemed to be honest, and to be
+entirely discomfited by the discovery. Burchmore and
+Churchill were highly elated at the success attending
+their scheme, which had, indeed, exceeded their expectations;
+but they were as much mystified by the
+disappearance of Ole as the victims of the trick.
+Being unable to speak the language, they could not
+inquire for the absentee; but they made a very diligent
+search for him. They were more successful than
+Sanford&#8217;s party had been, for, in going forward, they
+heard some high words in the quarters of the steamer&#8217;s
+crew, in the forecastle. Listening for a moment,
+they heard the voice of Ole, who appeared to have
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203">[Pg 203]</a></span>
+concealed himself in that part of the vessel, and was
+properly regarded as an intruder by the rightful occupants
+thereof.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Come out here, Ole,&rdquo; shouted Burchmore. &ldquo;We
+want you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ole turned from the Norwegian sailors, who were
+scolding at him for taking possession of their quarters,
+to his friends and allies.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where&#8217;s Sanford?&rdquo; he asked, rather timidly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;On deck.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He&#8217;ll kill me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nonsense! We will take care of you against any
+odds,&rdquo; said the cashier, laughing heartily at the fears
+of the waif. &ldquo;They have only just ascertained where
+they are. Come up, Ole.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Thus assured, the young Norwegian climbed up
+the ladder, much to the satisfaction of the sailors.
+Burchmore was too well pleased with the trick he had
+played upon the conspirators to confine the knowledge
+of it to Churchill and himself, and had explained
+it to all who were not actually in the confidence of the
+coxswain. A majority of the party were thus arrayed
+on his side, though two or three of them would as
+readily have chosen the other side. The cashier was
+evidently the safer leader.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Sanford and that Englishman will pound me for
+the trick,&rdquo; repeated Ole, as he glanced at the quarter-deck,
+where his victims were considering the situation.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, they won&#8217;t; we are able and willing to protect
+you,&rdquo; replied Burchmore. &ldquo;Come, we will go
+aft, and hear what they have to say.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_204" id="Page_204">[Pg 204]</a></span>
+The cashier led the way, and the waif reluctantly
+followed him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I believe you wanted to see Ole,&rdquo; said Burchmore,
+who could hardly look sober, he was so pleased with
+the result of his operations.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes; I did wish to see him,&rdquo; answered Sanford,
+rather coldly. &ldquo;I will see him some other time.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;O, I thought you wanted him now,&rdquo; laughed
+Burchmore. &ldquo;I am satisfied that this is really Christiania
+Fjord.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;So am I,&rdquo; added the coxswain, with a sickly
+smile.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And you were quite right, too, in saying that large
+place was Drammen,&rdquo; chuckled Burchmore.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Certainly I was.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Neither were you mistaken in regard to Kongsberg.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I find that I was not.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I suppose you remember the Irishman&#8217;s turtle,
+that swallowed his own head, Sanford?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Of course.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t mean to say that you swallowed your own
+head; but you found it just where you didn&#8217;t expect
+to find it. Isn&#8217;t that so?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We are going to talk the matter over with Ole
+by and by.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do it now. I know all about it. You and Ole
+arranged the first part of our journey, including the
+day&#8217;s fishing we had at Apalst&ouml;; and Ole and I arranged
+the last part of it. It is an even thing now,
+and if you won&#8217;t complain of the last part, I won&#8217;t
+say a word about the first.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205">[Pg 205]</a></span>
+&ldquo;I don&#8217;t understand it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&#8217;t you! Well, you gave Ole a sovereign to
+arrange things for you in the beginning, and I gave
+him five species to arrange them for me afterwards.
+You can&#8217;t complain of a fellow, who sells himself at
+all, for making as much money as he can. Ole only
+did that.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He sold us out,&rdquo; growled Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Of course he did; if you buy a man, you mustn&#8217;t
+grumble when he does a second time what you encouraged
+him to do in the first instance. But you
+were going to take us off to the Rjukanfos, fifty or
+sixty miles out of our way, without our knowledge or
+consent. I smelt a mice, and turned the tables,&rdquo;
+laughed the cashier.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, and you cheated me,&rdquo; interposed Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I had nothing whatever to do with you,&rdquo; answered
+Burchmore, mildly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You led me here when I wanted to go another
+way.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You went where you pleased, so far as I was concerned.
+I never invited you to come with me, or even
+consented to your doing so.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Did you say the place we came to yesterday was
+Kongsberg?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I did, and so it was. But I think it was Sanford
+who first proclaimed the fact, and I cheerfully assented
+to its correctness,&rdquo; chuckled Burchmore.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But you deceived me, and I&#8217;ll have it out with
+you,&rdquo; continued Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Just as you please about that; but you had better
+let that black eye bleach out before you begin again.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206">[Pg 206]</a></span>
+&ldquo;I can whip you!&rdquo; blustered Clyde. &ldquo;I&#8217;ll meet you anywhere.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, I thank you. If we meet for any such purpose
+as you suggest, it will be by accident.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;See here, Great Britain; you needn&#8217;t make another
+row,&rdquo; said Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;m going to whip this fellow for what he has
+done, and for calling me a bully.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are a bully,&rdquo; added Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s so,&rdquo; exclaimed Stockwell.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Now you can lick the whole of us, if you insist
+upon it,&rdquo; continued the coxswain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Perhaps I will,&rdquo; retorted Clyde, shaking his head
+fiercely. &ldquo;You have got me into a pretty scrape.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are in the same boat as the rest of us.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The squadron isn&#8217;t here,&rdquo; shouted Wilde; for the
+steamer had by this time arrived within sight of the
+harbor.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Can the ship have sailed?&rdquo; asked Sanford, after
+the party had satisfied themselves that not one of the
+vessels of the little fleet was there.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I suppose she has,&rdquo; replied Burchmore. &ldquo;To-day
+is Friday, and she didn&#8217;t intend to lie here all
+summer.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Good!&rdquo; exclaimed Clyde. &ldquo;That makes everything
+all right for me. I&#8217;m satisfied now.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Indeed, he was so delighted with the discovery that
+the ship had sailed, as to be even willing to forego the
+pleasure of thrashing his companions. The steamer
+went up to the wharf, and the party landed. Sanford
+and his friends appeared to be willing to take a reasonable
+view of the situation, and to accept it without
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207">[Pg 207]</a></span>
+grumbling, satisfied that they had been beaten with
+their own weapons. They were not sorry that the
+squadron had departed, for this circumstance gave
+them a new respite from the discipline of the ship,
+and enabled them to prolong &ldquo;the trip without running
+away.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What are you going to do now?&rdquo; asked Clyde,
+as they landed.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We shall follow the ship, and try to join her,&rdquo;
+replied Sanford. &ldquo;That&#8217;s what we&#8217;ve been trying to
+do ever since we left Christiansand&mdash;isn&#8217;t it, Burchmore?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Certainly it is,&rdquo; replied the cashier; &ldquo;though we
+were detained one day at Apalst&ouml;, and narrowly
+escaped being carried by accident to the Rjukanfos.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Are you going to blow upon us, Burch?&rdquo; demanded
+Stockwell, warmly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Am I? Did you ever know me to do such a
+thing?&rdquo; added Burchmore, earnestly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No! no!&rdquo; replied the whole party.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t think it was just the thing to cheat some
+of us as you did; but I believe we are about even on
+that now.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Of course we all want to get back to the ship as
+soon as possible,&rdquo; added Sanford, rubbing his chin,
+significantly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Certainly. She has gone to Gottenburg, and all
+we have to do is to follow her,&rdquo; said Churchill.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But if you want to go there by the way of the
+Cape of Good Hope, Sanford, it will be better to have
+the matter understood so in the beginning,&rdquo; added
+Burchmore. &ldquo;I, for one, don&#8217;t like to be bamboozled.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208">[Pg 208]</a></span>
+&ldquo;I won&#8217;t try it on again,&rdquo; said Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All right, then; if you do, you may fetch up at
+Cape Horn.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where shall we go now?&rdquo; asked Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To the Victoria Hotel. It is the best in the
+place,&rdquo; replied Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s the very reason why we don&#8217;t want to go
+there. We are not made of money, and we may run
+out before we are able, with our utmost exertions, to
+reach the ship,&rdquo; added the cashier.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But my mother is there,&rdquo; continued Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Go to your mother, Great Britain, if you like.
+We shall stay at some cheap hotel,&rdquo; added Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>Clyde protested in vain against this arrangement,
+and the Americans, with the aid of Ole, found a small
+hotel, suited to their views of economy. The Briton
+went with them; but when they were installed in their
+new quarters, he left them to find his mother, at the
+Victoria. After dinner, the coxswain and his party
+wandered all over the city. At the Castle of Agerhaus,
+they saw an English steamer receiving freight.
+They ascertained that she was bound to Gottenburg,
+and would sail at seven o&#8217;clock that evening. They
+immediately decided, as they had seen enough of
+Christiania, to take passage in her. The arrangement
+was speedily made, and they went on board, without
+troubling themselves to inform Clyde of what they
+intended to do. When the sun went down that evening
+the party were far down the fjord.</p>
+
+<p>Sanford had ascertained that the ship sailed early on
+Thursday morning, and the steamer on which they
+had taken passage could not arrive at Gottenburg till
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209">[Pg 209]</a></span>
+nearly noon on Saturday. It was understood that the
+squadron would remain but a short time at this port,
+and it was possible that it would have departed for
+Copenhagen before the steamer arrived. He hoped
+this would prove to be the case; but he studied a plan
+by which the excursion of the party could be prolonged,
+if the hope should not be realized. He did
+not wish to return to the ship, because he thought it
+was pleasanter to travel without the restraints of discipline.
+Perhaps most of his party sympathized with
+him, and thought they could have a better time by
+themselves. Sanford desired to inform Clyde of the
+intention of the party to leave in the English steamer,
+and to take him along with them; but his companions
+overruled him unanimously, for they were too glad to
+get rid of an impudent, overbearing, and conceited
+puppy, as he had proved himself to be. The coxswain
+had no better opinion of him than his friends;
+but as Clyde was a runaway, according to his own
+confession, it might smooth their own way, in returning
+to their duty, if they could deliver him up to the
+principal. He was even willing to resort to strategy
+to accomplish this end; but Clyde was so disagreeable
+that he was saved from this trap.</p>
+
+<p>The ship had gone, and every vessel of the squadron
+had departed with her. Clyde felt that all his
+trials were ended, and he had nothing more to fear
+from the big boatswain. He walked confidently to
+the Victoria Hotel, where he was sure to find his
+mother. He had even arranged in his mind the reproaches
+with which he intended to greet her for delivering
+him over to the savage discipline of the Young
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210">[Pg 210]</a></span>
+America, as he regarded it, and as, doubtless, it was for
+evil-doers. He passed into the passage-way which led
+to the court-yard. As he entered the office on the
+right to inquire for Mrs. Blacklock, he encountered
+Peaks, who no sooner saw him than he laid violent
+hands upon him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let me alone!&rdquo; shouted Clyde, struggling to escape
+from the grasp of his powerful antagonist.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Not yet, my beauty,&rdquo; replied the boatswain, as he
+dragged his victim into his own room, which was near
+the office. &ldquo;I&#8217;ve been looking for you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I want to see my mother,&rdquo; growled Clyde, when
+he had exhausted his strength in the fruitless struggle
+to escape.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I dare say you do; babies always want to see their
+mothers.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;m not a baby.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then behave like a man.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Peaks deposited him on a chair, and permitted him
+to recover his breath.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where is my mother?&rdquo; demanded Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;She is safe and well, and you needn&#8217;t bother your
+head to know anything more about her,&rdquo; answered
+Peaks. &ldquo;She has turned over a new leaf, so far as
+you are concerned, youngster, and is going to have us
+make a man of you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where is she?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No matter where she is.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Can&#8217;t I see her?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, sir.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I must see her.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Perhaps you must, my hearty; but I don&#8217;t think
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211">[Pg 211]</a></span>
+she wants to see you till you are a decent young gentleman.
+She told me to be sure and put you on board
+of the ship, and I&#8217;m going to do it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where is the ship?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;She sailed for Gottenburg yesterday morning; but
+we shall find her in good time,&rdquo; replied Peaks, taking
+a bundle from the bureau, which contained the young
+Briton&#8217;s uniform. &ldquo;Now, my bantam, you don&#8217;t look
+like a gentleman in that rig you&#8217;ve got on. Here&#8217;s
+your gear; put it on, and look like a man again,
+whether you are one or not. Those long togs don&#8217;t
+become you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The boatswain unfolded the uniform of Clyde, which
+he had left in his chamber when he leaped out of the
+window.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;m not going to put on those clothes,&rdquo; protested
+the unhappy youth.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;m not!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then I&#8217;m going to put them on for you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;ll cry murder.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If you cry anything, I shall put a dirty handkerchief
+in your mouth. Look here, my chicken; don&#8217;t
+you know that you are making a fool of yourself? You
+mean to strain your own timbers for nothing. You&#8217;ll
+put this rig on anyhow, and it depends on yourself
+whether you will do it with or without a broken
+head.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Clyde looked at the clothes and then at the brawny
+boatswain. It was foolish to resist, and he yielded to
+the force of circumstances. He put on the ship&#8217;s uniform,
+and threw himself into a chair to await the further
+pleasure of his tyrant.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_212" id="Page_212">[Pg 212]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Now you look like a respectable young gentleman,
+my lad,&rdquo; said Peaks.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What are you going to do with me?&rdquo; demanded
+Clyde, in a surly tone.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;m going to keep my eye on you every moment
+of the time till you are on board of the ship again.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I want to see my mother before I go.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It can&#8217;t be done.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Clyde relapsed into silence. He had never before
+been subjected to such unheard-of tyranny. It was
+useless to resist, and the future looked as dark as the
+present. Probably his mother was in the hotel, but
+he was not permitted even to see her. Though the
+boatswain seemed to have it all his own way, he was
+not at all satisfied with the situation. Mrs. Blacklock
+and her daughter had gone to ride, but in the course
+of an hour or two they would return. The waiters
+would inform her that Clyde had arrived, and she
+would insist on seeing him. Though she had fully
+given up the control of him to the ship, the weakness
+of the mother might induce her to change her mind.
+Peaks only desired to discharge the duty with which
+he had been intrusted. The crew of the second cutter
+had not yet arrived, and he could not depart with his
+prisoner before they came. He was perplexed; but
+being a man of expedients, he decided upon his course
+in a short time. It was absolutely necessary to seek
+another hotel, where the dangerous proximity of Mrs.
+Blacklock might be avoided. The boatswain rang
+his bell, and sent for the <em>commissionnaire</em> whom he
+had employed while prosecuting his search for the
+runaway. When this man came, he ordered a carriage,
+and paid his bill.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213">[Pg 213]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Now, youngster, we are going to take a ride,&rdquo;
+said Peaks to his victim.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where are you going?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s my affair. If you make a row in the street,
+I shall just hand you over to the police, who will lock
+you up in that stone castle over there. You must understand
+that you are a deserter from your ship, and
+will be treated so, if you don&#8217;t behave like a man.
+Now come with me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>As a deserter from his ship! The boatswain certainly
+had the weather-gage of him, and the idea of
+being thrown into prison was absolutely startling to
+Clyde. He had no doubt the savage boatswain would
+do all he threatened, and, almost for the first time in
+his life, he felt no inclination to bully. He stepped
+quietly into the carriage with Peaks and the <em>commissionnaire</em>.
+The driver was directed to convey the party
+to the landing-place. The steamer would sail the next
+morning; but unless the absent crew of the cutter arrived
+before that time, he could not go in her. Remaining
+in Christiania, he feared to encounter Mrs.
+Blacklock, for the honest tar dreaded a lady&#8217;s power
+more than the whole battery of a ship of the line. He
+was fully resolved, if he passed through fire and water
+in doing it, to discharge the duty intrusted to him by
+the principal. The lady was in the city, and the problem
+was to keep his charge out of sight of her during
+the rest of his stay. He might meet her; some one at
+the hotel might, and probably would, inform her of the
+arrival of Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>After deliberating for some time, he directed his
+<em>commissionnaire</em> to procure a boat, in which he embarked
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214">[Pg 214]</a></span>
+with his prisoner and interpreter. By his order
+the two oarsmen pulled over to the hotel which
+was located so picturesquely on the island. Taking a
+room, he ordered dinner for his little party, and contrived
+to pass away the afternoon till sunset, when he
+returned to the city. His man, at his request, conducted
+him to an obscure hotel, which happened to
+be the one which Sanford and his friends had just
+left, to depart by the English steamer. The landlord
+recognized the uniform which Clyde wore.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We had more of the young gentleman here,&rdquo; said
+he, in broken English.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;More of them!&rdquo; exclaimed Peaks, interested in
+the intelligence.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes; more as ten of them,&rdquo; added the landlord.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Arn&#8217;t they here now?&rdquo; asked Clyde, who had felt
+a ray of hope when Peaks brought him to the hotel
+where he had left his late companions.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All gone; no more here.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where have they gone?&rdquo; asked the boatswain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To Gottenburg. They eat some dinner in my
+hotel, and at seven o&#8217;clock they go in the steamer.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I saw that steamer go out, but I didn&#8217;t think the
+cutter&#8217;s crew were in her. I&#8217;m sorry I didn&#8217;t know it
+before,&rdquo; said Peaks, chagrined by this tardy discovery.
+&ldquo;How many were there of them?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ten.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That couldn&#8217;t be; there were only nine of the
+crew.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There was more as ten, but one of them went
+away.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I went away,&rdquo; said Clyde.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_215" id="Page_215">[Pg 215]</a></span>
+&ldquo;You! Were you with them?&rdquo; demanded Peaks.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I was.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why didn&#8217;t you say so before?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You didn&#8217;t ask me; and as you were not remarkably
+civil to me, I didn&#8217;t feel obliged to tell you the
+news.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But there were not ten of them.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, ten,&rdquo; said Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There were only nine when they left the ship.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I know there were ten with me. One of them
+was a Norwegian, and a rascal; but he wore the same
+uniform as the rest of them.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What was his name?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ole.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ole! Why, he&#8217;s the fellow we picked up out at
+sea,&rdquo; exclaimed the astonished boatswain. &ldquo;Where
+have they been all this time?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>But Clyde suddenly bethought himself that he was
+altogether too communicative, considering the relations
+that subsisted between himself and his great
+enemy and persecutor, and he decided to answer no
+more questions.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All right, my hearty,&rdquo; laughed the boatswain,
+when the Briton declined to answer. &ldquo;They are on
+their way to the ship, and you will be very soon.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Peaks was cunning enough to detain his interpreter
+so that he should not return to the Victoria and inform
+Mrs. Blacklock where her son was. The way
+was clear now, for he had no further responsibility in
+regard to the cutter&#8217;s crew, and his spirits rose accordingly.
+He sent his man to engage a &ldquo;h&uuml;tte,&rdquo; or state-room,
+in the steamer, and then, at a late hour in the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_216" id="Page_216">[Pg 216]</a></span>
+evening, paid and discharged him. He compelled
+Clyde to sleep in the same chamber with him, for it
+contained three beds, and it is probable that the boatswain
+kept one eye open during the night, for every
+time the prisoner moved, his tyrant was on his feet.
+The Kronprindsesse Louise sailed at six o&#8217;clock in the
+morning, and Peaks and his victim were betimes on
+board. The boatswain was a happy man when the
+boat was clear of the wharf, and on her way to Gottenburg.
+He flattered himself that he had managed
+the affair very well indeed, for he was not above the
+vanities of the flesh.</p>
+
+<p>It was midnight when the Kronprindsesse arrived
+at her destination. Peaks had kept one eye on Clyde
+all the time, and brought him in safety to his journey&#8217;s
+end. Late as was the hour, the first person he saw at
+the landing was Mr. Blaine, the chief steward of the
+ship.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;m glad to see you, Blaine,&rdquo; shouted the boatswain
+when he identified his shipmate, and grasped his hand.
+&ldquo;Shiver my timbers if I&#8217;m not rejoiced to see a man
+that speaks plain English! Where&#8217;s the ship?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;She sailed for Copenhagen this evening.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No; you don&#8217;t say so!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It&#8217;s a fact. The students went up the canal as far
+as the falls, and returned about dark. The squadron
+got under way at once. I suppose you have the cutter&#8217;s
+crew with you, Peaks?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No; arn&#8217;t they on board yet?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I haven&#8217;t seen them.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But they came down on an English steamer that
+left Christiania last night.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_217" id="Page_217">[Pg 217]</a></span>
+&ldquo;An English steamer came in this forenoon, but we
+haven&#8217;t seen the cutter&#8217;s crew.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s strange. I shouldn&#8217;t wonder if those fellows
+were cutting up a little.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But we lost two students yesterday, Scott and Laybold.
+I suppose they ran away.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There&#8217;s a screw loose somewhere. These boys
+have too much money,&rdquo; added Peaks. &ldquo;But what are
+you going to do, and what am I to do?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I was left here to look out for Scott and Laybold,
+and meet you when you came. Now, it seems that
+about a dozen of the rascals are missing.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have the Briton here.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If I were you, Peaks, I should go right on to Copenhagen
+in this steamer, and you can report the facts
+to the principal.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The boatswain decided to do this, while the head
+steward remained to search for the absentees; and in
+due time Peaks delivered his prisoner on board of the
+ship in the harbor of Copenhagen.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_218" id="Page_218">[Pg 218]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER XIII.</h2>
+
+<p class="center"><strong>THE MEETING OF THE ABSENTEES.</strong></p>
+
+
+<p>Scott and Laybold, after imbibing a single glass
+of &ldquo;finkel&rdquo; each, which proved to be more
+than they could carry, retreated into a narrow lane, to
+escape the observation of a party of officers who were
+on their way to the landing. Neither of them had
+any inclination for intoxicating drinks, and had taken
+the stuff without knowing what it was. But they were
+conscious that everything was not right with them.
+They found it quite impossible to walk in a straight
+line, and even the problem of standing up was not
+demonstrated to the entire satisfaction of either of
+them. Talking was not without its difficulties, for
+their tongues seemed to be double their ordinary thickness,
+and their lips and other organs of speech were
+not as manageable as usual. For a time the effects
+of the potent liquor increased upon them, and as they
+had taken it in a hungry condition, they realized its
+full power.</p>
+
+<p>They staggered up the lane, conscious that they were
+making a ridiculous figure, though the solemn Swedes
+hardly smiled as they observed the effects of the national
+beverage. They dreaded an encounter with any
+of the officers, or others connected with the squadron;
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_219" id="Page_219">[Pg 219]</a></span>
+but in this unfrequented lane they were not likely to
+meet any of their shipmates. As there is more power
+in four legs than in two, however weak in detail they
+may be, the tipsy students locked arms, and leaned on
+each other, one attempting to counteract the obliquities
+of the other. They wandered along without knowing
+whither they were going, till they came to a small
+public house, which had a bench in front of it for the
+accommodation of the topers who frequented the bar-room.
+By mutual consent, and without argument,
+the unfortunate couple aimed for this seat as soon as
+they saw it, for it promised a grateful respite from the
+perils of locomotion. The &ldquo;finkel&rdquo; was now doing
+its utmost upon them. Their heads were dizzy, and
+everything was wofully uncertain; still they knew what
+they were about, and had sense enough left to dread
+the consequences of their indiscretion. After they had
+seated themselves, they glanced at each other, as if
+to ascertain the condition one of the other.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Lay&mdash;bold,&rdquo; said Scott.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, old fellow,&rdquo; replied the other, with a desperate
+attempt to stiffen his muscles.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We&#8217;re zrunk,&rdquo; added Scott, trying to laugh.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I know that.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We&#8217;re very zrunk.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;m not zbad zyou.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t zknow.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The conversation extended no further then, for
+speech required an effort they were incapable of
+making. Scott gaped violently, and seemed to be
+sick; but his contortions ended in his falling asleep,
+with his head tipped back against the wall. Laybold,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_220" id="Page_220">[Pg 220]</a></span>
+more nice in the disposition of his helpless body,
+stretched himself on the bench, and was soon lost to
+all consciousness of the outer world. The publican
+who kept the house came out and looked at the juvenile
+tipplers. Doubtless he had seen too many drunken
+sailors to misapprehend their condition. He understood
+the matter perfectly, and being a thrifty Swede, he
+was disposed to turn their condition to his own emolument.
+He had sundry vacant chambers in his hotel,
+whose revenues swelled the sum total of his annual
+profits, and it hurt his feelings to have them remain
+unoccupied. Besides, the air was chilly, and the
+young strangers might take cold, and contract a severe
+illness by such exposure. But whether he was a publican
+or a Samaritan in his intentions, he decided to
+remove the strangers to the rooms beneath his hospitable
+roof. Summoning the porter to his aid, they
+jointly bore Laybold to his apartment, and laid him on
+the bed, which, in spite of the low character of the
+house, was a model of Swedish neatness. When
+Scott&#8217;s turn came, he offered some resistance to the
+good intentions of the publican; but his head was too
+thoroughly muddled for successful opposition. Between
+the effects of sleep and &ldquo;finkel&rdquo; he could not
+obtain a very clear idea of what was going on. He
+was placed on another bed in the room with his shipmate.
+They were both comfortably disposed on their
+clean couches, the pillows nicely adjusted beneath
+their heads, and their bodies covered with blankets.</p>
+
+<p>The two students were very tired as well as very
+tipsy, and their slumbers were deep and heavy. It
+was after nine o&#8217;clock, though it was still light in the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_221" id="Page_221">[Pg 221]</a></span>
+chamber, and the young tars usually retired, when not
+on watch, before this seemly hour. &ldquo;Finkel&rdquo; and
+fatigue did the rest, and they slept, without rocking,
+till long after the early sun broke into the windows of
+their apartment. We have seen the effect of &ldquo;finkel&rdquo;
+upon one unaccustomed to the use of liquor, and upon
+boys of fifteen or sixteen it could not but be entirely
+overpowering. It is a dangerous fluid, and is taken
+by the Swedes at all times, being the first thing at
+meals, and especially at the inevitable &ldquo;snack&rdquo; that
+precedes a regular dinner. There is, doubtless, good
+ground for the fear which has been expressed that the
+people of Sweden are in danger of becoming &ldquo;a
+nation of drunkards.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Scott was the first to open his eyes and come to
+his senses. He raised himself in the bed, shook off
+the blanket, and then jumped out upon the floor. He
+did not comprehend the situation, and was unable, in
+his own words, to &ldquo;figure up how he happened to be
+in that room.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Laybold, ahoy!&rdquo; shouted he, after he had examined
+the apartment, and mentally confessed his
+inability to solve the problem. &ldquo;Laybold! All hands
+on deck!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What is the matter?&rdquo; cried Laybold, springing
+up, only half awake.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;ll be muzzled if I know what the matter is, but I
+believe that the Norway god&mdash;what&#8217;s his name?&mdash;Odin,
+came aboard the ship last night, and turned her
+into a country tavern,&rdquo; replied Scott, going to the
+window, and looking down into the lane below.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How came we here?&rdquo; asked Laybold, rubbing
+his eyes.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_222" id="Page_222">[Pg 222]</a></span>
+&ldquo;That&#8217;s more than I know; but I think we have
+been transplanted by the spirits.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The spirits?&rdquo; gaped Laybold.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes; I believe they call them &lsquo;finkel.&rsquo; We were
+tight last night, my boy.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I remember all about it now. I dreamed that
+somebody lugged me in here.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You didn&#8217;t exactly dream it, for here we are.
+We are in a pretty scrape.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s so,&rdquo; added Laybold, shaking his head.
+&ldquo;We didn&#8217;t mean to run away, but that&#8217;s just what
+we have done.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We didn&#8217;t run a great way; for, if I remember
+rightly, running wasn&#8217;t our <em>forte</em> last evening. Who
+runs may reel, if he can&#8217;t read, and I reckon we did
+more reeling than running. But what&#8217;s to be done?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t know.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In the first place, where are we? It&#8217;s no use to
+lay out a course till we know the ship&#8217;s position.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>They were utterly unable to determine this question.
+Each of them had a tolerably vivid recollection
+of their unfortunate condition on the preceding evening,
+and even that he had been carried by a couple of
+men; but they had no idea of time or locality. They
+washed themselves at the sink in the room, combed
+their hair with their pocket-combs, and looked then as
+though nothing had happened. Their heads were a
+little light, but they did not absolutely ache, and
+they realized but a small portion of the after effects of
+a regular &ldquo;spree.&rdquo; Having made their simple toilet,
+they decided to explore the premises, and make their
+way back to the ship. Leaving the chamber, they
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_223" id="Page_223">[Pg 223]</a></span>
+descended a flight of steps, and, in the hall below, encountered
+the Samaritan landlord.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<em>God morgon</em>,&rdquo; said the latter, with a jolly smile
+on his face; and it was probable that he had taken his
+morning dose of &ldquo;finkel.&rdquo; &ldquo;<em>Hur star det till?</em>&rdquo;
+(How are you?)</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nix,&rdquo; replied Scott, shrugging his shoulders.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are English,&rdquo; added the landlord, a large
+portion of whose customers were foreign sailors.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No; Americans.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;m glad to see you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;m glad to see you, too, if you can tell us how
+we happen to be here.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Too much &lsquo;finkel,&rsquo;&rdquo; laughed the publican, as he
+proceeded to explain the situation, and to enlarge upon
+the fatherly interest which had induced him to take
+them in for the night.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All right, my hearty. I see you can keep a hotel,&rdquo;
+added Scott. &ldquo;How much have we to pay?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Two rigsdalers; but you want some breakfast.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I do, for one,&rdquo; replied Scott.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;So do I,&rdquo; said Laybold. &ldquo;We only had a little
+lunch last night, and that &lsquo;finkel&rsquo; spoiled my appetite&mdash;or
+the fish spawn. I don&#8217;t know which.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>About five o&#8217;clock they sat down to breakfast, which
+consisted of a great variety of little things, such as
+the small fishes, herrings, smoked salmon, sausages.
+The coffee was magnificent, as it generally is in
+Sweden, even on board of steamers, where, in our
+own country, it is least expected to be good.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What is this?&rdquo; said Scott, taking up half a great
+brown biscuit.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_224" id="Page_224">[Pg 224]</a></span>
+&ldquo;That&#8217;s Swedish bread. We bake it once in six
+months,&rdquo; replied the landlord.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Not bad,&rdquo; added Scott, as he tasted the article.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This is Graham bread, I suppose,&rdquo; said Laybold,
+as he took a slice of the coarse brown bread. &ldquo;Bah!
+it&#8217;s sour.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>It always is; and both the students rejected it,
+though they ate a hearty meal of white bread, herring,
+salmon, and sausage.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Now, how much?&rdquo; asked Scott, when they were
+ready to go.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;One rigsdaler and fifty &ouml;re each&mdash;three rigsdalers
+in all.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Cheap enough,&rdquo; said Scott. &ldquo;Two lodgings and
+two breakfasts for eighty-one cents.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The students walked through the lane in which
+they had made their devious way the night before, to
+the main street on the canal. At the landing-place
+there were no boats belonging to the squadron, and
+everything looked exceedingly quiet on board of the
+ship. Seating themselves on the pier, with their legs
+hanging over the water, they decided to wait till a
+boat came to the shore.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We shall catch it for this,&rdquo; said Laybold.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No more liberty for a month at least,&rdquo; said Scott,
+shrugging his shoulders after his fashion.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t think it&#8217;s fair. We didn&#8217;t mean to get
+drunk, and didn&#8217;t know what &lsquo;finkel&rsquo; was,&rdquo; added
+Laybold. &ldquo;I don&#8217;t half like to go on board again.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nor I; but I suppose we must face the music,&rdquo;
+answered Scott, dubiously. &ldquo;I&#8217;m glad we didn&#8217;t go
+on board while we were boozy. The fellows would
+have laughed at us for a year, if we had.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_225" id="Page_225">[Pg 225]</a></span>
+&ldquo;That&#8217;s so; and Lowington would have put us in
+the brig.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t exactly like to explain the reason why we
+didn&#8217;t go on board last night; I always was a bashful
+fellow.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You didn&#8217;t go with the others,&rdquo; said a man,
+coming up to them at this moment, and speaking in
+broken English.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What others? Where?&rdquo; replied Scott.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The other students. They took the steamer up
+the canal at two o&#8217;clock this morning.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Whew!&rdquo; whistled Scott. &ldquo;We have lost G&ouml;ta
+Canal and the falls.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They will return to-night by the railroad from
+Wenersberg,&rdquo; added the man, who was an agent of
+the canal steamers.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s too bad!&rdquo; exclaimed Laybold, as the man
+walked away.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t know that it is too bad. Our leave would
+have been stopped if we had gone on board,&rdquo; laughed
+Scott, who generally took the most cheerful view of
+any disagreeable subject. &ldquo;Why can&#8217;t we go on our
+own hook?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I like that idea,&rdquo; added Laybold.</p>
+
+<p>But inquiring of the agent, they learned that the
+canal steamers left only at two o&#8217;clock in the morning.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There&#8217;s a railroad, or the fellows couldn&#8217;t come
+back that way,&rdquo; suggested Laybold.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s so; you have more wisdom than a Duxbury
+clam.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>They ascertained that a train left Gottenburg at
+noon, by which they could reach Wenersberg the same
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_226" id="Page_226">[Pg 226]</a></span>
+day. They knew nothing of the plan of the principal,
+which included a special train from the canal to
+the main line of railway; but they desired to see more
+of the interior of Sweden, and they were confident
+they should see the excursionists either at Wenersberg
+or on the way. It suited them better to make a trip
+even for a few hours, than to wander about a city
+which they had already exhausted. But they were
+obliged to wait some time for the train, and, after a
+couple of hours of &ldquo;heavy loafing&rdquo; about the streets,
+they returned to the pier. An English steamer had
+just arrived, and a boat was landing her passengers.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who are those fellows?&rdquo; said Laybold, pointing
+to the steamer&#8217;s boat. &ldquo;They wear the ship&#8217;s uniform.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Right; they do, and they came from that steamer,&rdquo;
+replied Scott.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There&#8217;s Sanford! I should know him a mile off.
+They are the second cutters, or I am a Dutchman.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Right again,&rdquo; added Scott, as the passengers
+landed.</p>
+
+<p>The steamer was the one in which Sanford and his
+companions had taken passage at Christiania the evening
+before. The absentees, &ldquo;on a cruise without
+running away,&rdquo; were sorry to see the ship at anchor
+in the harbor, for some of them had hoped to be too
+late for her. When they landed, the first persons they
+encountered were Scott and Laybold, who gave them
+a very cordial greeting. Each party had a story to
+tell of its own adventures, and Scott knew Sanford
+and his associates too well to think it necessary to
+conceal from them the fact that he and Laybold had
+been the sad victims of &ldquo;finkel.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_227" id="Page_227">[Pg 227]</a></span>
+&ldquo;But why don&#8217;t you go on board?&rdquo; asked Burchmore.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What&#8217;s the use? All the fellows have gone up to
+Wobblewopkins, or some other place, to see the falls,
+and take an inside view of Sweden,&rdquo; replied Scott.
+&ldquo;We intend to go and do likewise.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Won&#8217;t you go with us?&rdquo; added Laybold.</p>
+
+<p>The intentions of the two were explained to the
+others, and they all decided to join the party. Sanford
+was not without a hope that something would
+occur to prolong the &ldquo;independent trip without running
+away.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How are you off for stamps?&rdquo; asked Burchmore
+of the two who were by this arrangement added to
+his party, for which he had thus far done the financiering.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We have a little Swedish money, and some sovereigns,&rdquo;
+replied Scott.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But how many sovereigns? We may be prevented
+from joining the ship for a few days, and we
+want to know where we are in money matters,&rdquo; interposed
+Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We have enough to buy out one or two of these
+one-horse kingdoms, like Denmark and Sweden. I
+have twenty sovereigns, and Laybold has about a
+thousand,&rdquo; answered Scott.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No I haven&#8217;t,&rdquo; protested Laybold, laughing at the
+extravagance of his friend. &ldquo;I have only twenty-five
+sovereigns.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And a letter of credit for a thousand more; so it&#8217;s
+the same thing.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, no; knock off one cipher, Scott.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_228" id="Page_228">[Pg 228]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Well, seeing it&#8217;s you, I&#8217;ll knock off just one; but
+not another to please any fellow, even if he were my
+grandmother&#8217;s first cousin,&rdquo; added Scott.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There&#8217;s some difference between a hundred and a
+thousand pounds,&rdquo; suggested Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A slight difference,&rdquo; said Laybold.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t expect any of us will live long enough to
+spend a hundred pounds in this country, which is
+about eighteen hundred of these tricks-bunker dollars,
+to say nothing of a thousand. Why, we paid only
+three bunkers for two lodgings and two breakfasts.
+How&#8217;s a fellow ever to spend eighteen hundred bunkers?
+For my part, I think I&#8217;m lucky in having less
+than four hundred of the things to get rid of.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But you needn&#8217;t feel under the necessity of spending
+all your money in this country,&rdquo; laughed the
+cashier.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My father promised to send me some more; but I
+hope he won&#8217;t do it till I get out of Sweden. If he
+does I shall be ruined. Here&#8217;s poor Laybold, with a
+letter of credit for a hundred pounds, besides twenty-five
+in cash. I pity the poor fellow. It wouldn&#8217;t be
+so bad in London, where it costs a fellow from ten to
+twenty shillings a day to breathe.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I think I shall be able to survive,&rdquo; added Laybold.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I hope so; but you ought to hear him talk about
+his bankers. Topsails and topping-lifts! His bankers!
+Messrs. Pitchers Brothers &amp; Co.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No! Bowles Brothers &amp; Co,&rdquo; interposed Laybold.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It&#8217;s all the same thing; there isn&#8217;t much difference
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_229" id="Page_229">[Pg 229]</a></span>
+between bowls and pitchers. One breaks as easy as
+the other.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But my bankers don&#8217;t break.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;His bankers! Do you hear that? Well, I don&#8217;t
+believe they&#8217;ll break, for all my folks, when they travel
+in Europe, carry the same letter of credit in their trousers
+pocket. I had to write to my paternal parent all
+last year, care of Bowles Brothers &amp; Co., 449 Strand,
+Charing Cross, W. C. London, England. You see
+I&#8217;ve learned my lesson.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My letters from home come through the same
+house,&rdquo; said Laybold, &ldquo;and so do those of fifty other
+fellows.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;About the money matters,&rdquo; interposed Burchmore.
+&ldquo;Shall I act for the crowd, as I did in Norway?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;For me, yes; and I hope you&#8217;ll help Laybold out
+on the big financial job he has on his hands,&rdquo; said
+Scott.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All right,&rdquo; added Laybold.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have settled up for the fellows on the Norway
+trip. Now, each of you give me a couple of sovereigns,
+which I will change into Swedish money.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>This arrangement was made to the satisfaction of
+all, and the cashier went to an exchange office, where
+he procured Swedish paper for the gold.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Scott, I shouldn&#8217;t wonder if the principal saved
+you the trouble of spending your twenty pounds before
+we go much farther,&rdquo; said Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I shall thank him with tears in my eyes if he
+does,&rdquo; replied Scott, with a solemn look.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t believe you will. When the ship came
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_230" id="Page_230">[Pg 230]</a></span>
+over before, every fellow had to give up his money,
+and the purser doled it out to the fellows in shillings
+or sixpences when they went ashore.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;m sure it was very kind of him to take so much
+trouble.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You don&#8217;t think so.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Of course I do. Only think of poor Laybold,
+with a letter of credit for a hundred pounds on his
+hands! I&#8217;m thankful I haven&#8217;t the responsibility of
+spending so much money on my conscience. I should
+apply for admission to the first lunatic asylum, if I had
+to spend so much.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nonsense! I made up my mind not to give up
+my money,&rdquo; said the coxswain. &ldquo;That rule made
+plenty of rows on the other cruise, and I expect the
+fellows on this cruise will be called upon to give up
+their stamps very soon.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I was going to say we could get even with the
+principal by spending it all before we go on board
+again; but we are in Sweden, and it is quite impossible.
+They won&#8217;t let you pay more than seventy-five
+cents or a dollar for a day&#8217;s board in this country.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You went to a sailor&#8217;s boarding-house, Scott.
+When you are at a first-class hotel, you will find that
+they bleed you enough.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I hope they do better than the landlord where we
+staid last night; if they don&#8217;t I shall make money in
+Sweden. Why, they wouldn&#8217;t even pick our pockets
+when we were boozy on &lsquo;finkel.&rsquo; I&#8217;m sure they are a
+great deal more accommodating at sailors&#8217; boarding-houses
+in Boston and New York.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Come, be serious, Scott. Shall you give up your
+money when you return to the ship?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_231" id="Page_231">[Pg 231]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Cheerfully, for there is no chance to get rid of it
+in this country.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But you will want some in Russia, where everything
+is dear.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;m afraid my letter of credit will arrive by that
+time, and I shall be burdened with new trials.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Poor fellow!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The old rule of the ship had not been enforced on
+the present cruise, and the principal did not intend to
+renew it until it was absolutely necessary. It had
+caused much complaint among the wealthy parents
+of the former students, while it had wonderfully improved
+the discipline; but Mr. Lowington consented
+to make the experiment of permitting every boy to
+manage his own finances.</p>
+
+<p>At noon the party took their places in a second-class
+compartment of the carriage on the railway, and
+started for Wenersberg. Ole spoke Swedish as well
+as Norwegian, and acted as interpreter. Sanford
+had made peace with the waif, who was now as popular
+as ever with all the party. Each of them, in
+turn, had tried to induce Ole to tell how he happened
+to be in that boat at sea; but he still refused to explain.</p>
+
+<p>The train moved off, and the tourists observed the
+country through which it passed; but Scott could not
+help grumbling because the fare was only about a dollar
+and a quarter for fifty miles, declaring that he
+should never be able to get rid of his twenty sovereigns
+at this rate, and that he was threatened with a
+letter of credit for a hundred more at St. Petersburg.
+At Herrljunga, the junction of the branch to Wenersberg
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_232" id="Page_232">[Pg 232]</a></span>
+and the main line, the guard insisted that the
+tourists should leave the carriage.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How&#8217;s this, Ole?&rdquo; asked Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Change for Wenersberg; but the train don&#8217;t start
+till five o&#8217;clock. We must wait two hours.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But what time does it get to Wenersberg?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;About half past eight.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s a pretty go!&rdquo; exclaimed the coxswain.
+&ldquo;You made a beautiful arrangement for this trip,
+Scott.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What&#8217;s the matter now?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We cannot get to Wenersberg till half past eight;
+and of course that will be too late to join the ship&#8217;s
+company there.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It isn&#8217;t necessary to join them there. We shall
+meet them on the way, and go back with them. They
+will be at this place some time this afternoon.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What did we come up here for?&rdquo; asked Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In the first place, to get rid of four or five rix-bunkers;
+and in the second, to see something of this part
+of Sweden. We have done both, and ought to be
+satisfied.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;O, I&#8217;m satisfied!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You ought to be; you have four and a half bunkers
+less to spend. We will loaf about this place till
+the principal comes with the crowd, and when he sees
+what good boys we have been to look him up, and
+see that he didn&#8217;t get lost, he&#8217;ll forgive Laybold and
+me for drinking &lsquo;finkel.&rsquo;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All right. What time does the train leave for
+Gottenburg, Ole?&rdquo; added the coxswain, turning to the
+interpreter.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_233" id="Page_233">[Pg 233]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Half past five,&rdquo; replied the waif.</p>
+
+<p>No one took the trouble to examine the time-table
+in the station-house, which, though in Swedish, was
+perfectly intelligible so far as it related to hours and
+towns.</p>
+
+<p>The tourists decided to improve the time they were
+obliged to wait by taking a walk about the country,
+examining Swedish houses and investigating Swedish
+agriculture. Doubtless this was a very interesting
+amusement; but at quarter past five, the party returned
+to the station. A long train was just departing
+in the direction of Gottenburg.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What train&#8217;s that?&rdquo; demanded Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t know,&rdquo; replied Ole, with a look of alarm.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Inquire, then,&rdquo; added the excited coxswain.</p>
+
+<p>The party hastened into the little station. It was
+the regular train for Gottenburg.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But how&#8217;s that?&rdquo; cried Sanford. &ldquo;You said it
+left at half past five.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes; I looked at the time-table in Gottenburg,
+and it said half past five,&rdquo; replied Ole. &ldquo;Here is one,
+and I will look again.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Better wait till morning before you look again,&rdquo;
+said Scott.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Here it is; five&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s all, Norway.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;m sure it was half past five in Gottenburg,&rdquo;
+pleaded Ole, whom the coxswain had privately requested
+to make this blunder.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What sort of chowder do you call this, son of
+Odin?&rdquo; demanded Scott.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He has made a blunder; that&#8217;s all,&rdquo; laughed Burchmore,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_234" id="Page_234">[Pg 234]</a></span>
+who, though not in the confidence of the coxswain,
+at once suspected the trick, and, to tell the
+truth, was not sorry for the mistake.</p>
+
+<p>The mishap was discussed for an hour, and poor
+Ole was severely blamed, especially by Sanford, for
+his carelessness; but he bore the censure with becoming
+meekness.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What&#8217;s to be done?&rdquo; inquired Scott, at last.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Here&#8217;s another train at 8.56,&rdquo; replied Ole, pointing
+to the time-table. &ldquo;We can return to Gottenburg
+in that.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Right, Norway,&rdquo; added Scott.</p>
+
+<p>They found a small hotel in the place, where they
+obtained a supper, and at the time indicated returned
+to Gottenburg, where they arrived at about one in the
+morning. It was too late to go on board of the ship,
+and they went directly to the little hotel in the lane,
+where Scott and Laybold had passed the preceding
+night. It was closed, but they easily roused the landlord.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;So you have again come,&rdquo; said the good-natured
+host.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes; we have again come. It is too late to go on
+board of the ship,&rdquo; replied Scott.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Your ship have sail to-night to Copenhagen.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No! Impossible!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have seen her sail,&rdquo; persisted the landlord. &ldquo;I
+have make no mistake.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We are dished!&rdquo; exclaimed Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The young gentleman come down at seven o&#8217;clock,
+and the ship have sail at nine o&#8217;clock. I know it so
+well as I know how to speak the English.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_235" id="Page_235">[Pg 235]</a></span>
+&ldquo;It must be so, then,&rdquo; laughed Scott; &ldquo;for you
+have spoke the English more better as nice.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What shall we do?&rdquo; continued Sanford, who
+seemed to be positively distressed at the unfortunate
+circumstance.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do? Go to bed, and go to sleep. What else can
+we do? You are too big a boy to cry over your misfortunes,&rdquo;
+replied Scott.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t intend to cry; but I feel very bad about it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Dry your tears,&rdquo; said Burchmore. &ldquo;We may
+as well take a biscuit, turn in, and call it half a
+day.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But when will there be a steamer to Copenhagen?&rdquo;
+asked Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The Najaden must go Monday afternoon,&rdquo; answered
+the landlord, who, for some reason best known
+to himself, did not deem it prudent to mention the
+fact that the Kronprindsesse Louise would sail within
+half an hour.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This will never do,&rdquo; interposed Rodman. &ldquo;We
+have been chasing the ship now for a week, and by
+the time we get to Copenhagen she will be gone. I
+move we go to Stockholm. We shall be sure to catch
+her there.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Good!&rdquo; exclaimed Wilde.</p>
+
+<p>The proposition was fully discussed, and when a
+majority favored the movement, the others, among
+whom was Sanford, yielded an apparently reluctant
+assent. The Wadstena would start at two o&#8217;clock,
+and there was not a moment to lose. The landlord
+was astonished at the decision, and his hotel was not
+filled that night, as he intended it should be. Just as
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_236" id="Page_236">[Pg 236]</a></span>
+the canal steamer was starting, the young tourists
+hurried on board, and were soon on their way to
+Stockholm.</p>
+
+<p>Not a quarter of a mile distant at this moment were
+Peaks and his prisoner, and Blaine, the head steward,
+who was on the lookout for them.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_237" id="Page_237">[Pg 237]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER XIV.</h2>
+
+<p class="center"><strong>THROUGH THE SOUND TO COPENHAGEN.</strong></p>
+
+
+<p>Mr. Lowington was almost forced to the conclusion
+that the experiment of permitting the
+students to manage their own finances was a failure. If
+it could be a success anywhere, it must be in the northern
+countries, where none of the boys spoke the language,
+and where the lighter intoxicants were not so common
+as in the more southern portions of Europe. Though
+he was not aware that any pupils had made an improper
+use of their money, the non-arrival of the crew
+of the second cutter, and the disappearance of Scott and
+Laybold in Gottenburg, seemed to have some relation
+to the condition of their funds. But he was willing to
+carry the experiment as far as practicable, and to
+restore the obnoxious rule only when it was absolutely
+necessary to do so. Two thirds of the students could
+be safely trusted to manage their money matters, and
+it was not pleasant to restrain the whole for the benefit
+of the minority.</p>
+
+<p>After the boys had walked all over Gottenburg, they
+were weary enough to retire at eight bells in the evening,
+especially as they were to turn out at two o&#8217;clock
+the next morning, for the trip up the G&ouml;ta Canal. At
+the appointed time, the steamer came alongside the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_238" id="Page_238">[Pg 238]</a></span>
+ship, where she took the excursionists on board, the
+boats of the other vessels conveying their crews to the
+Young America. As it was still dark, not a few of
+the boys finished their nap in the little steamer. About
+eight o&#8217;clock, she reached the long series of locks by
+which the canal passes the Falls of Trollh&auml;tten, and
+the excursionists walked for a couple of hours through
+the beautiful scenery, and embarking again in the
+steamer, arrived at Wenersberg, where they obtained
+a view of the Wenern Lake, and proceeded by
+special train to Herrljunga, and thence, by regular
+train, to Gottenburg, where they arrived before eight
+in the evening. The wind was fair, and the squadron
+immediately sailed to the southward.</p>
+
+<p>The principal was annoyed by the absence of not
+less than a dozen of the students; but he had every
+confidence in the zeal and discretion of Peaks, who
+was to take charge of the cutter&#8217;s crew, and he left the
+head steward at Gottenburg to find Scott and Laybold.
+He feared that the success of these wanderers
+would encourage others to follow their example, and
+increased vigilance seemed to be necessary on the part
+of the instructors. The next day was Sunday, and it
+was doubly a season of rest. The breeze was fair, but
+very light, so that the squadron made only about four
+knots an hour; but on Monday morning she was fairly
+in the Sound, which is about three miles in width.
+On the left was the town of Helsingborg, in Sweden,
+and on the right Kronberg Castle, with Elsinore, on a
+kind of land-locked basin, behind it. The vessels
+continued on their course, keeping within a short distance
+of the shore, so that those on board could distinctly
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_239" id="Page_239">[Pg 239]</a></span>
+see the towns and villages. The houses were
+neat, with red roofs, each one having its little garden.
+There were plenty of groves and forests, and the trees
+were oaks and beeches, instead of pines and firs which
+the voyagers had seen in Norway and Sweden. The
+country was flat, with nothing like a hill to be seen.</p>
+
+<p>The breeze freshening, the squadron hastened its
+pace, and in the middle of the forenoon the spires of
+Copenhagen were in plain sight. Off in the water
+were several detached forts, built on small islands.
+The Young America led the way, and soon dropped
+her anchor off the citadel of Frederikshavn, and near
+the landing-place, where a crowd of small steamers
+were lying at the wharf.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Have you been here before, Dr. Winstock?&rdquo;
+asked Captain Lincoln, as he saw the surgeon examining
+the aspect of the city.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes; several years ago. I have been in every
+country in Europe.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Copenhagen don&#8217;t look just as I expected it
+would,&rdquo; added the commander. &ldquo;I thought it must
+be a very old, black, and musty-looking place.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You see that it is not,&mdash;at least not from the
+water; but you will find plenty of dismal and gloomy-looking
+buildings in it. The fact is, Denmark is too
+small a kingdom to support all the show and expense
+of royalty: its palaces are too large and costly to be
+retained as such, and many of them have been permitted
+to fall into partial decay. But I will not anticipate
+Mr. Mapps&#8217; lecture, for I see the signal is flying.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;She makes a tremendous display of forts and
+guns,&rdquo; added Lincoln, glancing from the batteries of
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_240" id="Page_240">[Pg 240]</a></span>
+Trekroner and Lynetten to the bristling guns of Frederikshavn.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Doubtless it is a strong place, but the English
+have twice captured the city. Here are the boats
+from the other vessels. I suppose we shall go ashore
+after dinner.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The steerage was soon crowded with students, and
+Mr. Mapps took his usual position at the foremast, on
+which appeared the map of Denmark.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In English this country is called Denmark,&rdquo; said
+the professor; &ldquo;but it has this name in no other language.
+The Danes call it <em>Danmark</em>, the adjective of
+which is <em>Danske</em>; and the country is also called the
+<em>Danske Stat</em>, or Danish States. In German it is
+<em>D&auml;nemark</em>; in French, <em>Danemark</em>; in Italian, <em>Danimarca</em>.
+It is bounded on the north by the Skager
+Rack, or Sleeve; on the east by the Cattegat, the
+Sound, and the Baltic Sea; on the south by the Duchy
+of Schleswig and the Baltic; and on the west by the
+North Sea. When this ship was in Europe before,
+Schleswig-Holstein and Lauenburg belonged to Denmark;
+but now they belong to Prussia, and Jutland is
+all that remains of continental Denmark. This peninsula
+has an area of nine thousand six hundred square
+miles, or about the size of the State of New Hampshire.
+With the several islands, the entire area of
+Denmark is fourteen thousand five hundred square
+miles. Greenland, Iceland, the Faroe Islands, and
+several small islands in the West Indies, belong to
+her. The population is nearly one million eight hundred
+thousand&mdash;about equal to that of Massachusetts
+and New Hampshire united.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_241" id="Page_241">[Pg 241]</a></span>
+&ldquo;The country is flat, or gently undulating, and the
+highest hill is only five hundred and fifty feet high.
+The soil is sandy on the peninsula, and not very fertile,
+but very rich on some of the islands. It is indented
+to a remarkable degree with bays and inlets,
+and the whole interior is dotted with small lakes, usually
+connected by a river, like a number of eggs on a
+string. The Lim Fjord, which you see in the north,
+formerly only extended to within a short distance of
+the North Sea; but in 1825 a tempest broke through
+the narrow neck of land, and opened a passage for
+small vessels. These inland lakes are full of fish, and
+salmon was once so plenty that householders were forbidden
+by law to feed their servants with this food
+more than once a week.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The two largest islands are F&uuml;nen and Seeland,
+which are separated by the Great Belt, and the former
+from the main land by the Little Belt. In winter
+these are frozen over, as is the Sound in the severer
+seasons, and have been crossed by armies engaged in
+military operations. The country is well wooded, and
+you will find plenty of large oaks and beeches. This
+morning you passed Elsinore, where Shakespeare locates
+Hamlet; but you cannot find where &lsquo;the morn
+walks o&#8217;er the dew of yon high eastern hill,&rsquo; for there
+are no hills there; nor &lsquo;the dreadful summit of the
+cliff, that beetles o&#8217;er his base into the sea.&rsquo; It is a
+flat region, with only a low cliff to border the sea;
+certainly with no such tremendous steeps as the poet
+describes. Besides, Hamlet lived and died in Jutland.
+But Shakespeare used the poet&#8217;s license.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nearly all of Denmark lies between latitude fifty-five
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_242" id="Page_242">[Pg 242]</a></span>
+and fifty-eight; but, though the thermometer sometimes
+falls to twenty-two degrees below zero in winter,
+the average temperature is mild. The climate does
+not materially differ from the eastern coast of Massachusetts.
+The air is so humid that the grass and trees
+have a livelier green than the countries farther south,
+and droughts are almost unknown. When France
+and Germany are parched and dry, Denmark is fresh
+and green. The people are engaged principally in
+agriculture and commerce. The chief exports are
+grain, cattle, and horses.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The government is a constitutional monarchy.
+The king is assisted in the executive department by a
+&lsquo;Royal Privy Council&rsquo; of seven ministers. The legislature
+is called the Rigsdag, and consists of the Landsthing,
+or upper house, and the Folkething, or lower
+house. Of the former, twelve are nominated for life,
+by the king, from the present or past members of the
+lower house, and the remaining fifty-four are elected,
+in four classes, by the largest tax-payers in country
+districts, in towns, in cities, and by deputies representing
+the ordinary voters. The members of the
+lower house are chosen directly by the people. All
+male citizens of twenty-five, except paupers, and servants
+who are not householders, are voters.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The established religion of the state is Lutheran,
+and the king must be of this church. He nominates
+the bishops, who have no political power, as in England.
+They have the general supervision and management
+of all the affairs of the church in the kingdom.
+Although there are only about thirteen thousand non-Lutherans
+in Denmark, entire religious toleration prevails,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_243" id="Page_243">[Pg 243]</a></span>
+and no man can be deprived of his civil and
+political rights on account of his creed.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Free education is provided by the government for
+all children whose parents cannot afford to pay for
+tuition, and attendance at school, between the ages of
+seven and fourteen, is compulsory. All the people,
+therefore, are instructed in the elementary branches;
+and, besides the University of Copenhagen, there is a
+system of high and middle schools, available for the
+children of merchants, mechanics, and the more prosperous
+of the laboring classes.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Every able-bodied man in Denmark, who has attained
+the age of twenty-one, is liable to serve as a soldier
+for eight years in the regular army, and eight more
+in the army of the reserve. In preparation for this
+duty, every man is enrolled, and required to drill for a
+period of from four to six months, according to the
+arm of the service in which he is placed; and those
+who do not become proficient in this time are required
+to drill for another and longer period. The kingdom
+is divided into military districts, and all the soldiers
+are required to drill from thirty to forty-five days
+every year. The navy of Denmark consists of thirty-one
+steamers of all classes, six of which are iron-clads,
+carrying three hundred and twelve guns, and manned
+by nine hundred men.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Little is known of the history of this country before
+the eighth century, but the Cimbri occupied it before
+the time of Christ. The Danes conquered portions of
+England, and in the eleventh century, Canute, who introduced
+Christianity into his realm, completed the
+conquest. Norway was also included in his kingdom,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_244" id="Page_244">[Pg 244]</a></span>
+and under him and his successors, during the next two
+hundred years, Denmark attained the summit of her
+power and glory. Holstein, Lauenburg, and several
+other of the northern provinces of Germany, and even
+a portion of Prussia, were subjected to her sway.
+Waldemar II., a successor of Canute, with his eldest
+son, was daringly captured, while resting from the
+fatigues of the chase, one evening, by Count Schwerin,
+whom the king had provoked to wrath by some flagrant
+injustice. This bold act of retaliation was carried
+to a successful issue, and the king and his son
+were transported by water to Castle Schwerin, in
+Mecklenburg, where they were kept as prisoners for
+three years&mdash;a most remarkable instance of retribution,
+if we consider that Waldemar was the most powerful
+sovereign of the north. By threats and bribes
+his release was procured; but during his confinement
+the conquered provinces had revolted, and the king
+was unable to recover his lost possessions. Denmark
+was thus reduced from her lofty position by the injustice
+of her king.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Towards the close of the fourteenth century, Margaret&mdash;the
+Semiramis of the North&mdash;succeeded to the
+thrones of Norway and Denmark, and added Sweden
+to her dominions by conquest, in the compact of Calmar.
+The Swedes, under Gustavus Vasa, established
+their independence after the union had existed for
+one hundred and twenty-five years. At the death of
+the last of Margaret&#8217;s line, in 1439, the states of Denmark
+elected the count of Oldenburg their king, who
+reigned as Christian I. He was made duke of Schleswig
+and count of Holstein, and thus the sovereign of
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_245" id="Page_245">[Pg 245]</a></span>
+Denmark became the ruler of these duchies, about
+which there has been so much trouble within the last
+ten years, and which caused the war of 1866 between
+Prussia and Austria. He was followed by his son
+Hans, or John, whose heir was Christian II., deposed
+in 1523. This prince was a tyrant, and was kept
+a prisoner for twenty-seven years. His crown was
+given to Frederick, Duke of Schleswig and Holstein,
+in whose reign Sweden established her independence.
+His son Christian III. succeeded him. In the great
+wars which followed the Reformation, the kings of
+Denmark took the Protestant side. In repeated conflicts
+with the Swedes, Denmark lost much of her territory.
+After Christian III. came Frederick II., and
+then Christian IV., who was followed by Frederick
+III., in whose reign the crown, which had been nominally
+elective, was made hereditary in the Oldenburg
+line. Under Christian V. the country was at peace;
+but Frederick IV., who came after him, brought on a
+war with Sweden by invading the territory of the
+Duke of Holstein, an ally of the King of Sweden,
+which continued till 1718. Under Christian VI. and
+Frederick V. the country was at peace. Christian
+VII. married the sister of George III. of England,
+and was followed, in 1808, by Frederick VI., their son.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In 1780, Russia, Sweden, and Denmark, under
+the influence of France, established a new code of
+maritime laws, which operated against the interests
+of England. This action in convention was called
+&lsquo;Armed Neutrality,&rsquo; and in 1800, during the reign
+of Christian VII., its principles were revived, and a
+new agreement was signed by Russia, Prussia, Denmark,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_246" id="Page_246">[Pg 246]</a></span>
+and Sweden. It declared that arms and ammunition
+alone were contraband of war, that merchandise
+of belligerents, except contraband of war, was to
+be protected by a neutral flag, and that &lsquo;paper blockades&rsquo;
+should be regarded as ineffectual. England immediately
+laid an embargo on the vessels of the powers
+signing it. In 1801, a British fleet under Sir Hyde
+Parker, with Nelson as second in command, bombarded
+Copenhagen. Again, in 1807, England, fearing
+that Denmark would be compelled by Napoleon
+to take part against her, bombarded Copenhagen, and
+compelled the government to give up its entire fleet,
+which was sent to England. This ended the armed
+neutrality. At the final treaty of peace, in 1814, Norway
+was ceded to Sweden, which, in return, gave to
+Denmark Pomerania, and the Island of R&uuml;gen; but the
+next year Pomerania was passed over to Prussia, in
+exchange for the Duchy of Lauenburg.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Frederick VI. reigned till 1839, when he was
+followed by Christian VIII. The two Duchies of
+Schleswig and Holstein were still subjects of dispute.
+The king claimed them, but the people of
+Holstein were German in sentiment, and objected
+to the incorporation of their country in the Kingdom
+of Denmark, to which the continued efforts of
+the latter were directed. The Danish language
+was required to be used to the exclusion of the German.
+In 1848, Frederick VII. came to the throne,
+and was more energetic in pushing his claims to the
+duchies than some of his predecessors had been. The
+people of Holstein, which was a member of the German
+Confederation, were in a state of insurrection,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_247" id="Page_247">[Pg 247]</a></span>
+when the King of Denmark virtually annexed both
+duchies to his kingdom. War ensued, and continued
+for three years. The interference of some of the great
+powers restored peace, but left the question in dispute
+unsettled.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What was the question in dispute?&rdquo; asked Captain
+Lincoln.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I will explain it, though there are so many complications
+to it, that only a general view of the subject
+can be given. For four hundred years the line of
+Oldenburg has occupied the throne of Denmark.
+Schleswig and Holstein were governed by the same
+rulers, though each country was separately organized.
+But the law of succession was different. In Denmark
+a female could rule, while in the duchies the line was
+limited to males. Frederick VII. had no children,
+and it was seen that the direct line of the house of
+Oldenburg would be extinct at his death. A treaty
+made by the several powers interested gave the succession
+to Prince Christian, whose wife was entitled
+to the throne by right of her descent from Christian
+III., who died in 1559; but she yielded her right to her
+husband, who ascended the throne in 1863, as Christian
+IX., and is the present king. At the death of
+Frederick VII., the Duke of Augustenburg claimed
+the duchies. Germany desired to separate Schleswig-Holstein
+from Denmark. The German troops entered
+Holstein, which was a member of the Confederation,
+and entitled to its protection. Denmark refused to
+yield her title to the duchies, and war ensued. The
+Danes were overwhelmed, and repeatedly defeated.
+England declined to assist Denmark, as had been expected
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_248" id="Page_248">[Pg 248]</a></span>
+by the latter, and Denmark was compelled to
+renounce all her claims to Schleswig-Holstein and
+Lauenburg, in favor of Prussia and Austria. The
+main question in regard to the final disposition of the
+duchies was left open for future adjustment, and Prussia
+took temporary possession of Schleswig, and Austria
+of Holstein. The Duke of Augustenburg was
+permitted to remain in the latter, but forbidden to get
+up any demonstration in aid of his own claims.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Austria favored the claim of the duke, while Prussia
+denied it, and accused her then powerful rival of
+encouraging revolutionary movements in Holstein dangerous
+to the thrones of Europe. Then followed the
+great war of 1866, which resulted in the utter humiliation
+of Austria, and the annexation of all the disputed
+territories to Prussia. Denmark, thus shorn of her territories
+and her power, has become an insignificant kingdom.
+With less than two million inhabitants, she supports
+all the costly trappings of royalty, and keeps an
+army and navy. The king has a civil list of nearly
+three hundred thousand dollars, and the heir apparent
+has an allowance exceeding the salary of the President
+of the United States, while the entire revenue of the nation
+is only about thirteen million dollars. Prince Frederick,
+the king&#8217;s oldest son, who succeeds to the throne,
+married the daughter of the King of Sweden and Norway.
+The princess Alexandra, the oldest daughter,
+is the wife of the Prince of Wales. Prince Wilhelm,
+the second son, was elected King of Greece, under the
+title of Georgios I. in 1863. The Princess Dagmar is
+the wife of the Grand Duke Alexander, of Russia, heir
+of the throne. By their connections two of the sons
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_249" id="Page_249">[Pg 249]</a></span>
+are, or will be, kings, one daughter Queen of England,
+and another Empress of Russia.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In 1348, the King of Denmark levied duties on
+all vessels passing through the Sound, at the Fortress
+of Kronberg, which were applied to the expenses of
+the light-houses, and the protection of shipping from
+pirates. The United States first objected to the payment
+of this tax, and called the attention of the commercial
+nations of Europe to the annoyance. All vessels
+were obliged to anchor, and submit to vexatious
+delays; but none doubted the right to levy the dues,
+which had been formally regulated by treaties. Denmark
+consented to abandon her claims on the payment
+of about fifteen millions of dollars by the nations of
+Europe, and about four hundred thousand on the part
+of the United States.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The professor completed his lecture, and the students
+separated. Most of them climbed into the rigging,
+or seated themselves on the rail, where they
+could see the city and the various objects of interest in
+the harbor. The view shoreward from the ship was
+very unsatisfactory, for the city, built on a dead level,
+presented but little to challenge the attention of the
+voyager. While they were observing the surroundings,
+a shore boat approached the vessel, in which
+were two persons wearing the uniform of the squadron.
+One of them was a stout man, in whom the students
+soon recognized Peaks.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But who is that with him?&rdquo; asked Norwood.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It&#8217;s one of the second cutter&#8217;s crew, I suppose,&rdquo;
+replied De Forrest. &ldquo;I didn&#8217;t think, when I went
+ashore with them, that I shouldn&#8217;t see any of them
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_250" id="Page_250">[Pg 250]</a></span>
+again for so long a time. I wonder where the rest of
+them are.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s not one of the second cutters,&rdquo; added Judson.
+&ldquo;It is the English fellow.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;So it is.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Peaks came alongside, and directed Clyde Blacklock
+to mount the accommodation ladder, which he did
+without making any objection. They had arrived the
+day before. The prisoner seemed to have lost some
+portion of his stubborn spirit. The boatswain followed
+him to the deck, and touching his cap to the captain
+and other officers on the quarter-deck, went aft, where
+the principal was talking with the surgeon.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We have come on board, sir,&rdquo; said the boatswain,
+as he took off his cap and pointed to Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I see you have,&rdquo; replied Mr. Lowington. &ldquo;I&#8217;m
+glad to see you again, Clyde.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The young Briton nodded his head with a jerk,
+but made no reply.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Have you seen Mr. Blaine, Peaks?&rdquo; asked the
+principal.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, sir; I met him on the wharf night before
+last at Gottenburg.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But where are the crew of the second cutter? I
+expected you to bring them.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They came back to Christiania on Friday, and
+took the steamer for Gottenburg the same evening;
+but Mr. Blaine had not seen them. Their steamer
+arrived in the forenoon, and the ship did not sail till
+night.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am afraid there is something wrong about it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I left Mr. Blaine in Gottenburg. I suppose he
+will find them.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_251" id="Page_251">[Pg 251]</a></span>
+Peaks reported in detail the result of his mission
+on shore. So far as Clyde was concerned it was entirely
+satisfactory; but the continued absence of the
+second cutter&#8217;s crew was very annoying to the principal.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How do you feel, Clyde?&rdquo; asked Mr. Lowington,
+turning to the new student.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I feel well enough,&rdquo; replied the runaway, roughly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am glad you do. I hope you feel better than
+when you left the ship.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;While you were on board before, I neglected to
+explain to you the consequences of leaving the ship
+without permission.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It wouldn&#8217;t have made any difference. I should
+have gone just the same,&rdquo; answered Clyde, doggedly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The less trouble you make, the better it will be for
+you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Perhaps it will; but I don&#8217;t intend to stay in this
+ship a great while.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I intend that you shall stay here; and since you
+avow your purpose to run away again, I must see that
+you are put in a safe place. Peaks, the brig.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The brig? What&#8217;s that?&rdquo; demanded Clyde, who
+was very suspicious of the calm, unmoved tones of
+the principal.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Come with me, my lad, and I will show you,&rdquo; replied
+the boatswain.</p>
+
+<p>The Briton knew by sad experience how useless it
+was to contend against this tyrant, who, however, always
+used him well when he behaved in a reasonable
+manner. He followed the boatswain into the steerage,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_252" id="Page_252">[Pg 252]</a></span>
+and the door of the brig, which was a small prison
+formed of plank slats, set upright under the steps,
+about three inches apart, was opened.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s the brig, my boy,&rdquo; said Peaks. &ldquo;It&#8217;s a
+regular institution on board a man-of-war; but this
+one has not been opened for months.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, what&#8217;s it for?&rdquo; asked Clyde, who even yet
+did not seem to comprehend its use.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Walk in, and I will make it all plain to you in a
+moment.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t know what you mean.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Sail in!&rdquo; shouted a student, who, with others, was
+observing the treatment.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;On deck, sir!&rdquo; said the boatswain, sternly, to the
+speaker. &ldquo;Report yourself.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>It was a principle in the discipline of the ship that
+no person should say or do anything to irritate a student
+undergoing punishment, and no one was permitted,
+on such occasions, to take part on either side,
+unless called upon by the officer or instructor to do so.
+In ordinary cases no boy was required, or permitted,
+to be a &ldquo;tell-tale,&rdquo; and all were expected to remain
+neutral. The student who had spoken left the steerage,
+and went on deck, before Clyde had time to
+&ldquo;open upon him,&rdquo; as he intended to do.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Step in, my lad,&rdquo; added Peaks.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What for?&rdquo; asked the Briton, as he obeyed the
+order, but not without a suspicion that he was to
+step upon a red-hot gridiron, or be precipitated through
+some opening in the deck into the dark depths beneath.</p>
+
+<p>No such calamity happened to him, and he was
+rather astonished to find that no harsher punishment
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_253" id="Page_253">[Pg 253]</a></span>
+was used for the flagrant offence he had committed.
+He had pushed the boatswain overboard, and then
+run away. Peaks had never manifested any resentment
+towards him on account of his cowardly trick;
+but he anticipated some severe discipline on board of
+the ship. The boatswain closed and locked the door
+of the brig, and then looked in at the prisoner through
+the slats.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you understand what the brig is for now?&rdquo;
+asked Peaks.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You have locked me in&mdash;that&#8217;s all.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s all, my lad.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How long am I to stay here?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Till you make up your mind not to run away.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This isn&#8217;t a bad place, and I shall stay here till I
+grow gray before I promise not to be off when I get
+a chance.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All right, my hearty. Think of it a few weeks.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>To one who had expected some horrible punishment
+for his misdemeanors, the brig seemed like very
+mild discipline. Clyde seated himself on the stool in
+his prison, and leisurely surveyed the surroundings.
+He was an enterprising youth, and the bars of his
+cage looked small and weak. At dinner time, the
+meal was handed in to him, and he ate with an excellent
+appetite. Soon after, he heard the call for all
+hands, and then the waiter in the steerage told him
+they had gone on shore to see the city. Everything
+was quiet and still, and he devoted himself to a more
+particular examination of the bars of the brig. They
+were two inches thick, but the case looked hopeful.
+Pursuing his investigations still farther, he found, under
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_254" id="Page_254">[Pg 254]</a></span>
+the steps, a saw, a hammer, a chisel, and some
+other tools, which Bitts, the carpenter, had placed
+there a few days before, and forgotten to remove.
+Clyde took up the saw; but just then, Peaks, with a
+book in his hand, seated himself at a table near the
+brig, and began to read.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_255" id="Page_255">[Pg 255]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER XV.</h2>
+
+<p class="center"><strong>COPENHAGEN AND TIVOLI.</strong></p>
+
+
+<p>All the boats of the squadron came into line, each
+with the flag in the bow and stern. They pulled
+along the water front of the city, around a couple of
+Danish men-of-war, and of course created a sensation.
+One by one the boats rowed up to the landing, and
+the students went on shore, each crew securing its
+cutter at the wharf, near the steps. The custom-house
+officers were on the alert; but as no one had parcels
+of any kind, the students were not detained. Mr. and
+Mrs. Kendall landed, and as they intended to spend a
+few days in the city, they had a couple of valises,
+which the porters, who are always in waiting at all
+the ports in Europe, conveyed into the custom-house.
+The Toldbod, as this edifice is called by the Danes, is
+surrounded by a high wall, which also encloses the
+entire landing-place, so that none can visit the city
+from the sea without passing through its gates.</p>
+
+<p>One of the officers spoke English very well, and
+evidently took pride in doing so, for he asked a great
+many questions so pleasantly, that it was impossible
+to explain his object in any other way. He wished to
+know whether the travellers had any clothing they
+had not worn, and whether Mrs. Kendall had any
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_256" id="Page_256">[Pg 256]</a></span>
+tobacco or liquor. She protested that she did not use
+tobacco or liquor; and the actual examination of the
+baggage was a mere form. The man was so polite,
+that Paul at once concluded he was only practising his
+English. A carriage was procured, and Dr. Winstock
+and Captain Lincoln were invited to join the
+party. The inquiring students deemed it a great privilege
+to be permitted to go with the surgeon, for he
+was a walking encyclop&aelig;dia of every city and country
+in Europe. As Paul Kendall had been before, Captain
+Lincoln was now, the favorite of the doctor, and
+the little party were to see the city together.</p>
+
+<p>The carriage went out at the gate, and passed into
+Amaliegade. The houses were plain and substantial,
+without much ornament. They were of brick, but
+most of them were covered with stucco.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What&#8217;s this?&rdquo; asked Paul, as the carriage entered
+an open space, with an equestrian statue in the
+centre.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Frederiksplads,&rdquo; replied the doctor; &ldquo;and that is
+the statue of Frederik V., who came to the throne in
+1746, and in whose reign this palace was erected.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The place was an octagon, surrounded on all sides
+by public buildings.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This is the residence of the king on the left. On
+the other side is the palace of the crown prince.
+There is the foreign office, and on the other side lives
+the queen dowager.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They are not very elegant buildings,&rdquo; said Captain
+Lincoln.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No; there are no very fine buildings in Copenhagen,
+though the Exchange is a very curious structure,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_257" id="Page_257">[Pg 257]</a></span>
+and some are very large and unwieldy. There&#8217;s the
+Casino,&rdquo; added the doctor.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What&#8217;s a casino?&rdquo; inquired the captain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Here it is a building for dancing, concerts, theatrical
+performances, and similar amusements in the
+winter season. Everything is cheap here, and the
+price of admission to the Casino, where one joins the
+dance or sees a play, is two or three marks.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How much is that? I haven&#8217;t looked up the
+money yet,&rdquo; said Paul.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A rigsbank dollar is the unit, worth about fifty-four
+cents of our money. It is divided into six marks,
+of nine cents each, and a mark into sixteen skillings, of
+about half a cent each. When the Italian opera is at
+the Casino, the prices are only three or four marks.
+This is Gothersgade,&rdquo; added Dr. Winstock, as the
+carriage turned into another street. &ldquo;In plain English,
+Gothic street.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There&#8217;s another equestrian statue,&rdquo; added Captain
+Lincoln, pointing to a large, irregular space, surrounded
+by public buildings.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The statue of Christian V. This is Kongens, or
+King&#8217;s Square. There are the Academy of Arts, the
+Royal Theatre, the Guard House, the New Market&mdash;none
+of them very fine, as you can see for yourselves.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The carriage crossed this square, and came out at a
+canal, on the other side of which was the vast palace
+of Christiansborg. A short distance farther brought
+the party to the Royal Hotel. The carriage stopped
+at the door in the arch, and the two landlords, the
+porter, the waiters, and the clerk, half a score strong,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_258" id="Page_258">[Pg 258]</a></span>
+turned out to receive its occupants. All of them
+bowed low, and all of them led the way up stairs.
+Paul took a parlor and chamber for himself and lady.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Now, where&#8217;s Joseph?&rdquo; asked Dr. Winstock.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who&#8217;s Joseph?&rdquo; inquired the captain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He is the guide at this hotel, if he is still living.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Joseph was sent for, and soon made his appearance.
+He was an elderly man, with gray hair and whiskers,
+neatly dressed in black. His manners were very
+agreeable, and he exhibited a lively zeal to serve the
+tourists. Mr. Lowington had been courteously waited
+upon by an officer of the government, who had
+volunteered to have the various palaces, museums,
+and other places of interest, opened during the afternoon
+and the next day. Joseph had procured a two-horse
+carriage, and the party at the hotel seated themselves
+in it, with the guide on the box with the driver.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s the Slot,&rdquo; said Joseph, pointing across the
+canal.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The what?&rdquo; exclaimed Captain Lincoln.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The Slot, or Palace of Christiansborg.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Slot! What a name!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But not any worse than the German word
+<em>Schloss</em>,&rdquo; added Joseph, laughing. &ldquo;Do you speak
+German, sir?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Not much.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The guide uttered a few sentences in German, evidently
+for the purpose of demonstrating that he spoke
+the language.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The palace is on an island called Slotsholm, and is
+as big as it is ugly. Shall we go there now?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No; we want a general view of the city first,&rdquo;
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_259" id="Page_259">[Pg 259]</a></span>
+replied Dr. Winstock. &ldquo;I think we had better
+ascend to the top of the Round Tower.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Joseph gave the order, and the carriage proceeded to
+the tower. The canal in front of the hotel was filled
+with small craft, which had brought pottery and various
+wares from other parts of Denmark, to sell. The
+goods were arranged on the decks and on the shore
+of the canal. Near were groups of women, who were
+selling fish, vegetables, and other articles, around
+whom was a crowd of purchasers.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I suppose you have heard of Andersen?&rdquo; said
+Joseph to the captain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Heard of him! I have read all his books which
+have been translated into English,&rdquo; replied Captain
+Lincoln.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He has rooms in that building some of the time.
+Do you see that sign&mdash;Melchoir?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This Melchoir is a very dear friend of Andersen,
+who lives with him a portion of the time.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Is it possible to see Hans Christian Andersen?&rdquo;
+asked Mrs. Kendall.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Quite possible, madam. I will see about it to-day.
+He is a very agreeable man, and willing to meet
+all who wish to see him,&rdquo; answered Joseph. &ldquo;There&#8217;s
+the Town Hall,&rdquo; he added, as the carriage passed a
+large building, with an extensive colonnade in front.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;&lsquo;<em>Med Lov skal man Land bygge</em>,&rsquo;&rdquo; said Lincoln,
+reading an inscription on the front. &ldquo;Those are
+my sentiments exactly.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;&lsquo;With law must the land be built&rsquo; is the English
+of that,&rdquo; laughed Joseph. &ldquo;All the Jutland laws begin
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_260" id="Page_260">[Pg 260]</a></span>
+with this phrase, which was spoken by Waldemar II.
+We Danes believe in law, and everything that is
+good. Copenhagen is a very fine city, and everything
+is remarkably cheap here.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What do you call your city in your own lingo,
+Joseph?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Kj&ouml;benhavn; pronounce it Ch&eacute;p-en-ahn.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Chepenahn,&rdquo; repeated Lincoln.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Speak it a little quicker, and you will have it
+right. It was first called simply the Haven; then in
+Danish, when many merchants carried on business
+here, <em>Kaupmannah&ouml;fn</em>, or merchants&#8217; haven, from
+which it was shortened into <em>chepenahn</em>. Here is
+the Round Tower,&rdquo; added Joseph, as the carriage
+stopped.</p>
+
+<p>The party alighted and entered the structure, which
+was the tower of the Church of the Trinity.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This used to be the watch tower, where men were
+kept to give the alarm in case of fire; but the observatory
+has been moved to the tower of St. Nicholas, and
+now we have a telegraphic fire alarm. Won&#8217;t you
+walk up to the top of this tower, where you can have
+a fine view of the whole city? The ascent is very
+easy,&rdquo; continued Joseph.</p>
+
+<p>There were no stairs, but an inclined plane, gradual
+in its rise, permitted the tourists to ascend to the summit
+with very little labor.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We might have driven up in the carriage,&rdquo; said
+Captain Lincoln.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There would be no difficulty at all in doing so.
+In fact, Peter the Great, when he was in Copenhagen,
+in 1716, drove to the top with the Empress Catharine,
+in a coach and four.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_261" id="Page_261">[Pg 261]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Is that so?&rdquo; asked the captain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I can&#8217;t remember so far back myself,&rdquo; chuckled
+Joseph, &ldquo;for I&#8217;m not much over a hundred years old;
+but everybody says it is true, and I see no reason to
+doubt the story. Peter the Great liked to do strange
+things, and you can see for yourself that a carriage
+would run very well here.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If he went up with a coach and four, of course he
+must have come down, unless the carriage and horses
+are up there now. How did he turn his team?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is easier to ask some questions than to answer
+them,&rdquo; replied Joseph. &ldquo;History does not say that he
+drove down, only that he drove up.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Perhaps he backed down, which kings and emperors
+are sometimes obliged to do, as well as common
+people,&rdquo; suggested Paul Kendall.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Very likely he did; I don&#8217;t see any other way for
+the team to descend,&rdquo; added Joseph. &ldquo;This tower
+was begun in 1639.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>At the top of the structure the travellers took a
+general survey of the city, and then proceeded to
+examine it in detail.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you remember the latitude of Copenhagen,
+Captain Lincoln?&rdquo; asked Dr. Winstock.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;About fifty-five and a half.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The same as the middle of Labrador. Quebec is
+about forty-seven, and this is a long way farther north.
+What is the population of this city, Joseph?&rdquo; asked
+the doctor.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;One hundred and eighty-one thousand,&rdquo; replied
+the guide, giving the census of 1870. &ldquo;Formerly the
+city was a walled town, with ramparts and moats. It
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_262" id="Page_262">[Pg 262]</a></span>
+was built partly on Seeland, and partly on the small
+island of Amager. The channel between them is the
+harbor. You can see where the old line of fortifications
+was. The old town lies nearest to the sea, but
+the city is now spreading rapidly out into the country.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What is that broad sheet of water, with two bridges
+over it?&rdquo; asked Lincoln, pointing to the land side.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That is the reservoir. Formerly the water in the
+city was bad, but now it has an excellent system of
+water-works. The water comes in from the country,
+and is pumped up by steam before it is distributed.
+Beyond that, for miles, the country is covered with
+beautiful villas and country residences. You must ride
+out there, for the environs of Copenhagen are as fine as
+anything in Europe.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are right, Joseph,&rdquo; added the doctor. &ldquo;Some
+parts of the city are not unlike Holland, you see. The
+Slotsholm canal gives that part of the town a decidedly
+Dutch look.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The part on Amager, called Christianshavn, is all
+cut up by canals,&rdquo; added the guide.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Now, we will take a ride around the city,&rdquo; said
+Paul Kendall.</p>
+
+<p>The party descended, and having driven through
+some of the principal streets, and obtained a very
+good idea of the city, returned to the hotel.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Now you can dismiss the carriage, and we will
+go to some of the museums and churches,&rdquo; suggested
+Joseph.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We don&#8217;t care to walk far; we will retain the
+carriage,&rdquo; replied Paul.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It will be much cheaper to walk, as you have to
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_263" id="Page_263">[Pg 263]</a></span>
+pay four marks an hour for the carriage,&rdquo; pleaded the
+economical guide. &ldquo;Thorwaldsen&#8217;s Museum and the
+Northern Antiquities are only a few steps from here.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Very well; we will walk, then, if you insist upon
+it,&rdquo; laughed Paul.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I thought these guides made you spend as much
+money as possible,&rdquo; said Captain Lincoln to the surgeon.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I never found it so. I think they are a very useful
+class of men. They charge here about two rigsdalers
+a day, and I remember that Joseph would not let me
+throw away a single mark. They know the prices for
+carriages and everything else, and it is for their interest
+not to let any one cheat their employers. Perhaps
+it is not well to make purchases with them, for they
+compel the merchant to pay them a commission,
+which increases the price charged for the articles.
+But I think, in many places, I have done better with
+a <em>commissionnaire</em> than without one, in making purchases.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Joseph led the way across the bridge to Slotsholm,
+which was nearly covered by the immense palace of
+Christiansborg and its dependencies. The first building
+was Thorwaldsen&#8217;s Museum, the outer walls of
+which were covered with an Etruscan fresco of the
+arrival and debarkation of the great sculptor and his
+goods, mostly works of art. The figures are about
+life size, and the situation in which the pictures are
+placed is novel and quaint. The work was done by
+inlaying cement of different colors in the wall. Joseph
+described the various scenes. Thorwaldsen is still
+held in the highest regard and veneration by all Denmark,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_264" id="Page_264">[Pg 264]</a></span>
+and especially by all Copenhagen; indeed, he
+seems to be the great genius of the country. He was
+born in 1770, near the city. His father was an Icelander,
+and a carver in wood&mdash;a calling in which the
+son assisted him when he was only a dozen years
+old. At seventeen he received the prize of a silver
+medal from the Academy of Arts, and at twenty-three
+the grand prize, which carried with it a royal pension,
+that enabled him to go abroad for the study of his art.
+He went to Rome in 1796, where he had but little
+success, and was reduced almost to despair, when his
+model of Jason and the Golden Fleece attracted the
+attention of an English gentleman, who commissioned
+him to complete the work in marble. This event was
+the dawn of success, and orders continued to pour in
+upon him from the rich and the powerful, including
+kings and emperors, until his fortune was made. His
+works adorn many of the great cities of Europe, and
+Canova was his only actual rival. His fame extended
+to every nation, and a visit to his native land in 1819
+was a triumphal progress through Italy and Germany.
+In 1838 he returned to Copenhagen, to pass the remainder
+of his days, in a frigate sent to Italy for his use by
+the Danish government. On one side of his museum
+are depicted his arrival in this ship, and his reception
+by the citizens; and on the other side, the conveyance
+of his works from the ship to their final destination.
+Thorwaldsen went to Rome again on a visit for his
+health, and died in Copenhagen in 1844. He was a
+modest, generous, and amiable man. The museum
+was erected by subscription, though the sculptor gave
+a fourth part of the sum necessary for its erection, and
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_265" id="Page_265">[Pg 265]</a></span>
+in his will bequeathed to it the works of art from his
+cunning brain, of which its contents are almost entirely
+composed. His biography has been written by
+Hans Christian Andersen.</p>
+
+<p>After examining the frescoes on the outer wall, the
+party entered the building. It is an oblong structure,
+with a court-yard in the middle. It is two stories in
+height, with connected rooms extending entirely around
+it. The works of art, and memorials of the sculptor,
+are classified in these apartments, forty-two in number.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That is the grave of Thorwaldsen,&rdquo; said Joseph,
+leading the way into the court-yard. &ldquo;His body lies
+there, surrounded by his works, as he requested.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The grave is an oblong enclosure of polished granite,
+raised a few inches above the ground, and covered
+over with ivy. At the foot of it is a black cross, with
+the date of his death inscribed upon it.</p>
+
+<p>The tourists walked through the various rooms, and
+examined the works of the immortal genius, most of
+which were in plaster, being the models of all his
+great achievements set up in marble in various parts of
+Europe. His pictures, his library, his collections of
+coins, vases, and antiquities, are placed in the museum.
+One room is fitted up with his furniture, precisely
+as he used it, and various interesting mementos
+of the man are to be seen there. Among the pictures
+are some mere daubs, which are preserved only
+because they belonged to Thorwaldsen; but they have
+an interest as an illustration of the benevolent character
+of the great sculptor, who ordered many of them
+merely to save the artists from starvation.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Did you ever see Thorwaldsen?&rdquo; asked Lincoln,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_266" id="Page_266">[Pg 266]</a></span>
+as Joseph conducted his charge from the
+building.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Often,&rdquo; replied the guide. &ldquo;He was a venerable-looking
+old man, with long, white hair. He made a
+statue of himself, which is very like him. He died
+suddenly in the theatre, and the king and royal family
+followed his remains to the church.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The Museum of Northern Antiquities was in the
+old palace of a prince, on the other side of the canal.
+On the front of the building were some quaint carvings,
+which gave it a picturesque appearance. Joseph
+seemed to be in his element at this museum. He
+spoke glibly and learnedly of &ldquo;the stone age,&rdquo; &ldquo;the
+bronze age,&rdquo; and &ldquo;the iron age,&rdquo; each designated by
+the material of which the implements used for domestic
+purposes, in war and agriculture, were composed.
+Numberless utensils of all kinds are contained in the
+cabinets, classified with rare skill, and arranged with
+excellent taste. All these objects were found below
+ground, in various parts of Scandinavia. In Denmark
+the law requires that all antiquities of metal shall belong
+to the government, which, however, pays the full
+value of the articles to the finder. In 1847 a pair of
+solid gold bracelets, very heavy, and elegantly wrought,
+were dug up from the earth, and added to this collection.
+There is a great variety of ornaments, in gold
+and silver, consisting of necklaces, rings, bracelets,
+and similar trinkets. One necklace contains three
+pounds of pure gold.</p>
+
+<p>There are plenty of knives, arrow-heads, hatchets,
+hammers, chisels, and other implements, skilfully made
+of stone. Runic writings, the most valuable in the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_267" id="Page_267">[Pg 267]</a></span>
+world, are collected here. Joseph said that certain
+long pieces of wood, with signs carved upon them,
+were Icelandic Calendars. The remains of a warrior,
+who had fought and died in the ancient time, with the
+iron mail of his day, were examined with interest, as
+were also a number of altars, coffers containing relics,
+and some gold crosses, one of which is said to contain
+a splinter from the true cross, which were exhibited
+as specimens of the Catholic form of worship in remote
+times.</p>
+
+<p>Recrossing the bridge over the canal, the party
+entered the great, barn-like palace of Christiansborg.
+It consists of several connected buildings, containing
+a theatre, riding-school, stables, coach-houses, bake-house,
+and the usual royal apartments. In 1168 a
+castle was erected on this spot, as a protection against
+pirates, which was repeatedly demolished, rebuilt,
+altered, and enlarged, till it was levelled to the ground
+in 1732, and a new palace erected, but was destroyed
+by fire in 1784. It was rebuilt, in its present cumbrous
+proportions, in 1828. The visitors entered
+the large court-yard, passed through the picture gallery,
+the &ldquo;Hall of the Knights,&rdquo; the throne-room,
+looked into the riding-school,&mdash;which is a large, oblong
+room, with an earth floor, where the royal family
+may practise equestrianism,&mdash;the arsenal, the legislative
+chambers, and other rooms, none of which were
+very striking to those who had visited the palaces of
+Paris, London, Berlin, and St. Petersburg.</p>
+
+<p>In front of the palace is a beautiful green, beyond
+which is the Exchange, or B&ouml;rsen, built by Christian
+IV. It is the most picturesque edifice in the city,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_268" id="Page_268">[Pg 268]</a></span>
+though the interior is entirely commonplace. It is
+long and very narrow, and ornamented with a vast
+number of figures cut in the stone, with elegantly-wrought
+portals at the entrances. But the spire is the
+most remarkable portion of the building, and consists
+of four dragons, the heads at the apex looking towards
+the four points of the compass.</p>
+
+<p>From the Exchange the party walked to the Fruekirke,
+or Church of our Lady, which is interesting
+only on account of the works of Thorwaldsen which
+it contains. Behind the altar is the majestic and
+beautiful statue of Christ, which stretches out its
+wounded hands, as if he were saying, &ldquo;Come unto
+me, ye that labor and are heavy-laden, and I will give
+you rest.&rdquo; On each side of the church are the figures
+of the twelve apostles, placed against the walls at
+equal distances, so as to include the whole extent. In
+the middle of the choir, in front of the altar, is the
+figure of an angel, holding a baptismal font, in the
+shape of a shell, which some call Thorwaldsen&#8217;s masterpiece.
+In the sacristy of the church are several other
+works of the great sculptor, who was first interred in
+this place, before the museum was ready to receive
+his remains.</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Kendall declared she had seen enough for one
+day, for sight-seeing is the hardest work one can do
+when it is overdone. After supper, when the lady was
+rested, she consented to visit Tivoli, where the students
+were to spend the evening. This celebrated
+resort of the Copenhageners is situated just outside of
+the old walls of the city, near the arm of the sea which
+divides Amager from Seeland. One of the two horse-railways,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_269" id="Page_269">[Pg 269]</a></span>
+which the people in Europe generally persist
+in calling &ldquo;tramways,&rdquo; extends through the city,
+passing the gates of this garden. Several of the officers
+and seamen of the ship came by the cars, which hardly
+differ from those in use in the principal cities of the
+United States; but all of them have accommodations
+for passengers on the top.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Lincoln&mdash;who had been on board of the
+ship since he left the party with whom he had spent
+the afternoon&mdash;and Norwood were passengers in a
+car; but though they could not speak a word of Norsk,
+they were not disturbed by the situation. Presently the
+conductor presented himself, which caused a general
+sounding of pockets among the occupants of the car.
+He had a tin box, suspended by a strap, which passed
+around his neck, to contain the money he received.
+In his hand he held a compact little roll of yellow
+paper, an inch and a half in width, across which was
+printed a succession of little tickets, each with a number.
+The fare was four skillings, or two and one
+fourth cents, and, as each
+person paid, the conductor
+handed him one of these
+papers, torn from the roll.
+Captain Lincoln gave him
+a piece of money, and held
+up two fingers, pointing to
+his companion at the same time, to indicate that he
+paid for both. The man gave him his change, and
+two of the yellow tickets.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 250px;">
+<img src="images/img002.jpg" width="250" height="148" alt="Kjobenhavns Sporvei 4 Skilling 904" title="" />
+</div>
+
+
+<p>&ldquo;What are these for?&rdquo; asked Lincoln, glancing at
+the little papers.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_270" id="Page_270">[Pg 270]</a></span>
+&ldquo;They are tickets, of course,&rdquo; replied Norwood.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t think so,&rdquo; added the captain. &ldquo;All the
+people seem to throw them away, and the floor of the
+car is covered with them.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;O, I know now what they are!&rdquo; exclaimed Norwood.
+&ldquo;I have heard of such things.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I never did.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I suppose you know what &lsquo;knocking down&rsquo;
+means&mdash;don&#8217;t you?&rdquo; laughed the second lieutenant.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It means stealing.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Precisely so. It is said that conductors and omnibus
+drivers at home &lsquo;knock down&rsquo; a good deal, which
+is the technical name for taking a portion of the fares.
+They use &lsquo;spotters&rsquo; in our country to keep the conductors
+and drivers honest.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Spotters?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, that&#8217;s the name of them. They are men and
+women, whom the conductors cannot distinguish from
+other passengers, employed by the railway companies
+to ride in the cars, and report the number of passengers
+on certain trips, so that the agents can tell whether
+the fares are all paid over. These tickets are used for
+the same purpose.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t see what good they do. They certainly
+can&#8217;t keep the men honest, for almost everybody
+throws away his ticket.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They are called control-marks,&rdquo; said a gentleman
+next to the captain, who had been listening with interest
+to the conversation, and who spoke good English.
+&ldquo;The man has to tear one of them off every
+time a passenger pays him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They are all numbered, I see; mine is nine hundred
+and four,&rdquo; added Lincoln.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_271" id="Page_271">[Pg 271]</a></span>
+&ldquo;When the man gives up this roll at night, the
+next number will show how many he has torn off.
+If he began at No. 200 this morning, he has taken
+seven hundred and four fares.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But he might neglect to tear off fifty or a hundred
+in the course of a day,&rdquo; suggested Lincoln, &ldquo;and put
+the money for them in his pocket.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If he does so, everybody is watching him, and
+anybody may report him to the agent. I am a share-owner
+of the company, and for aught the conductor
+knows, there may be one in every car. If the man
+neglects his duty, my interest would prompt me to
+look after him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I see; thank you, sir.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Here is Tivoli,&rdquo; added the gentleman. &ldquo;I suppose
+you are going there.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, sir.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is a fine garden, and very cheap.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The young officers left the car, and bought tickets
+at the gate, for which they paid one mark, or nine
+cents, each. Near the entrance they found a man
+selling programmes of the evening&#8217;s entertainment, at
+two skillings each. Captain Lincoln bought one, for
+he carefully preserved every handbill, ticket, or programme
+for future reference. He could read a little
+of it. The performances were varied, and covered the
+time from six o&#8217;clock till midnight. But the young
+officers preferred to take a general view of the premises.
+It was an extensive garden, prettily and tastefully
+laid out, with accommodations for concerts,
+circus, and theatrical performances. In the centre
+was a &ldquo;beer garden,&rdquo; with table and seats, for little
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_272" id="Page_272">[Pg 272]</a></span>
+parties, who drank their beer and chatted, while a
+band played in a kiosk. Near it was a bazaar, where
+all kinds of fancy articles were arranged for sale, with
+the attendant raffles and lotteries. Farther removed
+from the centre was a theatre, consisting, however, of
+only the stage, the audience seating themselves in the
+open air. The performance, from six to seven, as
+the captain read in his programme, was</p>
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr>  <td align='center'><img src="images/r16.jpg" width="47" height="17" alt="R1. 6." title="" />  </td>
+      <td class="tdp"></td>
+      <td align='center'><span style="font-size: 1.2em;"><strong>Entr&eacute;e gymnastique</strong></span></td>
+      <td class="tdp1"></td>
+      <td align='center'><img src="images/hermann.jpg" width="183" height="20" alt="Brodrene Hermann" title="" />  </td>  </tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+
+<p>Or, in plain English, a gymnastic exhibition by the
+brothers Hermann.</p>
+
+<p>In the circus there was a performance at half past
+seven, such as one sees in the United States, and &ldquo;Hr.
+Wallet&rdquo; was clown. At half past nine o&#8217;clock, another
+exhibition was given in an enclosed building, to which
+an extra admission fee was charged. At the theatre,
+dancing by some &ldquo;celebrated sisters&rdquo; was in progress
+at nine o&#8217;clock. A Russian mountain was in operation
+during the whole evening. It was a railroad down
+one inclined plane, and up another, and back over
+the same track, a ride costing a few skillings. The
+concert was continued at intervals during the entire
+evening. The &ldquo;<em>caf&eacute; chantant</em>&rdquo; was in full blast after
+nine o&#8217;clock, in two places, one of which was a small
+hall, with a bar, and the other the interior of a Swiss
+cottage, with a gallery surrounding it. In each of
+these were tables, where the audience seated themselves,
+and drank brandy, wine, beer, and milder
+beverages. The singers, who are all females, stood
+upon a stage, and were accompanied by a piano.
+After one or two songs had been sung, one of the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_273" id="Page_273">[Pg 273]</a></span>
+singers passed around among the audience with a
+plate to receive their contributions, each person generally
+giving a small copper coin. This order was
+continually repeated, and the money thus received is
+the only salary of the performers, whose singing is
+villanously vile, and whose character is worse than
+their singing. A canal, extending from the sea, comes
+up to Tivoli, and passes around an island. Boats are
+to let here; and, indeed, there is no end to the variety
+of amusements, and &ldquo;all for nine cents,&rdquo; as Joseph
+had said half a dozen times during the afternoon to
+his party, and a dozen times more during the evening.
+At half past ten the students returned to the squadron,
+for by that time they had seen all they desired.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_274" id="Page_274">[Pg 274]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER XVI.</h2>
+
+<p class="center"><strong>AN EXCURSION TO KLAMPENBORG AND ELSINORE.</strong></p>
+
+
+<p>Peaks sat near the brig and read his book, which
+he had procured from the librarian in anticipation
+of a dull and heavy afternoon. Clyde sat in his
+cage, watching the boatswain. The book was evidently
+a very interesting one, for the reader hardly raised
+his eyes from it for a full hour, and then only to bestow
+a single glance upon the occupant of the ship&#8217;s
+prison. The volume was Peter Simple, and the boatswain
+relished the adventures of the hero. Once in a
+while his stalwart frame was shaken by an earthquake
+of laughter, for he had a certain sense of dignity which
+did not permit him to laugh outright all alone by
+himself, and so the shock was diffused through all his
+members, and his body quaked like that of a man in
+the incipient throes of a fever and ague fit. The magnanimous
+conduct of O&#8217;Brien, who flogged Peter for
+seasickness, simply because he loved him, proved to
+be almost too much for the settled plan of the boatswain,
+and it was with the utmost difficulty that he
+restrained an outbreak of laughter.</p>
+
+<p>For a full quarter of an hour Clyde convinced himself
+that he was entirely satisfied with the situation.
+The brig was not a bad place, or, at least, it would
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_275" id="Page_275">[Pg 275]</a></span>
+not be, if the boatswain would only leave the steerage
+and allow the prisoner to be by himself. He wished
+very much to try the carpenter&#8217;s saw upon the slats of
+his prison. At the end of the second quarter of an hour,
+the Briton was slightly nervous; the close of the third
+found him rather impatient, and at the expiration of
+an hour, he was decidedly provoked with Peaks for
+staying where he was so long. When the stout sentinel
+glanced at him, he flattered himself with a transitory
+hope; but the boatswain only changed his position
+slightly, and still appeared to be as deeply absorbed
+as ever in the book.</p>
+
+<p>Clyde was disgusted, and emphatically angry at the
+end of another half hour. The brig was a vile place,
+and putting a free-born Briton into such a den was
+the greatest indignity which had yet been offered to
+him. It was even worse than ordering him to be
+silent, or to go forward. It was an insult which required
+both redress and vengeance. He rose from his
+seat, and walked to the door of his prison, but with
+his gaze still fixed upon his jailer. He had come to
+the conclusion that, if he moved, Peaks would, at least,
+look at him; but that worthy did not raise his eyes
+from his book. Clyde took hold of the barred door
+and began to shake it, making considerable noise by
+the act. Peaks took no notice whatever of him, and
+it seemed just as though the boatswain intended to insult
+him by thus disregarding him. He shook the
+door again with more violence, but did not succeed
+in attracting the attention of his custodian. Then he
+began to kick the door. Making a run of the length
+of the brig, he threw himself against it with all the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_276" id="Page_276">[Pg 276]</a></span>
+force he could, hoping to break it down; but he might
+as well have butted against the side of the ship. It
+yielded a little, and rattled a great deal; but it was too
+strong to be knocked down in any such manner.</p>
+
+<p>The prisoner was boiling over with wrath, as much
+because Peaks did not notice him, as on account of the
+indignity of his confinement. He kicked, wrenched,
+and twisted at the door, till he had nearly exhausted
+his own strength, apparently without affecting that of
+the door. The boatswain still read, and still shook
+with suppressed laughter at the funny blunders and
+situations of Peter Simple. He had seen just such fellows
+as Clyde in the brig; had seen them behave just
+as the present prisoner did; and he had learned that
+it was better to let them have their own way till they
+were satisfied, for boys are always better satisfied when
+they solve such problems for themselves.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;m not going to stay in this place!&rdquo; howled Clyde,
+when he had wasted all his powers upon the obstinate
+door.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The boatswain happened to be at the end of a
+chapter in his book, and he closed the volume, uttering
+only the single negative participle, with the interrogative
+inflection, as he glanced at his charge in the
+brig.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, I&#8217;m not!&rdquo; roared Clyde, rousing from his
+seat, upon which he had dropped in sheer exhaustion,
+and throwing himself desperately against the unyielding
+door. &ldquo;I won&#8217;t stay in here any longer!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, now, I thought you would,&rdquo; added Peaks,
+with the most provoking calmness.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_277" id="Page_277">[Pg 277]</a></span>
+&ldquo;I won&#8217;t!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But it seems to me that you do stay there.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I won&#8217;t any longer.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;ll send for the British minister.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I won&#8217;t stand it any longer.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Sit down, then.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Clyde dashed himself against the door again with
+all the remaining force he had; but the boatswain,
+apparently unmoved, opened his book again. It was
+terribly lacerating to the feelings of the Briton to be so
+coolly disregarded and ignored. Clyde had the saw,
+but he had sense enough left to know that any attempt
+to use it would attract the attention of his jailer, and
+end in the loss of the implement, with which he could
+remove a couple of the slats when left alone, or when
+all hands were asleep at night. Finding that violence
+accomplished nothing, he seated himself on his stool,&mdash;which,
+however, was far from being the stool of repentance,&mdash;and
+considered the situation more calmly.
+He was in a profuse perspiration from the energy of
+his useless exertions. Perhaps he was conscious that
+he had made a fool of himself, and that his violence
+was as impolitic as it was useless. In a few moments
+he was as quiet as a lamb, and remained so for half
+an hour, though his bondage was no less galling than
+before.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Mr. Peaks,&rdquo; said he, in the gentlest of tones.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, my lad, what shall I do for you?&rdquo; replied
+the boatswain, closing his book, and going to the door
+of the brig.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_278" id="Page_278">[Pg 278]</a></span>
+&ldquo;I&#8217;m very thirsty, and want a glass of water. Will
+you give me one?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Certainly, my boy.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The boatswain passed a mug of water through the
+bars, and Clyde drank as though he was really thirsty.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You have worked hard, and it makes you dry,&rdquo;
+said Peaks. &ldquo;You can keep a mug of water in the
+brig if you like.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I will,&rdquo; replied Clyde, as he placed the mug on
+the deck, after the boatswain had filled it. &ldquo;Can&#8217;t
+you let me out, Mr. Peaks?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Certainly I can.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You will&mdash;won&#8217;t you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;With all my heart.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do, if you please.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;On certain conditions, you know.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What conditions?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That you won&#8217;t attempt to run away. But, my
+lad, it is only a few hours since you said the brig was
+a very nice place, and you would grow gray in it before
+you would promise not to leave when you got a
+good chance.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I hadn&#8217;t tried it, then. But I think it is an insult
+to a fellow to put him in here. I would rather be
+flogged outright.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We don&#8217;t flog the boys.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I would rather take a flogging, and have it done
+with.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s one of the reasons why we don&#8217;t do it. We
+don&#8217;t want to have it done with till the boy means to
+do about right. You are a smart boy, my lad; but
+you have got a heap of bad blood in your veins, which
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_279" id="Page_279">[Pg 279]</a></span>
+ought to be worked off. If you would only do your duty
+like a man, you would be comfortable and happy.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I never can stay in this ship.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why not?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t understand the duty.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You will soon learn all the ropes in the ship, and
+they will all come as handy to you as the key of your
+own watch.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Clyde pulled out his watch, and glanced at the boatswain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s a nice time-keeper you have, my lad; gold,
+I suppose.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes; it cost thirty pounds. Wouldn&#8217;t you like it?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, I have a pretty good silver one, which
+answers my purpose very well,&rdquo; replied Peaks, smiling.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;ll give it to you, if you will let me out, and permit
+me to go on shore,&rdquo; added Clyde, in an insinuating
+tone.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Thank you, my lad, I don&#8217;t want it bad enough to
+do that.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You can sell it, you know. Or I will give you
+thirty pounds in cash, if you prefer.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I can&#8217;t afford to do it for that,&rdquo; laughed the boatswain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;ll give you fifty pounds then,&rdquo; persisted Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Can&#8217;t afford to do it for that, either.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Say sixty, then.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Say a hundred, if you like, my lad; and then say
+a thousand. I can&#8217;t afford to do it for all the money
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_280" id="Page_280">[Pg 280]</a></span>
+your mother is worth. You are on the wrong tack,
+my lad. I can&#8217;t be bought at any price.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I won&#8217;t ask you to let me out. If you will only
+go on deck, and keep out of the way, I will manage
+it all myself.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, no; sheer off, my hearty. When I have a
+duty to do, I always mean to do it; and if it isn&#8217;t
+done, it isn&#8217;t my fault. You can&#8217;t leave the ship with
+my consent.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I can&#8217;t stay here, I say. I should die in a month.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Very well, die like a man, then,&rdquo; said Peaks,
+good-naturedly; for, though he could not be bought at
+any price, he did not indulge in any righteous indignation
+against his victim. &ldquo;Learn your duty, and
+then do it. There is plenty of fun going on in the
+ship, and you will enjoy yourself as soon as you get
+on the right tack. That&#8217;s the up and down of the
+whole matter.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I can&#8217;t take off my cap to these young squirts of
+officers, and be ordered around by them. It isn&#8217;t in
+an Englishman to do anything of the sort.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Upon my word, I think it is in them. They make
+first-rate sailors, and always obey their officers.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Common sailors do; but I&#8217;m a gentleman.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;So am I; but I always obey orders,&rdquo; replied the
+democratic Peaks, warmly. &ldquo;The officers of this ship
+are required to behave like gentlemen, and give their
+orders in a gentlemanly manner. If they don&#8217;t do it,
+they are liable to be reduced. Do your duty, and you
+may be an officer yourself.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Peaks continued for some time to give the prisoner
+good advice, assuring him that he was no better than
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_281" id="Page_281">[Pg 281]</a></span>
+the rest of the crew, and that it would not hurt him
+any more than others to obey the orders of the officers.
+But it was sowing seed in stony ground, and Clyde,
+finding he could make nothing out of the honest boatswain,
+decided to await his time with what patience
+he could command, which, however, was not much.
+Peaks was permitted to follow Peter Simple in his
+stirring career during the rest of the afternoon. The
+crew returned from Tivoli at eleven in the evening,
+and soon the ship was quiet, with only an anchor
+watch, consisting of an officer on the quarter-deck, and
+two seamen on the forecastle.</p>
+
+<p>Clyde&#8217;s supper was given to him in his prison, and
+a bed made up for his use. He kept awake till all the
+students came on board, and while he was waiting for
+the crew to slumber, he dropped asleep himself, and
+did not wake till all hands were called in the morning.
+He was vexed with himself for his neglect, and afraid
+that the carpenter would miss the saw, and remember
+where he had left it. He was determined to keep
+awake the next night, and make his escape, even if he
+was obliged to swim to the land.</p>
+
+<p>After breakfast, all the students went on shore for
+an excursion to Klampenborg and Elsinore. In the
+custom-house enclosure, a procession of four in a rank
+was formed, to march to the railroad station, which
+was near the Tivoli Garden. The students were generally
+rather fond of processions, not at home, but in
+the streets of foreign cities. The parade was quite
+imposing, when every officer and seaman wore his
+best uniform. They had been carefully taught to
+march, and Professor Badois had organized a band of
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_282" id="Page_282">[Pg 282]</a></span>
+eight pieces, which performed a few tunes very well.
+Unfortunately, on the present occasion, the band was
+not available, for Stockwell, the cornet player, and
+Boyden, the bass drummer, belonged to the absent crew
+of the second cutter, and the procession moved to the
+sterling notes of the drum and fife.</p>
+
+<p>On parades of this kind, the first and second pursers
+acted as the fleet staff of the commodore, who
+would otherwise have been &ldquo;alone in his glory,&rdquo; and
+these two useful officers seemed like &ldquo;odds and ends&rdquo;
+in any other position. As this procession was frequently
+formed, and marched through the streets of
+various cities, the order is given to satisfy the reasonable
+curiosity of the reader.</p>
+
+<p class="center">
+                    Music.<br />
+               The Commodore,<br />
+           And Staff of the Fleet.<br />
+      The Captain of the Young America.<br />
+              The Four Masters.<br />
+            The Four Midshipmen.<br />
+           The First Lieutenant.<br />
+   The First Part of the Starboard Watch,<br />
+       Consisting of Eighteen Seamen.<br />
+           The Second Lieutenant.<br />
+  The Second Part of the Starboard Watch.<br />
+           The Third Lieutenant.<br />
+     The First Part of the Port Watch.<br />
+           The Fourth Lieutenant.<br />
+     The Second Part of the Port Watch.<br />
+       The Captain of the Josephine.<br />
+              The Four Masters.<br />
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_283" id="Page_283">[Pg 283]</a></span>
+            The First Lieutenant.<br />
+   The First Part of the Starboard Watch,<br />
+         Consisting of Eight Seamen.<br />
+           The Second Lieutenant.<br />
+   The Second Part of the Starboard Watch.<br />
+           The Third Lieutenant.<br />
+      The First Part of the Port Watch.<br />
+           The Fourth Lieutenant.<br />
+     The Second Part of the Port Watch.<br />
+        The Captain of the Tritonia.<br />
+             The Four Masters.<br />
+           The First Lieutenant.<br />
+  The First Part of the Starboard Watch,<br />
+        Consisting of Eight Seamen.<br />
+          The Second Lieutenant.<br />
+  The Second Part of the Starboard Watch.<br />
+          The Third Lieutenant.<br />
+     The First Part of the Port Watch.<br />
+          The Fourth Lieutenant.<br />
+     The Second Part of the Port Watch.</p>
+
+<p>Sometimes the order was varied by placing all the
+officers at the head of the procession, except the lieutenants
+in command of sections, as,&mdash;</p>
+
+<p class="center">
+         The Commodore and Staff.<br />
+           The three Captains.<br />
+         Three ranks of Masters.<br />
+         One rank of Midshipmen.</p>
+
+<p>But keeping all the officers and seamen of each vessel
+together, as in the first order, was generally preferred.
+Of course the ranks were not always full, as on the
+present occasion; but even when the full band was at
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_284" id="Page_284">[Pg 284]</a></span>
+the head of the column, there were enough for four
+full ranks in each half-watch of the ship, and two
+ranks in those of the other vessels. The students had
+practised so much that they marched exceedingly well,
+and being aligned according to their height, the effect
+was very fine. The Copenhageners left their occupations,
+and hastened to the doors and windows of their
+houses and shops to see the procession; and even the
+king and royal family were spectators at the palace
+windows, as the column moved through Frederiksplads.
+As it passed the Royal Hotel, Mr. and Mrs.
+Kendall, with Dr. Winstock and Joseph, were entering
+a carriage, in which they intended to ride to Klampenborg,
+in order to see more of the country. At the
+railroad station, the officers and seamen took seats in
+the third-class carriages, which were two stories high,
+the upper as well as the lower one having a roof. The
+distance to Klampenborg is eight and a half English
+miles, and the fare is sixteen skillings, or nine cents,
+third class; twenty-four skillings, or thirteen and a
+half cents, second class; and thirty-two skillings, or
+eighteen cents, first class. The third-class compartments
+are clean and neat, but there are no cushions
+on the seats. An aisle extends through the middle
+of them, but the seats are placed in pairs, on each
+side, so that half the passengers are compelled to ride
+backwards. In about half an hour the train arrived
+at Klampenborg.</p>
+
+<p>Paul Kendall&#8217;s party drove first to the summer residence
+of Mr. Melchoir, which was in the suburbs of
+the city, near the sea-shore. The house was a very
+pretty one, with a neat garden, not unlike the little
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_285" id="Page_285">[Pg 285]</a></span>
+country places one sees in the vicinity of the large
+cities of the United States. Joseph rang the bell, and
+stated the errand of the party to the servant. They
+were shown up one flight of stairs, where the girl
+knocked at the door, which was immediately opened
+by Hans Christian Andersen, and the tourists were
+ushered into a plainly-furnished room, with a few engravings
+on the walls. On a table were the writing-materials
+of the great author, and Paul looked with
+interest at the little pile of letter sheets, closely written
+over, and the unfinished one, on which the ink was not
+yet dry.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Andersen&#8217;s face was covered with a smile as
+he greeted the party. Dr. Winstock had met him
+before, and stated the fact.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;O, I&#8217;m very glad to see you again,&rdquo; said the author,
+grasping the doctor&#8217;s hand with both of his own.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My young friend here, and his lady, have both
+read all your books, and desired to see you even more
+than to look upon the beautiful works of your great
+sculptor.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah, you are very kind,&rdquo; added Mr. Andersen,
+again grasping the doctor&#8217;s hand with both of his
+own.</p>
+
+<p>Then, darting nervously to Paul, he seized his hand
+in the same manner.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This is Captain Paul Kendall, commander of the
+yacht Grace,&rdquo; added Dr. Winstock.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am so pleased to see you!&rdquo; said Mr. Andersen.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have read all your books with the most intense
+pleasure.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;O, you are too kind, Captain Kendall,&rdquo; replied the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_286" id="Page_286">[Pg 286]</a></span>
+genial author, smiling all over his face, and once more
+grasping his hand as before.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Mrs. Kendall,&rdquo; added Paul, presenting Grace.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am so pleased to see you! You are very kind to
+take so much trouble to visit me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Indeed, sir, you are very kind to permit us to
+trouble you, when you are so busy,&rdquo; continued Paul.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;O, I have plenty of time to see my good friends.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In America we love your books, and they are in
+all our libraries and most of our houses.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are so kind to speak so pleasantly of my
+works!&rdquo; replied Mr. Andersen, grasping Paul&#8217;s hand
+again.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We value them very highly.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The conversation continued for a few moments, in
+which Paul and the doctor expressed the high appreciation
+of the reading public of the great writer&#8217;s
+works. At least a dozen times more he grasped the
+hand of the speaker with both his. Mr. Andersen is a
+tall gentleman, with a thin face,&mdash;the features of which
+are far from handsome,&mdash;and iron-gray hair. His
+countenance is always covered with smiles when he
+speaks, and his whole manner is child-like and simple.
+He is full of the love of God and of man, which seems
+to shine out in his face, and to be the interpretation of
+his ever-present smile. His dress was scrupulously
+neat and nice in every detail.</p>
+
+<p>The doctor told him about the Academy squadron,
+of which he had read a brief notice in the newspapers,
+and invited him to visit the ship, which he promised
+to do, on the following day. The party took their
+leave of him, and continued on the way to Klampenborg.
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_287" id="Page_287">[Pg 287]</a></span>
+The road was on the margin of the sea, and
+was lined with small country houses, with pleasant
+gardens. It was a lovely region, with an occasional
+large villa, and even a summer palace or two. All
+along this road, called the Strandway, are small and
+large houses of entertainment, on the sea-side, each
+one of which has a bathing establishment on a very
+small and simple scale.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Here is Charlottelund Castle, in this park,&rdquo; said
+Joseph, as they passed what seemed to be merely a
+grove, with a rather dilapidated fence.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It was formerly the country-seat of the Landgrave
+of Hesse, I believe,&rdquo; added Dr. Winstock.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, sir; but it is now the summer residence of
+the crown prince. He comes out here in June.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;These carriages are called &lsquo;privateers,&rsquo;&rdquo; continued
+the guide, pointing to several vehicles like a small
+omnibus with no top. &ldquo;They formerly went by the
+name of &lsquo;coffee-mills,&rsquo; because they made a noise like
+those machines.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Constantia Tea-Garden, where the Copenhageners
+go to spend the evening in hot weather, and several
+fishing villages, were passed, and then the carriage
+reached the Deer Park, where the students had already
+arrived, which is a very extensive enclosure, with
+a few roads extending through it. A portion of it is
+covered with groves, and it contains about a thousand
+deer, which are quite tame, and may be seen grazing
+in herds on the gentle slopes. There is nothing very
+attractive in the park, though it is much frequented by
+the people from the city. Neither the roads nor the
+grounds are well kept, and the government &ldquo;turns an
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_288" id="Page_288">[Pg 288]</a></span>
+honest penny&rdquo; by the letting of it out for the pasturage
+of horses. On some rising ground, which Denmarkers
+call a hill, is a large, square, barn-like building,
+known as the &ldquo;Hermitage,&rdquo; which was built by
+Christian VI. for a hunting lodge. This park and
+that at Charlottelund contain thousands of acres of
+excellent land, which is almost useless, and which the
+government cannot afford to keep in condition as
+pleasure-grounds. They would make thousands of
+farms, and thus increase the productive industry and
+the revenues of the nation, if they could be cut up and
+sold. Royalty is an expensive luxury, which a small
+kingdom like Denmark cannot afford to support.</p>
+
+<p>Near the entrance to the park is the garden proper
+of Klampenborg, where music is provided on summer
+evenings, and refreshments sold. What is called a
+Norwegian house is erected in the middle of the
+grounds, which contains a bar and private rooms, and
+is surrounded by tables and chairs, where the pleasure-seekers
+may sit and enjoy their beer and the music.
+A small fee for admission is paid at the gate, where
+the ticket-seller is kept honest by the aid of the &ldquo;control-mark.&rdquo;
+Near this garden is a hotel built for a
+water-cure establishment, though it is now mainly
+used as a summer boarding-house. Close by it is a
+village of small cottages, devoted to the same use,
+with concert-rooms and bathing-houses in abundance.
+This place is a favorite resort of the Copenhageners in
+summer,&mdash;in fact, their Newport or Long Branch.
+For a couple of hours the students wandered through
+the park and gardens. The railroad station is very
+near the entrance, where, indeed, the whole beauty of
+the place is concentrated.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_289" id="Page_289">[Pg 289]</a></span>
+The railway to Klampenborg is a branch of the one
+which extends from Copenhagen to Elsinore, and in
+another hour the entire party were transported to the
+latter place. This town has nine or ten thousand inhabitants,
+and is located on a basin of the Sound,
+nearly land-locked by natural and artificial dikes.
+The Danish name of the place is Helsing&ouml;r, and is
+the scene of Shakespeare&#8217;s tragedy of Hamlet. The
+excursionists visited the cathedral, which is the principal
+object of interest in Elsinore, and contains several
+very old tombs. Near the town, and on the
+shore of the Sound, is the Castle of Kronberg, erected
+in 1580. It is a large, oblong, Gothic structure, built
+of a whitish stone. It contains a chapel and other
+apartments. Those occupied by the commandant
+were the prison of Caroline Matilda, who was confined
+here for a high crime, of which she is now universally
+believed to be innocent.</p>
+
+<p>Under the castle are casemates for a thousand men,
+one of which is said to be the abode of <em>Holger
+Danske</em>, who was the Cid Campeador of Denmark,
+and the hero of a thousand legends. When the state
+is in peril, he is supposed to march at the head of the
+armies, but never shows himself at any other time.
+A farmer, says the story, happened into his gloomy
+retreat by accident, and found him seated at a stone
+table, to which his long white beard had grown. The
+mystic hero demanded the hand of his visitor, who
+was afraid to trust flesh and blood in the grasp of one
+so mighty, and offered the iron bar used to fasten the
+door. Holger Danske seized it, and squeezed it so
+hard that he left the print of his fingers on the iron.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_290" id="Page_290">[Pg 290]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Ha, I see there are still <em>men</em> in Denmark!&rdquo; said
+he, with a grim smile of satisfaction.</p>
+
+<p>Near the castle are a couple of natural ponds, small
+and round, which are called &ldquo;Holger Danske&#8217;s Spectacles.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This is where Hamlet lived, I suppose,&rdquo; said Captain
+Lincoln.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where Shakespeare says he lived,&rdquo; replied Dr.
+Winstock.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But I was told his grave was here.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Perhaps Hamlet divided himself up, and occupied
+a dozen graves, for I think you may find a dozen of
+them here,&rdquo; laughed the doctor. &ldquo;A resident of this
+vicinity had what was called the grave of Hamlet in
+his grounds, which proved to be a nuisance to him,
+on account of the great number of visitors who came
+to see it. In order to relieve himself of this injury to
+his garden, he got up another &lsquo;grave of Hamlet,&rsquo; in
+another place, which he proved to be the authentic
+one.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is too bad to trifle with history in that manner,&rdquo;
+protested the captain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There is no history about it, Lincoln. His residence
+in this part of Denmark is all a fiction. Shakespeare
+makes terrible blunders in his allusions to this
+place; for there is no &lsquo;eastern hill,&rsquo; no &lsquo;dreadful
+summit of the cliff,&rsquo; or anything of the sort. Hamlet
+lived in Jutland, not in Seeland, about four centuries
+before Christ, and was the son of a pirate chief,
+instead of a king, who, with his brother, was governor
+of the province. He married the daughter of the
+king, who was Hamlet&#8217;s mother. The chief was
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_291" id="Page_291">[Pg 291]</a></span>
+murdered by his brother, who married the widow,
+and was then the sole governor. Hamlet, in order to
+avenge his father&#8217;s death, feigned madness; but his
+uncle, suspecting the trick, sent him to England, with
+a message carved in wood, requesting the king to
+destroy him. During the voyage, he obtained the
+wooden letter, and altered it so as to make it ask for
+the killing of the two men, creatures of his uncle, who
+had charge of him, which was done on their arrival.
+According to the style of romances, he married the
+king&#8217;s daughter, and afterwards returned to Jutland,
+where, still pretending insanity, he contrived to surprise
+and slay his uncle. He succeeded his victim as
+governor, and married a second time, to a queen of
+Scotland, and was finally killed in battle. The main
+features of the tragedy correspond with the incidents
+of the story, but the locality is not correct.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The party walked to Marienlyst, a pleasant watering-place,
+which contains a small royal chateau. The
+view from this place, as from the tower of Kronberg,
+is very beautiful. At four o&#8217;clock the party took the
+steamer, and arrived at Copenhagen before dark.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_292" id="Page_292">[Pg 292]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER XVII.</h2>
+
+<p class="center"><strong>TO STOCKHOLM BY G&Ouml;TA CANAL.</strong></p>
+
+
+<p>The Wadstena, in which the absentees had taken
+passage at Gottenburg, was a small steamer,
+but very well fitted up for one of her size. Forward
+was the saloon, in which meals were taken, and saloon
+passengers slept. Aft was the cabin, on each side of
+which were state-rooms, called &ldquo;h&uuml;tte.&rdquo; They were
+not made with regular berths, but had a sofa on each
+side of the door, on which the beds were made up at
+night, with a wash-stand between them. Between
+this cabin and the forward saloon the main deck was
+raised about three feet, so as to cover the engine and
+boilers. On each side of this higher deck were more
+&ldquo;h&uuml;tte,&rdquo; which were the best rooms on board. The
+hurricane-deck, over the after cabin, was the favorite
+resort of the passengers.</p>
+
+<p>It was two o&#8217;clock in the morning, and the independent
+excursionists were tired and sleepy. They
+had taken first-class tickets, and two of them had been
+assigned to each &ldquo;h&uuml;tte.&rdquo; As soon as they went on
+board, therefore, they retired, and most of them slept,
+in spite of the fleas and other vermin that revelled
+in their banquet of blood. None but very tired boys
+could have slumbered under such unfavorable circumstances,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_293" id="Page_293">[Pg 293]</a></span>
+and it is a great pity that a steamer otherwise
+so neat and comfortable should be given up to the
+dominion of these sleep-destroying insects.</p>
+
+<p>At seven the party turned out, anxious to see the
+scenery on the banks of the canal. The steamer was
+still in the river, a stream not more than a hundred
+and fifty feet wide, with occasional rapids, which are
+passed by canals, with locks in them. The scenery
+was pleasant, with rocky hills on each side. Schooners
+and other craft were continually met, loaded with lumber
+and other articles from the lakes. The scene was
+novel and interesting, and though the boys gaped
+fearfully, they enjoyed the view.</p>
+
+<p>Presently one of the women, who do all the work
+of stewards and waiters, appeared with coffee on
+deck, passing the cups to the passengers first, and
+then filling them. The coffee was delicious, served
+with the whitest of sugar and the richest of cream,
+with some little biscuits. It waked the boys up, and
+seemed to make new beings of them.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How&#8217;s this, Sanford?&rdquo; said Scott.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;First rate! That&#8217;s the best coffee I ever drank in
+my life,&rdquo; replied the coxswain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Is it a free blow?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t know. How is it, Ole?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No; you pay at the end of the trip for all you
+have had,&rdquo; replied the waif.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But who keeps the account?&rdquo; asked Scott.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nobody,&rdquo; laughed Ole. &ldquo;On the boats from
+Christiania every passenger tells what he has had,
+and pays for it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do they think everybody is honest?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_294" id="Page_294">[Pg 294]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Certainly; everybody is honest.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Not much,&rdquo; added Sanford, shaking his head.
+&ldquo;Of course you don&#8217;t pretend to be honest, Norway.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But I do.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You didn&#8217;t take a sovereign from me, and another
+from Burchmore&mdash;did you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I take what you give me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It may be honest, but I don&#8217;t see it in that light,
+Norway.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Never mind that now, Sanford,&rdquo; interposed Burchmore.
+&ldquo;He sold out the last time for the public
+good.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you expect to find the ship in Stockholm when
+we get there?&rdquo; asked Scott.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Of course I do,&rdquo; replied Sanford. &ldquo;We shall not
+get there till Tuesday.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then our cruise is almost ended.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I suppose so. I have been trying hard to join the
+ship ever since we left her at Christiansand,&rdquo; continued
+the coxswain, solemnly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Over the left,&rdquo; chuckled Scott.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Honor bright! I don&#8217;t believe in running away.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nor I; but Laybold and I have put our foot into
+it. I suppose we shall have to spend a week in the
+brig, and make love to Peaks while the rest of the fellows
+are seeing Russia.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You will find some way to get out of the scrape.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t know. We have lost Copenhagen and
+Denmark already, and I suppose we shall not see
+much of Russia.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We will help you out.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t think you can do it,&rdquo; added Scott, who
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_295" id="Page_295">[Pg 295]</a></span>
+had evidently come to the conclusion that running
+away &ldquo;did not pay.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The steamer stopped, and the captain informed
+the party that passengers usually walked three miles
+around the series of locks, by which they were enabled
+to see the Falls of Trollh&auml;tten. The carrying
+of the canal around these falls was the most difficult
+problem in engineering in the construction of the
+work. It is cut through the solid rock, and contains
+sixteen locks. The passage of the steamer occupies
+an hour and a half, which affords ample time for the
+voyagers to see the falls. The party immediately
+landed, and were promptly beset by a dozen ragged
+boys, who desired to act as guides, where no such
+persons are needed. Not one of them spoke a word
+of English; but they led the way to the path, each one
+selecting his own victims, and trusting to the magnanimity
+of the passengers for their pay. A walk,
+covered with saw-dust, has been made by some public-spirited
+persons, and the excursion is a very pleasant
+one.</p>
+
+<p>The entire fall of the river is one hundred and
+twelve feet; but it is made in four principal cataracts,
+and three smaller ones. The scenery in the vicinity
+is rather picturesque, and at one point the path goes
+through a grove, on the banks of a rivulet, where the
+water dashes over large cobble-stones, with an occasional
+pretty cascade. The walk leads to various
+eligible spots for examining the falls and the rapids.
+On the way, the tourist passes <em>Kungsgrottan</em>, or
+King&#8217;s Grotto. It is a hole in the solid rock, in the
+shape of half a globe, on the sides of which are inscribed
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_296" id="Page_296">[Pg 296]</a></span>
+the names of the various sovereigns of Sweden,
+and other distinguished persons who have visited the
+spot. Near the village of Trollh&auml;tten, which contains
+several founderies and saw-mills, the finest part of the
+falls is seen by crossing an iron foot-bridge, at the
+gate of which stands a woman, who collects a toll of
+fifty &ouml;re for the passage to the little island.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t think much of these falls,&rdquo; said Scott, as
+he returned from the island.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I think they are rather fine,&rdquo; replied Laybold.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You could cut up the rapids of Niagara into about
+two hundred just such falls, to say nothing of the big
+cataract itself,&rdquo; added Scott. &ldquo;It is pleasant, this
+walk along the river, but you can&#8217;t call the Falls of
+Trollh&auml;tten a big thing.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Of course they don&#8217;t compare with Niagara.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Certainly not.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The party walked through the yards of the manufactories,
+and came to a small hotel on the bank of
+the canal. The place looked very much like many
+American villages. The canal steamer did not appear
+for half an hour, and some of the boys strolled about
+the place. The regiment of ragged boys who had
+followed the tourists, or led the way, pointing out the
+various falls and other points of interest in an unknown
+tongue, begged lustily for the payment for their services.
+One of them, who had taken Scott and Laybold
+under his protection, was particularly urgent in his
+demands.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Not a red, my hearty,&rdquo; replied Scott. &ldquo;I didn&#8217;t
+engage you, and I shall not pay you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The boy still held out his hand, and said something
+which no one of the party could understand.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_297" id="Page_297">[Pg 297]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Exactly so,&rdquo; replied Scott. &ldquo;You told me the
+names of all the places, but I did not understand a
+word you said. I say, my lad, when did you escape
+from the rag-bag?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The boy uttered a few words in Swedish.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Is that so?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The boy spoke again.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Stick to it, my hearty; but I don&#8217;t believe a word
+of it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What does he say, Scott?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He says the moon is made of green cheese.
+Didn&#8217;t you, my lad?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The boy nodded, and spoke again.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is a hard case, Young Sweden; but I can&#8217;t do
+anything for you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What&#8217;s a hard case, Scott?&rdquo; asked Laybold.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why, he says he has six fathers and five mothers,
+and he has to support them all by guiding tourists
+round the falls.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Get out!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am afraid they don&#8217;t have roast beef for dinner
+every day.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Here&#8217;s the steamer,&rdquo; added Laybold.</p>
+
+<p>The boy became more importunate as the time
+came to go on board, but Scott was obstinate.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Now, out of my way, my lad. Give my regards
+to your six fathers and five mothers, and I&#8217;ll remember
+you in my will; but I won&#8217;t give you a solitary
+red now, because I don&#8217;t like the principle of the
+thing. I didn&#8217;t employ you, and I didn&#8217;t want you.
+I told you so, and shook my head at you, and told
+you to get behind me, Satan, and all that sort of thing;
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_298" id="Page_298">[Pg 298]</a></span>
+and now I&#8217;m not going to pay you for making a
+nuisance of yourself. On the naked question of
+charity, I could do something for you, on account
+of your numerous fathers and mothers. As it is,
+good by, Sweden;&rdquo; and Scott went on board of the
+steamer.</p>
+
+<p>The boat started again, and soon the bell rang for
+breakfast. The boys hastened to the forward saloon,
+where they found two tables spread. At a sideboard
+was the Swedish lunch, or snack, of herring, sliced
+salmon, various little fishes, sausage, and similar delicacies,
+with the universal decanter of &ldquo;finkel,&rdquo; flanked
+with a circle of wine glasses. The tourists partook
+of the eatables, but most of them were wise enough to
+avoid the drinkable. The Swedish bread, which is a
+great brown cracker, about seven inches in diameter,
+was considered very palatable. Ordinary white bread
+is served on steamers and at hotels, and also a dark-colored
+bread, which looks like rye, and is generally
+too sour for the taste of a foreigner. The breakfast at
+the tables consisted of fried veal, and fish, with vegetables,
+and all the elements of the snack. When the
+boys had finished, one of the women handed Scott a
+long narrow blank book.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Thank you, marm; I am much obliged to you,&rdquo;
+said he. &ldquo;Will you have the kindness to inform me
+what this is for?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The woman laughed, and answered him in her native
+tongue.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Precisely so,&rdquo; added Scott.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What does she say?&rdquo; asked Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;She wants me to write a love letter in this book
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_299" id="Page_299">[Pg 299]</a></span>
+to her; but as she is rather ancient, I shall decline in
+your favor, Sanford.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&#8217;t do it, old fellow! Face the music.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Not for Joseph!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What did she say, Ole?&rdquo; inquired Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;She said you were to keep your account in that
+book,&rdquo; replied the interpreter.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Are we to keep our own reckoning?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes; every one puts down in this book what he
+has had.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That means you, Burchmore. You are the cashier
+for the party.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How many fellows had coffee this morning?&rdquo;
+asked the cashier, as he took the book.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All of them, of course.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Burchmore made the entries for the coffee and the
+breakfasts of the whole party.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, that&#8217;s one way to do the thing,&rdquo; said Scott.
+&ldquo;Every man his own book-keeper. I&#8217;ll bet everybody
+doesn&#8217;t charge what he has had.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ole was requested to ask the woman about the matter.
+She said the Swedes were honest, but the waiters
+were required to see that everybody paid for what
+he had had before leaving the steamer. The having of
+this book is certainly a better plan than that of the
+Norwegian steamers, by which the passenger, if he
+means to be honest, is compelled to recollect all he
+has had in a passage of thirty hours.</p>
+
+<p>The Wadstena continued on her course through a
+rather flat country, just coming into the greenness and
+beauty of the spring time, till she came to Wenersberg,
+a town of five thousand inhabitants, which is largely
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_300" id="Page_300">[Pg 300]</a></span>
+engaged in the lumber and iron trade. The boat
+stopped there a short time, and the party had an opportunity
+to examine the lake craft at the wharves;
+but, after seeing them, it was difficult to believe they
+were not in some New England coast town. The
+steamers, however, were very different, all of them
+being very short, to enable them to pass through the
+locks in the canal, and most of them having the hurricane
+deck forward and aft, to afford sufficient space
+for the cabins. All of them were propellers.</p>
+
+<p>The Wadstena started again, the bridges opening to
+permit her passage. The great Wenern Lake lay before
+them, which is the third in size in Europe, Onega
+and Ladoga alone exceeding it in extent. It is about
+a hundred miles long by fifty in breadth, very irregular
+in shape, and portions of it are densely crowded
+with islands. Its greatest depth is three hundred and
+sixty feet near the Island of Lur&ouml;, but a considerable
+part of it is very shallow, and difficult of navigation.
+It is one hundred and forty-five feet above the level of
+the Baltic. Thirty rivers flow into it, and sometimes
+cause it to rise ten feet above its ordinary level. But
+the G&ouml;ta River is its only outlet, and is always supplied
+with an abundant volume of water. The wind
+was fresh when the Wadstena steamed out upon the
+broad expanse, and the lake had a decidedly stormy
+aspect.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Will you be seasick?&rdquo; asked the captain, as the
+little steamer began to bob up and down with a very
+uncomfortable jerk.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Seasick!&rdquo; laughed Scott. &ldquo;We are all sailors,
+sir, and we don&#8217;t intend to cave in on a fresh-water
+pond.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_301" id="Page_301">[Pg 301]</a></span>
+&ldquo;But the lake is very rough to-day.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If your little tub can stand it, captain, we can.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am very glad, for some people are very sick on
+this part of the passage. It is sometimes very bad,
+the worst we have in the whole trip.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How long are we on the lake?&rdquo; asked Scott.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;About seven hours; but not all of it is so bad as
+this. We go among the islands by and by.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Doubtless the Wenern Lake fully maintained its
+reputation on the present occasion, though none of the
+young salts were sick. The boat stood to the northward,
+and the short steamer and the short chop sea
+would have made the passage very trying to landsmen.
+Nothing but the distant shores were to be seen, and
+the monotony of the passage was the only disagreeable
+circumstance to our tourists. For the want of
+something better to do, they went below, and, lying
+down on the sofas in their state-rooms, went to sleep
+without much difficulty, for the red-backs and fleas
+kept shady in the daytime. The boys were accustomed
+to being &ldquo;rocked in the cradle of the deep;&rdquo;
+but at the expiration of three hours, the heavy motion
+ceased, and the change waked them. Going on the
+hurricane deck again, they found the steamer was
+among the islands, which were generally low, rocky,
+and covered with firs and pines. A crooked channel
+was carefully buoyed off, and the boat was threading
+its tortuous way with no little difficulty.</p>
+
+<p>Presently the Wadstena made a landing at a rude
+pier on an island where only a rough shanty was in
+sight. Several row-boats at the wharf indicated that
+passengers came to this station from other islands.
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_302" id="Page_302">[Pg 302]</a></span>
+Again the steamer went out upon the open lake, and
+soon after entered another group of islands, among which
+she made a landing at a small town. Passing over
+another open space, the entrance to the canal was discovered,
+marked by two low light-houses, in the form
+of the frustum of a pyramid. As the Wadstena entered
+a lock, the captain told the party they might
+take a walk if they pleased, as there were several locks
+to pass in the next three miles. This was a grateful
+relief to the voyagers, and they gladly availed themselves
+of the opportunity. The country was a dead
+level, with an occasional small farm-house, and with
+many groves and forests. But the walk was interesting,
+and the boys would gladly have continued it
+longer; but at the last lock of the series, the gate-man
+told them, through Ole, that they must wait here in
+order to go on board, for the steamer could not make
+a landing again for several miles. The party remained
+on the hurricane deck till the cold and the darkness
+drove them below. Turning in at an early hour, they
+slept as well as the vermin would allow, until six
+o&#8217;clock the next morning, when the steamer was
+approaching the Wettern Lake, the second in size in
+Sweden. The boat was on a broad arm of the lake,
+called the Viken, for the canal is built only across
+the narrowest section of country, between two natural
+bodies of water.</p>
+
+<p>The Wettern Lake is ninety miles long and fifteen
+miles wide, surrounded by hills, from which sudden
+gusts of wind come, producing violent squalls on the
+water. This lake is noted for big trout. After crossing
+the Wettern, the steamer approached Wadstena,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_303" id="Page_303">[Pg 303]</a></span>
+which contains an ancient church and convent, and a
+castle built by Gustavus Vasa, and often occupied by
+his family. Ten miles farther brought the steamer to
+Motala, which contains several iron founderies and
+manufactories. Many iron steamers and steam engines
+are built at this place. The scenery on this
+portion of the canal is very beautiful, though not
+grand. Going through another portion of the artificial
+canal, the boat enters the Roxen Lake, perhaps the
+most beautiful in Sweden, and makes a landing at
+Link&ouml;ping. There are half a dozen towns with this
+termination in the country, as Norrk&ouml;ping, S&ouml;derk&ouml;ping,
+J&ouml;nk&ouml;ping, the last two syllables being pronounced
+like <em>chepping</em>; as, Lin-chep-ping.</p>
+
+<p>Leaving the Roxen Lake, the steamer passes through
+more canals into an arm of the Baltic, and then into
+the sea itself, voyaging among a thousand small
+islands, stopping at S&ouml;derk&ouml;ping and Nyk&ouml;ping, important
+commercial and manufacturing towns. Night
+came, and our tourists did not stay up to see the lights
+on the way. The steamer leaves the Baltic, and passing
+another piece of canal, enters the waters of the M&auml;ler
+Lake, seventy-five miles long, and containing fourteen
+hundred islands. The boys were up in season to
+see the beauties of this lake. Many of the islands rise
+to a considerable height above the water, and are so
+thick that one hardly believes he is sailing on a large
+lake. For quiet beauty and &ldquo;eternal stillness,&rdquo; the
+M&auml;ler can hardly be surpassed. In the middle of the
+forenoon, the spires of Stockholm were to be seen, and
+the tourists were all attention. From the lake the
+city presents a fine appearance. Indeed, Stockholm,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_304" id="Page_304">[Pg 304]</a></span>
+seen from either of its water approaches, is hardly
+excelled in beauty by any city in Europe.</p>
+
+<p>The Wadstena made her landing at the Island of
+Riddarholm. As the party were not burdened with
+any baggage, they decided to walk to the hotel. Ole
+inquired the way to the Hotel Rydberg, where they
+had agreed to go; and crossing a bridge to the largest
+of the three islands of the city, called Stadeholm, they
+arrived at the palace, beyond which is the quay. Between
+this island and the main land, on which the
+greater portion of the town is built, is the passage from
+the Baltic to the M&auml;ler Lake, and in the middle of it
+is the Island of Helgeandsholm, or Holy Ghost&#8217;s Island,
+with two bridges connecting it with either side. On
+it are the king&#8217;s stables, and a semicircular garden,
+improved as a <em>caf&eacute;</em>, with a handsome face wall on the
+water side.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This isn&#8217;t bad,&rdquo; said Scott, as the party paused to
+look down into the garden.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Not at all,&rdquo; replied Sanford. &ldquo;I suppose they
+have music here in the evening, and it would be a
+capital place to loaf.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;See the steamers!&rdquo; exclaimed Laybold, as a
+couple of the miniature craft, which abound in the
+waters of Stockholm, whisked up to the quay.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A fellow could put half a dozen of them into his
+trousers pocket,&rdquo; laughed Scott. &ldquo;We must go on a
+cruise in some of them, as soon as we get settled.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, where&#8217;s the hotel?&rdquo; asked Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>It was in plain sight from the bridge, which they
+crossed to the Square of Gustavus Adolphus, on which
+the hotel faced.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_305" id="Page_305">[Pg 305]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Good morning, young gentlemen. I am happy to
+see you,&rdquo; said Mr. Blaine, the head steward of the
+ship, who was the first person to greet them as they
+entered the hotel.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah, Mr. Blaine!&rdquo; exclaimed Sanford, his face
+glowing with apparent satisfaction. &ldquo;I am delighted to
+see you; for I was afraid we should never find the
+ship.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Were you, indeed? Well, I had the same fear
+myself. I have been looking for you ever since the
+ship sailed.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We have done our best to find the ship, Mr.
+Blaine,&rdquo; added Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;O, of course you have; but of course, as you didn&#8217;t
+find her, you were not so babyish as to sit down and
+cry about it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Certainly not; still we were very anxious to find
+her.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Mr. Peaks says you came down from Christiania
+before he did.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, sir.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And you were so anxious to find the ship, that
+you took a train to the interior of the country, expecting,
+no doubt, to come across her on some hill, or possibly
+on some of these inland lakes,&rdquo; continued Mr.
+Blaine.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We were looking for the ship&#8217;s company. We
+met Scott and Laybold, who were going into the interior,
+and we concluded to join them, as they wanted
+to find their shipmates,&rdquo; replied Sanford, who was
+now not entirely confident that &ldquo;the independent excursion
+without running away&rdquo; was a success.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_306" id="Page_306">[Pg 306]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Ah! so you have picked up those two young gentlemen,
+who ran away,&rdquo; added the head steward,
+glancing at Scott and Laybold.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Not exactly, sir; they picked us up,&rdquo; answered
+the coxswain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I think it was a mutual picking up, and we picked
+each other up,&rdquo; laughed Scott. &ldquo;We knew that Sanford
+and his crew were extremely anxious to find the
+ship&#8217;s company, and if we joined them we should be
+sure to come out right.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Exactly so,&rdquo; laughed Mr. Blaine. &ldquo;Let me see;
+after our first day&#8217;s run on shore, by some mistake you
+neglected to come on board at night, with the others.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That was the case exactly. The fact is, we were
+too drunk to go on board with the others.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Drunk!&rdquo; exclaimed Mr. Blaine.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Such was our melancholy condition, sir,&rdquo; added
+Scott, shaking his head. &ldquo;We were invited, in a restaurant,
+to drink &lsquo;finkel,&rsquo; and not knowing what finkel
+was, we did drink; and it boozed us exceedingly.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are very honest about it, Scott.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We are about everything, sir. We slept at a hotel,
+and when we went down to the wharf to go on board,
+we learned that the ship&#8217;s company had gone to Trolldoldiddledy
+Falls. As we felt pretty well, we thought
+we would take a train, see a little of the inside of Sweden,
+and meet the ship&#8217;s company at Squozzlebogchepping.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where&#8217;s that?&rdquo; asked Mr. Blaine.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I can&#8217;t give you the latitude and longitude of the
+jaw-breaker, but it was at the junction of the two railways,
+where the party came down from the canal.
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_307" id="Page_307">[Pg 307]</a></span>
+We were sure we should find our fellows there, but
+the Swedish figures bothered us, and we made a mistake
+in the hour the train was due.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But the Swedish figures are the same as ours,&rdquo;
+suggested the head steward.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Are they? Well, I don&#8217;t know what the matter
+was, except that we were five minutes too late for the
+train. That&#8217;s what&#8217;s the matter.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How very unfortunate it was you lost that train!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It was, indeed; I couldn&#8217;t have felt any worse if I
+had lost my great-grandmother, who died fifty years
+before I was born. These honest fellows felt bad,
+too.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Of course they did.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We took the next train to Gottenburg; but when
+we arrived, the ship had sailed for Copenhagen, which
+I was more anxious to see than any other place in
+Northern Europe.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And for that reason you came on to Stockholm.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, sir; you are too fast, Mr. Blaine. Your consequent
+does not agree with the antecedent. There
+was no steamer for Copenhagen for a couple of days.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There was a steamer within an hour after you
+reached Gottenburg in that train, and an hour before
+the sailing of the canal steamer; and Mr. Peaks went
+down in her,&rdquo; said Mr. Blaine.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We didn&#8217;t know it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Certainly you did not.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We knew of no steamer till Monday, and we were
+afraid, if we went in her, that we should be too late to
+join the ship in Copenhagen; and with heroic self-denial,
+we abandoned our fondly-cherished hope of
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_308" id="Page_308">[Pg 308]</a></span>
+seeing the capital of Denmark, and hastened on to
+Stockholm, so as to be sure and not miss the ship
+again. These honest fellows,&rdquo; said Scott, pointing to
+Sanford and his companions, &ldquo;agreed with us that
+this was the only safe course to take.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I see that you struggled very violently to join
+your ship, and I only wonder that such superhuman
+efforts should have failed.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They have not failed, sir,&rdquo; protested Scott. &ldquo;The
+ship will come here, and we will join her then, or
+perish in the attempt.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Are you not afraid some untoward event will
+defeat your honest intentions?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If they are defeated it will not be our fault.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, I suppose not; but whom have you there?&rdquo;
+inquired the head steward, for the first time observing
+Ole, who had pressed forward to hear Scott&#8217;s remarks.
+&ldquo;Ole?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, sir; that&#8217;s the valiant Ole, of Norway,&rdquo; replied
+the joker.</p>
+
+<p>His presence was satisfactorily explained by the
+coxswain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why did you desire to leave the ship, Ole? Didn&#8217;t
+we use you well?&rdquo; asked Mr. Blaine.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Very well indeed, sir; but I was bashful, and did
+not wish to see some people in Christiansand,&rdquo; replied
+the waif.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What people?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ole evaded all inquiries, as he had a dozen times
+before, and declined to explain anything relating to
+his past history. Mr. Blaine said he had heard the
+party had taken the canal steamer, and he immediately
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_309" id="Page_309">[Pg 309]</a></span>
+proceeded to Stockholm by railroad. He at once
+telegraphed to Mr. Lowington at Copenhagen, that
+he had found all the absentees, and asked for instructions.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Here&#8217;s a go, and the game is up,&rdquo; said Sanford, in
+a whisper, when he met Stockwell alone.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s so; what will he do with us?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t know; I rather like this mode of travelling.
+But we are caught now.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Perhaps not; we may find some way out of it.
+According to Blaine&#8217;s cue we are to be regarded as
+runaways. If that is the case, I don&#8217;t join the ship
+this summer,&rdquo; said Stockwell, very decidedly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nor I either,&rdquo; added Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>Before dark, Mr. Blaine received a despatch from
+the principal, directing him to take the next train
+to Malm&ouml;, which is the town in Sweden opposite Copenhagen.
+The head steward did not communicate
+its contents to his charge that night, but he called all
+of them at four o&#8217;clock the next morning, and by good
+management on his part, they were on the train
+which left Stockholm at six o&#8217;clock. At Katherineholm,
+where the party ate an excellent breakfast, Mr.
+Blaine unhappily missed three of his company.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_310" id="Page_310">[Pg 310]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER XVIII.</h2>
+
+<p class="center"><strong>UP THE BALTIC.</strong></p>
+
+
+<p>The excursionists of the squadron slept soundly
+after their trip to Elsinore, and Clyde Blacklock,
+true to the promise he had made to himself, kept
+awake to watch his chances to escape. Not a sound
+was to be heard in the ship, and the intense silence
+was even more trying to the prisoner in the brig than
+the noise and bustle of the whole crew when awake.
+Ryder, the fourth lieutenant, and two seamen had the
+anchor watch on deck. Each officer served two hours,
+and was required at the stroke of the bell, every half
+hour, to walk through the steerage, where no light was
+permitted after nine o&#8217;clock.</p>
+
+<p>Clyde took the saw from its hiding-place under the
+stairs, and commenced work on one of the slats. The
+instrument was very sharp, but the noise it made
+promised to betray him, and he was obliged to use it
+with extreme caution. Bracing the slat with one
+shoulder, he worked the saw very slowly, so that the
+wood should not vibrate. The process was very slow,
+and twice he was obliged to conceal his saw and lie
+down on the bed at the approach of the officer of the
+watch. After working more than an hour, he succeeded
+in cutting off one of the slats, just far enough
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_311" id="Page_311">[Pg 311]</a></span>
+above the deck to avoid the nails with which it was
+secured. But it was fastened at the top as well as at
+the bottom, and when he pulled it in to wrench it from
+its position, it creaked horribly, and he was obliged to
+labor with it another half hour, before he could pull
+it in far enough to permit his exit. In the middle of
+the operation he was obliged to restore it partly to its
+position, and lie down again, to escape the observation
+of the officer of the anchor watch.</p>
+
+<p>His care and patience were finally successful, though,
+if the sleepers around him had not been very tired,
+some of them must have been disturbed even by the
+little noise he made. The removal of the single slat
+gave him an opening of about nine inches, which was
+narrow even for him; but he contrived to work himself
+through it. Putting the slat back into its original
+position, and wedging it down with a copper, so that
+the means of his escape might not readily be seen, he
+crept carefully forward to the ladder under the forecastle,
+where he paused to consider the means by
+which he should escape from the vessel. He began
+to realize that this was a more difficult matter than
+getting out of the brig. He knew that the anchor
+watch consisted of an officer and two seamen.</p>
+
+<p>While he was thinking of the matter, eight bells
+struck; and he was aware that the watch was changed
+at this hour. Retiring to the kitchen to wait for a
+more favorable moment, he heard the two seamen
+come down the ladder to call the relief. As they entered
+one of the mess-rooms, he ran up the ladder,
+and concealed himself under the top-gallant forecastle.
+In a few moments he heard the relief on deck, and
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_312" id="Page_312">[Pg 312]</a></span>
+from his hiding-place saw the officer on the quarter-deck
+with a lantern in his hand. The two seamen
+took their places on the top-gallant forecastle, where
+they could see the entire deck, and any boat or vessel
+that approached the ship.</p>
+
+<p>Clyde did not regard the situation as very hopeful.
+The night was chilly, and he did not feel at all inclined
+to swim ashore, which he had intended to do,
+as a last resort. The boats were all hoisted up at the
+davits, as if to provide for just such cases as his own.
+He listened with interest to the conversation of the
+watch above him; but he could not identify their
+voices, and was unable to determine whether it was
+safe for him to address them. In fact he was unable
+to determine upon anything, and bell after bell struck
+without finding him any better prepared to make a
+move. At four bells, or two o&#8217;clock in the morning,
+the watch was relieved again, and Clyde remained in
+the same unsettled state of mind. But when the two
+seamen went below to call the relief, he changed his
+position, crawling into the waist, where he disposed
+himself under the lee of the rail. Over his head was
+the fourth cutter, one of the smallest of the boats.</p>
+
+<p>Clyde could see the dark form of the officer walking
+to and fro on the quarter-deck, and his presence
+was not favorable to any movement. He found the
+cleats where the falls of the boat were made fast, and
+he was considering the practicability of casting them
+off, letting the cutter drop into the water, and then
+sliding down on a rope. The officer of the anchor
+watch seemed to be the only obstacle in his way. He
+began to experiment with the falls. Casting off one of
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_313" id="Page_313">[Pg 313]</a></span>
+them, he carefully let the rope slip over the cleat till
+he had lowered the bow of the cutter about two feet.
+He repeated the operation upon the stern fall. He let
+off the rope so gradually that the noise did not attract
+the attention of any of the watch.</p>
+
+<p>Five bells struck, and the officer descended to the
+steerage. While he was absent, Clyde dropped each
+end of the boat about four feet more, and then coiled
+himself away until the officer had returned to his station.
+But it was nearly daylight, and he was compelled to
+hurry on with his work. Little by little he let out the
+falls, till the fourth cutter floated in the water. When
+the officer went below, at six bells, he climbed upon
+the rail, and slid down on the bow fall into the boat.
+Casting off the falls, he pushed the cutter astern of the
+ship, and for the first time began to feel as though he
+were free. He was afraid to use an oar, lest the noise
+should attract the attention of the watch on deck. He
+felt that he had managed his escape with exceeding
+cleverness, and was unwilling to risk anything now in
+the moment of success. The wind carried the boat
+clear of the ship, and he lay down in the stern sheets,
+so that if the officer on the quarter-deck discovered
+the cutter, he might suppose no one was in her.</p>
+
+<p>He had occupied this position but a moment before
+he heard a rushing noise near him, and, raising his
+head, discovered a small schooner, under full sail,
+headed directly upon him. He had hardly time to
+stand up before the bow of the vessel was within his
+reach.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Hallo!&rdquo; shouted he, in terror, for the thought of
+being carried under the keel of the schooner was appalling.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_314" id="Page_314">[Pg 314]</a></span>
+But the cutter was crowded aside by the vessel, and
+Clyde sprang upon her deck, while his boat went
+astern of her.</p>
+
+<p>Too late, the schooner luffed up, and Clyde seated
+himself on the rail to catch his breath. Two men
+came to him, and spoke in Norwegian.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I speak English,&rdquo; replied Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are English?&rdquo; said the captain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes; I don&#8217;t speak anything else.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I speak English,&rdquo; replied the skipper, as he went
+back to the helm, and Clyde followed him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where are you bound?&rdquo; asked the runaway.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To Stockholm.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are Danish, I suppose.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, Norwegian.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All the same.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What shall I do with you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I will go to Stockholm with you, and pay my passage,
+if you like,&rdquo; added Clyde, who wished to get as
+far as possible from the ship.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You shall, if you like; or you shall work, if you
+please. I lose a young sailor, and I want another, to
+work in his place.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No; I will go as a passenger, or not at all,&rdquo; replied
+Clyde, very decidedly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What you do in a boat so late in the night?&rdquo; asked
+the skipper.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I was going on shore to find a steamer for Stockholm.
+I will pay you twenty species for my passage,&rdquo;
+added the runaway.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are very kind to pay so much. You shall
+have my berth; but it will be long time to Stockholm
+in my vessel.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_315" id="Page_315">[Pg 315]</a></span>
+&ldquo;No matter; I am satisfied.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I shall pick up the boat you lose?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No; never mind the boat,&rdquo; answered Clyde, impatiently,
+as he glanced at the ship.</p>
+
+<p>The captain questioned him about the boat more
+particularly; but the fugitive gave such answers as he
+pleased. Though the skipper was very rough and
+savage to the two men who formed his crew, he
+treated his passenger at first with much consideration.
+The little cabin of the schooner was a nasty hole, and
+if Clyde had not been very sleepy, he could hardly
+have closed his eyes there; but before the vessel was
+out of sight of Copenhagen, his slumber was deep and
+heavy.</p>
+
+<p>The shout of the fugitive when he was in danger of
+being run down had been heard by the officer on the
+quarter-deck of the Young America. He saw the
+collision, and discovered the cutter when it went astern
+of the vessel; but he did not suspect that it belonged
+to the ship. The schooner filled away on her course
+again, after she had luffed up, and the boat was adrift.
+He deemed it his duty to secure it before it was stove
+by some early steamer from Malm&ouml;, or elsewhere, and
+calling the two seamen, he directed them to lower the
+fourth cutter. But the fourth cutter was already lowered,
+and the officer began to think that the boat adrift
+was the missing one. The third cutter, therefore, was
+used, and when the two seamen had pulled off in her,
+the officer went below and called Peaks.</p>
+
+<p>The boatswain took his lantern, and went to the
+brig, as soon as he was told that the fourth cutter was
+adrift. The bird had flown. The door was secure,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_316" id="Page_316">[Pg 316]</a></span>
+and all the slats were apparently in their place; but
+the appearance of a small quantity of saw-dust indicated
+where the breach had been made. A little pressure
+forced in the sawn slat, and Peaks understood
+why the prisoner had only desired to be left alone.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Were you all asleep on deck?&rdquo; asked Peaks of
+the officer.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, sir; I have not been asleep on duty,&rdquo; replied
+Beckwith, the officer.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Didn&#8217;t you see him lower the boat?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Of course I did not.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t see how it was done, then,&rdquo; added Peaks.
+&ldquo;But where is the prisoner?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t know. I suppose he went on board that
+small schooner that run down the cutter.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where is she?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Beckwith pointed to a sail headed to the south-east,
+which was just visible in the faint light of the early
+morning.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He is out of our reach for the present,&rdquo; said Peaks,
+in utter disgust, as he descended the steps to the main
+cabin.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Lowington was informed of the escape of Clyde,
+but no steamer could be obtained at that early hour to
+chase the schooner, and the matter was permitted to
+rest as it was. When all hands turned out in the
+morning, a strict investigation was made; but no one
+who had served on the anchor watch was able to give
+any information. No one had seen the boat lowered,
+and no one had heard the saw. Peaks went on shore,
+and ascertained that the Norwegian schooner Rensdyr
+had sailed at an early hour. She had cleared for
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_317" id="Page_317">[Pg 317]</a></span>
+Stockholm, and was doubtless on her way there. The
+principal was so much interested in the fate of Clyde,
+or rather in his reformation, that he determined to follow
+up the fugitive. The English steamer Newsky,
+from London to Stockholm, was then in port, and
+when she sailed that day, Peaks was sent in her to intercept
+the runaway on his arrival at Stockholm.</p>
+
+<p>After breakfast, Mr. Andersen came on board, inspected
+the ship, and witnessed some of the evolutions
+in seamanship, which included the manning of the
+yards in honor of his visit. At the invitation of Paul
+Kendall he went on board of the Grace, and took a
+sail up the Sound, dining on board, and returning in
+the afternoon. The students again went on shore, and
+visited the Rosenberg Palace, an irregular structure of
+red brick, with a high peaked roof and four towers.
+Connected with it is an extensive and beautiful garden,
+adorned with statues. The palace was built for
+Christian IV., in 1604, but is no longer a royal residence,
+being filled with various national collections of
+arms, medals, and antiquities, including many historical
+mementos of kings and other great men of Denmark.
+Among them are the saddle, bridle, and caparisons,
+the sword and pistols, presented by King Christian
+IV. to his eldest son at his marriage. They are
+adorned with diamonds, pearls, and gold, and cost a
+million francs in Paris.</p>
+
+<p>In the afternoon the students marched to the Palace
+of Frederiksberg, whose park is a favorite resort of
+the people of the city. The building contains nothing
+worth seeing; indeed, portions of it have been rented
+for the use of private families; but the garden is beautifully
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_318" id="Page_318">[Pg 318]</a></span>
+laid out with kiosks, bridges over the winding
+canal, on which float a great number of white swans,
+with little islands, studded with groves and pleasant
+grassy slopes. The palace stands on the only eminence
+near Copenhagen. On pleasant days, especially on
+Sundays, this park is filled with family picnics, little
+parties bringing their own lunch, and spending the
+day in these delightful groves.</p>
+
+<p>During the remainder of the day the students wandered
+over the city, each seeking what pleased him
+most. When they went on board the vessels, they
+were entirely satisfied with what they had seen of Copenhagen,
+and were ready to visit some other city.
+Very early the next morning, Mr. Blaine, with all but
+three of the absentees, came on board. The head
+steward told his story, and Scott and Laybold told
+their story; the former, as usual, being the spokesman.
+The wag told the whole truth, exactly as it was;
+that they were ashamed to come on board while so
+tipsy, and had missed the train at the junction.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Have you drank any finkel since?&rdquo; asked the principal.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, sir; not a drop. One glass was enough for
+me,&rdquo; replied Scott.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And you, Laybold?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, sir.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You may both return to your duty,&rdquo; added the
+principal.</p>
+
+<p>Both were astonished at being let off so easily; but
+Mr. Lowington was satisfied that they spoke the truth,
+and had not intended to run away. The others were
+also ordered to attend to their duty, but with the intimation
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_319" id="Page_319">[Pg 319]</a></span>
+that their conduct would be investigated at
+the return of Sanford and Stockwell, who, with Ole,
+had left the party at Katherineholm.</p>
+
+<p>The signal for sailing was flying on board of the
+Young America, and at seven o&#8217;clock the squadron
+was under way, continuing the voyage &ldquo;up the Baltic.&rdquo;
+No notice seemed to be taken of the absence
+of Sanford and Stockwell, but everybody believed that
+the principal knew what he was about. The wind
+was tolerably fresh from the west-south-west, and the
+squadron made rapid progress through the water, logging
+ten knots all day. The students watched with
+interest the villages on the coast of Denmark, with
+their sharp, red roofs, and the swarms of fishing-boats
+moored in front of them. The shores of Sweden
+were in sight all the time, and at three o&#8217;clock in
+the afternoon land was also seen on the starboard
+bow. But the masters, who were constantly watching
+the chart, were not at all astonished, though the
+seamen were.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What land is that, Scott?&rdquo; asked Laybold.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That? Why, don&#8217;t you know?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;m sure I don&#8217;t. I know Germany is over there
+somewhere, but I didn&#8217;t expect to run into it so near
+Sweden.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s Gabogginholm.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Is it in Germany?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No; it&#8217;s an island, at least a hundred and fifty
+miles from Germany. The Baltic is rather a big
+thing out here.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How do you remember those long names, Scott?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What long names?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_320" id="Page_320">[Pg 320]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Such as the name of that island. I couldn&#8217;t recollect
+such a word ten minutes.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nor I either. I know them by instinct.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What did you say the name of the island is?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Gastringumboggin.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That isn&#8217;t what you said before.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;ve forgotten what I did say it was. You musn&#8217;t
+ask me twice about a name, for I say I can&#8217;t remember,&rdquo;
+laughed Scott.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are selling me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Of course I am; and you go off cheaper than any
+fellow I ever saw before. I haven&#8217;t the least idea
+what the land is, except that it must be an island
+not less than a hundred and fifty miles from Prussia.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s Bornholm,&rdquo; said Walker, a seamen, who
+had heard the name from the officers. &ldquo;It&#8217;s an island
+twenty-six miles long and fifteen wide, belongs to
+Denmark, and has thirty-two thousand inhabitants,
+and a lot of round churches on it. That&#8217;s what the
+fellows on the quarter-deck say.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Precisely so,&rdquo; replied Scott. &ldquo;You have learned
+your lesson well. What is the principal town on
+that island?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t know,&rdquo; answered Walker.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Stubbenboggin,&rdquo; said Scott.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who told you so?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My grandmother,&rdquo; laughed the wag, as he turned
+on his heel, and walked away.</p>
+
+<p>Towards night the wind subsided, and the squadron
+was almost becalmed; but a light breeze sprang up
+after dark, and in the morning the ship was off the
+southern point of Oland, an island ninety miles long
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_321" id="Page_321">[Pg 321]</a></span>
+by ten wide, and well covered with forests. On the
+narrow strait which separates it from the main land
+is Calmar, a town of historic interest, in Sweden.
+At noon the southern point of Gottland was seen,
+and Scott insisted upon calling it &ldquo;Gabungenboggin,&rdquo;
+though the real name was soon circulated. It is
+eighty miles long by thirty-three wide, and contains
+fifty-four thousand inhabitants. Wisby is the only
+town. The island is noted for its beautiful climate,
+which makes it a pleasant resort for summer tourists.</p>
+
+<p>At sunrise on the following morning, the ship leading
+the squadron was approaching the islands which
+cover the entrance to the harbor of Stockholm. Pilots
+were taken by the several vessels, and the fleet entered
+the archipelago, through which it was to sail for thirty
+miles. At first the openings were very wide, and not
+much of the shore could be seen; but soon the distances
+grew less, and the shores were studded with
+villages and fine residences. The little steamers&mdash;some
+of them not so large as the ship&#8217;s first cutter&mdash;began
+to appear; and at eight o&#8217;clock the Young
+America let go her anchor between Staden and Skeppsholm,
+off the quay near the palace, which was crowded
+with steamers.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Here we are, Laybold,&rdquo; said Scott, when the sails
+had been furled, and every rope coiled away in its place.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s so. What&#8217;s that big building on the shore?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s the Slottenboggin,&rdquo; laughed Scott.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, you don&#8217;t! You can&#8217;t sell me again with
+your boggins.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;ll bet half a pint of salt water it is the king&#8217;s
+palace.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_322" id="Page_322">[Pg 322]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Very likely it is; and here is a fine building on
+the other side.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That must be the Wobbleboggin.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, it isn&#8217;t.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Perhaps it isn&#8217;t; but twig these little steamers,&rdquo;
+added Scott, pointing to one of the snorting miniature
+boats that plied across the arm of the sea opposite the
+quay. &ldquo;The pilot and engineer, and a boy to take the
+fares, seem to be the officers, crew, and all hands.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And in some of them all hands are boys.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The boats seemed to contain nothing but the engine
+and boiler, which were in a compact mass, without
+covering. All around them were seats. Forward of
+the engine was a little steering-wheel, hardly more
+than a foot in diameter, at which the pilot&mdash;often a
+boy&mdash;was seated.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I want a complete view of the city,&rdquo; said Captain
+Lincoln, at this moment coming into the waist with
+the surgeon and Norwood. &ldquo;I think I can get it
+from the main cross-trees.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am too stiff to go aloft,&rdquo; replied Dr. Winstock;
+&ldquo;but I commend your plan.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;m with you,&rdquo; added Norwood, as he followed
+the captain up the main rigging.</p>
+
+<p>From this lofty position on the cross-trees the two
+officers obtained a good idea of the situation of the
+city. The three islands which form the central portion
+of the city lay in the strait leading to the M&auml;ler Lake.
+The north and south suburbs were on each side of
+it. Skeppsholm, Castellholm, and the Djurg&#259;rden&mdash;Deer
+Garden&mdash;were other islands, lying nearer the
+Baltic. The finest portion of the city seemed to be
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_323" id="Page_323">[Pg 323]</a></span>
+the northern suburbs. While they were studying the
+panorama of the place, all hands were called to lecture,
+and they hastened to their places in the steerage.
+Professor Mapps was at his post, with the map on
+the foremast.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Sweden is called <em>Sverige</em> by the natives; La<em>
+Su&egrave;de</em> by the French; <em>Schweden</em> by the Germans;
+<em>La Svezia</em> by the Italians; and <em>Suecia</em> by the Spaniards.
+It contains one hundred and sixty-eight thousand
+square miles&mdash;a territory equal in extent to the six
+New England States, New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania,
+and Delaware united. Its population is a little
+over four millions&mdash;about the same as that of the
+State of New York. It is nearly a thousand miles
+long from north to south, with an average breadth of
+two hundred miles. By far the greater portion of it
+is very sparsely settled, for it extends from fifty-five
+degrees of north latitude up to the arctic regions. It
+contains no important rivers, though its large lakes
+and arms of the sea are valuable as avenues of navigation.
+Over eighty lakes are mentioned.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The instructer described the Wenern and Wettern
+Lakes, and the G&ouml;ta Canal, which passes through
+them.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Sweden is an agricultural country, and its principal
+manufactures are lumber and iron. It has six
+hundred and thirty-eight miles of railway, and the
+steamers which you see at the quay, mostly of iron,
+and built in Sweden, ply to all parts of the country.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The average of the temperature in Stockholm is
+forty-two degrees, or twenty-five degrees for winter,
+and sixty-two degrees for summer. From what you
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_324" id="Page_324">[Pg 324]</a></span>
+have already seen of Sweden, I think you will consider
+it very like New England. The interior has
+about the same physical features, and you will see
+there similar houses, barns, and fences.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The government is a limited monarchy, based on
+the constitution of 1809, and since amended. The
+king must be a Lutheran. He has an absolute veto on
+the acts of the legislature. The Diet, or Parliament,
+consists of two houses, the upper of which is composed
+of one hundred and twenty-seven members, or one for
+every thirty thousand inhabitants. The lower house
+consists of one hundred and eighty-eight members,
+fifty-five of whom are elected by the towns, and the
+rest by the rural districts, at the rate of one for every
+forty thousand people. Property qualifications are
+required for either house, and all members must be
+Protestants. They are paid a salary of three hundred
+and thirty-five dollars of our money, and their travelling
+expenses, for the session of four months.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have incidentally spoken of the history of Sweden
+in connection with that of Norway and Denmark.
+The kingdom was founded by Odin, and for a long
+period the history of the country is a record of the
+wars with Norway and Denmark, and it was finally
+conquered by Margaret, and by the Union of Calmar
+the three kingdoms were consolidated in 1397. It
+became a Christian nation early in the eleventh century.
+Sweden was doubtless the first anti-slavery
+power; for, during the reign of Birger II., about 1300,
+a law against the sale of slaves was enacted, with
+the declaration that it was &lsquo;in the highest degree
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_325" id="Page_325">[Pg 325]</a></span>
+criminal for Christians to sell men whom Christ had
+redeemed by his blood.&rsquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In 1520 Gustavus Ericsson excited a rebellion
+against Christian II., of Denmark, who had murdered
+his father and many other Swedes. This revolution
+was successful three years later, and its leader made
+king, under the title of Gustaf I., often called Gustavus
+Vasa, or Wasa. He was succeeded by his son,
+and the throne continued in his family; but the next
+notable sovereign was Gustaf II., or Gustavus Adolphus.
+His grandfather, Gustavus Vasa, had established
+the Protestant religion in Sweden; but his
+nephew, Sigismond, who had been elected king of
+Poland, and had become a Catholic, succeeded to the
+throne. Endeavoring to change the established religion,
+he was deposed, and the succession changed.
+This caused a war between Sweden, and Russia, and
+Poland. Gustavus was only eighteen when he came
+to the throne, with this war bequeathed to him. He
+was full of energy, and defeated his enemies on all
+sides. Austria was the leader of the Catholic party
+in Europe, which was striving to restore the papal
+supremacy. Gustavus Adolphus held a similar relation
+to the Protestant party. He was engaged in the
+Thirty Years&#8217; War, and won many decisive victories.
+He captured Munich, and overran Bavaria, but was
+finally killed in the battle of L&uuml;tzen, in 1632. By
+his prowess and skill he raised Sweden to the rank of
+one of the first kingdoms of Europe.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He was succeeded by his daughter, Christina, then
+only six years old. She reigned but seven years
+after she became of age, abdicating in favor of her
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_326" id="Page_326">[Pg 326]</a></span>
+cousin Charles X. She died in Rome, after a dissolute
+and shameful life, and was interred in St. Peter&#8217;s
+Church. Charles was at war with the Danes during
+his brief reign, and achieved the daring military feat
+of crossing the Great and Little Belts on the ice, which
+enabled him to dictate his own terms of peace with
+the Danes. The Swedes consider him one of their
+greatest kings. His son, Charles XI., followed him,
+and ruled for thirty-seven years. After a brief period
+of peace, another war with Denmark ensued, which
+resulted to the ultimate advantage of Sweden. This
+king contrived to obtain from the Diet the gift of
+absolute power, which, in the hands of his son and
+successor, Charles XII., nearly ruined the nation.
+Russia, Poland, and Denmark combined to rob him
+of a considerable portion of his kingdom, and Charles
+XII., at the age of sixteen, displayed an energy and a
+skill far beyond his years. He conquered a peace
+with Denmark first, and then turned his attention to
+the rest of his enemies, whom he overwhelmed and
+subdued. With nine thousand men he defeated a
+Russian army of forty thousand, under Peter the Great,
+at Narva. He vanquished the armies of Poland and
+Saxony, and attempted the conquest of Russia, but
+was utterly defeated in the battle of Pultowa, and
+escaped into Turkish territory, where he remained for
+five years. Here he brought about a war between
+Turkey and Russia, and the army of the former shut
+up that of Peter the Great in the Crimea. The lady
+who was afterwards Catharine I. bribed the grand
+vizier with all her jewels to allow the Russians to
+escape, and this event utterly ruined the hopes of the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_327" id="Page_327">[Pg 327]</a></span>
+monarch of Sweden. Finally the Turks drove him
+from their country, and, after various vicissitudes, he
+arrived in his own, and was killed, in 1718, at Frederikhald,
+in Norway. While he was away, his enemies
+had been appropriating his territory, and Sweden
+was reduced to a second-class power.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The Diet elected Ulrica Eleonora, sister of Charles,
+queen, who resigned in favor of her husband, Fredrik
+I. Another war with Russia followed, and
+Sweden lost more of her territory. Adolf Fredrik
+succeeded to the throne in 1751, who was elected by
+the Diet. Still another war with Russia was carried
+on during his reign. His son, Gustaf III., with the
+aid of his soldiers, increased the powers of the crown;
+but he was assassinated at a ball, in 1792, and his son,
+Gustaf Adolf IV., came to the throne. His policy
+involved the nation in a war with the allies, and he
+lost Finland and Pomerania. He was so unpopular
+that he was compelled to abdicate, and his uncle,
+Charles XIII., was raised to the throne in 1809. He
+had no children, and the Prince of Holstein-Augustenburg
+was elected as his successor; but he was assassinated,
+and one of Napoleon&#8217;s generals, Bernadotte,
+was chosen crown prince, and in 1818 he succeeded
+to the throne as Charles XIV. His reign was a successful
+one, and his efforts to secure Norway to his
+adopted country made him popular even before he
+was king. He espoused the cause of the allies against
+Napoleon, and was well cared for by them when the
+affairs of Europe were finally settled.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;His son Oscar was his heir, and came to the
+throne at the death of his father in 1844. He was
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_328" id="Page_328">[Pg 328]</a></span>
+followed by his son, Charles XV., the present king,
+in 1859.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The army organization is similar to that of Denmark,
+and about one hundred and fifty thousand men
+are available for service. The navy contains four
+monitors on the American plan, which were invented
+by John Ericsson, a Swede, two iron-clad gunboats,
+twenty-one steamers, and sixteen sailing vessels, besides
+a great number of floating batteries, and other
+stationary craft. Although only about six thousand
+sailors are actually in the navy, nearly thirty thousand
+can be had in case of war.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The professor finished his lecture, and the students
+hastened on deck, to see more of the sights which
+surrounded them.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_329" id="Page_329">[Pg 329]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER XIX.</h2>
+
+<p class="center"><strong>THE CRUISE IN THE LITTLE STEAMER.</strong></p>
+
+
+<p>&ldquo;What&#8217;s the use, Stockwell?&rdquo; said Sanford, as
+the absentees seated themselves on the train
+for Malm&ouml;, under the charge of the head steward.
+&ldquo;Blaine got his despatch from the principal last night,
+but he didn&#8217;t say a word to us till this morning.
+He&#8217;s playing a sharp game.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s so,&rdquo; replied Stockwell. &ldquo;He don&#8217;t mean
+to trust us out of sight again.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&#8217;t say a word to any fellow,&rdquo; whispered the
+coxswain. &ldquo;You and I will fight it out on our own
+hook.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I understand. It is plain enough that Blaine
+regards us as runaways, and I suppose the principal
+will do the same.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Very likely; and when we get to Russia, all we
+shall have to do will be to count our fingers in the
+steerage, while the rest of the fellows are seeing the Russians,&rdquo;
+continued Sanford, who now appeared to regard
+&ldquo;the independent excursion without running away&rdquo;
+as a failure. &ldquo;We shall not even see anything more
+of Stockholm. I don&#8217;t like the idea.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, what are you going to do about it?&rdquo; asked
+Stockwell.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_330" id="Page_330">[Pg 330]</a></span>
+&ldquo;At the first chance we will leave this train, and
+make our way back to Stockholm,&rdquo; whispered Sanford.
+&ldquo;There is a steamer to St. Petersburg twice
+a week, and we have money enough to carry us
+through.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Right; I am with you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We will take Ole, if you like, to do the talking
+for us.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t object.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The train stopped at Katherineholm about half past
+nine. The boys had taken nothing but the Swedish
+early breakfast of coffee and a biscuit, and the head
+steward allowed them to have a more substantial
+meal, each paying for himself. They entered the restaurant,
+where, on a large table in the centre of the
+room, were great dishes of broiled salmon and veal
+cutlets, with high piles of plates near them. Each
+passenger helped himself at these dishes, and then
+seated himself at one of the little tables. When he
+had finished his salmon, he helped himself to veal
+cutlets; beer and coffee were served by the waiters.
+Sanford and Stockwell hurried through the meal, and
+went to the counter where the woman received payment.
+She asked them some question and they
+were obliged to call Ole, to know what she said. She
+asked if they had had beer or coffee, which was extra, the
+meal being one and a half rix dalers. She gave them
+a tin check; for at this place they seemed to be sharper
+than the Swedes usually are, and the check was to
+enable them to get out of the restaurant. A man at
+the door received it, and no one was allowed to pass
+without it; and thus none could leave without paying
+for the meal.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_331" id="Page_331">[Pg 331]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Finished your breakfast, Ole?&rdquo; said Sanford,
+carelessly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes; and that salmon was very good.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;First rate. Come with us, Ole,&rdquo; added the coxswain,
+as he led the way out of the restaurant.</p>
+
+<p>The trio entered the station, and as no one followed
+them, they left by the front door. Dodging behind the
+buildings, they soon cleared the station. Taking the
+public road, they walked for half an hour at a rapid
+pace, and then halted to consider the situation. The
+train had gone, for they had heard its departure; but
+whether Mr. Blaine had gone or not was an open
+question.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What next?&rdquo; said Sanford, as he seated himself at
+the side of the road.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Take the train back to Stockholm,&rdquo; replied Stockwell.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Perhaps Blaine did not go on, after he missed us.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Of course he did. But whether he did or not,
+the train has gone, and he cannot take us to Copenhagen.
+If we find him at the station, why, we took a
+little walk, and lost the train, you know.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s played out,&rdquo; replied Sanford. &ldquo;We have
+missed the train too many times, already. What time
+does the next one return to Stockholm?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t know. Let&#8217;s go back to the station.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>This course was adopted, and on their arrival they
+learned that they could return to Stockholm at half
+past two in the afternoon. The man in charge said
+that the gentleman with the young men had been looking
+for them. Sanford replied, through Ole, that
+they had lost the train, but would return to Stockholm,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_332" id="Page_332">[Pg 332]</a></span>
+and start again the next morning. After dining
+in the restaurant, the runaways&mdash;as they certainly
+were now, if not before&mdash;departed, and arrived at
+their destination in about three hours. They immediately
+went to the office on the quay, and learned that a
+steamer would leave for St. Petersburg at two o&#8217;clock
+on Friday morning.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Can we engage places now?&rdquo; asked Sanford,&mdash;for
+the clerk in charge spoke English.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Certainly.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We will take three places in one room,&rdquo; added
+the coxswain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Have you passports?&rdquo; asked the clerk.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, sir.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We cannot sell you tickets then.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Not without passports?&rdquo; exclaimed Sanford, appalled
+at this new difficulty.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No; and passports must be <em>vis&eacute;</em> by the Russian
+consul before we can issue a ticket.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We are down then,&rdquo; added the coxswain. &ldquo;My
+passport is on board of the ship.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;So is mine,&rdquo; added Stockwell.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And I never had any,&rdquo; said Ole.</p>
+
+<p>The party left the steamer&#8217;s office, and were unable
+to devise any means of overcoming the obstacle. They
+went to the Hotel Rydberg again, and consulted the
+porter, who had been very kind to them before.
+This functionary is entirely different in European
+hotels from those of the same name in the United
+States. He stands at the entrance, usually dressed in
+uniform, to answer all inquiries of guests, and to do
+all that is required of the clerks in American hotels.
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_333" id="Page_333">[Pg 333]</a></span>
+He assured the anxious inquirers that, even if they
+got into Russia, their passports would be immediately
+demanded, and that no one could remain in any city
+there over night without one. The American minister
+in Stockholm would give them the required
+documents.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But Ole, here, is a Norwegian,&rdquo; suggested Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No matter. Have him put into your passport as
+your courier or servant.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All right; we will see him to-morrow,&rdquo; replied
+the coxswain; and the problem seemed to be solved.</p>
+
+<p>The next day they went to the American legation,
+but the minister had gone to Upsala for a week, and
+the secretary declined to issue the passports, because
+the boys could not prove that they were citizens of the
+United States. Vexed and discouraged, they wandered
+about the city till Friday noon, when an English
+steamer came into port. They stood on the quay,
+watching the movements of the passengers as they
+landed. They had almost concluded to take a steamer
+to Stettin, L&uuml;beck, or some other port in Germany; but
+Russia was a strange land, and they were not willing
+to abandon the idea of seeing its sights.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I wonder whether this steamer goes any farther,&rdquo;
+said Stockwell.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t know,&rdquo; added Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Perhaps she goes to St. Petersburg. It may be
+her officers are not so particular about the confounded
+passports.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But you can&#8217;t stay in Russia over night without
+one, even if you get there.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_334" id="Page_334">[Pg 334]</a></span>
+&ldquo;The American minister will fit us out with them.
+I expect to find a letter of credit in St. Petersburg,
+and that will prove that I am an American.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let us go on board of the steamer and ascertain
+where she is going,&rdquo; continued Sanford, as he led the
+way across the plank, which had been extended from
+the deck to the stone pier.</p>
+
+<p>The boys went upon the hurricane deck, where
+they had seen an officer who looked as though he
+might be the captain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you go to St. Petersburg, captain?&rdquo; asked the
+coxswain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No; we return to London, touching only at Copenhagen,&rdquo;
+replied the officer.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s too bad!&rdquo; exclaimed Stockwell.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;So it is,&rdquo; said a tall man, who had followed the
+runaways up the steps from the lower deck. &ldquo;But
+you are not going to St. Petersburg without the rest
+of us&mdash;are you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Sanford was startled, and turning sharp around,
+saw Peaks, who had come out of the cabin as the boys
+stepped on board. He had followed them to the hurricane
+deck, and suspecting that something was wrong,
+he had waited till the coxswain&#8217;s question betrayed
+their intention.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, we are not going to St. Petersburg; we are
+waiting for the ship,&rdquo; replied Sanford, recovering his
+self-possession in an instant.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;O, you are? All right, then. But the last I heard
+of you was, that you were all on your way to Copenhagen
+to join the ship,&rdquo; added the boatswain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;So we were, Mr. Peaks; but after we had taken
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_335" id="Page_335">[Pg 335]</a></span>
+breakfast at a station on the railroad, we went to have
+a little walk, and see something of the country. We
+thought we had time enough, but the train&mdash;confound
+it!&mdash;went off without us. We were terribly provoked,
+but we couldn&#8217;t help ourselves, you know; so we
+made our way back to this city.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I think you must have been very badly provoked,&rdquo;
+said Peaks.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;O, we were,&mdash;honor bright.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But you thought you would go over to St. Petersburg
+before the ship arrived?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Certainly not; we had no idea of going to St.
+Petersburg.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And that&#8217;s the reason you asked whether this
+steamer was going there,&mdash;because you hadn&#8217;t any
+idea of going.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We know very well that we can&#8217;t go to St. Petersburg
+without our passports, which are on board of the
+ship,&rdquo; protested Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, I understand; but who is this?&rdquo; asked
+Peaks, as he glanced at Ole.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s Ole Amundsen; don&#8217;t you remember
+him?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I think I do. And he is on a lark with you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We are not on a lark. We have been trying with
+all our might to find the ship, for the last fortnight;
+and we are bound to do so, or die in the attempt,&rdquo; said
+Stockwell.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And Ole has been with you all the time?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, sir; we couldn&#8217;t have done anything without
+him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And would have been on board the ship long
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_336" id="Page_336">[Pg 336]</a></span>
+ago, if you hadn&#8217;t had him to speak the lingo for
+you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;When we tell you our story, you will see that we
+have done our best to find the ship.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t know that I care to hear any more of your
+story; it&#8217;s too much story for me, and you can tell it
+to Mr. Lowington, who will be here by to-morrow,
+I think. Very likely you can take me to a good
+hotel.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, sir; we are staying at the Hotel Rydberg,
+which is the best in Stockholm.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Heave ahead, then.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The runaways led the way.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you talk the Swedish lingo, Ole?&rdquo; asked the
+boatswain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, sir.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where did you stow yourself, when we went into
+Christiansand?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In the second cutter, sir,&rdquo; replied the waif,
+laughing.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Exactly so; you were to go with her crew when
+they left.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, sir; I didn&#8217;t know a single one of them.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What did you hide for, then?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Because I didn&#8217;t want the pilot to see me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why not?&rdquo; asked the boatswain.</p>
+
+<p>But this was as far as Ole would go in that direction.
+Neither man nor boy could extort from him the
+secret he so persistently retained. A short walk
+brought the party to the Hotel Rydberg.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This gentleman wants a room,&rdquo; said Sanford to
+the porter.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_337" id="Page_337">[Pg 337]</a></span>
+&ldquo;No. 29,&rdquo; said the man, calling a servant. &ldquo;Did
+you get your passports, young men?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Sanford drew back, and made energetic signs to the
+porter to keep still; but the official failed to understand
+him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No; they haven&#8217;t got them yet,&rdquo; replied Peaks.
+&ldquo;The fact is, all the passports are on board the ship.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But the young gentlemen were very anxious to
+obtain new ones, so that they could go to St. Petersburg.
+They intended to leave by this morning&#8217;s
+steamer, but no tickets can be had without passports.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Both Sanford and Stockwell shook their heads to
+the stupid porter, who was remarkably intelligent on
+all other points; but somehow he did not see them, or
+could not comprehend them.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It&#8217;s too bad about those passports&mdash;isn&#8217;t it, my
+lads?&rdquo; laughed Peaks, turning to the runaways.
+&ldquo;Here&#8217;s more proof that you hadn&#8217;t the least idea of
+going to St. Petersburg.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I was very sorry for the young gentlemen, and did
+the best I could for them,&rdquo; added the gentlemanly
+porter.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No doubt you did; and I&#8217;m very much obliged to
+you for the trouble you took,&rdquo; replied the good-natured
+boatswain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No. 29, sir?&rdquo; interposed the servant, with the key
+in his hand.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ay, ay, my hearty. But, young gentlemen, I want
+to save you from any more terrible disappointments
+and awful vexations in finding the ship. I&#8217;m going
+up to my bunk, and if I don&#8217;t find you here when I
+come down, I shall call on the American consul, and
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_338" id="Page_338">[Pg 338]</a></span>
+ask him to put the police on your track. You shall
+find the ship this time, or perish in the attempt, sure.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Here&#8217;s a go!&rdquo; exclaimed Stockwell, as the servant
+conducted the boatswain up the stairs to his
+chamber.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What did you say anything to him about the passports
+for?&rdquo; snapped Sanford to the porter.</p>
+
+<p>The official in uniform by this time understood the
+matter, and apologized, promising to make it all right
+with the tall gentleman, and to swear that not a word
+had been said to him or any one else about passports.
+It was his business to please everybody, and his perquisites
+depended upon his skill in doing so.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What did Peaks mean about police?&rdquo; said Sanford,
+as the trio seated themselves near the front door
+of the hotel.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He means what he says; confound him, he always
+does!&rdquo; replied Stockwell. &ldquo;He intends to treat
+us as runaway seamen, and have us arrested if we
+attempt to leave.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We are trapped,&rdquo; muttered Sanford. &ldquo;What&#8217;s
+Peaks doing up here?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t know, unless he is looking for us.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It makes no difference now. We are caught, and
+we may as well make the best of it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It&#8217;s all up with us,&rdquo; added the coxswain. &ldquo;Peaks
+knows what he is about, and there isn&#8217;t much chance
+of getting the weather-gage of him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The boatswain came down in a short time. He was
+cool and good-natured, and knew exactly how to deal
+with the parties in hand.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Now, young gentlemen, if you are going to Russia,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_339" id="Page_339">[Pg 339]</a></span>
+don&#8217;t let me detain you. If you wish to go any
+where else, I shall not meddle myself. I shall let the
+American consul attend to the matter. I have business
+here, and I can&#8217;t keep an eye on you. But if you
+want to be fair and square, and not break your hearts
+because you can&#8217;t find the ship, just be in sight when
+I want to know where you are.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We shall be right on your heels all the time, Mr.
+Peaks. If you don&#8217;t object, we will go with you.
+We know the way round Stockholm, and will help
+you all we can,&rdquo; said Stockwell.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s sensible.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We will show you out to the Djurgarden,&rdquo; added
+Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Never mind the shows. I want Ole to talk for me,
+and I don&#8217;t object to your company,&rdquo; replied the boatswain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I beg your pardon, sir,&rdquo; said the porter, presenting
+himself to Peaks at this moment. &ldquo;I made a bad mistake.
+It was not these young gentlemen who wanted
+the passports. It was another party.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Exactly. I understand,&rdquo; replied the boatswain,
+turning to the boys with a significant smile on his
+bronzed face.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They were waiting for you, and were very anxious
+to join their ship.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It was very kind of them to wait for me, when
+they hadn&#8217;t the least idea I was coming. All right,
+my hearty; you needn&#8217;t trouble yourself to smooth it
+over. How much did you pay him for those lies,
+Sanford?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Not a cent, sir!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_340" id="Page_340">[Pg 340]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Never mind; don&#8217;t bother your heads any more
+about it. I understand the matter now as well as I
+shall after you have explained it for a week,&rdquo; answered
+Peaks, as he left the hotel, followed by the discomfited
+trio.</p>
+
+<p>The boatswain did not deem it expedient to explain
+to them his business in Stockholm. He found people
+enough who spoke English, so that he was able to
+dispense with the services of Ole as interpreter. He
+ascertained that no such vessel as the Rensdyr had
+yet arrived, and satisfied with this information, he
+went out to the Djurgarden with his charge, dined
+at Hasselbacken, and made himself quite comfortable.</p>
+
+<p>After breakfast the next morning, with Ole&#8217;s assistance,
+he chartered one of the little steamers, which
+was about the size of the ship&#8217;s second cutter, and,
+taking the trio with him, sailed out towards the
+Baltic.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where are you going, Mr. Peaks?&rdquo; asked Sanford,
+deeply mystified by the movements of the boatswain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;m going to make a trip down to the Baltic, to
+see what I can see,&rdquo; replied Peaks.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Are you going for the fun of it?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, that depends upon how you view it. I suppose
+you are going for the fun of it, whether I am or
+not.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But we would like to know what is up,&rdquo; added
+Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Young gentlemen should not be inquisitive,&rdquo;
+laughed the old salt.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_341" id="Page_341">[Pg 341]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Because, if you are going out to meet the ship, in
+order to put us on board&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;m not going for any such purpose,&rdquo; interposed
+the boatswain. &ldquo;I shouldn&#8217;t take all that trouble on
+your account.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But where are you going?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s my affair, my lad.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We don&#8217;t mean to give you any trouble on our
+account,&rdquo; said Sanford, who could not readily dispossess
+himself of the belief that the expedition was to
+put his party on board of the ship when she hove in
+sight.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Of course you don&#8217;t, my tender lambs. You have
+been so anxious to find the ship, and get on board,
+it would be cruel to suspect you of any mischief,&rdquo;
+laughed Peaks.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But, honor bright, Mr. Peaks, whatever we intended,
+we are ready now to do just what you say, and
+return to the ship as soon as we can.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are all nice boys. You have had a good time,
+and I think you ought to be satisfied.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We are satisfied; but I suppose we shall have no
+liberty again, after we go on board.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Perhaps you will; the principal isn&#8217;t hard with
+the boys when they come right square up to the mark;
+but you can&#8217;t humbug him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But, honestly, Mr. Peaks, we tried to find the ship,
+and&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There, there, lads,&rdquo; interposed the boatswain, &ldquo;I
+don&#8217;t believe you will have any liberty.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why not?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Because you want to humbug the principal; and
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_342" id="Page_342">[Pg 342]</a></span>
+me, too&mdash;but that&#8217;s no account. If you want to make
+the best of it, toe the mark. Don&#8217;t have any lies in
+your heart or on your tongue. Tell the whole truth,
+and you will make more by it; but tell the truth whether
+you make anything or not.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You won&#8217;t believe anything we say,&rdquo; protested
+Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Of course I won&#8217;t, when you are lying. I call
+things by their right names.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We didn&#8217;t stave the boat at Christiansand.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, you did,&rdquo; replied Peaks, plumply.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If you think so, it&#8217;s no use talking.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Certainly not; don&#8217;t talk, then.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Sanford was not prepared for so grave a charge as
+that of causing the accident to the second cutter; and
+if the principal was of the same mind as the boatswain,
+the case would go hard with the runaways. The coxswain
+and Stockwell went into the bow of the little
+steamer to discuss their situation, which they did very
+earnestly for a couple of hours.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There&#8217;s the ship!&rdquo; exclaimed Sanford, as he identified
+the Young America, half a mile distant, leading
+the squadron into the harbor of Stockholm.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;So it is; now we are in for it. Peaks has come
+out here with us to make sure that we don&#8217;t get away
+from him,&rdquo; added Stockwell.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If I had known as much last night as I know now,
+I would have cleared out, in spite of consul and police.
+If we are to be charged with smashing the second cutter,
+we shall not go on shore again this summer.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s so. But this boat is not headed for the
+ship. Peaks don&#8217;t see her.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_343" id="Page_343">[Pg 343]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Yes, he does; there isn&#8217;t a craft of any sort within
+five miles of us that he don&#8217;t see.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There&#8217;s the ship, Mr. Peaks,&rdquo; shouted Stockwell.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I see her.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>But the boatswain continued on his course, paying
+no attention to the ship. The squadron disappeared
+among the islands, and the steamer went out into the
+Baltic, keeping well in towards the shore. When any
+small schooner appeared, he ran up and examined her
+very carefully, overhauling three in this manner in the
+course of the forenoon. At noon the boatswain piped
+all hands to dinner, for he had procured a supply of
+provisions at the hotel. Though he had chartered the
+steamer with Ole acting as an interpreter, he gave no
+hint of his plans or purposes. He made signs to the
+helmsman where to go, and occasionally gave directions
+through Ole.</p>
+
+<p>The fourth small schooner that he examined proved
+to be the Rensdyr, and Peaks identified her by seeing
+Clyde Blacklock, who stood on the forecastle, looking
+out for the approaches to Stockholm. Possibly he
+had seen the Young America, which passed the schooner,
+though a mile distant.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Lay her alongside that small vessel,&rdquo; said Peaks
+to Ole.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That one!&rdquo; exclaimed Ole, whose brown face
+seemed to grow pale, as he looked at the Rensdyr.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s what I say, my lad.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The waif actually trembled; but he spoke to the
+helmsman, who immediately put the boat about, and
+headed her towards Stockholm.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_344" id="Page_344">[Pg 344]</a></span>
+&ldquo;No,&rdquo; said Peaks, sternly. &ldquo;That vessel.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>He pointed to her, and Ole spoke again to the steersman,
+but without any better result. The boatswain
+was not to be thwarted. Going forward, he took the
+little wheel into his own hands, and headed the
+steamer towards the Rensdyr. Indicating by his signs
+what he wanted, the man at the helm seemed to be
+quite willing to obey orders when he knew what was
+wanted.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&#8217;t go to that vessel, Mr. Peaks,&rdquo; cried Ole, in
+an agony of terror.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why, my lad, what&#8217;s the matter with you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s the Rensdyr!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I know it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He will kill me,&rdquo; groaned Ole.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who will?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Captain Olaf.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, who&#8217;s he?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He is the captain of the Rensdyr. He will kill
+me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, he won&#8217;t, my hearty. You shall have fair
+play. Who is he?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My step-father, Olaf Petersen. He beat me and
+starved me, and I ran away from the Rensdyr in the
+boat.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;O, ho! The story is out&mdash;is it?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s the whole truth, sir; it is, Mr. Peaks,&rdquo; protested
+Ole. &ldquo;Don&#8217;t go to her!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&#8217;t you be alarmed. You shall have fair
+play,&rdquo; added the stout boatswain, as the steamer ran
+alongside the schooner, and the man at the bow made
+her fast.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<img src="images/img003.jpg" width="600" height="370" alt="image" title="" />
+<span class="caption">Boarding the Rensdyr.</span> Page <a href="#Page_344">344</a>.
+</div>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_345" id="Page_345">[Pg 345]</a></span>
+Peaks was on her deck in another instant, and had
+Clyde by the collar.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I want you, my lad,&rdquo; said he.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let me alone!&rdquo; cried the Briton, who had not
+recognized his tyrant till he was in his grasp, for the
+simple reason that he did not expect to see him at that
+time and place.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No use to kick or yell, my jolly Briton. I never
+let go,&rdquo; added the boatswain.</p>
+
+<p>At this moment there was a yell from the steamer.
+Captain Olaf no sooner discovered his lost step-son,
+than he sprang upon him like a tiger. Ole howled
+in his terror. Peaks dragged Clyde on board the
+steamer, and tossing him on the seat at the stern, turned
+his attention to the skipper of the schooner.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Steady! hold up, my hearty,&rdquo; said he, pulling the
+old Norwegian from his prey.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My boy! My son! He steal my boat, and leave
+me,&rdquo; said Olaf, furiously.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He says you didn&#8217;t treat him well; that you starved
+and beat him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&#8217;ll bet Ole told the truth,&rdquo; interposed Clyde, who
+seemed suddenly to have laid aside his wrath. &ldquo;Captain
+Olaf is a brute.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How&#8217;s that, my lad? Do you know anything
+about it?&rdquo; asked Peaks.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I know the skipper is the ugliest man I ever met
+in my life,&rdquo; answered Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Won&#8217;t you except me, my bold Briton?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No; I paid my passage, and haven&#8217;t had enough to
+eat to keep soul and body together. Besides that, he
+tried to make me work, and I did do some things. If
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_346" id="Page_346">[Pg 346]</a></span>
+I had been obliged to stay on board another day, I
+should have jumped overboard,&rdquo; continued Clyde. &ldquo;I
+begin to think I was a fool for leaving the ship.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I began to think so at the first of it,&rdquo; added Peaks.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ole is my son; I must have him,&rdquo; growled the
+skipper.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have nothing to do with Ole; he may go where
+he pleases,&rdquo; said the boatswain.</p>
+
+<p>Olaf spoke to his step-son in his own language, and
+for a few moments the dialogue between them was
+very violent.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Cast off, forward, there; give them the Swedish
+of that, Ole,&rdquo; shouted Peaks.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Must I go on board of the Rensdyr?&rdquo; asked the
+trembling waif.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do just as you please.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then I shall stay, and go to the ship.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, he shall not; he shall come with me,&rdquo; said
+Olaf, making a spring at Ole.</p>
+
+<p>But Peaks, who had promised to see fair play, interfered,
+and with no more force than was necessary,
+compelled the skipper to return to the schooner. The
+steamer shoved off, and amid the fierce yells of Olaf,
+steamed towards Stockholm. As she went on her
+way, Ole told his story. At the death of his father,
+who was the master of a small vessel, he had gone to
+England with a gentleman who had taken a fancy to
+him, and worked there a year. The next summer he
+had accompanied his employer in an excursion through
+Norway, and found his mother had married Olaf Petersen.
+She prevailed upon him to leave his master,
+and he went to sea with her husband. Then his mother
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_347" id="Page_347">[Pg 347]</a></span>
+died, and the skipper abused him to such a degree,
+that he determined to leave the vessel. Olaf had
+twice brought him back, and then watched him so
+closely, that he could find no opportunity to repeat the
+attempt when the Rensdyr was in port.</p>
+
+<p>On the day before the ship had picked him up, Olaf
+had thrashed him soundly, and had refused to let him
+have his supper. Olaf and his man drank too much
+finkel that night, and left Ole at the helm. Early in the
+evening, he lashed the tiller, and taking to the boat, with
+the north star for his guide, pulled towards the coast
+of Norway. Before morning he was exhausted with
+hunger and fatigue. He had lost one oar while asleep,
+and the other was a broken one. At daylight he saw
+nothing of the Rensdyr, and feeling tolerably safe, had
+gone to sleep again, when he was awakened by the
+hail from the ship.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But why did you leave the ship?&rdquo; asked Peaks.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Because I was afraid of the pilot. I thought he and
+other people would make me go back to Olaf.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Olaf has no claim upon you. He is neither your
+father nor your guardian.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I was afraid.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where was your vessel bound?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To Bremen, where she expected to get a cargo for
+Copenhagen. I suppose she found another cargo there
+for Stockholm.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t blame you, Ole, for leaving him,&rdquo; said
+Clyde. &ldquo;Olaf is the worst man I ever saw. When
+he got drunk, he abused me and the men. I had
+to keep out of his way, or I believe he would have
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_348" id="Page_348">[Pg 348]</a></span>
+killed me, though I was a passenger, and paid my
+fare.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>At three o&#8217;clock in the afternoon, the little steamer
+ran alongside the ship, and the party went on board,
+though the principal and all the officers and crew were
+on shore.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_349" id="Page_349">[Pg 349]</a></span></p>
+<h2>CHAPTER XX.</h2>
+
+<p class="center"><strong>STOCKHOLM AND ITS SURROUNDINGS.</strong></p>
+
+
+<p>After the professor&#8217;s lecture on board of the
+ship, the students were piped to dinner. According
+to his usual custom, Paul Kendall, with his
+lady, took rooms at the hotel, and in this instance his
+example was followed by Shuffles. Dr. Winstock
+and Captain Lincoln had already accepted an invitation
+from Paul to spend the afternoon with him in a
+ride through the city; and as soon as the boats landed
+at the quay, they hastened to keep the appointment,
+while the students scattered all over the city to take a
+general view.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, Paul, how do you find the hotel?&rdquo; asked the
+doctor, when the party were seated in the carriage.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Very good; it is one of the best hotels I have
+seen in Europe.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It has an excellent location, but I think there was
+no such hotel when I was here before, and I staid at
+the H&ouml;tel Kung Carl.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This is a bath-house,&rdquo; said the <em>commissionnaire</em>,
+as the carriage turned the corner at the hotel, and he
+pointed to a large, square building, with a court-yard
+in the middle.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That looks well for the cleanliness of the people,
+if they support such fine establishments as that.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_350" id="Page_350">[Pg 350]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Three classes of baths, sir,&rdquo; added M&ouml;ller, the
+guide. &ldquo;In the first class you have a dressing-room,
+and an attendant to scrub you, and showers, douches,
+and everything of the sort. This is Drottninggatan,
+the principal street of the city,&rdquo; added the man, as
+the carriage turned into another street.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In other words, Queen Street,&rdquo; explained the
+surgeon.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is rather a narrow street for the principal one,&rdquo;
+said Paul.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All the streets of Stockholm are narrow, or nearly
+all; and very few of them have sidewalks.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This street looks very much like the streets at
+home. The shops are about the same thing. There&#8217;s
+a woman in a queer dress,&rdquo; added Captain Lincoln.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s a Dalecarlian woman. They used to row
+the boats about the waters of the city, coming down
+from Dalecarlia to spend the summer here; but the
+little steamers have taken the business all away from
+them. They hired a boat for the season, and paid
+the owner one half of the fares.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Their costume is rather picturesque,&rdquo; added
+Paul.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But that woman is far from handsome,&rdquo; laughed
+Mrs. Kendall.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;None of them are pretty,&rdquo; replied the doctor.</p>
+
+<p>The dress was a rather short petticoat, with a fanciful
+bodice, in which red predominated. Quite a
+number of them were seen by the party during their
+stay in Stockholm, but all of them had coarse features
+and clumsy forms.</p>
+
+<p>The carriage returned to the centre of the city by
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_351" id="Page_351">[Pg 351]</a></span>
+another street, passing through Carl XIII. Torg, or
+square, where stands the statue of that king.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There is the Caf&eacute; Blanche, where they have music
+every afternoon in summer, with beer, coffee, and
+other refreshments. The Swedes are very fond of
+these gardens,&rdquo; said M&ouml;ller. &ldquo;Here is the Hotel Rydberg.
+This is Gustaf Adolf Torget, and that is his
+statue.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Crossing the bridge to the little island in the stream,
+the carriage stopped, to enable the party to look
+down into the garden, which is called Str&ouml;mparterren,
+where a band plays, and refreshments are dispensed
+in the warm evenings of summer. Passing the immense
+palace, the tourists drove along the Skeppsbron,
+or quay, which is the principal landing-place of
+the steamers. Crossing another bridge over the south
+stream, or outlet of Lake M&auml;ler, they entered the
+southern suburb of the city, called S&ouml;dermalm. Ascending
+to the highest point of land, the party were
+conducted to the roof of a house, where a magnificent
+view of the city and its surroundings was obtained.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We will sit down here and rest a while,&rdquo; said the
+doctor, suiting the action to the words. &ldquo;This promontory,
+or some other one near it, was formerly called
+Agne&#8217;s Rock, and there is a story connected with it.
+Agne was the king of Sweden about 220 B.C. In a
+war with the Finns, he killed their king, and captured
+his daughter Skiolfa. The princess, according to the
+custom of those days, became the wife, but practically
+the slave, of her captor. She was brought to Sweden,
+where Agne and his retainers got beastly drunk on the
+occasion of celebrating the memorial rites of her father.
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_352" id="Page_352">[Pg 352]</a></span>
+Skiolfa, with the assistance of her Finnish
+companions, passed a rope through the massive gold
+chain on the neck of the king, and hung him to a
+tree, beneath which their tent was pitched. Having
+avenged the death of her father, the princess and
+her friends embarked in their boats, and escaped to
+Finland.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They finished him, then,&rdquo; laughed Captain Lincoln.
+&ldquo;But what sort of boats had they?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t know,&rdquo; replied Dr. Winstock.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Could they cross the Baltic in boats?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes. When you go to Finland you will find that
+the course will be through islands nearly all the way.
+There is no difficulty in crossing in an open boat.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What is the population of Stockholm?&rdquo; asked
+Paul.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;One hundred and thirty-five thousand,&rdquo; replied
+M&ouml;ller. &ldquo;It was founded by King Birger in 1250.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There is a monitor,&rdquo; said Paul, pointing to the
+waters near Castelholmen, not far from the anchorage
+of the squadron.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We have four in the Swedish navy, and Russia
+has plenty of them. Ericsson, who invented them,
+was a Swede, you know.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>After the tourists had surveyed the panorama to
+their satisfaction, they descended, and entering the carriage,
+drove over to the Riddarholm, where the guide
+pointed out the church, the statue of Gustavus Vasa,
+the house of the Nobles, and other objects of interest.
+Returning to the quay, they stopped to look at the
+little steamers which were whisking about in every
+direction.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_353" id="Page_353">[Pg 353]</a></span>
+&ldquo;That is the National Museum,&rdquo; said M&ouml;ller, pointing
+to a large and elegant building across the stream.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I should like to sail in one of those little boats,&rdquo;
+said Mrs. Kendall.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We can go over and back in ten minutes, if you
+like,&rdquo; added the guide.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let us go.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The party alighted from the carriage, and entered
+the little boat.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How much did you pay, Paul?&rdquo; asked Grace.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The fare is no larger than the boat. It is three
+&ouml;re each person.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How much is that?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let me see; eight tenths of a cent, or less than a
+halfpenny, English.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The excursionists returned without landing.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I should like to go again,&rdquo; said Grace. &ldquo;It is
+delightful sailing in such dear little steamers.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If you please, we will ride over to the Djurgarden,
+and return by the steamer, which will land us at
+the Str&ouml;mparterre,&rdquo; said the guide.</p>
+
+<p>This proposition was accepted, and by a circuitous
+route they reached the place indicated, which, in
+English, is the Deer Garden. It is on an island, separated
+from the main land by a channel. The southern
+portion of it is a thickly-populated village, but the
+principal part of the island is laid out as a park, of
+which the people of Stockholm are justly proud. It
+was originally a sterile tract of land: the first improvements
+converted it into a deer park for the royal
+use; but Gustaf III. and Charles (XIV.) John, as Bernadotte
+was styled, turned it into a public park. It is
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_354" id="Page_354">[Pg 354]</a></span>
+laid out in walks and avenues beautifully shaded with
+oaks and other trees. The land is undulating, and parts
+of it command splendid views of the islands and watercourses
+in the vicinity. On the outskirts is an asylum
+for the blind and for deaf mutes. Rosendahl, a country
+house, built by Charles John in 1830, and often
+occupied by him, is quite near the park.</p>
+
+<p>The party drove through the principal avenues of
+the garden, and stopped at the bust of Bellman, the
+great poet of Sweden, whose birthday is annually celebrated
+here with music and festivities. Around the
+park are various tea-gardens, caf&eacute;s, and other places
+of amusement, including a theatre, circus, and opera-house
+for summer use. There is an Alhambra, with
+a restaurant; a Tivoli, with a concert-room; a Novilla,
+with a winter garden, and a concert hall for summer.
+The tourists stopped at Hasselbacken, which is celebrated
+for its good dinners at moderate prices. The
+visitors seated themselves in a broad veranda, overlooking
+a garden filled with little tables, in the centre
+of which was a kiosk for the music. The viands, especially
+the salmon, were very nice, and the coffee,
+as usual, was excellent. After dinner a short walk
+brought the party to the landing-place of the little
+steamers, where, paying eight &ouml;re, or about two cents,
+each, they embarked. The boat flew along at great
+speed for such a small craft, whisked under the Skeppsholm
+bridge, and in a few moments landed the tourists
+at the circular stone quay, which surrounds the
+Str&ouml;mparterre. Paul and his lady walked to the hotel,
+and the doctor and the captain went to the Skeppsbron,
+where a boat soon conveyed them to the ship.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_355" id="Page_355">[Pg 355]</a></span>
+Sanford and Stockwell had been on board several
+hours, and had had time to make up their minds in regard
+to their future course. They had considered the
+advice of the boatswain, and finally concluded to adopt
+it. Clyde Blacklock was as tame as a parlor poodle.
+His experience in running away, especially after his
+three days on board of the Rensdyr, was far from
+satisfactory.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I suppose I must go into that cage again,&rdquo; said
+he, when he went on board.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That depends on yourself,&rdquo; replied Peaks. &ldquo;If
+you say that you don&#8217;t intend to run away again, we
+shall not put you in the brig.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I think I won&#8217;t,&rdquo; added Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You think?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, I know I won&#8217;t. I will try to do the best I
+can.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&#8217;s all we ask,&rdquo; said Peaks. &ldquo;You can say
+all this to the principal.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Lowington returned earlier than most of the
+ship&#8217;s company, and Peaks reported to him immediately.
+The coxswain and his associate were called
+up first.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We have come on board, sir,&rdquo; said Sanford, touching
+his cap.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I see you have. You have been gone a long time,
+and I have been told that you had some difficulty in
+finding the ship,&rdquo; added the principal.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We have concluded to tell the whole truth, sir,&rdquo;
+said Sanford, hanging his head.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am very glad to hear that.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We didn&#8217;t wish to find the ship.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_356" id="Page_356">[Pg 356]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Can you explain the accident by which the second
+cutter was stove at Christiansand?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I did it on purpose; but no other fellow was to
+blame, or knew anything about it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am astonished to think you should expose the
+lives of your crew, by pushing your boat right into
+the path of a steamer.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I didn&#8217;t do it, sir, till the steamer had stopped her
+wheels. I wanted to get on board of her, and leave
+the ship. In Norway, I cheated the rest of the party,
+and led them out of the way.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How could you do that?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I told Ole what to say.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then you wished to travel alone?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, sir.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Sanford and Stockwell made a clean breast of it,
+explaining how they had lost trains and steamers, and
+thus avoided returning to the ship.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then Ole is a rogue as well as the rest of you, it
+seems.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He did what I told him to do, and paid him for
+doing,&rdquo; replied Sanford.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He is a runaway, too,&rdquo; interposed the boatswain,
+who proceeded to tell the story of the waif. &ldquo;The
+boy has suffered a good deal from the ill-treatment of
+his step-father.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am sorry for him; but his character does not
+seem to be up to the average of that of his countrymen.
+I don&#8217;t think we want him on board,&rdquo; replied
+Mr. Lowington. &ldquo;As you say this Olaf has no
+claim for his services, we will see about him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The Rensdyr had by this time arrived at the quay,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_357" id="Page_357">[Pg 357]</a></span>
+and it was not believed that Captain Olaf would permit
+his step-son, whose services seemed to be of so
+much value to him, to escape without making an effort
+to reclaim him. After all hands had returned from
+the shore, he put in an appearance, and seeing Peaks
+in the waist, directed his steps towards him. The
+profusion of fine uniforms, the order and discipline that
+reigned on deck, and the dignified mien of the instructors
+who were walking back and forth, seemed to produce
+an impression upon the mind of the rough skipper,
+for he took off his hat, and appeared to be as
+timid as though he had come into the presence of the
+king.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Good evening, Captain Olaf,&rdquo; said the boatswain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I want the boy Ole,&rdquo; replied the skipper, bowing,
+and returning the salutation.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You must talk with the principal about that.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&#8217;t understand.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Peaks conducted Olaf to the quarter-deck, where
+Mr. Lowington was conversing with Mr. and Mrs.
+Kendall, who had come on board to visit their old
+friends.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This is the man that claims Ole,&rdquo; said the boatswain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I want the boy, sir,&rdquo; added Captain Olaf, bowing
+as gracefully as he knew how.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If Ole chooses to go with you, he may go,&rdquo; replied
+the principal.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He does not choose to go.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I certainly shall not compel him to go,&rdquo; continued
+Mr. Lowington.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I will make him go.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_358" id="Page_358">[Pg 358]</a></span>
+&ldquo;I shall allow no violence on board of this ship.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But he is my boy; the son of my wife that is
+dead.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He is not your son, and you have no more claim
+on him than I have. The boy is an orphan. Have
+you been appointed his guardian?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>This question was out of Olaf&#8217;s depth in the English
+language; but it was translated into Danish by Professor
+Badois, and the skipper did not pretend that he
+had any legal authority over the boy.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But I have fed and clothed him, and he must work
+for me,&rdquo; said he.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ole says you did not feed him, and he had nothing
+but a few dirty rags on when we picked him up. I
+have nothing to do with the matter. Ole is free to go
+or stay, just as he pleases,&rdquo; replied the principal, turning
+away from the skipper, to intimate that he wished
+to say nothing more about the matter.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The boy is here, and I shall make him go with
+me,&rdquo; said Olaf, looking ugly enough to do anything.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Lowington glanced at Peaks, and appeared to
+be satisfied that no harm would come to Ole. Olaf
+walked back into the waist, and then to the forecastle,
+glancing at every student he met, in order to identify
+his boy.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;See here, Norway; there comes your guardian
+genius,&rdquo; said Scott, who, with a dozen others, had
+gathered around the trembling waif, determined to
+protect him if their services were needed. &ldquo;Bear a
+hand, and tumble down the fore-hatch. Herr Skippenboggin
+is after you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ole heeded this good advice, and followed by his
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_359" id="Page_359">[Pg 359]</a></span>
+supporters, he descended to the steerage. Olaf saw
+him, and was about to descend the ladder, when Peaks
+interfered.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You can&#8217;t go down there,&rdquo; said he, decidedly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I want the boy,&rdquo; replied Olaf.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No visitors in the steerage without an invitation.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I will have Ole;&rdquo; and the skipper began to descend.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Avast, my hearty,&rdquo; interposed the boatswain, laying
+violent hands on Olaf, and dragging him to the
+deck.</p>
+
+<p>Bitts, the carpenter, and Leach, the sailmaker,
+placed themselves beside the boatswain, as the Norwegian
+picked himself up.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You may leave the ship, now,&rdquo; said Peaks, pointing
+to the accommodation stairs.</p>
+
+<p>Olaf looked at the three stout men before him, and
+prudence triumphed over his angry passions.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I will have the boy yet,&rdquo; said he, as he walked
+to the stairs, closely attended by the three forward
+officers.</p>
+
+<p>He went down into his boat, declaring that he would
+seize upon Ole the first time he caught him on shore.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where is Clyde?&rdquo; asked Mr. Lowington, as soon
+as the savage skipper had gone.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He is forward, sir; he behaves like a new man,
+and says he will not run away,&rdquo; replied Peaks.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Send him aft.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ay, ay, sir.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Clyde went aft. He was a boy of quick impulses
+and violent temper. He had been accustomed to have
+his own way; and this had done more to spoil him
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_360" id="Page_360">[Pg 360]</a></span>
+than anything else. He had to learn that there was a
+power greater than himself, to which he must submit.
+He had twice run away, and failed both times. Three
+days of fear and absolute misery on board of the
+Rensdyr had given him time to think. He determined,
+when he reached Stockholm, to return to his
+mother, and try to be a better boy. Peaks, in the little
+steamer, had come upon him like a ghost. He had
+expected never again to see the ship, or his particular
+tormentor; and to have the latter appear to him in
+such an extraordinary manner was very impressive, to
+say the least. He realized that he must submit; but
+this thought, like that of resistance before, was only
+an impulse.</p>
+
+<p>Clyde submitted, and was even candid enough to
+say so to the principal, who talked to him very gently
+and kindly for an hour, pointing out to him the ruin
+which he was seeking.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We will try you again, Clyde,&rdquo; said Mr. Lowington.
+&ldquo;We will wipe out the past, and begin again.
+You may go forward.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The next day was Sunday, and for a change, the
+officers and crews of the several vessels were permitted
+to land, and march to the English church in Stockholm.
+The neat and pleasant little church was crowded to its
+utmost capacity by the attendance of such a large
+number. Mr. Agneau, the chaplain, was invited to
+take a part in the service, and as Mrs. Kendall, Mrs.
+Shuffles, and many of the ship&#8217;s company were good
+singers, the vocal music was better than usual.</p>
+
+<p>On Monday morning commenced the serious business
+of sight-seeing in Stockholm. The royal palace,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_361" id="Page_361">[Pg 361]</a></span>
+one of the largest and finest in Europe, and the most
+prominent building in the city, was the first place to
+be visited. It is four hundred and eighteen feet long,
+by three hundred and ninety-one wide, with a large
+court-yard in the middle, from which are the principal
+entrances. The lower story is of granite; the rest of
+brick, covered with stucco. The students walked
+through the vast number of apartments it contains;
+through red chambers, green chambers, blue chambers,
+and yellow chambers, as they are designated,
+through the royal chapel, which is as large as a good-sized
+church, and through the throne-room, where the
+king opens the sessions of the Diet. Several were devoted
+to the Swedish orders of knighthood. The
+ceilings and walls of the state apartments are beautifully
+adorned with allegorical and mythological paintings.</p>
+
+<p>The chamber of Bernadotte, or Charles John, remains
+just as it was during his last sickness. On the
+bed lies his military cloak, which he wore in his great
+campaigns. His cane, the gift of Charles XIII., stands
+in the room. The walls are covered with green silk,
+and adorned with portraits of the royal family. The
+apartments actually occupied by the present king were
+found to be far inferior in elegance to many republican
+rooms. His chamber has a pine floor, with no carpet;
+but it looked more home-like than the great barn-like
+state-rooms. In a series of small and rather low apartments
+are several collections of curious and antique articles,
+such as a collection of arms, including a pair of
+pistols presented to the king by President Lincoln;
+and of pipes, containing every variety in use, in the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_362" id="Page_362">[Pg 362]</a></span>
+smoking-room. The king&#8217;s library looks like business,
+for its volumes seemed to be for use rather than ornament.
+The billiard-room is quite cosy, and his chamber
+contains photographs of various royal personages,
+as the Prince of Wales, the Queen of England, and
+others, which look as though the king had friends, and
+valued them like common people. His majesty paints
+very well for a king, and the red cabinet contains pictures
+by him, and by Oscar I. The queen&#8217;s apartments,
+as well as the king&#8217;s, seemed to the boys like a
+mockery of royalty, for they were quite plain and comfortable.
+The entire palace contains five hundred and
+eighty-three rooms.</p>
+
+<p>The whole forenoon was employed in visiting the
+palace, and the students went on board the vessels to
+dinner. As the day was pleasant, a boat excursion to
+Drottningholm was planned, and the fourteen boats
+of the squadron were soon in line. A pilot was in
+the commodore&#8217;s barge, to indicate the course. Passing
+under the North Bridge, the excursion entered
+the waters of the M&auml;ler Lake. A pull of two hours
+among beautiful islands, covered with the fresh green of
+spring, through narrow and romantic passages, brought
+them to their destination. In some places, within five
+miles of Stockholm, the scene was so quiet, and nature
+so primitive, that the excursionists could have
+believed they were hundreds of miles from the homes
+of civilization. Two or three of the islands had a
+house or two upon them; but generally they seemed
+to be unimproved. The boats varied their order at
+the command of Commodore Cumberland, and when
+there were any spectators, nothing could exceed their
+astonishment at the display.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_363" id="Page_363">[Pg 363]</a></span>
+At Drottningholm, or Queen&#8217;s Island, there is a
+fine palace, built by the widow of Charles X., and afterwards
+improved and embellished by the kings of
+Sweden. Attached to it is a beautiful garden, adorned
+with fountains and statues. The party went through
+the palace, which contains a great many historical
+paintings, and some rooms fitted up in Chinese style.
+As the students were about to embark, a char-a-banc,
+a kind of open omnibus, drawn by four horses, drove
+up to the palace, and a plainly-dressed lady alighted.
+She stood on the portico, looking at the students; and
+the pilot said she was the Queen Dowager, wife of
+Oscar I. Of course the boys looked at her with quite as
+much interest as she regarded them. The commodore
+called for three cheers for the royal lady, who was the
+daughter of Eugene Beauharnais, and granddaughter
+of the Empress Josephine. She waved her handkerchief
+in return for the salute, and the students
+were soon pulling down the lake towards Stockholm.</p>
+
+<p>The next forenoon was devoted to the Royal Museum,
+which has been recently erected. It contains a
+vast quantity of Swedish antiquities and curiosities,
+with illustrations of national manners and customs.
+It contains specimens of the various implements used
+in the ages of wood, stone, bronze, and iron, collections
+of coins and medals, armor, engravings, sculptures,
+and paintings, including a few works of the
+great masters of every school in Europe. The students
+were particularly interested in what Scott irreverently
+called the &ldquo;Old Clothes Room,&rdquo; in which were deposited
+in glass cases the garments and other articles
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_364" id="Page_364">[Pg 364]</a></span>
+belonging to the Swedish kings and queens, such as
+the cradle and toys of Charles XII., and the huge
+sword with which he defended himself against the
+Turks at Bender; the sword of Gustavus Vasa; the
+costume of Gustaf III., which he wore when he was
+shot in the opera-house by Ankarstr&ouml;m; the baton of
+Gustaf Adolf, and the watch of Queen Christina.</p>
+
+<p>In the afternoon the students made an excursion by
+steamer to Ulriksdal, the summer residence of Bernadotte,
+Oscar I., and of the present king. It is a
+beautiful place, and is filled with objects of historical
+interest. The furniture is neat, pretty, and comfortable.
+The chamber of the king is the plainest of all,
+but the bed was used by Gustaf II. in Germany.
+Every chair, table, and mirror has its history. There
+is a collection of beer mugs in one chamber, and of
+pipes in another. The place is full of interest to the
+curious. In the water in front of the palace were several
+gilded pleasure-boats, and a fanciful steamer for
+the use of the royal family.</p>
+
+<p>The steamer in which the party had gone to Ulriksdal
+was one of the larger class, though the company
+was all she could carry. She made her way through
+the several arms of the sea, between the islands, passing
+through two drawbridges. For the return trip
+four of the smaller steamers had been engaged, each
+of which would carry about fifty boys. A short distance
+from the palace, the boats turned into a narrow
+stream, passing under bridges, in places so contracted
+that the engine had to be stopped, and the banks were
+thoroughly washed. Then they entered a lagoon, bordered
+with villas, and surrounded by pleasant scenery.
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_365" id="Page_365">[Pg 365]</a></span>
+Landing at a point in the northern suburb, most of
+the students walked through the city to the quay,
+though several omnibuses ply between this point and
+the centre of the city.</p>
+
+<p>The next day opened with a visit to Riddarholm.
+The church, or Riddarholmskyrkan, on this island, was
+formerly a convent, but is now the mausoleum of the
+most celebrated kings of Sweden. It was once a
+Gothic structure; but the addition of several chapels
+on the sides, for monuments, has completely changed
+the appearance of the structure. It is remarkable for
+nothing except the tombs within it. Formerly it contained
+a number of equestrian figures, clothed in armor,
+which was valued as relics of the ancient time,
+including that of Birger Jarl, the founder of the city,
+and of Charles IX.; but all these have been removed
+to the National Museum, which is certainly a more
+appropriate place for them. On each side of the
+church are the sepulchral chapels of Gustavus Adolphus,
+Charles XII., Bernadotte, and Oscar I. The
+Queen D&eacute;sir&eacute;e, wife of Bernadotte, and sister-in-law
+of Joseph Bonaparte, with others of the royal family,
+and some of the great captains of the Thirty Years&#8217;
+War, are buried here. In the chapels of Gustavus
+and Charles XII. are placed many of the trophies
+of their victories, such as flags, drums, swords, and
+keys.</p>
+
+<p>The party then visited the Riddarhus, where the
+nobles meet, which is the scene of several great historical
+events, and contains the shields of three thousand
+Swedish nobles. From this point the tourists
+went to Mosebacke, a celebrated tea garden, on the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_366" id="Page_366">[Pg 366]</a></span>
+high land in the southern suburb, where they ascended
+to the roof of the theatre in order to obtain a view of
+the city and its surroundings.</p>
+
+<p>On Thursday, the students made an excursion to
+Upsala, the ancient capital of Sweden, which contains
+a fine old cathedral, where Gustavus Vasa and
+two of his wives are buried. His tomb was hardly
+more interesting to the Americans than that of Linn&aelig;us,
+the great botanist, who was born in Upsala,
+and buried in this church. Other Swedish kings
+are also buried here. The party visited the university,
+which contains some curious old books and
+manuscripts, such as an old Icelandic Edda; the Bible,
+with written notes by Luther and Melanchthon;
+the Journal of Linn&aelig;us, and the first book ever printed
+in Sweden, in 1483. The house of the great botanist
+and the botanical garden were not neglected.
+The tourists returned to Stockholm in a special
+steamer, through an arm of Lake M&auml;ler, and landed
+at the Riddarholm. On Friday some of the students
+went to the Navy Yard, and on board of a
+monitor, while others wandered about the city and its
+suburbs.</p>
+
+<p>After spending a week in the harbor, the voyagers
+felt that they had seen enough of Sweden; and early
+on Saturday morning, with a pilot on board of each
+vessel, the squadron sailed for the Aland Islands, in
+the Baltic, where the principal decided to pass a
+week. The vessels lay in the channels between the
+islands, and the students attended to the regular routine
+of study and seamanship. Occasional excursions
+were made on shore, mostly at the uninhabited islands.
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_367" id="Page_367">[Pg 367]</a></span>
+Journals of what had been seen in Norway, Denmark,
+and Sweden were written up; but the students were
+very anxious to visit Russia.</p>
+
+<p>Ole Amundsen was very careful to avoid his step-father
+while he remained in Stockholm. He hardly
+went on shore, so great was his dread of the cruel
+skipper of the Rensdyr; and no one rejoiced more
+heartily than he to leave the Swedish waters. Mr.
+Lowington did not desire to retain him on board; but
+the waif begged so hard to remain, and the students
+liked him so well, that he was finally engaged as an
+assistant steward in the steerage, at twelve dollars a
+month; but he made double this sum, besides, out of
+the boys, by the exercise of his genius in mending
+clothes, cleaning shoes, and similar services, which
+the students preferred to pay for, rather than do themselves.</p>
+
+<p>Clyde Blacklock kept his promise as well as he
+could, and soon learned his duty as a seaman. Though
+he certainly improved, his violent temper and imperious
+manners kept him continually in hot water. He
+could not forget his old grudge against Burchmore,
+and during an excursion on one of the Aland Islands,
+he attacked him, but was soundly thrashed for his
+trouble, and punished on board when his black eye
+betrayed him. While he is improving there is hope
+for him.</p>
+
+<p>The runaways promised so much and behaved so
+well, that none of them were punished as yet, though
+Sanford was deprived of his position as coxswain of
+the second cutter; but whether they were to be allowed
+any liberty in Russia, they were not informed.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_368" id="Page_368">[Pg 368]</a></span>
+At the close of the week among the islands, the
+squadron was headed for Abo, in Finland, which is
+now a province of Russia; and what they saw and
+did there, and in other parts of the vast empire, will
+be related in <span class="smcap">Northern Lands, or Young America
+in Russia and Prussia</span>.</p>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Up The Baltic, by Oliver Optic
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK UP THE BALTIC ***
+
+***** This file should be named 26653-h.htm or 26653-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/2/6/6/5/26653/
+
+Produced by David Edwards, Anne Storer and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
+file was produced from scans of public domain material
+produced by Microsoft for their Live Search Books site.)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/26653-h/images/hermann.jpg b/26653-h/images/hermann.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..998425e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-h/images/hermann.jpg
diff --git a/26653-h/images/img001.jpg b/26653-h/images/img001.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88cb6c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-h/images/img001.jpg
diff --git a/26653-h/images/img002.jpg b/26653-h/images/img002.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..baaceb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-h/images/img002.jpg
diff --git a/26653-h/images/img003.jpg b/26653-h/images/img003.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..270e9bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-h/images/img003.jpg
diff --git a/26653-h/images/imgfrontis.jpg b/26653-h/images/imgfrontis.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1df3be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-h/images/imgfrontis.jpg
diff --git a/26653-h/images/imgtitle.jpg b/26653-h/images/imgtitle.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87a157f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-h/images/imgtitle.jpg
diff --git a/26653-h/images/r16.jpg b/26653-h/images/r16.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..de032d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-h/images/r16.jpg
diff --git a/26653-h/images/volume.jpg b/26653-h/images/volume.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..13c038a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-h/images/volume.jpg
diff --git a/26653-page-images/f0001.png b/26653-page-images/f0001.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a6caad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/f0001.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/f0002.png b/26653-page-images/f0002.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f62d4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/f0002.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/f0003.png b/26653-page-images/f0003.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73db715
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/f0003.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/f0004.png b/26653-page-images/f0004.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..52e3739
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/f0004.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/f0005.png b/26653-page-images/f0005.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..386fafd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/f0005.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/f0007.png b/26653-page-images/f0007.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bcd7678
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/f0007.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/f0008.png b/26653-page-images/f0008.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3991f9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/f0008.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/f0009.png b/26653-page-images/f0009.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6896f1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/f0009.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/f0010.png b/26653-page-images/f0010.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b41af7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/f0010.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0011.png b/26653-page-images/p0011.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e3b85cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0011.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0012.png b/26653-page-images/p0012.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..910f1a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0012.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0013.png b/26653-page-images/p0013.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6623e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0013.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0014.png b/26653-page-images/p0014.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9bbfaf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0014.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0015.png b/26653-page-images/p0015.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..315b5c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0015.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0016.png b/26653-page-images/p0016.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b803e82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0016.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0017.png b/26653-page-images/p0017.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..13d2a94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0017.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0018.png b/26653-page-images/p0018.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2e4b83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0018.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0019.png b/26653-page-images/p0019.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..de2ba88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0019.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0020.png b/26653-page-images/p0020.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff1a3e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0020.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0021.png b/26653-page-images/p0021.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b74e730
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0021.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0022.png b/26653-page-images/p0022.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b01a379
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0022.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0023.png b/26653-page-images/p0023.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e80432c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0023.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0024.png b/26653-page-images/p0024.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d10d2ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0024.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0025.png b/26653-page-images/p0025.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4bba478
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0025.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0026.png b/26653-page-images/p0026.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1337e07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0026.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0027.png b/26653-page-images/p0027.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f0dc5a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0027.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0028.png b/26653-page-images/p0028.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ffbe7fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0028.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0029.png b/26653-page-images/p0029.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..732a46d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0029.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0030.png b/26653-page-images/p0030.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..00dbb0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0030.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0031.png b/26653-page-images/p0031.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4eaaf9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0031.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0032.png b/26653-page-images/p0032.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84668c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0032.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0033.png b/26653-page-images/p0033.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a1ea3b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0033.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0034.png b/26653-page-images/p0034.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d89a51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0034.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0035.png b/26653-page-images/p0035.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a19e586
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0035.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0036.png b/26653-page-images/p0036.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a3327ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0036.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0037.png b/26653-page-images/p0037.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36a5700
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0037.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0038.png b/26653-page-images/p0038.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e69942b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0038.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0039.png b/26653-page-images/p0039.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2606931
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0039.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0040.png b/26653-page-images/p0040.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae1d829
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0040.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0041.png b/26653-page-images/p0041.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e67bfd4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0041.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0042.png b/26653-page-images/p0042.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c59e12a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0042.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0043.png b/26653-page-images/p0043.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..deffdd3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0043.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0044.png b/26653-page-images/p0044.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b95f01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0044.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0045.png b/26653-page-images/p0045.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..136f680
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0045.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0046.png b/26653-page-images/p0046.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6cdd4be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0046.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0047.png b/26653-page-images/p0047.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b80ccff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0047.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0048.png b/26653-page-images/p0048.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4183ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0048.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0049.png b/26653-page-images/p0049.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..94b87be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0049.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0050.png b/26653-page-images/p0050.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..008b7cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0050.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0051.png b/26653-page-images/p0051.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14cc749
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0051.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0052.png b/26653-page-images/p0052.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4cd9311
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0052.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0053.png b/26653-page-images/p0053.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b965164
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0053.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0054.png b/26653-page-images/p0054.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..209db2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0054.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0055.png b/26653-page-images/p0055.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d8f8f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0055.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0056.png b/26653-page-images/p0056.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..16e7ece
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0056.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0057.png b/26653-page-images/p0057.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92d8200
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0057.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0058.png b/26653-page-images/p0058.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d395b6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0058.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0059.png b/26653-page-images/p0059.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a35351
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0059.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0060.png b/26653-page-images/p0060.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6499389
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0060.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0061.png b/26653-page-images/p0061.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22dc37a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0061.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0062.png b/26653-page-images/p0062.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01653de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0062.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0063.png b/26653-page-images/p0063.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9560aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0063.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0064.png b/26653-page-images/p0064.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4449a19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0064.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0065.png b/26653-page-images/p0065.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..846a02b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0065.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0066.png b/26653-page-images/p0066.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0803163
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0066.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0067.png b/26653-page-images/p0067.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..985099c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0067.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0068.png b/26653-page-images/p0068.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac23009
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0068.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0069.png b/26653-page-images/p0069.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f5cd27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0069.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0070.png b/26653-page-images/p0070.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8877440
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0070.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0071.png b/26653-page-images/p0071.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..23ef64e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0071.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0072.png b/26653-page-images/p0072.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0217d8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0072.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0073.png b/26653-page-images/p0073.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a8ded8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0073.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0074.png b/26653-page-images/p0074.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac35f8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0074.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0075.png b/26653-page-images/p0075.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ff79ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0075.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0076.png b/26653-page-images/p0076.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7eee268
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0076.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0077.png b/26653-page-images/p0077.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ca7f87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0077.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0078.png b/26653-page-images/p0078.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..282ef3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0078.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0079.png b/26653-page-images/p0079.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a1f1709
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0079.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0080.png b/26653-page-images/p0080.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a1ee912
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0080.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0081.png b/26653-page-images/p0081.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb890f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0081.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0082.png b/26653-page-images/p0082.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ca7153
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0082.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0083.png b/26653-page-images/p0083.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe39029
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0083.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0084.png b/26653-page-images/p0084.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b57160
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0084.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0085.png b/26653-page-images/p0085.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c72f138
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0085.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0086.png b/26653-page-images/p0086.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7b061e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0086.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0087.png b/26653-page-images/p0087.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ecb3b93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0087.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0088.png b/26653-page-images/p0088.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5722a64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0088.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0089.png b/26653-page-images/p0089.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef23ce9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0089.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0090.png b/26653-page-images/p0090.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..11fb228
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0090.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0091.png b/26653-page-images/p0091.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e61e87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0091.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0092.png b/26653-page-images/p0092.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..33beb42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0092.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0093.png b/26653-page-images/p0093.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6bbbac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0093.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0094.png b/26653-page-images/p0094.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..61a4b0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0094.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0095.png b/26653-page-images/p0095.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..438c335
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0095.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0096.png b/26653-page-images/p0096.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8af66ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0096.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0097.png b/26653-page-images/p0097.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..717a1b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0097.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0098.png b/26653-page-images/p0098.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a124a76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0098.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0099.png b/26653-page-images/p0099.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25dfcc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0099.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0100.png b/26653-page-images/p0100.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f67fc75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0100.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0101.png b/26653-page-images/p0101.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6a28d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0101.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0102.png b/26653-page-images/p0102.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e4d2d91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0102.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0103.png b/26653-page-images/p0103.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ddf3ef5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0103.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0104.png b/26653-page-images/p0104.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce163e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0104.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0105.png b/26653-page-images/p0105.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27fd572
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0105.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0106.png b/26653-page-images/p0106.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f8b6681
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0106.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0107.png b/26653-page-images/p0107.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a362fed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0107.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0108.png b/26653-page-images/p0108.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6da6719
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0108.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0109.png b/26653-page-images/p0109.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9ccc33f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0109.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0110.png b/26653-page-images/p0110.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d6e661
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0110.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0111.png b/26653-page-images/p0111.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1794fce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0111.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0112.png b/26653-page-images/p0112.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6352469
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0112.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0113.png b/26653-page-images/p0113.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f09e89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0113.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0114.png b/26653-page-images/p0114.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..732c9ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0114.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0115.png b/26653-page-images/p0115.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed38c33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0115.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0116.png b/26653-page-images/p0116.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b99c90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0116.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0117.png b/26653-page-images/p0117.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e3d98a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0117.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0118.png b/26653-page-images/p0118.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18bd680
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0118.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0119.png b/26653-page-images/p0119.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..55d9b55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0119.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0120.png b/26653-page-images/p0120.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5cca00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0120.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0121.png b/26653-page-images/p0121.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f8e64aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0121.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0122.png b/26653-page-images/p0122.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1be559f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0122.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0123.png b/26653-page-images/p0123.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1461c24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0123.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0124.png b/26653-page-images/p0124.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a1adda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0124.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0125.png b/26653-page-images/p0125.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9776973
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0125.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0126.png b/26653-page-images/p0126.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0377ec4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0126.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0127.png b/26653-page-images/p0127.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..98567e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0127.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0128.png b/26653-page-images/p0128.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e657d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0128.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0129.png b/26653-page-images/p0129.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4386b29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0129.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0130.png b/26653-page-images/p0130.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b331a6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0130.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0131.png b/26653-page-images/p0131.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5610211
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0131.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0132.png b/26653-page-images/p0132.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..753925f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0132.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0133.png b/26653-page-images/p0133.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3cc5139
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0133.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0134.png b/26653-page-images/p0134.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f16aa3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0134.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0135.png b/26653-page-images/p0135.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a6d5ac7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0135.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0136.png b/26653-page-images/p0136.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..11262d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0136.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0137.png b/26653-page-images/p0137.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..235d786
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0137.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0138.png b/26653-page-images/p0138.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7267ef9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0138.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0139.png b/26653-page-images/p0139.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ddfd459
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0139.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0140.png b/26653-page-images/p0140.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c6ee0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0140.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0141.png b/26653-page-images/p0141.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a67d62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0141.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0142.png b/26653-page-images/p0142.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e3f4031
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0142.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0143.png b/26653-page-images/p0143.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4de1e5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0143.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0144.png b/26653-page-images/p0144.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ae608a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0144.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0145.png b/26653-page-images/p0145.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8173c9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0145.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0146.png b/26653-page-images/p0146.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f152889
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0146.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0147.png b/26653-page-images/p0147.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c501d3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0147.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0148.png b/26653-page-images/p0148.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a01a8ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0148.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0149.png b/26653-page-images/p0149.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1c6a9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0149.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0150.png b/26653-page-images/p0150.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7d9c24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0150.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0151.png b/26653-page-images/p0151.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0eb8a29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0151.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0152.png b/26653-page-images/p0152.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a7dd5fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0152.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0153.png b/26653-page-images/p0153.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..51f1807
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0153.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0154.png b/26653-page-images/p0154.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..37d9496
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0154.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0155.png b/26653-page-images/p0155.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd83b0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0155.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0156.png b/26653-page-images/p0156.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..de50974
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0156.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0157.png b/26653-page-images/p0157.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..65a8b82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0157.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0158.png b/26653-page-images/p0158.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5dd09c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0158.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0159.png b/26653-page-images/p0159.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a26c59b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0159.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0160.png b/26653-page-images/p0160.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cbefc31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0160.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0161.png b/26653-page-images/p0161.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..46b0c60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0161.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0162.png b/26653-page-images/p0162.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..55553a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0162.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0163.png b/26653-page-images/p0163.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22155f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0163.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0164.png b/26653-page-images/p0164.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1a3727
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0164.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0165.png b/26653-page-images/p0165.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b81fbff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0165.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0166.png b/26653-page-images/p0166.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb18775
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0166.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0167.png b/26653-page-images/p0167.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c371f0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0167.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0168.png b/26653-page-images/p0168.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c813f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0168.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0169.png b/26653-page-images/p0169.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0300ce3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0169.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0170.png b/26653-page-images/p0170.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..17d15da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0170.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0171.png b/26653-page-images/p0171.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a8be159
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0171.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0172.png b/26653-page-images/p0172.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d818fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0172.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0173.png b/26653-page-images/p0173.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1202287
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0173.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0174.png b/26653-page-images/p0174.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..092e9e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0174.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0175.png b/26653-page-images/p0175.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a12a828
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0175.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0176.png b/26653-page-images/p0176.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2057ba0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0176.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0177.png b/26653-page-images/p0177.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7a851c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0177.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0178.png b/26653-page-images/p0178.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b9aeffc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0178.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0179.png b/26653-page-images/p0179.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c7d3b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0179.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0180.png b/26653-page-images/p0180.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b1191ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0180.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0181.png b/26653-page-images/p0181.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1de46d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0181.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0182.png b/26653-page-images/p0182.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..348e25f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0182.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0183.png b/26653-page-images/p0183.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64a494e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0183.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0184.png b/26653-page-images/p0184.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af7affb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0184.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0185.png b/26653-page-images/p0185.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdf713f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0185.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0186.png b/26653-page-images/p0186.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7dcec8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0186.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0187.png b/26653-page-images/p0187.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..26cd074
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0187.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0188.png b/26653-page-images/p0188.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0eb744b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0188.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0189.png b/26653-page-images/p0189.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e1f0124
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0189.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0190.png b/26653-page-images/p0190.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d3d12e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0190.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0191.png b/26653-page-images/p0191.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b2f807a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0191.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0192.png b/26653-page-images/p0192.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..183b466
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0192.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0193.png b/26653-page-images/p0193.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c637b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0193.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0194.png b/26653-page-images/p0194.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b9c6ba7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0194.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0195.png b/26653-page-images/p0195.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..edb63c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0195.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0196.png b/26653-page-images/p0196.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d801aff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0196.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0197.png b/26653-page-images/p0197.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..98dbac3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0197.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0198.png b/26653-page-images/p0198.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..044d475
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0198.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0199.png b/26653-page-images/p0199.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87af3a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0199.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0200.png b/26653-page-images/p0200.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..530a4af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0200.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0201.png b/26653-page-images/p0201.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a05c2eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0201.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0202.png b/26653-page-images/p0202.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eeff1cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0202.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0203.png b/26653-page-images/p0203.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4769089
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0203.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0204.png b/26653-page-images/p0204.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b3d056b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0204.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0205.png b/26653-page-images/p0205.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9966655
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0205.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0206.png b/26653-page-images/p0206.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..221dd71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0206.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0207.png b/26653-page-images/p0207.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..56dd385
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0207.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0208.png b/26653-page-images/p0208.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01d9bec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0208.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0209.png b/26653-page-images/p0209.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e4e879
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0209.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0210.png b/26653-page-images/p0210.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b87d3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0210.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0211.png b/26653-page-images/p0211.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d740ff8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0211.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0212.png b/26653-page-images/p0212.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..34b5df8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0212.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0213.png b/26653-page-images/p0213.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88e9d91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0213.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0214.png b/26653-page-images/p0214.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82abd4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0214.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0215.png b/26653-page-images/p0215.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa15721
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0215.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0216.png b/26653-page-images/p0216.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e57f8c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0216.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0217.png b/26653-page-images/p0217.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..20ebb6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0217.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0218.png b/26653-page-images/p0218.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a17642
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0218.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0219.png b/26653-page-images/p0219.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2850672
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0219.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0220.png b/26653-page-images/p0220.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c17455a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0220.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0221.png b/26653-page-images/p0221.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d97234
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0221.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0222.png b/26653-page-images/p0222.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..50511f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0222.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0223.png b/26653-page-images/p0223.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d35c9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0223.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0224.png b/26653-page-images/p0224.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7565ae0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0224.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0225.png b/26653-page-images/p0225.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..34a0c5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0225.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0226.png b/26653-page-images/p0226.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cbc0215
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0226.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0227.png b/26653-page-images/p0227.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f74ef53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0227.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0228.png b/26653-page-images/p0228.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70fceb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0228.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0229.png b/26653-page-images/p0229.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a0b7f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0229.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0230.png b/26653-page-images/p0230.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6a24e04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0230.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0231.png b/26653-page-images/p0231.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..889a451
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0231.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0232.png b/26653-page-images/p0232.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4819fca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0232.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0233.png b/26653-page-images/p0233.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a17315
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0233.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0234.png b/26653-page-images/p0234.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..39497c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0234.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0235.png b/26653-page-images/p0235.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..249066a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0235.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0236.png b/26653-page-images/p0236.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5466dd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0236.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0237.png b/26653-page-images/p0237.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4b9c511
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0237.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0238.png b/26653-page-images/p0238.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac5faa5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0238.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0239.png b/26653-page-images/p0239.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9336ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0239.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0240.png b/26653-page-images/p0240.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dac32ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0240.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0241.png b/26653-page-images/p0241.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b217f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0241.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0242.png b/26653-page-images/p0242.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63f23ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0242.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0243.png b/26653-page-images/p0243.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6bc049e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0243.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0244.png b/26653-page-images/p0244.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3fb0f24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0244.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0245.png b/26653-page-images/p0245.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5784f46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0245.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0246.png b/26653-page-images/p0246.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b394a2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0246.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0247.png b/26653-page-images/p0247.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c5d8269
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0247.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0248.png b/26653-page-images/p0248.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c3a25d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0248.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0249.png b/26653-page-images/p0249.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b98fc80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0249.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/p0250.png b/26653-page-images/p0250.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a6446f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/p0250.png
diff --git a/26653-page-images/q0001.png b/26653-page-images/q0001.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb25554
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653-page-images/q0001.png
diff --git a/26653.txt b/26653.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f2d57c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12078 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Up The Baltic, by Oliver Optic
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Up The Baltic
+       Young America in Norway, Sweden, and Denmark
+
+Author: Oliver Optic
+
+Release Date: September 18, 2008 [EBook #26653]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK UP THE BALTIC ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by David Edwards, Anne Storer and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
+file was produced from scans of public domain material
+produced by Microsoft for their Live Search Books site.)
+
+
+
+
+
+ Transcribers note:
+ In this text the breve has been rendered as [)a] and the macron [=a]
+
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: YOUNG AMERICA IN NORWAY. Page 159.]
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+ YOUNG AMERICA ABROAD
+
+ UP THE BALTIC
+
+ BOSTON
+ LEE & SHEPARD.
+
+
+
+
+_YOUNG AMERICA ABROAD--SECOND SERIES._
+
+
+ UP THE BALTIC;
+
+ OR,
+
+ YOUNG AMERICA IN NORWAY,
+ SWEDEN, AND DENMARK.
+
+
+ A STORY OF TRAVEL AND ADVENTURE.
+
+ BY
+ WILLIAM T. ADAMS.
+ (_OLIVER OPTIC_),
+
+ AUTHOR OF "OUTWARD BOUND," "SHAMROCK AND THISTLE," "RED CROSS,"
+ "DIKES AND DITCHES," "PALACE AND COTTAGE," "DOWN THE RHINE," ETC.
+
+
+ BOSTON:
+ LEE AND SHEPARD, PUBLISHERS.
+ NEW YORK:
+ LEE, SHEPARD AND DILLINGHAM,
+ NOS. 47 AND 49 GREENE ST.
+ 1875.
+
+
+
+
+ Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1871,
+ BY WILLIAM T. ADAMS,
+ In the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington.
+
+
+ Electrotyped at the Boston Stereotype Foundry,
+ No. 19 Spring Lane.
+
+
+
+
+TO MY EVER-CHEERFUL AND GOOD-NATURED FRIEND
+
+SHEPARD K. MATTISON,
+
+WHOM I MET FOR THE FIRST TIME AT TROLLHAeTTEN, ON THE GOETA CANAL, AND
+WITH WHOM I JOURNEYED THROUGH SWEDEN, RUSSIA, AUSTRIA, SPAIN, AND
+PORTUGAL,
+
+_This Volume_
+
+IS RESPECTFULLY DEDICATED.
+
+
+
+
+ YOUNG AMERICA ABROAD.
+ BY OLIVER OPTIC.
+
+
+A Library of Travel and Adventure in Foreign Lands. First and Second
+Series; six volumes in each Series. 16mo. Illustrated.
+
+
+_First Series._
+
+   I. _OUTWARD BOUND_; OR, YOUNG AMERICA AFLOAT.
+  II. _SHAMROCK AND THISTLE_; OR, YOUNG AMERICA IN IRELAND AND SCOTLAND.
+ III. _RED CROSS_; OR, YOUNG AMERICA IN ENGLAND AND WALES.
+  IV. _DIKES AND DITCHES_; OR, YOUNG AMERICA IN HOLLAND AND BELGIUM.
+   V. _PALACE AND COTTAGE_; OR, YOUNG AMERICA IN FRANCE AND SWITZERLAND.
+  VI. _DOWN THE RHINE_; OR, YOUNG AMERICA IN GERMANY.
+
+
+_Second Series._
+
+   I. _UP THE BALTIC_; OR, YOUNG AMERICA IN NORWAY, SWEDEN, AND DENMARK.
+  II. _NORTHERN LANDS_; OR, YOUNG AMERICA IN RUSSIA AND PRUSSIA.
+           In preparation.
+ III. _CROSS AND CRESCENT_; OR, YOUNG AMERICA IN TURKEY AND GREECE.
+           In preparation.
+  IV. _SUNNY SHORES_; OR, YOUNG AMERICA IN ITALY AND AUSTRIA.
+           In preparation.
+   V. _VINE AND OLIVE_; OR, YOUNG AMERICA IN SPAIN AND PORTUGAL.
+           In preparation.
+  VI. _ISLES OF THE SEA_; OR, YOUNG AMERICA HOMEWARD BOUND.
+           In preparation.
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE.
+
+
+UP THE BALTIC, the first volume of the second series of "YOUNG AMERICA
+ABROAD," like its predecessors, is a record of what was seen and done
+by the young gentlemen of the Academy Squadron on its second voyage to
+Europe, embracing its stay in the waters of Norway, Sweden, and
+Denmark. Agreeably to the announcement made in the concluding volume
+of the first series, the author spent the greater portion of last year
+in Europe. His sole object in going abroad was to obtain the material
+for the present series of books, and in carrying out his purpose, he
+visited every country to which these volumes relate, and, he hopes,
+properly fitted himself for the work he has undertaken.
+
+In the preparation of UP THE BALTIC, the writer has used, besides his
+own note-books, the most reliable works he could obtain at home and in
+Europe, and he believes his geographical, historical, and political
+matter is correct, and as full as could be embodied in a story. He has
+endeavored to describe the appearance of the country, and the manners
+and customs of the people, so as to make them interesting to young
+readers. For this purpose these descriptions are often interwoven with
+the story, or brought out in the comments of the boys of the squadron.
+
+The story is principally the adventures of the crew of the second
+cutter, who attempted "an independent excursion without running away,"
+which includes the career of a young Englishman, spoiled by his
+mother's indulgence, and of a Norwegian waif, picked up by the
+squadron in the North Sea.
+
+The author is encouraged to enter upon this second series by the
+remarkable and unexpected success which attended the publication
+of the first series. Difficult as it is to work the dry details of
+geography and history into a story, the writer intends to persevere in
+his efforts to make these books instructive, as well as interesting;
+and he is confident that no reader will fail to distinguish the good
+boys from the bad ones of the story, or to give his sympathies to the
+former.
+
+  HARRISON SQUARE, BOSTON,
+    May 10, 1871.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS.
+
+
+                                                  PAGE
+     I.  A WAIF ON THE NORTH SEA                    11
+    II.  OFF THE NAZE OF NORWAY                     27
+   III.  AN ACCIDENT TO THE SECOND CUTTER           43
+    IV.  NORWAY IN THE PAST AND THE PRESENT         59
+     V.  MR. CLYDE BLACKLOCK AND MOTHER             76
+    VI.  A DAY AT CHRISTIANSAND                     92
+   VII.  UP THE CHRISTIANIA FJORD                  110
+  VIII.  SIGHTS OF CHRISTIANIA, AND OTHER MATTERS  128
+    IX.  THE EXCURSION WITHOUT RUNNING AWAY        146
+     X.  GOTTENBURG AND FINKEL                     164
+    XI.  ON THE WAY TO THE RJUKANFOS               181
+   XII.  THE BOATSWAIN AND THE BRITON              201
+  XIII.  THE MEETING OF THE ABSENTEES              218
+   XIV.  THROUGH THE SOUND TO COPENHAGEN           237
+    XV.  COPENHAGEN AND TIVOLI                     255
+   XVI.  EXCURSION TO KLAMPENBORG AND ELSINORE     274
+  XVII.  TO STOCKHOLM BY GOETA CANAL                292
+ XVIII.  UP THE BALTIC                             310
+   XIX.  THE CRUISE IN THE LITTLE STEAMER          329
+    XX.  STOCKHOLM AND ITS SURROUNDINGS            349
+
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+
+
+ UP THE BALTIC;
+ OR,
+ YOUNG AMERICA IN NORWAY, SWEDEN, AND DENMARK.
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+A WAIF ON THE NORTH SEA.
+
+
+"Boat on the weather bow, sir!" shouted the lookout on the top-gallant
+forecastle of the Young America.
+
+"Starboard!" replied Judson, the officer of the deck, as he discovered
+the boat, which was drifting into the track of the ship.
+
+"Starboard, sir!" responded the quartermaster in charge of the wheel.
+
+"Steady!" added the officer.
+
+"Steady, sir," repeated the quartermaster.
+
+By this time a crowd of young officers and seamen had leaped upon the
+top-gallant forecastle, and into the weather rigging, to obtain a view
+of the little boat, which, like a waif on the ocean, was drifting down
+towards the coast of Norway. It contained only a single person, who
+was either a dwarf or a boy, for he was small in stature. He lay upon
+a seat near the stern of the boat, with his feet on the gunwale. He
+was either asleep or dead, for though the ship had approached within
+hail, he neither moved nor made any sign. The wind was light from the
+southward, and the sea was quite calm.
+
+"What do you make of it, Ryder?" called the officer of the deck to the
+second master, who was on duty forward.
+
+"It is a flat-bottomed boat, half full of water, with a boy in it,"
+answered Ryder.
+
+"Hail him," added the officer of the deck.
+
+"Boat, ahoy!" shouted Ryder, at the top of his lungs.
+
+The person in the boat, boy or man, made no reply. Ryder repeated the
+hail, but with no better success. The officers and seamen held their
+breath with interest and excitement, for most of them had already come
+to the conclusion that the occupant of the boat was dead. A feeling
+akin to horror crept through the minds of the more timid, as they
+gazed upon the immovable body in the dilapidated craft; for they felt
+that they were in the presence of death, and to young people this is
+always an impressive season. By this time the ship was within a short
+distance of the water-logged bateau. As the waif on the ocean
+exhibited no signs of life, the first lieutenant, in charge of the
+vessel, was in doubt as to what he should do.
+
+Though he knew that it was the first duty of a sailor to assist a
+human being in distress, he was not sure that the same effort was
+required in behalf of one who had already ceased to live. Captain
+Cumberland, in command of the ship, who had been in the cabin when
+the excitement commenced, now appeared upon the quarter-deck, and
+relieved the officer of the responsibility of the moment. Judson
+reported the cause of the unwonted scene on deck, and as the captain
+discovered the little boat, just on the weather bow, he promptly
+directed the ship to be hove to.
+
+"Man the main clew-garnets and buntlines!" shouted the first
+lieutenant; and the hands sprang to their several stations. "Stand by
+tack and sheet."
+
+"All ready, sir," reported the first midshipman, who was on duty in
+the waist.
+
+"Let go tack and sheet! Up mainsail!" continued Ryder.
+
+The well-trained crew promptly obeyed the several orders, and the
+mainsail was hauled up in much less time than it takes to describe the
+manoeuvre.
+
+"Man the main braces!" proceeded the officer of the deck.
+
+"Ready, sir," reported the first midshipman.
+
+"Let go and haul."
+
+As the hands executed the last order; all the yards on the mainmast
+swung round towards the wind till the light breeze caught the sails
+aback, and brought them against the mast. The effect was to deaden the
+headway of the ship.
+
+"Avast bracing!" shouted the first lieutenant, when the yards on the
+mainmast were about square.
+
+In a few moments the onward progress of the Young America was entirely
+checked, and she lay motionless on the sea. There were four other
+vessels in the squadron, following the flag-ship, and each of them, in
+its turn, hove to, or came up into the wind.
+
+"Fourth cutters, clear away their boat!" continued the first
+lieutenant, after he had received his order from the captain. "Mr.
+Messenger will take charge of the boat."
+
+The young officer indicated was the first midshipman, whose quarter
+watch was then on duty.
+
+"All the fourth cutters!" piped the boatswain's mate, as Messenger
+crossed the deck to perform the duty assigned to him.
+
+"He's alive!" shouted a dozen of the idlers on the rail, who had not
+removed their gaze from the waif in the small boat.
+
+"He isn't dead any more than I am!" added a juvenile tar, springing
+into the main rigging, as if to demonstrate the amount of his own
+vitality.
+
+The waif in the bateau had produced this sudden change of sentiment,
+and given this welcome relief to the crew of the Young America, by
+rising from his reclining posture, and standing up in the water at the
+bottom of his frail craft. He gazed with astonishment at the ship and
+the other vessels of the squadron, and did not seem to realize where
+he was.
+
+"Avast, fourth cutters!" interposed the first lieutenant. "Belay,
+all!"
+
+If the waif was not dead, it was hardly necessary to lower a boat to
+send to his relief; at least not till it appeared that he needed
+assistance.
+
+"Boat, ahoy!" shouted Ryder.
+
+"On board the ship," replied the waif, in tones not at all sepulchral.
+
+"What are you doing out here?" demanded the first lieutenant.
+
+"Nothing," replied the waif.
+
+"Will you come on board the ship?"
+
+"Yes, if you will let me," added the stranger, as he picked up a
+broken oar, which was floating in the water on the bottom of his boat.
+
+"Yes, come on board," answered the first lieutenant, prompted by
+Captain Cumberland, who was quite as much interested in the adventure
+as any of his shipmates.
+
+The waif, using the broken oar as a paddle, worked his water-logged
+craft slowly towards the ship. The accommodation ladder was lowered
+for his use, and in a few moments, with rather a heavy movement, as
+though he was lame, or much exhausted, he climbed up the ladder, and
+stepped down upon the ship deck.
+
+"Fill away again!" said the captain to the first lieutenant, as a
+curious crowd began to gather around the stranger. Ryder gave the
+necessary orders to brace up the main yards, and set the mainsail
+again, and the ship was soon moving on her course towards the Naze of
+Norway, as though nothing had occurred to interrupt her voyage.
+
+"What are you doing out here, in an open boat, out of sight of land?"
+asked Captain Cumberland, while the watch on deck were bracing up the
+yards.
+
+The waif looked at the commander of the Young America, and carefully
+examined him from head to foot. The elegant uniform of the captain
+seemed to produce a strong impression upon his mind, and he evidently
+regarded him as a person of no small consequence. He did not answer
+the question put to him, seeming to be in doubt whether it was safe
+and proper for him to do so. Captain Cumberland was an exceedingly
+comely-looking young gentleman, tall and well formed in person,
+graceful and dignified in his manners; and if he had been fifty years
+old, the stranger before him could not have been more awed and
+impressed by his bearing. So far as his personal appearance was
+concerned, the waif appeared to have escaped from the rag-bag, and to
+have been out long enough to soil his tatters with oil, tar, pitch,
+and dirt. Though his face and hands, as well as other parts of his
+body, were very dirty, his eye was bright, and, even seen through the
+disguise of filth and rags that covered him, he was rather
+prepossessing.
+
+"What is your name?" asked Captain Cumberland, finding his first
+question was not likely to be answered.
+
+"Ole Amundsen," replied the stranger, pronouncing his first name in
+two syllables.
+
+"Then you are not English."
+
+"No, sir. Be you?"
+
+"I am not; we are all Americans in this ship."
+
+"Americans!" exclaimed Ole, opening his eyes, while a smile beamed
+through the dirt on his face. "Are you going to America now?"
+
+"No; we are going up the Baltic now," replied Captain Cumberland; "but
+we shall return to America in the course of a year or two."
+
+"Take me to America with you--will you?" continued Ole, earnestly. "I
+am a sailor, and I will work for you all the time."
+
+"I don't know about that. You must speak to the principal."
+
+"Who's he?"
+
+"Mr. Lowington. He is in the cabin now. Where do you belong, Ole?"
+
+"I don't belong anywhere," answered the waif, looking doubtfully about
+him.
+
+"Where were you born?"
+
+"In Norway, sir."
+
+"Then you are a Norwegian."
+
+"I reckon I am."
+
+"In what part of Norway were you born?"
+
+"In Bratsberg."
+
+"That's where all the brats come from," suggested Sheridan.
+
+"This one came from there, at any rate," added Mayley. "But where is
+Bratsberg, and what is it?"
+
+"It is an _amt_, or province, in the south-eastern part of Norway."
+
+"I came from the town of Laurdal," said Ole.
+
+"Do the people there speak English as well as you do?" asked the
+captain.
+
+"No, sir. I used to be a _skydskarl_, and--"
+
+"A what?" demanded the crowd.
+
+"A _skydskarl_--a boy that goes on a cariole to take back the horses.
+I learned a little English from the Englishmen I rode with; and then I
+was in England almost a year."
+
+"But how came you out here, alone in an open boat?" asked the captain,
+returning to his first inquiry.
+
+Ole put one of his dirty fingers in his mouth, and looked stupid and
+uncommunicative. He glanced at the young officers around him, and
+then over the rail at the sea.
+
+"Were you wrecked?" inquired the captain.
+
+"No, sir; not wrecked," replied Ole. "I never was wrecked in my life."
+
+"What are you doing out here, out of sight of land, in a boat half
+full of water?" persisted the captain.
+
+"Doing nothing."
+
+"Did you get blown off from the shore?"
+
+"No, sir; a southerly wind wouldn't blow anybody off from the south
+coast of Norway," answered Ole, with a smile which showed that he had
+some perception of things absurd in themselves.
+
+"You are no fool."
+
+"No, sir, I am not; and I don't think you are," added Ole, again
+glancing at Captain Cumberland from head to foot.
+
+The young tars all laughed at the waif's retort, and the captain was
+not a little nettled by the remark. He pressed Ole rather sharply for
+further information in regard to his antecedents; but the youth was
+silent on this point. While the crowd were anxiously waiting for the
+stranger to declare himself more definitely, eight bells sounded at
+the wheel, and were repeated on the large bell forward by the lookout.
+From each vessel of the fleet the bells struck at nearly the same
+moment, and were followed by the pipe of the boatswain's whistle,
+which was the signal for changing the watch. As the officers of the
+ship were obliged to attend to their various duties, Ole Amundsen was
+left alone with the captain. The waif still obstinately refused to
+explain how he happened to be alone in a water-logged boat, asleep,
+and out of sight of land, though he promptly answered all other
+questions which were put to him.
+
+Mr. Lowington, the principal of the Academy Squadron, was in the main
+cabin, though he had been fully informed in regard to the events which
+had transpired on deck. The young commander despaired of his own
+ability to extort an explanation from the waif, and he concluded to
+refer the matter to the principal.
+
+"How long have you been in that boat?" asked Captain Cumberland, as he
+led the way towards the companion ladder.
+
+"Eighteen hours," answered Ole, after some hesitation, which, perhaps,
+was only to enable him to count up the hours.
+
+"Did you have anything to eat?"
+
+"No, sir."
+
+"Nothing?"
+
+"Not a thing."
+
+"Then you are hungry?"
+
+"I had a little supper last night--not much," continued Ole,
+apparently counting the seams in the deck, ashamed to acknowledge his
+human weakness.
+
+"You shall have something to eat at once."
+
+"Thank you, sir."
+
+Captain Cumberland therefore conducted the stranger to the steerage,
+instead of the main cabin, and directed one of the stewards to give
+him his supper. The man set half a cold boiled ham on one of the mess
+tables, with an abundant supply of bread and butter. Cutting off a
+large slice of the ham, he placed it on the plate before Ole, whose
+eyes opened wide with astonishment, and gleamed with pleasure. Without
+paying much attention to the forms of civilization, the boy began to
+devour it, with the zeal of one who had not tasted food for
+twenty-four hours. Captain Cumberland smiled, but with becoming
+dignity, at the greediness of the guest, before whom the whole slice
+of ham and half a brick loaf disappeared almost in a twinkling. The
+steward appeared with a pot of coffee, in time to cut off another
+slice of ham, which the waif attacked with the same voracity as
+before. When it was consumed, and the young Norwegian glanced
+wistfully at the leg before him, as though his capacity for cold ham
+was not yet exhausted, the captain began to consider whether he ought
+not to consult the surgeon of the ship before he permitted the waif to
+eat any more. But the steward, like a generous host, seemed to regard
+the quantity eaten as complimentary testimony to the quality of the
+viands, and helped him to a third slice of the ham. He swallowed a
+pint mug of coffee without stopping to breathe.
+
+As the third slice of ham began to wax small before the voracious
+Norwegian, Captain Cumberland became really alarmed, and determined
+to report at once to the principal and the surgeon for instructions.
+Knocking at the door of the main cabin, he was admitted. Dr. Winstock
+assured him there was no danger to the guest; he had not been without
+food long enough to render it dangerous for him fully to satisfy
+himself. The quantity eaten might make him uncomfortable, and even
+slightly sick, but it would do the gourmand no real injury. The
+captain returned to the steerage, where Ole had broken down on his
+fourth slice of ham; but he regarded it wistfully, and seemed to
+regret his inability to eat any more.
+
+"That's good," said he, with emphasis. "It's the best supper I ever
+ate in my life. I like this ship; I like the grub; and I mean to go to
+America in her."
+
+"We will see about that some other time; but if you don't tell us how
+you happened to be off here, I am afraid we can do nothing for you,"
+replied the captain. "If you feel better now, we will go and see the
+principal."
+
+"Who's he?" asked Ole.
+
+"Mr. Lowington. You must tell him how you happened to be in that leaky
+boat."
+
+"Perhaps I will. I don't know," added Ole, doubtfully, as he followed
+the commander into the main cabin.
+
+Captain Cumberland explained to the principal the circumstances under
+which Ole had come on board, and that he declined to say anything in
+regard to the strange situation in which he had been discovered.
+
+"Is the captain here?" asked the midshipman of the watch, at the
+steerage door.
+
+"Yes," replied Captain Cumberland.
+
+"Mr. Lincoln sent me down to report a light on the lee bow, sir."
+
+"Very well. Where is Mr. Beckwith?"
+
+"In the cabin, sir."
+
+The captain left the main cabin, and entered the after cabin, where he
+found Beckwith, the first master, attended by the second and third,
+examining the large chart of the North Sea.
+
+"Light on the lee bow, sir," said the first master.
+
+"Do you make it out?"
+
+"Yes; we are all right to the breadth of a hair," added the master,
+delighted to find that his calculations had proved to be entirely
+correct. "It is Egero Light, and we are about fifty miles from the
+Naze of Norway. We are making about four knots, and if the breeze
+holds, we ought to see Gunnarshoug Light by one o'clock."
+
+Captain Cumberland went on deck to see the light reported. Though it
+was half past eight, the sun had but just set, and the light, eighteen
+miles distant, could be distinctly seen. It created a great deal of
+excitement and enthusiasm among the young officers and seamen, who had
+read enough about Norway to be desirous of seeing it. For weeks the
+young gentlemen on board the ship had been talking of Norway, and
+reading up all the books in the library relating to the country and
+its people. They had read with interest the accounts of the various
+travellers who had visited it, including Ross Brown, in Harper's
+Monthly, and Bayard Taylor, and had studied Harper, Murray, Bradshaw,
+and other Guides on the subject. The more inquiring students had read
+the history of Norway, and were well prepared to appreciate a short
+visit to this interesting region.
+
+They had just come from the United States, having sailed in the latter
+part of March. The squadron had had a fair passage, and the students
+hoped to be in Christiansand by the first day of May; and now nothing
+less than a dead calm for forty-eight hours could disappoint their
+hopes. Five years before, the Young America and the Josephine, her
+consort, had cruised in the waters of Europe, and returned to America
+in the autumn. It had been the intention of the principal to make
+another voyage the next year, go up the Baltic, and winter in the
+Mediterranean; but the war of 1866 induced him to change his plans.
+Various circumstances had postponed the cruise until 1870, when it was
+actually commenced.
+
+The Young America was the first, and for more than a year the only,
+vessel belonging to the Academy. The Josephine, a topsail schooner,
+had been added the second year; and now the Tritonia, a vessel of the
+same size and rig, was on her first voyage. The three vessels of the
+squadron were officered and manned by the students of the Academy. As
+on the first cruise, the offices were the rewards of merit bestowed
+upon the faithful and energetic pupils. The highest number of merits
+gave the highest office, and so on through the several grades in
+the cabin, and the petty offices in the steerage. The routine and
+discipline of the squadron were substantially the same as described in
+the first series of these volumes, though some changes had been made,
+as further experience suggested. Instead of quarterly, as before, the
+offices were given out every month. Captains were not retired after a
+single term, as formerly, but were obliged to accept whatever rank and
+position they earned, like other students.
+
+There was no change from one vessel to another, except at the end of a
+school year, or with the permission of the principal. The ship had six
+instructors, three of whom, however, lectured to all the students in
+the squadron, and each of the smaller vessels had two teachers.
+Mr. Lowington was still the principal. He was the founder of the
+institution; and his high moral and religious principles, his love of
+justice, as well as his skill, firmness, and prudence, had made it a
+success in spite of the many obstacles which continually confronted
+it. As a considerable portion of the students in the squadron were
+the spoiled sons of rich men, who had set at defiance the rules of
+colleges and academies on shore, it required a remarkable combination
+of attributes to fit a gentleman for the difficult and trying position
+he occupied.
+
+Mr. Fluxion was the first vice-principal in charge of the Josephine.
+He was a thorough seaman, a good disciplinarian, and a capital
+teacher; but he lacked some of the high attributes of character
+which distinguished the principal. If any man was fit to succeed Mr.
+Lowington in his responsible position, it was Mr. Fluxion; but it was
+doubtful whether, under his sole administration, the institution could
+be an entire success. His love of discipline, and his energetic manner
+of dealing with delinquents, would probably have increased the number
+of "rows," mutinies, and runaways.
+
+The second vice-principal, in charge of the Tritonia, was Mr. Tompion,
+who, like his two superiors in rank, had formerly been an officer of
+the navy. Though he was a good sailor, and a good disciplinarian, he
+lacked that which a teacher needs most--a hearty sympathy with young
+people.
+
+The principal and the two vice-principals were instructors in
+mathematics and navigation in their respective vessels. Mr. Lowington
+had undertaken this task himself, because he felt the necessity of
+coming more in contact with the student than his position as mere
+principal required. It tended to promote friendly relations between
+the governor and the governed, by creating a greater sympathy between
+them.
+
+The Rev. Mr. Agneau still served as chaplain. In port, and at sea when
+the weather would permit, two services were held in the steerage every
+Sunday, which were attended, at anchor, by the crew of all the vessels.
+Prayers were said morning and evening, in the ship by the chaplain, in
+the schooners by the vice-principal or one of the instructors.
+
+Dr. Winstock was the instructor in natural philosophy and chemistry,
+as well as surgeon and sanitary director. He was a good and true man,
+and generally popular among the students. Each vessel had an adult
+boatswain and a carpenter, and the ship a sailmaker, to perform such
+work as the students could not do, and to instruct them in the details
+of practical seamanship.
+
+After the lapse of five years, hardly a student remained of those who
+had cruised in the ship or her consort during the first voyage. But in
+addition to the three vessels which properly constituted the squadron,
+there were two yachts, each of one hundred and twenty tons. They were
+fore-and-aft schooners, of beautiful model, and entirely new. The one
+on the weather wing of the fleet was the Grace, Captain Paul Kendall,
+whose lady and two friends were in the cabin. Abreast of her sailed
+the Feodora, Captain Robert Shuffles, whose wife was also with him.
+Each of these yachts had a first and second officer, and a crew of
+twenty men, with the necessary complement of cooks and stewards. They
+were part of the fleet, but not of the Academy Squadron.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+OFF THE NAZE OF NORWAY.
+
+
+Mr. Lowington examined Ole Amundsen very carefully, in order to
+ascertain what disposition should be made of him. He told where he was
+born, how he had learned English, and where he had passed the greater
+portion of his life, just as he had related these particulars to
+Captain Cumberland.
+
+"But how came you out here in an open boat?" asked the principal.
+
+Ole examined the carpet on the floor of the cabin, and made no reply.
+
+"Won't you answer me?" added Mr. Lowington.
+
+The waif was still silent.
+
+"You have been to sea?"
+
+"Yes, sir; I was six months in a steamer, and over two years in
+sailing vessels," answered Ole, readily.
+
+"What steamer were you in?"
+
+"I was in the Drammen steamer a while; and I have been three trips
+down to Copenhagen and Gottenburg, one to Luebeck, one to Stettin, and
+one to Stockholm."
+
+"Have you been in a steamer this season?"
+
+"No, sir."
+
+"Then you were in a sailing vessel."
+
+Ole would not say that he had been in any vessel the present season.
+
+"Where is your home now?" asked the principal, breaking the silence
+again.
+
+"Haven't any."
+
+"Have you a father and mother?"
+
+"Both dead, sir."
+
+"Have you any friends?"
+
+"Friends? I don't believe I have."
+
+"Any one that takes care of you?"
+
+"Takes care of me? No, sir; I'm quite certain I haven't any one that
+takes care of me. I take care of myself, and it's heavy work I find
+it, sometimes, I can tell you."
+
+"Do you ever go fishing?"
+
+"Yes, sir, sometimes."
+
+"Have you been lately?"
+
+Ole was silent again.
+
+"I wish to be your friend, Ole."
+
+"Thank you, sir," added Ole, bowing low.
+
+"But in order to know what to do for you, I must know something about
+your circumstances."
+
+"I haven't any circumstances, sir. I lost 'em all," replied Ole,
+gravely and sadly, as though he had met with a very serious loss.
+
+Dr. Winstock could not help laughing, but it was impossible to decide
+whether the boy was ignorant of the meaning of the word, or was trying
+to perpetrate a joke.
+
+"How did you happen to lose your circumstances, Ole?" asked Mr.
+Lowington.
+
+"When my mother died, Captain Olaf took 'em."
+
+"Indeed; and who is Captain Olaf?"
+
+Ole looked at the principal, and then returned his gaze to the cabin
+floor, evidently not deeming it prudent to answer the question.
+
+"Is he your brother?"
+
+"No, sir."
+
+"Your uncle?"
+
+"No, sir."
+
+Ole could not be induced to say anything more about Captain Olaf,
+and doubtless regretted that he had even mentioned his name. The waif
+plainly confounded "circumstances" and property. Mr. Lowington several
+times returned to the main inquiry, but the young man would not even
+hint at the explanation of the manner in which he had come to be a
+waif on the North Sea, in an open boat, half full of water. He had
+told the captain that he was not wrecked, and had not been blown off
+from the coast. He would make no answer of any kind to any direct
+question relating to the subject.
+
+"Well, Ole, as you will not tell me how you came in the situation in
+which we found you, I do not see that I can do anything for you,"
+continued Mr. Lowington. "The ship is bound to Christiansand, and when
+we arrive we must leave you there."
+
+"Don't leave me in Christiansand, sir. I don't want to be left there."
+
+"Why not?"
+
+Ole was silent again. Both the principal and the surgeon pitied him,
+for he appeared to be a friendless orphan; certainly he had no friends
+to whom he wished to go, and was only anxious to remain in the ship,
+and go to America in her.
+
+"You may go into the steerage now, Ole," said the principal,
+despairing of any further solution of the mystery.
+
+"Thank you, sir," replied Ole, bowing low, and backing out of the
+cabin as a courtier retires from the presence of a sovereign.
+
+"What do you make of him, doctor?" added Mr. Lowington, as the door
+closed upon the waif.
+
+"I don't make anything of him," replied Dr. Winstock. "The young
+rascal evidently don't intend that we should make anything of him.
+He's a young Norwegian, about fifteen years old, with neither father
+nor mother; for I think we may believe what he has said. If he had no
+regard to the truth, it was just as easy for him to lie as it was to
+keep silent, and it would have been more plausible."
+
+"I am inclined to believe that he is a runaway, either from the shore
+or from some vessel," said the principal. "He certainly cannot have
+been well treated, for his filthy rags scarcely cover his body; and he
+says that the supper he had to-night was the best he ever ate in his
+life. It was only coffee, cold ham, and bread and butter; so he cannot
+have been a high liver. He seems to be honest, and I pity him."
+
+"But he is too filthy to remain on board a single hour. I will attend
+to his sanitary condition at once," laughed the doctor. "He will breed
+a leprosy among the boys, if he is not taken care of."
+
+"Let the purser give you a suit of clothes for him, for we can't do
+less than this for him."
+
+The doctor left the cabin, and Ole was taken to the bath-room by one
+of the stewards, and compelled to scrub himself with a brush and soap,
+till he was made into a new creature. He was inclined to rebel at
+first, for he had his national and inborn prejudice against soap
+and water in combination; but the sight of the suit of new clothes
+overcame his constitutional scruples. The steward was faithful to his
+mission, and Ole left dirt enough in the bath-tub to plant half a
+dozen hills of potatoes. He looked like a new being, even before he
+had donned the new clothes. His light hair, cut square across his
+forehead, was three shades lighter when it had been scrubbed, and
+deprived of the black earth, grease, and tar, with which it had been
+matted.
+
+The steward was interested in his work, for it is a pleasure to any
+decent person to transform such a leper of filth into a clean and
+wholesome individual. Ole put on the heavy flannel shirt and the blue
+frock which were handed to him, and smiled with pleasure as he
+observed the effect. He was fitted to a pair of seaman's blue
+trousers, and provided with socks and shoes. Then he actually danced
+with delight, and evidently regarded himself as a finished dandy; for
+never before had he been clothed in a suit half so good. It was the
+regular uniform of the crew of the ship.
+
+"Hold on a moment, my lad," said Muggs, the steward, as he produced a
+pair of barber's shears. "Your barber did not do justice to your
+figure-head, the last time he cut your hair."
+
+"I cut it myself," replied Ole.
+
+"I should think you did, and with a bush scythe."
+
+"I only hacked off a little, to keep it out of my eyes. Captain Olaf
+always used to cut it."
+
+"Who's Captain Olaf?" asked Muggs.
+
+Ole was silent, but permitted the steward to remove at will the long,
+snarly white locks, which covered his head. The operator had been a
+barber once, and received extra pay for his services on board the ship
+in this capacity. He did his work in an artistic manner, parting
+and combing the waif's hair as though he were dressing him for a
+fashionable party. He put a sailor's knot in the black handkerchief
+under the boy's collar, and then placed the blue cap on his head, a
+little on one side, so that he looked as jaunty as a dandy
+man-of-war's-man.
+
+"Now put on this jacket, my lad, and you will be all right," continued
+the steward, as he gazed with pride and pleasure upon the work of his
+hands.
+
+"More clothes!" exclaimed Ole. "I shall be baked. I sweat now with
+what I have on."
+
+"It's hot in here; you will be cool enough when you go on deck. Here's
+a pea-jacket for you, besides the other."
+
+"But that's for winter. I never had so much clothes on before in my
+life."
+
+"You needn't put the pea-jacket on, if you don't want it. Now you look
+like a decent man, and you can go on deck and show yourself."
+
+"Thank you, sir."
+
+"But you must wash yourself clean every morning."
+
+"Do it every day!" exclaimed Ole, opening his eyes with astonishment.
+
+"Why, yes, you heathen," laughed Muggs. "A man isn't fit to live who
+don't keep himself clean. Why, you could have planted potatoes
+anywhere on your hide, before you went into that tub."
+
+"I haven't been washed before since last summer," added Ole.
+
+"You ought to be hung for it."
+
+"You spend half your time washing yourselves--don't you?"
+
+"We spend time enough at it to keep clean. No wonder you Norwegians
+have the leprosy, and the flesh rots off the bones!"
+
+"But I always go into the water every summer," pleaded Ole.
+
+"And don't wash yourself at any other time?"
+
+"I always wash myself once a year, and sometimes more, when I get a
+good chance."
+
+"Don't you wash your face and hands every morning."
+
+"Every morning? No! I haven't done such a thing since last summer."
+
+"Then you are not fit to live. If you stay in this ship, you must wash
+every day, and more than that when you do dirty work."
+
+"Can I stay in the ship if I do that?" asked Ole, earnestly.
+
+"I don't know anything about it."
+
+"I will wash all the time if they will only let me stay in the ship,"
+pleaded the waif.
+
+"You must talk with the principal on that subject. I have nothing to
+do with it. Now, go on deck. Hold up your head, and walk like a man."
+
+Ole left the bath-room, and made his way up the forward ladder. The
+second part of the starboard watch were on duty, but nearly every
+person belonging to the ship was on deck, watching the distant light,
+which assured them they were on the coast of Norway. The waif stepped
+upon deck as lightly as a mountain sylph. The influence of his new
+clothes pervaded his mind, and he was inclined to be a little
+"swellish" in his manner.
+
+"How are you, Norway!" shouted Sanford, one of the crew.
+
+"How are you, America," replied Ole, imitating the slang of the
+speaker.
+
+"What have you done with your dirt?" added Rodman.
+
+"Here is some of it," answered Muggs, the steward, as he came up the
+ladder, with Ole's rags on a dust-pan, and threw them overboard.
+
+"If you throw all his dirt overboard here, we shall get aground,
+sure," added Stockwell, as Ole danced up to the group of students.
+
+"No wonder you feel light after getting rid of such a load of dirt,"
+said Sanford.
+
+"O, I'm all right," laughed Ole, good-naturedly; for he did not seem
+to think that dirt was any disgrace or dishonor to him.
+
+"How came you in that leaky boat, Norway?" demanded Rodman; and the
+entire party gathered around the waif, anxious to hear the story of
+his adventure.
+
+"I went into it."
+
+"Is that so?" added Wilde.
+
+"Yes, sir."
+
+"I say, Norway, you are smart," replied Rodman.
+
+"Smart? Where?"
+
+"All over."
+
+"I don't feel it."
+
+"But, Norway, how came you in that old tub, out of sight of land?"
+persisted Rodman, returning to the charge again.
+
+"I went into it just the same as one of you Americans would have got
+into it," laughed Ole, who did not think it necessary to resort to the
+tactics he had used with the principal and the captain. "You could
+have done it if you had tried as hard as I did."
+
+"After you got in, then, how came the boat out here, so far from
+land?"
+
+"The wind, the tide, and the broken oar brought it out here."
+
+"Indeed! But won't you tell us your story, Ole?"
+
+"A story? O, yes. Once there was a king of Norway whose name was Olaf,
+and half the men of his country were named after him, because--"
+
+"Never mind that story, Ole. We want to hear the story about
+yourself."
+
+"About myself? Well, last year things didn't go very well with me; the
+crop of potatoes was rather short on my farm, and my vessels caught
+but few fish; so I decided to make a voyage up the Mediterranean, to
+spend the winter."
+
+"What did you go in, Norway?" asked Wilde.
+
+"In my boat. We don't make voyages on foot here in Norway."
+
+"What boat?"
+
+"You won't let me tell my story; so I had better finish it at once. I
+got back as far as the North Sea, and almost into the Sleeve, when a
+gale came down upon me, and strained my boat so that she leaked badly.
+I was worn out with fatigue, and dropped asleep one afternoon. I was
+dreaming that the King of Sweden and Norway came off in a big
+man-of-war, to welcome me home again. He hailed me himself, with,
+"Boat, ahoy!" which waked me; and then I saw this ship. You know all
+the rest of it."
+
+"Do you mean to say you went up the Mediterranean in that old craft?"
+
+"I've told my story, and if you don't believe it, you can look in the
+almanac, and see whether it is true or not," laughed Ole. "But I must
+go and show myself to the captain and the big gentleman."
+
+"He's smart--isn't he?" said Sanford, as the young Norwegian went aft
+to exhibit himself to the officers on the quarter deck.
+
+"Yes; but what's the reason he won't tell how he happened out here in
+that leaky tub?" added Rodman.
+
+"I don't know; he wouldn't tell the captain, nor the principal."
+
+"I don't understand it."
+
+"No one understands it. Perhaps he has done something wrong, and is
+afraid of being found out."
+
+"Very likely."
+
+"He's just the fellow for us," said Stockwell, in a low tone, after he
+had glanced around him, to see that no listeners were near. "He speaks
+the lingo of this country. We must buy him up."
+
+"Good!" exclaimed Boyden. "We ought not to have let him go till we had
+fixed his flint."
+
+"I didn't think of it before; but there is time enough. If we can get
+hold of his story we can manage him without any trouble."
+
+"But he won't tell his story. He wouldn't even let on to the
+principal."
+
+"No matter; we must have him, somehow or other. Sanford can handle
+him."
+
+"I don't exactly believe in the scrape," said Burchmore, shaking his
+head dubiously. "We've heard all about the fellows that used to try to
+run away from the ship and from the Josephine. They always got caught,
+and always had the worst of it."
+
+"We are not going to run away, and we are not going to make ourselves
+liable to any punishment," interposed Sanford, rather petulantly. "We
+can have a good time on shore without running away, or anything of
+that sort."
+
+"What's the use?" replied Burchmore.
+
+"The principal isn't going to let us see anything at all of Norway. We
+are going to put in at Christiansand, and then go to Christiania. We
+want to see the interior of Norway, for there's glorious fishing in
+the lakes and rivers--salmon as big as whales."
+
+"I like fishing as well as any fellow, but I don't want to get into a
+scrape, and have to stay on board when the whole crowd go ashore
+afterwards. It won't pay."
+
+"But I tell you again, we are not going to run away."
+
+"I don't see how you can manage it without running away. You are going
+into the interior of Norway on your own hook, without the consent or
+knowledge of the principal. If you don't call this running away, I
+don't know what you can call it."
+
+"No matter what we call it, so long as the principal don't call it
+running away," argued Sanford.
+
+"How can you manage it?" inquired Burchmore.
+
+"I don't know yet; and if I did, I wouldn't tell a fellow who has so
+many doubts."
+
+"I shall not go into anything till I understand it."
+
+"We don't ask you to do so. As soon as we come to anchor, and see the
+lay of the land, we can tell exactly what and how to do it. We have
+plenty of money, and we can have a first-rate time if you only think
+so. Leave it all to me, and I will bring it out right," continued the
+confident Sanford, who appeared to be the leader of the little squad.
+
+The traditions of the various runaways who had, at one time and
+another, attempted to escape from the wholesome discipline and
+restraint of the Academy, were current on board all the vessels of the
+squadron. The capture of the Josephine, and her cruise in the English
+Channel, had been repeated to every new student who joined the fleet,
+till the story was as familiar to the present students as to those of
+five years before. There were just as many wild and reckless boys on
+board now as in the earlier days of the institution, and they were as
+sorely chafed by the necessary restraints of good order as their
+predecessors had been. Perhaps it was natural that, visiting a foreign
+country, they should desire to see all they could of its wonders, and
+even to look upon some things which it was the policy of the principal
+to prevent them from seeing.
+
+Whenever any of the various stories of the runaways were related,
+Sanford, Rodman, Stockwell, and others of similar tendencies, were
+always ready to point out the defects in the plan of the operators.
+They could tell precisely where Wilton, Pelham, and Little had been
+weak, as they termed it, and precisely what they should have done to
+render the enterprise a success. Still, running away, in the abstract,
+was not a popular idea in the squadron at the present time; but
+Sanford believed that he and his companions could enjoy all the
+benefits of an independent excursion without incurring any of its
+perils and penalties. Let him demonstrate his own proposition.
+
+Ole Amundsen walked aft, and was kindly greeted by the officers on
+the quarter-deck, who commented freely upon his improved personal
+appearance, though they did it in more refined terms than their
+shipmates on the forecastle had done. Some of them tried to draw from
+him the explanation of his situation in the leaky boat, but without
+any better success than had attended the efforts of others. He yielded
+an extravagant deference to the gold lace on the uniforms of the
+officers, treating them with the utmost respect.
+
+"Well, Ole, you look better than when I saw you last," said Mr.
+Lowington.
+
+"Yes, sir; and I feel better," replied Ole, bowing low to the "big
+gentleman."
+
+"And you speak English very well, indeed."
+
+"Thank you, sir."
+
+"Can you speak Norwegian as well?"
+
+"Yes, sir; better, I hope."
+
+"Monsieur Badois, will you ask him a question or two in Norwegian,"
+added the principal, turning to the professor of modern languages, who
+prided himself on being able to speak fourteen different tongues; "I
+begin to doubt whether he is a Norwegian."
+
+"I will, sir," replied monsieur, who was always glad of an opportunity
+to exhibit his linguistic powers. "_Hvor staae det til?_" (How do you
+do?)
+
+"_Jeg takker, meget vel._" (Very well, I thank you), replied Ole.
+
+"_Forstaaer De mig?_" (Do you understand me?)
+
+"_Ja, jeg forstaaer Dem meget vel._" (Yes, I understand you very
+well.)
+
+"That will do," interposed Mr. Lowington.
+
+"He speaks Norsk very well," added the professor.
+
+"So do you, sir," said Ole, with a low bow to Monsieur Badois.
+
+"_Meget vel_," laughed the professor.
+
+"I am satisfied, Ole. Now, have you concluded to tell me how you
+happened to be in that boat, so far from the land."
+
+The waif counted the seams in the quarter-deck, but nothing could
+induce him to answer the question.
+
+"I have given you a suit of clothes, and I desire to be of service to
+you."
+
+"I thank you, sir; and a good supper, the best I ever had, though I
+have often fished with English gentlemen, even with lords and sirs."
+
+"If you will tell me who your friends are--"
+
+"I have no friends, sir."
+
+"You lived on shore, or sailed on the sea, with somebody, I suppose."
+
+Ole looked down, and did not deny the proposition.
+
+"Now, if you will tell me whom you lived with, I may be able to do
+something for you."
+
+Still the waif was silent.
+
+"Berth No. 72 in the steerage is vacant, and I will give it to you, if
+I can be sure it is right for me to do so."
+
+But Ole could not, or would not, give any information on this point,
+though he was earnest in his desire to remain in the ship.
+
+"Very well, Ole; as you will not tell me your story, I shall be
+obliged to leave you on shore at Christiansand," said the principal,
+as he walked away.
+
+Dr. Winstock also tried to induce the youth to reveal what he plainly
+regarded as a secret, but with no different result. Ole passed from
+the officers to the crew again, and with the latter his answers were
+like those given to Sanford and his companions. He invented strange
+explanations, and told wild stories, but not a soul on board was the
+wiser for anything he said. The waif was permitted to occupy berth No.
+72, but was distinctly assured that he must leave the ship when she
+arrived at Christiansand.
+
+The wind continued light during the night, but at four o'clock in the
+morning the squadron was off Gunnarshoug Point, and not more than four
+miles from the land. The shore was fringed with innumerable islands,
+which made the coast very picturesque, though it was exceedingly
+barren and desolate. Most of the islands were only bare rocks, the
+long swells rolling completely over some of the smaller ones. The
+students on deck watched the early sunrise, and studied the contour
+of the coast with deep interest, till it became an old story, and then
+whistled for a breeze to take them along more rapidly towards their
+port of destination. The fleet was now fully in the Skager Rack, or
+Sleeve, as it is also called on the British nautical charts.
+
+At eight bells, when, with the forenoon watch, commenced the regular
+routine of study in the steerage, all the students had seen the Naze,
+or Lindersnaes, as the Norwegians call it--the southern cape of
+Norway. It is a reddish headland, beyond which were some hills covered
+with snow in the spring time. Ole Amundsen remained on deck all day,
+and had a name for every island and cliff on the coast. He declared
+that he was competent to pilot the ship into the harbor, for he had
+often been there. But when the fleet was off Ox-Oe, at the entrance
+to the port, a regular pilot was taken, at three o'clock in the
+afternoon. The Josephine and the Tritonia also obtained pilots soon
+after. The recitations were suspended in order to enable the students
+to see the harbor.
+
+Ole was wanted to explain the various objects which were presented to
+the view of the young mariners, but no one had seen him since the
+pilot came on board. All the habitable parts of the vessel were
+searched, and the stewards even examined the hold; but he could not be
+found. Mr. Lowington was anxious to see him, to ascertain whether he
+had changed his mind in regard to his secret; but Ole had disappeared
+as strangely as he had come on board of the ship.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+AN ACCIDENT TO THE SECOND CUTTER.
+
+
+The gentle breeze from the southward enabled the fleet to proceed
+without delay up the fjord to the town of Christiansand; and, as there
+was very little ship's duty to be done under such circumstances, the
+students had an excellent opportunity to examine the islands and the
+main shore. On board the ship and her two consorts the boys swarmed
+like bees in the rigging, eagerly watching every new object that was
+presented to their view. As nautical young gentlemen, they criticised
+the Norwegian boats and vessels that sailed on the bay, comparing them
+with those of their own country. The two yachts, which were not
+restrained by any insurance restrictions, stood boldly up the fjord,
+following closely in the wake of the two schooners.
+
+The course of the vessels up the fjord was through an archipelago, or
+"garden of rocks," as it is styled in the Norwegian language. The
+rocky hills in the vicinity were of a reddish color, with a few fir
+trees upon them. The country was certainly very picturesque, but the
+students did not regard it as a very desirable place of residence. The
+fleet passed between the Island of Dybing and the light on Odderoe,
+and came to anchor in the western harbor. For half an hour the several
+crews were occupied in furling sails, squaring yards, hauling taut the
+running rigging, and putting everything in order on board.
+
+The accommodation ladder of the ship, which was a regular flight of
+stairs, had hardly been rigged before a white barge, pulled by four
+men, came alongside. The oarsmen were dressed in blue uniform, and
+wore tarpaulin hats, upon which was painted the word "Grace,"
+indicating the yacht to which they belonged. The bowman fastened his
+boat-hook to the steps, and the rest of the crew tossed their oars in
+man-of-war style. In the stern-sheets, whose seats were cushioned with
+red velvet plush, were three persons, all of whom were old friends of
+our readers. Captain Paul Kendall, the owner and commander of the
+Grace, though he is a few inches taller and a few pounds heavier than
+when we last saw him, was hardly changed in his appearance. Even his
+side whiskers and mustache did not sensibly alter his looks, for his
+bright eye and his pleasant smile were still the key to his
+expression. The Grace carried the American yacht flag, and her
+commander wore the blue uniform of the club to which he belonged.
+
+Three years before, Paul Kendall had experienced a heavy loss in the
+death of his mother. She had inherited a very large fortune, which,
+however, was held in trust for her son, until he reached his majority.
+At the age of twenty-one, therefore, Paul came to an inheritance
+bequeathed by his grandfather, which made him a _millionnaire_. His
+fortune had been carefully invested by the trustees, and now all he
+had to do was to collect and spend his income, of which there was a
+considerable accumulation when he attained his majority. Paul was a
+young man of high moral and religious principle. He had never spent a
+dollar in dissipation of any kind, and though he knew the world, he
+was as child-like and innocent as when he was an infant.
+
+His tastes were decidedly nautical, and the first large expenditure
+from his ample wealth was in the building of the yacht Grace, which
+was now anchored near the Young America. She was a beautiful craft in
+every respect, constructed as strong as wood and iron could make her.
+As her cabin was to be Paul's home during a portion of the year, it
+was fitted up with every appliance of comfort, convenience, and
+luxury. It contained a piano, a large library, and every available
+means of amusement for the hours of a long passage. At the age of
+twenty-one, Paul was more mature in experience and knowledge than many
+young men at twenty-five; and hardly had he been placed in possession
+of his inheritance than he sailed for Europe, and, of course, hastened
+from Queenstown to Belfast, where Mr. Arbuckle, father of the lady who
+occupied the stern-sheets of the barge, resided. Six months later he
+was married to Grace, who still regarded him as "the apple of her
+eye."
+
+On his return to New York his yacht was finished, though too late
+in the season for use that year. Her first voyage in the spring
+was to Brockway, which was the residence of Mr. Lowington, and the
+headquarters of the Academy Squadron. Learning that his old friend the
+principal was about to sail for Europe with his charge, he promptly
+decided to accompany him, and the Grace was one of the fleet that
+crossed the Atlantic in April.
+
+Mrs. Kendall was dressed in a plain travelling suit. She was taller
+and more mature than when she went down the Rhine with the Young
+Americans, but she was not less beautiful and interesting.
+
+If Fortune had been very kind to Paul Kendall, she had not been so
+constant to all who formerly sailed in the Young America, and who had
+then basked in her sunny smile. The third person in the stern-sheets
+of the barge was Mr. Augustus Pelham. He was a fine-looking fellow,
+with a heavy mustache, dressed like his commander, in the uniform
+of the yacht club. By one of those disasters common in American
+mercantile experience, Pelham's father had suddenly been hurled from
+apparent affluence to real poverty. Being well advanced in years, he
+could do nothing better for himself and his family than to accept a
+situation as secretary of an insurance company, which afforded him a
+salary only sufficient to enable him to live in comfort. Augustus
+had completed his course in the Academy ship when the change of
+circumstances compelled him to abandon all luxurious habits, and work
+for his own living. This was by no means a calamity to him, any more
+than to other young men. Doubtless it was annoying to have his
+allowance of pocket money suddenly stopped, and to find himself face
+to face with one of the sternest realities of life. His training in
+the Academy ship had been a blessing to him, for it had reformed his
+life, and elevated his tastes above the low level of dissipation. It
+had made a new man of him, besides preparing him for a useful
+calling. He was competent, so far as nautical skill and knowledge were
+concerned, to command any vessel to any part of the world, though he
+lacked the necessary experience in the management of a miscellaneous
+crew, and in the transaction of business. He was ready to accept a
+situation as chief or second mate of a ship, when he happened to meet
+Paul Kendall, and was immediately engaged as chief officer of the
+Grace, at a salary of one hundred dollars a month. Another ex-student
+of the ship, Bennington, upon whose father fickle Fortune had not
+continued to smile, had been appointed second officer. Pelham had
+shipped the crew of the Grace, and no better set of men ever trod a
+deck.
+
+The barge came up to the steps, and Paul and Pelham assisted Mrs.
+Kendall out of the boat, and the three went upon the deck of the ship.
+Mr. Lowington, who had not seen them, except at a distance, since the
+fleet sailed from Brockway harbor, gave them a warm greeting, shaking
+hands heartily with the lady first, and then with her companions.
+
+"I am glad to see you looking so well, Mrs. Kendall," said the
+principal.
+
+"I have enjoyed myself every moment of the voyage, and have never been
+sick a single hour," she replied.
+
+"We have had a fine passage, and there was no excuse for an old salt
+like you to be sick," laughed the principal.
+
+"But I think we shall go on shore, and stay at a hotel a few days,
+just for a change," added Paul.
+
+"That's a good plan; of course you will see more of the town and the
+people, than if you remain in your yacht."
+
+"I am sure I like the cabin of the yacht better than any hotel I ever
+visited," laughed Mrs. Kendall.
+
+"But a change will do you good, my dear," suggested Paul.
+
+"What did you pick up last evening, when you hove to, Mr. Lowington?"
+
+"We picked up a young Norwegian, about sixteen years old," answered
+the principal, detailing the circumstances under which Ole had been
+taken on board.
+
+"Where is he now?" asked Paul, looking about him to obtain a sight of
+the stranger.
+
+"We clothed and fed him, and had become quite interested in him; but
+just as the pilot came alongside we missed him. I have had the ship
+searched for him, but we have not been able to find him, though he
+must be concealed somewhere on board."
+
+"That's strange!" exclaimed Mrs. Kendall, glancing at her husband.
+
+"Perhaps not very strange," continued the principal. "The boy refused
+to tell us how he came in an open boat, half full of water, and out of
+sight of land. Probably he has run away from his friends, and has
+concealed himself to avoid being recognized by the pilot, or other
+Norwegian people who may come on board. I judged by his appearance
+that he had some reason for running away from his master or his
+friends, for he was only half clothed, in the filthiest rags that ever
+covered a human being."
+
+"I should like a Norwegian in my yacht, to act as interpreter for us,"
+added Paul.
+
+"I intended to keep him for that purpose myself, if I could ascertain
+who his friends were, and make an arrangement with them, for I will
+not encourage any boy in running away from his employers. Very likely
+we shall find him again in the course of the day."
+
+"Very well, sir; if you want him, I will look out for some one on
+shore," added Paul. "At what time do you pipe to lecture, Mr.
+Lowington?"
+
+"Not before to-morrow forenoon, at two bells."
+
+"I want to hear the lecture."
+
+"So do I," laughed Mrs. Kendall. "I think it is a capital idea to have
+a professor tell us all about a country before we attempt to see it. I
+used to read about the Norsemen, but I have forgotten all about them
+now, and I want to refresh my memory."
+
+"I wish all our boys had the same view of the matter," said Mr.
+Lowington.
+
+"We will come on board before nine to-morrow morning, sir," added
+Paul, as he handed his lady up the steps over the rail.
+
+Descending to the boat, the three oarsmen shoved off, and pulled for
+the shore, where they landed. The boat had not reached the land,
+before another barge, the counterpart of the first, and similarly
+manned, left the Feodora, and pulled alongside the ship. Mr. Robert
+Shuffles, the owner and commander of the second yacht, assisted his
+wife up the ladder to the deck of the ship, where they were cordially
+received by the principal. The yacht Feodora was only six months older
+than the Grace, for which she had served as the model. Shuffles had
+not come into possession of any inheritance yet, but his father was
+as liberal as he was wealthy, and gave his son an annual allowance,
+which enabled him to marry and keep a yacht. He and Paul had been
+intimate friends since they were graduated from the Academy ship, and
+they had made their plans in concert. He had married Lady Feodora a
+year before, and she had now dropped her aristocratic title, and
+become a republican lady. Like her husband, she had acquired nautical
+tastes, and was even more enthusiastic than he in anticipating the
+pleasures of a yacht cruise up the Baltic, and up the Mediterranean.
+Shuffles had not been so fortunate as Paul in finding needy graduates
+of the Academy to officer his yacht, and a fat old shipmaster served
+as first officer in the Feodora, while the second mate was a young
+tar, not yet of age. Having paid their respects to the principal, the
+young couple returned to the boat, and followed Paul to the hotel on
+shore.
+
+"That's the way to go about Europe," said Sanford, who was sitting on
+the rail with several of his shipmates.
+
+"What's the way?" asked Stockwell.
+
+"Why, as Kendall and Shuffles do it--in a yacht, with no Latin and
+geometry to bother their heads, and no decks to wash down on a cold
+morning."
+
+"That's so; but those fellows were the lambs of the squadron, we are
+told," laughed Stockwell. "They didn't have black marks; didn't pick
+upon the professors, and didn't run away from the ship."
+
+"What has all that to do with yachting?" asked Rodman.
+
+"They were good boys, and therefore they have yachts as their
+reward," replied Stockwell, laughing.
+
+"Pelham was as good as Shuffles, but he has no yacht, and has to work
+on a salary for his living."
+
+"He has the fun of it all the same, and Paul Kendall will not overwork
+him. But I haven't a word to say against them. They were all good
+fellows, if they were the ship's lambs."
+
+"All the second cutters!" shouted the boatswain's mate, after his pipe
+had sounded through the ship.
+
+"That means us," said Sanford. "Take your money and pea-jackets,
+fellows. Something may turn up before we come back."
+
+"Ay, ay," replied Stockwell. "Pass the word to all our fellows."
+
+In a few moments the fourth cutters appeared in the waist, with
+pea-jackets on their arms, and touched their caps to De Forrest, the
+fourth lieutenant, who appeared as the officer detailed to go in the
+boat, which now, as formally, was called the professors' barge,
+because it was generally appropriated to the use of the instructors.
+It was pulled by eight oarsmen, and Sanford was the coxswain. The
+party who had been considering the plan for an independent excursion
+on shore without incurring the perils and penalties of running away,
+were the crew of the second cutter. The fact of being together so much
+in the boat, had united them so that they acted and plotted in
+concert.
+
+"What are you going to do with those pea-jackets?" asked De Forrest,
+when he saw their extra clothing.
+
+"It's rather chilly up here in the evening, and we thought we might
+want them, while we were waiting," replied Sanford.
+
+"I don't think it is very cold, and as to the evening, the sun don't
+set till about eight o'clock," added the officer, as he went aft to
+the professors who were going on shore, and reported that the boat was
+ready; for it had already been lowered into the water, and made fast
+to the swinging boom.
+
+Her crew went over the side, and seated themselves in the cutter.
+
+"Ready!" said the coxswain, as the stern-sheets of the barge ranged
+alongside the little stage at the foot of the ladder. "Up oars!"
+
+Up went the eight oars to a perpendicular position, where they were
+held till the boat should be ready to go.
+
+"I wonder where Ole is," said Sanford.
+
+"Sh!" whispered Stockwell, who pulled the bow oar, shaking his head
+with energy.
+
+"What do you mean?" demanded the coxswain, in a low tone, for he was
+very much mystified by the pantomime of the bow oarsman.
+
+"Don't say a word."
+
+"Where is he?" persisted Sanford, who was not willing to have a secret
+kept from him even for a moment.
+
+Stockwell pointed into the bottom of the boat, and then looked up at
+the sky, with an affectation of cunning, while the rest of the crew
+smiled as though they were in possession of the secret. Sanford said
+no more, and joined the bowman in studying the aspect of the sky. Ole
+was in the boat to act as guide and interpreter, and if they chose to
+leave without running away, everything seemed to be favorable to the
+enterprise. Mr. Mapps and Dr. Winstock presently descended the steps,
+and seated themselves in the boat, followed by De Forrest.
+
+"All ready, coxswain," said the latter.
+
+"Ready! Let fall!" said Sanford, as he shoved off the stern of the
+cutter. "Give way--together!"
+
+The well-trained crew bent to their oars, and the boat shot away from
+the ship towards the shore. Mr. Mapps was going to the town to obtain
+some additional material for his lecture the following morning, and
+the surgeon intended to call on Paul Kendall and lady at the hotel.
+
+"This is a very picturesque town, doctor," said Mr. Mapps, as he gazed
+at the high, rocky steeps which surround Christiansand.
+
+"Very; and I am rather sorry we are not to see more of the environs of
+the place," replied the surgeon. "I understand we sail to-morrow
+night."
+
+"I dare say the students will see enough of Norway before they leave
+it."
+
+"We want to go into the interior," said De Forrest. "There is fine
+fishing in the streams of Norway."
+
+"Very likely Mr. Lowington will take you into the interior from
+Christiania," suggested Dr. Winstock.
+
+"I don't exactly see how it is possible to do so," added Mr. Mapps.
+"The only conveyance of the country is the cariole, which seats but
+one person--perhaps two boys; and our squadron has nearly two hundred
+students. I am afraid there are not carioles enough in Christiania to
+carry the whole of them."
+
+"I think it's too bad we can't have a trial at the salmon," pouted De
+Forrest.
+
+"Perhaps, if you waited till July, you might catch them," replied Mr.
+Mapps.
+
+"We should be contented with trout, then."
+
+"I have no doubt Mr. Lowington will do the best he can for you," said
+Dr. Winstock, as the boat neared the pier.
+
+"In, bows!" called the coxswain; and the two bowmen tossed and boated
+their oars, taking their stations in the fore-sheets, one of them with
+the boat-hook in his hand. "Way enough!" added Sanford; and the rest
+of the crew tossed their oars, and then dropped them upon the thwarts,
+with a precision which seemed to astonish the group of Norwegians on
+the wharf, who were observing them.
+
+The two gentlemen landed, and walked up to the town together, leaving
+the barge to wait for them.
+
+"Part of you may go on shore for half an hour, if you wish, and walk
+about," said De Forrest to his crew.
+
+"I don't care about going ashore," replied Sanford.
+
+"Nor I either," added Stockwell; and so they all said, very much to
+the astonishment of the fourth lieutenant, who naturally supposed that
+boys who had been at sea about four weeks would like to stretch their
+legs on the solid land for a short time.
+
+"Don't any of you wish to go on shore?" he inquired.
+
+"Not yet," replied Sanford. "If you wish to take a walk, I will push
+off from the shore, and wait till you return," said Sanford, very
+respectfully.
+
+"What's up? You won't go on shore, and you wish me to do so!"
+exclaimed the suspicious officer.
+
+"Nothing, sir," protested Sanford. "We don't intend to run away. We
+think that is played out."
+
+"If you wanted to do so in this desolate country, I would let you do
+it, if I were the principal. But you are up to some trick, I know."
+
+"What trick, sir?" demanded the coxswain, innocently.
+
+"I don't know, but it is your next move," replied De Forrest, as he
+seated himself, and seemed confident of his ability to check any
+mischief which might be in the minds of his crew. "Shove off, bowman!
+Up oars! Let fall! Give way together!"
+
+The oarsmen, rather vexed at the turn of events, obeyed the several
+orders, and the boat was again cutting the still waters of the fjord.
+All around them were rocks, with several large and small islands in
+sight. In various places on the rocks were affixed iron rings, to
+which vessels could make fast in warping out of the bay when the wind
+was light or foul. A portion of the rock to which they were attached
+was whitewashed, so that the rings could easily be found, even in the
+night. To one of these rings, on a small island near Odderoe, which
+commanded a full view of the landing-place, De Forrest directed the
+coxswain to steer the boat.
+
+"Make fast to that ring," said the officer.
+
+"Ay, ay, sir," replied the bowman.
+
+"Perhaps you would like to land here," added the lieutenant, in a
+jeering tone, as though he felt that he had checkmated his crew in any
+evil purpose they entertained. "Whether you do or not, I think I shall
+stretch my legs on these rocks."
+
+De Forrest leaped from thwart to thwart, and then over the bow upon
+the island, as though he felt nothing but contempt for the power of
+the boat's crew to do mischief. He walked up the rough rocks to the
+summit of the islet, where he paused, and for the first time glanced
+at his companions, whom he suspected of harboring some design against
+the peace and dignity of the ship. As he did so, he discovered a
+steamer, which had just passed through the narrow opening between
+Odderoe and the main land, and whose course lay close to the point of
+the island where the cutter was moored. He saw that the swash of the
+steamer was likely to throw the boat on the rocks, and grind her
+planking upon the sharp points of the island.
+
+"In the boat!" he shouted, lustily. "Shove off!"
+
+Sanford saw the danger which the lieutenant wished to avert, and
+promptly obeyed the orders.
+
+"Shove off, Stockwell!" he promptly shouted. "Up oars! Stern, all!
+Give way!"
+
+Stockwell gave a tremendously hard push when he shoved off, and the
+cutter shot far out upon the still waters; in fact, so far that she
+was forced directly into the way of the approaching steamer.
+
+[Illustration: THE ACCIDENT TO THE SECOND CUTTER. Page 57.]
+
+"Oars!" yelled the coxswain furiously, when he saw that he had
+overdone the matter. "Hold water! Go ahead! Give way!"
+
+The crew, even in this moment of deadly peril,--for it looked as
+though, in another instant, they would all be under the wheels of the
+steamer,--obeyed every command with their wonted precision. But it was
+a second too late to take the back track. If the boat had continued to
+back as at first, she would probably have escaped, for the steamer put
+her helm a-starboard a little, in order to favor her manoeuvre. When
+a collision seemed inevitable, the steamer's bell was rung to stop
+her, and then to back her.
+
+She struck the cutter; but as her progress had been powerfully
+checked, the blow did not carry her under, though it stove in the side
+of the boat. The water poured in through the broken broadside, and the
+crew sprang for their lives. They leaped upon the guys and bob-stays
+of the steamer, and were hauled in by the people on the bow.
+
+"Come out of there, Ole," said Stockwell, as he pulled the boat's sail
+from the extended form of the waif, who was concealed in the bottom of
+the boat.
+
+Ole lost not a moment in following the example of his companions. As
+the steamer's headway had now been entirely checked, Stockwell held
+the wrecked cutter in her position, while Rodman passed the
+pea-jackets up to the forecastle of the steamer. Having done this,
+they abandoned the boat, and followed the example of their companions.
+No one was drowned, or even wet above his knees, for the steamer had
+struck the boat just hard enough to stave in her side, without
+carrying her under.
+
+The Norwegians hooked up the boat's painter, and taking it in tow,
+proceeded on her course; for the captain--as interpreted by
+Ole--declared that his boat carried the mail, and he could not wait
+for anything.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+NORWAY IN THE PAST AND THE PRESENT.
+
+
+"Clear away the first cutter!" shouted the first lieutenant of the
+Young America, from whose deck the catastrophe to the second cutter
+had been observed.
+
+"All the first cutters!" piped the boatswain, with an energy inspired
+by the stirring occasion.
+
+"That was very carelessly done," said Mr. Lowington, whose attention
+had been called to the scene.
+
+"The steamer ran within a couple of rods of the island," added Captain
+Cumberland. "I saw the fourth lieutenant order the boat to shove off;
+I suppose he did it to prevent the swash of the steamer from grinding
+the cutter on the rocks."
+
+"What is he doing among those rocks?" asked the principal.
+
+"I don't know, sir. He landed Mr. Mapps and the doctor, and was
+ordered to wait for them. I don't see why he went over to that
+island."
+
+The second lieutenant was directed to take charge of the first cutter;
+Peaks, the adult boatswain, and Bitts, the carpenter, were ordered to
+go also, to render any assistance which might be required in succoring
+the stove boat. The cutter shoved off, her twelve oars struck the
+water together, and the crew gave way with an energy which caused
+their oars to bend like twigs, while the barge leaped through the
+water as though it was some monster of the deep goaded to his utmost
+to escape the wrath of a more potent pursuer.
+
+"With a will, my lads!" shouted the coxswain. "Steady! Keep the
+stroke, but use your muscle!"
+
+"There's a job for you, Bitts," said the boatswain, as the Norwegian
+took the second cutter in tow.
+
+"And a heavy job it will be, too," replied Bitts. "I wonder there is
+anything left of the boat."
+
+"The steamer stopped her wheels, and backed some time before she
+struck, or there would not have been much left of the boat, or her
+crew," added Peaks. "Thank God, the boys are all safe."
+
+"It's a lucky escape for them."
+
+"So it was; and we needn't say anything about the boat."
+
+"The steamer is going ahead," said the carpenter.
+
+"No matter for that, so long as the boys are all safe," replied Peaks.
+
+The people in the steamer seemed to take no notice of the first
+cutter, appearing not to understand that it had come out for the
+wrecked crew. But as the boat pulled towards her, she cast off the
+cutter in tow.
+
+"Steamer, ahoy!" shouted Norwood, the second lieutenant, as he saw the
+cutter cast adrift.
+
+She made no reply, but hoisted a flag, on which appeared the word
+"Post," with something else which none in the first cutter could
+understand.
+
+"She's a mail boat," said the boatswain; "and I suppose she intends to
+say she is in a hurry."
+
+"Does she mean to carry off the crew of that boat?" demanded the
+second lieutenant, not a little vexed at the conduct of the
+Norwegians.
+
+"She will not carry them far," suggested Dunlap, the coxswain.
+
+"She may take them to Bergen."
+
+"I think not, sir. If she is a mail steamer, she stops at all the
+ports on the coast. I don't think she will carry them far. Very likely
+they will be sent back, on some other steamer, before night," added
+Dunlap, who had studied the coast of Norway more carefully than the
+lieutenant in command.
+
+"First cutter, ahoy!" shouted De Forrest, on the island.
+
+"On shore!" replied Norwood. "We can't catch the steamer--that is
+certain; steer for the island, coxswain."
+
+The first cutter ran up to the rocky island, and as soon as the bow
+touched the rocks, De Forrest leaped into the fore-sheets. He was
+nervous and excited, feeling, perhaps, that he had failed in his duty,
+and was, therefore, responsible for the accident to the second cutter.
+From feeling that he had circumvented his crew in carrying out some
+unexplained trick, he realized that he had led them into a trap, from
+which they had narrowly escaped with their lives.
+
+"What are you doing on this island, De Forrest?" asked Norwood, as the
+discomfited officer took his place in the stern-sheets, and the boat
+shoved off again.
+
+The second lieutenant declared that he had come over to the island to
+prevent his crew from running away, or from carrying out some trick
+whose existence he suspected, but whose nature he could not
+comprehend.
+
+"Sanford wanted I should go ashore at the town, and offered to look
+out for the crew while I did so," he continued. "Of course I wouldn't
+leave my crew; but I told them that half of them might go on shore and
+take a walk. None of them wanted to go, and then I was satisfied they
+were up to something. I went on the island for the sole purpose of
+watching them. I wanted to know what their plan was."
+
+"Well, what did you discover?"
+
+"Nothing at all. I saw that steamer coming, and I ordered Sanford to
+shove off, so that her swash should not damage the boat."
+
+"I don't believe they intended to play any trick," added Norwood. "You
+are too suspicious, De Forrest."
+
+"Perhaps I am; but fellows that have been at sea for a month are
+rather glad of a chance to stretch their legs on shore. They wouldn't
+do so, when I told them they might; and I don't believe such a thing
+was ever heard of before. Besides, they all looked as though they were
+up to something, and just as though they had a big secret in their
+heads."
+
+"Perhaps you were right, but I don't believe you were," said Norwood,
+too bluntly for good manners, and too bluntly for the harmony of the
+officers' mess.
+
+"I suppose I am responsible for the smashing of the second cutter, but
+I was trying to do my duty," replied De Forrest, vexed at the implied
+censure of his superior.
+
+"If you had staid at the pier this could not have happened."
+
+"But something else might have happened; and if my crew had run away,
+I should have been blamed just as much," growled the second
+lieutenant.
+
+"You were too sharp for your own good--that is all. But I don't mean
+to blame you, De Forrest," said Norwood, with a patronizing smile.
+"Perhaps I should have done the same thing if I had been in your
+place."
+
+"Stand by to lay on your oars!" shouted the coxswain, as the boat
+approached the water-logged second cutter. "Oars!"
+
+The crew stopped pulling, and levelled their oars.
+
+"In, bows! Stand by the boat-hooks!" continued the coxswain; and the
+two forward oarsmen grasped the boat-hooks, and took their station in
+the fore-sheets. "Hold water." And the ten oars dropped into the water
+as one, checking the onward progress of the cutter.
+
+The bowmen fastened to the second cutter, and recovering her painter,
+passed it astern to the coxswain, who made it fast to a ring on the
+stern-board. By this time the steamer, with the luckless crew of the
+stove boat, had disappeared behind an island. The first cutter pulled
+back to the ship, and De Forrest immediately reported to the first
+lieutenant, and explained his conduct in presence of the principal and
+the captain. He detailed his reasons for supposing his crew intended
+to run away, or to play some trick upon him.
+
+"I think you have done all that a careful and vigilant officer could,
+De Forrest; and so far as I can see, you are free from blame," replied
+Mr. Lowington.
+
+The fourth lieutenant glanced at Norwood.
+
+"Just what I said," added the latter, in a low tone.
+
+"If you made any mistake, it was in leaving your boat at the island,"
+continued the principal.
+
+"Just exactly my sentiments," whispered Norwood. "I don't blame the
+fourth lieutenant, but I shouldn't have done just as he did."
+
+"Where is that steamer bound?" asked Mr. Lowington of the pilot, who
+had not yet left the ship, and was really waiting to be invited to
+supper.
+
+"To Christiania, sir," replied the pilot, who, like all of his class
+on the coast of Norway, spoke a little English.
+
+"Where does she stop next?"
+
+"At Lillesand."
+
+"How far is that?"
+
+"About two miles."
+
+"Two miles! Why, it is farther than that to the sea," exclaimed Mr.
+Lowington.
+
+"He means Norwegian miles," suggested one of the instructors, who was
+listening with interest to the conversation.
+
+"True; I did not think of that. A Norwegian mile is about seven
+English miles. It is fourteen miles, then, to Lillesand."
+
+With the assistance of Professor Badois, who acted as interpreter, the
+pilot explained that the steamer which had just left was several hours
+late, and would go that night to Frederiksvaern, where the steamers
+from Bergen and Christiania made connections with the boat for
+Gottenburg and Copenhagen. The Christiania steamer would reach
+Christiansand the next evening, and the boys who had been carried
+away could return in her.
+
+"Why did she carry them off? It would not have taken five minutes to
+land them," added the principal.
+
+"She was very late, and her passengers for Gottenburg and Copenhagen
+would lose the steamer at Frederiksvaern if she does not arrive in
+season," the pilot explained through Professor Badois.
+
+But Mr. Lowington was so grateful that the crew of the second cutter
+had all escaped with their lives, that he was not disposed to be very
+critical over the conduct of the Norwegian steamer. The boys were
+safe, and would return the next night at farthest. The accident was
+talked about, during the rest of the day, on board of all the vessels
+of the squadron. The officers and seamen on board of the ship had
+witnessed the accident, and had seen all the crew of the second cutter
+go over the bows of the steamer. They had not observed, in the
+excitement of the moment, that ten, instead of nine, had left the
+wrecked boat; and as Ole Amundsen was dressed precisely like the crew,
+his presence in the cutter was not even suspected.
+
+The first cutter was sent to the town for Dr. Winstock and Mr. Mapps,
+and in an hour or two the excitement had entirely subsided. The
+routine of the ship went on as before, and as there was little work to
+be done, the absentees were hardly missed.
+
+At half past eight the next morning, the signal, "All hands, attend
+lecture," was flying on board of the Young America. The boats from
+the Josephine and the Tritonia came alongside the ship, bringing all
+the officers and crews of those vessels. Paul Kendall and lady, and
+their friends, were brought off from the shore; Shuffles and his wife
+also appeared, and a further delegation from each of the yachts asked
+admission to the ship to hear the lecture, or rather to attend the
+exercise in geography and history, for the occasion was even less
+formal than on the first cruise of the ship. The steerage was crowded,
+after the boatswain had piped the call, and Mr. Mapps was doubtless
+duly flattered by the number of his audience. On the foremast hung a
+large map of Sweden and Norway.
+
+"If you please, young gentlemen, we will begin with Scandinavia," said
+the professor, taking his place near the foremast, with the pointer in
+his hand. "What was Scandinavia?"
+
+"The ancient name of Norway, Sweden, and Denmark," replied one of the
+students.
+
+"The barbarous tribes from the northern part of Europe at different
+times invaded the southern sections, conquering various other tribes,
+occupying their territory, and thus mingling with all the people from
+whom originated the present nations of Europe. Thus, in remote ages,
+the Scandinavians, among others, by their conquests and their
+emigration, have contributed largely to the modern elements of
+society. With this explanation we will look at Scandinavia in detail,
+beginning with Norway. Between what degrees of latitude does it lie?"
+
+"Between forty and ninety," replied an enthusiastic youth.
+
+"True--quite right; and a safe answer. If you had said between one and
+ninety, the answer would have been just as good for any other country
+as for Norway. I would like to have the jacket fit a little closer."
+
+"Between fifty-eight and seventy-one, north," answered one who was
+better posted.
+
+"Exactly right; about the same latitude as Greenland, and our
+newly-acquired Alaska. Our ship is anchored in the same parallel as
+the northern part of Labrador, and one degree south of the southern
+point of Greenland. But it is not as 'cold as Greenland, here,' the
+temperature being some twelve degrees milder, because the warm waters
+of the Gulf Stream are discharged upon its shores. You know its
+boundaries. It is one thousand and eighty miles from the Naze to the
+North Cape, and varies from forty to two hundred and seventy miles in
+width. How many square miles has it?"
+
+"One hundred and twenty-three thousand square miles."
+
+"Or a little larger than the six New England States, New York, and New
+Jersey united. The country is mountainous, and abounds in picturesque
+scenery. Precipices, cataracts, and rushing torrents are very numerous
+in the central and northern parts. The Voeringfos is a waterfall, and
+the Rjukanfos, near the central part, are cataracts of about nine
+hundred feet perpendicular descent; but of course the volume of water
+is not very large. The highest mountains are between eight and nine
+thousand feet high. Norway has an abundance of rivers, but none of
+them are very long. The coast, as you have seen, is fringed with
+islands, which, with the numerous indentations, form a vast number of
+bays, straits, channels, and sounds, which are called _fjords_ here.
+One of the principal of these is Christiania Fjord, which you will
+ascend in a few days. The country also abounds in lakes, which, as in
+most mountainous regions, are very narrow, being simply the widenings
+of the rivers. The largest of these is Mioesen Lake, fifty-five miles
+long, and from one to twelve wide.
+
+"The soil is not very good, and the Norwegians are not progressive
+farmers. They cling to the methods of their sires, and modern
+improvements find but little favor among them. The winter is long, and
+the summer short; but by a provision of provident nature, the crops
+mature more rapidly than in some of the southern climes, as grain has
+been reaped six weeks after it was sowed. The principal crops are the
+grains; but the supply is not equal to the demand, and considerable
+importations are received from Denmark and Russia. In the south the
+farmers devote themselves to stock-raising, while in the north the
+Lapps derive nearly all the comforts of life from the reindeer, the
+care of which is their chief industry.
+
+"The extensive product of pine and fir have created a vast trade in
+lumber, which constitutes three fourths of the exports to the United
+Kingdom, and a considerable portion of the inhabitants in the wooded
+districts are employed in cutting, sawing, and sending to market the
+wealth of the forests. Next in importance to this are the fisheries,
+which yield about five million dollars a year. Cod, haddock, and
+herring are cured for exportation, and are an important source of
+revenue. Besides these, the roe of the cod is sent to France, Italy,
+and Spain, as bait for sardines. Norway supplies London with lobsters.
+Norway iron, as well as Swedish, is very celebrated; but the mines are
+poorly managed, as are those of copper and silver.
+
+"The kingdom of Norway is divided into eighteen provinces, which are
+called Amts. Its population, in 1865, was one million seven hundred
+thousand, showing an increase of about two hundred thousand in ten
+years. The government is a constitutional monarchy."
+
+"I thought it was a part of Sweden," said one of the students.
+
+"Not at all. The King of Sweden is also the King of Norway; but each
+country has its own independent and separate government. Each has its
+own legislature, makes its own laws, and raises and expends its own
+revenues. The king exercises his functions as ruler over both kingdoms
+through a council of state, composed of an equal number of Swedes and
+Norwegians, whose duty it is to advise the sovereign, and, in
+accordance with a peculiar feature of monarchy, to take the
+responsibility when any blunder is made; for "the king can do no
+wrong." If anything is wrong, some one else did it. Having the same
+king, who rules over each nation separately, is the only connection
+between Norway and Sweden. The former pays about one hundred and
+twenty thousand dollars of his civil list, and he is obliged to reside
+in Norway during a small portion of each year.
+
+"The constitution of Norway is one of the most democratic in Europe.
+The legislative and part of the executive power is vested in the
+Storthing, which means the 'great court,' composed of the
+representatives of the people. The king has but little power, though
+he has a limited veto upon the acts passed by the legislative body. He
+can create no order of nobility, or grant any titles or dignities. The
+members of the Storthing are elected indirectly by the people; and
+when they assemble, they divide themselves into two houses,
+corresponding to our Senate and House of Representatives. All acts
+must pass both chambers, and in case of disagreement, the two bodies
+come together, and discuss the subject.
+
+"The religion of Norway is Lutheran, and few of any other sect are to
+be found; formerly, no other was tolerated, but now religious freedom
+prevails, though Jesuits and monks of any order are sternly excluded.
+The clergy, who are generally very well educated, have an average
+income of about a thousand dollars a year, and I think are better paid
+than even in our own country. The people are well instructed, and one
+who cannot read and write is seldom found.
+
+"The early history of Norway is that of most of the countries of
+Europe--a powerful chief subjugated his neighbors, and united the
+tribes into a nation. Harold the Fair-haired, whose father had
+conquered the southern part of the country, fell in love with Gyda,
+the daughter of a petty king, who refused to wed him till he had
+absolute sway over the entire country. Pleased with the lady's spirit,
+he vowed never to cut or comb his hair till all Norway lay at his
+feet. It appears that he eventually had occasion for his barber's
+services, and wedded the lady. This was in the ninth century; and the
+victories of Harold drove many of the Norsemen, or Northmen, to seek
+their fortunes in other lands. They discovered and colonized Greenland
+and Iceland, and even established settlements on the continental
+portion of North America. Traces of them have been found on the Gulf
+of St. Lawrence, and some claim that they founded settlements farther
+south. They figure largely in the early history of England and
+Scotland, and even carried their piratical arms into Russia, Flanders,
+France, Italy, and other territories.
+
+"A son of Harold, who had been educated in England, brought
+Christianity into Norway; but, it was three centuries before the new
+faith had established itself. Like the Hindoos, Greeks, and Romans,
+the ancient Scandinavians had a mythology, upon which their religion
+was based. They believed that in the beginning all was chaos, in which
+was a fountain that sent forth twelve rivers. These streams flowed so
+far from their source that the waters froze, and the ice, defying the
+modern law of nature, sank till the fathomless deep was filled up. Far
+south of the world of mist, in which this miracle was wrought, was a
+world of fire and light, whence proceeded a hot wind that melted the
+ice, from the drops of which came the ice-giant, whose name was Ymir,
+and from whom proceeded a race of ice-giants. From the wedding of the
+ice and heat of the two extremes of the world came a cow, from which
+ran four streams of milk, the food of the ice-giants. While this
+wonderful beast was licking the salt stones in the ice, which formed
+her diet, a quantity of human hair grew out of them, and the next day
+a human head was developed, and then appeared a whole man. Boer, the
+son of this man, married a daughter of one of the ice-giants, and they
+had three children, the oldest of whom was Odin, who became the rulers
+of heaven and earth, because they were all good, while the children of
+Ymir, the ice-giant, were evil. Then, as now, the Good and the Evil
+were at war. Finally the ice-giant was slain, and being thrown into
+space, the world was created from his body; his blood forming the sea
+and the rivers; his flesh the earth; his hair the grass; his bones the
+rocks; his teeth and broken jaws the stones; and of his head the
+heavens, at the four ends of which were placed four dwarfs, called
+North, South, East, and West. Of this giant's brains, thrown into the
+air, they formed the clouds, while of the sparks from the land of fire
+were made the stars.
+
+"As the sons of Boer, who, you must remember, were the gods of heaven
+and earth, were walking on the shore of the sea, they discovered two
+blocks, whereof they created a man and a woman. Odin gave them life
+and souls, while his brothers endowed them with other human faculties
+and powers. Odin was the Jupiter, the chief, of the northern gods. He
+is the god of song and of war, and was the inventor of the Runic
+characters, or alphabet. He was the ruler of Valhalla, the home of
+heroes slain in battle. There is much more that is curious and
+interesting in the mythology of the Scandinavians, which I must ask
+you to read for yourselves.
+
+"Olaf II. propagated Christianity with fire and sword. He demolished
+the temples of paganism, and founded Trondhjem, or Drontheim, as it is
+called on our maps. His successor, St. Olaf, followed his example,
+till his cruelty excited a rebellion, and Canute the Great, of
+Denmark, landing in Norway, was elected king. Olaf fled into Sweden,
+where he organized an army, and attempted to recover his throne; but
+he was defeated and slain in a battle near Trondhjem. His body was
+found, a few years later, in a perfect state of preservation, which
+was regarded as a miracle, and Olaf was canonized as a saint. His
+remains are said to have wrought many miracles, and up to the time of
+the Reformation, thousands of pilgrims annually visited his shrine at
+Trondhjem. Even in London churches were dedicated to this saint.
+
+"Canute gave Norway to his son Sweyn, who, upon the death of his
+father, was dispossessed of the throne by Magnus I., the son of St.
+Olaf. He was succeeded by Harold III., a great warrior, who founded
+Osloe, now Christiania. After Olaf III. and Magnus III. came Sigurd,
+who, in 1107, made a pilgrimage of four years to Jerusalem, with a
+fleet of sixty vessels, and distinguished himself in the holy wars.
+His death was followed by civil dissensions, until Hako IV. obtained
+the throne. He lost his life in an attempt to retain the Hebrides
+Islands, claimed by Scotland. Then war with Denmark, the monopoly of
+trade by the Hanse towns, and a fearful plague, which depopulated
+whole sections, produced a decline in the national prosperity of
+Norway. Hako VI., who died in 1380, had married the daughter of the
+King of Denmark, and the crown of Norway descended to his son, Olaf
+III., of Denmark, in whom the sovereignties of Norway and Denmark were
+united. Olaf was succeeded by his mother Margaret, celebrated in
+history as 'the Semiramis of the North.' She conquered Sweden, and
+annexed it to her own dominions. By the 'Union of Calmar,' signed by
+the principal nobles and prelates of the three Scandinavian kingdoms,
+the three crowns were united in one person, the subjects of each to
+have equal rights. This compact was disregarded, and Norway was
+hopelessly oppressed by the ruler. The Union, however, continued till
+1623; but Norway was subject to Denmark till 1814.
+
+"When the allied powers of Europe, which were engaged in putting down
+the first Napoleon, rearranged the map of Europe, the destiny of
+Norway was changed. Russia wanted Finland, and she offered Norway in
+compensation for it to Sweden, with the further condition that
+Bernadotte should join the allies. He accepted the terms, and the King
+of Denmark was compelled, by force of arms, to cede Norway to Sweden.
+The Norwegians would not submit to the change, and declared their
+independence. Prince Christian, of Denmark, who was then governor
+general of Norway, called a convention of the people at Eidsvold, and
+a new constitution was framed, and the prince elected King of Norway.
+Bernadotte invaded Norway with a Swedish army, while the allies
+blockaded the coast. Resistance was hopeless, and as Sweden offered
+favorable terms, Christian abdicated, and an arrangement was
+immediately effected. The constitution was accepted by the king, and
+Norway became an independent nation, united to Sweden under one king.
+Bernadotte became King of Sweden and Norway under the title of Charles
+XIV., John. He refused the Norwegians a separate national flag; but
+when he attempted to alter the constitution to suit his own views, the
+Storthing resolutely and successfully resisted his interference. This
+body abolished titles of nobility--an act which the king vetoed; but
+three successive Storthings passed the law, and thus, by the
+constitution, made it valid in spite of the veto. The Norwegians were
+not to be intimidated even by the appearance of a military force, and
+have ever been jealous to the last degree of their rights and
+privileges as a nation.
+
+"Bernadotte was succeeded by his son Oscar I., who gave the Norwegians
+a separate national flag; and he flattered the vanity of the people by
+allowing himself to be styled the 'King of Norway and Sweden' in all
+public acts relating to Norway, instead of 'Sweden and Norway.' In
+1859, Oscar was succeeded by his son Charles XV., who is now the King
+of Sweden and Norway. In the history of Denmark and Sweden, more will
+be said of this kingdom.
+
+"In French, Norway is _Norvege_; in German, _Norwegen_; in Spanish,
+_Noruega_; and _Norge_ in the Scandinavian languages. Now, I dare say
+you would like to visit the shore."
+
+The professor closed his remarks, and the several boatswains piped
+away their crews.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+MR. CLYDE BLACKLOCK AND MOTHER.
+
+
+Belonging to the squadron were fourteen boats, ranging from the
+twelve-oar barge down to the four-oar cutter. In the waters of
+Brockway harbor, rowing had been the principal exercise of the
+students, though the daily evolutions in seamanship were well
+calculated to develop the muscles and harden the frame. They had been
+carefully trained in the art, and, enjoying the amusement which it
+afforded, they were apt scholars. As the safety of the squadron and
+the saving of life at sea might often depend upon the skill with which
+the boats were handled, the principal devoted a great deal of
+attention to this branch of nautical education. To give an additional
+zest to the exercise, he had occasionally offered prizes at the
+boat-races which the students were encouraged to pull; and the first
+cutter was now in possession of a beautiful silk flag, won by the
+power of the crew in rowing.
+
+Every boy in the squadron was a swimmer. In the summer season this
+accomplishment had been taught as an art, an hour being devoted to the
+lesson every day, if the weather was suitable. Cleats, the adult
+boatswain of the Josephine, was the "professor" of the art, having
+been selected for the responsible position on account of his
+remarkable skill as a swimmer. The boys were trained in diving,
+floating, swimming under water, and taught to perform various
+evolutions. Not alone in the tranquil bay were they educated to the
+life of the fishes, but also in the surf, and among the great waves.
+They were taught to get into a boat from the water in a heavy sea. A
+worn-out old longboat had done duty during the preceding summer as a
+wreck, in order to familiarize the students with the possibilities of
+their future experience. It was so prepared that a portion of its
+planking could be suddenly knocked out, and the boat almost instantly
+filled with water; and the problem was, to meet this emergency in the
+best manner. Other boats were at hand in case of a real accident, or
+if any naturally timid fellow lost his presence of mind. While the
+"wreck," as the practice boat was called, was moving along over the
+waves, pulled by half a dozen boys, Cleats, without warning or notice
+of his intention, opened the aperture near her keel. Sometimes she was
+loaded with stones, so that she went to the bottom like a rock, though
+this part of the programme was always carried out on a beach, where
+the receding tide would enable the professor to recover the boat. The
+crew were then to save themselves by swimming ashore, or to another
+boat. Sometimes, also, the "wreck" was loaded with broken spars,
+pieces of board, and bits of rope; and the problem was for the crew
+to construct a raft in the water, often in a rough sea. All these
+exercises, and many others, were heartily enjoyed by the boys, and a
+ringing cheer always announced the safety of a crew, either on the
+shore, in a boat, or on the raft.
+
+Many persons, and even those who are tolerable swimmers, have been
+drowned simply by the loss of their presence of mind. The dashing of
+the waves, or the great distance of the land or other place of safety,
+intimidates them, and they are unable to use their powers. But the
+students of the squadron were gradually and carefully accustomed to
+the water, so that they could swim a reasonable distance without
+wearing themselves out, could rest their limbs by floating, and were
+taught to avail themselves of any expedient to secure their safety. If
+a boat was stove on the rocks in a surf, or was run down by a vessel,
+the fact of being in the water did not frighten them out of their
+wits, for they had been trained to feel quite at home, as in their
+native element. They were actually drilled to confront danger in
+every imaginable form. But a gentle and timid boy was not pitched
+into the water, even after he had learned to swim. His constitutional
+shrinking was slowly and skilfully overcome, so that even the most
+delicate--though but few such ever found their way into the ranks of
+the squadron--took to the water as a pastime. Of course the degree of
+proficiency in the art of swimming, and of the acquired ability to
+meet danger in the water, differed very widely in different boys; but
+all were accustomed to the waves, and, in a measure, to leading the
+life of a duck or a fish.
+
+The crews of the several boats piped over the side, and took their
+places, the rest of the students being distributed in the barges and
+cutters, till only the adult officers remained in the ship. Each one,
+as it was loaded, pulled off, and took its station in the order in
+which the boat squadron usually moved. The commodore's barge and the
+ship's first cutter, each twelve oars, led the van, while the other
+boats came in four ranks of three each. All the boats carried the
+American flag at the stern, and each one had its number at the bow.
+All the Young America's boats had their numbers on a white, the
+Josephine's on a green, and the Tritonia's on a blue flag.
+
+The tactics of the boat squadron were many and various, which had
+been adopted more to give interest to the exercise than for any
+inherent utility. These movements were regulated by signals from the
+commodore's barge. Mr. Lowington had decided to make an excursion
+among the islands in the Fjord before dinner, and visit the town in
+the afternoon. A pilot was put in the commodore's barge, and Captain
+Cumberland, as acting flag officer, was in command of the squadron.
+The principal and Professor Badois were passengers in his barge.
+
+The cutters were formed in their usual array, and the two boats
+from the yachts brought up the rear. The signal officer, who was a
+quartermaster from the ship, at the order of the captain, elevated the
+white flag crossed with red, with which all the signals were made. The
+coxswains of the several boats could see this flag, while the oarsmen
+could not, being back to the barge, and not allowed to look behind
+them.
+
+"Oars!" said each coxswain, as soon as the signal appeared.
+
+At this command the several crews, who had been laying on their oars,
+prepared for the stroke. The signal officer dropped the flag to the
+port side of the barge.
+
+"Give way!" added each coxswain; and the boat squadron moved off.
+
+In order to keep the lines full, the larger quarter boat of the Grace
+had been borrowed and manned, and now took the place of the second
+cutter, which had been stove, and upon which the three carpenters of
+the squadron were now at work, making the necessary repairs. The fleet
+made a splendid appearance, with the flags flying, and with the
+officers and crews in their best uniforms. The people on the shore,
+and on board of the various vessels in the harbor, gathered to see the
+brilliant array. The crew of an English steamer cheered lustily, and
+the lady passengers waved their handkerchiefs. Suddenly the signal on
+the commodore's barge went up again.
+
+"Stand by to toss!" said the several coxswains, as the fleet of boats
+came abreast of the steamer, which was the Orlando, bound from Hull to
+Christiania.
+
+The signal went down to the port side.
+
+"Toss!" continued the coxswains, only loud enough to be heard by the
+crews, for they had been taught that the unnecessary screaming of
+orders makes an officer seem ridiculous, and injures the effect of the
+manoeuvre.
+
+At the word every oar went up, and was held perpendicularly in the air
+with the left hand. A bugle blast from the barge at this moment
+brought every student to his feet, with his right hand to his cap.
+
+"One!" said the coxswain of each boat, at a dip of the signal flag.
+
+A rousing cheer, accompanied by a swing of the cap, followed, and
+was twice repeated, making up the complement of the three cheers, in
+return for the salutations of the steamer's people. Her crew returned
+the compliment in like manner. At another blast of the bugle, the
+crews were seated with their oars still up. Again the signal in the
+barge was elevated.
+
+"Stand by!" said the coxswains, which was only a warning to be ready.
+
+The flag dropped to port.
+
+"Let fall!" added the coxswain; and all the oars dropped into the
+water together, while the flag was again elevated. "Give way!" and the
+stroke was resumed.
+
+The passengers of the Orlando clapped their hands vigorously, as they
+witnessed the perfection of the movements. The fleet proceeded up
+the bay towards the west front of the town, where a considerable
+collection of people had assembled to witness the novel parade. The
+barge led the way to the extreme west of the bay, where the signal
+flag was again exhibited, and then swung first to the port and then to
+the starboard. This was the signal for coming into single line, and
+the coxswain of each boat gave the orders necessary to bring it into
+range. It was so managed that each boat came into the new order as it
+turned to pass in front of the town; so that they proceeded in a
+single line before the people, but not more than twenty feet apart.
+Once more the signal flag appeared, with a double motion upwards.
+
+"Stand by to lay on your oars!" said the coxswains. "Oars!" they
+continued, as the flag swung down to starboard. "Hold water!"
+
+These orders soon brought the boats to a stand. The signal flag moved
+in a horizontal circle.
+
+"Pull, starboard; back, port. Give way!" continued the coxswains; and
+the effect of this evolution was to turn the boats as on a pivot.
+"Oars!" and the crew ceased pulling, with their oars all on a level,
+and the blades feathered.
+
+The boats had been turned half round, and each coxswain aligned his
+own by the barge on the right. In this position three cheers were
+given in compliment to the people on the shore, though the Norwegians
+seemed to be too dull and heavy to comprehend the nature of the
+movement. The boats swung again, and continued on their way, in single
+line, through the narrow passage between Odderoe and the main land.
+Under the direction of the native pilot, the barge led the way among
+the islands, affording the students an opportunity to see the shores.
+When the fleet came into the broad channel, the order was resumed, as
+at first, and after various manoeuvres, it was dismissed, each boat
+returning to the vessel to which it belonged.
+
+The appearance of the fleet, including the two beautiful yachts, and
+the evolutions of the boats, had created a decided sensation on board
+of the Orlando, which was crowded with passengers, most of them
+tourists on their way to the interior of Norway. The crews of the
+several vessels piped to dinner as soon as they returned from the
+excursion; but the meal was hardly finished before visitors from the
+steamer began to arrive, and the boatmen in the harbor made a good
+harvest on the occasion. Among those who came to the ship was an
+elegantly dressed lady, with her son and daughter, attended by a
+servant man in livery. Mrs. Garberry Blacklock was duly presented to
+the principal by one of the gentlemen who had introduced himself. She
+was evidently a very fine lady; for she was "distinguished" in her
+manners as well as in her dress. And her son, Clyde Blacklock, was as
+evidently a very fine young gentleman, though he was only fourteen
+years of age. It is doubtful whether Miss Celia Blacklock could be
+regarded as a very fine young lady, for she appeared to be very
+pretty, and very modest and retiring, with but a very moderate
+estimate of her own importance.
+
+For the tenth time Mr. Lowington briefly explained the nature of the
+institution over which he presided; and the fine lady listened with
+languishing _ennui_.
+
+"But it is a very rough life for young gentlemen," suggested Mrs.
+Blacklock. "I should fancy they would become very, _very_ rude."
+
+"Not necessarily," replied the principal. "We intend that the students
+shall behave like gentlemen, and we think the discipline of the ship
+has a tendency to promote good manners."
+
+"They must live like sailors, and sailors are very, _very_ rude."
+
+"Not necessarily, madam. There is nothing in the occupation itself
+that--"
+
+"But I wish to know what the fellows do," interposed Mr. Clyde
+Blacklock.
+
+"There is nothing in the occupation itself that begets rudeness,"
+added Mr. Lowington, giving no attention to the young gentleman, who
+had so impolitely broken in upon the conversation of his elders. "I
+see no reason why a young man cannot be a gentleman in a ship as well
+as on shore."
+
+"I dare say you have sailors to do the dirty work."
+
+"No, madam; our students do all the work."
+
+"Do they put their own fingers into the pitch and the tar?" inquired
+the lady, with a curl of the lip which indicated her horror.
+
+"Certainly; but we think pitch and tar are not half so defiling as
+evil thoughts and bad manners."
+
+"They are very, _very_ disagreeable. The odor of tar and pitch is
+intolerable."
+
+"We do not find it so, for--"
+
+"I say, I wish to know what the fellows do."
+
+"We are accustomed to the odor of them," continued the principal. "To
+some people the scent of musk, and even otto of roses, is not
+pleasant; and, for my part, I rather enjoy that of tar and pitch."
+
+"That is very, _very_ singular. But Clyde desires to know what the
+young gentlemen do," added the lady, glancing at her son, behind whom
+stood the man in livery, as though he were the boy's exclusive
+property.
+
+"They have a regular routine of study," replied Mr. Lowington,
+addressing the lady, and declining even to glance at the original
+inquirer, for the rudeness of Mr. Clyde in interrupting the
+conversation seemed to merit a rebuke. "They attend to the studies
+usually pursued in the highest class of academies, including the
+modern languages and navigation, the latter being a speciality in the
+course."
+
+"I don't care what they study," said Clyde. "What do they do in the
+ship?"
+
+"We prepare boys for college, and beyond that pursue a regular college
+course, so far as our facilities will permit. Our students have the
+advantage of travel; for, in the present cruise, we shall visit all
+the principal nations of Europe."
+
+"What do they do in the ship?"
+
+"Clyde desires to know what the boys do in the ship," added the lady.
+
+"They learn good manners, for the first thing, madam. There are
+fifteen officers in this vessel, and nine in each of the others. They
+are all students, who take their rank according to their merit. The
+best scholar in each is the captain, and so on."
+
+"Does the captain manage the ship?" asked Clyde.
+
+"Certainly."
+
+"I should like to be the captain," exclaimed the young gentleman.
+
+"Do you think you could manage the ship?" asked his mother, with a
+smile which expressed the pride she felt in the towering ambition of
+her son.
+
+"I could, if any fellow could."
+
+"Clyde is very fond of the sea; indeed, he worries me sadly by his
+adventurous spirit," said his mother.
+
+"I think it would do him good to go to sea," added the principal,
+rather dryly.
+
+"The students made a beautiful appearance in their boats to-day,"
+continued Mrs. Blacklock. "It was really very, _very_ wonderful."
+
+"They handle the boats very well indeed, but their skill was only
+acquired by long and careful training. As we have a considerable
+number of visitors on board, madam, we will show you a little
+seamanship. Captain Cumberland," he added, turning to the young
+commander, who had been making himself agreeable to Miss Celia
+Blacklock.
+
+The captain asked the young lady to excuse him, and stepping up to the
+principal, bowed gracefully, and raised his cap.
+
+"He's a regular swell," said Clyde to his man.
+
+"He's a young gentleman as is highly polished, which these naval
+officers is generally," replied Jeems.
+
+Mr. Lowington directed the captain to call all hands, and go through
+the evolutions of loosing and furling, for the gratification of the
+guests of the ship. Captain Cumberland bowed and raised his cap again
+as he retired, and the principal hoped that Clyde would take a lesson
+in good manners from him.
+
+"Will you walk to the quarter-deck, Miss Blacklock," said the captain,
+touching his cap to the young lady, to whom he had been formally
+introduced by the principal. "We are going to loose and furl, and you
+can see better there than here."
+
+"With pleasure," replied Miss Celia. "But what did you say you were
+going to do?"
+
+"Loose and furl the sails," replied the captain, as he conducted the
+fair miss to the quarter-deck, where they were followed by Mr.
+Lowington and the rest of the party.
+
+"Mr. Judson," said the commander.
+
+"Here, sir," replied the first lieutenant.
+
+"Call all hands to loose and furl."
+
+"All hands, sir," responded Judson, touching his cap to his superior,
+as all on board were required to do.
+
+"They are all swells," said Clyde to his man.
+
+"All hands, loose sails!" shouted the boatswain, as he blew the proper
+blast on his whistle.
+
+In a few moments every officer and seaman was at his station for the
+manoeuvre indicated by the call. The students, aware that they were
+simply to "show off," were fully determined to astonish the wondering
+crowd on the decks.
+
+"Stand by to lay aloft, the ready-men!" shouted the first lieutenant,
+as he received the order from the captain.
+
+It was repeated by the second lieutenant on the forecastle, the third
+in the waist, and the fourth on the quarter-deck.
+
+"All ready, sir!" reported the several officers.
+
+"Lay aloft!"
+
+At the command those whose duty it was to prepare the sails and
+rigging for the manoeuvre sprang up the rigging, and in three
+minutes the midshipman aloft reported that all was ready.
+
+"Lay aloft, sail-loosers!" continued the first lieutenant.
+
+The seamen, who were arranged in proper order on deck, the royal
+yard men first, then those who belonged on the top-gallant yards, the
+topsail, and the lower yards, placed in succession, so that each could
+reach his station without passing others, leaped into the rigging, and
+went up like so many cats.
+
+"Man the boom tricing-lines!"
+
+These are ropes by which the studding-sail booms, which lie on the
+yards, are hauled up out of the way.
+
+"Trice up!"
+
+The studding-sail booms were drawn up.
+
+"Lay out! Loose sails!"
+
+The hands jumped upon the foot-ropes, and worked themselves out to
+their places on the yards, where they loosed the sails, overhauled the
+rigging, and made everything ready for the final evolution. The
+midshipman in the tops reported to the officers on deck when the
+preparations were completed, and the lieutenants on deck, in their
+turn, reported to the first lieutenant.
+
+"Let fall!" said the executive officer; and all, as one, the sails
+dropped from the yards.
+
+The precision of the movement called forth a demonstration of applause
+from the visitors. Mr. Clyde Blacklock stood with his mouth open,
+looking up at the students on the yards, but occasionally glancing at
+the "swellish" first lieutenant, who seemed to be the master-spirit of
+the occasion, because he spoke in a loud voice, while the captain, who
+really controlled the evolutions, could hardly be heard, except by the
+executive officer, to whom alone his order was given.
+
+"Lay in! Lay down from aloft!" said the first lieutenant; and in a
+moment more all hands were on deck again.
+
+"Do you ever man the yards, sir?" asked a gentleman of the principal.
+
+"Occasionally, sir--not often. You are aware that it requires some
+preparation, for we are obliged to extend life-lines over the yards,"
+replied Mr. Lowington. "We are not in condition to do it now. If we
+should happen to be visited by the king at Copenhagen or Stockholm,
+and had previous notice, we should certainly do it."
+
+The crew were then required to go through the manoeuvre of furling
+sails, which was performed with the same precision as the first
+evolution, and to the great satisfaction of the guests, who were then
+invited to visit the cabins and steerage of the ship.
+
+"Mother, I like this thing," said Mr. Clyde Blacklock.
+
+"It's all very, _very_ fine, Clyde," replied the tender mother.
+
+"And the ship's going up the Baltic, and then up the Mediterranean."
+
+"Yes, Clyde."
+
+"And I want to go in her."
+
+"You, Clyde!"
+
+"Yes, that's what I say."
+
+"And be a sailor?"
+
+"I always told you I wanted to be a sailor. Didn't that head master,
+or whatever he is, say it would do me good to go to sea?"
+
+"Perhaps he did, but I can't go with you, my dear."
+
+"I don't want you to go with me. I'm not a baby!" protested the
+indignant youth.
+
+"But you are my only son, dear."
+
+"If you had forty only sons, it would be all the same to me. I say I
+want to go in this ship, and be a sailor."
+
+Mrs. Blacklock was appalled, and was sorely disturbed by the
+announcement of her son. The young gentleman insisted that he should
+be entered at once as a member of the ship's company. He suggested to
+his anxious mother that she could travel by land while he went by sea,
+and that she could see him every time the ship went into port. The
+lady appeared to see no alternative, but evidently felt compelled to
+yield to her son's demand. It was plain enough, even to a casual
+observer, that Clyde was the head of the family. Mrs. Blacklock
+promised to speak to the principal, but she hoped he would not be
+able to take her son. Before she had an opportunity to make the
+application, the Orlando's bell rang for her passengers to return. The
+sound seemed to be a relief to the lady; but Mr. Clyde put his foot
+down just there, and upset all her hopes.
+
+"Come, Clyde; the Orlando is ready to go," said she.
+
+"Let her go," replied the hopeful son.
+
+"But we must go on board."
+
+"You may go. I'm off to sea in this ship."
+
+"Not now, my dear," pleaded Mrs. Blacklock.
+
+"Now's the time. If you don't speak to that head master yourself, I
+shall do so."
+
+"Not now, my dearest boy. This ship is going to Christiania, and we
+will speak to the gentleman on the subject when she arrives. Come,
+Clyde; the boat is waiting for us, and all the other passengers have
+gone."
+
+"You can't fool me, mother. I'm going to sea now. I like this ship,
+and I rather like those swells of officers."
+
+Clyde positively refused to leave the ship, though his mother, almost
+in tears, begged him to accompany her.
+
+"My son won't go with me," said she, as Mr. Lowington came towards her
+to ascertain the cause of their delay.
+
+"If you desire, madam, the boatswain will put him into the boat for
+you," replied the principal.
+
+"Put me into the boat!" exclaimed the indignant youth. "I should be
+glad to see him do it!"
+
+"Should you? Peaks!"
+
+"On deck, sir," replied the big boatswain, touching his cap to the
+principal.
+
+"Pray, don't, sir--don't!" begged the lady. "Clyde wants to go to sea
+in your ship."
+
+"O, does he, indeed!" exclaimed the principal. "We have a vacant
+place, and he can be accommodated."
+
+The fond mother's heart sank at this announcement. Mr. Lowington,
+though his experience with students of this description had been far
+from satisfactory, felt that his duty to humanity required him to take
+this boy, who was evidently on the high road to ruin through the weak
+indulgence of his mother.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+A DAY AT CHRISTIANSAND.
+
+
+"But, madam, your steamer seems to be on the point of starting,"
+suggested Mr. Lowington, as the Orlando rang her bell, and whistled
+violently.
+
+"I cannot help it," replied the lady, apparently taking no notice of
+the steamer. "I came over here on a pleasure excursion, and now I feel
+as though I had lost my son."
+
+"Lost him, madam! We intend to save him," laughed Mr. Lowington. "But
+we have no claim upon him. If you desire to leave in the steamer, the
+boatswain shall put the boy on board whether he is willing or not."
+
+"No, no; that would be very, _very_ harsh. Let the steamer go. This
+matter is of vastly more consequence than going to Christiania.
+James," she added, turning to the man in livery, "you will take the
+boat, get our baggage from the steamer, and take it to the hotel on
+shore."
+
+"Yes, mem," replied James, as he very deliberately went over the side
+into the boat.
+
+"This will be a sad day to me, sir," continued Mrs. Blacklock, as she
+glanced at her son, who was whistling an air from the last opera, as
+indifferent as though his mother had been at peace in her own
+drawing-room.
+
+"I beg to repeat, madam, that I have not the slightest wish to take
+your son into this institution."
+
+"But Clyde insists upon joining the ship, and what can I do?"
+
+"You can say no, if you please."
+
+"You had better not say it, mother; if you do, I will run away, and go
+to sea in a merchant ship," added Clyde, shaking his head.
+
+"You hear, sir, what he says," replied Mrs. Blacklock, with a long and
+deep sigh.
+
+"That would be the very best thing in the world for a boy troubled
+with his complaint," answered Mr. Lowington.
+
+"I have no complaint; I'm not sick," growled Clyde.
+
+"I'm afraid you are, my boy, though you don't know it. The most
+dangerous maladies often make great progress even before their
+existence is suspected."
+
+"Nothing ails me," added Clyde.
+
+"This seems to be a very nice ship, and you say the students are all
+gentlemen," continued the lady, glancing around her at the ship and
+the crew. "If Clyde must go to sea--"
+
+"I must, mother," interposed the young gentleman, very decidedly.
+
+"If he must go to sea, he had better go with you, sir."
+
+"If you will walk into the cabin, madam, I will show you our
+regulations," said the principal, leading the way down the steps.
+
+Clyde followed, apparently unwilling that a word should be said which
+he could not hear.
+
+"I want to speak with your mother alone," interposed Mr. Lowington.
+
+"I'm going too," persisted Clyde, after Mrs. Blacklock had descended
+the stairs.
+
+"I prefer to see your mother alone," added the principal, firmly.
+
+"You are going to talk about me, and I want to hear what is said,"
+replied the youth, rudely.
+
+"Peaks, remain here," said the principal to the big boatswain, who had
+followed them to the companionway.
+
+Mr. Lowington descended the steps, and Peaks slipped in behind him,
+fully understanding his duty without any explanations. Clyde attempted
+to follow, but the entrance was effectually blockaded by the stalwart
+forward officer.
+
+"Get out of my way; I want to go down there," said Clyde, in no gentle
+tones.
+
+"It can't be done, my hearty," replied Peaks.
+
+"I'm going down, any way."
+
+"I think not, my little gentleman."
+
+"Yes, I am! Get out of my way."
+
+"Ease off, my hearty. Don't get up a squall."
+
+"I want to see my mother," growled Clyde.
+
+"You were not invited to the cabin, and your mother was," answered
+Peaks, very mildly.
+
+"I don't care if I wasn't; I'm going down."
+
+"So you said before;" and the boatswain tried to pacify the youngster,
+and to induce him to be reasonable; but Clyde had always had his own
+way, and was ready to fight for it now, even though he had nothing to
+gain by it.
+
+Captain Cumberland was still walking with Miss Celia, explaining to
+her the nature of the discipline on board, and giving her an account
+of the voyage across the Atlantic. A group of the officers had
+collected on the quarter-deck, and, much amused at the scene, were
+observing the conduct of Clyde. As he became more violent, his sister
+tried to quiet him, and induce him to behave like a gentleman; but he
+replied to her in a tone and with words which made the captain's
+cheeks tinge with indignation.
+
+Finally, when he found that abuse had no effect upon the stout
+boatswain, he drew back, and made a desperate plunge at his heavy
+opponent. Peaks caught him by the shoulders, and lifted him off his
+feet like a baby. Taking him in his arms, with one hand over his
+mouth, to smother his cries, he bore him to the waist, where his yells
+could not be heard by his mother.
+
+"Be quiet, little one," said Peaks, as he seated himself on the
+main-hatch, and twined his long legs around those of the prisoner, so
+that he was held as fast as though he had been in the folds of an
+anaconda. "Hold still, now, and I'll spin you a sea-yarn. Once on a
+time there was a little boy that wanted to go to sea--"
+
+"Let me go, or I'll kill you!" sputtered Clyde; but the boatswain
+covered his mouth again, and silenced him.
+
+"Kill me! That would be wicked. But I'm not a mosquito, to be cracked
+in the fingers of such a dear little boy as you are. But you snapped
+off my yarn; and if you don't hold still, I can't spin it ship-shape."
+
+Clyde had well nigh exhausted his breath in his fruitless struggle,
+and before his sister went far enough forward to see him, he was
+tolerably calm, because he had no more strength to resist. Then the
+boatswain told his story of a boy that wanted to go to sea, but found
+that he could not have his own way on board the ship.
+
+In the cabin, Mrs. Blacklock told a pitiful story of the wilfulness of
+her son; that she was obliged to do just as he said, and if he wanted
+anything, however absurd it might be, she was obliged to give it to
+him, or he made the house too "hot" for her. Her husband had died when
+the children were small, and the whole care of them had devolved on
+her. Clyde had made her miserable for several years. She had sent
+him to several celebrated schools; but he had got into trouble
+immediately, and she had been compelled to take him away, to prevent
+him from killing himself and her, as she expressed it. Her husband had
+left her a handsome property, but she was afraid her son would spend
+it all, or compel her to do so, before he became of age.
+
+Mr. Lowington repeated only what most of her friends had told her
+before--that her weak indulgence would be the ruin of the boy; that he
+needed a strong arm. He was willing to take him into the Academy ship,
+but he must obey all the rules and follow all the regulations. The
+perplexed mother realized the truth of all he said.
+
+"You will take him as an officer--won't you, sir?" she asked, when
+she had in a measure reconciled herself to the discipline proposed.
+
+"Certainly not, madam," replied the principal. "If he ever becomes an
+officer, he must work himself up to that position, as the other
+students do."
+
+"But you could let him have one of the rooms in the cabin. I am
+willing to pay extra for his tuition."
+
+"No, madam; he must go with the other students, and do precisely as
+they do."
+
+"Where will his servant lodge?"
+
+"His servant?"
+
+"Yes, James. He will want a servant, for I don't know that he ever
+dressed himself alone."
+
+"He can have no servant, except those of the ship."
+
+"That's very, _very_ hard."
+
+"Perhaps it is, but if the boy can't dress himself alone, he must lie
+in his berth till he acquires the art by hard thinking. I wish you to
+understand the matter thoroughly before you leave him, madam."
+
+Mrs. Blacklock struggled with the hard terms; but even to her the case
+seemed like a desperate one, and she was willing at last to try the
+experiment, though she intended to follow the ship wherever she went,
+to save him from suicide when his situation became absolutely
+hopeless. The terms arranged, she followed Mr. Lowington on deck,
+where Clyde was discovered in the loving embrace of the big boatswain,
+who released him as soon as he saw the lady.
+
+"Now, Clyde, my dear, we have arranged it all," said Mrs. Blacklock;
+and it ought to be added that such a result would have been utterly
+impossible if the subject of the negotiations had been present.
+
+"I don't care if you have," replied Clyde, bestowing a fiery glance
+upon the boatswain, who was smiling as blandly as though earth had no
+naughty boys.
+
+"Why, what's the matter, Clyde!" demanded the anxious mother.
+
+"I've had enough of this ship," howled the little gentleman, as he
+glanced again at the stout forward officer.
+
+The complacent face of Peaks maddened him, and Clyde felt that,
+perhaps for the first time in his life, he had lost a battle. He could
+not bear the sight of the boatswain's placid features, unruffled by
+anything like anger or malice. He felt that he had not even provoked
+his powerful adversary. He howled in his anger, and then he cried in
+his desperation. Suddenly he seized a wooden belaying-pin from the
+rail, and shied it at the boatswain's head. Peaks caught it in his
+hand, as though he had been playing toss-ball with his victim; but the
+next instant his anaconda fold encircled the youth again. Mrs.
+Blacklock screamed with terror.
+
+"There is no harm done, madam," interposed the principal. "We don't
+allow boys to throw things here."
+
+"You are very, _very_ harsh with the poor boy."
+
+"And the poor boy is very, very harsh with us. He throws belaying-pins
+at our heads."
+
+"He did not mean any harm."
+
+"Perhaps not; but that's an unpleasant way of manifesting his regard."
+
+"I've had enough of this ship! I won't go in her!" howled Clyde,
+struggling to escape from the grasp of the officer.
+
+"Do you hear that, sir? Poor boy!"
+
+"He will soon learn better than to behave in this violent manner. We
+can cure him in ten minutes after you have left the ship."
+
+"What! whip him?" exclaimed the mother, with horror.
+
+"No, madam; we never strike a student under any circumstances, unless
+it be in self-defence; but if a boy won't go when ordered, we carry
+him. We always have force enough to do this without injury to the
+person."
+
+"But see the poor boy struggle!"
+
+"It will do him no harm."
+
+"He says now that he will not go in the ship."
+
+"If I were his parent, it would be as I said, not as he said, after he
+had ceased to be reasonable. I would consult the wishes and opinions
+of a boy of mine, as long as he behaved properly--no longer. You have
+only to leave him, and I assure you he shall be treated as kindly as
+he will permit us to treat him. I do not wish to influence you, but I
+am confident that ruin lies in that boy's path, unless he is
+reformed."
+
+Mrs. Blacklock actually wept. She loved the boy with a blind affection
+in spite of the disrespect and even abuse that he heaped upon her. It
+was a terrible struggle to her, but she finally decided to leave him
+on board of the ship, perhaps satisfied that nothing else could ever
+save him from himself, and her from the misery his reckless conduct
+constantly occasioned her.
+
+"You wished to go to sea, Clyde, and I have decided to leave you in
+this ship," said the poor mother, trembling with emotion.
+
+"But I tell you I won't stay in this ship," roared Clyde, as Peaks, at
+a signal from the principal, released his prisoner.
+
+"I can do nothing with you, my dear boy. You won't obey me, and I must
+leave you to those who can control you. I am going on shore now, but I
+shall see you again at Christiania."
+
+"I won't stay!" howled Clyde.
+
+"Good by, Clyde," said Mrs. Blacklock, desperately, as she folded her
+son in her arms, and kissed him on both cheeks.
+
+"I tell you I won't stay!" cried the angry youth, breaking away from
+his mother's embrace.
+
+"Make it short, madam," suggested Mr. Lowington.
+
+"Do try to be good, Clyde, and then you can come home very, _very_
+soon," added Mrs. Blacklock, as the principal conducted her to the
+accommodation ladder, where the first cutter had been manned to put
+her on shore.
+
+"I tell you again, I won't stay! If you leave me, I'll jump
+overboard."
+
+"O!" groaned the weak mother.
+
+"If you do, young man, we will pick you up with the greatest
+pleasure," said Mr. Lowington, as he hurried the lady to the side.
+
+"O, if he should!" gasped she.
+
+"There is not a particle of danger, madam; Mr. Peaks will take
+excellent care of him," replied her comforter.
+
+The boatswain, at a nod from Mr. Lowington, again embraced Clyde, but
+did not injure him, nor permit him to injure himself. The lady was
+handed into the boat, and Captain Cumberland politely performed this
+service for Miss Blacklock. Of course the poor mother was in an agony
+of doubt and anxiety, but the students in the cutter seemed to be so
+cheerful, contented and gentlemanly, that she hoped for the best.
+
+Clyde was appalled at the situation, and one of the stern realities
+of life seemed suddenly to dawn upon him. As soon as his mother
+disappeared over the side, he ceased to struggle, for he gained
+nothing by it, and the students appeared to be amused by his
+sufferings. Peaks released him, and the victim of wholesome discipline
+looked about him with a wondering stare; but there was no mother to
+cajole or intimidate, and he was thrown entirely upon his own
+resources for the means of resistance, if he purposed to resist. He
+appeared to be stupefied by the situation, and Mr. Lowington, taking
+advantage of his bewilderment, invited him into the main cabin, where
+he kindly but firmly "laid down the law" to him. Clyde was by no means
+conquered, but was rather considering how he should escape from this
+trying position. At the close of the interview, the principal handed
+the patient over to one of the stewards, and requested him to see the
+new comer clothed in the uniform of the ship. Peaks was directed to
+keep an eye on the victim while the crew were on shore.
+
+All hands were soon seated in the boats, and in half an hour all
+the students in the squadron were turned loose in the streets of
+Christiansand. Though the instructors were of the party, they were not
+required to exercise any particular supervision over their pupils.
+There was hardly anything to be seen, and as a large number of the
+students had never crossed the Atlantic before, they wanted to know if
+they had come so far to see such a town. Most of the houses were of
+wood, but they were neat and well kept. As the capital of the province
+of Christiansand, the town was the residence of the Stift Amtmand, or
+governor, and of the bishop of the diocese. It was founded in 1641,
+and having an excellent harbor, it is a place of considerable
+commercial importance, having a population of about ten thousand.
+
+The boys visited the cathedral, which is a fine building of gray
+stone, and being the first which most of them had seen, it had a
+considerable interest to them. They observed the people, and their
+manners and customs, so far as they could, with more interest than the
+buildings, which differed in no important respect from those in the
+United States. Passing across the water front of the town, they came
+to the Torrisdal River, over which there is an excellent bridge. They
+crossed the stream, and walked to an antiquated church. Some of the
+houses on the way were very neat, pretty structures, not unlike the
+one-story dwellings seen all over New England.
+
+"Here's a Runic stone," said Dr. Winstock, as the captain and several
+of the officers followed him into the burying-ground connected with
+the ancient church.
+
+"What is a Runic stone?" asked Lincoln, the third lieutenant.
+
+"A stone with Runic characters upon it."
+
+"I haven't the least idea what the word means, though Poe sings, in
+the 'Bells,'----
+
+    'Keeping time, time, time,
+     In a sort of Runic rhyme!'
+
+Runic is derived from a word which means secret; and a Runic stone
+is any memorial, table, or column, on which Runic characters are
+inscribed, as a tombstone, a boundary mark. There are sixteen of
+these characters, forming an alphabet, which were used by the ancient
+Scandinavians, and were thought by them to possess magical properties,
+and willow wands inscribed with them were used by the pagans of the
+north in their magic rites. Sticks were used as almanacs, to keep the
+account of the days and months, and also constituted the day-books and
+ledgers of the ancients. In Germany, in modern times, the baker, for
+example, and the purchaser of bread, each had a stick, and the number
+of loaves delivered was notched upon both. Scarcely less primitive was
+the custom of some of our American farmers, who kept their accounts on
+the barn door; and I have heard a story of one who, when required to
+produce his books in court at a lawsuit, carried in the barn door, and
+held it up before the judge and jury. In Denmark and Sweden you will
+see more Runic writings, especially in the museum at Copenhagen."
+
+"They seem to bury people here, in about the same manner as with us,"
+said Captain Cumberland.
+
+"There is not half so much difference between things here and those at
+home as I expected to find," added Judson.
+
+"The houses are almost the same, and so are the people," continued
+Norwood.
+
+"People coming to Europe are often disappointed because they find
+almost everything so near like what they have been accustomed to,"
+replied the doctor. "You will find Norway and Sweden more like New
+England than any other countries on the continent. But I think you
+will find differences enough to excite your interest and attention
+before you return."
+
+The students walked back to Christiansand, and having exhausted the
+town, went on board the vessels of the squadron, ready and even
+anxious to continue the voyage. The pilots were on deck, Paul Kendall
+and lady had returned to the Grace, and the principal only waited the
+arrival of the steamer Moss, from Frederiksvaern, to give the order to
+get under way. The boats were all hoisted up except the first cutter,
+which was to bring off the unfortunate crew of the professor's barge,
+as soon as they arrived.
+
+At eight o'clock the steamer came in, and the first cutter, with the
+principal on board, hastened to her landing-place, to meet Sanford and
+his companions. To his great astonishment and regret, they were not on
+board of the Moss. The captain, who spoke English very well, knew
+nothing about the absentees, and was quite confident they were not on
+board of the Foldin, the boat which had picked them up. Captain Hoell
+had said nothing to him about the accident, but then the Foldin had
+arrived only that morning, instead of the night before, when she was
+due, and their interview had been very hurried. "Did any person in the
+Moss know anything about the unfortunates?" the captain was kind
+enough to inquire; and a passenger was found who heard some one say
+that a party of young men had been landed by the Foldin at Lillesand.
+But the Moss had left Lillesand at six o'clock, and her captain had
+not seen or heard of the persons described. Mr. Lowington was very
+anxious about the fate of the second cutter's crew, and feared that
+some of them had been injured by the collision, so that they were
+unable to take the steamer back to Christiansand. He returned to the
+cutter and pulled off to the Tritonia, and directed Mr. Tompion, the
+second vice-principal, in charge of her, to run into Lillesand, and
+ascertain what had become of the absentees. Without waiting for the
+signal, the Tritonia got under way, and under full sail, with a fresh
+breeze, stood out of the harbor. The other vessels followed her soon
+after, the principal intending to lay off and on till the Tritonia
+reported.
+
+The ship had been searched from keel to truck for Ole Amundsen on the
+day before. Of course he was not found, and the conclusion was that he
+had dropped into the water and swam ashore, though it was difficult to
+understand how he had accomplished the feat without detection.
+Inquiries in regard to him were made on shore, but if any one knew
+him, application was not made to the right persons.
+
+Mr. Clyde Blacklock had not yet jumped overboard, and during the busy
+scene of getting under way, he stood with his mouth agape, watching
+the proceedings with wondering interest. He was not quite sure, after
+his anger had subsided, that he had made a bad bargain. There was
+something rather pleasant in the motion of the ship, and the zeal and
+precision with which the students worked, showed that they enjoyed
+their occupation. No one noticed Clyde, or even seemed to be aware
+of his presence. Before, when he behaved in an extravagant and
+unreasonable manner, the boys only laughed at him. They did not beg
+him to be pacified, as his mother and James always did; on the
+contrary they seemed to enjoy his chagrin.
+
+As soon as the ship was under way, the new student was informed that
+he belonged to the port watch, second part, and the silver star, which
+designated his watch, was affixed to his left arm. He was told that he
+would be called with the others to take his turn on deck during the
+night.
+
+"What am I to do?" he asked, rather blankly.
+
+"Just the same as the others do?" replied De Forrest, the fourth
+lieutenant, who had the deck with the second part of the port watch.
+"I have your station bill."
+
+"What's that?"
+
+"It is a card on which all your duties are explained. Here it is,"
+added De Forrest, producing the station bill. "You are No. 71; all the
+even numbers belong to the starboard watch, and all the odd numbers to
+the port."
+
+These cards were all printed; for among the various amusements
+provided for the students, a couple of octavo Novelty presses, with
+a sufficient supply of type and other printing material had been
+furnished. All the blanks for use in the ship were printed on board,
+and the Oceanic Enterprise, a weekly Journal, had been regularly
+issued during the voyage across the Atlantic, though a gale of wind,
+which disturbed the equilibrium of the press and the printers, had
+delayed its publication a couple of days on one occasion.
+
+Clyde read the station bill which was handed to him by the officer,
+but it would have been just as intelligible to him if it had been in
+Runic character.
+
+"'Reefing, main-topsail, and main-topsail halyards,'" said Clyde,
+reading from the card. "What does all that mean?"
+
+"You mind only what you have to do yourself, and not trouble your head
+about orders that have nothing to do with your work; for the orders
+come as thick as snow flakes at Christmas. When all hands are called
+to reef topsails, you are one of them, of course. When any thing is
+said about topsails, or topsail-halyards, you are the man."
+
+"Good; I understand that, and I shall make a sailor, I know," added
+Clyde.
+
+"I hope you will. The order will come to 'settle away the topsail
+halyards.' Be ready to help then."
+
+"But I don't know the topsail halyards from a pint of soup."
+
+"Here they are," added the lieutenant, conducting his pupil to the
+rail, and pointing out the main-topsail halyards. "Then, when the
+officer says, 'Aloft, top-men,' you will run up the main rigging here,
+and the midshipman in the top will tell you what to do. At the word,
+you will lay out on the yard, and do as the others do. At the words,
+'Lay down from aloft,' you will come on deck, and hoist up the
+main-topsail. Nearly all your duty is connected with the main-topsail.
+In tacking, you will go to the clew-garnets."
+
+"What are they?"
+
+"These ropes, by which the corners of the mainsail are hauled up,"
+answered De Forrest, pointing out the clew-garnets. "You will also
+let go the main tack. In getting under way, you will help loose the
+main-topsail. In anchoring, you are at the main clew-lines, and the
+main brace. Here they are. In loosing and furling you are on the
+main-topsail. In boat service, you are attached to the third cutter.
+You sleep in berth No. 71, your ship's number, and eat with mess No.
+6."
+
+De Forrest, as instructed by the principal, carefully explained the
+duties of the new comer, indicating every rope as he mentioned it, and
+describing its use. He was prudent in his manner, and tried to give
+the proud youth no offence by making him feel the superiority of an
+officer. The lieutenant then conducted him to his mess room, and
+pointed out his berth.
+
+The wind was still from the southward, and quite fresh; and though the
+squadron went under short sail, it was off Lillesand in a couple of
+hours. The Tritonia, which was a fast vessel, did not detain her
+consorts more than a couple of hours. Mr. Tompion boarded the ship,
+and reported that the crew of the second cutter had landed at
+Lillesand, and fearing that they should miss the ship if they returned
+to Christiansand, had taken carioles, and left early in the morning
+for Christiania. There were ten of the party, and one of them was a
+Norwegian, though he was dressed like the others. Mr. Lowington could
+not imagine who the Norwegian was that wore the Academy's uniform, for
+it did not occur to him that Ole could have joined them. He was glad
+to hear that all of them were well, and able to travel; and had no
+doubt they would arrive in safety at Christiania. He was aware that
+the crew of the second cutter were rather wild boys; but as there were
+no large towns in the interior, he had no fear that they would be led
+astray among the simple Norwegians.
+
+The fleet filled away again, and at eight bells the following morning
+was off Frederiksvaern.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+UP THE CHRISTIANIA FJORD.
+
+
+"I should like to know where this place is," said Ryder, the second
+master, as he appeared upon the quarter-deck of the ship, with one of
+the forty bound volumes of Harper's Magazine, which were contained in
+the library.
+
+"What place?" asked Lincoln, the third lieutenant, as he glanced at
+the volume.
+
+"That's more than I know; but here is a picture of a steamer between
+two high bluffs of rock, and under it, she is said to be entering the
+fjord."
+
+"We are just at the mouth of the fjord now, and if there are any such
+rocks as those here, I should like to see them. Why, you see they rise
+above the steamer's main-topmast."
+
+Lincoln took the book, and read the description; but he was none the
+wiser for his labor, for the narrow strait through which the steamer
+in the picture was passing was not particularly described. The book
+was shown to the pilot, who did not know just where the place was; but
+after he had been told that the steamer came from Gottenburg, and was
+on her way to Christiania, he thought that the bold rocks must be in
+the vicinity of Frederiksvaern. He offered to take the ship through
+the pass, as the wind was fair, and Mr. Lowington consented that he
+should do so, for in order to enable the students to see the fine
+scenery on the fjord, the studies were to be laid aside for the day.
+
+"I don't see where there can be anything like this," said Ryder, as he
+surveyed the shores.
+
+"There are plenty of islands here, but certainly none of them rise to
+any such heights as those in the picture," replied Lincoln. "They are
+bare rocks out at sea, but some of them are a little green farther in.
+It don't begin to be so wild as I supposed it was in these parts. Why,
+I have read and heard so much about the Christiania Fjord, that I
+supposed it was the grandest scenery in the world."
+
+"It don't look much like the picture--does it?" laughed Ryder.
+
+In a short time the ship was approaching the narrow pass. The cliffs
+on each side were very bold and rugged, and if the students had not
+been feasting themselves with grand anticipations, they would have
+appreciated the scenery much better. Ryder and Lincoln laughed when
+they compared the reality with the pictures they had. The scenery
+could not be called grand, though it was certainly very fine. The
+strait was very narrow, and on each side of it rings were fastened in
+the rocks, which were painted white around them, for the convenience
+of vessels warping out in a calm or against the wind. On the high
+rock,--it could not have been a hundred feet high,--at the right, was
+a small fort, which looked grim and terrible in its way, but which any
+well-ordered man of war, with modern ordnance, could have battered
+down in half an hour.
+
+Passing through the strait, the ship came in sight of the small
+village of Frederiksvaern, which is a naval station, where a number of
+gunboats are housed in a series of uniform buildings. The town itself
+is only a hamlet, but as the vessels proceeded, those on board saw
+Laurvig at the head of the bay, which is a place of considerable
+importance.
+
+"Little Foerder," said the pilot, an hour later, as he pointed to a
+tall, red light-house, at the entrance of the fjord.
+
+"Then the land we see beyond must be Sweden," added Ryder.
+
+"_Sverige_," nodded the pilot.
+
+"I suppose that is Sweden, but I don't see the use of having half a
+dozen names to a country."
+
+"And this is _Norge_," added the second master, pointing to the other
+side.
+
+"Yes, _Norge_," answered the pilot, pleased to hear the young officer
+apply the Norwegian name.
+
+On the port hand of the ship was a vast sea of rocky islands, of all
+shapes and sizes. Those farthest from the mainland were entirely
+destitute of soil or verdure; but in the distance a few pines, and the
+fresh tints of the early grass, could be seen.
+
+"Keep her north-north-east," said the pilot.
+
+"Man the weather and stand by the lee braces!" shouted the first
+lieutenant.
+
+Clyde Blacklock took out his station card, and looked to see whether
+the order applied to him.
+
+"You are on the main brace," said Scott, a good-natured young tar,
+who happened to be near the new student. "There you are, on the
+weather side."
+
+"Who spoke to you?" demanded Clyde, dropping his card, and looking
+Scott in the face.
+
+"I haven't been introduced to you, I know; but I thought you wanted to
+know your duty," laughed Scott.
+
+"You take care of yourself, and I'll mind my own duty," growled Clyde.
+
+"All right, my lad," replied the good-natured student, whose station
+was at the weather fore brace.
+
+Clyde walked aft, and placed himself in the line of those who were to
+haul on the weather main brace.
+
+"Slack the lee, and haul on the weather braces," said the first
+lieutenant, and the other officers repeated the order.
+
+"Walk away with it!" shouted the fourth lieutenant to those at the
+main brace.
+
+Clyde took hold, and tugged with all his might; but the brace would
+not come away. To tell the exact truth, there was a disposition among
+the students to haze the new comer, and the main brace men had agreed
+among themselves to let him do the whole of the work. They pretended
+to haul, but not one of them bore a pound upon the brace.
+
+"Pull!" shouted Clyde, at the top of his lungs, as he strained at the
+rope. "Why don't you pull, boys?"
+
+"Silence on the quarter-deck!" cried the executive officer--for all
+work was required to be performed in silence. "Walk away with the main
+brace."
+
+"Come, boys, why don't you pull?" roared Clyde, who was blest with a
+pair of hearty lungs.
+
+"Silence, Blacklock! You mustn't hollo like that when you are on
+duty," interposed De Forrest.
+
+"Who says I mustn't?" demanded Clyde, dropping his hold upon the
+brace, and walking up to the officer who had dared to give him these
+words of counsel, which were uttered in a mild and pleading tone,
+rather than in those of authority.
+
+"Starboard the helm," said the executive officer.
+
+"Starboard, sir," repeated the quartermaster at the wheel.
+
+"Walk away with that main brace!" added the first lieutenant.
+
+The main brace men, finding that Clyde was at issue with the fourth
+lieutenant, applied themselves to their work, and the main yard swung
+round.
+
+"Steady!" said the executive officer.
+
+"Steady, sir."
+
+"Avast hauling! Belay, all."
+
+By these manoeuvres the ship had been kept away, and was now headed
+directly up the fjord.
+
+"I don't allow any fellow to speak to me like that," blustered Clyde.
+"I want you to understand that I am a gentleman."
+
+"Go forward, Blacklock, and don't make a row on the quarter-deck,"
+replied De Forrest, mildly.
+
+"I'll not go forward!"
+
+"Then I must report you to the first lieutenant."
+
+"I'm willing to do my work, but I won't be fagged by any nob in gold
+lace."
+
+"You are making a mistake, Blacklock," said De Forrest, in a low
+tone, as he walked towards the angry Briton, with the intention of
+reasoning with him upon the absurdity of his conduct.
+
+Mr. Lowington had cautioned him and other officers to be very prudent
+in dealing with the new student till he had become accustomed to his
+duty, and certainly De Forrest was prudent in the extreme. Perhaps
+Clyde misunderstood the purpose of this officer when approaching him,
+and suspected that he intended to use violence, for, drawing back, he
+made a pass at De Forrest with his fist. But the latter detected the
+nature of the demonstration in season to ward off the blow, and, still
+in the exercise of the extreme prudence which had before characterized
+his conduct, retreated to the other side of the quarter-deck.
+
+"Enough of that," said Judson, the first lieutenant, as he stepped
+between Clyde and De Forrest.
+
+Clyde was very angry. Though he had made up his mind to perform his
+duty in the beginning, he fancied that no one had the right to command
+him to be silent. In his wrath he pulled off his blue jacket, tossed
+it upon the deck with a flourish, and intimated that if the first
+lieutenant wanted to fight, he was ready for him. Happily the first
+lieutenant did not wish to fight, though he was fully prepared to
+defend himself. At this crisis, the principal observed the hostile
+attitude of the young Briton, and quietly ordered Peaks to interfere.
+
+"Go forward, Blacklock," said Judson, calmly.
+
+"I won't go forward! I have been insulted, and I'll break the sconce
+of the fellow that did it," added Clyde, glancing at the fourth
+lieutenant.
+
+"Come, my hearty, let us go forward, as we are ordered," interposed
+Peaks, as he picked up Clyde in his arms, and in spite of his
+struggles, carried him into the waist.
+
+It was useless to resist the big boatswain, and the pressure of
+Peaks's arms soon crushed out Clyde's anger, and like a little child,
+he was set down upon the deck, amid the laughter of his companions. He
+felt that he was not getting ahead at all; and though he reserved the
+expression of his anger, he determined at the first convenient
+opportunity to thrash both Judson and De Forrest. He had also decided
+to run away at the first chance, even if he had to camp on a desolate
+island in doing so. He regarded Peaks as a horrible ogre, whose only
+mission in the ship was to persecute and circumvent him.
+
+"I'll have it out with those nobs yet," said Clyde, as Peaks left him,
+restored to his senses, so far as outward appearances were concerned.
+
+"Have it out! Have what out?" asked Scott, the good-natured.
+
+"I'll whip that nob who told me to be silent."
+
+"Don't you do it, my jolly Briton," laughed Scott.
+
+"I can do it."
+
+"Do you mean the first lieutenant?"
+
+"Yes, that I do; and I'll teach him better manners."
+
+"I wouldn't hurt him; Judson's a good fellow."
+
+"I don't care if he is; he'll catch it; and De Forrest, too. They
+insulted me."
+
+"I dare say they didn't mean to."
+
+"If they didn't, I'll give them a chance to apologize," added Clyde,
+a little mollified by the mild words of his companion.
+
+"That's very kind of you; but officers don't often apologize to seamen
+for telling them of it when they disobey the rules of the ship."
+
+"Rules or not, I'll hammer them both if they don't apologize."
+
+"Don't be cruel with them," laughed Scott.
+
+"And that big boatswain--I'll be even with him yet," blustered Clyde,
+as he shook his head menacingly.
+
+"Are you going to thrash him too?" asked Scott, opening his eyes.
+
+"I'll take care of him. He don't toss me round in that way without
+suffering for it."
+
+"Well, don't hurt him," suggested the good-natured seaman.
+
+"He'll get a broken head before he grows much older," added Clyde,
+drawing out a belaying-pin from the fife-rail. "I shall not be in this
+ship a great while longer; but I mean to stay long enough to settle my
+accounts with the big boatswain and the two nobs on the quarter-deck."
+
+"How are you going to do it, my dear Albion?"
+
+"Leave that to me. No man can insult me without suffering for it."
+
+"Perhaps the officers will apologize, but I don't believe Peaks will.
+He's an obstinate fellow, and would do just what the principal told
+him to do, even if it was to swallow you and me, and half a dozen
+other fellows. You don't mean to lick the principal too--do you?"
+
+"I haven't had any trouble with him."
+
+"But he is at the bottom of it all. He told Peaks to persecute you.
+I'm not sure that the principal isn't more to blame than all the
+others put together."
+
+"No matter for him; he has done very well."
+
+"Then you mean to let him off?"
+
+"I say I've nothing against the head master."
+
+"Don't be too hard on Peaks," added Scott, as he climbed upon the rail
+to see the scenery of the fjord.
+
+"I suppose all these islands, points, bays, and channels have names,
+just as they do on the other side of the ocean," said Laybold, at
+whose side the good-natured tar seated himself.
+
+"Of course," nodded Scott.
+
+"I wonder what they are."
+
+"Don't you know?"
+
+"Certainly not--how should I?"
+
+"I didn't know but you might have seen the chart," added Scott,
+gravely.
+
+"There's a town!" exclaimed the enthusiastic Laybold, as the progress
+of the ship opened a channel, at the head of which was a village, with
+a church.
+
+"I see; that's Bossenboggenberg," said Scott.
+
+"O, is it? Is that a river?"
+
+"Not at all. That's only a channel, called the Hoppenboggen, which
+extends around the Island of Toppenboggen. That channel is navigable
+for small vessels."
+
+"Where did you learn all those names?" demanded Laybold, amazed at the
+astonishing words which his companion rolled off so glibly.
+
+"My father had to send me to sea to keep me from learning too much.
+My hair all fell off, and the schoolmasters were afraid of me."
+
+"There's another town ahead on the port hand," said Laybold, a little
+later.
+
+"That is Aggerhousenboggen, I think. Let me see; here's Cape
+Tingumboggen, and that must be the opening to the Stoppenboggen Fjord.
+Yes, that must be Aggerhousenboggen."
+
+"Where did you learn to pronounce Norwegian so well, Scott?"
+
+"O, I learned Norwegian when I was an infant. I could speak it first
+rate before I learned to utter my mother tongue."
+
+"Go 'way!" protested Laybold. "Do you know what island that is on the
+starboard hand."
+
+"To be sure I do. Do you think my education has been neglected to that
+extent? That's Steppenfetchenboggen. A very fine island it is, too,"
+continued Scott, rattling off the long names so that they had a
+decidedly foreign ring.
+
+"I don't see how you can pronounce those words," added Laybold. "They
+would choke me to death."
+
+"I don't believe they would," laughed Scott.
+
+The squadron passed through several narrow passages, and then came to
+a broad expanse of water at the mouth of the Drammen River. The
+students were perched on the rail and in the rigging of the various
+vessels, observing with great interest the development of the
+panorama, which seemed to be unrolled before them.
+
+"It is rather fine scenery," said Lincoln, who still carried the book
+in his hand, and occasionally glanced at the pictures; "but I think
+the artist here must have multiplied the height of the cliffs by two,
+and divided the height of houses, men, and masts by the same number."
+
+"It certainly looks like an exaggeration," replied Ryder.
+
+"Look at this," added Lincoln, pointing to a scene on the coast of
+Norway. "There's a large steamer carrying a top-gallant yard on the
+foremast. That mast is probably a hundred and fifty feet high, and
+there are hills and bluffs beyond it--which would lose by the
+perspective--five times as high."
+
+"Still it is very fine scenery."
+
+"So it is; but no finer than we have on the coast of Maine. You
+remember last summer we went through the Reach, down by Machias? That
+was something like this, and quite as pleasant."
+
+"We mustn't be too critical, Lincoln," laughed Ryder.
+
+"I don't intend to be critical; but I had an idea, from the pictures
+I have seen, that Christiania Fjord was something like the Saguenay
+River, where the cliffs rise perpendicularly four or five hundred feet
+high. These pictures would certainly lead one to expect such sights."
+
+"Horton," said the pilot, pointing to a town which now came into view,
+as the vessel passed beyond a point of land.
+
+It was a small place, in appearance not unlike a New England village.
+At the wharf were a couple of small steamers, one of which had come
+down the Drammen, and the entire population of the town seemed to
+have turned out on the occasion, for the shore was covered with
+people. They were all neatly dressed. On the opposite side of the
+fjord was the town of Moss, where the convention by which Norway and
+Sweden were united was drawn up and agreed upon.
+
+The fleet sailed rapidly before the fresh breeze across the broad
+expanse, and then entered a narrow passage. There was a gentle
+declivity on each side of the fjord, which was covered, as far as the
+eye could see, with pines. Droebak, on the right, is a village of one
+street, on the side of the hill. The houses are mostly of one story,
+painted yellow, with roofs covered with red tile. Before noon the
+passage began to widen, and the fleet entered another broad expanse of
+water, filled with rocky islands, at the head of which stood the city
+of Christiania. Some of the islets were pretty and picturesque, in
+some instances having a single cottage upon them, with a little
+garden. The rocks were often of curious formation, and the shore of
+one island was as regular and smooth as though it had been a piece of
+masonry. After rounding a point of rocks, the fleet came into full
+view of Christiania. The city and its environs are spread out on
+the southern slope of a series of hills, and presents a beautiful
+landscape to the eye. On the left the country was covered with villas,
+prominent among which was Oscarshal, a summer palace of the late king.
+On the right was the castle of Agershuus, rising abruptly from the
+water. At a little distance from the town was a kind of hotel, built
+on a picturesque island, with its pretty landing-place, not unlike
+some similar establishments near the head of Narragansett Bay. At the
+wharf in front of the city, and lying in the bay, was a considerable
+number of steamers, some of them quite large. The fleet ran up to the
+front of the city and anchored.
+
+"This is the end of my voyage," said Clyde Blacklock, when everything
+had been put in order on board of the ship.
+
+"You are not going yet--are you?" laughed Scott.
+
+"Very soon."
+
+"I thought you were going to stop, and whip Peaks and the two
+lieutenants."
+
+"Time enough for that. I suppose the ship will stay here two or three
+days--won't she?"
+
+"Perhaps a week. I suppose we shall go on shore this afternoon, and
+see the sights."
+
+"I say, Scott, if you tell those officers what I've been saying to
+you, I'll serve you in the same way," added Clyde, as for the first
+time it occurred to him that he had been imprudent in developing his
+plans to another.
+
+"No! You won't lick me, too--will you?"
+
+"Not if you behave like a man, and don't peach," answered Clyde, in a
+patronizing tone.
+
+"I will try to be a good boy, then," laughed Scott.
+
+"I only want to catch them on shore, where I can have fair play. I'm
+not to be fagged by any fellow that ever was born."
+
+Clyde walked uneasily about the deck till the crew were piped to
+dinner, evidently thinking how he should carry his big intentions into
+execution. To one less moved by fancied insults and indignities the
+case would have looked hopeless. He devoured his dinner in a much
+shorter period than is usually allotted by well-bred Englishmen to
+that pleasing diversion, and hastened on deck again. Peaks was there,
+acting as ship-keeper, while the carpenter was painting the second
+cutter, the repairs upon which had been completed. The big boatswain
+was seated on one of the cat-heads, where he could see the entire deck
+of the ship, and observe every craft that approached her. The new
+student observed his position, and thought he was seated in a very
+careless manner. A very wicked thought took possession of the Briton's
+mind, and he ascended to the top-gallant forecastle. The boatswain sat
+very composedly on the cat-head, with his feet hanging over the water,
+and was just then studying the beauties of the landscape. A very
+slight exercise of force would displace him, and drop him into the
+water.
+
+"Well, my hearty, you stowed your grub in a hurry," said Peaks, when
+he discovered the new pupil.
+
+"I was not very hungry, and thought I would take another look at the
+town," replied Clyde. "What's that big building off there, near the
+hills?"
+
+"That may be the county jail, the court-house, or the lunatic asylum.
+I haven't the least idea what it is," answered Peaks, indifferently.
+"The professors can tell you all about those things."
+
+"I wonder where that ship came from?" added Clyde, pointing to a
+vessel which was standing in ahead of the Young America.
+
+"That isn't a ship," replied Peaks, as he turned partly round, so that
+he could see the craft. "That's a 'mofferdite brig; or, as bookish
+people would say, an hermaphrodite brig--half brig and half schooner.
+You must call things, especially vessels, by their right names, or you
+will fall in the opinion of--"
+
+At that instant the big boatswain dropped into the deep waters of the
+fjord.
+
+"And you will fall, in my opinion," said Clyde, as, taking advantage
+of his antagonist's attention to the brig, he gave him a smart push,
+which displaced him from the cat-head.
+
+But Peaks, who was half man and half fish, was as much at home in the
+water as on the deck, and struck out for the cable, by which the ship
+was anchored, as the nearest point of support. Clyde walked along the
+rail till he came to the swinging-boom, where the boats which had been
+lowered for use after dinner were fastened. Climbing out on the boom,
+he dropped down by the painter into the third cutter, one of the
+four-oar boats. Bitts, the carpenter, who had been the only person on
+board except the boatswain, was in the waist busily at work upon the
+boat, and did not observe that anything unusual had transpired. Clyde
+had practised gymnastics a great deal, and was an active, agile
+fellow. Casting off the painter of the third cutter, he worked her
+astern, so as to avoid Peaks. Then, shipping a pair of oars, he pulled
+for the shore.
+
+In the mean time, the boatswain, disdaining to call for assistance,
+and not having observed the movements of Clyde, climbed up the cable
+to the hawse-hole, and then, by the bowsprit guys, made his way to the
+top-gallant forecastle, where he discovered the Briton in the cutter,
+pulling with all his might for the shore. Shaking the water from his
+clothes, he hastened to the main cabin, and informed the principal
+that the new scholar had left the ship.
+
+"Left the ship!" exclaimed Mr. Lowington. "Were you not on deck while
+the students were at dinner?"
+
+"Yes, sir, most of the time; but just at the moment when the young
+sculpin left the ship, I happened to be in the water," answered Peaks,
+shrugging his shoulders like a Frenchman, and glancing at his wet
+garments.
+
+"How came you in the water?"
+
+"The little Britisher pushed me overboard, when I was sitting on the
+cat-head."
+
+"I see," added the principal. "We must get him back before his mother
+arrives."
+
+By this time most of the students had come up from the steerage, and
+the order was given to pipe away the first cutter. Peaks was directed
+to change his clothes, and go in her. He was ready by the time the
+crew were in their seats, for, as he was not a fashionable man, his
+toilet was soon made. The boats from the other vessels of the fleet,
+including those of the yachts, were already on their way to the town.
+The first cutter pulled to the shore; but Clyde had already landed,
+and disappeared in the city.
+
+As at Christiansand, Paul Kendall and lady decided to remain on shore
+during the stay of the fleet. They had several pieces of baggage, and
+the custom-house officers on the wharf were obliged to examine them,
+after which they followed a porter to the Victoria Hotel, which was
+said to be the best in the place. Peaks found a man who could speak
+English, and immediately applied himself to the business of finding
+the runaway. Clyde had been seen going up one of the streets, but no
+one knew anything about him.
+
+The fugitive felt that he had achieved a victory. He had "paid off"
+the big boatswain, and no fellow on board of the ship could believe
+that he had not kept his word. He walked up the street till he came to
+Dronningensgaden. People looked at him as though he were a stranger,
+and he became aware that his uniform was exciting attention. In the
+Kirkegade he found a clothing store, in which the shop-keeper spoke
+English. In changing his dress on board of the ship, he had retained
+the contents of his pockets, including a well-filled purse. He
+selected a suit of clothes which pleased him, and immediately put it
+on. At another store he bought a hat, and then he appeared like a new
+being. With the bundle containing his uniform, he walked till he found
+a carriage, in which he seated himself, and ordered the driver to
+leave him at the Victoria Hotel. He thought it would only be necessary
+for him to keep out of sight till evening, when his mother would
+probably arrive in the Foldin, and he was confident he could induce
+her to withdraw him from the Academy. He would stay in his room the
+rest of the day, and by that time the search for him, if any was made,
+would be ended.
+
+"I want a nice room for myself, another for my mother and sister, who
+will arrive this evening, and a place for the man," said Clyde, as the
+porter of the hotel touched his cap, and helped him out of the
+carriage.
+
+The young man was evidently a person of some importance. The porter,
+the clerk, and the head waiter, who came out to receive him, bowed
+low. A man took his bundle, and he was ushered to a room on the ground
+floor. As he crossed the court, he discovered several of the Orlando's
+passengers in the reading-room. He had not entered his chamber before
+there was another arrival,--Paul Kendall and lady,--who were assigned
+to the next room.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+THE SIGHTS OF CHRISTIANIA AND OTHER MATTERS.
+
+
+As there was in Christiania much to be seen that needed explanation,
+the students were required to keep together, and several guides from
+the hotel were obtained, to conduct the party to the various objects
+of interest in the city. A walk through some of the principal streets
+brought them to the new Parliament house, which is called the
+_Storthingsbyggningen_. It is a fine building, but with nothing
+remarkable about it. In the lower house, the students seated
+themselves in the chairs of the members, and Mr. Mapps took the
+speaker's desk.
+
+"Christiania was founded in 1624, on the site of the ancient city of
+Osloe, which was destroyed by fire. It is the residence of the king
+during his sojourn in Norway, and the new palace, which you saw on the
+hill, was completed for his use in 1848. The city, as you have seen,
+is regularly laid out, and the buildings are either of brick or stone.
+Formerly the dwellings were of wood, but the frequent fires caused the
+adoption of a law that no more wooden buildings should be erected
+within the precincts of the city. The place has considerable commerce,
+and now contains nearly sixty thousand inhabitants.
+
+"A street here is called a _gade_, and you observe that the street and
+its name form one word, as Carl-Johansgade, or Charles John Street;
+Kongensgade, or King Street; Kirkegaden, or Church Street. The same
+word is used in German.
+
+"The money of Norway is different from that of Sweden or Denmark. The
+specie dollar, which is generally called a 'specie,' is the unit, and
+contains five marks of twenty-four skillings each. A specie, or
+_specie-daler_, as it is written, is worth about one dollar and eight
+cents of our money. It is near enough for our purpose to say that a
+mark is twenty-two cents, and a skilling one cent. The coins in
+circulation are the mark, the two, the four, and the twelve skilling
+piece. Species and half species are coined, but paper money is
+generally used for large sums, each denomination being printed on a
+particular colored paper.
+
+"It is probable that the French system of weights and measures will
+soon be introduced in Sweden and Norway; but now a Norwegian _pund_ is
+one and one tenth pounds avoirdupois; a _fod_ is twelve and two
+hundredths inches; and a _kande_ is three and three tenths pints."
+
+Mr. Mapps descended from the rostrum, and after the party had looked
+at the chamber of the upper house, and other apartments, they walked
+to the king's palace--the first royal dwelling which most of the
+students ever saw. They passed through the throne room, the court
+saloon, the dining room, and other rooms, and some of them concluded
+that royalty was not half so splendid as they had supposed. But Norway
+is a poor country compared with many others in Europe, and it is a
+pity that she ever thought it necessary to spend a million and a half
+of dollars in a weak attempt to imitate the grandeur of other realms.
+There was nothing in the palace to astonish even our young
+republicans, though the rooms of the queen, on the first floor, were
+pretty and prettily furnished. The building, which is a great,
+overgrown structure, without symmetry or elegance, is in a beautiful
+situation, and surrounded by pleasant grounds, well laid out, from
+which a fine view of the city and fjord is obtained.
+
+Connected with the university are several museums and cabinets, which
+are open to the public, and well worth a visit, though they do not
+compare with those of the great cities of Europe. The party walked
+through all these rooms, one of which contained a small collection of
+northern antiquities. From the university the students went to a kind
+of garden, which is a weak imitation of "Tivoli," in Copenhagen,
+containing promenades, concert room, a small opera house, and a
+drinking saloon. The castle of Agershuus, on a hill at the southern
+side of the city, was next visited. Its guns command the harbor, and
+it is regarded as a place of great strength, for it has successfully
+resisted several sieges. Climbing a long flight of steps, the party
+reached the ramparts, which are laid out in walks, and are much
+resorted to by the citizens, as they command a lovely view of the
+fjord and the surrounding country. A portion of the castle is used as
+a prison, and the convicts work in gangs about the premises.
+
+"This was Robin Hood's prison--wasn't it, Mr. Mapps?" asked Lincoln,
+who had an inquiring mind, after he had enjoyed the prospect from the
+ramparts for a while.
+
+"I think not," replied the instructor. "Hoeyland, sometimes called the
+Robin Hood, but, I think, more properly the Baron Trenck, of Norway,
+was sentenced to imprisonment for life in this castle."
+
+"What for?" inquired Norwood.
+
+"For robbery and other crimes. Like Robin Hood and Mike Martin, he
+robbed the rich and gave to the poor, which none of you should believe
+makes the crime any less wicked; especially as he did not scruple to
+use violence in accomplishing his purpose. For some small theft he was
+shut up in this prison; but while the overseer was at church, Hoeyland
+broke into his room, stole some of his clothes, and quietly walked out
+of the castle and out of the town. He was recaptured, but repeatedly
+made his escape. Though he was heavily ironed, this precaution was
+found to be useless, and he was placed in solitary confinement in the
+lowest room of the citadel, where he was kept securely for several
+years. One evening his jailer told him that he could never get out of
+this room, and that he might as well promise not to attempt such an
+impossible feat; but Hoeyland replied that it was the turnkey's duty to
+keep him in prison if he could, and his to get out if it were
+possible. The next day the prisoner was missing, and the means of his
+escape were not at first apparent; but on further examination it was
+found that he had cut through the thick plank flooring of his cell,
+under the bed, and tunnelled under the wall into the yard of the
+prison. He had replaced the planks when he left, and passing over the
+ramparts without difficulty, dropped into the ditch, and departed
+without bidding any one good by. All attempts to find him were
+unsuccessful, and it was believed that he had left the country.
+
+"A year afterwards the National Bank of Norway was robbed of sixty
+thousand _specie-dalers_, in the most adroit and skilful manner, even
+without leaving any marks of violence on the iron box in which the
+money was kept. Not long after this occurrence, in the person of a
+prisoner who had been committed to the castle for a petty theft, the
+officers recognized Hoeyland. He was considerate enough to inform the
+authorities that his late escape had been effected, after three years
+of patient labor, with no other tool than a nail, while others slept.
+As a portion of his ill-gotten wealth was concealed in the mountains,
+he had the means of making friends in Christiania, where he had hidden
+himself. Making the acquaintance of the bank watchman, he cunningly
+obtained wax impressions of the key-holes of the locks on the
+money-chest, by which he made keys, opened the box, took the money,
+and locked it after him. But, like all other evil-doers, he came to
+grief at last. Though he was a skilful carver in wood and stone, he
+was not allowed to have tools, of which he made a bad use, and he was
+compelled to amuse himself by knitting socks on wooden pins. Unable to
+escape again, and not having the patience to exist without something
+to do, in utter despair he committed suicide in his prison."
+
+After the visit to the fortress, the boys were allowed to walk about
+the city at their own pleasure; and a few of the officers went with
+Mr. Lowington and the doctor to the establishment of Mr. Bennett, an
+Englishman, who fitted out travellers intending to journey in the
+interior with carioles and all the other requisites. His rooms were
+stored with books and Norwegian curiosities and antiquities. In the
+court-yard of the house was a large number of second-hand carioles,
+which are the sole vehicles used for crossing the country. A
+traveller, wishing to go to Trondhjem or Bergen, would purchase the
+cariole in Christiania, and when he had done with it, dispose of it at
+the other end of his route, horses between being supplied according to
+law at the post stations on the road. Travellers coming from Trondhjem
+or Bergen sell their vehicles to Mr. Bennett. In his rooms are
+miniature models of the cariole for sale, which visitors purchase as
+a memento of their tour; as those who climb Pilatus and Rhigi, in
+Switzerland, buy an alpenstock on which are printed the names of the
+mountains they have ascended with its help.
+
+The principal and his companions walked up to the Victoria Hotel, and
+inquired for Captain Kendall. He had just returned from a ride, and
+while the waiter was taking Mr. Lowington's card to him, Peaks
+presented himself in the court-yard.
+
+"Can't find him, sir," said the boatswain, touching his hat.
+
+"He must be somewhere in the city."
+
+"This man has toted me all over the town, but we can't hear a word of
+him. He wore the uniform of the ship, and people can't tell one
+student from another."
+
+"I am confident he has not left the city."
+
+"Perhaps he has," replied Peaks, as the servant returned, followed by
+Captain Kendall.
+
+"Have you lost anything or anybody?" asked Paul, laughing, after he
+had saluted the principal.
+
+"Yes, we have lost a student; an English boy we shipped at
+Christiansand. Have you seen him?"
+
+"Yes, sir; his room is No. 32--next to mine," replied Paul, still
+laughing, as though he were much amused.
+
+He was much amused; and that others may sympathize with him, let the
+reader return to Clyde Blacklock, who had shut himself up in his room
+to await the arrival of his mother. He had not been in the house ten
+minutes before he began to be impatient and disgusted with his
+self-imposed confinement. He examined himself carefully in the
+looking-glass, and was satisfied that his new clothes disguised him
+from his late shipmates, and also from those whom he had met on board
+of the Orlando. Certainly they had wrought a very great change in
+his appearance, and with the round-top hat on, which was entirely
+different from anything he had worn before, even his mother would not
+recognize him, unless they came near enough together to enable her to
+scrutinize his features. Of course none of the people from the
+squadron would come to the hotel, and he had not yet been called upon
+to register his name.
+
+He unlocked his door, and went into the long entry which opened into
+the court-yard. It was stupid to stay alone in his chamber. It was
+some relief even to promenade the hall, for one so nervous as he was
+at this time. If any of the Orlando's passengers came near him, he
+could retreat into his room. He walked up and down several times, but
+this soon became stale amusement.
+
+"Who's in the next room to mine?" he asked, as one of the waiters
+passed him in his promenade.
+
+"Gentleman and lady from America, sir," replied the man; "an uncommon
+handsome young woman, sir."
+
+Before the waiter could further express his opinion of the guests in
+No. 31, Paul Kendall came out of the room, and, seeing the servant,
+ordered a carriage to be ready in half an hour.
+
+"Is there much to see in this place, sir?" asked Clyde, politely.
+
+"Not much, I think," replied Paul.
+
+"I dare say you are going into the interior, sir."
+
+"Not far."
+
+"There is fine fishing there," persisted Clyde.
+
+"So I am told; but I haven't much time to spend in such sport, and I
+am afraid my wife would not enjoy it as well as I should. Do you go to
+the interior?"
+
+"Yes, sir; I intend to do so when my mother and sister arrive. My
+mother goes a-fishing with me."
+
+"Does she, indeed? You are from England, I suppose," added Paul, who
+suspected that the young man was one of those lonesome travellers
+eager to make a friend, and actually suffering from the want of one.
+
+"Yes; Mockhill Manor, New Forest, Hampshire."
+
+"Are you travelling alone?" asked Paul, who was full of sympathy for
+the apparent loneliness of the young man.
+
+"I am alone just now, but I expect my mother and sister from
+Christiansand to-night," replied Clyde.
+
+"Can I do anything for you?" inquired Paul, who, after this
+explanation, did not regard the young gentleman's situation as so
+hopeless.
+
+In his own travels he had himself experienced that sense of loneliness
+which is a decided misery, and had met others afflicted with it. From
+the manner of Clyde, he concluded he had an attack of it, and he
+desired to alleviate his sufferings; but if the young man's friends
+were coming that night, his case could not be desperate.
+
+"No, sir; I don't know that you can. I thought, as your room is next
+to mine, we might make it jolly for each other. You are an American,
+sir, the waiter says."
+
+"Yes, I am," laughed Paul.
+
+"But you don't talk through the nose."
+
+"Don't I? Well, I don't perceive that you do, either."
+
+"I'm not a Jonathan," protested Clyde. "I dare say you are a fine
+gentleman, but I can't say that of all the Americans."
+
+"Can't you? Well, I'm sorry for them. Can you say it of all the
+Englishmen?"
+
+"Yes, sir; I think I can of all we meet travelling. The Americans are
+big bullies. I settled accounts with one of them this very day,"
+chuckled Clyde.
+
+"Ah! did you, indeed?"
+
+"I think some of them know what it is to bully and insult an
+Englishman by this time," added Clyde, rubbing his hands, as he
+thought of poor Peaks, floundering in the waters of the Fjord.
+"Perhaps you've heard of that American Academy ship that came into
+Christiania to-day."
+
+"Yes, I have heard of her," answered Paul, curiously.
+
+"I saw her first at Christiansand, and went on board of her with my
+mother and sister. I liked the looks of her, and fancied the young
+chaps on board of her were having a nice time. I wanted to ship in
+her, and I did so; but I was never among such a set of tyrants in the
+whole course of my life."
+
+"Then you joined the ship," replied Paul, who had heard of the new
+addition to the Young America's crew, but had not seen him.
+
+"I'm blamed if I didn't; but before my mother left the ship, a big
+bully of a boatswain insulted me, and I changed my mind. Yet the head
+master persuaded my mother to let him keep me in the ship, and I'm
+blamed if she didn't leave me there."
+
+"Left you there," added Paul, when Clyde paused, apparently to give
+his auditor the opportunity to express his sympathy for his
+unfortunate situation.
+
+"Yes, sir; she left me there, and she won't hear the last of it for
+one year," replied Clyde, shaking his head. "It was a mean trick, and
+I'll pay her for it."
+
+"Probably she did it for the best," suggested Paul, disgusted with the
+assurance, and especially with the want of respect for his mother
+which the youth manifested, though he was anxious to hear the
+conclusion of his story.
+
+"I don't care what she did it for; it was a scurvy trick. I told her
+I wouldn't stay in the ship, any how, and she permitted the big
+boatswain to hold me while she went ashore in a boat. But I knew
+myself, if my mother didn't know me, and I determined not to stay in
+her three days; and I didn't," chuckled Clyde, as he thought of what
+he called his own cleverness.
+
+"What did you do?" asked Paul, deeply interested.
+
+"I was willing to bide my time, and so I hauled sheets, and luffed,
+and tacked, and all that sort of thing, till we got to Christiania.
+When I was pulling the main boom, or something of that kind,--I don't
+just know what it was now,--one of the fellows in gold bands insulted
+me."
+
+"What did he say to you?"
+
+"He ordered me to be silent, and another nob did the same thing. I
+offered to fight them both, and I would have liked to show them what
+an English boy's fist is made of; but the cowards set the boatswain on
+me again. I would have licked him if he had fought fair; but he caught
+me foul, and I could do nothing. I meant to be even with that big
+boatswain, and I think I am," said Clyde, rubbing his hands again with
+delight, and laughing heartily when he thought of his brilliant
+achievement.
+
+"Well, what did you do?"
+
+"I just waited till the ship got to Christiania; and then, when all
+the students were at dinner, I found the big boatswain sitting on a
+beam that runs out over the water--I forget what they call the beam,
+but it's at the bow of the ship."
+
+"The bowsprit," suggested Paul.
+
+"No; I know the bowsprit. It wasn't that. There was another beam like
+it on the other side."
+
+"O, the cat-head!"
+
+"That's just it. Well, I went up to the big boatswain, and asked him
+to look at a ship,--or a 'mofferdite brig, he called it. He looked,
+and I just gave him a push, which dropped him off the cat's head into
+the bay," continued Clyde, who told his story with many a chuckle and
+many a laugh, seeming to enjoy it hugely himself, in spite of the want
+of sympathy on the part of his listener.
+
+"You pushed him overboard!" exclaimed Paul.
+
+"That I did, and did it handsomely, too. He never knew what hurt him
+till he struck the water. He swam for the bow, and I dropped into a
+boat, and came ashore. I saw him climb up to the deck, but I was out
+of his way then. Wasn't that cleverly done?"
+
+"Rather," replied Paul, concealing his indignation.
+
+"I think it was very cleverly done," added Clyde, annoyed at the
+coolness of his companion. "You couldn't have done it better yourself,
+sir."
+
+"I don't think I could," replied Paul, dryly. "And you expect your
+mother this evening."
+
+"Yes; and she shall take my name off the books of the ship."
+
+"Perhaps she will not."
+
+"O, but she will. Then the two nobs that insulted me on the ship shall
+hear from me."
+
+"What do you intend to do with them?"
+
+"I'll whip them both; if I don't my name isn't Clyde Blacklock!"
+
+"But they will take you back to the ship before your mother arrives."
+
+"I dare say they will, if they see me; but I don't intend to go out of
+the hotel till my mother comes. I shall stay in my room, or near it,
+the rest of the day."
+
+The conversation was interrupted by the appearance of Mrs. Kendall,
+who had been preparing for a ride about the city. Paul conducted her
+to the carriage, satisfied that the new scholar could be found when
+wanted. During their excursion he told his wife the adventures of
+Clyde.
+
+"But what a simpleton he was to tell you these things!" added Grace.
+
+"He did not suspect me of knowing anything about the ship. He is one
+of those fellows, who, having done what he regards as a good thing,
+cannot help boasting of it. He considers himself a first-class hero."
+
+When Paul returned from the ride, he found Clyde still walking about
+the hall, as uneasy as a fish out of water.
+
+"Did you see anything of the Academy ship, sir?" asked he, after Mrs.
+Kendall had gone to her room.
+
+"I saw her at anchor in the harbor, and all her people are walking
+about the town," replied Paul.
+
+"I've kept clear of them so far; but I want to catch the two fellows
+with the gold bands."
+
+"Perhaps some of them will catch you."
+
+"Not they! I'm too cunning for clumsy fellows like them."
+
+"I see you are," laughed Paul, amused at the assurance of the young
+Briton.
+
+"If I see them, I'll settle the Alabama claims with them on my own
+account. But you ought to have seen the big boatswain floundering in
+the water, sir."
+
+"No doubt it was very funny."
+
+"It was, indeed," added Clyde, as the waiter appeared, and handed a
+card to Captain Kendall.
+
+"In the court yard, sir," said the servant; and Paul followed the man
+to the place where the visitors were waiting.
+
+Peaks, as dry, clean, and good-natured as ever, was talking to Mr.
+Lowington. Paul could not help laughing as he thought of the
+confidence which Clyde had reposed in him, and that the fugitive had
+voluntarily, and without any precautions, told his adventures to one
+who really belonged to the fleet.
+
+"He has told me all about it," said Paul.
+
+"Told you?" exclaimed Mr. Lowington.
+
+"Yes, sir; how he pushed Peaks overboard, and then ran away," laughed
+Paul. "I don't often wear my uniform on shore, for my wife thinks it
+attracts too much attention; so that he did not suspect me of any
+connection with the fleet."
+
+"But where is he now?" asked the principal.
+
+"I left him in the hall only a moment since."
+
+"Show me his room, my hearty," said Peaks to the waiter.
+
+"Call a carriage," added Mr. Lowington. "He will make a disturbance in
+the streets."
+
+The servant led the way to the room of Clyde, followed by the rest of
+the party. All were rather anxious to see the clever Briton, who had
+done such wonders of valor and cunning, captured.
+
+But Clyde had a pair of eyes, and, withal, a pair of ears. From
+the hall where he promenaded were several doors opening into the
+court-yard. Perhaps the youth had a Yankee's curiosity to see who
+called upon his new acquaintance, and he went to one of these doors.
+He saw Paul walk up to the principal, and shake hands with him. There
+was the big boatswain too, and there were two of the nobs with the
+gold bands. It was evident enough to Clyde, then, that he had made a
+blunder in relating his exploits to a stranger. But the battle was not
+lost yet. His chamber was on the ground floor, and had a window which
+opened into Dronningensgaden. Without losing another instant, he
+opened the window, and dropped out into the street. He did not even
+wait to take the bundle which contained his ship's uniform.
+
+When Peaks entered the chamber, the bird had flown, and the open
+window indicated the means by which he had escaped; but Clyde had
+several minutes the start of his pursuers, and had made good use of
+his time. The boatswain dropped out of the window, followed by Norwood
+and Lincoln, while the principal and the doctor went round by the
+doors as the more dignified means of egress. Peaks went one way, and
+the two lieutenants the other way.
+
+Clyde, fearful that haste might look suspicious, walked a short
+distance, till he came to a building on which was a sign, _Hotel du
+Nord_, and which appeared to be under repairs. He stepped in at the
+open door, and went up stairs. Men were at work in some of the rooms;
+but he avoided them, and appeared to be looking over the building. At
+last he came to an open window on the street from which he had
+entered. He looked out, and in the distance saw his pursuers running
+rapidly in opposite directions. After he had remained in the hotel
+about an hour, he ventured to leave, and walked very cautiously up the
+street. Feeling the need of an overcoat, he entered a store, and
+purchased one, which still further disguised him, so that if he met
+any of his late shipmates, they would be still less likely to
+recognize him. He walked till he came to a carriage stand; where,
+entering a vehicle, he pointed in the direction he wished to go, which
+was towards the king's palace. When the driver stopped at the gate, he
+pointed towards the hills in the rear of the city. The Norwegian
+looked astonished, and could not understand him.
+
+"I want to go out of town."
+
+The driver drove his horse to the other side of the street, and hailed
+a short, stout man, who was passing at the time.
+
+"Do you want a guide, sir?" asked the stranger.
+
+"Yes," promptly replied Clyde.
+
+"Where do wish to go?"
+
+"Over there," replied Clyde, pointing again in the direction he wished
+to go.
+
+"To Sandviken?"
+
+"Yes; that's the place," added the youth, who did not care where he
+went, if he could only get out of the city.
+
+"It is more than eight miles," suggested the guide.
+
+"I don't care if it is eighty; that's where I want to go. Are you a
+_commissionaire_?"
+
+"Yes. I belong to the Victoria Hotel."
+
+"All right; jump in."
+
+The man made a bargain with the driver, and in a few moments Clyde was
+on his way to Sandviken, confident that he had escaped any further
+pursuit. He had already come to the conclusion not to see his mother
+until after the Young America had left Christiania.
+
+In the mean time, Peaks had given up the chase. Paul assured the
+principal that Clyde would come back as soon as his mother arrived.
+Mr. Lowington did not care to have the new scholar see his mother
+again if he was to be a student in the Academy; but as Clyde could not
+be found, there appeared to be no alternative.
+
+In a couple of hours, the fugitive reached Sandviken, where he
+informed his astonished guide that he intended to proceed to
+Christiansand by land. His courier was willing to go with him so long
+as he was paid; and as Clyde had plenty of money, and disbursed it
+freely, there was no difficulty. Though the next day was Sunday, the
+young traveller continued his journey, and on Monday afternoon arrived
+at Apalstoe, at the head of one of the inland lakes, where he intended
+to sleep; but the station-house was full. Clyde was tired, and did not
+feel like going any farther. While he was sending his courier to look
+up a bed for him, about a dozen boys wearing the uniform of the
+Academy ship flashed upon his view. He was astonished and alarmed. He
+suspected that this party had been sent to the interior to head him
+off. He was determined not to be an easy victim.
+
+One of the party had a good-sized salmon in his hand, which indicated
+that they had been a-fishing.
+
+They took no notice of him, though they could not help seeing him, and
+Clyde took courage from this circumstance.
+
+The fishing squad was composed of the crew of the second cutter--the
+unfortunates who had been run down by the steamer.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+THE EXCURSION WITHOUT RUNNING AWAY.
+
+
+The second cutter was a wreck on the water, and the crew saved
+themselves by climbing up the bow of the steamer which had run down
+the boat. They received prompt assistance from those on board, and, as
+the cutter did not sink, and would not have done so, having no
+ballast, even if she had been cut in two, the crew were so well
+trained that not one of them was guilty of the absurdity of jumping
+overboard, and therefore no one was even very wet.
+
+It appeared to be one of those cases where both parties had struggled
+to avoid the catastrophe, but the more they struggled the worse was
+the situation. If the cutter, on the one hand, had continued on her
+course, she would have escaped. If the steamer, on the other hand, had
+not changed her course when the calamity was threatened, the boat
+could have avoided her. The change of purpose in each had confused the
+other, and rendered unavailing the attempt to avoid the collision. The
+boat would have gone clear of the steamer if the latter had not put
+her helm to starboard. But the catastrophe was accomplished so quickly
+that there was not much time to philosophize; and as nothing worse
+than a stove boat had resulted from it, there was not much reason to
+complain. We are not aware that any one did complain; and we only
+state the appearances, not the facts.
+
+The steamer started her wheels again after the cutter had been secured
+and made fast astern. The captain spoke only a few words of English,
+and Sanford found it quite impossible to hold a conversation with him.
+But Ole Amundsen was at hand in this emergency.
+
+"Tell him he needn't stop for us, Ole," said the coxswain.
+
+"Don't you want to return to the ship?" asked the astonished waif.
+
+"No, no," replied Sanford, in a low tone, so that some of the doubtful
+members of his crew might not hear him. "Where is the steamer going,
+Ole?"
+
+"To Christiania, stopping at all the ports on the coast," answered
+Ole, when he had obtained the information from the captain.
+
+"All right; we will go to the first place where she stops," added
+Sanford. "Don't say a word to the rest of the fellows, Ole."
+
+"The first port she stops at is Lillesand," said Ole.
+
+"Very well; we will go there."
+
+Ole explained to the captain that the boys he had picked up wished to
+go to Lillesand, where they could join their ship. This plan exactly
+suited the young Norwegian, for he did not like the idea of being
+landed at Christiansand, or taken back to the ship.
+
+"Where are we going? Why don't he put us on shore, or on board of the
+ship?" demanded Burchmore.
+
+"It's a mail steamer; she is very late," replied Ole.
+
+"But is she going to carry us off, because she is in a hurry?"
+
+"Only to a port up here a little ways. We can come right back in
+another steamer," Ole explained; and Burchmore was satisfied.
+
+Now, the captain had certainly declared that he was in a great hurry,
+and was not willing to wait for the boat which had put off from the
+ship; but he proposed to hail a boat which was passing, and send his
+involuntary passengers to the town in her. Ole assured him his
+companions wished to go to Lillesand, and he was too glad to avoid any
+delay. As the first cutter followed the steamer, it was decided, after
+consultation with the captain, to turn the stove boat adrift, so that
+it could be towed back to the ship by the first cutters. Sanford cast
+off the painter, and the pliant master of the steamer was glad to get
+rid of this check upon the speed of his boat. The boys watched the
+water-logged craft till it was picked up by the first cutter, and then
+passing behind an island, the squadron was out of view.
+
+"How came you here, Ole?" asked Rodman.
+
+"Came in the boat; but I didn't think you were going to smash her. I
+thought I was killed that time, sure," laughed the waif.
+
+"But how came you in the boat?" inquired Wilde.
+
+"I got in, of course; nobody put me in."
+
+"When?"
+
+"When it hung at the davits in the ship, just before the pilot came on
+board."
+
+"What do you get in there for?"
+
+"My education has been neglected, and I have to do a great deal of
+thinking to make up for it. I don't like to be disturbed when I'm
+thinking; so I got into the boat, and covered myself with the sail."
+
+"Tell that to the fishes," snuffed Wilde.
+
+"You can, if you wish; I don't speak their language," laughed Ole.
+
+"But really, Norway, what did you get into the second cutter for?"
+said Sanford.
+
+"The pilot was a first cousin of mine, and I was afraid he would whip
+me for making faces at him when I was a baby. He never forgets
+anything."
+
+"Nonsense!"
+
+"Well, if you know better than I, don't ask me any more about it."
+
+Ole was no more inclined to explain how he came in the second cutter
+than he had been to solve the mystery of being in a water-logged
+bateau, out of sight of land. It only appeared that while the students
+covered the rail and crowded the rigging to see the land, he had put
+himself into the boat. When the hands were called to man the braces,
+he, having no duty to perform, had not answered the call, and was left
+alone in the cutter. At sea, every precaution was taken to provide for
+the safety of the crew in case of any calamity. Each boat was provided
+with a sail, a mast, a compass, and several breakers of water, and a
+quantity of provisions was ready to be put in when needed. Ole stowed
+himself beneath the sail, which lay under the middle board, extending
+fore and aft. Before De Forrest took his place in the stern-sheets,
+Stockwell had discovered the absentee, and communicated the fact of
+his presence to those near him. The crew of the second cutter were
+entirely willing to keep his secret, as they were that of any one who
+needed their help. Among such boys it was regarded as dishonorable in
+the highest degree to betray any one; and, indeed, the principal
+discountenanced anything like "tale-bearing," to which the students
+gave a very liberal construction. Sanford had proposed that De Forrest
+should take a walk on shore, in order to give Ole an opportunity to
+escape from his confinement, which, on account of the singular
+obstinacy and suspicion of that officer, had threatened to be
+indefinitely continued, till the collision came to his aid.
+
+"How's this?" said Stockwell, as he seated himself by the side of the
+coxswain, on one of the settees on the quarter-deck of the steamer.
+
+"How's what?" asked Sanford.
+
+"It seems to me that we are clear of the ship, and without running
+away."
+
+"Don't say a word. We got spilled out the boat, and it was not our
+doing. We obeyed De Forrest's orders to the very letter, so that no
+fault can be found with us."
+
+"Of course not."
+
+"If De Forrest had not ordered me to shove off, I shouldn't have done
+so."
+
+"Then the boat might have been ground up on the rocks."
+
+"Do you see anything green in my eye?" replied Sanford, suggestively.
+
+"You don't mean to say that you smashed the boat on purpose?"
+
+"Certainly I don't mean to _say_ anything of the sort. I obey orders
+if I break owners, or boats either, for that matter."
+
+"What are you going to do next?"
+
+"I don't know. The programme is to go back in the steamer that returns
+to Christiansand to-morrow night."
+
+"O, then you mean to go back."
+
+"Your head's as thick as the broadside of an iron-clad. Of course I
+mean to go back."
+
+"Immediately?"
+
+"In the next boat."
+
+Stockwell did not exactly like the sharp way with which Sanford dealt
+with his innocence. Certainly the coxswain and himself had talked
+about an excursion to the interior of Norway without running away; but
+now, though the circumstances favored the plan, his friend plainly
+announced his intention to return to Christiansand and join the ship.
+But it could be said of the coxswain that his ways were dark, and
+Stockwell was more inclined to wait than to question him. In two hours
+the steamer arrived at Lillesand, and the party went on shore. The
+place was only a small village, but they found accommodations for the
+night.
+
+"What time does the steamer for Christiansand leave this place?" asked
+Sanford, as the party gathered at the station-house, which is the
+hotel, post-office, and establishment for furnishing horses to
+travellers.
+
+"To-morrow evening," replied Ole.
+
+"To-morrow evening!" exclaimed the coxswain. "That will never do! What
+time?"
+
+"About eight o'clock," answered the waif, whose devotion to the truth
+did not prevent him from stating the time two hours later than the
+fact warranted. "She may be two or three hours later."
+
+"The squadron sails for Christiania to-morrow afternoon," added
+Sanford. "The ship will be gone before we can get there."
+
+"She will not go without us," suggested Burchmore.
+
+"Yes, she will," said Stockwell, who was beginning to fathom the dark
+ways of the coxswain. "The principal will suppose we have gone on to
+Christiania."
+
+"That's so."
+
+"But what are we to do?" demanded Tinckner.
+
+"That's the question," added Sanford, with a blank look, as though he
+considered the situation as utterly hopeless.
+
+"We are not so badly off as we might be," said Boyden.
+
+"I don't see how it could be any worse," replied Sanford. "But I don't
+know that it is our fault. The captain of the steamer would not stop,
+after he had picked us up; at least, I don't know anything about it;
+but Ole said he wouldn't stop."
+
+"He could not stop," protested the waif, vehemently. "He had only just
+time enough to reach Frederiksvaern in season for the other steamer. If
+he lost her, he would be turned off. He wouldn't stop for love or
+money."
+
+"No matter, for that; here we are, and what are we going to do? It's
+no use to cry for spilled milk," continued Stockwell. "The ship will
+go to Christiania, and won't come near this place. Mr. Lowington will
+expect to find us there when he arrives, and all we have to do is to
+make good his calculation. We have plenty of money, and we can get
+there somehow or other."
+
+Involuntarily, every fellow put his hands into his pocket; and then,
+if not before, they recalled the suggestion of the coxswain, made
+before they took their places in the cutter, that they should bring
+their money and their pea-jackets; but then, it seemed simply absurd
+that the boat had been smashed by his contrivance.
+
+"Was it for this, Sanford, that you told us to bring our money?" said
+Burchmore.
+
+"I should say a fellow ought always to carry his money with him. No
+one can tell what will happen to him when he goes away from the ship,"
+replied the coxswain. "You can see that it's lucky you have it with
+you. We might have to spend the summer here if we had no money. When
+will a steamer go from here to Christiania, Norway?"
+
+"Next Friday--just a week from to-day," replied the Norwegian, very
+seriously.
+
+"A week!" exclaimed Burchmore.
+
+"That is not long; a week is soon gone."
+
+"But we can't stay here a week," protested Tinckner.
+
+"I don't want to do it," added Sanford; "but if we have to do it, I
+suppose I can stand it as well as the rest of you."
+
+"We can't any of us stand it," said Wilde. "Who's going to stay a week
+in such a place as this? I'm not, for one. I'll swim up to
+Christiansand first."
+
+"Can't we hire a boat, and go back to Christiansand?" Burchmore
+proposed. "It is not more than twenty miles, and it would be a fine
+sail among these beautiful islands."
+
+"All right; look up a boat, Norway," replied Sanford, as though
+entirely willing to adopt this plan.
+
+Ole walked about the place for half an hour, accompanied by three of
+the boys. Perhaps he was careful not to find what he wanted; at any
+rate, no boat seemed to be available for the purpose desired, and when
+the excursionists met again, it was reported that no boat suitable for
+the accommodation of the party could be found.
+
+"Then can't we engage horses, and go round to Christiansand by land?"
+inquired Burchmore.
+
+"In carioles?" queried Ole, with an odd smile.
+
+"Carioles or wagons; anything we can find."
+
+"You can, but it will take you a day and a half," replied Ole.
+
+"A day and a half to go twenty miles."
+
+"About seventy miles by land," added Ole. "You must go almost up to
+the north pole before you can cross the river."
+
+"O, nonsense!" exclaimed Burchmore, who could not help feeling that
+Ole was not altogether reliable on his figures and facts.
+
+"If you don't believe it, go and ask the postmaster, or any one in the
+town," continued the waif.
+
+"That's all very well to talk about asking any one, when no one speaks
+a syllable of English."
+
+"I will do the talking for you."
+
+"Of course you will; you have done it all thus far."
+
+"I don't mean to say that you must really double the north pole, or
+that it is just seventy miles by land; but it's a long distance," Ole
+explained.
+
+"No matter how far it is; we will go," added the pliant coxswain. "I'm
+willing to do whatever the fellows wish. It shall not be said that I
+was mulish."
+
+"But if it is seventy miles, or anything like it, we couldn't get to
+Christiansand before the ship left."
+
+"That's just what I was thinking," answered Sanford, with a puzzled
+expression on his face. "Ole says it is a long way, and I have been
+told that these Norwegians are very honest, and will not lie; so I
+suppose he has told the truth."
+
+It was barely possible that the waif had learned to lie in England,
+where he had acquired his English.
+
+"I suppose we must give up the idea of going in a boat, or going by
+land. We can only wait till the steamer comes," continued Burchmore,
+putting on a very long face.
+
+"We can't stand that," protested Wilde.
+
+"Well, what are you going to do?" demanded Burchmore.
+
+"Can't you tell us, Norway?" said Tinckner.
+
+"I know what I should do if I were in your situation, and wanted to
+make a sure thing of it."
+
+"Well, what?" asked Burchmore, gathering a hope from the words of the
+waif.
+
+"I should go to Christiania."
+
+"But how?"
+
+"By land, of course."
+
+"It's up by the north pole."
+
+"It is about a hundred and fifty miles from here by water, and it
+can't be any more by land," said Sanford. "But I don't care what you
+do; I will do as the others say."
+
+"I like the idea," added Stockwell. "It is the only safe thing we can
+do. If we go back to Christiansand, we shall be too late for the ship.
+If we wait for a steamer to Christiania, she will be gone when we get
+there."
+
+"How much will it cost to go to Christiania in this way?" inquired
+Wilde, who did not feel quite sure that his funds would stand such a
+drain.
+
+"Here are the prices in the post-house," said Ole, as he led the way
+to a partition on which the posting was put up. "For one mile, one
+mark six skillings."
+
+"We know all about it now," laughed Rodman. "What's a mark, and what's
+a skilling?"
+
+"Twenty-four skillings make a mark, and a skilling is about a
+halfpenny English," Ole explained.
+
+"About a cent of our money," continued Rodman. "One mark and six
+skillings would be thirty skillings, or about thirty cents."
+
+"That will never do," interposed Wilde, shaking his head. "One hundred
+and fifty miles, at thirty cents a mile, would be forty-five dollars;
+and I suppose we have to pay for our grub besides."
+
+"It would come to ten or twelve pounds, and Wilde has only ten
+pounds," added Rodman.
+
+"No, no; you are all wrong. That means a Norwegian mile--about seven
+of ours. It would be only four and two sevenths cents a mile; say, six
+or seven dollars to Christiania; and the grub would cost as much
+more," said Stockwell. "Three pounds will cover the whole expense,
+and that won't break any body."
+
+After considerable discussion, it was agreed to adopt the plan
+proposed, and Ole was instructed to make the necessary arrangements
+with the station-master. The party went out to the stable to examine
+the carioles. They were a kind of gig, without any hood or top, with a
+small board behind, on which stands or sits the boy who drives the
+team back to the station after it has left the passenger. Tourists
+generally purchase the carioles in which they ride, and are not
+bothered with the boys. The students were not very nice about their
+accommodations; and finding that when two persons went in the same
+vehicle only half a fare extra was charged, they decided to engage but
+five carioles. As the law did not require the station-master to keep
+this number of horses in waiting, it was necessary to send "forbud"
+before the party started. This was an order to all the stations on the
+road to have five horses ready, and may be forwarded by mail or by
+special messenger, the expense of which was paid by the young
+tourists.
+
+It was solemnly agreed that the expense should be equally divided, and
+Burchmore was elected cashier and paymaster. With the assistance of
+Ole, he changed twelve pounds into Norwegian money, and found himself
+heavily loaded with the small coins of the country, which would be
+needed in making change at the stations. After all this important
+business had been disposed of, the party walked all over the town and
+its suburbs, and were duly stared at by the astonished people.
+
+"We ought to write a letter to Mr. Lowington, and tell him how we are
+situated," suggested Churchill, as they were returning to the station.
+
+"Exactly so; and carry it to him ourselves," replied Stockwell. "I
+move you that Burchmore be appointed bearer of despatches."
+
+"I mean to have the letter sent by mail," added Churchill.
+
+"We shall be in Christiania as soon as any mail, if there is no
+steamer for a week," said Sanford.
+
+"True; I didn't think of that," continued the proposer of this
+precaution. "The principal will be worried about us."
+
+"Let him worry," replied the coxswain; "that is, we can't do anything
+to relieve his mind."
+
+"I don't see that we can," added Churchill.
+
+For the want of something better to do, the students turned in at an
+early hour in the evening, and turned out at an early hour in the
+morning. They all slept in the same room, some of them in beds, and
+the rest on the floor; but those who slept on the floor were just as
+well satisfied as those who slept in the beds. After a breakfast
+consisting mainly of fish, they piled into the carioles. They were
+all in exceedingly jolly humor, and seated themselves in and on the
+vehicles in various uncouth postures. One boy in each cariole was to
+drive the horse, and he was carefully instructed to do nothing but
+simply hold the reins, and let the well-informed animal have his own
+way. The horses were rather small, and very shaggy beasts; but they
+went off at a lively pace. At the first hill they insisted upon
+walking up, and most of the boys followed their example. Behind three
+of the carioles were the small boys who were to bring the teams back.
+These juvenile Norwegians were as sober and dignified as though they
+had been members of the Storthing, refusing to laugh at any of the
+wild tantrums of the crazy students.
+
+At the first station, where the road from Lillesand joins that from
+Christiansand to the north, the horses ordered by "forbud" were in
+readiness, and the party had only to pass from one set of carioles to
+another. The grim post-boys did smile faintly when they received their
+perquisites, and others, just as immovable, took their places for the
+next post. The road now lay along the banks of a considerable river,
+and the scenery was rather interesting, though by no means grand. They
+passed an occasional farm; but generally the buildings were of the
+rudest and shabbiest description, though occasionally there was a neat
+residence, painted white or yellow, with roof of red tile. The boys
+walked up all the hills, leaving the sagacious horses to take care of
+themselves. All the students voted that it was jolly to travel in this
+manner, and there was no end to the sky-larking and racing on the
+road. At noon, they stopped long enough to dine, and at night found
+themselves at Tvetsund, at the foot of Nisser Lake, where they lodged.
+As this was as far as they had sent their "forbud," they decided to
+proceed by boat through the lake, a distance of about twenty miles.
+
+The next day was Sunday, which was always observed with great
+strictness on board of the ship, no play and no unnecessary work being
+permitted. There was a little church in the village, but none but Ole
+could understand a word of the preacher's prayer or sermon; so that
+the students voted it would be useless for them to go there. Four of
+the party, still controlled by the influences which prevailed on board
+of the ship, did not wish to travel on Sunday; but when it was
+represented that the ship might leave Christiania before the party
+arrived, they yielded to the wishes of the other five, and procuring
+boats, they proceeded on their way. At the head of the lake they took
+the road, and walked about seven miles to Apalstoe.
+
+"We are stuck here," said Sanford, after they had taken supper at the
+station-house. "This posting is a first-class fraud."
+
+"Why, what's the matter?" demanded Burchmore, alarmed by the manner of
+the coxswain.
+
+"No horses to be had till Tuesday morning."
+
+"That's a fraud."
+
+"Well, it can't be helped," added Sanford, philosophically. "I'm
+willing to walk, if the rest of the fellows say so."
+
+"We can't walk to Christiania."
+
+"That's so; and we should not find any more horses at the next station
+than here. Norway says we didn't send 'forbud,' which must be done
+when more than three horses are wanted."
+
+"Why didn't Ole send 'forbud,' then?"
+
+"He said we had better go by boat part of the way; it would be easier.
+But part of us can take the three horses that are ready, and go on
+with them."
+
+"I don't believe in separating."
+
+"We are only a day and a half from Christiania, and we shall arrive by
+Wednesday noon. The ship won't leave before that time."
+
+So Burchmore was persuaded to submit to his fate like a philosopher,
+which, however, was not considered very hard, when it was announced
+that there was excellent fishing in the vicinity. It is to be feared
+that Ole and the coxswain had created this hinderance themselves, for
+the law of the country allows only three hours' delay in the
+furnishing of horses. The farmers are compelled to supply them, and
+doubtless twenty could have been provided in the time allowed, though
+the young tourists were able to give twelve hours' notice. This,
+however, did not suit the coxswain's purposes, and as he and Ole had
+occupied the same cariole, there was no want of concert in their words
+and actions. On Monday the students went a-fishing, paying a small sum
+for a license to do so, though this is not necessary in all parts of
+Norway. The united catch of the whole party was one salmon, taken by
+Burchmore, and weighing about eight pounds. It was voted by the party,
+before this result was reached, in the middle of the afternoon, that
+fishing in Norway was "a first-class fraud." We heard of a party of
+three, who fished two weeks, and caught eight salmon, though this want
+of luck is the exception, rather than the rule, in the north.
+
+As the party returned from their excursion, bearing the single trophy
+of their patience, Clyde Blacklock discovered them. He was alarmed at
+first, but when he recognized no one among them whom he had seen on
+board of the ship, he concluded they did not belong to her.
+
+"Good evening, sir," said he, addressing Sanford, who seemed to be the
+chief of the excursionists. "You have been a-fishing?"
+
+"Yes; and ten of us have one fish to show for a whole day's work,"
+laughed the coxswain.
+
+"Poor luck; but you seem to be sailors," continued the Briton.
+
+"We belong to the ship Young America."
+
+"Ah, indeed!"
+
+"That's so."
+
+In half an hour Clyde and Sanford were on excellent terms. The former,
+when he learned that his new acquaintance had not been sent after him,
+was quite communicative, and even told the story of his experience on
+board of the ship, and of his escape from bondage. Sanford laughed,
+and seemed to enjoy the narrative; but straightway the coxswain began
+to tremble when he learned that Clyde had with him a Norwegian who
+spoke English. It was necessary to get rid of so dangerous a person
+without any delay. The Briton liked Sanford so well that he was not
+willing to leave him; and, indeed, the whole party were so jolly that
+he desired to join his fortunes with theirs. Sanford wrote a brief
+letter to Mr. Lowington, stating the misfortunes of the party, and
+that they expected to arrive in Christiania on Wednesday or Thursday.
+
+"Now, Mr. ----, I don't know your name," said Sanford, when he
+found Clyde, after he had written the epistle.
+
+"Blacklock," replied the Briton--"Clyde Blacklock."
+
+"Well, Blacklock, if you want an up-and-down good time, come with us."
+
+"Where? To Christiania? into the lion's den?"
+
+"Not yet, but--don't open your mouth; don't let on for the world,"
+whispered the coxswain, glancing at his companions.
+
+"Not a word," added Clyde, satisfied he had found the right friend.
+
+"We are going to the Rjukanfos to-morrow, but only one or two of us
+know it yet. Your man will spoil all. Send him back to Christiania
+this very afternoon. Here's a blind for him; let him take this
+letter."
+
+Clyde liked plotting and mischief, and as soon as his guide had eaten
+his supper, he was started for his home in the capital, glad enough to
+go, for he had been paid for all the time agreed upon; and Sanford
+ceased to tremble lest he should expose to his companions the mistake
+in regard to horses, or another blunder which was to be made the next
+morning.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+GOTTENBURG AND FINKEL.
+
+
+On Saturday night, as Clyde had anticipated, his mother arrived at
+Christiania; and the people at the Victoria informed her of the
+disappearance of her son. The next morning she hastened on board of
+the ship, and heard the principal's story. Mrs. Blacklock wept
+bitterly, and was fearful that her darling boy was forever lost; but
+Mr. Lowington assured her that no serious harm could befall him. He
+spoke very plainly to her in regard to Clyde's character and his
+ungovernable passions, assuring her that he must certainly come to an
+evil end within a few years, if he was not restrained and controlled.
+The poor mother felt the truth of all he said, and was willing that he
+should continue the beneficent work upon which he had commenced. She
+spent the forenoon on board, and was introduced to Kendall and
+Shuffles and their ladies. The principal illustrated what he had said
+about Clyde by relating the history of the present captain and owner
+of the Feodora, and Mrs. Blacklock went away even hopeful that her boy
+might yet be saved to her.
+
+On Monday, the first secular day of the month, the new list of
+officers was announced in each vessel of the squadron. The changes on
+board of the ship were not very violent, though the third lieutenant
+became captain, while Cumberland became the commodore.
+
+"I congratulate you, Captain Lincoln," said Dr. Winstock to the new
+commander, when he appeared in the uniform of his new rank.
+
+"Thank you, sir," replied Lincoln.
+
+"I have been satisfied for some time that you would attain this
+position."
+
+"I am only sorry to be promoted over Judson and Norwood, for they have
+always been good friends of mine."
+
+"If they are good and true friends they will rejoice at your success,
+though it places you over them. You have worked very hard, and you are
+fully entitled to your rank."
+
+"Thank you, sir. I have tried to do my duty," replied Lincoln,
+modestly.
+
+"When I see a young gentleman use the library as freely as you do, I
+am always tolerably confident that he will attain a high rank. We go
+on shore this forenoon, I believe."
+
+"I heard we were to make an excursion to-day, and another to-morrow."
+
+"You will see something of the interior of Norway, after all, though
+it is not quite possible to transport two hundred boys over a country
+where the facilities for travel are so meagre," added the surgeon.
+
+"For my part, I should like to walk, even a hundred miles."
+
+"That is not practicable. How could such a crowd be lodged and fed, in
+some of the small villages where you would be compelled to pass the
+night?"
+
+"I suppose it would not be possible, and I shall be satisfied with
+whatever the principal thinks best," replied the captain.
+
+The students were called to muster, and Mr. Lowington explained that
+he proposed to spend the day, in picnic style, at Frogner Saeter, and
+that the party would walk. The boats were then prepared, and the crews
+of the several vessels went on shore. Captains Kendall and Shuffles
+procured carriages, for the ladies were not able to walk so far.
+Passing out of the more densely settled portions of the city, the
+excursionists came to a delightful region, abounding in pleasant
+residences, some of which were grand and lofty. For a time the
+landscape was covered with small cottages, painted white or yellow;
+but as they proceeded they came to a country very sparsely settled,
+and very similar to that of New England. The road lay through woods of
+pine and fir, and had been constructed by Mr. Heftye, a
+public-spirited citizen, who owned a large estate at the summit of the
+hill.
+
+"This looks just like Maine," said Captain Lincoln, who walked at the
+side of Dr. Winstock.
+
+"Exactly like it. There is a house, however, which is hardly so good
+as those you see in Maine," replied the doctor.
+
+"It isn't any better than a shanty, and the barn is as good as the
+house. I wonder what that is for;" and Lincoln pointed to a bunch of
+straw, on the top of a pole, at the entrance of the barn. "I have seen
+two or three of those here, and near Christiansand."
+
+"It was grain placed there for the birds during the winter."
+
+"That's very kind of the people, I must say."
+
+"They are very kind to all their animals."
+
+Near the summit of the hill, the party came to the summer-house of Mr.
+Heftye, a very neat structure of wood, with a piazza, from which is
+obtained a beautiful view of the surrounding country. Another half
+hour brought them to the top of the hill, where the proprietor had
+erected a wooden tower, or observatory. It was some sixty or seventy
+feet high, and was stayed with rope guys, extending to the trees on
+four sides, to prevent it from being blown over. Only twenty of the
+boys were permitted to go up at one time, for the wind was tolerably
+fresh, and the structure swayed to and fro like the mast of a ship in
+a sea. From the top, mountains fifty miles distant could be seen.
+Christiania Fjord lay like a panorama in the distance, stretching as
+far as the eye could reach. To the west the country looked wild and
+desolate, and was covered with wood-crowned mountains, though none of
+any considerable height could be seen. It was a magnificent view, and
+some of the most enthusiastic of the students declared that it was
+worth a voyage to Norway; but boys are proverbially extravagant.
+
+A couple of hours were spent on the hill, the lunch was eaten, and the
+boys declared that they were well rested. The return walk was not so
+pleasant, for the novelties of the region had been exhausted. The road
+passed through private property, where there were at least a dozen
+gates across it in different places; and as the party approached, a
+woman, a boy, or a girl appeared, to open them. Kendall or Shuffles
+rewarded each of them with a few skillings for the service. When
+their two and four skilling pieces were exhausted, they were obliged
+to use larger coins, rather than be mean; but it was observed that the
+Norwegians themselves, though able to ride in a carriage, never gave
+anything. It was amusing to see the astonishment of the boys and girls
+when they received an eight skilling piece, and the haste with which
+they ran to their parents to exhibit the prize.
+
+The party reached the vessels at five o'clock, and after supper the
+boats were again in demand for a visit to Oscarshal, the white summer
+palace, which could be seen from the ship. Mr. Bennett had provided
+the necessary tickets, and made the arrangements for the excursion. It
+is certainly a very pretty place, but there are a hundred country
+residences in the vicinity of New York, Boston, or any other large
+city of the United States, which excel it in beauty and elegance, as
+well as in the expense lavished upon them. Before returning to the
+anchorage, the boat squadron pulled about for a couple of hours among
+the beautiful islands, and when the students returned to the fleet,
+they felt that they had about exhausted Christiania and its environs.
+
+The next day they went by the railroad train to Eidsvold, and there
+embarked in the steamer Kong Oscar for a voyage of sixty-five miles up
+the Mjosen Lake to Lillehammer, where they arrived at half past five
+in the afternoon. The scenery of the lake is pleasant, but not grand,
+the slope of the hills being covered with farms. Near the upper end,
+the hills are higher, and the aspect is more picturesque. Some of the
+western boys thought it looked like the shores of the Ohio River,
+others compared it with the Delaware, and a New Hampshire youth
+considered it more like Lake Winnipiseogee.
+
+Lillehammer is a small town of seventeen hundred inhabitants. M.
+Hammer's and Madame Ormsrud's hotel were not large enough to
+accommodate the party, and they began to experience some of the
+difficulties of travelling in such large numbers; but Mr. Bennett had
+done his work well, and sleeping-rooms were provided in other houses
+for the rest. The tourists rambled all over the town and its vicinity,
+looked into the saw-mills, visited the farms, and compared the
+agriculture with that of their own country; and it must be added that
+Norway suffered very much in the comparison, for the people are slow
+to adopt innovations upon the methods of their fathers.
+
+Early in the morning--for steamers in Norway and Sweden have a
+villanous practice of starting at unseemly hours--the students
+embarked for Eidsvold, and were on board the vessels long before the
+late sunset. On the quarter, waiting for the principal, was Clyde's
+courier, who had arrived that morning, after the departure of the
+excursionists. He evidently had not hurried his journey, though he had
+been told to do so. He delivered Sanford's brief note, which was
+written in pencil, and Mr. Lowington read it. The absentees were safe
+and well, and would arrive by Thursday. He was glad to hear of their
+safety, but as the squadron was now ready to sail, he regretted the
+delay.
+
+"Where did you leave the boys?" asked the principal of the courier.
+
+"At Apalstoe," replied the guide, whose name was Poulsen.
+
+"Do you belong there?"
+
+"No, sir; I live in Christiania. I went down there with a young
+gentleman last Saturday."
+
+"Who was he?"
+
+"Mr. Blacklock, sir; a young English gentleman."
+
+"Ah! did you? And where is Mr. Blacklock now?"
+
+"I left him at Apalstoe with a party of young gentlemen who were
+dressed like the people here; and he sent me back with this letter,"
+replied Poulsen, who proceeded to explain that Clyde had engaged him
+as courier for Christiansand, but had changed his mind when he met the
+party belonging to the ship, and had concluded to return to
+Christiania with them.
+
+This was precisely what he had been told to say by the young Briton,
+and probably he believed that it was a correct statement. The
+principal saw no reason to doubt the truth of it, for Clyde must be
+satisfied that his mother was in Christiania by this time, and would
+naturally wish to join her. Anxious to console Mrs. Blacklock, Mr.
+Lowington called for a boat, and hastened on shore to see her. He
+found her, her daughter, and Paul Kendall and lady, in the
+reading-room at the Victoria--a unique apartment, with a fountain in
+the centre, a glass gallery over the court-yard, and lighted with
+many-colored lamps. The principal communicated the intelligence he had
+received of her son to Mrs. Blacklock, whose face lighted up at the
+news.
+
+"Then you have heard from the absentees, Mr. Lowington," said Paul
+Kendall.
+
+"Yes; they are on their way to Christiania, and Sanford says they will
+arrive to-morrow, at farthest; but they may be delayed," replied the
+principal.
+
+"No one need worry about them if they are safe and well," added Paul,
+glancing at Clyde's mother.
+
+"They are safe and well, but I intended to sail for Gottenburg
+to-morrow morning. I have almost concluded to do so, and leave some
+one to accompany the boys to Gottenburg in the steamer. I do not like
+to delay the whole fleet for them."
+
+"It would take a long time to beat out of the fjord against a head
+wind," added Paul.
+
+"If the wind is fair to-morrow morning, I shall sail, whether they
+arrive or not."
+
+"A steamer leaves for Gottenburg on Saturday morning, and she may
+arrive as soon as your ship," added Paul.
+
+"Very true. I think I will leave Peaks to look out for the absentees.
+Are you sure the steamer goes on Saturday?"
+
+"Yes, sir; here is the time table," replied Paul, producing a paper he
+had obtained at Mr. Bennett's. "Dampskibet Kronprindsesse Louise."
+
+"That's Norwegian, Paul. Can you read it?" laughed Mr. Lowington.
+
+"A little. 'Hver Loeverday;' that means on Saturday; 'at 6 fm.,' which
+is early in the morning. She arrives at Gottenburg about midnight."
+
+"That will answer our purpose very well. We shall get under way early
+in the morning, Paul."
+
+"Then I will go on board of the yacht to-night, sir; but you need not
+wait for me, for I think I can catch you if you should get two or
+three hours the start of me. I haven't used my balloon jib yet, and am
+rather anxious to do so."
+
+"I shall not wait for you, then, Paul."
+
+After a long conversation with Mrs. Blacklock, in which he assured her
+again that nothing but firmness on her part could save her son from
+ruin, the principal left the hotel, and returned to the ship. In the
+evening Mr. and Mrs. Kendall went on board of the Grace. On the
+following morning, the wind being a little north of west, the signal
+for sailing was displayed on board of the Young America, and at six
+o'clock the fleet were under way. The weather was beautiful, and the
+fresh breeze enabled all the vessels to log eight knots an hour, which
+brought them fairly into the Skager Rack early in the afternoon.
+
+"I suppose we are off the coast of Sweden now," said Norwood, as he
+glanced at the distant hills on the left.
+
+"The pilot said Frederikshald was in this direction," replied Captain
+Lincoln, pointing to the shore. "It is at the head of a small fjord,
+and is near the line between Norway and Sweden."
+
+"Charles XII. was killed there--wasn't he?"
+
+"That's the place. The fortress of Frederiksteen is there, on a
+perpendicular rock four hundred feet high."
+
+"I wish we went nearer to the Swedish coast," added Norwood.
+
+"We shall see enough of it before we leave the Baltic," said Lincoln.
+
+"Probably we shall not care to see it after we have been looking at it
+a week."
+
+"According to the chart, this part of the coast is fringed with
+islands, but they don't look so bare and desolate as those of Norway.
+I had an idea that everything on this side of the ocean was entirely
+different from what we see on our side," added the captain.
+
+"That was just my idea."
+
+"But it isn't so. It is almost the same thing here as the coast of
+Maine. The shore here is hilly, and through the glass it looks as
+though it was covered with pine forests."
+
+"I expect to see something different before we return."
+
+"Not in the Baltic; for I fancy most of the southern coast looks like
+that of our Middle and Southern States."
+
+"Up here, even the houses look just as they do at home."
+
+"I don't believe we shall find it so in Denmark."
+
+As there was little to be seen, the regular routine of the squadron
+was followed, and those who were in the steerage, attending to their
+recitations, did not feel that they were losing anything. Later in the
+day, the wind was light, and the vessels made very little progress,
+though the course brought them nearer to the coast, where on the port
+bow appeared a high promontory, extending far out into the sea. The
+wind died out entirely just before sunset, and the sails hung
+motionless from the spars; for there was no swell to make them thrash
+about, as at sea. It was utter silence, and it was hard to believe
+that very ugly storms often made sad havoc in this channel.
+
+When the sun rose the next morning it brought with it a light breeze
+from the west, and the fleet again skimmed merrily along over the
+water. Its course was near the town of Marstrand, a noted Swedish
+watering-place, situated on an island. Soon after, pilots were taken,
+and the vessels stood into the harbor of Gottenburg, which is formed
+by the mouth of Goeta River. Along the sides of the channel were posts
+set in the water, for the convenience of vessels hauling in or out of
+the harbor. The fleet came to anchor in a convenient part of the port,
+and those on board proceeded to take a leisurely survey of the city.
+The portion of the town nearest to them was built on low, flat land,
+and they could see the entrances of various canals. Farther back was a
+series of rugged hills, which were covered with pleasant residences
+and beautiful gardens. After dinner the students were mustered on
+deck, to listen to a few particulars in regard to the city, though it
+was understood that the general lecture on Sweden would be reserved
+until the arrival of the squadron at Stockholm.
+
+"What city is this?" asked Mr. Mapps.
+
+"Gottenburg," replied a hundred of the students.
+
+"That is plain English. What do the Swedes call it?"
+
+"G-oe-t-e-b-o-r-g," answered Captain Lincoln, spelling the word.
+
+"Perhaps I had better call on Professor Badois to pronounce it for
+you."
+
+"Y[=a]t-a-borg," said the instructor in languages, repeating the
+pronunciation several times, which, however, cannot be very accurately
+expressed with English characters. "And the river here is Ya-tah."
+
+"The French call the city _Gothembourg_. It is five miles from the
+sea, and is connected with Stockholm by the Goeta Canal, which is a
+wonderful piece of engineering. Steamboats ply regularly between
+Gottenburg and the capital through this canal, the voyage occupying
+three or four days."
+
+"I intend to make a trip up this canal as far as the Wenern Lake, with
+the students," said Mr. Lowington.
+
+A cheer greeted this announcement, and then the professor described
+the canal minutely.
+
+"The principal street of Gottenburg," he continued, "is on the canal,
+extending through the centre of the city. There are no remarkable
+buildings, however, for the city is a commercial place. It was founded
+by Gustavus Adolphus, and, like many other cities of the north, being
+built of wood, it has several times been nearly destroyed by fire. The
+buildings now are mostly of stone, or of brick covered with plaster.
+The environs of the city, as you may see from the ship, are very
+pleasant. Now a word about the money of Sweden. The government has
+adopted a decimal system, of which the unit is the _riksdaler_,
+containing one hundred _oere_. The currency in circulation is almost
+entirely paper, though no bills smaller than one riksdaler are issued.
+The silver coins in use are the half and the quarter riksdaler, and
+the ten-oere piece; the latter being a very small coin. On the coppers,
+the value in oere is marked. A riksdaler is worth about twenty-seven
+cents of our money. Sweden is a cheap country."
+
+The signal was made for embarking in the boats, and in a few moments
+the Gottenburgers, as well as the people on board of the foreign
+vessels in the harbor, were astonished by the evolutions of the
+squadron. The students landed, and dividing into parties, explored the
+city. Their first care was to examine the canal, and the various craft
+that floated upon it; but the latter, consisting mainly of schooners,
+were not different from those they saw at home. They visited the
+exchange, the cathedral, the residence of the governor of the
+province, and other principal edifices.
+
+"How do you feel, Scott?" asked Laybold, after they had walked till
+they were tired out, and it was nearly time to go to the
+landing-place.
+
+"Tired and hungry," replied the wag. "I wonder if these Swedishers
+have anything to eat."
+
+"Probably they do; here's a place which looks like a restaurant."
+
+"I feel as though I hadn't tasted food for four months. Let's go in."
+
+They entered the store, which was near the _Bourse_. A neatly-dressed
+waiter bowed to them, and Scott intimated that they wanted a lunch.
+The man who understood English, conducted them to a table, on which a
+variety of eatables was displayed, some of which had a familiar look,
+and others were utterly new and strange. The waiter filled a couple of
+wine-glasses from a decanter containing a light-colored fluid, and
+placed them before the boys.
+
+"What's that?" asked Scott, glancing suspiciously at the wine-glass.
+
+"_Finkel_," replied the man.
+
+"Exactly so; that's what I thought it was," replied Scott, who had
+never heard of the stuff before. "Is it strong?"
+
+"No," answered the waiter, shaking his head with a laugh. "Everybody
+drinks it in Sweden."
+
+"Then we must, Laybold, for we are somebody."
+
+Scott raised the glass. The fluid had the odor of anise-seed, and was
+not at all disagreeable. The taste, too, was rather pleasant at first,
+and Scott drank it off. Laybold followed his example. We must do them
+the justice to say that neither of them knew what "finkel" was.
+Something like strangulation followed the swallowing of the fluid.
+
+"That's not bad," said Scott, trying to make the best of it.
+
+"No, not bad, Scott; but what are you crying about?" replied the
+other, when he recovered the use of his tongue.
+
+"I happened to think of an old aunt of mine, who died and left me all
+her money," added Scott, wiping his eyes. "But you needn't cry; she
+didn't leave any of the money to you."
+
+"What are you going to eat?"
+
+"I generally eat victuals," replied Scott, picking up a slice of bread
+on which was laid a very thin slice of smoked salmon. "That's not
+bad."
+
+The waiter passed to Laybold a small plate of sandwiches, filled with
+a kind of fish-spawn, black and shining. The student took a huge bite
+of one of them, but a moment elapsed before he realized the taste of
+the interior of the sandwich; then, with the ugliest face a boy could
+assume, he rushed to the door, and violently ejected the contents of
+his mouth into the street.
+
+"What's the matter?" demanded the waiter, struggling to keep from
+laughing.
+
+"What abominably nasty stuff!" exclaimed Laybold. "It's just like fish
+slime."
+
+"Don't you like it, Laybold?" asked Scott, coolly.
+
+"Like it? I don't like it."
+
+"Everybody in Sweden eats it," said the waiter.
+
+"What's the matter with it? Is it like defunct cat?" asked Scott.
+
+"More like defunct fish. Try it."
+
+"I will, my lad," added Scott, taking a liberal bite of one of the
+sandwiches.
+
+"How is it?" inquired Laybold.
+
+"First rate; that's the diet for me."
+
+"Very good," said the waiter.
+
+"You don't mean to say you like that stuff, Scott."
+
+"The proof of the pudding is the eating of the bag. I do like it, even
+better than 'finkel.'"
+
+"I don't believe it. No one with a Christian stomach could eat such
+stuff."
+
+"You judge by your own experience. I say it is good. Yours isn't a
+Christian stomach, and that's the reason you don't like it."
+
+"You are a heathen, Scott."
+
+"Heathen enough to know what's good."
+
+"Some more finkel, sir?" suggested the waiter.
+
+"No more finkel for me," replied Scott, whose head was beginning to
+whirl like a top.
+
+"Better take some more," laughed Laybold, who was in the same
+condition.
+
+"I can't stop to take any more; I'm hungry," replied Scott, who
+continued to devour the various viands on the table, till his
+companion's patience was exhausted.
+
+"Come, Scott, we shall be late at the landing."
+
+"We won't go home till morning," chanted the boozy student.
+
+"I will go now;" and Laybold stood up, and tried to walk to the
+door--a feat which he accomplished with no little difficulty.
+
+"Don't be in a hurry, my boy. Come and take some finkel."
+
+"I don't want any finkel."
+
+"Then come and pay the bill. I shall clean out this concern if I stay
+any longer."
+
+"How much, waiter?" stammered Laybold.
+
+"One riksdaler."
+
+"Cheap enough. I should have been broken if they charged by the pound
+for what I ate."
+
+"That's so," added Laybold, as he gave the waiter an English
+sovereign, and received his change in paper.
+
+"Now, my boy, we'll go to sea again," said Scott, as he staggered
+towards the door. "See here, Laybold."
+
+"Well, what do you want?" snarled the latter.
+
+"I'll tell you something, if you won't say anything about it to any
+one."
+
+"I won't."
+
+"Don't tell the principal."
+
+"No."
+
+"Well, then, we're drunk," added Scott, with a tipsy grin.
+
+"You are."
+
+"I am, my boy; I don't know a bob-stay from a bowling hitch. And you
+are as drunk as I am, Laybold."
+
+"I know what I am about."
+
+"So do I know what you are about. You are making a fool of yourself.
+Hold on a minute," added Scott, as he seated himself on a bench before
+a shop.
+
+"Come along, Scott."
+
+"Not for Joseph."
+
+"We shall be left."
+
+"That's just what I want. I'm not going to present myself before the
+principal in this condition--not if I know it."
+
+Laybold, finding that it was not convenient to stand, seated himself
+by the side of his companion. Presently they discovered a party of
+officers on their way to the boats, and they staggered into a lane to
+escape observation. The two students, utterly vanquished by "finkel,"
+did not appear at the landing, and the boats left without them.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+ON THE WAY TO THE RJUKANFOS.
+
+
+"What may the Rjukanfos be?" asked Clyde Blacklock, after his courier
+had started on his return to Christiania.
+
+"O, it's a big thing," replied Sanford. "You can bet high on it."
+
+"Doubtless I can; but is it a mountain, a river, or a lake?"
+
+"'Pon my word, I don't know. Here, Norway!" he shouted to Ole, who was
+with the rest of the party.
+
+"I'm here, Mr. Coxswain," replied the waif.
+
+"What's the Rjukanfos? You told me we ought to go there; but I'll be
+hanged if I know whether it's a lake or a river."
+
+"Neither a lake nor a river," replied Ole. "It's a big waterfall.
+_Fos_, on the end of a word, always makes a waterfall of it. There's
+another, the Voeringfos; but that's too far away."
+
+"How far is it?"
+
+"I don't know; but it's a long distance," added Ole. "All the other
+fellows think we are going to Christiania in the morning."
+
+"All but Stockwell and Rodman," answered Sanford, who had told Ole
+about the new recruit.
+
+"So you are going to play it upon them--are you?" laughed Clyde.
+
+"Just a little. We don't want to leave Norway without seeing something
+of the country, and the rest of the fellows won't go. So we are going
+to take them along with us."
+
+"Excellent! That will be a magnificent joke," exclaimed Clyde. "I'm
+with you. I suppose you all ran away from the ship when you found the
+tyranny was too much for you."
+
+"O, no! We didn't run away. We wouldn't do that. Somehow, by an
+accident, our boat was stove, and we were carried off by a steamer.
+Then we couldn't get back to Christiansand before the ship sailed, and
+we were obliged to come across the country to Christiania, you see."
+
+"I see," replied Clyde, knowingly. "But you don't mean to go back to
+the ship--do you?"
+
+"Certainly we do," protested Sanford.
+
+"Then you are bigger spoonies than I thought you were."
+
+"But we are afraid the ship will be gone before we can reach
+Christiania."
+
+"O, you are afraid of it."
+
+"Very much afraid of it."
+
+"You wouldn't cry if you found she had gone--would you?"
+
+"Well, perhaps we should not cry, for we think we ought to be manly,
+and not be babies; but, of course, we should feel very bad about it."
+
+"O, you would!"
+
+"Certainly we should; for if we were caught running away, staying
+away longer than is necessary, or anything of that sort, our liberty
+would be stopped, and we should not be allowed to go on shore with the
+rest of the fellows."
+
+"You are a deep one, Mr. Coxswain," added Clyde.
+
+"O, no! I'm only a simple-minded young man, that always strives to do
+his duty as well as he knows how."
+
+"I dare say you think it is your duty to visit
+the--what-ye-call-it?--the waterfall."
+
+"You see it is just as near to go that way as the other."
+
+"Is it?"
+
+"Well, if it isn't, we shall not know the fact till after we have been
+there."
+
+"I think I understand you perfectly, Mr. Coxswain; but I don't intend
+to return to the ship under any circumstances."
+
+"You can do as you please, but if we should happen to miss the ship,
+why, we shall be obliged to travel till we find her."
+
+"Exactly so," laughed Clyde.
+
+"But don't understand me that we mean to run away, or to keep away
+from the ship any longer than is absolutely necessary; for we are all
+good boys, and always mean to obey our officers."
+
+"I don't mean to do any such thing. After I hear that the ship has
+left Christiania, I shall go there, find my mother, and travel where I
+please."
+
+The next morning the party started on their journey, and by the middle
+of the afternoon arrived at a station between Lysthus and Tinoset,
+where the road to the Rjukanfos branched off from that to the
+capital. They were compelled to wait an hour here for a change of
+horses. Rogues rarely believe that they are suspected, and Sanford
+was confident that his companions, with the exception of Rodman and
+Stockwell, had no idea of his intentions. Burchmore had not failed to
+notice the repeated conferences between those who were plotting the
+mischief. He was not quite satisfied with the delay which had enabled
+the party to catch that solitary salmon at Apalstoe. He was one of the
+first to enter the station-house where the carioles stopped. On the
+table he found "The Hand-book of Norway," which contained a large map.
+He was anxious to possess this book.
+
+"_Hvor_?" said he, using a word he had learned of Ole, which meant
+"how much," at the same time holding up the book, and exhibiting his
+money.
+
+"_Tre_," replied the woman in the room; by which he understood her to
+mean three marks, for at the same time she laughingly held up three
+fingers.
+
+Burchmore paid the money, and put the book into his pocket. Retreating
+behind the stable with Churchill, who rode in the cariole with him, he
+produced the volume, and spread out the map. Without much difficulty
+he found the road by which the party had come. Everything was right so
+far, and he was satisfied that they should arrive at Kongsberg that
+night.
+
+"Can you make out what's up, Burchmore?" asked Churchill, with whom
+the former had discussed his doubts and fears.
+
+"No; everything is right. Here we are, at the branching off of these
+two roads," replied Burchmore, indicating the locality with the point
+of his knife.
+
+"But Sanford is up to something. He, and Ole, and Stockwell are
+whispering together half the time. Perhaps they mean to leave us
+somewhere on the road."
+
+"They can, if they like," added Burchmore. "I am cashier, you know.
+Each fellow has paid me seven pounds, which I have changed into
+species and marks. No other one has any Norwegian money, or, at least,
+not more than a specie or two. They won't leave me."
+
+"They wouldn't make anything by it."
+
+"And Sanford runs with that English fellow, who seems to be a little
+fast."
+
+"He's a hard one," added Churchill, shaking his head.
+
+"Let them go it; I can keep the run of them now," said Burchmore, as
+he folded up the map, and put the Hand-book in his pocket. "Don't say
+anything about this book, Churchy."
+
+"Not a word."
+
+"I know where we are now, and I think I shall know better than to wait
+a whole day for horses again. That was a sell."
+
+"Do you think so?"
+
+"I thought so at the time, but I didn't want to make a fuss. I changed
+a sovereign for Ole yesterday, and I believe Sanford has bought him
+up. Never mind; we take the right hand road here, and as long as we
+keep moving I haven't a word to say."
+
+In less than an hour the horses were ready, and the procession of
+carioles moved off. Ole and Sanford led the way, and turned to the
+left, instead of the right.
+
+"That's wrong," said Burchmore, very much excited.
+
+"But what do they mean by going this way?" added Churchill.
+
+"I don't know, and I don't care; I only know it is the wrong way.
+Hallo!" he shouted to Sanford, and stopped his pony, which compelled
+three others behind him to stop also.
+
+"What's the matter?" called Sanford.
+
+"You are going the wrong way," replied the cashier.
+
+"No, this is right; come along;" and the coxswain started his team
+again.
+
+But Burchmore refused to follow him, and continued to block the way
+against those behind him.
+
+"Out of the way!" cried Clyde, who was in the rear.
+
+"This is not the right way to Kongsberg," said Burchmore.
+
+"Out of the way, or I'll smash you!" added the imperious Briton.
+
+The cashier was a peaceable young gentleman, and turned his horse out
+of the road. The cariole of Sanford was now out of sight.
+
+"Why don't you go ahead?" demanded Tinckner. "How do you know it is
+the wrong road?"
+
+"I am certain of it. Those fellows are up to some trick."
+
+As a portion of the procession did not follow its leader, Sanford and
+his companions turned back.
+
+"What's the matter, Burchmore? Why don't you come along?" cried the
+coxswain, angrily.
+
+"This is not the right road."
+
+"Isn't it, Ole?" added the coxswain, turning to his companion in the
+cariole.
+
+"Certainly it is."
+
+"I know it isn't," protested the cashier, vehemently. "You are up to
+some trick."
+
+"What trick?" asked Sanford, mildly, as he put on his look of injured
+innocence.
+
+"I don't know what; but I know this is not the right road to
+Kongsberg."
+
+"Who said anything about Kongsberg? We intend to go by the shortest
+way. Don't we, Ole?"
+
+"To be sure we do," replied the ready waif. "We are not going way
+round by Kongsberg."
+
+"You can't bluff me."
+
+"Don't want to bluff you. Go whichever way you like; and the one who
+gets to Christiania first is the best fellow. That's all I have to
+say."
+
+Sanford turned his pony, and drove off again, followed by Clyde,
+Stockwell, and Rodman.
+
+"How do you know this isn't the right way?" inquired Tinckner.
+
+"I'll tell you," replied the cashier, jumping out of the cariole, and
+taking the Hand-book from his pocket.
+
+The others soon joined him, and exhibiting the map, he explained his
+position to his friends.
+
+"Here's another road to Kongsberg," said Summers, indicating its
+direction on the map. "They may be going that way."
+
+"It is possible," added Burchmore, puzzled by this discovery. "It is
+farther that way than by Lysthus."
+
+"Not much; there's hardly any difference. I'm in favor of following
+Sanford."
+
+So were nearly all of them, and the cashier finally yielded. The
+tourists resumed their seats, and soon overtook the coxswain, who
+had evidently expected to be followed. Burchmore was annoyed by the
+discovery he had made, but as the pony attached to the cariole slowly
+climbed the hills, he studied the map and the text of the book he had
+bought.
+
+"We can't go much farther on this tack," said he, as he folded up his
+map.
+
+"What's to prevent us from keeping on to the north pole?" asked
+Churchill.
+
+"It is almost night, in the first place, and in the second, we shall
+come to a lake in the course of an hour, where we must take boats."
+
+"I don't believe anything is wrong about the matter."
+
+"Don't you? Then what are we doing up here?"
+
+"Never mind; we shall soon come to that other road, and then we shall
+know whether Sanford means to go to Kongsberg or not."
+
+"He has stopped ahead of us. He is waiting for us to come up," added
+Burchmore.
+
+"Yes; and there is the road which turns off to the right."
+
+"Why don't he go ahead?"
+
+Sanford and those who had arrived with him left the carioles, and
+gathered at the junction of the two roads. Burchmore followed their
+example.
+
+"What's the matter? What are you stopping here for?" demanded Clyde
+Blacklock, rather imperiously.
+
+"Some of the fellows think we are going to play them a trick," said
+Sanford, with his sweet and innocent smile.
+
+"Who thinks so?" asked Clyde.
+
+"Burchmore."
+
+"Which is Burchmore?"
+
+"That's my name," replied the cashier, rather indifferently.
+
+"Are you the fellow that wants to break up the party?" blustered
+Clyde.
+
+"No, I'm not. I'm the fellow that wants to go to Christiania. We ought
+to have kept to the right at the last station."
+
+"I insist on going this way."
+
+"I don't object; you can go whichever way you please," added the
+cashier, very gently.
+
+"But we mean to keep the party together; and we might as well fight it
+out here as in any other place."
+
+Clyde threw off his overcoat, as though he intended to give a literal
+demonstration of his remark.
+
+"I don't consider you as one of the party," added Burchmore.
+
+"Don't you?"
+
+"No, I do not. You don't belong to our ship, and I don't pay your
+bills."
+
+"No matter for that. If you are not willing to go the way the rest of
+us wish to go, I'll pound you till you are willing."
+
+"No, no, Old England; we don't want anything of that sort. Burchmore
+is a first-rate fellow," interposed the politic Sanford.
+
+"You leave this fellow to me; I'll take care of him. I can whip him
+out of his boots."
+
+"I shall stick to my boots for the present," replied Burchmore, who
+did not seem to be intimidated by the sharp conduct of the Briton. "I
+am willing to listen to reason, but I shall not be bullied into
+anything."
+
+"What do you mean by bullied? Do you call me a bully?" foamed Clyde.
+
+"You can draw your own inferences."
+
+"Do you call me a bully?" demanded Clyde, doubling his fists, and
+walking up to the cashier.
+
+"Enough of this," said Sanford, stepping between the Briton and his
+intended victim. "We shall not allow anybody to lick Burchmore, for he
+is a good fellow, and always means right."
+
+"I don't allow any fellow to call me a bully," replied Clyde.
+
+"He didn't call you a bully. He only said he would not be bullied into
+anything."
+
+"It's the same thing."
+
+"No matter if it is, Old England. You volunteered to pound him if he
+wouldn't go with us; and it strikes me that this is something like
+bullying," added the coxswain, with a cheerful smile.
+
+"I shall thrash him for his impudence, at any rate."
+
+"It isn't exactly civil to tell a fellow you will pound him if he
+won't go with us; and who shall thrash you for your impudence, eh, Old
+England?"
+
+"I mean what I say."
+
+"We shall allow no fight on this question, my gentle Britisher. If you
+should happen to hit Burchmore, I have no doubt he would wallop you
+soundly for your impudence."
+
+"I should like to see him do it," cried Clyde, pulling off his coat,
+and throwing himself into the attitude of the pugilist.
+
+"No, you wouldn't, Albion; and if you would you can't have that
+pleasure. There will be no fight to-day."
+
+"Yes, there will," shouted Clyde.
+
+"Not much;" and Sanford, Rodman, and Stockwell placed themselves
+between Burchmore and Clyde.
+
+"Dry up, Great Britain!" added Wilde.
+
+"We have a point to settle here," continued Sanford, taking no further
+notice of the belligerent Briton. "The right hand road goes to
+Kongsberg; but there is no hotel in that direction where we could
+sleep to-night. I propose, therefore, that we go on to--what's the
+name of the place, Norway?"
+
+"Tinoset," replied Ole.
+
+"To Tinoset, where there is a big hotel."
+
+"How far is it?" asked Churchill.
+
+"Only two or three miles. Then to-morrow we can go on to Kongsberg,
+unless you prefer to go a better way. I'm always ready to do just what
+the rest of the fellows say," added Sanford.
+
+The matter was discussed in all its bearings, and even Burchmore
+thought it better to sleep at Tinoset.
+
+"All right," said Sanford, as he moved off towards his cariole.
+
+"Not yet," interposed Clyde, who still stood with his coat off. "I
+haven't settled my affair with this spoony."
+
+Burchmore and Churchill walked leisurely towards their vehicle, while
+Rodman and Stockwell covered the retreat.
+
+"If you thrash him, you thrash the whole of us, Great Britain," said
+Rodman.
+
+"What kind of a way is that?" demanded the disgusted Briton.
+
+"We won't have any fight over this matter," added Stockwell. "Jump in,
+and let us be off."
+
+"We'll settle it when we get to that place," replied Clyde, seeing
+that this opportunity was lost.
+
+The procession resumed its journey, and in half an hour arrived at
+Tinoset. As it was early in the season, the hotel was not crowded, as
+it sometimes is. The town is at the foot of Lake Tins, upon which the
+little steamer Rjukan made three trips a week each way. The boat was
+to depart the next morning for Ornaes, which is only a few miles from
+the Rjukanfos. Sanford declared that the most direct route to
+Christiania was by steamer through this lake, and then by cariole the
+rest of the journey. Ole, of course, backed up all he said, and most
+of the boys wished to go that way. For some reason or other, Burchmore
+kept still, though he did not assent to the coxswain's plan, and the
+question was still open when the tourists were called to supper.
+
+"Ole, I want to see you alone," said the cashier, after the meal was
+finished.
+
+"What for?" asked Ole.
+
+"I have some money for you."
+
+"For me?"
+
+"Come along."
+
+Burchmore led the way to the lake, where they found a retired place.
+
+"What money have you for me?" demanded the astonished Norwegian.
+
+"How much did Sanford give you for humbugging us?"
+
+"For what?"
+
+"For playing this trick on us?"
+
+"I don't know what you mean."
+
+"The coxswain gave you a sovereign for fooling us. I'll give you five
+species, which is more than a sovereign, if you do what I want."
+
+"I will," replied Ole, promptly.
+
+"In the first place, where are you taking us?"
+
+"To Christiania."
+
+"Nonsense!" exclaimed the cashier, producing his book. "I know all
+about it. You ought to have gone to Lysthus, instead of taking the
+left hand road. We are two Norwegian miles out of our way now. Sanford
+has paid you a sovereign to lead us to some place he wishes to visit.
+Where is it?"
+
+"I only do what's right," protested Ole.
+
+"Bah! I know better! The story that no horses could be had at Apalstoe
+was a humbug. I'll give you five species if you will do as I tell
+you."
+
+Ole looked complacent, and held out his hand for the money.
+
+"I don't pay till the work is done; but my word is as good as my
+bond."
+
+The waif had an "itching palm," and, after considerable discussion,
+the terms of payment were settled.
+
+"Now, where are we going?" asked the cashier.
+
+"To the Rjukanfos. It is a big waterfall, with high mountains--one of
+the finest places in Norway."
+
+"Exactly so; but we are not going there," added Burchmore, decidedly.
+"You will engage the carioles for to-morrow morning, and we must be in
+Kongsberg by noon, and near Christiania by night."
+
+"Sanford will kill me," replied Ole.
+
+"No, he won't; we will take care of him."
+
+"I can manage it, first rate. I will tell Sanford that we can go up
+quicker on the other side of the lake, and then cross over."
+
+"Tell him what you please, but my plan must be carried out," answered
+Burchmore, who, perhaps, believed that he should be justified in
+fighting the coxswain with his own weapons.
+
+"Here you are; I've been looking for you," said Clyde, presenting
+himself sooner than he was wanted. "You thought you would keep out of
+my way--did you?"
+
+"I have not given that subject any attention," replied Burchmore,
+coolly.
+
+"Yes, you have; you sneaked off here to keep out of my way."
+
+"As you please," replied Burchmore, who began to walk slowly towards
+the road.
+
+"You don't escape me this time," added Clyde, placing himself in front
+of the cashier.
+
+"I have no wish to escape you."
+
+"Yes, you have; you are a Yankee coward!"
+
+"Perhaps I am; but I'm not afraid of a British bully."
+
+"Do you call me a bully?"
+
+"Most distinctly I do, and I can prove my words."
+
+Clyde was rather startled by this exhibition of pluck, which he had
+not expected.
+
+"You call me a bully--do you?"
+
+"I do."
+
+"Then we'll settle it here. Off with your coat," blustered Clyde, as
+he divested himself.
+
+"I never fight if I can help it; but I always defend myself," replied
+Burchmore, resuming his walk towards the road.
+
+"Do you mean to run away?" demanded Clyde.
+
+"No; I mean to walk very leisurely back to the station-house."
+
+"No, you don't!" said the Briton, again placing himself before the
+cashier.
+
+Ole, who did not care, under the circumstances, to be seen with
+Burchmore by any one of the party, had disappeared by this time; but
+meeting Sanford near the lake, he had informed him what Clyde was
+doing. The coxswain hastened to the spot, with Stockwell and two or
+three others. But they were a little too late; for Clyde, feeling that
+he had gone too far to recede with honor, had struck Burchmore. When
+Sanford and the rest of the party reached the place, the belligerent
+Briton lay on the ground, where, after a sharp set-to and a black eye,
+he had been thrown by his cool opponent. He picked himself up, and was
+preparing for another onslaught, when the coxswain stepped between the
+combatants.
+
+"Enough of that, Albion," said he.
+
+Clyde made a rush towards Burchmore, but the others interfered, and
+held him back. In vain he struggled in his wrath, but the stout
+coxswain and his companions threw him upon the ground, and held him
+there till his anger had in a measure subsided.
+
+"Be off, Burchmore," said Sanford. "We will take care of him."
+
+"I am not afraid of him," replied the cashier.
+
+"Of course you are not; but clear out, and let us have peace."
+
+"He is afraid of me!" roared Clyde.
+
+"Nonsense, Great Britain! He would have mauled you to death if we
+hadn't interfered. He can whip his weight in wildcats."
+
+Burchmore walked away, and soon disappeared beyond the houses. Clyde
+foamed in his wrath for a while, but finally consented to be pacified,
+promising, very faithfully, to whip the cashier the next time he
+caught him alone.
+
+"Don't you do it, Albion. You never will see your mother again if you
+attempt it. Wait a few days, and then, if you insist upon it, we will
+let Burchmore thrash you all you want," replied Sanford, as they
+walked back to the station-house.
+
+Clyde had a bad-looking eye, and perhaps believed that he had had a
+narrow escape; but he still maintained his credit as a bully. At the
+hotel, the question of the route for the next day came up. Burchmore
+insisted upon going to Christiania by the way of Kongsberg, and
+Sanford, who had consulted Ole again, assented. The waif had assured
+him that they could reach the Rjukanfos quicker and better by the
+road than by the lake.
+
+The next morning the carioles were ready, and the tourists renewed
+their journey, and went back on the road by which they had come, till
+they came to that which led to Kongsberg. The "forbud" had been duly
+forwarded, and there were no delays or interruptions.
+
+"Where's the lake?" asked Sanford, when they had been riding about two
+hours.
+
+"O, the road don't go near the lake, till we get to the place where we
+cross," replied Ole, who was carrying out in good faith the
+arrangement he had made with the cashier.
+
+"How shall we cross the lake?"
+
+"In a steamer which goes at seven o'clock in the morning."
+
+"All right," replied the unsuspecting Sanford.
+
+"We shall come to a large town at noon; and we musn't stop a minute
+there, or those fellows will find where they are. We can tell them it
+is Kongsberg, you know," added the wily waif.
+
+"Just so," laughed Sanford; "we'll tell them it is Kongsberg, and they
+won't know the difference."
+
+"I don't think they will."
+
+At noon, agreeably to the promise of Ole, the travellers arrived at
+the large town, where they were obliged to change horses.
+
+"This is Kongsberg, Burchmore," said the coxswain.
+
+"Is it, really? or are you playing some trick upon us?" replied the
+cashier.
+
+"'Pon my word this is Kongsberg. Isn't it, Ole?"
+
+"Yes, certainly," answered the waif, winking slyly to Burchmore.
+
+"All right, Sanford; if you are satisfied, I am."
+
+"I know it is Kongsberg. I have been here before," added Clyde,
+wishing to give his testimony in carrying out the deception.
+
+It was quite true that he had been in Kongsberg, but Ole took care
+that he should not go to the part of the town he had visited before.
+The road looked familiar to him; but as he rode alone, he had no
+opportunity to state the fact to others. Before night the party
+arrived at Drammen, where a regular line of steamers runs to
+Christiania.
+
+"That's the lake--is it?" said Sanford, pointing to the Drammen River,
+which, below the town, is nearly two miles wide.
+
+"That's it."
+
+"What does Burchmore say? Does he know where he is?"
+
+"Not yet; I shall tell him this is Drammen, and he will believe me."
+
+"Good! and we will all stick to it that this is Drammen," added
+Sanford.
+
+"But suppose we should meet some one here who knows about the ship?
+This is a large town--bigger than that other which we called
+Kongsberg."
+
+"Whom can we meet?"
+
+"I don't know."
+
+"I should hate to have any one tell the principal that we have been to
+the Rjukanfos."
+
+"Some of the officers may come up here."
+
+"We must keep out of sight, then."
+
+Others thought this would be good policy in a large town. As they were
+fatigued, they retired early, and did not come down the next morning
+till it was nearly time to leave in the steamer. They all went on
+board, and were soon moving down the river.
+
+"Are we going across the lake, Ole?" asked Sanford.
+
+"This is a kind of arm of the lake, about a dozen miles long. We shall
+come to the lake in a couple of hours," replied the waif.
+
+"All right; but it must be a very large lake."
+
+"The biggest in Norway."
+
+In a couple of hours the steamer arrived at Holmsbo, on the
+Christiania Fjord.
+
+"Now you can see that this is a large lake," said Ole.
+
+"But where are we?" demanded Burchmore. "Is this the way to
+Christiania?"
+
+"Certainly it is," replied Sanford, who did not yet recognize the
+fjord, though the truth could not be much longer concealed. "Don't you
+know this water?"
+
+"No, I don't."
+
+"This is Christiania Fjord."
+
+"Is it, really?"
+
+"Yes, it is; you can bet your life upon it."
+
+"I am satisfied then."
+
+In another hour the steamer was fairly in the fjord; Sanford and
+Stockwell began to rub their eyes; for the scenery looked strangely
+familiar, though they could not fully identify anything.
+
+"What place is that ahead?" asked Sanford. "I am almost sure I have
+seen it before."
+
+"So am I," replied Stockwell.
+
+"That place?" added the cashier.
+
+"Yes; what is it?"
+
+"If this is Christiania Fjord, that must be Droebak. I have a map
+here," said Burchmore, producing his book, and displaying the map.
+"Here we are; there's Holmsbo, and this must be Droebak."
+
+"I don't understand it," replied the perplexed coxswain.
+
+"Don't you? Why, I think it is as clear as mud," laughed Burchmore.
+"We shall be in Christiania in a couple of hours. I thought you were
+playing some trick upon us, Sanford; but I see now that you were all
+right. There's the captain; he speaks English."
+
+"What town is that, captain?" asked the coxswain.
+
+"Droebak; we shall be in Christiania in about two hours," answered the
+master.
+
+"Where's Ole?" demanded the coxswain, much excited.
+
+"What does it mean?" said Clyde.
+
+"I don't know. Where's Ole?"
+
+The waif evidently considered discretion the better part of valor, for
+he could not be found; and the coxswain and those in his confidence
+realized that they had been "sold" in their own coin.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+THE BOATSWAIN AND THE BRITON.
+
+
+"Where's Ole? I don't understand it," repeated Sanford, after he had
+made another ineffectual search for the missing waif.
+
+"We have been sold, instead of selling those fellows," added
+Stockwell.
+
+"That's so; and I should rather like to know how it was done. Ole has
+sold us out."
+
+"Is this your Rjukanfos?" demanded Clyde Blacklock, who had been
+looking for some one upon whom to pour out his wrath.
+
+"Not exactly," answered Sanford, indifferently, for he did not
+particularly enjoy the airs of the Briton.
+
+"But what do you mean by bringing me here?" added Clyde.
+
+"I didn't bring you here. You came of your own free will and accord."
+
+"No, I didn't; you said we were going to the waterfall."
+
+"We thought so ourselves; but we have been deceived. Ole has sold out
+and made fools of us. You are no worse off than the rest of us."
+
+"To whom did he sell out?" asked Clyde, appeased when he learned that
+he was not the only sufferer.
+
+"I don't know. I don't understand it at all. We have been cheated out
+of the Rjukanfos, and brought to Christiania."
+
+"Well, what are you going to do about it?" inquired Stockwell.
+
+"We can't do anything about it. I suppose we shall be on board of the
+ship in an hour or two, telling the principal how hard we tried to be
+here before."
+
+"But I'm not going back to Christiania," protested Clyde.
+
+"I don't see how you can help yourself. This boat don't stop again
+till she arrives there."
+
+"I will not go to the ship again, at any rate," added Clyde.
+
+"Do as you like about that; it isn't our business."
+
+Clyde was much disturbed by the situation. As he always regarded
+himself as the central figure of the group, he began to suspect that
+the apparent miscarriage of the plan was a trick to lure him back to
+the ship; but Sanford seemed to be honest, and to be entirely
+discomfited by the discovery. Burchmore and Churchill were highly
+elated at the success attending their scheme, which had, indeed,
+exceeded their expectations; but they were as much mystified by the
+disappearance of Ole as the victims of the trick. Being unable to
+speak the language, they could not inquire for the absentee; but they
+made a very diligent search for him. They were more successful than
+Sanford's party had been, for, in going forward, they heard some high
+words in the quarters of the steamer's crew, in the forecastle.
+Listening for a moment, they heard the voice of Ole, who appeared to
+have concealed himself in that part of the vessel, and was properly
+regarded as an intruder by the rightful occupants thereof.
+
+"Come out here, Ole," shouted Burchmore. "We want you."
+
+Ole turned from the Norwegian sailors, who were scolding at him for
+taking possession of their quarters, to his friends and allies.
+
+"Where's Sanford?" he asked, rather timidly.
+
+"On deck."
+
+"He'll kill me."
+
+"Nonsense! We will take care of you against any odds," said the
+cashier, laughing heartily at the fears of the waif. "They have only
+just ascertained where they are. Come up, Ole."
+
+Thus assured, the young Norwegian climbed up the ladder, much to the
+satisfaction of the sailors. Burchmore was too well pleased with the
+trick he had played upon the conspirators to confine the knowledge of
+it to Churchill and himself, and had explained it to all who were not
+actually in the confidence of the coxswain. A majority of the party
+were thus arrayed on his side, though two or three of them would as
+readily have chosen the other side. The cashier was evidently the
+safer leader.
+
+"Sanford and that Englishman will pound me for the trick," repeated
+Ole, as he glanced at the quarter-deck, where his victims were
+considering the situation.
+
+"No, they won't; we are able and willing to protect you," replied
+Burchmore. "Come, we will go aft, and hear what they have to say."
+
+The cashier led the way, and the waif reluctantly followed him.
+
+"I believe you wanted to see Ole," said Burchmore, who could hardly
+look sober, he was so pleased with the result of his operations.
+
+"Yes; I did wish to see him," answered Sanford, rather coldly. "I will
+see him some other time."
+
+"O, I thought you wanted him now," laughed Burchmore. "I am satisfied
+that this is really Christiania Fjord."
+
+"So am I," added the coxswain, with a sickly smile.
+
+"And you were quite right, too, in saying that large place was
+Drammen," chuckled Burchmore.
+
+"Certainly I was."
+
+"Neither were you mistaken in regard to Kongsberg."
+
+"I find that I was not."
+
+"I suppose you remember the Irishman's turtle, that swallowed his own
+head, Sanford?"
+
+"Of course."
+
+"I don't mean to say that you swallowed your own head; but you found
+it just where you didn't expect to find it. Isn't that so?"
+
+"We are going to talk the matter over with Ole by and by."
+
+"Do it now. I know all about it. You and Ole arranged the first part
+of our journey, including the day's fishing we had at Apalstoe; and Ole
+and I arranged the last part of it. It is an even thing now, and if
+you won't complain of the last part, I won't say a word about the
+first."
+
+"I don't understand it."
+
+"Don't you! Well, you gave Ole a sovereign to arrange things for you
+in the beginning, and I gave him five species to arrange them for me
+afterwards. You can't complain of a fellow, who sells himself at all,
+for making as much money as he can. Ole only did that."
+
+"He sold us out," growled Sanford.
+
+"Of course he did; if you buy a man, you mustn't grumble when he does
+a second time what you encouraged him to do in the first instance. But
+you were going to take us off to the Rjukanfos, fifty or sixty miles
+out of our way, without our knowledge or consent. I smelt a mice, and
+turned the tables," laughed the cashier.
+
+"Yes, and you cheated me," interposed Clyde.
+
+"I had nothing whatever to do with you," answered Burchmore, mildly.
+
+"You led me here when I wanted to go another way."
+
+"You went where you pleased, so far as I was concerned. I never
+invited you to come with me, or even consented to your doing so."
+
+"Did you say the place we came to yesterday was Kongsberg?"
+
+"I did, and so it was. But I think it was Sanford who first proclaimed
+the fact, and I cheerfully assented to its correctness," chuckled
+Burchmore.
+
+"But you deceived me, and I'll have it out with you," continued Clyde.
+
+"Just as you please about that; but you had better let that black eye
+bleach out before you begin again."
+
+"I can whip you!" blustered Clyde. "I'll meet you anywhere."
+
+"No, I thank you. If we meet for any such purpose as you suggest, it
+will be by accident."
+
+"See here, Great Britain; you needn't make another row," said Sanford.
+
+"I'm going to whip this fellow for what he has done, and for calling
+me a bully."
+
+"You are a bully," added Sanford.
+
+"That's so," exclaimed Stockwell.
+
+"Now you can lick the whole of us, if you insist upon it," continued
+the coxswain.
+
+"Perhaps I will," retorted Clyde, shaking his head fiercely. "You have
+got me into a pretty scrape."
+
+"You are in the same boat as the rest of us."
+
+"The squadron isn't here," shouted Wilde; for the steamer had by this
+time arrived within sight of the harbor.
+
+"Can the ship have sailed?" asked Sanford, after the party had
+satisfied themselves that not one of the vessels of the little fleet
+was there.
+
+"I suppose she has," replied Burchmore. "To-day is Friday, and she
+didn't intend to lie here all summer."
+
+"Good!" exclaimed Clyde. "That makes everything all right for me. I'm
+satisfied now."
+
+Indeed, he was so delighted with the discovery that the ship had
+sailed, as to be even willing to forego the pleasure of thrashing his
+companions. The steamer went up to the wharf, and the party landed.
+Sanford and his friends appeared to be willing to take a reasonable
+view of the situation, and to accept it without grumbling, satisfied
+that they had been beaten with their own weapons. They were not sorry
+that the squadron had departed, for this circumstance gave them a new
+respite from the discipline of the ship, and enabled them to prolong
+"the trip without running away."
+
+"What are you going to do now?" asked Clyde, as they landed.
+
+"We shall follow the ship, and try to join her," replied Sanford.
+"That's what we've been trying to do ever since we left
+Christiansand--isn't it, Burchmore?"
+
+"Certainly it is," replied the cashier; "though we were detained one
+day at Apalstoe, and narrowly escaped being carried by accident to the
+Rjukanfos."
+
+"Are you going to blow upon us, Burch?" demanded Stockwell, warmly.
+
+"Am I? Did you ever know me to do such a thing?" added Burchmore,
+earnestly.
+
+"No! no!" replied the whole party.
+
+"I don't think it was just the thing to cheat some of us as you did;
+but I believe we are about even on that now."
+
+"Of course we all want to get back to the ship as soon as possible,"
+added Sanford, rubbing his chin, significantly.
+
+"Certainly. She has gone to Gottenburg, and all we have to do is to
+follow her," said Churchill.
+
+"But if you want to go there by the way of the Cape of Good Hope,
+Sanford, it will be better to have the matter understood so in the
+beginning," added Burchmore. "I, for one, don't like to be
+bamboozled."
+
+"I won't try it on again," said Sanford.
+
+"All right, then; if you do, you may fetch up at Cape Horn."
+
+"Where shall we go now?" asked Sanford.
+
+"To the Victoria Hotel. It is the best in the place," replied Clyde.
+
+"That's the very reason why we don't want to go there. We are not made
+of money, and we may run out before we are able, with our utmost
+exertions, to reach the ship," added the cashier.
+
+"But my mother is there," continued Clyde.
+
+"Go to your mother, Great Britain, if you like. We shall stay at some
+cheap hotel," added Sanford.
+
+Clyde protested in vain against this arrangement, and the Americans,
+with the aid of Ole, found a small hotel, suited to their views of
+economy. The Briton went with them; but when they were installed in
+their new quarters, he left them to find his mother, at the Victoria.
+After dinner, the coxswain and his party wandered all over the city.
+At the Castle of Agerhaus, they saw an English steamer receiving
+freight. They ascertained that she was bound to Gottenburg, and would
+sail at seven o'clock that evening. They immediately decided, as
+they had seen enough of Christiania, to take passage in her. The
+arrangement was speedily made, and they went on board, without
+troubling themselves to inform Clyde of what they intended to do. When
+the sun went down that evening the party were far down the fjord.
+
+Sanford had ascertained that the ship sailed early on Thursday
+morning, and the steamer on which they had taken passage could not
+arrive at Gottenburg till nearly noon on Saturday. It was understood
+that the squadron would remain but a short time at this port, and it
+was possible that it would have departed for Copenhagen before the
+steamer arrived. He hoped this would prove to be the case; but he
+studied a plan by which the excursion of the party could be prolonged,
+if the hope should not be realized. He did not wish to return to the
+ship, because he thought it was pleasanter to travel without the
+restraints of discipline. Perhaps most of his party sympathized with
+him, and thought they could have a better time by themselves. Sanford
+desired to inform Clyde of the intention of the party to leave in the
+English steamer, and to take him along with them; but his companions
+overruled him unanimously, for they were too glad to get rid of an
+impudent, overbearing, and conceited puppy, as he had proved himself
+to be. The coxswain had no better opinion of him than his friends; but
+as Clyde was a runaway, according to his own confession, it might
+smooth their own way, in returning to their duty, if they could
+deliver him up to the principal. He was even willing to resort to
+strategy to accomplish this end; but Clyde was so disagreeable that he
+was saved from this trap.
+
+The ship had gone, and every vessel of the squadron had departed with
+her. Clyde felt that all his trials were ended, and he had nothing
+more to fear from the big boatswain. He walked confidently to the
+Victoria Hotel, where he was sure to find his mother. He had even
+arranged in his mind the reproaches with which he intended to greet
+her for delivering him over to the savage discipline of the Young
+America, as he regarded it, and as, doubtless, it was for evil-doers.
+He passed into the passage-way which led to the court-yard. As he
+entered the office on the right to inquire for Mrs. Blacklock, he
+encountered Peaks, who no sooner saw him than he laid violent hands
+upon him.
+
+"Let me alone!" shouted Clyde, struggling to escape from the grasp of
+his powerful antagonist.
+
+"Not yet, my beauty," replied the boatswain, as he dragged his victim
+into his own room, which was near the office. "I've been looking for
+you."
+
+"I want to see my mother," growled Clyde, when he had exhausted his
+strength in the fruitless struggle to escape.
+
+"I dare say you do; babies always want to see their mothers."
+
+"I'm not a baby."
+
+"Then behave like a man."
+
+Peaks deposited him on a chair, and permitted him to recover his
+breath.
+
+"Where is my mother?" demanded Clyde.
+
+"She is safe and well, and you needn't bother your head to know
+anything more about her," answered Peaks. "She has turned over a new
+leaf, so far as you are concerned, youngster, and is going to have us
+make a man of you."
+
+"Where is she?"
+
+"No matter where she is."
+
+"Can't I see her?"
+
+"No, sir."
+
+"I must see her."
+
+"Perhaps you must, my hearty; but I don't think she wants to see you
+till you are a decent young gentleman. She told me to be sure and put
+you on board of the ship, and I'm going to do it."
+
+"Where is the ship?"
+
+"She sailed for Gottenburg yesterday morning; but we shall find her in
+good time," replied Peaks, taking a bundle from the bureau, which
+contained the young Briton's uniform. "Now, my bantam, you don't look
+like a gentleman in that rig you've got on. Here's your gear; put it
+on, and look like a man again, whether you are one or not. Those long
+togs don't become you."
+
+The boatswain unfolded the uniform of Clyde, which he had left in his
+chamber when he leaped out of the window.
+
+"I'm not going to put on those clothes," protested the unhappy youth.
+
+"No?"
+
+"I'm not!"
+
+"Then I'm going to put them on for you."
+
+"I'll cry murder."
+
+"If you cry anything, I shall put a dirty handkerchief in your mouth.
+Look here, my chicken; don't you know that you are making a fool of
+yourself? You mean to strain your own timbers for nothing. You'll put
+this rig on anyhow, and it depends on yourself whether you will do it
+with or without a broken head."
+
+Clyde looked at the clothes and then at the brawny boatswain. It was
+foolish to resist, and he yielded to the force of circumstances. He
+put on the ship's uniform, and threw himself into a chair to await the
+further pleasure of his tyrant.
+
+"Now you look like a respectable young gentleman, my lad," said Peaks.
+
+"What are you going to do with me?" demanded Clyde, in a surly tone.
+
+"I'm going to keep my eye on you every moment of the time till you are
+on board of the ship again."
+
+"I want to see my mother before I go."
+
+"It can't be done."
+
+Clyde relapsed into silence. He had never before been subjected to
+such unheard-of tyranny. It was useless to resist, and the future
+looked as dark as the present. Probably his mother was in the hotel,
+but he was not permitted even to see her. Though the boatswain seemed
+to have it all his own way, he was not at all satisfied with the
+situation. Mrs. Blacklock and her daughter had gone to ride, but in
+the course of an hour or two they would return. The waiters would
+inform her that Clyde had arrived, and she would insist on seeing him.
+Though she had fully given up the control of him to the ship, the
+weakness of the mother might induce her to change her mind. Peaks only
+desired to discharge the duty with which he had been intrusted. The
+crew of the second cutter had not yet arrived, and he could not depart
+with his prisoner before they came. He was perplexed; but being a man
+of expedients, he decided upon his course in a short time. It was
+absolutely necessary to seek another hotel, where the dangerous
+proximity of Mrs. Blacklock might be avoided. The boatswain rang his
+bell, and sent for the _commissionnaire_ whom he had employed while
+prosecuting his search for the runaway. When this man came, he ordered
+a carriage, and paid his bill.
+
+"Now, youngster, we are going to take a ride," said Peaks to his
+victim.
+
+"Where are you going?"
+
+"That's my affair. If you make a row in the street, I shall just hand
+you over to the police, who will lock you up in that stone castle over
+there. You must understand that you are a deserter from your ship, and
+will be treated so, if you don't behave like a man. Now come with me."
+
+As a deserter from his ship! The boatswain certainly had the
+weather-gage of him, and the idea of being thrown into prison was
+absolutely startling to Clyde. He had no doubt the savage boatswain
+would do all he threatened, and, almost for the first time in his
+life, he felt no inclination to bully. He stepped quietly into the
+carriage with Peaks and the _commissionnaire_. The driver was directed
+to convey the party to the landing-place. The steamer would sail the
+next morning; but unless the absent crew of the cutter arrived before
+that time, he could not go in her. Remaining in Christiania, he feared
+to encounter Mrs. Blacklock, for the honest tar dreaded a lady's power
+more than the whole battery of a ship of the line. He was fully
+resolved, if he passed through fire and water in doing it, to
+discharge the duty intrusted to him by the principal. The lady was in
+the city, and the problem was to keep his charge out of sight of her
+during the rest of his stay. He might meet her; some one at the hotel
+might, and probably would, inform her of the arrival of Clyde.
+
+After deliberating for some time, he directed his _commissionnaire_ to
+procure a boat, in which he embarked with his prisoner and
+interpreter. By his order the two oarsmen pulled over to the hotel
+which was located so picturesquely on the island. Taking a room, he
+ordered dinner for his little party, and contrived to pass away the
+afternoon till sunset, when he returned to the city. His man, at his
+request, conducted him to an obscure hotel, which happened to be the
+one which Sanford and his friends had just left, to depart by the
+English steamer. The landlord recognized the uniform which Clyde wore.
+
+"We had more of the young gentleman here," said he, in broken English.
+
+"More of them!" exclaimed Peaks, interested in the intelligence.
+
+"Yes; more as ten of them," added the landlord.
+
+"Arn't they here now?" asked Clyde, who had felt a ray of hope when
+Peaks brought him to the hotel where he had left his late companions.
+
+"All gone; no more here."
+
+"Where have they gone?" asked the boatswain.
+
+"To Gottenburg. They eat some dinner in my hotel, and at seven o'clock
+they go in the steamer."
+
+"I saw that steamer go out, but I didn't think the cutter's crew were
+in her. I'm sorry I didn't know it before," said Peaks, chagrined by
+this tardy discovery. "How many were there of them?"
+
+"Ten."
+
+"That couldn't be; there were only nine of the crew."
+
+"There was more as ten, but one of them went away."
+
+"I went away," said Clyde.
+
+"You! Were you with them?" demanded Peaks.
+
+"I was."
+
+"Why didn't you say so before?"
+
+"You didn't ask me; and as you were not remarkably civil to me, I
+didn't feel obliged to tell you the news."
+
+"But there were not ten of them."
+
+"Yes, ten," said Clyde.
+
+"There were only nine when they left the ship."
+
+"I know there were ten with me. One of them was a Norwegian, and a
+rascal; but he wore the same uniform as the rest of them."
+
+"What was his name?"
+
+"Ole."
+
+"Ole! Why, he's the fellow we picked up out at sea," exclaimed the
+astonished boatswain. "Where have they been all this time?"
+
+But Clyde suddenly bethought himself that he was altogether too
+communicative, considering the relations that subsisted between
+himself and his great enemy and persecutor, and he decided to answer
+no more questions.
+
+"All right, my hearty," laughed the boatswain, when the Briton
+declined to answer. "They are on their way to the ship, and you will
+be very soon."
+
+Peaks was cunning enough to detain his interpreter so that he should
+not return to the Victoria and inform Mrs. Blacklock where her son
+was. The way was clear now, for he had no further responsibility in
+regard to the cutter's crew, and his spirits rose accordingly. He sent
+his man to engage a "huette," or state-room, in the steamer, and then,
+at a late hour in the evening, paid and discharged him. He compelled
+Clyde to sleep in the same chamber with him, for it contained three
+beds, and it is probable that the boatswain kept one eye open during
+the night, for every time the prisoner moved, his tyrant was on his
+feet. The Kronprindsesse Louise sailed at six o'clock in the morning,
+and Peaks and his victim were betimes on board. The boatswain was a
+happy man when the boat was clear of the wharf, and on her way to
+Gottenburg. He flattered himself that he had managed the affair very
+well indeed, for he was not above the vanities of the flesh.
+
+It was midnight when the Kronprindsesse arrived at her destination.
+Peaks had kept one eye on Clyde all the time, and brought him in
+safety to his journey's end. Late as was the hour, the first person he
+saw at the landing was Mr. Blaine, the chief steward of the ship.
+
+"I'm glad to see you, Blaine," shouted the boatswain when he
+identified his shipmate, and grasped his hand. "Shiver my timbers if
+I'm not rejoiced to see a man that speaks plain English! Where's the
+ship?"
+
+"She sailed for Copenhagen this evening."
+
+"No; you don't say so!"
+
+"It's a fact. The students went up the canal as far as the falls, and
+returned about dark. The squadron got under way at once. I suppose you
+have the cutter's crew with you, Peaks?"
+
+"No; arn't they on board yet?"
+
+"I haven't seen them."
+
+"But they came down on an English steamer that left Christiania last
+night."
+
+"An English steamer came in this forenoon, but we haven't seen the
+cutter's crew."
+
+"That's strange. I shouldn't wonder if those fellows were cutting up a
+little."
+
+"But we lost two students yesterday, Scott and Laybold. I suppose they
+ran away."
+
+"There's a screw loose somewhere. These boys have too much money,"
+added Peaks. "But what are you going to do, and what am I to do?"
+
+"I was left here to look out for Scott and Laybold, and meet you when
+you came. Now, it seems that about a dozen of the rascals are
+missing."
+
+"I have the Briton here."
+
+"If I were you, Peaks, I should go right on to Copenhagen in this
+steamer, and you can report the facts to the principal."
+
+The boatswain decided to do this, while the head steward remained to
+search for the absentees; and in due time Peaks delivered his prisoner
+on board of the ship in the harbor of Copenhagen.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+
+THE MEETING OF THE ABSENTEES.
+
+
+Scott and Laybold, after imbibing a single glass of "finkel" each,
+which proved to be more than they could carry, retreated into a narrow
+lane, to escape the observation of a party of officers who were on
+their way to the landing. Neither of them had any inclination for
+intoxicating drinks, and had taken the stuff without knowing what it
+was. But they were conscious that everything was not right with them.
+They found it quite impossible to walk in a straight line, and even
+the problem of standing up was not demonstrated to the entire
+satisfaction of either of them. Talking was not without its
+difficulties, for their tongues seemed to be double their ordinary
+thickness, and their lips and other organs of speech were not as
+manageable as usual. For a time the effects of the potent liquor
+increased upon them, and as they had taken it in a hungry condition,
+they realized its full power.
+
+They staggered up the lane, conscious that they were making a
+ridiculous figure, though the solemn Swedes hardly smiled as they
+observed the effects of the national beverage. They dreaded an
+encounter with any of the officers, or others connected with the
+squadron; but in this unfrequented lane they were not likely to meet
+any of their shipmates. As there is more power in four legs than in
+two, however weak in detail they may be, the tipsy students locked
+arms, and leaned on each other, one attempting to counteract the
+obliquities of the other. They wandered along without knowing whither
+they were going, till they came to a small public house, which had a
+bench in front of it for the accommodation of the topers who
+frequented the bar-room. By mutual consent, and without argument, the
+unfortunate couple aimed for this seat as soon as they saw it, for it
+promised a grateful respite from the perils of locomotion. The
+"finkel" was now doing its utmost upon them. Their heads were dizzy,
+and everything was wofully uncertain; still they knew what they were
+about, and had sense enough left to dread the consequences of their
+indiscretion. After they had seated themselves, they glanced at each
+other, as if to ascertain the condition one of the other.
+
+"Lay--bold," said Scott.
+
+"Well, old fellow," replied the other, with a desperate attempt to
+stiffen his muscles.
+
+"We're zrunk," added Scott, trying to laugh.
+
+"I know that."
+
+"We're very zrunk."
+
+"I'm not zbad zyou."
+
+"I don't zknow."
+
+The conversation extended no further then, for speech required an
+effort they were incapable of making. Scott gaped violently, and
+seemed to be sick; but his contortions ended in his falling asleep,
+with his head tipped back against the wall. Laybold, more nice in the
+disposition of his helpless body, stretched himself on the bench, and
+was soon lost to all consciousness of the outer world. The publican
+who kept the house came out and looked at the juvenile tipplers.
+Doubtless he had seen too many drunken sailors to misapprehend their
+condition. He understood the matter perfectly, and being a thrifty
+Swede, he was disposed to turn their condition to his own emolument.
+He had sundry vacant chambers in his hotel, whose revenues swelled the
+sum total of his annual profits, and it hurt his feelings to have them
+remain unoccupied. Besides, the air was chilly, and the young
+strangers might take cold, and contract a severe illness by such
+exposure. But whether he was a publican or a Samaritan in his
+intentions, he decided to remove the strangers to the rooms beneath
+his hospitable roof. Summoning the porter to his aid, they jointly
+bore Laybold to his apartment, and laid him on the bed, which, in
+spite of the low character of the house, was a model of Swedish
+neatness. When Scott's turn came, he offered some resistance to the
+good intentions of the publican; but his head was too thoroughly
+muddled for successful opposition. Between the effects of sleep and
+"finkel" he could not obtain a very clear idea of what was going on.
+He was placed on another bed in the room with his shipmate. They were
+both comfortably disposed on their clean couches, the pillows nicely
+adjusted beneath their heads, and their bodies covered with blankets.
+
+The two students were very tired as well as very tipsy, and their
+slumbers were deep and heavy. It was after nine o'clock, though it was
+still light in the chamber, and the young tars usually retired, when
+not on watch, before this seemly hour. "Finkel" and fatigue did the
+rest, and they slept, without rocking, till long after the early sun
+broke into the windows of their apartment. We have seen the effect of
+"finkel" upon one unaccustomed to the use of liquor, and upon boys of
+fifteen or sixteen it could not but be entirely overpowering. It is a
+dangerous fluid, and is taken by the Swedes at all times, being the
+first thing at meals, and especially at the inevitable "snack" that
+precedes a regular dinner. There is, doubtless, good ground for the
+fear which has been expressed that the people of Sweden are in danger
+of becoming "a nation of drunkards."
+
+Scott was the first to open his eyes and come to his senses. He raised
+himself in the bed, shook off the blanket, and then jumped out upon
+the floor. He did not comprehend the situation, and was unable, in his
+own words, to "figure up how he happened to be in that room."
+
+"Laybold, ahoy!" shouted he, after he had examined the apartment, and
+mentally confessed his inability to solve the problem. "Laybold! All
+hands on deck!"
+
+"What is the matter?" cried Laybold, springing up, only half awake.
+
+"I'll be muzzled if I know what the matter is, but I believe that the
+Norway god--what's his name?--Odin, came aboard the ship last night,
+and turned her into a country tavern," replied Scott, going to the
+window, and looking down into the lane below.
+
+"How came we here?" asked Laybold, rubbing his eyes.
+
+"That's more than I know; but I think we have been transplanted by the
+spirits."
+
+"The spirits?" gaped Laybold.
+
+"Yes; I believe they call them 'finkel.' We were tight last night, my
+boy."
+
+"I remember all about it now. I dreamed that somebody lugged me in
+here."
+
+"You didn't exactly dream it, for here we are. We are in a pretty
+scrape."
+
+"That's so," added Laybold, shaking his head. "We didn't mean to run
+away, but that's just what we have done."
+
+"We didn't run a great way; for, if I remember rightly, running wasn't
+our _forte_ last evening. Who runs may reel, if he can't read, and I
+reckon we did more reeling than running. But what's to be done?"
+
+"I don't know."
+
+"In the first place, where are we? It's no use to lay out a course
+till we know the ship's position."
+
+They were utterly unable to determine this question. Each of them had
+a tolerably vivid recollection of their unfortunate condition on the
+preceding evening, and even that he had been carried by a couple of
+men; but they had no idea of time or locality. They washed themselves
+at the sink in the room, combed their hair with their pocket-combs,
+and looked then as though nothing had happened. Their heads were a
+little light, but they did not absolutely ache, and they realized but
+a small portion of the after effects of a regular "spree." Having made
+their simple toilet, they decided to explore the premises, and make
+their way back to the ship. Leaving the chamber, they descended a
+flight of steps, and, in the hall below, encountered the Samaritan
+landlord.
+
+"_God morgon_," said the latter, with a jolly smile on his face; and
+it was probable that he had taken his morning dose of "finkel." "_Hur
+star det till?_" (How are you?)
+
+"Nix," replied Scott, shrugging his shoulders.
+
+"You are English," added the landlord, a large portion of whose
+customers were foreign sailors.
+
+"No; Americans."
+
+"I'm glad to see you."
+
+"I'm glad to see you, too, if you can tell us how we happen to be
+here."
+
+"Too much 'finkel,'" laughed the publican, as he proceeded to explain
+the situation, and to enlarge upon the fatherly interest which had
+induced him to take them in for the night.
+
+"All right, my hearty. I see you can keep a hotel," added Scott. "How
+much have we to pay?"
+
+"Two rigsdalers; but you want some breakfast."
+
+"I do, for one," replied Scott.
+
+"So do I," said Laybold. "We only had a little lunch last night, and
+that 'finkel' spoiled my appetite--or the fish spawn. I don't know
+which."
+
+About five o'clock they sat down to breakfast, which consisted of a
+great variety of little things, such as the small fishes, herrings,
+smoked salmon, sausages. The coffee was magnificent, as it generally
+is in Sweden, even on board of steamers, where, in our own country, it
+is least expected to be good.
+
+"What is this?" said Scott, taking up half a great brown biscuit.
+
+"That's Swedish bread. We bake it once in six months," replied the
+landlord.
+
+"Not bad," added Scott, as he tasted the article.
+
+"This is Graham bread, I suppose," said Laybold, as he took a slice of
+the coarse brown bread. "Bah! it's sour."
+
+It always is; and both the students rejected it, though they ate a
+hearty meal of white bread, herring, salmon, and sausage.
+
+"Now, how much?" asked Scott, when they were ready to go.
+
+"One rigsdaler and fifty oere each--three rigsdalers in all."
+
+"Cheap enough," said Scott. "Two lodgings and two breakfasts for
+eighty-one cents."
+
+The students walked through the lane in which they had made their
+devious way the night before, to the main street on the canal. At the
+landing-place there were no boats belonging to the squadron, and
+everything looked exceedingly quiet on board of the ship. Seating
+themselves on the pier, with their legs hanging over the water, they
+decided to wait till a boat came to the shore.
+
+"We shall catch it for this," said Laybold.
+
+"No more liberty for a month at least," said Scott, shrugging his
+shoulders after his fashion.
+
+"I don't think it's fair. We didn't mean to get drunk, and didn't know
+what 'finkel' was," added Laybold. "I don't half like to go on board
+again."
+
+"Nor I; but I suppose we must face the music," answered Scott,
+dubiously. "I'm glad we didn't go on board while we were boozy. The
+fellows would have laughed at us for a year, if we had."
+
+"That's so; and Lowington would have put us in the brig."
+
+"I don't exactly like to explain the reason why we didn't go on board
+last night; I always was a bashful fellow."
+
+"You didn't go with the others," said a man, coming up to them at this
+moment, and speaking in broken English.
+
+"What others? Where?" replied Scott.
+
+"The other students. They took the steamer up the canal at two o'clock
+this morning."
+
+"Whew!" whistled Scott. "We have lost Goeta Canal and the falls."
+
+"They will return to-night by the railroad from Wenersberg," added the
+man, who was an agent of the canal steamers.
+
+"That's too bad!" exclaimed Laybold, as the man walked away.
+
+"I don't know that it is too bad. Our leave would have been stopped if
+we had gone on board," laughed Scott, who generally took the most
+cheerful view of any disagreeable subject. "Why can't we go on our own
+hook?"
+
+"I like that idea," added Laybold.
+
+But inquiring of the agent, they learned that the canal steamers left
+only at two o'clock in the morning.
+
+"There's a railroad, or the fellows couldn't come back that way,"
+suggested Laybold.
+
+"That's so; you have more wisdom than a Duxbury clam."
+
+They ascertained that a train left Gottenburg at noon, by which they
+could reach Wenersberg the same day. They knew nothing of the plan of
+the principal, which included a special train from the canal to the
+main line of railway; but they desired to see more of the interior of
+Sweden, and they were confident they should see the excursionists
+either at Wenersberg or on the way. It suited them better to make a
+trip even for a few hours, than to wander about a city which they had
+already exhausted. But they were obliged to wait some time for the
+train, and, after a couple of hours of "heavy loafing" about the
+streets, they returned to the pier. An English steamer had just
+arrived, and a boat was landing her passengers.
+
+"Who are those fellows?" said Laybold, pointing to the steamer's boat.
+"They wear the ship's uniform."
+
+"Right; they do, and they came from that steamer," replied Scott.
+
+"There's Sanford! I should know him a mile off. They are the second
+cutters, or I am a Dutchman."
+
+"Right again," added Scott, as the passengers landed.
+
+The steamer was the one in which Sanford and his companions had taken
+passage at Christiania the evening before. The absentees, "on a cruise
+without running away," were sorry to see the ship at anchor in the
+harbor, for some of them had hoped to be too late for her. When they
+landed, the first persons they encountered were Scott and Laybold, who
+gave them a very cordial greeting. Each party had a story to tell of
+its own adventures, and Scott knew Sanford and his associates too well
+to think it necessary to conceal from them the fact that he and
+Laybold had been the sad victims of "finkel."
+
+"But why don't you go on board?" asked Burchmore.
+
+"What's the use? All the fellows have gone up to Wobblewopkins, or
+some other place, to see the falls, and take an inside view of
+Sweden," replied Scott. "We intend to go and do likewise."
+
+"Won't you go with us?" added Laybold.
+
+The intentions of the two were explained to the others, and they
+all decided to join the party. Sanford was not without a hope that
+something would occur to prolong the "independent trip without running
+away."
+
+"How are you off for stamps?" asked Burchmore of the two who were by
+this arrangement added to his party, for which he had thus far done
+the financiering.
+
+"We have a little Swedish money, and some sovereigns," replied Scott.
+
+"But how many sovereigns? We may be prevented from joining the ship
+for a few days, and we want to know where we are in money matters,"
+interposed Sanford.
+
+"We have enough to buy out one or two of these one-horse kingdoms,
+like Denmark and Sweden. I have twenty sovereigns, and Laybold has
+about a thousand," answered Scott.
+
+"No I haven't," protested Laybold, laughing at the extravagance of his
+friend. "I have only twenty-five sovereigns."
+
+"And a letter of credit for a thousand more; so it's the same thing."
+
+"No, no; knock off one cipher, Scott."
+
+"Well, seeing it's you, I'll knock off just one; but not another to
+please any fellow, even if he were my grandmother's first cousin,"
+added Scott.
+
+"There's some difference between a hundred and a thousand pounds,"
+suggested Sanford.
+
+"A slight difference," said Laybold.
+
+"I don't expect any of us will live long enough to spend a hundred
+pounds in this country, which is about eighteen hundred of these
+tricks-bunker dollars, to say nothing of a thousand. Why, we paid only
+three bunkers for two lodgings and two breakfasts. How's a fellow ever
+to spend eighteen hundred bunkers? For my part, I think I'm lucky in
+having less than four hundred of the things to get rid of."
+
+"But you needn't feel under the necessity of spending all your money
+in this country," laughed the cashier.
+
+"My father promised to send me some more; but I hope he won't do it
+till I get out of Sweden. If he does I shall be ruined. Here's poor
+Laybold, with a letter of credit for a hundred pounds, besides
+twenty-five in cash. I pity the poor fellow. It wouldn't be so bad in
+London, where it costs a fellow from ten to twenty shillings a day to
+breathe."
+
+"I think I shall be able to survive," added Laybold.
+
+"I hope so; but you ought to hear him talk about his bankers. Topsails
+and topping-lifts! His bankers! Messrs. Pitchers Brothers & Co."
+
+"No! Bowles Brothers & Co," interposed Laybold.
+
+"It's all the same thing; there isn't much difference between bowls
+and pitchers. One breaks as easy as the other."
+
+"But my bankers don't break."
+
+"His bankers! Do you hear that? Well, I don't believe they'll break,
+for all my folks, when they travel in Europe, carry the same letter of
+credit in their trousers pocket. I had to write to my paternal parent
+all last year, care of Bowles Brothers & Co., 449 Strand, Charing
+Cross, W. C. London, England. You see I've learned my lesson."
+
+"My letters from home come through the same house," said Laybold, "and
+so do those of fifty other fellows."
+
+"About the money matters," interposed Burchmore. "Shall I act for the
+crowd, as I did in Norway?"
+
+"For me, yes; and I hope you'll help Laybold out on the big financial
+job he has on his hands," said Scott.
+
+"All right," added Laybold.
+
+"I have settled up for the fellows on the Norway trip. Now, each of
+you give me a couple of sovereigns, which I will change into Swedish
+money."
+
+This arrangement was made to the satisfaction of all, and the cashier
+went to an exchange office, where he procured Swedish paper for the
+gold.
+
+"Scott, I shouldn't wonder if the principal saved you the trouble of
+spending your twenty pounds before we go much farther," said Sanford.
+
+"I shall thank him with tears in my eyes if he does," replied Scott,
+with a solemn look.
+
+"I don't believe you will. When the ship came over before, every
+fellow had to give up his money, and the purser doled it out to the
+fellows in shillings or sixpences when they went ashore."
+
+"I'm sure it was very kind of him to take so much trouble."
+
+"You don't think so."
+
+"Of course I do. Only think of poor Laybold, with a letter of credit
+for a hundred pounds on his hands! I'm thankful I haven't the
+responsibility of spending so much money on my conscience. I should
+apply for admission to the first lunatic asylum, if I had to spend so
+much."
+
+"Nonsense! I made up my mind not to give up my money," said the
+coxswain. "That rule made plenty of rows on the other cruise, and I
+expect the fellows on this cruise will be called upon to give up their
+stamps very soon."
+
+"I was going to say we could get even with the principal by spending
+it all before we go on board again; but we are in Sweden, and it is
+quite impossible. They won't let you pay more than seventy-five cents
+or a dollar for a day's board in this country."
+
+"You went to a sailor's boarding-house, Scott. When you are at a
+first-class hotel, you will find that they bleed you enough."
+
+"I hope they do better than the landlord where we staid last night; if
+they don't I shall make money in Sweden. Why, they wouldn't even pick
+our pockets when we were boozy on 'finkel.' I'm sure they are a great
+deal more accommodating at sailors' boarding-houses in Boston and New
+York."
+
+"Come, be serious, Scott. Shall you give up your money when you return
+to the ship?"
+
+"Cheerfully, for there is no chance to get rid of it in this country."
+
+"But you will want some in Russia, where everything is dear."
+
+"I'm afraid my letter of credit will arrive by that time, and I shall
+be burdened with new trials."
+
+"Poor fellow!"
+
+The old rule of the ship had not been enforced on the present cruise,
+and the principal did not intend to renew it until it was absolutely
+necessary. It had caused much complaint among the wealthy parents of
+the former students, while it had wonderfully improved the discipline;
+but Mr. Lowington consented to make the experiment of permitting every
+boy to manage his own finances.
+
+At noon the party took their places in a second-class compartment of
+the carriage on the railway, and started for Wenersberg. Ole spoke
+Swedish as well as Norwegian, and acted as interpreter. Sanford had
+made peace with the waif, who was now as popular as ever with all the
+party. Each of them, in turn, had tried to induce Ole to tell how he
+happened to be in that boat at sea; but he still refused to explain.
+
+The train moved off, and the tourists observed the country through
+which it passed; but Scott could not help grumbling because the fare
+was only about a dollar and a quarter for fifty miles, declaring that
+he should never be able to get rid of his twenty sovereigns at this
+rate, and that he was threatened with a letter of credit for a hundred
+more at St. Petersburg. At Herrljunga, the junction of the branch to
+Wenersberg and the main line, the guard insisted that the tourists
+should leave the carriage.
+
+"How's this, Ole?" asked Sanford.
+
+"Change for Wenersberg; but the train don't start till five o'clock.
+We must wait two hours."
+
+"But what time does it get to Wenersberg?"
+
+"About half past eight."
+
+"That's a pretty go!" exclaimed the coxswain. "You made a beautiful
+arrangement for this trip, Scott."
+
+"What's the matter now?"
+
+"We cannot get to Wenersberg till half past eight; and of course that
+will be too late to join the ship's company there."
+
+"It isn't necessary to join them there. We shall meet them on the way,
+and go back with them. They will be at this place some time this
+afternoon."
+
+"What did we come up here for?" asked Sanford.
+
+"In the first place, to get rid of four or five rix-bunkers; and in
+the second, to see something of this part of Sweden. We have done
+both, and ought to be satisfied."
+
+"O, I'm satisfied!"
+
+"You ought to be; you have four and a half bunkers less to spend. We
+will loaf about this place till the principal comes with the crowd,
+and when he sees what good boys we have been to look him up, and see
+that he didn't get lost, he'll forgive Laybold and me for drinking
+'finkel.'"
+
+"All right. What time does the train leave for Gottenburg, Ole?" added
+the coxswain, turning to the interpreter.
+
+"Half past five," replied the waif.
+
+No one took the trouble to examine the time-table in the
+station-house, which, though in Swedish, was perfectly intelligible so
+far as it related to hours and towns.
+
+The tourists decided to improve the time they were obliged to wait
+by taking a walk about the country, examining Swedish houses and
+investigating Swedish agriculture. Doubtless this was a very
+interesting amusement; but at quarter past five, the party returned to
+the station. A long train was just departing in the direction of
+Gottenburg.
+
+"What train's that?" demanded Sanford.
+
+"I don't know," replied Ole, with a look of alarm.
+
+"Inquire, then," added the excited coxswain.
+
+The party hastened into the little station. It was the regular train
+for Gottenburg.
+
+"But how's that?" cried Sanford. "You said it left at half past five."
+
+"Yes; I looked at the time-table in Gottenburg, and it said half past
+five," replied Ole. "Here is one, and I will look again."
+
+"Better wait till morning before you look again," said Scott.
+
+"Here it is; five--"
+
+"That's all, Norway."
+
+"I'm sure it was half past five in Gottenburg," pleaded Ole, whom the
+coxswain had privately requested to make this blunder.
+
+"What sort of chowder do you call this, son of Odin?" demanded Scott.
+
+"He has made a blunder; that's all," laughed Burchmore, who, though
+not in the confidence of the coxswain, at once suspected the trick,
+and, to tell the truth, was not sorry for the mistake.
+
+The mishap was discussed for an hour, and poor Ole was severely
+blamed, especially by Sanford, for his carelessness; but he bore the
+censure with becoming meekness.
+
+"What's to be done?" inquired Scott, at last.
+
+"Here's another train at 8.56," replied Ole, pointing to the
+time-table. "We can return to Gottenburg in that."
+
+"Right, Norway," added Scott.
+
+They found a small hotel in the place, where they obtained a supper,
+and at the time indicated returned to Gottenburg, where they arrived
+at about one in the morning. It was too late to go on board of the
+ship, and they went directly to the little hotel in the lane, where
+Scott and Laybold had passed the preceding night. It was closed, but
+they easily roused the landlord.
+
+"So you have again come," said the good-natured host.
+
+"Yes; we have again come. It is too late to go on board of the ship,"
+replied Scott.
+
+"Your ship have sail to-night to Copenhagen."
+
+"No! Impossible!"
+
+"I have seen her sail," persisted the landlord. "I have make no
+mistake."
+
+"We are dished!" exclaimed Sanford.
+
+"The young gentleman come down at seven o'clock, and the ship have
+sail at nine o'clock. I know it so well as I know how to speak the
+English."
+
+"It must be so, then," laughed Scott; "for you have spoke the English
+more better as nice."
+
+"What shall we do?" continued Sanford, who seemed to be positively
+distressed at the unfortunate circumstance.
+
+"Do? Go to bed, and go to sleep. What else can we do? You are too big
+a boy to cry over your misfortunes," replied Scott.
+
+"I don't intend to cry; but I feel very bad about it."
+
+"Dry your tears," said Burchmore. "We may as well take a biscuit, turn
+in, and call it half a day."
+
+"But when will there be a steamer to Copenhagen?" asked Sanford.
+
+"The Najaden must go Monday afternoon," answered the landlord, who,
+for some reason best known to himself, did not deem it prudent to
+mention the fact that the Kronprindsesse Louise would sail within half
+an hour.
+
+"This will never do," interposed Rodman. "We have been chasing the
+ship now for a week, and by the time we get to Copenhagen she will be
+gone. I move we go to Stockholm. We shall be sure to catch her there."
+
+"Good!" exclaimed Wilde.
+
+The proposition was fully discussed, and when a majority favored the
+movement, the others, among whom was Sanford, yielded an apparently
+reluctant assent. The Wadstena would start at two o'clock, and there
+was not a moment to lose. The landlord was astonished at the decision,
+and his hotel was not filled that night, as he intended it should be.
+Just as the canal steamer was starting, the young tourists hurried on
+board, and were soon on their way to Stockholm.
+
+Not a quarter of a mile distant at this moment were Peaks and his
+prisoner, and Blaine, the head steward, who was on the lookout for
+them.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV.
+
+THROUGH THE SOUND TO COPENHAGEN.
+
+
+Mr. Lowington was almost forced to the conclusion that the experiment
+of permitting the students to manage their own finances was a failure.
+If it could be a success anywhere, it must be in the northern
+countries, where none of the boys spoke the language, and where
+the lighter intoxicants were not so common as in the more southern
+portions of Europe. Though he was not aware that any pupils had made
+an improper use of their money, the non-arrival of the crew of the
+second cutter, and the disappearance of Scott and Laybold in
+Gottenburg, seemed to have some relation to the condition of
+their funds. But he was willing to carry the experiment as far as
+practicable, and to restore the obnoxious rule only when it was
+absolutely necessary to do so. Two thirds of the students could be
+safely trusted to manage their money matters, and it was not pleasant
+to restrain the whole for the benefit of the minority.
+
+After the boys had walked all over Gottenburg, they were weary enough
+to retire at eight bells in the evening, especially as they were to
+turn out at two o'clock the next morning, for the trip up the Goeta
+Canal. At the appointed time, the steamer came alongside the ship,
+where she took the excursionists on board, the boats of the other
+vessels conveying their crews to the Young America. As it was still
+dark, not a few of the boys finished their nap in the little steamer.
+About eight o'clock, she reached the long series of locks by which the
+canal passes the Falls of Trollhaetten, and the excursionists walked
+for a couple of hours through the beautiful scenery, and embarking
+again in the steamer, arrived at Wenersberg, where they obtained a
+view of the Wenern Lake, and proceeded by special train to Herrljunga,
+and thence, by regular train, to Gottenburg, where they arrived before
+eight in the evening. The wind was fair, and the squadron immediately
+sailed to the southward.
+
+The principal was annoyed by the absence of not less than a dozen of
+the students; but he had every confidence in the zeal and discretion
+of Peaks, who was to take charge of the cutter's crew, and he left the
+head steward at Gottenburg to find Scott and Laybold. He feared that
+the success of these wanderers would encourage others to follow their
+example, and increased vigilance seemed to be necessary on the part of
+the instructors. The next day was Sunday, and it was doubly a season
+of rest. The breeze was fair, but very light, so that the squadron
+made only about four knots an hour; but on Monday morning she was
+fairly in the Sound, which is about three miles in width. On the left
+was the town of Helsingborg, in Sweden, and on the right Kronberg
+Castle, with Elsinore, on a kind of land-locked basin, behind it. The
+vessels continued on their course, keeping within a short distance of
+the shore, so that those on board could distinctly see the towns and
+villages. The houses were neat, with red roofs, each one having its
+little garden. There were plenty of groves and forests, and the trees
+were oaks and beeches, instead of pines and firs which the voyagers
+had seen in Norway and Sweden. The country was flat, with nothing like
+a hill to be seen.
+
+The breeze freshening, the squadron hastened its pace, and in the
+middle of the forenoon the spires of Copenhagen were in plain sight.
+Off in the water were several detached forts, built on small islands.
+The Young America led the way, and soon dropped her anchor off the
+citadel of Frederikshavn, and near the landing-place, where a crowd of
+small steamers were lying at the wharf.
+
+"Have you been here before, Dr. Winstock?" asked Captain Lincoln, as
+he saw the surgeon examining the aspect of the city.
+
+"Yes; several years ago. I have been in every country in Europe."
+
+"Copenhagen don't look just as I expected it would," added the
+commander. "I thought it must be a very old, black, and musty-looking
+place."
+
+"You see that it is not,--at least not from the water; but you will
+find plenty of dismal and gloomy-looking buildings in it. The fact is,
+Denmark is too small a kingdom to support all the show and expense of
+royalty: its palaces are too large and costly to be retained as such,
+and many of them have been permitted to fall into partial decay. But I
+will not anticipate Mr. Mapps' lecture, for I see the signal is
+flying."
+
+"She makes a tremendous display of forts and guns," added Lincoln,
+glancing from the batteries of Trekroner and Lynetten to the
+bristling guns of Frederikshavn.
+
+"Doubtless it is a strong place, but the English have twice captured
+the city. Here are the boats from the other vessels. I suppose we
+shall go ashore after dinner."
+
+The steerage was soon crowded with students, and Mr. Mapps took his
+usual position at the foremast, on which appeared the map of Denmark.
+
+"In English this country is called Denmark," said the professor; "but
+it has this name in no other language. The Danes call it _Danmark_,
+the adjective of which is _Danske_; and the country is also called the
+_Danske Stat_, or Danish States. In German it is _Daenemark_; in
+French, _Danemark_; in Italian, _Danimarca_. It is bounded on the
+north by the Skager Rack, or Sleeve; on the east by the Cattegat, the
+Sound, and the Baltic Sea; on the south by the Duchy of Schleswig and
+the Baltic; and on the west by the North Sea. When this ship was in
+Europe before, Schleswig-Holstein and Lauenburg belonged to Denmark;
+but now they belong to Prussia, and Jutland is all that remains of
+continental Denmark. This peninsula has an area of nine thousand six
+hundred square miles, or about the size of the State of New Hampshire.
+With the several islands, the entire area of Denmark is fourteen
+thousand five hundred square miles. Greenland, Iceland, the Faroe
+Islands, and several small islands in the West Indies, belong to her.
+The population is nearly one million eight hundred thousand--about
+equal to that of Massachusetts and New Hampshire united.
+
+"The country is flat, or gently undulating, and the highest hill is
+only five hundred and fifty feet high. The soil is sandy on the
+peninsula, and not very fertile, but very rich on some of the islands.
+It is indented to a remarkable degree with bays and inlets, and the
+whole interior is dotted with small lakes, usually connected by a
+river, like a number of eggs on a string. The Lim Fjord, which you see
+in the north, formerly only extended to within a short distance of the
+North Sea; but in 1825 a tempest broke through the narrow neck of
+land, and opened a passage for small vessels. These inland lakes are
+full of fish, and salmon was once so plenty that householders were
+forbidden by law to feed their servants with this food more than once
+a week.
+
+"The two largest islands are Fuenen and Seeland, which are separated by
+the Great Belt, and the former from the main land by the Little Belt.
+In winter these are frozen over, as is the Sound in the severer
+seasons, and have been crossed by armies engaged in military
+operations. The country is well wooded, and you will find plenty
+of large oaks and beeches. This morning you passed Elsinore, where
+Shakespeare locates Hamlet; but you cannot find where 'the morn walks
+o'er the dew of yon high eastern hill,' for there are no hills there;
+nor 'the dreadful summit of the cliff, that beetles o'er his base into
+the sea.' It is a flat region, with only a low cliff to border the
+sea; certainly with no such tremendous steeps as the poet describes.
+Besides, Hamlet lived and died in Jutland. But Shakespeare used the
+poet's license.
+
+"Nearly all of Denmark lies between latitude fifty-five and
+fifty-eight; but, though the thermometer sometimes falls to twenty-two
+degrees below zero in winter, the average temperature is mild. The
+climate does not materially differ from the eastern coast of
+Massachusetts. The air is so humid that the grass and trees have a
+livelier green than the countries farther south, and droughts are
+almost unknown. When France and Germany are parched and dry, Denmark
+is fresh and green. The people are engaged principally in agriculture
+and commerce. The chief exports are grain, cattle, and horses.
+
+"The government is a constitutional monarchy. The king is assisted in
+the executive department by a 'Royal Privy Council' of seven
+ministers. The legislature is called the Rigsdag, and consists of the
+Landsthing, or upper house, and the Folkething, or lower house. Of the
+former, twelve are nominated for life, by the king, from the present
+or past members of the lower house, and the remaining fifty-four are
+elected, in four classes, by the largest tax-payers in country
+districts, in towns, in cities, and by deputies representing the
+ordinary voters. The members of the lower house are chosen directly by
+the people. All male citizens of twenty-five, except paupers, and
+servants who are not householders, are voters.
+
+"The established religion of the state is Lutheran, and the king must
+be of this church. He nominates the bishops, who have no political
+power, as in England. They have the general supervision and management
+of all the affairs of the church in the kingdom. Although there are
+only about thirteen thousand non-Lutherans in Denmark, entire
+religious toleration prevails, and no man can be deprived of his
+civil and political rights on account of his creed.
+
+"Free education is provided by the government for all children whose
+parents cannot afford to pay for tuition, and attendance at school,
+between the ages of seven and fourteen, is compulsory. All the people,
+therefore, are instructed in the elementary branches; and, besides
+the University of Copenhagen, there is a system of high and middle
+schools, available for the children of merchants, mechanics, and the
+more prosperous of the laboring classes.
+
+"Every able-bodied man in Denmark, who has attained the age of
+twenty-one, is liable to serve as a soldier for eight years in
+the regular army, and eight more in the army of the reserve. In
+preparation for this duty, every man is enrolled, and required to
+drill for a period of from four to six months, according to the arm
+of the service in which he is placed; and those who do not become
+proficient in this time are required to drill for another and longer
+period. The kingdom is divided into military districts, and all the
+soldiers are required to drill from thirty to forty-five days every
+year. The navy of Denmark consists of thirty-one steamers of all
+classes, six of which are iron-clads, carrying three hundred and
+twelve guns, and manned by nine hundred men.
+
+"Little is known of the history of this country before the eighth
+century, but the Cimbri occupied it before the time of Christ. The
+Danes conquered portions of England, and in the eleventh century,
+Canute, who introduced Christianity into his realm, completed the
+conquest. Norway was also included in his kingdom, and under him and
+his successors, during the next two hundred years, Denmark attained
+the summit of her power and glory. Holstein, Lauenburg, and several
+other of the northern provinces of Germany, and even a portion of
+Prussia, were subjected to her sway. Waldemar II., a successor of
+Canute, with his eldest son, was daringly captured, while resting from
+the fatigues of the chase, one evening, by Count Schwerin, whom the
+king had provoked to wrath by some flagrant injustice. This bold act
+of retaliation was carried to a successful issue, and the king and his
+son were transported by water to Castle Schwerin, in Mecklenburg,
+where they were kept as prisoners for three years--a most remarkable
+instance of retribution, if we consider that Waldemar was the most
+powerful sovereign of the north. By threats and bribes his release was
+procured; but during his confinement the conquered provinces had
+revolted, and the king was unable to recover his lost possessions.
+Denmark was thus reduced from her lofty position by the injustice of
+her king.
+
+"Towards the close of the fourteenth century, Margaret--the Semiramis
+of the North--succeeded to the thrones of Norway and Denmark, and
+added Sweden to her dominions by conquest, in the compact of Calmar.
+The Swedes, under Gustavus Vasa, established their independence after
+the union had existed for one hundred and twenty-five years. At the
+death of the last of Margaret's line, in 1439, the states of Denmark
+elected the count of Oldenburg their king, who reigned as Christian I.
+He was made duke of Schleswig and count of Holstein, and thus the
+sovereign of Denmark became the ruler of these duchies, about which
+there has been so much trouble within the last ten years, and which
+caused the war of 1866 between Prussia and Austria. He was followed by
+his son Hans, or John, whose heir was Christian II., deposed in 1523.
+This prince was a tyrant, and was kept a prisoner for twenty-seven
+years. His crown was given to Frederick, Duke of Schleswig and
+Holstein, in whose reign Sweden established her independence. His son
+Christian III. succeeded him. In the great wars which followed the
+Reformation, the kings of Denmark took the Protestant side. In
+repeated conflicts with the Swedes, Denmark lost much of her
+territory. After Christian III. came Frederick II., and then Christian
+IV., who was followed by Frederick III., in whose reign the crown,
+which had been nominally elective, was made hereditary in the
+Oldenburg line. Under Christian V. the country was at peace; but
+Frederick IV., who came after him, brought on a war with Sweden by
+invading the territory of the Duke of Holstein, an ally of the King of
+Sweden, which continued till 1718. Under Christian VI. and Frederick
+V. the country was at peace. Christian VII. married the sister of
+George III. of England, and was followed, in 1808, by Frederick VI.,
+their son.
+
+"In 1780, Russia, Sweden, and Denmark, under the influence of France,
+established a new code of maritime laws, which operated against the
+interests of England. This action in convention was called 'Armed
+Neutrality,' and in 1800, during the reign of Christian VII., its
+principles were revived, and a new agreement was signed by Russia,
+Prussia, Denmark, and Sweden. It declared that arms and ammunition
+alone were contraband of war, that merchandise of belligerents, except
+contraband of war, was to be protected by a neutral flag, and that
+'paper blockades' should be regarded as ineffectual. England
+immediately laid an embargo on the vessels of the powers signing it.
+In 1801, a British fleet under Sir Hyde Parker, with Nelson as second
+in command, bombarded Copenhagen. Again, in 1807, England, fearing
+that Denmark would be compelled by Napoleon to take part against her,
+bombarded Copenhagen, and compelled the government to give up its
+entire fleet, which was sent to England. This ended the armed
+neutrality. At the final treaty of peace, in 1814, Norway was ceded to
+Sweden, which, in return, gave to Denmark Pomerania, and the Island of
+Ruegen; but the next year Pomerania was passed over to Prussia, in
+exchange for the Duchy of Lauenburg.
+
+"Frederick VI. reigned till 1839, when he was followed by Christian
+VIII. The two Duchies of Schleswig and Holstein were still subjects of
+dispute. The king claimed them, but the people of Holstein were German
+in sentiment, and objected to the incorporation of their country in
+the Kingdom of Denmark, to which the continued efforts of the latter
+were directed. The Danish language was required to be used to the
+exclusion of the German. In 1848, Frederick VII. came to the throne,
+and was more energetic in pushing his claims to the duchies than some
+of his predecessors had been. The people of Holstein, which was a
+member of the German Confederation, were in a state of insurrection,
+when the King of Denmark virtually annexed both duchies to his
+kingdom. War ensued, and continued for three years. The interference
+of some of the great powers restored peace, but left the question in
+dispute unsettled."
+
+"What was the question in dispute?" asked Captain Lincoln.
+
+"I will explain it, though there are so many complications to it, that
+only a general view of the subject can be given. For four hundred
+years the line of Oldenburg has occupied the throne of Denmark.
+Schleswig and Holstein were governed by the same rulers, though each
+country was separately organized. But the law of succession was
+different. In Denmark a female could rule, while in the duchies the
+line was limited to males. Frederick VII. had no children, and it was
+seen that the direct line of the house of Oldenburg would be extinct
+at his death. A treaty made by the several powers interested gave the
+succession to Prince Christian, whose wife was entitled to the throne
+by right of her descent from Christian III., who died in 1559; but she
+yielded her right to her husband, who ascended the throne in 1863, as
+Christian IX., and is the present king. At the death of Frederick
+VII., the Duke of Augustenburg claimed the duchies. Germany desired to
+separate Schleswig-Holstein from Denmark. The German troops entered
+Holstein, which was a member of the Confederation, and entitled to its
+protection. Denmark refused to yield her title to the duchies, and war
+ensued. The Danes were overwhelmed, and repeatedly defeated. England
+declined to assist Denmark, as had been expected by the latter, and
+Denmark was compelled to renounce all her claims to Schleswig-Holstein
+and Lauenburg, in favor of Prussia and Austria. The main question in
+regard to the final disposition of the duchies was left open for
+future adjustment, and Prussia took temporary possession of Schleswig,
+and Austria of Holstein. The Duke of Augustenburg was permitted to
+remain in the latter, but forbidden to get up any demonstration in aid
+of his own claims.
+
+"Austria favored the claim of the duke, while Prussia denied it, and
+accused her then powerful rival of encouraging revolutionary movements
+in Holstein dangerous to the thrones of Europe. Then followed the
+great war of 1866, which resulted in the utter humiliation of Austria,
+and the annexation of all the disputed territories to Prussia.
+Denmark, thus shorn of her territories and her power, has become an
+insignificant kingdom. With less than two million inhabitants, she
+supports all the costly trappings of royalty, and keeps an army and
+navy. The king has a civil list of nearly three hundred thousand
+dollars, and the heir apparent has an allowance exceeding the salary
+of the President of the United States, while the entire revenue of the
+nation is only about thirteen million dollars. Prince Frederick, the
+king's oldest son, who succeeds to the throne, married the daughter of
+the King of Sweden and Norway. The princess Alexandra, the oldest
+daughter, is the wife of the Prince of Wales. Prince Wilhelm, the
+second son, was elected King of Greece, under the title of Georgios I.
+in 1863. The Princess Dagmar is the wife of the Grand Duke Alexander,
+of Russia, heir of the throne. By their connections two of the sons
+are, or will be, kings, one daughter Queen of England, and another
+Empress of Russia.
+
+"In 1348, the King of Denmark levied duties on all vessels passing
+through the Sound, at the Fortress of Kronberg, which were applied to
+the expenses of the light-houses, and the protection of shipping from
+pirates. The United States first objected to the payment of this tax,
+and called the attention of the commercial nations of Europe to the
+annoyance. All vessels were obliged to anchor, and submit to vexatious
+delays; but none doubted the right to levy the dues, which had been
+formally regulated by treaties. Denmark consented to abandon her
+claims on the payment of about fifteen millions of dollars by the
+nations of Europe, and about four hundred thousand on the part of the
+United States."
+
+The professor completed his lecture, and the students separated. Most
+of them climbed into the rigging, or seated themselves on the rail,
+where they could see the city and the various objects of interest in
+the harbor. The view shoreward from the ship was very unsatisfactory,
+for the city, built on a dead level, presented but little to challenge
+the attention of the voyager. While they were observing the
+surroundings, a shore boat approached the vessel, in which were two
+persons wearing the uniform of the squadron. One of them was a stout
+man, in whom the students soon recognized Peaks.
+
+"But who is that with him?" asked Norwood.
+
+"It's one of the second cutter's crew, I suppose," replied De Forrest.
+"I didn't think, when I went ashore with them, that I shouldn't see
+any of them again for so long a time. I wonder where the rest of them
+are."
+
+"That's not one of the second cutters," added Judson. "It is the
+English fellow."
+
+"So it is."
+
+Peaks came alongside, and directed Clyde Blacklock to mount the
+accommodation ladder, which he did without making any objection. They
+had arrived the day before. The prisoner seemed to have lost some
+portion of his stubborn spirit. The boatswain followed him to the
+deck, and touching his cap to the captain and other officers on the
+quarter-deck, went aft, where the principal was talking with the
+surgeon.
+
+"We have come on board, sir," said the boatswain, as he took off his
+cap and pointed to Clyde.
+
+"I see you have," replied Mr. Lowington. "I'm glad to see you again,
+Clyde."
+
+The young Briton nodded his head with a jerk, but made no reply.
+
+"Have you seen Mr. Blaine, Peaks?" asked the principal.
+
+"Yes, sir; I met him on the wharf night before last at Gottenburg."
+
+"But where are the crew of the second cutter? I expected you to bring
+them."
+
+"They came back to Christiania on Friday, and took the steamer for
+Gottenburg the same evening; but Mr. Blaine had not seen them. Their
+steamer arrived in the forenoon, and the ship did not sail till
+night."
+
+"I am afraid there is something wrong about it."
+
+"I left Mr. Blaine in Gottenburg. I suppose he will find them."
+
+Peaks reported in detail the result of his mission on shore. So far as
+Clyde was concerned it was entirely satisfactory; but the continued
+absence of the second cutter's crew was very annoying to the
+principal.
+
+"How do you feel, Clyde?" asked Mr. Lowington, turning to the new
+student.
+
+"I feel well enough," replied the runaway, roughly.
+
+"I am glad you do. I hope you feel better than when you left the
+ship."
+
+"I don't."
+
+"While you were on board before, I neglected to explain to you the
+consequences of leaving the ship without permission."
+
+"It wouldn't have made any difference. I should have gone just the
+same," answered Clyde, doggedly.
+
+"The less trouble you make, the better it will be for you."
+
+"Perhaps it will; but I don't intend to stay in this ship a great
+while."
+
+"I intend that you shall stay here; and since you avow your purpose to
+run away again, I must see that you are put in a safe place. Peaks,
+the brig."
+
+"The brig? What's that?" demanded Clyde, who was very suspicious of
+the calm, unmoved tones of the principal.
+
+"Come with me, my lad, and I will show you," replied the boatswain.
+
+The Briton knew by sad experience how useless it was to contend
+against this tyrant, who, however, always used him well when he
+behaved in a reasonable manner. He followed the boatswain into the
+steerage, and the door of the brig, which was a small prison formed
+of plank slats, set upright under the steps, about three inches apart,
+was opened.
+
+"That's the brig, my boy," said Peaks. "It's a regular institution on
+board a man-of-war; but this one has not been opened for months."
+
+"Well, what's it for?" asked Clyde, who even yet did not seem to
+comprehend its use.
+
+"Walk in, and I will make it all plain to you in a moment."
+
+"I don't know what you mean."
+
+"Sail in!" shouted a student, who, with others, was observing the
+treatment.
+
+"On deck, sir!" said the boatswain, sternly, to the speaker. "Report
+yourself."
+
+It was a principle in the discipline of the ship that no person should
+say or do anything to irritate a student undergoing punishment, and no
+one was permitted, on such occasions, to take part on either side,
+unless called upon by the officer or instructor to do so. In ordinary
+cases no boy was required, or permitted, to be a "tell-tale," and all
+were expected to remain neutral. The student who had spoken left the
+steerage, and went on deck, before Clyde had time to "open upon him,"
+as he intended to do.
+
+"Step in, my lad," added Peaks.
+
+"What for?" asked the Briton, as he obeyed the order, but not without
+a suspicion that he was to step upon a red-hot gridiron, or be
+precipitated through some opening in the deck into the dark depths
+beneath.
+
+No such calamity happened to him, and he was rather astonished to find
+that no harsher punishment was used for the flagrant offence he had
+committed. He had pushed the boatswain overboard, and then run away.
+Peaks had never manifested any resentment towards him on account of
+his cowardly trick; but he anticipated some severe discipline on board
+of the ship. The boatswain closed and locked the door of the brig, and
+then looked in at the prisoner through the slats.
+
+"Do you understand what the brig is for now?" asked Peaks.
+
+"You have locked me in--that's all."
+
+"That's all, my lad."
+
+"How long am I to stay here?"
+
+"Till you make up your mind not to run away."
+
+"This isn't a bad place, and I shall stay here till I grow gray before
+I promise not to be off when I get a chance."
+
+"All right, my hearty. Think of it a few weeks."
+
+To one who had expected some horrible punishment for his misdemeanors,
+the brig seemed like very mild discipline. Clyde seated himself on the
+stool in his prison, and leisurely surveyed the surroundings. He was
+an enterprising youth, and the bars of his cage looked small and weak.
+At dinner time, the meal was handed in to him, and he ate with an
+excellent appetite. Soon after, he heard the call for all hands, and
+then the waiter in the steerage told him they had gone on shore to see
+the city. Everything was quiet and still, and he devoted himself to a
+more particular examination of the bars of the brig. They were two
+inches thick, but the case looked hopeful. Pursuing his investigations
+still farther, he found, under the steps, a saw, a hammer, a chisel,
+and some other tools, which Bitts, the carpenter, had placed there a
+few days before, and forgotten to remove. Clyde took up the saw; but
+just then, Peaks, with a book in his hand, seated himself at a table
+near the brig, and began to read.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV.
+
+COPENHAGEN AND TIVOLI.
+
+
+All the boats of the squadron came into line, each with the flag in
+the bow and stern. They pulled along the water front of the city,
+around a couple of Danish men-of-war, and of course created a
+sensation. One by one the boats rowed up to the landing, and the
+students went on shore, each crew securing its cutter at the wharf,
+near the steps. The custom-house officers were on the alert; but as no
+one had parcels of any kind, the students were not detained. Mr. and
+Mrs. Kendall landed, and as they intended to spend a few days in the
+city, they had a couple of valises, which the porters, who are always
+in waiting at all the ports in Europe, conveyed into the custom-house.
+The Toldbod, as this edifice is called by the Danes, is surrounded by
+a high wall, which also encloses the entire landing-place, so that
+none can visit the city from the sea without passing through its
+gates.
+
+One of the officers spoke English very well, and evidently took pride
+in doing so, for he asked a great many questions so pleasantly, that
+it was impossible to explain his object in any other way. He wished to
+know whether the travellers had any clothing they had not worn, and
+whether Mrs. Kendall had any tobacco or liquor. She protested that
+she did not use tobacco or liquor; and the actual examination of the
+baggage was a mere form. The man was so polite, that Paul at once
+concluded he was only practising his English. A carriage was procured,
+and Dr. Winstock and Captain Lincoln were invited to join the party.
+The inquiring students deemed it a great privilege to be permitted to
+go with the surgeon, for he was a walking encyclopaedia of every city
+and country in Europe. As Paul Kendall had been before, Captain
+Lincoln was now, the favorite of the doctor, and the little party were
+to see the city together.
+
+The carriage went out at the gate, and passed into Amaliegade. The
+houses were plain and substantial, without much ornament. They were of
+brick, but most of them were covered with stucco.
+
+"What's this?" asked Paul, as the carriage entered an open space, with
+an equestrian statue in the centre.
+
+"Frederiksplads," replied the doctor; "and that is the statue of
+Frederik V., who came to the throne in 1746, and in whose reign this
+palace was erected."
+
+The place was an octagon, surrounded on all sides by public buildings.
+
+"This is the residence of the king on the left. On the other side is
+the palace of the crown prince. There is the foreign office, and on
+the other side lives the queen dowager."
+
+"They are not very elegant buildings," said Captain Lincoln.
+
+"No; there are no very fine buildings in Copenhagen, though the
+Exchange is a very curious structure, and some are very large and
+unwieldy. There's the Casino," added the doctor.
+
+"What's a casino?" inquired the captain.
+
+"Here it is a building for dancing, concerts, theatrical performances,
+and similar amusements in the winter season. Everything is cheap here,
+and the price of admission to the Casino, where one joins the dance or
+sees a play, is two or three marks."
+
+"How much is that? I haven't looked up the money yet," said Paul.
+
+"A rigsbank dollar is the unit, worth about fifty-four cents of our
+money. It is divided into six marks, of nine cents each, and a mark
+into sixteen skillings, of about half a cent each. When the Italian
+opera is at the Casino, the prices are only three or four marks. This
+is Gothersgade," added Dr. Winstock, as the carriage turned into
+another street. "In plain English, Gothic street."
+
+"There's another equestrian statue," added Captain Lincoln, pointing
+to a large, irregular space, surrounded by public buildings.
+
+"The statue of Christian V. This is Kongens, or King's Square. There
+are the Academy of Arts, the Royal Theatre, the Guard House, the New
+Market--none of them very fine, as you can see for yourselves."
+
+The carriage crossed this square, and came out at a canal, on the
+other side of which was the vast palace of Christiansborg. A short
+distance farther brought the party to the Royal Hotel. The carriage
+stopped at the door in the arch, and the two landlords, the porter,
+the waiters, and the clerk, half a score strong, turned out to
+receive its occupants. All of them bowed low, and all of them led the
+way up stairs. Paul took a parlor and chamber for himself and lady.
+
+"Now, where's Joseph?" asked Dr. Winstock.
+
+"Who's Joseph?" inquired the captain.
+
+"He is the guide at this hotel, if he is still living."
+
+Joseph was sent for, and soon made his appearance. He was an elderly
+man, with gray hair and whiskers, neatly dressed in black. His manners
+were very agreeable, and he exhibited a lively zeal to serve the
+tourists. Mr. Lowington had been courteously waited upon by an officer
+of the government, who had volunteered to have the various palaces,
+museums, and other places of interest, opened during the afternoon and
+the next day. Joseph had procured a two-horse carriage, and the party
+at the hotel seated themselves in it, with the guide on the box with
+the driver.
+
+"That's the Slot," said Joseph, pointing across the canal.
+
+"The what?" exclaimed Captain Lincoln.
+
+"The Slot, or Palace of Christiansborg."
+
+"Slot! What a name!"
+
+"But not any worse than the German word _Schloss_," added Joseph,
+laughing. "Do you speak German, sir?"
+
+"Not much."
+
+The guide uttered a few sentences in German, evidently for the purpose
+of demonstrating that he spoke the language.
+
+"The palace is on an island called Slotsholm, and is as big as it is
+ugly. Shall we go there now?"
+
+"No; we want a general view of the city first," replied Dr. Winstock.
+"I think we had better ascend to the top of the Round Tower."
+
+Joseph gave the order, and the carriage proceeded to the tower. The
+canal in front of the hotel was filled with small craft, which had
+brought pottery and various wares from other parts of Denmark, to
+sell. The goods were arranged on the decks and on the shore of the
+canal. Near were groups of women, who were selling fish, vegetables,
+and other articles, around whom was a crowd of purchasers.
+
+"I suppose you have heard of Andersen?" said Joseph to the captain.
+
+"Heard of him! I have read all his books which have been translated
+into English," replied Captain Lincoln.
+
+"He has rooms in that building some of the time. Do you see that
+sign--Melchoir?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+"This Melchoir is a very dear friend of Andersen, who lives with him a
+portion of the time."
+
+"Is it possible to see Hans Christian Andersen?" asked Mrs. Kendall.
+
+"Quite possible, madam. I will see about it to-day. He is a very
+agreeable man, and willing to meet all who wish to see him," answered
+Joseph. "There's the Town Hall," he added, as the carriage passed a
+large building, with an extensive colonnade in front.
+
+"'_Med Lov skal man Land bygge_,'" said Lincoln, reading an
+inscription on the front. "Those are my sentiments exactly."
+
+"'With law must the land be built' is the English of that," laughed
+Joseph. "All the Jutland laws begin with this phrase, which was
+spoken by Waldemar II. We Danes believe in law, and everything that is
+good. Copenhagen is a very fine city, and everything is remarkably
+cheap here."
+
+"What do you call your city in your own lingo, Joseph?"
+
+"Kjoebenhavn; pronounce it Chep-en-ahn."
+
+"Chepenahn," repeated Lincoln.
+
+"Speak it a little quicker, and you will have it right. It was first
+called simply the Haven; then in Danish, when many merchants carried
+on business here, _Kaupmannahoefn_, or merchants' haven, from which it
+was shortened into _chepenahn_. Here is the Round Tower," added
+Joseph, as the carriage stopped.
+
+The party alighted and entered the structure, which was the tower of
+the Church of the Trinity.
+
+"This used to be the watch tower, where men were kept to give the
+alarm in case of fire; but the observatory has been moved to the tower
+of St. Nicholas, and now we have a telegraphic fire alarm. Won't you
+walk up to the top of this tower, where you can have a fine view of
+the whole city? The ascent is very easy," continued Joseph.
+
+There were no stairs, but an inclined plane, gradual in its rise,
+permitted the tourists to ascend to the summit with very little labor.
+
+"We might have driven up in the carriage," said Captain Lincoln.
+
+"There would be no difficulty at all in doing so. In fact, Peter the
+Great, when he was in Copenhagen, in 1716, drove to the top with the
+Empress Catharine, in a coach and four."
+
+"Is that so?" asked the captain.
+
+"I can't remember so far back myself," chuckled Joseph, "for I'm not
+much over a hundred years old; but everybody says it is true, and I
+see no reason to doubt the story. Peter the Great liked to do strange
+things, and you can see for yourself that a carriage would run very
+well here."
+
+"If he went up with a coach and four, of course he must have come
+down, unless the carriage and horses are up there now. How did he turn
+his team?"
+
+"It is easier to ask some questions than to answer them," replied
+Joseph. "History does not say that he drove down, only that he drove
+up."
+
+"Perhaps he backed down, which kings and emperors are sometimes
+obliged to do, as well as common people," suggested Paul Kendall.
+
+"Very likely he did; I don't see any other way for the team to
+descend," added Joseph. "This tower was begun in 1639."
+
+At the top of the structure the travellers took a general survey of
+the city, and then proceeded to examine it in detail.
+
+"Do you remember the latitude of Copenhagen, Captain Lincoln?" asked
+Dr. Winstock.
+
+"About fifty-five and a half."
+
+"The same as the middle of Labrador. Quebec is about forty-seven, and
+this is a long way farther north. What is the population of this city,
+Joseph?" asked the doctor.
+
+"One hundred and eighty-one thousand," replied the guide, giving the
+census of 1870. "Formerly the city was a walled town, with ramparts
+and moats. It was built partly on Seeland, and partly on the small
+island of Amager. The channel between them is the harbor. You can see
+where the old line of fortifications was. The old town lies nearest to
+the sea, but the city is now spreading rapidly out into the country."
+
+"What is that broad sheet of water, with two bridges over it?" asked
+Lincoln, pointing to the land side.
+
+"That is the reservoir. Formerly the water in the city was bad, but
+now it has an excellent system of water-works. The water comes in from
+the country, and is pumped up by steam before it is distributed.
+Beyond that, for miles, the country is covered with beautiful villas
+and country residences. You must ride out there, for the environs of
+Copenhagen are as fine as anything in Europe."
+
+"You are right, Joseph," added the doctor. "Some parts of the city are
+not unlike Holland, you see. The Slotsholm canal gives that part of
+the town a decidedly Dutch look."
+
+"The part on Amager, called Christianshavn, is all cut up by canals,"
+added the guide.
+
+"Now, we will take a ride around the city," said Paul Kendall.
+
+The party descended, and having driven through some of the principal
+streets, and obtained a very good idea of the city, returned to the
+hotel.
+
+"Now you can dismiss the carriage, and we will go to some of the
+museums and churches," suggested Joseph.
+
+"We don't care to walk far; we will retain the carriage," replied
+Paul.
+
+"It will be much cheaper to walk, as you have to pay four marks an
+hour for the carriage," pleaded the economical guide. "Thorwaldsen's
+Museum and the Northern Antiquities are only a few steps from here."
+
+"Very well; we will walk, then, if you insist upon it," laughed Paul.
+
+"I thought these guides made you spend as much money as possible,"
+said Captain Lincoln to the surgeon.
+
+"I never found it so. I think they are a very useful class of men.
+They charge here about two rigsdalers a day, and I remember that
+Joseph would not let me throw away a single mark. They know the prices
+for carriages and everything else, and it is for their interest not to
+let any one cheat their employers. Perhaps it is not well to make
+purchases with them, for they compel the merchant to pay them a
+commission, which increases the price charged for the articles. But I
+think, in many places, I have done better with a _commissionnaire_
+than without one, in making purchases."
+
+Joseph led the way across the bridge to Slotsholm, which was nearly
+covered by the immense palace of Christiansborg and its dependencies.
+The first building was Thorwaldsen's Museum, the outer walls of which
+were covered with an Etruscan fresco of the arrival and debarkation of
+the great sculptor and his goods, mostly works of art. The figures are
+about life size, and the situation in which the pictures are placed is
+novel and quaint. The work was done by inlaying cement of different
+colors in the wall. Joseph described the various scenes. Thorwaldsen
+is still held in the highest regard and veneration by all Denmark,
+and especially by all Copenhagen; indeed, he seems to be the great
+genius of the country. He was born in 1770, near the city. His father
+was an Icelander, and a carver in wood--a calling in which the son
+assisted him when he was only a dozen years old. At seventeen he
+received the prize of a silver medal from the Academy of Arts, and at
+twenty-three the grand prize, which carried with it a royal pension,
+that enabled him to go abroad for the study of his art. He went to
+Rome in 1796, where he had but little success, and was reduced almost
+to despair, when his model of Jason and the Golden Fleece attracted
+the attention of an English gentleman, who commissioned him to
+complete the work in marble. This event was the dawn of success, and
+orders continued to pour in upon him from the rich and the powerful,
+including kings and emperors, until his fortune was made. His works
+adorn many of the great cities of Europe, and Canova was his only
+actual rival. His fame extended to every nation, and a visit to his
+native land in 1819 was a triumphal progress through Italy and
+Germany. In 1838 he returned to Copenhagen, to pass the remainder
+of his days, in a frigate sent to Italy for his use by the Danish
+government. On one side of his museum are depicted his arrival in this
+ship, and his reception by the citizens; and on the other side, the
+conveyance of his works from the ship to their final destination.
+Thorwaldsen went to Rome again on a visit for his health, and died in
+Copenhagen in 1844. He was a modest, generous, and amiable man. The
+museum was erected by subscription, though the sculptor gave a
+fourth part of the sum necessary for its erection, and in his will
+bequeathed to it the works of art from his cunning brain, of which its
+contents are almost entirely composed. His biography has been written
+by Hans Christian Andersen.
+
+After examining the frescoes on the outer wall, the party entered the
+building. It is an oblong structure, with a court-yard in the middle.
+It is two stories in height, with connected rooms extending entirely
+around it. The works of art, and memorials of the sculptor, are
+classified in these apartments, forty-two in number.
+
+"That is the grave of Thorwaldsen," said Joseph, leading the way into
+the court-yard. "His body lies there, surrounded by his works, as he
+requested."
+
+The grave is an oblong enclosure of polished granite, raised a few
+inches above the ground, and covered over with ivy. At the foot of it
+is a black cross, with the date of his death inscribed upon it.
+
+The tourists walked through the various rooms, and examined the works
+of the immortal genius, most of which were in plaster, being the
+models of all his great achievements set up in marble in various parts
+of Europe. His pictures, his library, his collections of coins, vases,
+and antiquities, are placed in the museum. One room is fitted up with
+his furniture, precisely as he used it, and various interesting
+mementos of the man are to be seen there. Among the pictures are
+some mere daubs, which are preserved only because they belonged to
+Thorwaldsen; but they have an interest as an illustration of the
+benevolent character of the great sculptor, who ordered many of them
+merely to save the artists from starvation.
+
+"Did you ever see Thorwaldsen?" asked Lincoln, as Joseph conducted
+his charge from the building.
+
+"Often," replied the guide. "He was a venerable-looking old man, with
+long, white hair. He made a statue of himself, which is very like him.
+He died suddenly in the theatre, and the king and royal family
+followed his remains to the church."
+
+The Museum of Northern Antiquities was in the old palace of a prince,
+on the other side of the canal. On the front of the building were some
+quaint carvings, which gave it a picturesque appearance. Joseph seemed
+to be in his element at this museum. He spoke glibly and learnedly of
+"the stone age," "the bronze age," and "the iron age," each designated
+by the material of which the implements used for domestic purposes, in
+war and agriculture, were composed. Numberless utensils of all kinds
+are contained in the cabinets, classified with rare skill, and
+arranged with excellent taste. All these objects were found below
+ground, in various parts of Scandinavia. In Denmark the law requires
+that all antiquities of metal shall belong to the government, which,
+however, pays the full value of the articles to the finder. In 1847 a
+pair of solid gold bracelets, very heavy, and elegantly wrought, were
+dug up from the earth, and added to this collection. There is a great
+variety of ornaments, in gold and silver, consisting of necklaces,
+rings, bracelets, and similar trinkets. One necklace contains three
+pounds of pure gold.
+
+There are plenty of knives, arrow-heads, hatchets, hammers, chisels,
+and other implements, skilfully made of stone. Runic writings, the
+most valuable in the world, are collected here. Joseph said that
+certain long pieces of wood, with signs carved upon them, were
+Icelandic Calendars. The remains of a warrior, who had fought and died
+in the ancient time, with the iron mail of his day, were examined with
+interest, as were also a number of altars, coffers containing relics,
+and some gold crosses, one of which is said to contain a splinter from
+the true cross, which were exhibited as specimens of the Catholic form
+of worship in remote times.
+
+Recrossing the bridge over the canal, the party entered the great,
+barn-like palace of Christiansborg. It consists of several connected
+buildings, containing a theatre, riding-school, stables, coach-houses,
+bake-house, and the usual royal apartments. In 1168 a castle was
+erected on this spot, as a protection against pirates, which was
+repeatedly demolished, rebuilt, altered, and enlarged, till it was
+levelled to the ground in 1732, and a new palace erected, but was
+destroyed by fire in 1784. It was rebuilt, in its present cumbrous
+proportions, in 1828. The visitors entered the large court-yard,
+passed through the picture gallery, the "Hall of the Knights," the
+throne-room, looked into the riding-school,--which is a large, oblong
+room, with an earth floor, where the royal family may practise
+equestrianism,--the arsenal, the legislative chambers, and other
+rooms, none of which were very striking to those who had visited the
+palaces of Paris, London, Berlin, and St. Petersburg.
+
+In front of the palace is a beautiful green, beyond which is the
+Exchange, or Boersen, built by Christian IV. It is the most picturesque
+edifice in the city, though the interior is entirely commonplace. It
+is long and very narrow, and ornamented with a vast number of figures
+cut in the stone, with elegantly-wrought portals at the entrances. But
+the spire is the most remarkable portion of the building, and consists
+of four dragons, the heads at the apex looking towards the four points
+of the compass.
+
+From the Exchange the party walked to the Fruekirke, or Church of our
+Lady, which is interesting only on account of the works of Thorwaldsen
+which it contains. Behind the altar is the majestic and beautiful
+statue of Christ, which stretches out its wounded hands, as if he were
+saying, "Come unto me, ye that labor and are heavy-laden, and I will
+give you rest." On each side of the church are the figures of the
+twelve apostles, placed against the walls at equal distances, so as to
+include the whole extent. In the middle of the choir, in front of the
+altar, is the figure of an angel, holding a baptismal font, in the
+shape of a shell, which some call Thorwaldsen's masterpiece. In the
+sacristy of the church are several other works of the great sculptor,
+who was first interred in this place, before the museum was ready to
+receive his remains.
+
+Mrs. Kendall declared she had seen enough for one day, for
+sight-seeing is the hardest work one can do when it is overdone. After
+supper, when the lady was rested, she consented to visit Tivoli, where
+the students were to spend the evening. This celebrated resort of the
+Copenhageners is situated just outside of the old walls of the city,
+near the arm of the sea which divides Amager from Seeland. One of the
+two horse-railways, which the people in Europe generally persist in
+calling "tramways," extends through the city, passing the gates of
+this garden. Several of the officers and seamen of the ship came by
+the cars, which hardly differ from those in use in the principal
+cities of the United States; but all of them have accommodations for
+passengers on the top.
+
+Captain Lincoln--who had been on board of the ship since he left the
+party with whom he had spent the afternoon--and Norwood were
+passengers in a car; but though they could not speak a word of Norsk,
+they were not disturbed by the situation. Presently the conductor
+presented himself, which caused a general sounding of pockets among
+the occupants of the car. He had a tin box, suspended by a strap,
+which passed around his neck, to contain the money he received. In his
+hand he held a compact little roll of yellow paper, an inch and a half
+in width, across which was printed a succession of little tickets,
+each with a number. The fare was four skillings, or two and one fourth
+cents, and, as each person paid, the conductor handed him one of these
+papers, torn from the roll. Captain Lincoln gave him a piece of money,
+and held up two fingers, pointing to his companion at the same time,
+to indicate that he paid for both. The man gave him his change, and
+two of the yellow tickets.
+
+ [Illustration: Kjobenhavns
+                Sporvei.
+                4 Skilling.
+                904]
+
+"What are these for?" asked Lincoln, glancing at the little papers.
+
+"They are tickets, of course," replied Norwood.
+
+"I don't think so," added the captain. "All the people seem to throw
+them away, and the floor of the car is covered with them."
+
+"O, I know now what they are!" exclaimed Norwood. "I have heard of
+such things."
+
+"I never did."
+
+"I suppose you know what 'knocking down' means--don't you?" laughed
+the second lieutenant.
+
+"It means stealing."
+
+"Precisely so. It is said that conductors and omnibus drivers at home
+'knock down' a good deal, which is the technical name for taking a
+portion of the fares. They use 'spotters' in our country to keep the
+conductors and drivers honest."
+
+"Spotters?"
+
+"Yes, that's the name of them. They are men and women, whom the
+conductors cannot distinguish from other passengers, employed by the
+railway companies to ride in the cars, and report the number of
+passengers on certain trips, so that the agents can tell whether the
+fares are all paid over. These tickets are used for the same purpose."
+
+"I don't see what good they do. They certainly can't keep the men
+honest, for almost everybody throws away his ticket."
+
+"They are called control-marks," said a gentleman next to the captain,
+who had been listening with interest to the conversation, and who
+spoke good English. "The man has to tear one of them off every time a
+passenger pays him."
+
+"They are all numbered, I see; mine is nine hundred and four," added
+Lincoln.
+
+"When the man gives up this roll at night, the next number will show
+how many he has torn off. If he began at No. 200 this morning, he has
+taken seven hundred and four fares."
+
+"But he might neglect to tear off fifty or a hundred in the course of
+a day," suggested Lincoln, "and put the money for them in his pocket."
+
+"If he does so, everybody is watching him, and anybody may report him
+to the agent. I am a share-owner of the company, and for aught the
+conductor knows, there may be one in every car. If the man neglects
+his duty, my interest would prompt me to look after him."
+
+"I see; thank you, sir."
+
+"Here is Tivoli," added the gentleman. "I suppose you are going
+there."
+
+"Yes, sir."
+
+"It is a fine garden, and very cheap."
+
+The young officers left the car, and bought tickets at the gate, for
+which they paid one mark, or nine cents, each. Near the entrance they
+found a man selling programmes of the evening's entertainment, at two
+skillings each. Captain Lincoln bought one, for he carefully preserved
+every handbill, ticket, or programme for future reference. He could
+read a little of it. The performances were varied, and covered the
+time from six o'clock till midnight. But the young officers preferred
+to take a general view of the premises. It was an extensive garden,
+prettily and tastefully laid out, with accommodations for concerts,
+circus, and theatrical performances. In the centre was a "beer
+garden," with table and seats, for little parties, who drank their
+beer and chatted, while a band played in a kiosk. Near it was a
+bazaar, where all kinds of fancy articles were arranged for sale, with
+the attendant raffles and lotteries. Farther removed from the centre
+was a theatre, consisting, however, of only the stage, the audience
+seating themselves in the open air. The performance, from six to
+seven, as the captain read in his programme, was
+
+    R1. 6. Entree gymnastique af Brodrene Hermann.
+
+Or, in plain English, a gymnastic exhibition by the brothers Hermann.
+
+In the circus there was a performance at half past seven, such as one
+sees in the United States, and "Hr. Wallet" was clown. At half past
+nine o'clock, another exhibition was given in an enclosed building, to
+which an extra admission fee was charged. At the theatre, dancing by
+some "celebrated sisters" was in progress at nine o'clock. A Russian
+mountain was in operation during the whole evening. It was a railroad
+down one inclined plane, and up another, and back over the same track,
+a ride costing a few skillings. The concert was continued at intervals
+during the entire evening. The "_cafe chantant_" was in full blast
+after nine o'clock, in two places, one of which was a small hall, with
+a bar, and the other the interior of a Swiss cottage, with a gallery
+surrounding it. In each of these were tables, where the audience
+seated themselves, and drank brandy, wine, beer, and milder beverages.
+The singers, who are all females, stood upon a stage, and were
+accompanied by a piano. After one or two songs had been sung, one of
+the singers passed around among the audience with a plate to receive
+their contributions, each person generally giving a small copper coin.
+This order was continually repeated, and the money thus received is
+the only salary of the performers, whose singing is villanously vile,
+and whose character is worse than their singing. A canal, extending
+from the sea, comes up to Tivoli, and passes around an island. Boats
+are to let here; and, indeed, there is no end to the variety of
+amusements, and "all for nine cents," as Joseph had said half a dozen
+times during the afternoon to his party, and a dozen times more during
+the evening. At half past ten the students returned to the squadron,
+for by that time they had seen all they desired.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI.
+
+AN EXCURSION TO KLAMPENBORG AND ELSINORE.
+
+
+Peaks sat near the brig and read his book, which he had procured from
+the librarian in anticipation of a dull and heavy afternoon. Clyde sat
+in his cage, watching the boatswain. The book was evidently a very
+interesting one, for the reader hardly raised his eyes from it for a
+full hour, and then only to bestow a single glance upon the occupant
+of the ship's prison. The volume was Peter Simple, and the boatswain
+relished the adventures of the hero. Once in a while his stalwart
+frame was shaken by an earthquake of laughter, for he had a certain
+sense of dignity which did not permit him to laugh outright all alone
+by himself, and so the shock was diffused through all his members, and
+his body quaked like that of a man in the incipient throes of a fever
+and ague fit. The magnanimous conduct of O'Brien, who flogged Peter
+for seasickness, simply because he loved him, proved to be almost too
+much for the settled plan of the boatswain, and it was with the utmost
+difficulty that he restrained an outbreak of laughter.
+
+For a full quarter of an hour Clyde convinced himself that he was
+entirely satisfied with the situation. The brig was not a bad place,
+or, at least, it would not be, if the boatswain would only leave the
+steerage and allow the prisoner to be by himself. He wished very much
+to try the carpenter's saw upon the slats of his prison. At the end of
+the second quarter of an hour, the Briton was slightly nervous; the
+close of the third found him rather impatient, and at the expiration
+of an hour, he was decidedly provoked with Peaks for staying where he
+was so long. When the stout sentinel glanced at him, he flattered
+himself with a transitory hope; but the boatswain only changed his
+position slightly, and still appeared to be as deeply absorbed as ever
+in the book.
+
+Clyde was disgusted, and emphatically angry at the end of another half
+hour. The brig was a vile place, and putting a free-born Briton into
+such a den was the greatest indignity which had yet been offered to
+him. It was even worse than ordering him to be silent, or to go
+forward. It was an insult which required both redress and vengeance.
+He rose from his seat, and walked to the door of his prison, but with
+his gaze still fixed upon his jailer. He had come to the conclusion
+that, if he moved, Peaks would, at least, look at him; but that worthy
+did not raise his eyes from his book. Clyde took hold of the barred
+door and began to shake it, making considerable noise by the act.
+Peaks took no notice whatever of him, and it seemed just as though the
+boatswain intended to insult him by thus disregarding him. He shook
+the door again with more violence, but did not succeed in attracting
+the attention of his custodian. Then he began to kick the door. Making
+a run of the length of the brig, he threw himself against it with all
+the force he could, hoping to break it down; but he might as well
+have butted against the side of the ship. It yielded a little, and
+rattled a great deal; but it was too strong to be knocked down in any
+such manner.
+
+The prisoner was boiling over with wrath, as much because Peaks did
+not notice him, as on account of the indignity of his confinement.
+He kicked, wrenched, and twisted at the door, till he had nearly
+exhausted his own strength, apparently without affecting that of
+the door. The boatswain still read, and still shook with suppressed
+laughter at the funny blunders and situations of Peter Simple. He had
+seen just such fellows as Clyde in the brig; had seen them behave just
+as the present prisoner did; and he had learned that it was better to
+let them have their own way till they were satisfied, for boys are
+always better satisfied when they solve such problems for themselves.
+
+"I'm not going to stay in this place!" howled Clyde, when he had
+wasted all his powers upon the obstinate door.
+
+"No?"
+
+The boatswain happened to be at the end of a chapter in his book, and
+he closed the volume, uttering only the single negative participle,
+with the interrogative inflection, as he glanced at his charge in the
+brig.
+
+"No, I'm not!" roared Clyde, rousing from his seat, upon which he had
+dropped in sheer exhaustion, and throwing himself desperately against
+the unyielding door. "I won't stay in here any longer!"
+
+"Well, now, I thought you would," added Peaks, with the most provoking
+calmness.
+
+"I won't!"
+
+"But it seems to me that you do stay there."
+
+"I won't any longer."
+
+"Well?"
+
+"I'll send for the British minister."
+
+"Do."
+
+"I won't stand it any longer."
+
+"Sit down, then."
+
+Clyde dashed himself against the door again with all the remaining
+force he had; but the boatswain, apparently unmoved, opened his book
+again. It was terribly lacerating to the feelings of the Briton to be
+so coolly disregarded and ignored. Clyde had the saw, but he had sense
+enough left to know that any attempt to use it would attract the
+attention of his jailer, and end in the loss of the implement, with
+which he could remove a couple of the slats when left alone, or when
+all hands were asleep at night. Finding that violence accomplished
+nothing, he seated himself on his stool,--which, however, was far from
+being the stool of repentance,--and considered the situation more
+calmly. He was in a profuse perspiration from the energy of his
+useless exertions. Perhaps he was conscious that he had made a fool of
+himself, and that his violence was as impolitic as it was useless. In
+a few moments he was as quiet as a lamb, and remained so for half an
+hour, though his bondage was no less galling than before.
+
+"Mr. Peaks," said he, in the gentlest of tones.
+
+"Well, my lad, what shall I do for you?" replied the boatswain,
+closing his book, and going to the door of the brig.
+
+"I'm very thirsty, and want a glass of water. Will you give me one?"
+
+"Certainly, my boy."
+
+The boatswain passed a mug of water through the bars, and Clyde drank
+as though he was really thirsty.
+
+"You have worked hard, and it makes you dry," said Peaks. "You can
+keep a mug of water in the brig if you like."
+
+"I will," replied Clyde, as he placed the mug on the deck, after the
+boatswain had filled it. "Can't you let me out, Mr. Peaks?"
+
+"Certainly I can."
+
+"You will--won't you?"
+
+"With all my heart."
+
+"Do, if you please."
+
+"On certain conditions, you know."
+
+"What conditions?"
+
+"That you won't attempt to run away. But, my lad, it is only a few
+hours since you said the brig was a very nice place, and you would
+grow gray in it before you would promise not to leave when you got a
+good chance."
+
+"I hadn't tried it, then. But I think it is an insult to a fellow to
+put him in here. I would rather be flogged outright."
+
+"We don't flog the boys."
+
+"I would rather take a flogging, and have it done with."
+
+"That's one of the reasons why we don't do it. We don't want to have
+it done with till the boy means to do about right. You are a smart
+boy, my lad; but you have got a heap of bad blood in your veins,
+which ought to be worked off. If you would only do your duty like a
+man, you would be comfortable and happy."
+
+"I never can stay in this ship."
+
+"Why not?"
+
+"I don't understand the duty."
+
+"You will soon learn all the ropes in the ship, and they will all come
+as handy to you as the key of your own watch."
+
+Clyde pulled out his watch, and glanced at the boatswain.
+
+"That's a nice time-keeper you have, my lad; gold, I suppose."
+
+"Yes; it cost thirty pounds. Wouldn't you like it?"
+
+"I?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+"Well, I have a pretty good silver one, which answers my purpose very
+well," replied Peaks, smiling.
+
+"I'll give it to you, if you will let me out, and permit me to go on
+shore," added Clyde, in an insinuating tone.
+
+"Thank you, my lad, I don't want it bad enough to do that."
+
+"You can sell it, you know. Or I will give you thirty pounds in cash,
+if you prefer."
+
+"I can't afford to do it for that," laughed the boatswain.
+
+"I'll give you fifty pounds then," persisted Clyde.
+
+"Can't afford to do it for that, either."
+
+"Say sixty, then."
+
+"Say a hundred, if you like, my lad; and then say a thousand. I can't
+afford to do it for all the money your mother is worth. You are on
+the wrong tack, my lad. I can't be bought at any price."
+
+"I won't ask you to let me out. If you will only go on deck, and keep
+out of the way, I will manage it all myself."
+
+"No, no; sheer off, my hearty. When I have a duty to do, I always mean
+to do it; and if it isn't done, it isn't my fault. You can't leave the
+ship with my consent."
+
+"I can't stay here, I say. I should die in a month."
+
+"Very well, die like a man, then," said Peaks, good-naturedly; for,
+though he could not be bought at any price, he did not indulge in any
+righteous indignation against his victim. "Learn your duty, and then
+do it. There is plenty of fun going on in the ship, and you will enjoy
+yourself as soon as you get on the right tack. That's the up and down
+of the whole matter."
+
+"I can't take off my cap to these young squirts of officers, and be
+ordered around by them. It isn't in an Englishman to do anything of
+the sort."
+
+"Upon my word, I think it is in them. They make first-rate sailors,
+and always obey their officers."
+
+"Common sailors do; but I'm a gentleman."
+
+"So am I; but I always obey orders," replied the democratic Peaks,
+warmly. "The officers of this ship are required to behave like
+gentlemen, and give their orders in a gentlemanly manner. If they
+don't do it, they are liable to be reduced. Do your duty, and you may
+be an officer yourself."
+
+Peaks continued for some time to give the prisoner good advice,
+assuring him that he was no better than the rest of the crew, and
+that it would not hurt him any more than others to obey the orders of
+the officers. But it was sowing seed in stony ground, and Clyde,
+finding he could make nothing out of the honest boatswain, decided to
+await his time with what patience he could command, which, however,
+was not much. Peaks was permitted to follow Peter Simple in his
+stirring career during the rest of the afternoon. The crew returned
+from Tivoli at eleven in the evening, and soon the ship was quiet,
+with only an anchor watch, consisting of an officer on the
+quarter-deck, and two seamen on the forecastle.
+
+Clyde's supper was given to him in his prison, and a bed made up for
+his use. He kept awake till all the students came on board, and while
+he was waiting for the crew to slumber, he dropped asleep himself, and
+did not wake till all hands were called in the morning. He was vexed
+with himself for his neglect, and afraid that the carpenter would miss
+the saw, and remember where he had left it. He was determined to keep
+awake the next night, and make his escape, even if he was obliged to
+swim to the land.
+
+After breakfast, all the students went on shore for an excursion to
+Klampenborg and Elsinore. In the custom-house enclosure, a procession
+of four in a rank was formed, to march to the railroad station, which
+was near the Tivoli Garden. The students were generally rather fond of
+processions, not at home, but in the streets of foreign cities. The
+parade was quite imposing, when every officer and seaman wore his best
+uniform. They had been carefully taught to march, and Professor Badois
+had organized a band of eight pieces, which performed a few tunes
+very well. Unfortunately, on the present occasion, the band was not
+available, for Stockwell, the cornet player, and Boyden, the bass
+drummer, belonged to the absent crew of the second cutter, and the
+procession moved to the sterling notes of the drum and fife.
+
+On parades of this kind, the first and second pursers acted as the
+fleet staff of the commodore, who would otherwise have been "alone in
+his glory," and these two useful officers seemed like "odds and ends"
+in any other position. As this procession was frequently formed, and
+marched through the streets of various cities, the order is given to
+satisfy the reasonable curiosity of the reader.
+
+                      Music.
+                 The Commodore,
+             And Staff of the Fleet.
+        The Captain of the Young America.
+                The Four Masters.
+              The Four Midshipmen.
+             The First Lieutenant.
+     The First Part of the Starboard Watch,
+         Consisting of Eighteen Seamen.
+             The Second Lieutenant.
+    The Second Part of the Starboard Watch.
+             The Third Lieutenant.
+       The First Part of the Port Watch.
+             The Fourth Lieutenant.
+       The Second Part of the Port Watch.
+         The Captain of the Josephine.
+                The Four Masters.
+              The First Lieutenant.
+     The First Part of the Starboard Watch,
+           Consisting of Eight Seamen.
+             The Second Lieutenant.
+     The Second Part of the Starboard Watch.
+             The Third Lieutenant.
+        The First Part of the Port Watch.
+             The Fourth Lieutenant.
+       The Second Part of the Port Watch.
+          The Captain of the Tritonia.
+               The Four Masters.
+             The First Lieutenant.
+    The First Part of the Starboard Watch,
+          Consisting of Eight Seamen.
+            The Second Lieutenant.
+    The Second Part of the Starboard Watch.
+            The Third Lieutenant.
+       The First Part of the Port Watch.
+            The Fourth Lieutenant.
+       The Second Part of the Port Watch.
+
+Sometimes the order was varied by placing all the officers at the head
+of the procession, except the lieutenants in command of sections,
+as,--
+
+           The Commodore and Staff.
+             The three Captains.
+           Three ranks of Masters.
+           One rank of Midshipmen.
+
+But keeping all the officers and seamen of each vessel together, as in
+the first order, was generally preferred. Of course the ranks were not
+always full, as on the present occasion; but even when the full band
+was at the head of the column, there were enough for four full ranks
+in each half-watch of the ship, and two ranks in those of the other
+vessels. The students had practised so much that they marched
+exceedingly well, and being aligned according to their height, the
+effect was very fine. The Copenhageners left their occupations, and
+hastened to the doors and windows of their houses and shops to see the
+procession; and even the king and royal family were spectators at the
+palace windows, as the column moved through Frederiksplads. As it
+passed the Royal Hotel, Mr. and Mrs. Kendall, with Dr. Winstock and
+Joseph, were entering a carriage, in which they intended to ride to
+Klampenborg, in order to see more of the country. At the railroad
+station, the officers and seamen took seats in the third-class
+carriages, which were two stories high, the upper as well as the lower
+one having a roof. The distance to Klampenborg is eight and a half
+English miles, and the fare is sixteen skillings, or nine cents, third
+class; twenty-four skillings, or thirteen and a half cents, second
+class; and thirty-two skillings, or eighteen cents, first class. The
+third-class compartments are clean and neat, but there are no cushions
+on the seats. An aisle extends through the middle of them, but the
+seats are placed in pairs, on each side, so that half the passengers
+are compelled to ride backwards. In about half an hour the train
+arrived at Klampenborg.
+
+Paul Kendall's party drove first to the summer residence of Mr.
+Melchoir, which was in the suburbs of the city, near the sea-shore.
+The house was a very pretty one, with a neat garden, not unlike the
+little country places one sees in the vicinity of the large cities of
+the United States. Joseph rang the bell, and stated the errand of the
+party to the servant. They were shown up one flight of stairs, where
+the girl knocked at the door, which was immediately opened by
+Hans Christian Andersen, and the tourists were ushered into a
+plainly-furnished room, with a few engravings on the walls. On a table
+were the writing-materials of the great author, and Paul looked with
+interest at the little pile of letter sheets, closely written over,
+and the unfinished one, on which the ink was not yet dry.
+
+Mr. Andersen's face was covered with a smile as he greeted the party.
+Dr. Winstock had met him before, and stated the fact.
+
+"O, I'm very glad to see you again," said the author, grasping the
+doctor's hand with both of his own.
+
+"My young friend here, and his lady, have both read all your books,
+and desired to see you even more than to look upon the beautiful works
+of your great sculptor."
+
+"Ah, you are very kind," added Mr. Andersen, again grasping the
+doctor's hand with both of his own.
+
+Then, darting nervously to Paul, he seized his hand in the same
+manner.
+
+"This is Captain Paul Kendall, commander of the yacht Grace," added
+Dr. Winstock.
+
+"I am so pleased to see you!" said Mr. Andersen.
+
+"I have read all your books with the most intense pleasure."
+
+"O, you are too kind, Captain Kendall," replied the genial author,
+smiling all over his face, and once more grasping his hand as before.
+
+"Mrs. Kendall," added Paul, presenting Grace.
+
+"I am so pleased to see you! You are very kind to take so much trouble
+to visit me."
+
+"Indeed, sir, you are very kind to permit us to trouble you, when you
+are so busy," continued Paul.
+
+"O, I have plenty of time to see my good friends."
+
+"In America we love your books, and they are in all our libraries and
+most of our houses."
+
+"You are so kind to speak so pleasantly of my works!" replied Mr.
+Andersen, grasping Paul's hand again.
+
+"We value them very highly."
+
+The conversation continued for a few moments, in which Paul and the
+doctor expressed the high appreciation of the reading public of the
+great writer's works. At least a dozen times more he grasped the hand
+of the speaker with both his. Mr. Andersen is a tall gentleman, with
+a thin face,--the features of which are far from handsome,--and
+iron-gray hair. His countenance is always covered with smiles when he
+speaks, and his whole manner is child-like and simple. He is full of
+the love of God and of man, which seems to shine out in his face, and
+to be the interpretation of his ever-present smile. His dress was
+scrupulously neat and nice in every detail.
+
+The doctor told him about the Academy squadron, of which he had read a
+brief notice in the newspapers, and invited him to visit the ship,
+which he promised to do, on the following day. The party took their
+leave of him, and continued on the way to Klampenborg. The road was
+on the margin of the sea, and was lined with small country houses,
+with pleasant gardens. It was a lovely region, with an occasional
+large villa, and even a summer palace or two. All along this road,
+called the Strandway, are small and large houses of entertainment, on
+the sea-side, each one of which has a bathing establishment on a very
+small and simple scale.
+
+"Here is Charlottelund Castle, in this park," said Joseph, as they
+passed what seemed to be merely a grove, with a rather dilapidated
+fence.
+
+"It was formerly the country-seat of the Landgrave of Hesse, I
+believe," added Dr. Winstock.
+
+"Yes, sir; but it is now the summer residence of the crown prince. He
+comes out here in June."
+
+"These carriages are called 'privateers,'" continued the guide,
+pointing to several vehicles like a small omnibus with no top. "They
+formerly went by the name of 'coffee-mills,' because they made a noise
+like those machines."
+
+Constantia Tea-Garden, where the Copenhageners go to spend the evening
+in hot weather, and several fishing villages, were passed, and then
+the carriage reached the Deer Park, where the students had already
+arrived, which is a very extensive enclosure, with a few roads
+extending through it. A portion of it is covered with groves, and
+it contains about a thousand deer, which are quite tame, and may
+be seen grazing in herds on the gentle slopes. There is nothing very
+attractive in the park, though it is much frequented by the people
+from the city. Neither the roads nor the grounds are well kept, and
+the government "turns an honest penny" by the letting of it out for
+the pasturage of horses. On some rising ground, which Denmarkers
+call a hill, is a large, square, barn-like building, known as the
+"Hermitage," which was built by Christian VI. for a hunting lodge.
+This park and that at Charlottelund contain thousands of acres of
+excellent land, which is almost useless, and which the government
+cannot afford to keep in condition as pleasure-grounds. They would
+make thousands of farms, and thus increase the productive industry and
+the revenues of the nation, if they could be cut up and sold. Royalty
+is an expensive luxury, which a small kingdom like Denmark cannot
+afford to support.
+
+Near the entrance to the park is the garden proper of Klampenborg,
+where music is provided on summer evenings, and refreshments sold.
+What is called a Norwegian house is erected in the middle of the
+grounds, which contains a bar and private rooms, and is surrounded
+by tables and chairs, where the pleasure-seekers may sit and enjoy
+their beer and the music. A small fee for admission is paid at the
+gate, where the ticket-seller is kept honest by the aid of the
+"control-mark." Near this garden is a hotel built for a water-cure
+establishment, though it is now mainly used as a summer
+boarding-house. Close by it is a village of small cottages, devoted to
+the same use, with concert-rooms and bathing-houses in abundance. This
+place is a favorite resort of the Copenhageners in summer,--in fact,
+their Newport or Long Branch. For a couple of hours the students
+wandered through the park and gardens. The railroad station is very
+near the entrance, where, indeed, the whole beauty of the place is
+concentrated.
+
+The railway to Klampenborg is a branch of the one which extends from
+Copenhagen to Elsinore, and in another hour the entire party were
+transported to the latter place. This town has nine or ten thousand
+inhabitants, and is located on a basin of the Sound, nearly
+land-locked by natural and artificial dikes. The Danish name of the
+place is Helsingoer, and is the scene of Shakespeare's tragedy of
+Hamlet. The excursionists visited the cathedral, which is the
+principal object of interest in Elsinore, and contains several very
+old tombs. Near the town, and on the shore of the Sound, is the Castle
+of Kronberg, erected in 1580. It is a large, oblong, Gothic structure,
+built of a whitish stone. It contains a chapel and other apartments.
+Those occupied by the commandant were the prison of Caroline Matilda,
+who was confined here for a high crime, of which she is now
+universally believed to be innocent.
+
+Under the castle are casemates for a thousand men, one of which is
+said to be the abode of _Holger Danske_, who was the Cid Campeador of
+Denmark, and the hero of a thousand legends. When the state is in
+peril, he is supposed to march at the head of the armies, but never
+shows himself at any other time. A farmer, says the story, happened
+into his gloomy retreat by accident, and found him seated at a stone
+table, to which his long white beard had grown. The mystic hero
+demanded the hand of his visitor, who was afraid to trust flesh and
+blood in the grasp of one so mighty, and offered the iron bar used to
+fasten the door. Holger Danske seized it, and squeezed it so hard that
+he left the print of his fingers on the iron.
+
+"Ha, I see there are still _men_ in Denmark!" said he, with a grim
+smile of satisfaction.
+
+Near the castle are a couple of natural ponds, small and round, which
+are called "Holger Danske's Spectacles."
+
+"This is where Hamlet lived, I suppose," said Captain Lincoln.
+
+"Where Shakespeare says he lived," replied Dr. Winstock.
+
+"But I was told his grave was here."
+
+"Perhaps Hamlet divided himself up, and occupied a dozen graves, for I
+think you may find a dozen of them here," laughed the doctor. "A
+resident of this vicinity had what was called the grave of Hamlet in
+his grounds, which proved to be a nuisance to him, on account of the
+great number of visitors who came to see it. In order to relieve
+himself of this injury to his garden, he got up another 'grave of
+Hamlet,' in another place, which he proved to be the authentic one."
+
+"It is too bad to trifle with history in that manner," protested the
+captain.
+
+"There is no history about it, Lincoln. His residence in this part of
+Denmark is all a fiction. Shakespeare makes terrible blunders in his
+allusions to this place; for there is no 'eastern hill,' no 'dreadful
+summit of the cliff,' or anything of the sort. Hamlet lived in
+Jutland, not in Seeland, about four centuries before Christ, and was
+the son of a pirate chief, instead of a king, who, with his brother,
+was governor of the province. He married the daughter of the king,
+who was Hamlet's mother. The chief was murdered by his brother, who
+married the widow, and was then the sole governor. Hamlet, in order to
+avenge his father's death, feigned madness; but his uncle, suspecting
+the trick, sent him to England, with a message carved in wood,
+requesting the king to destroy him. During the voyage, he obtained the
+wooden letter, and altered it so as to make it ask for the killing of
+the two men, creatures of his uncle, who had charge of him, which was
+done on their arrival. According to the style of romances, he married
+the king's daughter, and afterwards returned to Jutland, where, still
+pretending insanity, he contrived to surprise and slay his uncle. He
+succeeded his victim as governor, and married a second time, to a
+queen of Scotland, and was finally killed in battle. The main features
+of the tragedy correspond with the incidents of the story, but the
+locality is not correct."
+
+The party walked to Marienlyst, a pleasant watering-place, which
+contains a small royal chateau. The view from this place, as from the
+tower of Kronberg, is very beautiful. At four o'clock the party took
+the steamer, and arrived at Copenhagen before dark.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII.
+
+TO STOCKHOLM BY GOETA CANAL.
+
+
+The Wadstena, in which the absentees had taken passage at Gottenburg,
+was a small steamer, but very well fitted up for one of her size.
+Forward was the saloon, in which meals were taken, and saloon
+passengers slept. Aft was the cabin, on each side of which were
+state-rooms, called "huette." They were not made with regular berths,
+but had a sofa on each side of the door, on which the beds were made
+up at night, with a wash-stand between them. Between this cabin and
+the forward saloon the main deck was raised about three feet, so as to
+cover the engine and boilers. On each side of this higher deck were
+more "huette," which were the best rooms on board. The hurricane-deck,
+over the after cabin, was the favorite resort of the passengers.
+
+It was two o'clock in the morning, and the independent excursionists
+were tired and sleepy. They had taken first-class tickets, and two of
+them had been assigned to each "huette." As soon as they went on board,
+therefore, they retired, and most of them slept, in spite of the fleas
+and other vermin that revelled in their banquet of blood. None but
+very tired boys could have slumbered under such unfavorable
+circumstances, and it is a great pity that a steamer otherwise so
+neat and comfortable should be given up to the dominion of these
+sleep-destroying insects.
+
+At seven the party turned out, anxious to see the scenery on the banks
+of the canal. The steamer was still in the river, a stream not more
+than a hundred and fifty feet wide, with occasional rapids, which are
+passed by canals, with locks in them. The scenery was pleasant, with
+rocky hills on each side. Schooners and other craft were continually
+met, loaded with lumber and other articles from the lakes. The scene
+was novel and interesting, and though the boys gaped fearfully, they
+enjoyed the view.
+
+Presently one of the women, who do all the work of stewards and
+waiters, appeared with coffee on deck, passing the cups to the
+passengers first, and then filling them. The coffee was delicious,
+served with the whitest of sugar and the richest of cream, with some
+little biscuits. It waked the boys up, and seemed to make new beings
+of them.
+
+"How's this, Sanford?" said Scott.
+
+"First rate! That's the best coffee I ever drank in my life," replied
+the coxswain.
+
+"Is it a free blow?"
+
+"I don't know. How is it, Ole?"
+
+"No; you pay at the end of the trip for all you have had," replied the
+waif.
+
+"But who keeps the account?" asked Scott.
+
+"Nobody," laughed Ole. "On the boats from Christiania every passenger
+tells what he has had, and pays for it."
+
+"Do they think everybody is honest?"
+
+"Certainly; everybody is honest."
+
+"Not much," added Sanford, shaking his head. "Of course you don't
+pretend to be honest, Norway."
+
+"But I do."
+
+"You didn't take a sovereign from me, and another from Burchmore--did
+you?"
+
+"I take what you give me."
+
+"It may be honest, but I don't see it in that light, Norway."
+
+"Never mind that now, Sanford," interposed Burchmore. "He sold out the
+last time for the public good."
+
+"Do you expect to find the ship in Stockholm when we get there?" asked
+Scott.
+
+"Of course I do," replied Sanford. "We shall not get there till
+Tuesday."
+
+"Then our cruise is almost ended."
+
+"I suppose so. I have been trying hard to join the ship ever since we
+left her at Christiansand," continued the coxswain, solemnly.
+
+"Over the left," chuckled Scott.
+
+"Honor bright! I don't believe in running away."
+
+"Nor I; but Laybold and I have put our foot into it. I suppose we
+shall have to spend a week in the brig, and make love to Peaks while
+the rest of the fellows are seeing Russia."
+
+"You will find some way to get out of the scrape."
+
+"I don't know. We have lost Copenhagen and Denmark already, and I
+suppose we shall not see much of Russia."
+
+"We will help you out."
+
+"I don't think you can do it," added Scott, who had evidently come to
+the conclusion that running away "did not pay."
+
+The steamer stopped, and the captain informed the party that
+passengers usually walked three miles around the series of locks, by
+which they were enabled to see the Falls of Trollhaetten. The carrying
+of the canal around these falls was the most difficult problem in
+engineering in the construction of the work. It is cut through the
+solid rock, and contains sixteen locks. The passage of the steamer
+occupies an hour and a half, which affords ample time for the voyagers
+to see the falls. The party immediately landed, and were promptly
+beset by a dozen ragged boys, who desired to act as guides, where no
+such persons are needed. Not one of them spoke a word of English; but
+they led the way to the path, each one selecting his own victims, and
+trusting to the magnanimity of the passengers for their pay. A walk,
+covered with saw-dust, has been made by some public-spirited persons,
+and the excursion is a very pleasant one.
+
+The entire fall of the river is one hundred and twelve feet; but it is
+made in four principal cataracts, and three smaller ones. The scenery
+in the vicinity is rather picturesque, and at one point the path goes
+through a grove, on the banks of a rivulet, where the water dashes
+over large cobble-stones, with an occasional pretty cascade. The walk
+leads to various eligible spots for examining the falls and the
+rapids. On the way, the tourist passes _Kungsgrottan_, or King's
+Grotto. It is a hole in the solid rock, in the shape of half a
+globe, on the sides of which are inscribed the names of the various
+sovereigns of Sweden, and other distinguished persons who have visited
+the spot. Near the village of Trollhaetten, which contains several
+founderies and saw-mills, the finest part of the falls is seen by
+crossing an iron foot-bridge, at the gate of which stands a woman, who
+collects a toll of fifty oere for the passage to the little island.
+
+"I don't think much of these falls," said Scott, as he returned from
+the island.
+
+"I think they are rather fine," replied Laybold.
+
+"You could cut up the rapids of Niagara into about two hundred just
+such falls, to say nothing of the big cataract itself," added Scott.
+"It is pleasant, this walk along the river, but you can't call the
+Falls of Trollhaetten a big thing."
+
+"Of course they don't compare with Niagara."
+
+"Certainly not."
+
+The party walked through the yards of the manufactories, and came to a
+small hotel on the bank of the canal. The place looked very much like
+many American villages. The canal steamer did not appear for half an
+hour, and some of the boys strolled about the place. The regiment of
+ragged boys who had followed the tourists, or led the way, pointing
+out the various falls and other points of interest in an unknown
+tongue, begged lustily for the payment for their services. One of
+them, who had taken Scott and Laybold under his protection, was
+particularly urgent in his demands.
+
+"Not a red, my hearty," replied Scott. "I didn't engage you, and I
+shall not pay you."
+
+The boy still held out his hand, and said something which no one of
+the party could understand.
+
+"Exactly so," replied Scott. "You told me the names of all the places,
+but I did not understand a word you said. I say, my lad, when did you
+escape from the rag-bag?"
+
+The boy uttered a few words in Swedish.
+
+"Is that so?"
+
+The boy spoke again.
+
+"Stick to it, my hearty; but I don't believe a word of it."
+
+"What does he say, Scott?"
+
+"He says the moon is made of green cheese. Didn't you, my lad?"
+
+The boy nodded, and spoke again.
+
+"It is a hard case, Young Sweden; but I can't do anything for you."
+
+"What's a hard case, Scott?" asked Laybold.
+
+"Why, he says he has six fathers and five mothers, and he has to
+support them all by guiding tourists round the falls."
+
+"Get out!"
+
+"I am afraid they don't have roast beef for dinner every day."
+
+"Here's the steamer," added Laybold.
+
+The boy became more importunate as the time came to go on board, but
+Scott was obstinate.
+
+"Now, out of my way, my lad. Give my regards to your six fathers and
+five mothers, and I'll remember you in my will; but I won't give you a
+solitary red now, because I don't like the principle of the thing. I
+didn't employ you, and I didn't want you. I told you so, and shook my
+head at you, and told you to get behind me, Satan, and all that sort
+of thing; and now I'm not going to pay you for making a nuisance of
+yourself. On the naked question of charity, I could do something for
+you, on account of your numerous fathers and mothers. As it is, good
+by, Sweden;" and Scott went on board of the steamer.
+
+The boat started again, and soon the bell rang for breakfast. The boys
+hastened to the forward saloon, where they found two tables spread. At
+a sideboard was the Swedish lunch, or snack, of herring, sliced
+salmon, various little fishes, sausage, and similar delicacies, with
+the universal decanter of "finkel," flanked with a circle of wine
+glasses. The tourists partook of the eatables, but most of them were
+wise enough to avoid the drinkable. The Swedish bread, which is a
+great brown cracker, about seven inches in diameter, was considered
+very palatable. Ordinary white bread is served on steamers and at
+hotels, and also a dark-colored bread, which looks like rye, and is
+generally too sour for the taste of a foreigner. The breakfast at the
+tables consisted of fried veal, and fish, with vegetables, and all the
+elements of the snack. When the boys had finished, one of the women
+handed Scott a long narrow blank book.
+
+"Thank you, marm; I am much obliged to you," said he. "Will you have
+the kindness to inform me what this is for?"
+
+The woman laughed, and answered him in her native tongue.
+
+"Precisely so," added Scott.
+
+"What does she say?" asked Sanford.
+
+"She wants me to write a love letter in this book to her; but as she
+is rather ancient, I shall decline in your favor, Sanford."
+
+"Don't do it, old fellow! Face the music."
+
+"Not for Joseph!"
+
+"What did she say, Ole?" inquired Sanford.
+
+"She said you were to keep your account in that book," replied the
+interpreter.
+
+"Are we to keep our own reckoning?"
+
+"Yes; every one puts down in this book what he has had."
+
+"That means you, Burchmore. You are the cashier for the party."
+
+"How many fellows had coffee this morning?" asked the cashier, as he
+took the book.
+
+"All of them, of course."
+
+Burchmore made the entries for the coffee and the breakfasts of the
+whole party.
+
+"Well, that's one way to do the thing," said Scott. "Every man his own
+book-keeper. I'll bet everybody doesn't charge what he has had."
+
+Ole was requested to ask the woman about the matter. She said the
+Swedes were honest, but the waiters were required to see that
+everybody paid for what he had had before leaving the steamer. The
+having of this book is certainly a better plan than that of the
+Norwegian steamers, by which the passenger, if he means to be honest,
+is compelled to recollect all he has had in a passage of thirty hours.
+
+The Wadstena continued on her course through a rather flat country,
+just coming into the greenness and beauty of the spring time, till she
+came to Wenersberg, a town of five thousand inhabitants, which is
+largely engaged in the lumber and iron trade. The boat stopped there
+a short time, and the party had an opportunity to examine the lake
+craft at the wharves; but, after seeing them, it was difficult to
+believe they were not in some New England coast town. The steamers,
+however, were very different, all of them being very short, to enable
+them to pass through the locks in the canal, and most of them having
+the hurricane deck forward and aft, to afford sufficient space for the
+cabins. All of them were propellers.
+
+The Wadstena started again, the bridges opening to permit her passage.
+The great Wenern Lake lay before them, which is the third in size in
+Europe, Onega and Ladoga alone exceeding it in extent. It is about a
+hundred miles long by fifty in breadth, very irregular in shape, and
+portions of it are densely crowded with islands. Its greatest depth
+is three hundred and sixty feet near the Island of Luroe, but a
+considerable part of it is very shallow, and difficult of navigation.
+It is one hundred and forty-five feet above the level of the Baltic.
+Thirty rivers flow into it, and sometimes cause it to rise ten feet
+above its ordinary level. But the Goeta River is its only outlet, and
+is always supplied with an abundant volume of water. The wind was
+fresh when the Wadstena steamed out upon the broad expanse, and the
+lake had a decidedly stormy aspect.
+
+"Will you be seasick?" asked the captain, as the little steamer began
+to bob up and down with a very uncomfortable jerk.
+
+"Seasick!" laughed Scott. "We are all sailors, sir, and we don't
+intend to cave in on a fresh-water pond."
+
+"But the lake is very rough to-day."
+
+"If your little tub can stand it, captain, we can."
+
+"I am very glad, for some people are very sick on this part of the
+passage. It is sometimes very bad, the worst we have in the whole
+trip."
+
+"How long are we on the lake?" asked Scott.
+
+"About seven hours; but not all of it is so bad as this. We go among
+the islands by and by."
+
+Doubtless the Wenern Lake fully maintained its reputation on the
+present occasion, though none of the young salts were sick. The boat
+stood to the northward, and the short steamer and the short chop sea
+would have made the passage very trying to landsmen. Nothing but the
+distant shores were to be seen, and the monotony of the passage was
+the only disagreeable circumstance to our tourists. For the want of
+something better to do, they went below, and, lying down on the sofas
+in their state-rooms, went to sleep without much difficulty, for
+the red-backs and fleas kept shady in the daytime. The boys were
+accustomed to being "rocked in the cradle of the deep;" but at the
+expiration of three hours, the heavy motion ceased, and the change
+waked them. Going on the hurricane deck again, they found the steamer
+was among the islands, which were generally low, rocky, and covered
+with firs and pines. A crooked channel was carefully buoyed off, and
+the boat was threading its tortuous way with no little difficulty.
+
+Presently the Wadstena made a landing at a rude pier on an island
+where only a rough shanty was in sight. Several row-boats at the wharf
+indicated that passengers came to this station from other islands.
+Again the steamer went out upon the open lake, and soon after entered
+another group of islands, among which she made a landing at a small
+town. Passing over another open space, the entrance to the canal was
+discovered, marked by two low light-houses, in the form of the frustum
+of a pyramid. As the Wadstena entered a lock, the captain told the
+party they might take a walk if they pleased, as there were several
+locks to pass in the next three miles. This was a grateful relief to
+the voyagers, and they gladly availed themselves of the opportunity.
+The country was a dead level, with an occasional small farm-house, and
+with many groves and forests. But the walk was interesting, and the
+boys would gladly have continued it longer; but at the last lock of
+the series, the gate-man told them, through Ole, that they must wait
+here in order to go on board, for the steamer could not make a landing
+again for several miles. The party remained on the hurricane deck till
+the cold and the darkness drove them below. Turning in at an early
+hour, they slept as well as the vermin would allow, until six o'clock
+the next morning, when the steamer was approaching the Wettern Lake,
+the second in size in Sweden. The boat was on a broad arm of the lake,
+called the Viken, for the canal is built only across the narrowest
+section of country, between two natural bodies of water.
+
+The Wettern Lake is ninety miles long and fifteen miles wide,
+surrounded by hills, from which sudden gusts of wind come, producing
+violent squalls on the water. This lake is noted for big trout. After
+crossing the Wettern, the steamer approached Wadstena, which contains
+an ancient church and convent, and a castle built by Gustavus Vasa,
+and often occupied by his family. Ten miles farther brought the
+steamer to Motala, which contains several iron founderies and
+manufactories. Many iron steamers and steam engines are built at this
+place. The scenery on this portion of the canal is very beautiful,
+though not grand. Going through another portion of the artificial
+canal, the boat enters the Roxen Lake, perhaps the most beautiful in
+Sweden, and makes a landing at Linkoeping. There are half a dozen towns
+with this termination in the country, as Norrkoeping, Soederkoeping,
+Joenkoeping, the last two syllables being pronounced like _chepping_;
+as, Lin-chep-ping.
+
+Leaving the Roxen Lake, the steamer passes through more canals into an
+arm of the Baltic, and then into the sea itself, voyaging among a
+thousand small islands, stopping at Soederkoeping and Nykoeping,
+important commercial and manufacturing towns. Night came, and our
+tourists did not stay up to see the lights on the way. The steamer
+leaves the Baltic, and passing another piece of canal, enters the
+waters of the Maeler Lake, seventy-five miles long, and containing
+fourteen hundred islands. The boys were up in season to see the
+beauties of this lake. Many of the islands rise to a considerable
+height above the water, and are so thick that one hardly believes he
+is sailing on a large lake. For quiet beauty and "eternal stillness,"
+the Maeler can hardly be surpassed. In the middle of the forenoon,
+the spires of Stockholm were to be seen, and the tourists were all
+attention. From the lake the city presents a fine appearance. Indeed,
+Stockholm, seen from either of its water approaches, is hardly
+excelled in beauty by any city in Europe.
+
+The Wadstena made her landing at the Island of Riddarholm. As the
+party were not burdened with any baggage, they decided to walk to the
+hotel. Ole inquired the way to the Hotel Rydberg, where they had
+agreed to go; and crossing a bridge to the largest of the three
+islands of the city, called Stadeholm, they arrived at the palace,
+beyond which is the quay. Between this island and the main land, on
+which the greater portion of the town is built, is the passage from
+the Baltic to the Maeler Lake, and in the middle of it is the Island of
+Helgeandsholm, or Holy Ghost's Island, with two bridges connecting it
+with either side. On it are the king's stables, and a semicircular
+garden, improved as a _cafe_, with a handsome face wall on the water
+side.
+
+"This isn't bad," said Scott, as the party paused to look down into
+the garden.
+
+"Not at all," replied Sanford. "I suppose they have music here in the
+evening, and it would be a capital place to loaf."
+
+"See the steamers!" exclaimed Laybold, as a couple of the miniature
+craft, which abound in the waters of Stockholm, whisked up to the
+quay.
+
+"A fellow could put half a dozen of them into his trousers pocket,"
+laughed Scott. "We must go on a cruise in some of them, as soon as we
+get settled."
+
+"Well, where's the hotel?" asked Sanford.
+
+It was in plain sight from the bridge, which they crossed to the
+Square of Gustavus Adolphus, on which the hotel faced.
+
+"Good morning, young gentlemen. I am happy to see you," said Mr.
+Blaine, the head steward of the ship, who was the first person to
+greet them as they entered the hotel.
+
+"Ah, Mr. Blaine!" exclaimed Sanford, his face glowing with apparent
+satisfaction. "I am delighted to see you; for I was afraid we should
+never find the ship."
+
+"Were you, indeed? Well, I had the same fear myself. I have been
+looking for you ever since the ship sailed."
+
+"We have done our best to find the ship, Mr. Blaine," added Sanford.
+
+"O, of course you have; but of course, as you didn't find her, you
+were not so babyish as to sit down and cry about it."
+
+"Certainly not; still we were very anxious to find her."
+
+"Mr. Peaks says you came down from Christiania before he did."
+
+"Yes, sir."
+
+"And you were so anxious to find the ship, that you took a train to
+the interior of the country, expecting, no doubt, to come across her
+on some hill, or possibly on some of these inland lakes," continued
+Mr. Blaine.
+
+"We were looking for the ship's company. We met Scott and Laybold, who
+were going into the interior, and we concluded to join them, as they
+wanted to find their shipmates," replied Sanford, who was now not
+entirely confident that "the independent excursion without running
+away" was a success.
+
+"Ah! so you have picked up those two young gentlemen, who ran away,"
+added the head steward, glancing at Scott and Laybold.
+
+"Not exactly, sir; they picked us up," answered the coxswain.
+
+"I think it was a mutual picking up, and we picked each other up,"
+laughed Scott. "We knew that Sanford and his crew were extremely
+anxious to find the ship's company, and if we joined them we should be
+sure to come out right."
+
+"Exactly so," laughed Mr. Blaine. "Let me see; after our first day's
+run on shore, by some mistake you neglected to come on board at night,
+with the others."
+
+"That was the case exactly. The fact is, we were too drunk to go on
+board with the others."
+
+"Drunk!" exclaimed Mr. Blaine.
+
+"Such was our melancholy condition, sir," added Scott, shaking his
+head. "We were invited, in a restaurant, to drink 'finkel,' and not
+knowing what finkel was, we did drink; and it boozed us exceedingly."
+
+"You are very honest about it, Scott."
+
+"We are about everything, sir. We slept at a hotel, and when we went
+down to the wharf to go on board, we learned that the ship's company
+had gone to Trolldoldiddledy Falls. As we felt pretty well, we thought
+we would take a train, see a little of the inside of Sweden, and meet
+the ship's company at Squozzlebogchepping."
+
+"Where's that?" asked Mr. Blaine.
+
+"I can't give you the latitude and longitude of the jaw-breaker, but
+it was at the junction of the two railways, where the party came down
+from the canal. We were sure we should find our fellows there, but
+the Swedish figures bothered us, and we made a mistake in the hour the
+train was due."
+
+"But the Swedish figures are the same as ours," suggested the head
+steward.
+
+"Are they? Well, I don't know what the matter was, except that we were
+five minutes too late for the train. That's what's the matter."
+
+"How very unfortunate it was you lost that train!"
+
+"It was, indeed; I couldn't have felt any worse if I had lost my
+great-grandmother, who died fifty years before I was born. These
+honest fellows felt bad, too."
+
+"Of course they did."
+
+"We took the next train to Gottenburg; but when we arrived, the ship
+had sailed for Copenhagen, which I was more anxious to see than any
+other place in Northern Europe."
+
+"And for that reason you came on to Stockholm."
+
+"No, sir; you are too fast, Mr. Blaine. Your consequent does not agree
+with the antecedent. There was no steamer for Copenhagen for a couple
+of days."
+
+"There was a steamer within an hour after you reached Gottenburg in
+that train, and an hour before the sailing of the canal steamer; and
+Mr. Peaks went down in her," said Mr. Blaine.
+
+"We didn't know it."
+
+"Certainly you did not."
+
+"We knew of no steamer till Monday, and we were afraid, if we went in
+her, that we should be too late to join the ship in Copenhagen; and
+with heroic self-denial, we abandoned our fondly-cherished hope of
+seeing the capital of Denmark, and hastened on to Stockholm, so as
+to be sure and not miss the ship again. These honest fellows," said
+Scott, pointing to Sanford and his companions, "agreed with us that
+this was the only safe course to take."
+
+"I see that you struggled very violently to join your ship, and I only
+wonder that such superhuman efforts should have failed."
+
+"They have not failed, sir," protested Scott. "The ship will come
+here, and we will join her then, or perish in the attempt."
+
+"Are you not afraid some untoward event will defeat your honest
+intentions?"
+
+"If they are defeated it will not be our fault."
+
+"No, I suppose not; but whom have you there?" inquired the head
+steward, for the first time observing Ole, who had pressed forward to
+hear Scott's remarks. "Ole?"
+
+"Yes, sir; that's the valiant Ole, of Norway," replied the joker.
+
+His presence was satisfactorily explained by the coxswain.
+
+"Why did you desire to leave the ship, Ole? Didn't we use you well?"
+asked Mr. Blaine.
+
+"Very well indeed, sir; but I was bashful, and did not wish to see
+some people in Christiansand," replied the waif.
+
+"What people?"
+
+Ole evaded all inquiries, as he had a dozen times before, and declined
+to explain anything relating to his past history. Mr. Blaine said he
+had heard the party had taken the canal steamer, and he immediately
+proceeded to Stockholm by railroad. He at once telegraphed to Mr.
+Lowington at Copenhagen, that he had found all the absentees, and
+asked for instructions.
+
+"Here's a go, and the game is up," said Sanford, in a whisper, when he
+met Stockwell alone.
+
+"That's so; what will he do with us?"
+
+"I don't know; I rather like this mode of travelling. But we are
+caught now."
+
+"Perhaps not; we may find some way out of it. According to Blaine's
+cue we are to be regarded as runaways. If that is the case, I don't
+join the ship this summer," said Stockwell, very decidedly.
+
+"Nor I either," added Sanford.
+
+Before dark, Mr. Blaine received a despatch from the principal,
+directing him to take the next train to Malmoe, which is the town in
+Sweden opposite Copenhagen. The head steward did not communicate its
+contents to his charge that night, but he called all of them at four
+o'clock the next morning, and by good management on his part, they
+were on the train which left Stockholm at six o'clock. At
+Katherineholm, where the party ate an excellent breakfast, Mr. Blaine
+unhappily missed three of his company.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII.
+
+UP THE BALTIC.
+
+
+The excursionists of the squadron slept soundly after their trip to
+Elsinore, and Clyde Blacklock, true to the promise he had made to
+himself, kept awake to watch his chances to escape. Not a sound was to
+be heard in the ship, and the intense silence was even more trying to
+the prisoner in the brig than the noise and bustle of the whole crew
+when awake. Ryder, the fourth lieutenant, and two seamen had the
+anchor watch on deck. Each officer served two hours, and was required
+at the stroke of the bell, every half hour, to walk through the
+steerage, where no light was permitted after nine o'clock.
+
+Clyde took the saw from its hiding-place under the stairs, and
+commenced work on one of the slats. The instrument was very sharp, but
+the noise it made promised to betray him, and he was obliged to use it
+with extreme caution. Bracing the slat with one shoulder, he worked
+the saw very slowly, so that the wood should not vibrate. The process
+was very slow, and twice he was obliged to conceal his saw and lie
+down on the bed at the approach of the officer of the watch. After
+working more than an hour, he succeeded in cutting off one of the
+slats, just far enough above the deck to avoid the nails with which
+it was secured. But it was fastened at the top as well as at the
+bottom, and when he pulled it in to wrench it from its position, it
+creaked horribly, and he was obliged to labor with it another half
+hour, before he could pull it in far enough to permit his exit. In the
+middle of the operation he was obliged to restore it partly to its
+position, and lie down again, to escape the observation of the officer
+of the anchor watch.
+
+His care and patience were finally successful, though, if the sleepers
+around him had not been very tired, some of them must have been
+disturbed even by the little noise he made. The removal of the single
+slat gave him an opening of about nine inches, which was narrow even
+for him; but he contrived to work himself through it. Putting the slat
+back into its original position, and wedging it down with a copper, so
+that the means of his escape might not readily be seen, he crept
+carefully forward to the ladder under the forecastle, where he paused
+to consider the means by which he should escape from the vessel. He
+began to realize that this was a more difficult matter than getting
+out of the brig. He knew that the anchor watch consisted of an officer
+and two seamen.
+
+While he was thinking of the matter, eight bells struck; and he was
+aware that the watch was changed at this hour. Retiring to the kitchen
+to wait for a more favorable moment, he heard the two seamen come down
+the ladder to call the relief. As they entered one of the mess-rooms,
+he ran up the ladder, and concealed himself under the top-gallant
+forecastle. In a few moments he heard the relief on deck, and from
+his hiding-place saw the officer on the quarter-deck with a lantern in
+his hand. The two seamen took their places on the top-gallant
+forecastle, where they could see the entire deck, and any boat or
+vessel that approached the ship.
+
+Clyde did not regard the situation as very hopeful. The night was
+chilly, and he did not feel at all inclined to swim ashore, which he
+had intended to do, as a last resort. The boats were all hoisted up
+at the davits, as if to provide for just such cases as his own. He
+listened with interest to the conversation of the watch above him;
+but he could not identify their voices, and was unable to determine
+whether it was safe for him to address them. In fact he was unable to
+determine upon anything, and bell after bell struck without finding
+him any better prepared to make a move. At four bells, or two o'clock
+in the morning, the watch was relieved again, and Clyde remained in
+the same unsettled state of mind. But when the two seamen went below
+to call the relief, he changed his position, crawling into the waist,
+where he disposed himself under the lee of the rail. Over his head was
+the fourth cutter, one of the smallest of the boats.
+
+Clyde could see the dark form of the officer walking to and fro on the
+quarter-deck, and his presence was not favorable to any movement. He
+found the cleats where the falls of the boat were made fast, and he
+was considering the practicability of casting them off, letting the
+cutter drop into the water, and then sliding down on a rope. The
+officer of the anchor watch seemed to be the only obstacle in his way.
+He began to experiment with the falls. Casting off one of them, he
+carefully let the rope slip over the cleat till he had lowered the bow
+of the cutter about two feet. He repeated the operation upon the stern
+fall. He let off the rope so gradually that the noise did not attract
+the attention of any of the watch.
+
+Five bells struck, and the officer descended to the steerage. While he
+was absent, Clyde dropped each end of the boat about four feet more,
+and then coiled himself away until the officer had returned to his
+station. But it was nearly daylight, and he was compelled to hurry on
+with his work. Little by little he let out the falls, till the fourth
+cutter floated in the water. When the officer went below, at six
+bells, he climbed upon the rail, and slid down on the bow fall into
+the boat. Casting off the falls, he pushed the cutter astern of the
+ship, and for the first time began to feel as though he were free. He
+was afraid to use an oar, lest the noise should attract the attention
+of the watch on deck. He felt that he had managed his escape with
+exceeding cleverness, and was unwilling to risk anything now in the
+moment of success. The wind carried the boat clear of the ship, and
+he lay down in the stern sheets, so that if the officer on the
+quarter-deck discovered the cutter, he might suppose no one was in
+her.
+
+He had occupied this position but a moment before he heard a rushing
+noise near him, and, raising his head, discovered a small schooner,
+under full sail, headed directly upon him. He had hardly time to stand
+up before the bow of the vessel was within his reach.
+
+"Hallo!" shouted he, in terror, for the thought of being carried under
+the keel of the schooner was appalling.
+
+But the cutter was crowded aside by the vessel, and Clyde sprang upon
+her deck, while his boat went astern of her.
+
+Too late, the schooner luffed up, and Clyde seated himself on the rail
+to catch his breath. Two men came to him, and spoke in Norwegian.
+
+"I speak English," replied Clyde.
+
+"You are English?" said the captain.
+
+"Yes; I don't speak anything else."
+
+"I speak English," replied the skipper, as he went back to the helm,
+and Clyde followed him.
+
+"Where are you bound?" asked the runaway.
+
+"To Stockholm."
+
+"You are Danish, I suppose."
+
+"No, Norwegian."
+
+"All the same."
+
+"What shall I do with you?"
+
+"I will go to Stockholm with you, and pay my passage, if you like,"
+added Clyde, who wished to get as far as possible from the ship.
+
+"You shall, if you like; or you shall work, if you please. I lose a
+young sailor, and I want another, to work in his place."
+
+"No; I will go as a passenger, or not at all," replied Clyde, very
+decidedly.
+
+"What you do in a boat so late in the night?" asked the skipper.
+
+"I was going on shore to find a steamer for Stockholm. I will pay you
+twenty species for my passage," added the runaway.
+
+"You are very kind to pay so much. You shall have my berth; but it
+will be long time to Stockholm in my vessel."
+
+"No matter; I am satisfied."
+
+"I shall pick up the boat you lose?"
+
+"No; never mind the boat," answered Clyde, impatiently, as he glanced
+at the ship.
+
+The captain questioned him about the boat more particularly; but the
+fugitive gave such answers as he pleased. Though the skipper was very
+rough and savage to the two men who formed his crew, he treated his
+passenger at first with much consideration. The little cabin of the
+schooner was a nasty hole, and if Clyde had not been very sleepy, he
+could hardly have closed his eyes there; but before the vessel was out
+of sight of Copenhagen, his slumber was deep and heavy.
+
+The shout of the fugitive when he was in danger of being run down had
+been heard by the officer on the quarter-deck of the Young America. He
+saw the collision, and discovered the cutter when it went astern of
+the vessel; but he did not suspect that it belonged to the ship. The
+schooner filled away on her course again, after she had luffed up, and
+the boat was adrift. He deemed it his duty to secure it before it was
+stove by some early steamer from Malmoe, or elsewhere, and calling the
+two seamen, he directed them to lower the fourth cutter. But the
+fourth cutter was already lowered, and the officer began to think that
+the boat adrift was the missing one. The third cutter, therefore, was
+used, and when the two seamen had pulled off in her, the officer went
+below and called Peaks.
+
+The boatswain took his lantern, and went to the brig, as soon as he
+was told that the fourth cutter was adrift. The bird had flown. The
+door was secure, and all the slats were apparently in their place;
+but the appearance of a small quantity of saw-dust indicated where the
+breach had been made. A little pressure forced in the sawn slat, and
+Peaks understood why the prisoner had only desired to be left alone.
+
+"Were you all asleep on deck?" asked Peaks of the officer.
+
+"No, sir; I have not been asleep on duty," replied Beckwith, the
+officer.
+
+"Didn't you see him lower the boat?"
+
+"Of course I did not."
+
+"I don't see how it was done, then," added Peaks. "But where is the
+prisoner?"
+
+"I don't know. I suppose he went on board that small schooner that run
+down the cutter."
+
+"Where is she?"
+
+Beckwith pointed to a sail headed to the south-east, which was just
+visible in the faint light of the early morning.
+
+"He is out of our reach for the present," said Peaks, in utter
+disgust, as he descended the steps to the main cabin.
+
+Mr. Lowington was informed of the escape of Clyde, but no steamer
+could be obtained at that early hour to chase the schooner, and the
+matter was permitted to rest as it was. When all hands turned out in
+the morning, a strict investigation was made; but no one who had
+served on the anchor watch was able to give any information. No one
+had seen the boat lowered, and no one had heard the saw. Peaks went on
+shore, and ascertained that the Norwegian schooner Rensdyr had sailed
+at an early hour. She had cleared for Stockholm, and was doubtless on
+her way there. The principal was so much interested in the fate of
+Clyde, or rather in his reformation, that he determined to follow up
+the fugitive. The English steamer Newsky, from London to Stockholm,
+was then in port, and when she sailed that day, Peaks was sent in her
+to intercept the runaway on his arrival at Stockholm.
+
+After breakfast, Mr. Andersen came on board, inspected the ship, and
+witnessed some of the evolutions in seamanship, which included the
+manning of the yards in honor of his visit. At the invitation of Paul
+Kendall he went on board of the Grace, and took a sail up the Sound,
+dining on board, and returning in the afternoon. The students again
+went on shore, and visited the Rosenberg Palace, an irregular
+structure of red brick, with a high peaked roof and four towers.
+Connected with it is an extensive and beautiful garden, adorned with
+statues. The palace was built for Christian IV., in 1604, but is no
+longer a royal residence, being filled with various national
+collections of arms, medals, and antiquities, including many
+historical mementos of kings and other great men of Denmark. Among
+them are the saddle, bridle, and caparisons, the sword and pistols,
+presented by King Christian IV. to his eldest son at his marriage.
+They are adorned with diamonds, pearls, and gold, and cost a million
+francs in Paris.
+
+In the afternoon the students marched to the Palace of Frederiksberg,
+whose park is a favorite resort of the people of the city. The
+building contains nothing worth seeing; indeed, portions of it have
+been rented for the use of private families; but the garden is
+beautifully laid out with kiosks, bridges over the winding canal,
+on which float a great number of white swans, with little islands,
+studded with groves and pleasant grassy slopes. The palace stands on
+the only eminence near Copenhagen. On pleasant days, especially on
+Sundays, this park is filled with family picnics, little parties
+bringing their own lunch, and spending the day in these delightful
+groves.
+
+During the remainder of the day the students wandered over the city,
+each seeking what pleased him most. When they went on board the
+vessels, they were entirely satisfied with what they had seen of
+Copenhagen, and were ready to visit some other city. Very early the
+next morning, Mr. Blaine, with all but three of the absentees, came on
+board. The head steward told his story, and Scott and Laybold told
+their story; the former, as usual, being the spokesman. The wag told
+the whole truth, exactly as it was; that they were ashamed to come on
+board while so tipsy, and had missed the train at the junction.
+
+"Have you drank any finkel since?" asked the principal.
+
+"No, sir; not a drop. One glass was enough for me," replied Scott.
+
+"And you, Laybold?"
+
+"No, sir."
+
+"You may both return to your duty," added the principal.
+
+Both were astonished at being let off so easily; but Mr. Lowington was
+satisfied that they spoke the truth, and had not intended to run away.
+The others were also ordered to attend to their duty, but with the
+intimation that their conduct would be investigated at the return of
+Sanford and Stockwell, who, with Ole, had left the party at
+Katherineholm.
+
+The signal for sailing was flying on board of the Young America, and
+at seven o'clock the squadron was under way, continuing the voyage "up
+the Baltic." No notice seemed to be taken of the absence of Sanford
+and Stockwell, but everybody believed that the principal knew what he
+was about. The wind was tolerably fresh from the west-south-west, and
+the squadron made rapid progress through the water, logging ten knots
+all day. The students watched with interest the villages on the coast
+of Denmark, with their sharp, red roofs, and the swarms of
+fishing-boats moored in front of them. The shores of Sweden were in
+sight all the time, and at three o'clock in the afternoon land was
+also seen on the starboard bow. But the masters, who were constantly
+watching the chart, were not at all astonished, though the seamen
+were.
+
+"What land is that, Scott?" asked Laybold.
+
+"That? Why, don't you know?"
+
+"I'm sure I don't. I know Germany is over there somewhere, but I
+didn't expect to run into it so near Sweden."
+
+"That's Gabogginholm."
+
+"Is it in Germany?"
+
+"No; it's an island, at least a hundred and fifty miles from Germany.
+The Baltic is rather a big thing out here."
+
+"How do you remember those long names, Scott?"
+
+"What long names?"
+
+"Such as the name of that island. I couldn't recollect such a word ten
+minutes."
+
+"Nor I either. I know them by instinct."
+
+"What did you say the name of the island is?"
+
+"Gastringumboggin."
+
+"That isn't what you said before."
+
+"I've forgotten what I did say it was. You musn't ask me twice about a
+name, for I say I can't remember," laughed Scott.
+
+"You are selling me."
+
+"Of course I am; and you go off cheaper than any fellow I ever saw
+before. I haven't the least idea what the land is, except that it must
+be an island not less than a hundred and fifty miles from Prussia."
+
+"That's Bornholm," said Walker, a seamen, who had heard the name from
+the officers. "It's an island twenty-six miles long and fifteen wide,
+belongs to Denmark, and has thirty-two thousand inhabitants, and a lot
+of round churches on it. That's what the fellows on the quarter-deck
+say."
+
+"Precisely so," replied Scott. "You have learned your lesson well.
+What is the principal town on that island?"
+
+"I don't know," answered Walker.
+
+"Stubbenboggin," said Scott.
+
+"Who told you so?"
+
+"My grandmother," laughed the wag, as he turned on his heel, and
+walked away.
+
+Towards night the wind subsided, and the squadron was almost becalmed;
+but a light breeze sprang up after dark, and in the morning the ship
+was off the southern point of Oland, an island ninety miles long by
+ten wide, and well covered with forests. On the narrow strait which
+separates it from the main land is Calmar, a town of historic
+interest, in Sweden. At noon the southern point of Gottland was seen,
+and Scott insisted upon calling it "Gabungenboggin," though the real
+name was soon circulated. It is eighty miles long by thirty-three
+wide, and contains fifty-four thousand inhabitants. Wisby is the only
+town. The island is noted for its beautiful climate, which makes it a
+pleasant resort for summer tourists.
+
+At sunrise on the following morning, the ship leading the squadron was
+approaching the islands which cover the entrance to the harbor of
+Stockholm. Pilots were taken by the several vessels, and the fleet
+entered the archipelago, through which it was to sail for thirty
+miles. At first the openings were very wide, and not much of the shore
+could be seen; but soon the distances grew less, and the shores were
+studded with villages and fine residences. The little steamers--some
+of them not so large as the ship's first cutter--began to appear; and
+at eight o'clock the Young America let go her anchor between Staden
+and Skeppsholm, off the quay near the palace, which was crowded with
+steamers.
+
+"Here we are, Laybold," said Scott, when the sails had been furled,
+and every rope coiled away in its place.
+
+"That's so. What's that big building on the shore?"
+
+"That's the Slottenboggin," laughed Scott.
+
+"No, you don't! You can't sell me again with your boggins."
+
+"I'll bet half a pint of salt water it is the king's palace."
+
+"Very likely it is; and here is a fine building on the other side."
+
+"That must be the Wobbleboggin."
+
+"No, it isn't."
+
+"Perhaps it isn't; but twig these little steamers," added Scott,
+pointing to one of the snorting miniature boats that plied across the
+arm of the sea opposite the quay. "The pilot and engineer, and a boy
+to take the fares, seem to be the officers, crew, and all hands."
+
+"And in some of them all hands are boys."
+
+The boats seemed to contain nothing but the engine and boiler, which
+were in a compact mass, without covering. All around them were seats.
+Forward of the engine was a little steering-wheel, hardly more than a
+foot in diameter, at which the pilot--often a boy--was seated.
+
+"I want a complete view of the city," said Captain Lincoln, at this
+moment coming into the waist with the surgeon and Norwood. "I think I
+can get it from the main cross-trees."
+
+"I am too stiff to go aloft," replied Dr. Winstock; "but I commend
+your plan."
+
+"I'm with you," added Norwood, as he followed the captain up the main
+rigging.
+
+From this lofty position on the cross-trees the two officers obtained
+a good idea of the situation of the city. The three islands which form
+the central portion of the city lay in the strait leading to the Maeler
+Lake. The north and south suburbs were on each side of it. Skeppsholm,
+Castellholm, and the Djurg[)a]rden--Deer Garden--were other islands,
+lying nearer the Baltic. The finest portion of the city seemed to be
+the northern suburbs. While they were studying the panorama of the
+place, all hands were called to lecture, and they hastened to their
+places in the steerage. Professor Mapps was at his post, with the map
+on the foremast.
+
+"Sweden is called _Sverige_ by the natives; La_ Suede_ by the French;
+_Schweden_ by the Germans; _La Svezia_ by the Italians; and _Suecia_
+by the Spaniards. It contains one hundred and sixty-eight thousand
+square miles--a territory equal in extent to the six New England
+States, New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, and Delaware united. Its
+population is a little over four millions--about the same as that of
+the State of New York. It is nearly a thousand miles long from north
+to south, with an average breadth of two hundred miles. By far the
+greater portion of it is very sparsely settled, for it extends from
+fifty-five degrees of north latitude up to the arctic regions. It
+contains no important rivers, though its large lakes and arms of the
+sea are valuable as avenues of navigation. Over eighty lakes are
+mentioned."
+
+The instructer described the Wenern and Wettern Lakes, and the Goeta
+Canal, which passes through them.
+
+"Sweden is an agricultural country, and its principal manufactures are
+lumber and iron. It has six hundred and thirty-eight miles of railway,
+and the steamers which you see at the quay, mostly of iron, and built
+in Sweden, ply to all parts of the country.
+
+"The average of the temperature in Stockholm is forty-two degrees, or
+twenty-five degrees for winter, and sixty-two degrees for summer. From
+what you have already seen of Sweden, I think you will consider it
+very like New England. The interior has about the same physical
+features, and you will see there similar houses, barns, and fences.
+
+"The government is a limited monarchy, based on the constitution of
+1809, and since amended. The king must be a Lutheran. He has an
+absolute veto on the acts of the legislature. The Diet, or Parliament,
+consists of two houses, the upper of which is composed of one hundred
+and twenty-seven members, or one for every thirty thousand
+inhabitants. The lower house consists of one hundred and eighty-eight
+members, fifty-five of whom are elected by the towns, and the rest by
+the rural districts, at the rate of one for every forty thousand
+people. Property qualifications are required for either house, and all
+members must be Protestants. They are paid a salary of three hundred
+and thirty-five dollars of our money, and their travelling expenses,
+for the session of four months.
+
+"I have incidentally spoken of the history of Sweden in connection
+with that of Norway and Denmark. The kingdom was founded by Odin, and
+for a long period the history of the country is a record of the wars
+with Norway and Denmark, and it was finally conquered by Margaret, and
+by the Union of Calmar the three kingdoms were consolidated in 1397.
+It became a Christian nation early in the eleventh century. Sweden was
+doubtless the first anti-slavery power; for, during the reign of
+Birger II., about 1300, a law against the sale of slaves was enacted,
+with the declaration that it was 'in the highest degree criminal for
+Christians to sell men whom Christ had redeemed by his blood.'
+
+"In 1520 Gustavus Ericsson excited a rebellion against Christian II.,
+of Denmark, who had murdered his father and many other Swedes. This
+revolution was successful three years later, and its leader made king,
+under the title of Gustaf I., often called Gustavus Vasa, or Wasa. He
+was succeeded by his son, and the throne continued in his family; but
+the next notable sovereign was Gustaf II., or Gustavus Adolphus. His
+grandfather, Gustavus Vasa, had established the Protestant religion
+in Sweden; but his nephew, Sigismond, who had been elected king of
+Poland, and had become a Catholic, succeeded to the throne.
+Endeavoring to change the established religion, he was deposed, and
+the succession changed. This caused a war between Sweden, and Russia,
+and Poland. Gustavus was only eighteen when he came to the throne,
+with this war bequeathed to him. He was full of energy, and defeated
+his enemies on all sides. Austria was the leader of the Catholic party
+in Europe, which was striving to restore the papal supremacy. Gustavus
+Adolphus held a similar relation to the Protestant party. He was
+engaged in the Thirty Years' War, and won many decisive victories. He
+captured Munich, and overran Bavaria, but was finally killed in the
+battle of Luetzen, in 1632. By his prowess and skill he raised Sweden
+to the rank of one of the first kingdoms of Europe.
+
+"He was succeeded by his daughter, Christina, then only six years old.
+She reigned but seven years after she became of age, abdicating in
+favor of her cousin Charles X. She died in Rome, after a dissolute
+and shameful life, and was interred in St. Peter's Church. Charles was
+at war with the Danes during his brief reign, and achieved the daring
+military feat of crossing the Great and Little Belts on the ice, which
+enabled him to dictate his own terms of peace with the Danes. The
+Swedes consider him one of their greatest kings. His son, Charles XI.,
+followed him, and ruled for thirty-seven years. After a brief period
+of peace, another war with Denmark ensued, which resulted to the
+ultimate advantage of Sweden. This king contrived to obtain from the
+Diet the gift of absolute power, which, in the hands of his son and
+successor, Charles XII., nearly ruined the nation. Russia, Poland, and
+Denmark combined to rob him of a considerable portion of his kingdom,
+and Charles XII., at the age of sixteen, displayed an energy and a
+skill far beyond his years. He conquered a peace with Denmark first,
+and then turned his attention to the rest of his enemies, whom he
+overwhelmed and subdued. With nine thousand men he defeated a Russian
+army of forty thousand, under Peter the Great, at Narva. He vanquished
+the armies of Poland and Saxony, and attempted the conquest of Russia,
+but was utterly defeated in the battle of Pultowa, and escaped into
+Turkish territory, where he remained for five years. Here he brought
+about a war between Turkey and Russia, and the army of the former shut
+up that of Peter the Great in the Crimea. The lady who was afterwards
+Catharine I. bribed the grand vizier with all her jewels to allow the
+Russians to escape, and this event utterly ruined the hopes of the
+monarch of Sweden. Finally the Turks drove him from their country,
+and, after various vicissitudes, he arrived in his own, and was
+killed, in 1718, at Frederikhald, in Norway. While he was away, his
+enemies had been appropriating his territory, and Sweden was reduced
+to a second-class power.
+
+"The Diet elected Ulrica Eleonora, sister of Charles, queen, who
+resigned in favor of her husband, Fredrik I. Another war with Russia
+followed, and Sweden lost more of her territory. Adolf Fredrik
+succeeded to the throne in 1751, who was elected by the Diet. Still
+another war with Russia was carried on during his reign. His son,
+Gustaf III., with the aid of his soldiers, increased the powers of the
+crown; but he was assassinated at a ball, in 1792, and his son, Gustaf
+Adolf IV., came to the throne. His policy involved the nation in a
+war with the allies, and he lost Finland and Pomerania. He was so
+unpopular that he was compelled to abdicate, and his uncle, Charles
+XIII., was raised to the throne in 1809. He had no children, and the
+Prince of Holstein-Augustenburg was elected as his successor; but he
+was assassinated, and one of Napoleon's generals, Bernadotte, was
+chosen crown prince, and in 1818 he succeeded to the throne as Charles
+XIV. His reign was a successful one, and his efforts to secure Norway
+to his adopted country made him popular even before he was king. He
+espoused the cause of the allies against Napoleon, and was well cared
+for by them when the affairs of Europe were finally settled.
+
+"His son Oscar was his heir, and came to the throne at the death of
+his father in 1844. He was followed by his son, Charles XV., the
+present king, in 1859.
+
+"The army organization is similar to that of Denmark, and about one
+hundred and fifty thousand men are available for service. The navy
+contains four monitors on the American plan, which were invented by
+John Ericsson, a Swede, two iron-clad gunboats, twenty-one steamers,
+and sixteen sailing vessels, besides a great number of floating
+batteries, and other stationary craft. Although only about six
+thousand sailors are actually in the navy, nearly thirty thousand can
+be had in case of war."
+
+The professor finished his lecture, and the students hastened on deck,
+to see more of the sights which surrounded them.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX.
+
+THE CRUISE IN THE LITTLE STEAMER.
+
+
+"What's the use, Stockwell?" said Sanford, as the absentees seated
+themselves on the train for Malmoe, under the charge of the head
+steward. "Blaine got his despatch from the principal last night, but
+he didn't say a word to us till this morning. He's playing a sharp
+game."
+
+"That's so," replied Stockwell. "He don't mean to trust us out of
+sight again."
+
+"Don't say a word to any fellow," whispered the coxswain. "You and I
+will fight it out on our own hook."
+
+"I understand. It is plain enough that Blaine regards us as runaways,
+and I suppose the principal will do the same."
+
+"Very likely; and when we get to Russia, all we shall have to do will
+be to count our fingers in the steerage, while the rest of the fellows
+are seeing the Russians," continued Sanford, who now appeared to
+regard "the independent excursion without running away" as a failure.
+"We shall not even see anything more of Stockholm. I don't like the
+idea."
+
+"Well, what are you going to do about it?" asked Stockwell.
+
+"At the first chance we will leave this train, and make our way back
+to Stockholm," whispered Sanford. "There is a steamer to St.
+Petersburg twice a week, and we have money enough to carry us
+through."
+
+"Right; I am with you."
+
+"We will take Ole, if you like, to do the talking for us."
+
+"I don't object."
+
+The train stopped at Katherineholm about half past nine. The boys had
+taken nothing but the Swedish early breakfast of coffee and a biscuit,
+and the head steward allowed them to have a more substantial meal,
+each paying for himself. They entered the restaurant, where, on a
+large table in the centre of the room, were great dishes of broiled
+salmon and veal cutlets, with high piles of plates near them. Each
+passenger helped himself at these dishes, and then seated himself at
+one of the little tables. When he had finished his salmon, he helped
+himself to veal cutlets; beer and coffee were served by the waiters.
+Sanford and Stockwell hurried through the meal, and went to the
+counter where the woman received payment. She asked them some question
+and they were obliged to call Ole, to know what she said. She asked if
+they had had beer or coffee, which was extra, the meal being one and a
+half rix dalers. She gave them a tin check; for at this place they
+seemed to be sharper than the Swedes usually are, and the check was to
+enable them to get out of the restaurant. A man at the door received
+it, and no one was allowed to pass without it; and thus none could
+leave without paying for the meal.
+
+"Finished your breakfast, Ole?" said Sanford, carelessly.
+
+"Yes; and that salmon was very good."
+
+"First rate. Come with us, Ole," added the coxswain, as he led the way
+out of the restaurant.
+
+The trio entered the station, and as no one followed them, they left
+by the front door. Dodging behind the buildings, they soon cleared the
+station. Taking the public road, they walked for half an hour at a
+rapid pace, and then halted to consider the situation. The train had
+gone, for they had heard its departure; but whether Mr. Blaine had
+gone or not was an open question.
+
+"What next?" said Sanford, as he seated himself at the side of the
+road.
+
+"Take the train back to Stockholm," replied Stockwell.
+
+"Perhaps Blaine did not go on, after he missed us."
+
+"Of course he did. But whether he did or not, the train has gone, and
+he cannot take us to Copenhagen. If we find him at the station, why,
+we took a little walk, and lost the train, you know."
+
+"That's played out," replied Sanford. "We have missed the train too
+many times, already. What time does the next one return to Stockholm?"
+
+"I don't know. Let's go back to the station."
+
+This course was adopted, and on their arrival they learned that they
+could return to Stockholm at half past two in the afternoon. The man
+in charge said that the gentleman with the young men had been looking
+for them. Sanford replied, through Ole, that they had lost the train,
+but would return to Stockholm, and start again the next morning.
+After dining in the restaurant, the runaways--as they certainly were
+now, if not before--departed, and arrived at their destination in
+about three hours. They immediately went to the office on the quay,
+and learned that a steamer would leave for St. Petersburg at two
+o'clock on Friday morning.
+
+"Can we engage places now?" asked Sanford,--for the clerk in charge
+spoke English.
+
+"Certainly."
+
+"We will take three places in one room," added the coxswain.
+
+"Have you passports?" asked the clerk.
+
+"No, sir."
+
+"We cannot sell you tickets then."
+
+"Not without passports?" exclaimed Sanford, appalled at this new
+difficulty.
+
+"No; and passports must be _vise_ by the Russian consul before we can
+issue a ticket."
+
+"We are down then," added the coxswain. "My passport is on board of
+the ship."
+
+"So is mine," added Stockwell.
+
+"And I never had any," said Ole.
+
+The party left the steamer's office, and were unable to devise any
+means of overcoming the obstacle. They went to the Hotel Rydberg
+again, and consulted the porter, who had been very kind to them
+before. This functionary is entirely different in European hotels
+from those of the same name in the United States. He stands at the
+entrance, usually dressed in uniform, to answer all inquiries of
+guests, and to do all that is required of the clerks in American
+hotels. He assured the anxious inquirers that, even if they got into
+Russia, their passports would be immediately demanded, and that no one
+could remain in any city there over night without one. The American
+minister in Stockholm would give them the required documents.
+
+"But Ole, here, is a Norwegian," suggested Sanford.
+
+"No matter. Have him put into your passport as your courier or
+servant."
+
+"All right; we will see him to-morrow," replied the coxswain; and the
+problem seemed to be solved.
+
+The next day they went to the American legation, but the minister had
+gone to Upsala for a week, and the secretary declined to issue the
+passports, because the boys could not prove that they were citizens of
+the United States. Vexed and discouraged, they wandered about the city
+till Friday noon, when an English steamer came into port. They stood
+on the quay, watching the movements of the passengers as they landed.
+They had almost concluded to take a steamer to Stettin, Luebeck, or
+some other port in Germany; but Russia was a strange land, and they
+were not willing to abandon the idea of seeing its sights.
+
+"I wonder whether this steamer goes any farther," said Stockwell.
+
+"I don't know," added Sanford.
+
+"Perhaps she goes to St. Petersburg. It may be her officers are not so
+particular about the confounded passports."
+
+"But you can't stay in Russia over night without one, even if you get
+there."
+
+"The American minister will fit us out with them. I expect to find a
+letter of credit in St. Petersburg, and that will prove that I am an
+American."
+
+"Let us go on board of the steamer and ascertain where she is going,"
+continued Sanford, as he led the way across the plank, which had been
+extended from the deck to the stone pier.
+
+The boys went upon the hurricane deck, where they had seen an officer
+who looked as though he might be the captain.
+
+"Do you go to St. Petersburg, captain?" asked the coxswain.
+
+"No; we return to London, touching only at Copenhagen," replied the
+officer.
+
+"That's too bad!" exclaimed Stockwell.
+
+"So it is," said a tall man, who had followed the runaways up the
+steps from the lower deck. "But you are not going to St. Petersburg
+without the rest of us--are you?"
+
+Sanford was startled, and turning sharp around, saw Peaks, who had
+come out of the cabin as the boys stepped on board. He had followed
+them to the hurricane deck, and suspecting that something was wrong,
+he had waited till the coxswain's question betrayed their intention.
+
+"No, we are not going to St. Petersburg; we are waiting for the ship,"
+replied Sanford, recovering his self-possession in an instant.
+
+"O, you are? All right, then. But the last I heard of you was, that
+you were all on your way to Copenhagen to join the ship," added the
+boatswain.
+
+"So we were, Mr. Peaks; but after we had taken breakfast at a station
+on the railroad, we went to have a little walk, and see something of
+the country. We thought we had time enough, but the train--confound
+it!--went off without us. We were terribly provoked, but we couldn't
+help ourselves, you know; so we made our way back to this city."
+
+"I think you must have been very badly provoked," said Peaks.
+
+"O, we were,--honor bright."
+
+"But you thought you would go over to St. Petersburg before the ship
+arrived?"
+
+"Certainly not; we had no idea of going to St. Petersburg."
+
+"And that's the reason you asked whether this steamer was going
+there,--because you hadn't any idea of going."
+
+"We know very well that we can't go to St. Petersburg without our
+passports, which are on board of the ship," protested Sanford.
+
+"Yes, I understand; but who is this?" asked Peaks, as he glanced at
+Ole.
+
+"That's Ole Amundsen; don't you remember him?"
+
+"I think I do. And he is on a lark with you."
+
+"We are not on a lark. We have been trying with all our might to find
+the ship, for the last fortnight; and we are bound to do so, or die in
+the attempt," said Stockwell.
+
+"And Ole has been with you all the time?"
+
+"Yes, sir; we couldn't have done anything without him."
+
+"And would have been on board the ship long ago, if you hadn't had
+him to speak the lingo for you."
+
+"When we tell you our story, you will see that we have done our best
+to find the ship."
+
+"I don't know that I care to hear any more of your story; it's too
+much story for me, and you can tell it to Mr. Lowington, who will be
+here by to-morrow, I think. Very likely you can take me to a good
+hotel."
+
+"Yes, sir; we are staying at the Hotel Rydberg, which is the best in
+Stockholm."
+
+"Heave ahead, then."
+
+The runaways led the way.
+
+"Do you talk the Swedish lingo, Ole?" asked the boatswain.
+
+"Yes, sir."
+
+"Where did you stow yourself, when we went into Christiansand?"
+
+"In the second cutter, sir," replied the waif, laughing.
+
+"Exactly so; you were to go with her crew when they left."
+
+"No, sir; I didn't know a single one of them."
+
+"What did you hide for, then?"
+
+"Because I didn't want the pilot to see me."
+
+"Why not?" asked the boatswain.
+
+But this was as far as Ole would go in that direction. Neither man nor
+boy could extort from him the secret he so persistently retained. A
+short walk brought the party to the Hotel Rydberg.
+
+"This gentleman wants a room," said Sanford to the porter.
+
+"No. 29," said the man, calling a servant. "Did you get your
+passports, young men?"
+
+Sanford drew back, and made energetic signs to the porter to keep
+still; but the official failed to understand him.
+
+"No; they haven't got them yet," replied Peaks. "The fact is, all the
+passports are on board the ship."
+
+"But the young gentlemen were very anxious to obtain new ones, so that
+they could go to St. Petersburg. They intended to leave by this
+morning's steamer, but no tickets can be had without passports."
+
+Both Sanford and Stockwell shook their heads to the stupid porter, who
+was remarkably intelligent on all other points; but somehow he did not
+see them, or could not comprehend them.
+
+"It's too bad about those passports--isn't it, my lads?" laughed
+Peaks, turning to the runaways. "Here's more proof that you hadn't the
+least idea of going to St. Petersburg."
+
+"I was very sorry for the young gentlemen, and did the best I could
+for them," added the gentlemanly porter.
+
+"No doubt you did; and I'm very much obliged to you for the trouble
+you took," replied the good-natured boatswain.
+
+"No. 29, sir?" interposed the servant, with the key in his hand.
+
+"Ay, ay, my hearty. But, young gentlemen, I want to save you from any
+more terrible disappointments and awful vexations in finding the ship.
+I'm going up to my bunk, and if I don't find you here when I come
+down, I shall call on the American consul, and ask him to put the
+police on your track. You shall find the ship this time, or perish in
+the attempt, sure."
+
+"Here's a go!" exclaimed Stockwell, as the servant conducted the
+boatswain up the stairs to his chamber.
+
+"What did you say anything to him about the passports for?" snapped
+Sanford to the porter.
+
+The official in uniform by this time understood the matter, and
+apologized, promising to make it all right with the tall gentleman,
+and to swear that not a word had been said to him or any one else
+about passports. It was his business to please everybody, and his
+perquisites depended upon his skill in doing so.
+
+"What did Peaks mean about police?" said Sanford, as the trio seated
+themselves near the front door of the hotel.
+
+"He means what he says; confound him, he always does!" replied
+Stockwell. "He intends to treat us as runaway seamen, and have us
+arrested if we attempt to leave."
+
+"We are trapped," muttered Sanford. "What's Peaks doing up here?"
+
+"I don't know, unless he is looking for us."
+
+"It makes no difference now. We are caught, and we may as well make
+the best of it."
+
+"It's all up with us," added the coxswain. "Peaks knows what he is
+about, and there isn't much chance of getting the weather-gage of
+him."
+
+The boatswain came down in a short time. He was cool and good-natured,
+and knew exactly how to deal with the parties in hand.
+
+"Now, young gentlemen, if you are going to Russia, don't let me
+detain you. If you wish to go any where else, I shall not meddle
+myself. I shall let the American consul attend to the matter. I have
+business here, and I can't keep an eye on you. But if you want to be
+fair and square, and not break your hearts because you can't find the
+ship, just be in sight when I want to know where you are."
+
+"We shall be right on your heels all the time, Mr. Peaks. If you don't
+object, we will go with you. We know the way round Stockholm, and will
+help you all we can," said Stockwell.
+
+"That's sensible."
+
+"We will show you out to the Djurgarden," added Sanford.
+
+"Never mind the shows. I want Ole to talk for me, and I don't object
+to your company," replied the boatswain.
+
+"I beg your pardon, sir," said the porter, presenting himself to Peaks
+at this moment. "I made a bad mistake. It was not these young
+gentlemen who wanted the passports. It was another party."
+
+"Exactly. I understand," replied the boatswain, turning to the boys
+with a significant smile on his bronzed face.
+
+"They were waiting for you, and were very anxious to join their ship."
+
+"It was very kind of them to wait for me, when they hadn't the least
+idea I was coming. All right, my hearty; you needn't trouble yourself
+to smooth it over. How much did you pay him for those lies, Sanford?"
+
+"Not a cent, sir!"
+
+"Never mind; don't bother your heads any more about it. I understand
+the matter now as well as I shall after you have explained it for a
+week," answered Peaks, as he left the hotel, followed by the
+discomfited trio.
+
+The boatswain did not deem it expedient to explain to them his
+business in Stockholm. He found people enough who spoke English, so
+that he was able to dispense with the services of Ole as interpreter.
+He ascertained that no such vessel as the Rensdyr had yet arrived, and
+satisfied with this information, he went out to the Djurgarden with
+his charge, dined at Hasselbacken, and made himself quite comfortable.
+
+After breakfast the next morning, with Ole's assistance, he chartered
+one of the little steamers, which was about the size of the ship's
+second cutter, and, taking the trio with him, sailed out towards the
+Baltic.
+
+"Where are you going, Mr. Peaks?" asked Sanford, deeply mystified by
+the movements of the boatswain.
+
+"I'm going to make a trip down to the Baltic, to see what I can see,"
+replied Peaks.
+
+"Are you going for the fun of it?"
+
+"Well, that depends upon how you view it. I suppose you are going for
+the fun of it, whether I am or not."
+
+"But we would like to know what is up," added Sanford.
+
+"Young gentlemen should not be inquisitive," laughed the old salt.
+
+"Because, if you are going out to meet the ship, in order to put us on
+board--"
+
+"I'm not going for any such purpose," interposed the boatswain. "I
+shouldn't take all that trouble on your account."
+
+"But where are you going?"
+
+"That's my affair, my lad."
+
+"We don't mean to give you any trouble on our account," said Sanford,
+who could not readily dispossess himself of the belief that the
+expedition was to put his party on board of the ship when she hove in
+sight.
+
+"Of course you don't, my tender lambs. You have been so anxious to
+find the ship, and get on board, it would be cruel to suspect you of
+any mischief," laughed Peaks.
+
+"But, honor bright, Mr. Peaks, whatever we intended, we are ready now
+to do just what you say, and return to the ship as soon as we can."
+
+"You are all nice boys. You have had a good time, and I think you
+ought to be satisfied."
+
+"We are satisfied; but I suppose we shall have no liberty again, after
+we go on board."
+
+"Perhaps you will; the principal isn't hard with the boys when they
+come right square up to the mark; but you can't humbug him."
+
+"But, honestly, Mr. Peaks, we tried to find the ship, and--"
+
+"There, there, lads," interposed the boatswain, "I don't believe you
+will have any liberty."
+
+"Why not?"
+
+"Because you want to humbug the principal; and me, too--but that's no
+account. If you want to make the best of it, toe the mark. Don't have
+any lies in your heart or on your tongue. Tell the whole truth, and
+you will make more by it; but tell the truth whether you make anything
+or not."
+
+"You won't believe anything we say," protested Sanford.
+
+"Of course I won't, when you are lying. I call things by their right
+names."
+
+"We didn't stave the boat at Christiansand."
+
+"Yes, you did," replied Peaks, plumply.
+
+"If you think so, it's no use talking."
+
+"Certainly not; don't talk, then."
+
+Sanford was not prepared for so grave a charge as that of causing the
+accident to the second cutter; and if the principal was of the same
+mind as the boatswain, the case would go hard with the runaways. The
+coxswain and Stockwell went into the bow of the little steamer to
+discuss their situation, which they did very earnestly for a couple of
+hours.
+
+"There's the ship!" exclaimed Sanford, as he identified the Young
+America, half a mile distant, leading the squadron into the harbor of
+Stockholm.
+
+"So it is; now we are in for it. Peaks has come out here with us to
+make sure that we don't get away from him," added Stockwell.
+
+"If I had known as much last night as I know now, I would have cleared
+out, in spite of consul and police. If we are to be charged with
+smashing the second cutter, we shall not go on shore again this
+summer."
+
+"That's so. But this boat is not headed for the ship. Peaks don't see
+her."
+
+"Yes, he does; there isn't a craft of any sort within five miles of us
+that he don't see."
+
+"There's the ship, Mr. Peaks," shouted Stockwell.
+
+"I see her."
+
+But the boatswain continued on his course, paying no attention to the
+ship. The squadron disappeared among the islands, and the steamer went
+out into the Baltic, keeping well in towards the shore. When any small
+schooner appeared, he ran up and examined her very carefully,
+overhauling three in this manner in the course of the forenoon. At
+noon the boatswain piped all hands to dinner, for he had procured a
+supply of provisions at the hotel. Though he had chartered the steamer
+with Ole acting as an interpreter, he gave no hint of his plans or
+purposes. He made signs to the helmsman where to go, and occasionally
+gave directions through Ole.
+
+The fourth small schooner that he examined proved to be the Rensdyr,
+and Peaks identified her by seeing Clyde Blacklock, who stood on the
+forecastle, looking out for the approaches to Stockholm. Possibly he
+had seen the Young America, which passed the schooner, though a mile
+distant.
+
+"Lay her alongside that small vessel," said Peaks to Ole.
+
+"That one!" exclaimed Ole, whose brown face seemed to grow pale, as he
+looked at the Rensdyr.
+
+"That's what I say, my lad."
+
+The waif actually trembled; but he spoke to the helmsman, who
+immediately put the boat about, and headed her towards Stockholm.
+
+"No," said Peaks, sternly. "That vessel."
+
+He pointed to her, and Ole spoke again to the steersman, but without
+any better result. The boatswain was not to be thwarted. Going
+forward, he took the little wheel into his own hands, and headed the
+steamer towards the Rensdyr. Indicating by his signs what he wanted,
+the man at the helm seemed to be quite willing to obey orders when he
+knew what was wanted.
+
+"Don't go to that vessel, Mr. Peaks," cried Ole, in an agony of
+terror.
+
+"Why, my lad, what's the matter with you?"
+
+"That's the Rensdyr!"
+
+"I know it."
+
+"He will kill me," groaned Ole.
+
+"Who will?"
+
+"Captain Olaf."
+
+"Well, who's he?"
+
+"He is the captain of the Rensdyr. He will kill me."
+
+"No, he won't, my hearty. You shall have fair play. Who is he?"
+
+"My step-father, Olaf Petersen. He beat me and starved me, and I ran
+away from the Rensdyr in the boat."
+
+"O, ho! The story is out--is it?"
+
+"That's the whole truth, sir; it is, Mr. Peaks," protested Ole. "Don't
+go to her!"
+
+"Don't you be alarmed. You shall have fair play," added the stout
+boatswain, as the steamer ran alongside the schooner, and the man at
+the bow made her fast.
+
+[Illustration: BOARDING THE RENSDYR. Page 344.]
+
+Peaks was on her deck in another instant, and had Clyde by the collar.
+
+"I want you, my lad," said he.
+
+"Let me alone!" cried the Briton, who had not recognized his tyrant
+till he was in his grasp, for the simple reason that he did not expect
+to see him at that time and place.
+
+"No use to kick or yell, my jolly Briton. I never let go," added the
+boatswain.
+
+At this moment there was a yell from the steamer. Captain Olaf no
+sooner discovered his lost step-son, than he sprang upon him like a
+tiger. Ole howled in his terror. Peaks dragged Clyde on board the
+steamer, and tossing him on the seat at the stern, turned his
+attention to the skipper of the schooner.
+
+"Steady! hold up, my hearty," said he, pulling the old Norwegian from
+his prey.
+
+"My boy! My son! He steal my boat, and leave me," said Olaf,
+furiously.
+
+"He says you didn't treat him well; that you starved and beat him."
+
+"I'll bet Ole told the truth," interposed Clyde, who seemed suddenly
+to have laid aside his wrath. "Captain Olaf is a brute."
+
+"How's that, my lad? Do you know anything about it?" asked Peaks.
+
+"I know the skipper is the ugliest man I ever met in my life,"
+answered Clyde.
+
+"Won't you except me, my bold Briton?"
+
+"No; I paid my passage, and haven't had enough to eat to keep soul and
+body together. Besides that, he tried to make me work, and I did do
+some things. If I had been obliged to stay on board another day, I
+should have jumped overboard," continued Clyde. "I begin to think I
+was a fool for leaving the ship."
+
+"I began to think so at the first of it," added Peaks.
+
+"Ole is my son; I must have him," growled the skipper.
+
+"I have nothing to do with Ole; he may go where he pleases," said the
+boatswain.
+
+Olaf spoke to his step-son in his own language, and for a few moments
+the dialogue between them was very violent.
+
+"Cast off, forward, there; give them the Swedish of that, Ole,"
+shouted Peaks.
+
+"Must I go on board of the Rensdyr?" asked the trembling waif.
+
+"Do just as you please."
+
+"Then I shall stay, and go to the ship."
+
+"No, he shall not; he shall come with me," said Olaf, making a spring
+at Ole.
+
+But Peaks, who had promised to see fair play, interfered, and with no
+more force than was necessary, compelled the skipper to return to the
+schooner. The steamer shoved off, and amid the fierce yells of Olaf,
+steamed towards Stockholm. As she went on her way, Ole told his story.
+At the death of his father, who was the master of a small vessel, he
+had gone to England with a gentleman who had taken a fancy to him, and
+worked there a year. The next summer he had accompanied his employer
+in an excursion through Norway, and found his mother had married Olaf
+Petersen. She prevailed upon him to leave his master, and he went to
+sea with her husband. Then his mother died, and the skipper abused
+him to such a degree, that he determined to leave the vessel. Olaf had
+twice brought him back, and then watched him so closely, that he could
+find no opportunity to repeat the attempt when the Rensdyr was in
+port.
+
+On the day before the ship had picked him up, Olaf had thrashed him
+soundly, and had refused to let him have his supper. Olaf and his man
+drank too much finkel that night, and left Ole at the helm. Early in
+the evening, he lashed the tiller, and taking to the boat, with the
+north star for his guide, pulled towards the coast of Norway. Before
+morning he was exhausted with hunger and fatigue. He had lost one oar
+while asleep, and the other was a broken one. At daylight he saw
+nothing of the Rensdyr, and feeling tolerably safe, had gone to sleep
+again, when he was awakened by the hail from the ship.
+
+"But why did you leave the ship?" asked Peaks.
+
+"Because I was afraid of the pilot. I thought he and other people
+would make me go back to Olaf."
+
+"Olaf has no claim upon you. He is neither your father nor your
+guardian."
+
+"I was afraid."
+
+"Where was your vessel bound?"
+
+"To Bremen, where she expected to get a cargo for Copenhagen. I
+suppose she found another cargo there for Stockholm."
+
+"I don't blame you, Ole, for leaving him," said Clyde. "Olaf is the
+worst man I ever saw. When he got drunk, he abused me and the men. I
+had to keep out of his way, or I believe he would have killed me,
+though I was a passenger, and paid my fare."
+
+At three o'clock in the afternoon, the little steamer ran alongside
+the ship, and the party went on board, though the principal and all
+the officers and crew were on shore.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX.
+
+STOCKHOLM AND ITS SURROUNDINGS.
+
+
+After the professor's lecture on board of the ship, the students were
+piped to dinner. According to his usual custom, Paul Kendall, with his
+lady, took rooms at the hotel, and in this instance his example was
+followed by Shuffles. Dr. Winstock and Captain Lincoln had already
+accepted an invitation from Paul to spend the afternoon with him in a
+ride through the city; and as soon as the boats landed at the quay,
+they hastened to keep the appointment, while the students scattered
+all over the city to take a general view.
+
+"Well, Paul, how do you find the hotel?" asked the doctor, when the
+party were seated in the carriage.
+
+"Very good; it is one of the best hotels I have seen in Europe."
+
+"It has an excellent location, but I think there was no such hotel
+when I was here before, and I staid at the Hoetel Kung Carl."
+
+"This is a bath-house," said the _commissionnaire_, as the carriage
+turned the corner at the hotel, and he pointed to a large, square
+building, with a court-yard in the middle.
+
+"That looks well for the cleanliness of the people, if they support
+such fine establishments as that."
+
+"Three classes of baths, sir," added Moeller, the guide. "In the first
+class you have a dressing-room, and an attendant to scrub you, and
+showers, douches, and everything of the sort. This is Drottninggatan,
+the principal street of the city," added the man, as the carriage
+turned into another street.
+
+"In other words, Queen Street," explained the surgeon.
+
+"It is rather a narrow street for the principal one," said Paul.
+
+"All the streets of Stockholm are narrow, or nearly all; and very few
+of them have sidewalks."
+
+"This street looks very much like the streets at home. The shops are
+about the same thing. There's a woman in a queer dress," added Captain
+Lincoln.
+
+"That's a Dalecarlian woman. They used to row the boats about the
+waters of the city, coming down from Dalecarlia to spend the summer
+here; but the little steamers have taken the business all away from
+them. They hired a boat for the season, and paid the owner one half of
+the fares."
+
+"Their costume is rather picturesque," added Paul.
+
+"But that woman is far from handsome," laughed Mrs. Kendall.
+
+"None of them are pretty," replied the doctor.
+
+The dress was a rather short petticoat, with a fanciful bodice, in
+which red predominated. Quite a number of them were seen by the party
+during their stay in Stockholm, but all of them had coarse features
+and clumsy forms.
+
+The carriage returned to the centre of the city by another street,
+passing through Carl XIII. Torg, or square, where stands the statue of
+that king.
+
+"There is the Cafe Blanche, where they have music every afternoon in
+summer, with beer, coffee, and other refreshments. The Swedes are very
+fond of these gardens," said Moeller. "Here is the Hotel Rydberg. This
+is Gustaf Adolf Torget, and that is his statue."
+
+Crossing the bridge to the little island in the stream, the carriage
+stopped, to enable the party to look down into the garden, which is
+called Stroemparterren, where a band plays, and refreshments are
+dispensed in the warm evenings of summer. Passing the immense
+palace, the tourists drove along the Skeppsbron, or quay, which is the
+principal landing-place of the steamers. Crossing another bridge over
+the south stream, or outlet of Lake Maeler, they entered the southern
+suburb of the city, called Soedermalm. Ascending to the highest point
+of land, the party were conducted to the roof of a house, where a
+magnificent view of the city and its surroundings was obtained.
+
+"We will sit down here and rest a while," said the doctor, suiting the
+action to the words. "This promontory, or some other one near it, was
+formerly called Agne's Rock, and there is a story connected with it.
+Agne was the king of Sweden about 220 B.C. In a war with the Finns, he
+killed their king, and captured his daughter Skiolfa. The princess,
+according to the custom of those days, became the wife, but
+practically the slave, of her captor. She was brought to Sweden, where
+Agne and his retainers got beastly drunk on the occasion of
+celebrating the memorial rites of her father. Skiolfa, with the
+assistance of her Finnish companions, passed a rope through the
+massive gold chain on the neck of the king, and hung him to a tree,
+beneath which their tent was pitched. Having avenged the death of her
+father, the princess and her friends embarked in their boats, and
+escaped to Finland."
+
+"They finished him, then," laughed Captain Lincoln. "But what sort of
+boats had they?"
+
+"I don't know," replied Dr. Winstock.
+
+"Could they cross the Baltic in boats?"
+
+"Yes. When you go to Finland you will find that the course will be
+through islands nearly all the way. There is no difficulty in crossing
+in an open boat."
+
+"What is the population of Stockholm?" asked Paul.
+
+"One hundred and thirty-five thousand," replied Moeller. "It was
+founded by King Birger in 1250."
+
+"There is a monitor," said Paul, pointing to the waters near
+Castelholmen, not far from the anchorage of the squadron.
+
+"We have four in the Swedish navy, and Russia has plenty of them.
+Ericsson, who invented them, was a Swede, you know."
+
+After the tourists had surveyed the panorama to their satisfaction,
+they descended, and entering the carriage, drove over to the
+Riddarholm, where the guide pointed out the church, the statue of
+Gustavus Vasa, the house of the Nobles, and other objects of interest.
+Returning to the quay, they stopped to look at the little steamers
+which were whisking about in every direction.
+
+"That is the National Museum," said Moeller, pointing to a large and
+elegant building across the stream.
+
+"I should like to sail in one of those little boats," said Mrs.
+Kendall.
+
+"We can go over and back in ten minutes, if you like," added the
+guide.
+
+"Let us go."
+
+The party alighted from the carriage, and entered the little boat.
+
+"How much did you pay, Paul?" asked Grace.
+
+"The fare is no larger than the boat. It is three oere each person."
+
+"How much is that?"
+
+"Let me see; eight tenths of a cent, or less than a halfpenny,
+English."
+
+The excursionists returned without landing.
+
+"I should like to go again," said Grace. "It is delightful sailing in
+such dear little steamers."
+
+"If you please, we will ride over to the Djurgarden, and return by the
+steamer, which will land us at the Stroemparterre," said the guide.
+
+This proposition was accepted, and by a circuitous route they reached
+the place indicated, which, in English, is the Deer Garden. It is on
+an island, separated from the main land by a channel. The southern
+portion of it is a thickly-populated village, but the principal part
+of the island is laid out as a park, of which the people of Stockholm
+are justly proud. It was originally a sterile tract of land: the first
+improvements converted it into a deer park for the royal use; but
+Gustaf III. and Charles (XIV.) John, as Bernadotte was styled,
+turned it into a public park. It is laid out in walks and avenues
+beautifully shaded with oaks and other trees. The land is undulating,
+and parts of it command splendid views of the islands and watercourses
+in the vicinity. On the outskirts is an asylum for the blind and for
+deaf mutes. Rosendahl, a country house, built by Charles John in 1830,
+and often occupied by him, is quite near the park.
+
+The party drove through the principal avenues of the garden, and
+stopped at the bust of Bellman, the great poet of Sweden, whose
+birthday is annually celebrated here with music and festivities.
+Around the park are various tea-gardens, cafes, and other places of
+amusement, including a theatre, circus, and opera-house for summer
+use. There is an Alhambra, with a restaurant; a Tivoli, with a
+concert-room; a Novilla, with a winter garden, and a concert hall for
+summer. The tourists stopped at Hasselbacken, which is celebrated for
+its good dinners at moderate prices. The visitors seated themselves in
+a broad veranda, overlooking a garden filled with little tables, in
+the centre of which was a kiosk for the music. The viands, especially
+the salmon, were very nice, and the coffee, as usual, was excellent.
+After dinner a short walk brought the party to the landing-place of
+the little steamers, where, paying eight oere, or about two cents,
+each, they embarked. The boat flew along at great speed for such a
+small craft, whisked under the Skeppsholm bridge, and in a few moments
+landed the tourists at the circular stone quay, which surrounds the
+Stroemparterre. Paul and his lady walked to the hotel, and the doctor
+and the captain went to the Skeppsbron, where a boat soon conveyed
+them to the ship.
+
+Sanford and Stockwell had been on board several hours, and had had
+time to make up their minds in regard to their future course. They had
+considered the advice of the boatswain, and finally concluded to adopt
+it. Clyde Blacklock was as tame as a parlor poodle. His experience in
+running away, especially after his three days on board of the Rensdyr,
+was far from satisfactory.
+
+"I suppose I must go into that cage again," said he, when he went on
+board.
+
+"That depends on yourself," replied Peaks. "If you say that you don't
+intend to run away again, we shall not put you in the brig."
+
+"I think I won't," added Clyde.
+
+"You think?"
+
+"Well, I know I won't. I will try to do the best I can."
+
+"That's all we ask," said Peaks. "You can say all this to the
+principal."
+
+Mr. Lowington returned earlier than most of the ship's company, and
+Peaks reported to him immediately. The coxswain and his associate were
+called up first.
+
+"We have come on board, sir," said Sanford, touching his cap.
+
+"I see you have. You have been gone a long time, and I have been told
+that you had some difficulty in finding the ship," added the
+principal.
+
+"We have concluded to tell the whole truth, sir," said Sanford,
+hanging his head.
+
+"I am very glad to hear that."
+
+"We didn't wish to find the ship."
+
+"Can you explain the accident by which the second cutter was stove at
+Christiansand?"
+
+"I did it on purpose; but no other fellow was to blame, or knew
+anything about it."
+
+"I am astonished to think you should expose the lives of your crew, by
+pushing your boat right into the path of a steamer."
+
+"I didn't do it, sir, till the steamer had stopped her wheels. I
+wanted to get on board of her, and leave the ship. In Norway, I
+cheated the rest of the party, and led them out of the way."
+
+"How could you do that?"
+
+"I told Ole what to say."
+
+"Then you wished to travel alone?"
+
+"Yes, sir."
+
+Sanford and Stockwell made a clean breast of it, explaining how they
+had lost trains and steamers, and thus avoided returning to the ship.
+
+"Then Ole is a rogue as well as the rest of you, it seems."
+
+"He did what I told him to do, and paid him for doing," replied
+Sanford.
+
+"He is a runaway, too," interposed the boatswain, who proceeded to
+tell the story of the waif. "The boy has suffered a good deal from the
+ill-treatment of his step-father."
+
+"I am sorry for him; but his character does not seem to be up to the
+average of that of his countrymen. I don't think we want him on
+board," replied Mr. Lowington. "As you say this Olaf has no claim for
+his services, we will see about him."
+
+The Rensdyr had by this time arrived at the quay, and it was not
+believed that Captain Olaf would permit his step-son, whose services
+seemed to be of so much value to him, to escape without making an
+effort to reclaim him. After all hands had returned from the shore, he
+put in an appearance, and seeing Peaks in the waist, directed his
+steps towards him. The profusion of fine uniforms, the order and
+discipline that reigned on deck, and the dignified mien of the
+instructors who were walking back and forth, seemed to produce an
+impression upon the mind of the rough skipper, for he took off his
+hat, and appeared to be as timid as though he had come into the
+presence of the king.
+
+"Good evening, Captain Olaf," said the boatswain.
+
+"I want the boy Ole," replied the skipper, bowing, and returning the
+salutation.
+
+"You must talk with the principal about that."
+
+"I don't understand."
+
+Peaks conducted Olaf to the quarter-deck, where Mr. Lowington was
+conversing with Mr. and Mrs. Kendall, who had come on board to visit
+their old friends.
+
+"This is the man that claims Ole," said the boatswain.
+
+"I want the boy, sir," added Captain Olaf, bowing as gracefully as he
+knew how.
+
+"If Ole chooses to go with you, he may go," replied the principal.
+
+"He does not choose to go."
+
+"I certainly shall not compel him to go," continued Mr. Lowington.
+
+"I will make him go."
+
+"I shall allow no violence on board of this ship."
+
+"But he is my boy; the son of my wife that is dead."
+
+"He is not your son, and you have no more claim on him than I have.
+The boy is an orphan. Have you been appointed his guardian?"
+
+This question was out of Olaf's depth in the English language; but it
+was translated into Danish by Professor Badois, and the skipper did
+not pretend that he had any legal authority over the boy.
+
+"But I have fed and clothed him, and he must work for me," said he.
+
+"Ole says you did not feed him, and he had nothing but a few dirty
+rags on when we picked him up. I have nothing to do with the matter.
+Ole is free to go or stay, just as he pleases," replied the principal,
+turning away from the skipper, to intimate that he wished to say
+nothing more about the matter.
+
+"The boy is here, and I shall make him go with me," said Olaf, looking
+ugly enough to do anything.
+
+Mr. Lowington glanced at Peaks, and appeared to be satisfied that no
+harm would come to Ole. Olaf walked back into the waist, and then to
+the forecastle, glancing at every student he met, in order to identify
+his boy.
+
+"See here, Norway; there comes your guardian genius," said Scott,
+who, with a dozen others, had gathered around the trembling waif,
+determined to protect him if their services were needed. "Bear a hand,
+and tumble down the fore-hatch. Herr Skippenboggin is after you."
+
+Ole heeded this good advice, and followed by his supporters, he
+descended to the steerage. Olaf saw him, and was about to descend the
+ladder, when Peaks interfered.
+
+"You can't go down there," said he, decidedly.
+
+"I want the boy," replied Olaf.
+
+"No visitors in the steerage without an invitation."
+
+"I will have Ole;" and the skipper began to descend.
+
+"Avast, my hearty," interposed the boatswain, laying violent hands on
+Olaf, and dragging him to the deck.
+
+Bitts, the carpenter, and Leach, the sailmaker, placed themselves
+beside the boatswain, as the Norwegian picked himself up.
+
+"You may leave the ship, now," said Peaks, pointing to the
+accommodation stairs.
+
+Olaf looked at the three stout men before him, and prudence triumphed
+over his angry passions.
+
+"I will have the boy yet," said he, as he walked to the stairs,
+closely attended by the three forward officers.
+
+He went down into his boat, declaring that he would seize upon Ole the
+first time he caught him on shore.
+
+"Where is Clyde?" asked Mr. Lowington, as soon as the savage skipper
+had gone.
+
+"He is forward, sir; he behaves like a new man, and says he will not
+run away," replied Peaks.
+
+"Send him aft."
+
+"Ay, ay, sir."
+
+Clyde went aft. He was a boy of quick impulses and violent temper. He
+had been accustomed to have his own way; and this had done more to
+spoil him than anything else. He had to learn that there was a power
+greater than himself, to which he must submit. He had twice run away,
+and failed both times. Three days of fear and absolute misery on board
+of the Rensdyr had given him time to think. He determined, when he
+reached Stockholm, to return to his mother, and try to be a better
+boy. Peaks, in the little steamer, had come upon him like a ghost. He
+had expected never again to see the ship, or his particular tormentor;
+and to have the latter appear to him in such an extraordinary manner
+was very impressive, to say the least. He realized that he must
+submit; but this thought, like that of resistance before, was only an
+impulse.
+
+Clyde submitted, and was even candid enough to say so to the
+principal, who talked to him very gently and kindly for an hour,
+pointing out to him the ruin which he was seeking.
+
+"We will try you again, Clyde," said Mr. Lowington. "We will wipe out
+the past, and begin again. You may go forward."
+
+The next day was Sunday, and for a change, the officers and crews of
+the several vessels were permitted to land, and march to the English
+church in Stockholm. The neat and pleasant little church was crowded
+to its utmost capacity by the attendance of such a large number. Mr.
+Agneau, the chaplain, was invited to take a part in the service, and
+as Mrs. Kendall, Mrs. Shuffles, and many of the ship's company were
+good singers, the vocal music was better than usual.
+
+On Monday morning commenced the serious business of sight-seeing in
+Stockholm. The royal palace, one of the largest and finest in Europe,
+and the most prominent building in the city, was the first place to be
+visited. It is four hundred and eighteen feet long, by three hundred
+and ninety-one wide, with a large court-yard in the middle, from which
+are the principal entrances. The lower story is of granite; the rest
+of brick, covered with stucco. The students walked through the vast
+number of apartments it contains; through red chambers, green
+chambers, blue chambers, and yellow chambers, as they are designated,
+through the royal chapel, which is as large as a good-sized church,
+and through the throne-room, where the king opens the sessions of the
+Diet. Several were devoted to the Swedish orders of knighthood. The
+ceilings and walls of the state apartments are beautifully adorned
+with allegorical and mythological paintings.
+
+The chamber of Bernadotte, or Charles John, remains just as it was
+during his last sickness. On the bed lies his military cloak, which
+he wore in his great campaigns. His cane, the gift of Charles XIII.,
+stands in the room. The walls are covered with green silk, and adorned
+with portraits of the royal family. The apartments actually occupied
+by the present king were found to be far inferior in elegance to many
+republican rooms. His chamber has a pine floor, with no carpet; but
+it looked more home-like than the great barn-like state-rooms. In a
+series of small and rather low apartments are several collections of
+curious and antique articles, such as a collection of arms, including
+a pair of pistols presented to the king by President Lincoln; and of
+pipes, containing every variety in use, in the smoking-room. The
+king's library looks like business, for its volumes seemed to be for
+use rather than ornament. The billiard-room is quite cosy, and his
+chamber contains photographs of various royal personages, as the
+Prince of Wales, the Queen of England, and others, which look as
+though the king had friends, and valued them like common people. His
+majesty paints very well for a king, and the red cabinet contains
+pictures by him, and by Oscar I. The queen's apartments, as well as
+the king's, seemed to the boys like a mockery of royalty, for they
+were quite plain and comfortable. The entire palace contains five
+hundred and eighty-three rooms.
+
+The whole forenoon was employed in visiting the palace, and the
+students went on board the vessels to dinner. As the day was pleasant,
+a boat excursion to Drottningholm was planned, and the fourteen boats
+of the squadron were soon in line. A pilot was in the commodore's
+barge, to indicate the course. Passing under the North Bridge, the
+excursion entered the waters of the Maeler Lake. A pull of two hours
+among beautiful islands, covered with the fresh green of spring,
+through narrow and romantic passages, brought them to their
+destination. In some places, within five miles of Stockholm, the
+scene was so quiet, and nature so primitive, that the excursionists
+could have believed they were hundreds of miles from the homes of
+civilization. Two or three of the islands had a house or two upon
+them; but generally they seemed to be unimproved. The boats varied
+their order at the command of Commodore Cumberland, and when there
+were any spectators, nothing could exceed their astonishment at the
+display.
+
+At Drottningholm, or Queen's Island, there is a fine palace, built by
+the widow of Charles X., and afterwards improved and embellished by
+the kings of Sweden. Attached to it is a beautiful garden, adorned
+with fountains and statues. The party went through the palace, which
+contains a great many historical paintings, and some rooms fitted up
+in Chinese style. As the students were about to embark, a char-a-banc,
+a kind of open omnibus, drawn by four horses, drove up to the palace,
+and a plainly-dressed lady alighted. She stood on the portico, looking
+at the students; and the pilot said she was the Queen Dowager, wife of
+Oscar I. Of course the boys looked at her with quite as much interest
+as she regarded them. The commodore called for three cheers for the
+royal lady, who was the daughter of Eugene Beauharnais, and
+granddaughter of the Empress Josephine. She waved her handkerchief in
+return for the salute, and the students were soon pulling down the
+lake towards Stockholm.
+
+The next forenoon was devoted to the Royal Museum, which has been
+recently erected. It contains a vast quantity of Swedish antiquities
+and curiosities, with illustrations of national manners and customs.
+It contains specimens of the various implements used in the ages of
+wood, stone, bronze, and iron, collections of coins and medals, armor,
+engravings, sculptures, and paintings, including a few works of
+the great masters of every school in Europe. The students were
+particularly interested in what Scott irreverently called the "Old
+Clothes Room," in which were deposited in glass cases the garments and
+other articles belonging to the Swedish kings and queens, such as the
+cradle and toys of Charles XII., and the huge sword with which he
+defended himself against the Turks at Bender; the sword of Gustavus
+Vasa; the costume of Gustaf III., which he wore when he was shot in
+the opera-house by Ankarstroem; the baton of Gustaf Adolf, and the
+watch of Queen Christina.
+
+In the afternoon the students made an excursion by steamer to
+Ulriksdal, the summer residence of Bernadotte, Oscar I., and of the
+present king. It is a beautiful place, and is filled with objects of
+historical interest. The furniture is neat, pretty, and comfortable.
+The chamber of the king is the plainest of all, but the bed was used
+by Gustaf II. in Germany. Every chair, table, and mirror has its
+history. There is a collection of beer mugs in one chamber, and of
+pipes in another. The place is full of interest to the curious. In the
+water in front of the palace were several gilded pleasure-boats, and a
+fanciful steamer for the use of the royal family.
+
+The steamer in which the party had gone to Ulriksdal was one of the
+larger class, though the company was all she could carry. She made her
+way through the several arms of the sea, between the islands, passing
+through two drawbridges. For the return trip four of the smaller
+steamers had been engaged, each of which would carry about fifty
+boys. A short distance from the palace, the boats turned into a narrow
+stream, passing under bridges, in places so contracted that the engine
+had to be stopped, and the banks were thoroughly washed. Then they
+entered a lagoon, bordered with villas, and surrounded by pleasant
+scenery. Landing at a point in the northern suburb, most of the
+students walked through the city to the quay, though several omnibuses
+ply between this point and the centre of the city.
+
+The next day opened with a visit to Riddarholm. The church, or
+Riddarholmskyrkan, on this island, was formerly a convent, but is now
+the mausoleum of the most celebrated kings of Sweden. It was once a
+Gothic structure; but the addition of several chapels on the sides,
+for monuments, has completely changed the appearance of the structure.
+It is remarkable for nothing except the tombs within it. Formerly it
+contained a number of equestrian figures, clothed in armor, which was
+valued as relics of the ancient time, including that of Birger Jarl,
+the founder of the city, and of Charles IX.; but all these have been
+removed to the National Museum, which is certainly a more appropriate
+place for them. On each side of the church are the sepulchral chapels
+of Gustavus Adolphus, Charles XII., Bernadotte, and Oscar I. The Queen
+Desiree, wife of Bernadotte, and sister-in-law of Joseph Bonaparte,
+with others of the royal family, and some of the great captains of the
+Thirty Years' War, are buried here. In the chapels of Gustavus and
+Charles XII. are placed many of the trophies of their victories, such
+as flags, drums, swords, and keys.
+
+The party then visited the Riddarhus, where the nobles meet, which is
+the scene of several great historical events, and contains the shields
+of three thousand Swedish nobles. From this point the tourists went to
+Mosebacke, a celebrated tea garden, on the high land in the southern
+suburb, where they ascended to the roof of the theatre in order to
+obtain a view of the city and its surroundings.
+
+On Thursday, the students made an excursion to Upsala, the ancient
+capital of Sweden, which contains a fine old cathedral, where Gustavus
+Vasa and two of his wives are buried. His tomb was hardly more
+interesting to the Americans than that of Linnaeus, the great botanist,
+who was born in Upsala, and buried in this church. Other Swedish kings
+are also buried here. The party visited the university, which contains
+some curious old books and manuscripts, such as an old Icelandic Edda;
+the Bible, with written notes by Luther and Melanchthon; the Journal
+of Linnaeus, and the first book ever printed in Sweden, in 1483. The
+house of the great botanist and the botanical garden were not
+neglected. The tourists returned to Stockholm in a special steamer,
+through an arm of Lake Maeler, and landed at the Riddarholm. On Friday
+some of the students went to the Navy Yard, and on board of a monitor,
+while others wandered about the city and its suburbs.
+
+After spending a week in the harbor, the voyagers felt that they had
+seen enough of Sweden; and early on Saturday morning, with a pilot on
+board of each vessel, the squadron sailed for the Aland Islands, in
+the Baltic, where the principal decided to pass a week. The vessels
+lay in the channels between the islands, and the students attended to
+the regular routine of study and seamanship. Occasional excursions
+were made on shore, mostly at the uninhabited islands. Journals of
+what had been seen in Norway, Denmark, and Sweden were written up; but
+the students were very anxious to visit Russia.
+
+Ole Amundsen was very careful to avoid his step-father while he
+remained in Stockholm. He hardly went on shore, so great was his dread
+of the cruel skipper of the Rensdyr; and no one rejoiced more heartily
+than he to leave the Swedish waters. Mr. Lowington did not desire to
+retain him on board; but the waif begged so hard to remain, and the
+students liked him so well, that he was finally engaged as an
+assistant steward in the steerage, at twelve dollars a month; but he
+made double this sum, besides, out of the boys, by the exercise of his
+genius in mending clothes, cleaning shoes, and similar services, which
+the students preferred to pay for, rather than do themselves.
+
+Clyde Blacklock kept his promise as well as he could, and soon learned
+his duty as a seaman. Though he certainly improved, his violent temper
+and imperious manners kept him continually in hot water. He could not
+forget his old grudge against Burchmore, and during an excursion on
+one of the Aland Islands, he attacked him, but was soundly thrashed
+for his trouble, and punished on board when his black eye betrayed
+him. While he is improving there is hope for him.
+
+The runaways promised so much and behaved so well, that none of them
+were punished as yet, though Sanford was deprived of his position as
+coxswain of the second cutter; but whether they were to be allowed any
+liberty in Russia, they were not informed.
+
+At the close of the week among the islands, the squadron was headed
+for Abo, in Finland, which is now a province of Russia; and what they
+saw and did there, and in other parts of the vast empire, will be
+related in NORTHERN LANDS, OR YOUNG AMERICA IN RUSSIA AND PRUSSIA.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Up The Baltic, by Oliver Optic
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK UP THE BALTIC ***
+
+***** This file should be named 26653.txt or 26653.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/2/6/6/5/26653/
+
+Produced by David Edwards, Anne Storer and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
+file was produced from scans of public domain material
+produced by Microsoft for their Live Search Books site.)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/26653.zip b/26653.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7597e5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26653.zip
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3138b81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #26653 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/26653)